Medicare Program; Contract Year 2019 Policy and Technical Changes to the Medicare Advantage, Medicare Cost Plan, Medicare Fee-for-Service, the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit Programs, and the PACE Program, 16440-16757 [2018-07179]
Download as PDF
16440
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND
HUMAN SERVICES
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services
42 CFR Parts 405, 417, 422, 423, 460,
and 498
[CMS–4182–F]
RIN 0938–AT08
Medicare Program; Contract Year 2019
Policy and Technical Changes to the
Medicare Advantage, Medicare Cost
Plan, Medicare Fee-for-Service, the
Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit
Programs, and the PACE Program
Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
This final rule will revise the
Medicare Advantage (MA) program (Part
C) regulations and Prescription Drug
Benefit program (Part D) regulations to
implement certain provisions of the
Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery
Act (CARA) to further reduce the
number of beneficiaries who may
potentially misuse or overdose on
opioids while still having access to
important treatment options; implement
certain provisions of the 21st Century
Cures Act; support innovative
approaches to improve program quality,
accessibility, and affordability; offer
beneficiaries more choices and better
care; improve the CMS customer
experience and maintain high
beneficiary satisfaction; address
program integrity policies related to
payments based on prescriber, provider
and supplier status in MA, Medicare
cost plan, Medicare Part D and the
PACE programs; provide an update to
the official Medicare Part D electronic
prescribing standards; and clarify
program requirements and certain
technical changes regarding treatment of
Medicare Part A and Part B appeal
rights related to premiums adjustments.
DATES:
Effective Date: This rule is effective
June 15, 2018.
The incorporation by reference of
certain publications listed in the rule is
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register as of June 15, 2018.
Applicability Dates: The applicability
date of the provisions of this rule is
January 1, 2019 except for the
provisions in §§ 422.100(f)(4) and (5)
and 422.101(d) (discussed in section
II.A.4. of this final rule (Maximum Outof-Pocket Limit for Medicare Parts A
and B Services)) and § 422.100(f)(6)
(discussed in section II.A.5. of this final
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
rule (Cost Sharing Limits for Medicare
Parts A and B Services)). Those
provisions are applicable for contract
year 2020 (January 1, 2020). EPrescribing and the Part D Prescription
Drug Program; Updating Part D E
Prescribing Standards discussed in
section II.D.8. of this final rule is
applicable January 1, 2020 conditioned
on The Office of the National
Coordinator for Health Information
Technology (ONC) adopting the same
standard for use in its Electronic Health
Record Certification Program by that
date.
regulation meets the Administration’s
priorities to reduce burden and provide
the regulatory framework to develop
MA and Part D products that better meet
the individual patient’s health care
needs. These changes being finalized
will empower MA and Part D plans to
meet the needs of enrollees at the local
level, and should result in more enrollee
choice and more affordable options.
Additionally, this regulation includes a
number of provisions that will help
address the opioid epidemic and
mitigate the impact of increasing drug
prices in the Part D program.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
2. Summary of the Major Provisions
Theresa Wachter, (410) 786–1157,
Part C Issues.
Marie Manteuffel, (410) 786–3447,
Part D Issues.
Kristy Nishimoto, (206) 615–2367,
Beneficiary Enrollment and Appeals
Issues.
Raghav Aggarwal, (410) 786–0097,
Part C and D Payment Issues.
Vernisha Robinson-Savoy, (443) 826–
9925, Compliance Program Training
Issues.
Frank Whelan, (410) 786–1302,
Preclusion List Issues.
Shelly Winston, (410) 786–3694, Part
D E-Prescribing Program.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Executive Summary and Background
A. Executive Summary
1. Purpose
The primary purpose of this final rule
is to make revisions to the Medicare
Advantage (MA) program (Part C) and
Prescription Drug Benefit Program (Part
D) regulations based on our continued
experience in the administration of the
Part C and Part D programs and to
implement certain provisions of the
Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery
Act and the 21st Century Cures Act. The
changes are necessary to—
• Support Innovative Approaches to
Improving Quality, Accessibility, and
Affordability;
• Improve the CMS Customer
Experience; and
• Implement Other Changes.
In addition, this final rule makes
technical changes related to treatment of
Part A and Part B premium adjustments
and updates the NCPDP SCRIPT
standard used for Part D electronic
prescribing. While the Part C and Part
D programs have high satisfaction
among enrollees, we continually
evaluate program policies and
regulations to remain responsive to
current trends and newer technologies,
and provide increased flexibility to
serve patients. Specifically, this
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a. Implementation of the
Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery
Act of 2016 (CARA) Provisions
In line with the agency’s response to
the President’s call to end the scourge
of the opioid epidemic, this final rule
implements statutory provisions of the
Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery
Act of 2016 (CARA), which amended
the Social Security Act and was enacted
into law on July 22, 2016. CARA
includes new authority for Medicare
Part D plans to establish drug
management programs effective on or
after January 1, 2019. Through this final
rule, CMS has established a framework
under which Part D plan sponsors may
establish a drug management program
for beneficiaries at risk for prescription
drug abuse or misuse, or ‘‘at-risk
beneficiaries.’’ Specifically, under drug
management programs, Part D plans will
engage in case management of potential
at-risk beneficiaries, through contact
with their prescribers, when such
beneficiary is found to be taking a
specific dosage of opioids and/or
obtaining them from multiple
prescribers and multiple pharmacies
who may not know about each other.
Sponsors may then limit at-risk
beneficiaries’ access to coverage of
controlled substances that CMS
determines are ‘‘frequently abused
drugs’’ to a selected prescriber(s) and/or
network pharmacy(ies) after case
management with the prescribers for the
safety of the enrollee. CMS also limits
the use of the special enrollment period
(SEP) for dually- or other low income
subsidy (LIS)-eligible beneficiaries by
those LIS-eligible beneficiaries who are
identified as at-risk or potentially at-risk
for prescription drug abuse under such
a drug management program. Finally,
these provisions will codify the current
Part D Opioid Drug Utilization Review
(DUR) Policy and Overutilization
Monitoring System (OMS) by integrating
this current policy with drug
management program provisions.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Through the adoption of this policy,
from 2011 through 2017, there was a 76
percent decrease (almost 22,500
beneficiaries) in the number of Part D
beneficiaries identified as potential very
high risk opioid overutilizers. Thus,
drug management programs will expand
upon an existing, innovative, successful
approach to reduce opioid
overutilization in the Part D program by
improving quality of care through
coordination while maintaining access
to necessary pain medications, and will
be an important next step in addressing
the opioid epidemic and safeguarding
the health and safety of our nation’s
seniors.
b. Revisions to Timing and Method of
Disclosure Requirements
Consistent with agency efforts
supporting innovative approaches to
improve quality, accessibility, and
affordability and reduce burden, we are
finalizing changes to align the MA and
Part D regulations in authorizing CMS to
set the manner of delivery for
mandatory disclosures in both the MA
and Part D programs. CMS will use this
authority to allow MA plans to meet the
disclosure and delivery requirements for
certain documents by relying on notice
of electronic posting and provision of
the documents in hard copy when
requested, when previously the
documents, such as the Evidence of
Coverage (EOC), had to be provided in
hard copy. Additionally, we are
changing the timeframe for delivery of
the MA and Part D EOC to the first day
of the Annual Election Period (AEP),
rather than 15 days prior to that date.
Allowing Part C and Part D plans to
provide the EOC electronically will
alleviate plan burden related to printing
and mailing and reduce the number of
paper documents that enrollees receive
from plans. Changing the date by which
plans must provide the EOC to enrollees
will allow plans more time to finalize
the formatting and ensure the accuracy
of the information in the EOC. Changing
the date will also separate the mailing
and receipt of the EOC from the Annual
Notice of Change (ANOC), which
describes the important changes in a
patient’s plan from one year to the next.
The ANOC must be delivered 15 days
prior to the AEP and will be received by
enrollees ahead of the EOC, thus
allowing enrollees to focus on materials
that drive decision-making during the
AEP. We see this final change as an
overall reduction of burden that our
regulations have on plans and enrollees.
In aggregate, we estimate a savings (to
plans for not producing and mailing
hardcopy EOCs) of approximately $54.7
million each year, 2019 through 2023.
c. Preclusion List Requirements for
Prescribers in Part D and Individuals
and Entities in MA, Cost Plans, and
PACE
This final rule will rescind current
regulatory provisions that require
Provision
Revisions to Timing and Method of Disclosure
Requirements.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Preclusion List Requirements for Prescribers in
Part D and Individuals and Entities in MA,
Cost Plans, and PACE.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
prescribers of Part D drugs and
providers of MA services and items to
enroll in Medicare in order for the Part
D drug or MA service or item to be
covered. As a replacement, a Part D plan
sponsor will be required to reject, or
require its pharmacy benefit manager to
reject, a pharmacy claim for a Part D
drug if the individual who prescribed
the drug is included on the ‘‘preclusion
list.’’ Similarly, an MA service or item
will not be covered if the provider that
furnished the service or item is on the
preclusion list. The preclusion list will
consist of certain individuals and
entities that are currently revoked from
the Medicare program under 42 CFR
424.535 and are under an active
reenrollment bar, or have engaged in
behavior for which CMS could have
revoked the individual or entity to the
extent applicable if they had been
enrolled in Medicare, and CMS
determines that the underlying conduct
that led, or would have led, to the
revocation is detrimental to the best
interests of the Medicare program. We
believe that this change from an
enrollment requirement to a preclusion
list requirement will reduce the burden
on Part D prescribers and MA providers
without compromising our program
integrity efforts.
3. Summary of Costs, Savings and
Benefits of the Major Provisions
Savings and benefits
Implementation of the Comprehensive Addiction
and Recovery Act of 2016.
Jkt 244001
16441
Costs
The purpose of this provision is to create a The creation of lock in-status is a burden to
lock-in status for certain at-risk beneplans. The cost to industry is estimated at
ficiaries. In addition to the benefits of preabout $2.8 million per year. This $2.8 milventing opioid and benzodiazepine dependlion cost arises from (i) the uploading and
ency in beneficiaries, we estimate, in 2019,
preparing of additional notices to enrollees
a reduction of $19 million in Trust Fund ex($101,721), (ii) the re-negotiation of conpenditures because of reduced opioid
tracts between Part D sponsors and pharscripts. This $19 million reduction modestly
macies ($547,415), (iii) the programming of
increases to a $20 million reduction in 2023.
edits about lock-ins into the systems of Part
D sponsors ($2,152,332), and (iv) the right
of enrollees to appeal a status of lock-in
($35,183).
We estimate 67% of the current 47.8 million
beneficiaries will prefer use of the internet
versus hard copies. This will result in a savings to the industry of $54.7 million each
year, 2019 through 2023. This is due to a
reduction in printing and mailing costs.
For 2019, this provision saves providers $34.4 For 2019, this provision costs Part D sponmillion. For 2020 and future years, there
sors or their PBMs $9.3 million. For 2020
are no savings. The $34.4 million in savings
and future years, costs are negligible
to providers arises because of removal of
(below $50,000). The $9.3 million cost
the requirement of MA providers and suparises because of programming and staff
pliers and Part D prescribers to enroll in
resources needed to produce and send reMedicare as a prerequisite for furnishing
quired notifications to enrollees and prehealth care items and services. Part C proscribers.
viders and suppliers save $24.1 million in
reduced costs while Part D providers save
$10.3 million in reduced costs.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16442
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Savings and benefits
Physician Incentive Plans—Update Stop-Loss
Protection Requirements.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Provision
For 2019, this provision reduces required reinsurance resources by $204.6 million. The
$204.6 million savings increases yearly because of expected enrollment increases
and medical inflation; the savings is $281.8
million in 2023. The savings arise because
we are replacing the current insurance
schedule in the regulation with updated
stop-loss insurance requirements that will
allow insurance with higher deductibles.
This updated schedule will result in a significant reduction to the cost of obtaining
stop-loss insurance. The higher deductibles
are consistent with the increase in medical
costs due to inflation. Through transfers,
the 2019 $204.6 million savings results in
$71.6 savings to the Medicare Trust Fund
and $133 million savings (in the form of rebates) to Medicare Advantage (MA) organizations. It is likely that some of the savings
to MA organizations will result in increased
health care benefits to MA enrollees.
B. Background
In the proposed rule titled ‘‘Medicare
Program; Contract Year 2019 Policy and
Technical Changes to the Medicare
Advantage, Medicare Cost Plan,
Medicare Fee-for-Service, the Medicare
Prescription Drug Benefit Programs, and
the PACE Program’’ which appeared in
the November 28, 2017 Federal Register
(82 FR 56336), we proposed to revise
the Medicare Advantage program (Part
C) regulations and Prescription Drug
Benefit program (Part D) regulations to
implement certain provisions of the
Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery
Act (CARA) and the 21st Century Cures
Act; improve program quality,
accessibility, and affordability; improve
the CMS customer experience; address
program integrity policies related to
payments based on prescriber, provider
and supplier status in Medicare
Advantage, Medicare cost plan,
Medicare Part D and the PACE
programs; provide a proposed update to
the official Medicare Part D electronic
prescribing standards; clarify program
requirements; and make certain
technical changes regarding treatment of
Medicare Part A and Part B appeal
rights related to premium adjustments.
We received approximately 1,669
timely pieces of correspondence
containing multiple comments on the
CY 2019 proposed rule. While we are
finalizing several of the provisions from
the proposed rule, there are a number of
provisions from the proposed rule that
we intend to address later and a few that
we do not intend to finalize. We also
note that some of the public comments
were outside of the scope of the
proposed rule. These out-of-scope
public comments are not addressed in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Costs
this final rule. Summaries of the public
comments that are within the scope of
the proposed rule and our responses to
those public comments are set forth in
the various sections of this final rule
under the appropriate heading.
However, we note that in this final rule
we are not addressing comments
received with respect to the provisions
of the proposed rule that we are not
finalizing at this time. Rather, we will
address them at a later time, in a
subsequent rulemaking document, as
appropriate.
II. Provisions of the Proposed Rule and
Analysis of and Responses to Public
Comments
A. Supporting Innovative Approaches to
Improving Quality, Accessibility, and
Affordability
1. Implementation of the
Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery
Act of 2016 (CARA) Provisions
a. Medicare Part D Drug Management
Programs
The Comprehensive Addiction and
Recovery Act of 2016 (CARA), enacted
into law on July 22, 2016, amended the
Social Security Act and includes new
authority for the establishment of drug
management programs in Medicare Part
D, effective on or after January 1, 2019.
In accordance with section 704(g)(3) of
CARA and revised section 1860D–4(c)
of the Act, CMS must establish through
notice and comment rulemaking a
framework under which Part D plan
sponsors may establish a drug
management program for beneficiaries
at-risk for prescription drug abuse, or
‘‘at-risk beneficiaries.’’ Under such a
Part D drug management program,
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
sponsors may limit at-risk beneficiaries’
access to coverage of controlled
substances that CMS determines are
‘‘frequently abused drugs’’ to a selected
prescriber(s) and/or pharmacy(ies).
While such programs, commonly
referred to as ‘‘lock-in programs,’’ have
been a feature of many state Medicaid
programs for some time, prior to the
enactment of CARA, there was no
statutory authority to allow Part D plan
sponsors to require beneficiaries to
obtain controlled substances from a
certain pharmacy or prescriber in the
Medicare Part D program. Thus,
although drug management programs
are voluntary, this rule codifies a
framework that will place requirements
upon such programs when established
by Part D sponsors.
This final rule implements the CARA
Part D drug management program
provisions by integrating them with the
current Part D Opioid Drug Utilization
Review (DUR) Policy and
Overutilization Monitoring System
(OMS) (‘‘current policy’’).1 This
integration will mean that Part D plan
sponsors implementing a drug
management program could limit an atrisk beneficiary’s access to coverage of
frequently abused drugs beginning 2019
through a beneficiary-specific point-ofsale (POS) claim edit and/or by
requiring the beneficiary to obtain
frequently abused drugs from a selected
1 In using the term ‘‘current policy’’, we refer to
the aspect of our current Part D opioid
overutilization policy that is based on retrospective
DUR and case management. Please refer to the CMS
website, ‘‘Improving Drug Utilization Review
Controls in Part D’’ at https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Prescription-Drug-Coverage/Prescription
DrugCovContra/RxUtilization.html which contains
CMS communications regarding the current policy.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
pharmacy(ies) and/or prescriber(s) after
case management and notice to the
beneficiary. To do so, the beneficiary
will have to meet clinical guidelines
that factor in that the beneficiary is
taking opioids over a sustained time
period and that the beneficiary is
obtaining them from multiple
prescribers and/or multiple pharmacies.
This final rule also implements a
limitation on the use of the special
enrollment period (SEP) for low income
subsidy (LIS)-eligible beneficiaries who
are identified as potential at-risk
beneficiaries or at-risk beneficiaries.
We received the following general
comments and our responses follow:
Comment: Commenters were overall
supportive of our proposal. Some
commenters found it to be a
conservative and uniform approach to
implementing the CARA drug
management program provisions. Other
commenters included specific
suggestions for improvements with their
overall supportive or neutral comments.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their comments. We summarize and
respond to specific recommendations
later in this preamble.
Comment: We received a request that
we confirm that nothing in the final rule
impacts PACE organizations’ waivers of
Part D requirements in § 423.153. This
commenter also asked that existing
waivers of § 423.153 be extended to
include § 423.153(f) unless such a
waiver is not needed due to the
voluntary nature of drug management
programs.
Response: PACE organizations are not
excluded from OMS reporting under the
current policy. Additionally, because of
the voluntary nature of the provisions
under § 423.153(f), a waiver is not
necessary for PACE organizations.
However, to the extent that PACE
organizations commence drug
utilization management activities
covered under § 423.153(f), PACE
organizations must comply with the
requirements of 423.153(f).
Comment: We received comments
that expressed concern about the time
needed for Part D plan sponsors to make
the necessary systems changes to
implement compliant drug management
programs.
Response: Section 704(g)(1) of CARA
states that the amendments made by this
section shall apply to prescription drug
plans (and MA–PD plans) for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 2019.
However, given the current national
opioid epidemic, we expect that Part D
sponsors will diligently implement
fully-functional drug management
programs in 2019. Moreover, as the new
requirements for drug management
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
programs build from and are integrated
with existing policy, we expect sponsors
will be able to implement them
expeditiously.
Comment: We received one
suggestion that CMS pilot different
approaches for implementing the CARA
drug management program provisions,
specifically the ‘‘lock-in’’ provisions, as
we did before implementing our current
policy.
Response: Because the CARA drug
management provisions will be
integrated with our current policy,
albeit with some modifications to that
policy, we are not persuaded that an
additional pilot is necessary since plan
sponsors already have experience with
addressing potential opioid
overutilization.
Comment: A commenter requested
that CMS acknowledge the work it will
take for Standard Development
Organizations (SDOs) to implement the
finalized CARA provisions. In
particular, the commenter noted that
development of any codes and
messaging associated with the new
CARA-related requirements will take
time to implement.
Response: We understand that any
modifications to existing standards to
accurately achieve the desired
functionalities to further the electronic
exchange of information between
healthcare stakeholders about the final
CARA provisions may require time. We
rely on SDOs to coordinate these efforts,
and CMS is committed to working with
the SDOs during this process, if needed.
Comment: A commenter requested
clarification on how to handle
concurrent DUR edits, such as
formulary-level cumulative opioid MME
safety edits, and the drug management
program. Specifically, the comment
sought clarification on whether the drug
management program beneficiaryspecific POS claim edits or lock-in
limitations would take precedence over
an approved exception to a cumulative
opioid MME safety edit.
Response: A plan sponsor may
implement formulary-level coverage
rules for opioids (that is, prior
authorization, quantity limits or step
therapy) or safety edits, and implement
a drug management program. The
formulary and coverage rules would
apply to all enrollees (unless they obtain
an exception), and the drug
management program would apply to
potential at-risk and at-risk
beneficiaries. A Part D sponsor’s
concurrent and retrospective DUR
programs should be closely coordinated.
In certain circumstances, it may be
appropriate for a sponsor to make an atrisk determination through the drug
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16443
management program for a beneficiary
who received an approved exception to
a cumulative opioid MME safety edit,
and as part of the at-risk determination,
may determine that continuing the
approved exception is no longer
appropriate.
For example, a plan implemented a
hard formulary-level cumulative MME
opioid edit at 200 MME with 2 or more
opioid prescribers. A beneficiary
received their opioids from 2 prescribers
and has a cumulative MME that exceeds
200 MME. They trigger the edit and
request a coverage determination. The
prescriber attests to medical necessity
and the exception request is approved.
At a later time, the beneficiary seeks
opioids from 3 additional prescribers,
and meets the CARA/OMS criteria.
Through case management, the
prescriber verifies the beneficiary is atrisk and agrees to prescriber lock-in due
to care coordination issues.
b. Integration of CARA and the Current
Part D Opioid DUR Policy and OMS
Our proposal was to integrate the
CARA Part D drug management program
provisions with our current policy and
codify them both. Specifically, under
this regulatory framework, we proposed
that Part D plan sponsors may
voluntarily adopt drug management
programs through which they address
potential overutilization of frequently
abused drugs identified retrospectively
through the application of clinical
guidelines/OMS criteria that identify
potential at-risk beneficiaries and
conduct case management which
incorporates clinical contact and
prescriber verification that a beneficiary
is an at-risk beneficiary. If deemed
necessary, a sponsor could limit at-risk
beneficiaries’ access to coverage for
such drugs through pharmacy lock-in,
prescriber lock-in, and/or a beneficiaryspecific point-of-sale (POS) claim edit.
Finally, sponsors would report to CMS
the status and results of their case
management through OMS and any
beneficiary coverage limitations they
have implemented through MARx,
CMS’ system for payment and
enrollment transactions. Thus, although
drug management programs are
voluntary, our proposal was to codify a
framework that will place requirements
upon such programs when established
by Part D sponsors.
We stated that we foresee that all plan
sponsors will implement such drug
management programs based on our
experience that all plan sponsors are
complying with the current policy; the
fact that our proposal largely
incorporates the CARA drug
management provisions into existing
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16444
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
CMS and sponsor operations; and
especially, in light of the national
opioid epidemic and the declaration
that the opioid crisis is a nationwide
Public Health Emergency.
Comment: Commenters expressed
strong support for integrating the drug
management program provisions of
CARA with the current policy.
Commenters expressed that our
proposal is reasonable, thoughtful,
thorough, practical, and comprehensive;
that it builds on a successful existing
Medicare Part D program; that it will
involve a common set of procedures and
help ensure a streamlined and efficient
process rather than creating a separate
one that would require additional
oversight and add administrative
burden. We did not receive comments
that opposed integrating the drug
management program provisions of
CARA with the current policy.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their supportive comments and are
finalizing this integration approach to
our proposal.
(1) Requirements for Part D Drug
Management Programs (§§ 423.100 and
423.153)
We proposed the following
definitions in establishing requirements
for Part D drug management programs.
(i) Definitions (§ 423.100)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
(A) Definition of ‘‘Potential At-Risk
Beneficiary’’ and ‘‘At-Risk Beneficiary’’
(§ 423.100)
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(C) of the Act
contains a definition for ‘‘at-risk
beneficiary’’ that we proposed to codify
at § 423.100. In addition, although the
section 1860D–4(c)(5) of the Act does
not explicitly define a ‘‘potential at-risk
beneficiary,’’ it refers to a beneficiary
who is potentially at-risk in several
subsections.
Accordingly, we proposed to define
these two terms at § 423.100 as follows:
Potential at-risk beneficiary means a
Part D eligible individual—(1) Who is
identified using clinical guidelines (as
defined in § 423.100); or (2) With
respect to whom a Part D plan sponsor
receives a notice upon the beneficiary’s
enrollment in such sponsor’s plan that
the beneficiary was identified as a
potential at-risk beneficiary (as defined
in paragraph (1) of this definition) under
the prescription drug plan in which the
beneficiary was most recently enrolled,
such identification had not been
terminated upon disenrollment, and the
new plan has adopted the identification.
At-risk beneficiary means a Part D
eligible individual—(1) who is—(i)
Identified using clinical guidelines (as
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
defined in § 423.100); (ii) Not an
exempted beneficiary; and (iii)
Determined to be at-risk for misuse or
abuse of such frequently abused drugs
under a Part D plan sponsor’s drug
management program in accordance
with the requirements of § 423.153(f); or
(2) With respect to whom a Part D plan
sponsor receives a notice upon the
beneficiary’s enrollment in such
sponsor’s plan that the beneficiary was
identified as an at-risk beneficiary (as
defined in paragraph (1) of this
definition) under the prescription drug
plan in which the beneficiary was most
recently enrolled, such identification
had not been terminated upon
disenrollment, and the new plan has
adopted the identification. We noted
that we included the phrase, ‘‘and the
new plan has adopted the
identification’’ to both definitions for
cases where a beneficiary has been
identified as a potential at-risk or at-risk
beneficiary by the immediately prior
plan to indicate that the beneficiary’s
status in the subsequent plan is not
automatic.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A commenter did not
believe that a definition for a ‘‘potential
at-risk beneficiary’’ was needed, nor the
additional prescriber verification the
commenter associated with the
definition.
Response: We disagree. Although as
we noted above, section 1860D–4(c)(5)
of the Act does not explicitly define a
‘‘potential at-risk beneficiary,’’ it refers
to a beneficiary who is potentially atrisk in section 1860D–4(c)(5)(B)(ii),
which addresses initial notices; in
1860D–4(c)(5)(H)(i) which addresses
data disclosures; and in section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(I) which addresses the sharing of
information for subsequent plan
enrollments. Therefore, we proposed to
define a potential at-risk beneficiary in
§ 423.100, as the CARA drug
management program provisions clearly
contemplate this status for a beneficiary.
With respect to additional prescriber
verification of a potential at-risk
beneficiary, we believe this comment is
based on a misunderstanding of our
proposal, as we did not propose that a
beneficiary’s status as a potential at-risk
beneficiary must be verified. Rather, we
proposed and are finalizing a
requirement, as we discuss later in this
preamble, that a prescriber must verify
that a beneficiary is at-risk, which
serves as his or her professional opinion
that a Part D plan sponsor takes into
account during case management.
Comment: We received a question
whether an individual who is subject to
lock-in under his or her Medicaid
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
program and then becomes duallyeligible constitutes a potential or at-risk
beneficiary under our proposed
definitions.
Response: Such a beneficiary would
not automatically be considered to be a
potential at-risk or an at-risk beneficiary
under a Part D sponsor’s drug
management program. Rather, whether
such a beneficiary is a potential at-risk
or at-risk beneficiary would depend
upon whether he or she meets the
clinical guidelines and is determined to
be an at-risk beneficiary under the
process set forth in this rule. An
automatic determination based on a
beneficiary’s inclusion and status in a
Medicaid drug management program
would not be appropriate because each
Medicaid drug management program
has its own criteria and requirements for
reviewing and addressing recipients
who may be at-risk for prescription drug
abuse or misuse and its own
interventions. We also note that
Medicaid programs are not required to
comply with section 1860D–4(c)(5) as
Part D drug management programs are.
To the extent a Part D sponsor is
aware or discovers based on reliable
information that a beneficiary who
meets the clinical guidelines was
locked-in under a Medicaid drug
management program, that sponsor may
consider that information in deciding
whether to determine that a beneficiary
is an at-risk beneficiary under the
requirements of this final rule. Also, any
beneficiary entering the Part D program
will be immediately subject to their
plan’s formulary-level controls to
address opioid overutilization before
they may be identified as potentially atrisk, so any opioid overutilization by the
beneficiary in his or her new Part D plan
may be addressed by these controls.
Comment: We received a comment
requesting clarification with regard to a
person who is locked-in under an
employer plan and then becomes
eligible for a Part D EGWP, if the EGWP
can continue the lock-in in the Part D
plan or at least consider the prior lockin as part of a new determination.
Response: Beginning with plan year
2019, Part D sponsors, including
sponsors of EGWPs, may adopt drug
management programs that meet the
requirements we are finalizing in this
rule. Under a Part D prescription drug
management program, sponsors may
implement a prescriber and/or
pharmacy lock-in or beneficiary-specific
POS claim edit for frequently abused
drugs with respect to an at-risk
beneficiary. Similar to a Medicaid
beneficiary who becomes newly eligible
for Medicare and enrolls in Part D, a
person who is locked-in under a
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
commercial plan does not automatically
meet the definition of an at-risk
beneficiary we are finalizing in
§ 423.100. Rather, such a person first
must be determined to be an at-risk
beneficiary in accordance with the
requirements we are finalizing at
§ 423.153(f).
In other words, in order for a
beneficiary to be eligible to be
immediately locked-in to a prescriber or
pharmacy in a Part D plan in which they
are newly enrolled, the plan from which
they most recently disenrolled must be
a Part D plan in which he or she was
determined to be an at-risk beneficiary
under that plan’s drug management
program. When a new enrollee comes
from a non-Part D plan in which the
beneficiary was subject to lock-in,
however, the sponsor can consider the
prior lock-in if it learns or knows of it
based upon reliable information which
is legally available to the sponsor in
conjunction with the information it
gathers from the case management
process, the beneficiary, and the
sponsor’s other relevant internal sources
and data.
Comment: A commenter asked if a
Part D sponsor may consider opioid
utilization information from external
sources during case management, such
as a state prescription drug monitoring
program (PDMP) in making the
determination if a beneficiary is at-risk.
Response: As noted above with
respect to beneficiaries who were
locked-in under an employer or
Medicaid plan before enrolling in
Medicare Part D, we encourage sponsors
to use all reliable sources legally
available to them to obtain an accurate
account of a potential at-risk or at-risk
beneficiary’s utilization of frequently
abused drugs.
After considering the comments, we
are finalizing the definition of potential
at-risk beneficiary and at-risk
beneficiary with minor modifications
for clarity. First, we are removing the
phrase ‘‘and the new plan adopted the
identification’’ from paragraph (2) of
both definitions. As we noted above, the
purpose of this language was to indicate
that the beneficiary’s at-risk status in the
subsequent plan is not automatic, which
we meant for purposes of the limitation
on the special enrollment period (SEP)
for LIS beneficiaries with an at-risk
status. However, as we discuss later in
this preamble, this limitation will be
triggered or continued by Part D
sponsors sending the initial and second
notices to such beneficiaries, as
applicable, so we no longer believe this
phrase is necessary in these definitions.
Second, we also are making a minor
clarifying change in the definition of at-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
risk beneficiary to explicitly
acknowledge that it is the Part D
sponsor that determines which
beneficiaries are at-risk beneficiaries
under its drug management program.
The definition of potential at-risk
beneficiary will read: A Part D eligible
individual—(1) Who is identified using
clinical guidelines (as defined in
§ 423.100); or (2) With respect to whom
a Part D plan sponsor receives a notice
upon the beneficiary’s enrollment in
such sponsor’s plan that the beneficiary
was identified as a potential at-risk
beneficiary (as defined in paragraph (1)
of this definition) under the prescription
drug plan in which the beneficiary was
most recently enrolled and such
identification had not been terminated
upon disenrollment. The definition of
at-risk beneficiary will read: At-risk
beneficiary means a Part D eligible
individual—(1) Who is—(i) Identified
using clinical guidelines (as defined in
§ 423.100); (ii) Not an exempted
beneficiary; and (iii) Determined to be
at-risk for misuse or abuse of such
frequently abused drugs by a Part D plan
sponsor under its drug management
program in accordance with the
requirements of § 423.153(f); or (2) With
respect to whom a Part D plan sponsor
receives a notice upon the beneficiary’s
enrollment in such sponsor’s plan that
the beneficiary was identified as an atrisk beneficiary (as defined in the
paragraph (1) of this definition) under
the prescription drug plan in which the
beneficiary was most recently enrolled
and such identification had not been
terminated upon disenrollment.
(B) Definition of ‘‘Frequently Abused
Drug’’, ‘‘Clinical Guidelines’’, ‘‘Program
Size’’, and ‘‘Exempted Beneficiary’’
(§ 423.100)
Because we use these terms in the
proposed definitions of ‘‘potential atrisk beneficiary’’ and ‘‘at-risk
beneficiary,’’ we proposed to define
‘‘frequently abused drug’’, ‘‘clinical
guidelines’’, ‘‘program size’’, and
‘‘exempted beneficiary’’ at § 423.100 as
follows:
• Frequently Abused Drug
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(G) of the Act
defines ‘‘frequently abused drug’’ as a
drug that is a controlled substance that
the Secretary determines to be
frequently abused or diverted.
Consistent with the statutory definition,
we proposed to define ‘‘Frequently
abused drug’’ at § 423.100 to mean a
controlled substance under the Federal
Controlled Substances Act that the
Secretary determines is frequently
abused or diverted, taking into account
the following factors: (1) The drug’s
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16445
schedule designation by the Drug
Enforcement Administration; (2)
Government or professional guidelines
that address that a drug is frequently
abused or misused; and (3) An analysis
of Medicare or other drug utilization or
scientific data. This definition is
intended to provide enough specificity
for stakeholders to know how the
Secretary will determine a frequently
abused drug, while preserving flexibility
to update which drugs CMS considers to
be frequently abused drugs based on
relevant factors, such as actions by the
Drug Enforcement Administration and/
or trends observed in Medicare or
scientific data. Since we did not receive
any specific comments to change this
definition, we are finalizing it as
proposed.
Comment: A commenter requested
that CMS include the criteria, resources,
and the evidence basis upon which it
will rely to determine that a drug is a
frequently abused drug for purposes of
a drug management program.
Response: The definition of frequently
abused drug that we are finalizing
indicates that criteria, resources, and
evidence basis will be the DEA schedule
designation, government, and
professional drug guidelines, and
analyses of drug utilization or scientific
data.
We did not receive any further
comment on the definition of
‘‘frequently abused drug’’ and are
therefore finalizing it as proposed.
Consistent with current policy, we
proposed that opioids are frequently
abused drugs, except buprenorphine for
medication-assisted treatment (MAT)
and injectables. As we stated in the
preamble to the proposed rule, we plan
to publish and update a list of
frequently abused drugs for purposes of
Part D drug management programs.
Comment: All commenters agreed that
the Secretary should determine that
opioids are frequently abused drugs,
many referencing the national opioid
overuse epidemic.
Response: We appreciate that
stakeholders are focused on the opioid
public health emergency.
Comment: Some of these commenters
agreed with our proposal to determine
only opioids, except buprenorphine for
medication-assisted treatment (MAT)
and injectables, as frequently abused
drugs, at least in the initial
implementation of Part D drug
management programs, in order to allow
CMS and stakeholders to focus on
opioid overuse and gain experience
with the use of lock-in as a tool to
address overutilization in the Part D
program, before potentially determining
other controlled substances as
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16446
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
frequently abused drugs. These
commenters urged CMS to wait until
drug management programs were
established, and testing and monitoring
indicate that the program can be
administered in a manner that does not
limit beneficiary access to needed
medications before expanding the
programs further. Some of these
commenters were concerned that an atrisk beneficiary would have to obtain all
frequently abused drugs from one
pharmacy or one prescriber and that this
could disrupt patient care if the
pharmacy did not carry all frequently
abused drugs.
However, some commenters urged us
to determine that all controlled
substances are frequently abused drugs.
These commenters were particularly
focused on a determination as to
benzodiazepines, and to a lesser extent,
muscle relaxants. Due to this focus,
these commenters referred to the CDC
Guideline that specifically recommends
that clinicians avoid prescribing opioid
pain medication and benzodiazepines
concurrently whenever possible due to
increased risk for overdose. They also
referred to CMS work in this area: (1)
The fact that CMS added a concurrent
benzodiazepine-opioid flag to OMS in
October 2016 in response to the CDC
Guideline and after our own research on
the use of benzodiazepines among
Medicare beneficiaries 2 to alert Part D
sponsors that concurrent use may be an
issue that should be addressed during
case management; 3 and (2) the fact that
we have stated that a sponsor may
implement a beneficiary-specific claim
edit at POS for non-opioid medications
under the current policy.4 They further
referred to a statistic from the National
Institute on Drug Abuse that 30 percent
of overdoses involving opioids also
involve benzodiazepines.5 Finally, these
commenters pointed out that the FDA
has found that the growing combined
use of opioid medicines with
benzodiazepines or other drugs that
depress the central nervous system has
resulted in serious side effects,
including slowed or difficult breathing
and deaths. These commenters further
noted that in an effort to decrease the
2 https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/PrescriptionDrug-Coverage/PrescriptionDrugCovContra/
Downloads/Concurrent-Use-of-Opioids-andBenzodiazepines-in-a-Medicare-Part-D-PopulationCY-2015.pdf.
3 Please refer to the memo, ‘‘Medicare Part D
Overutilization Monitoring System (OMS) Update:
Addition of the Concurrent Opioid-Benzodiazepine
Use Flag’’ dated October 21, 2016.
4 Supplemental Guidance Related to Improving
Drug Utilization Review Controls in Part D’’
September 6, 2012.
5 https://www.drugabuse.gov/drugs-abuse/
opioids/benzodiazepines-opioids.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
use of opioids and benzodiazepines, and
opioids and other such depressants, the
FDA added Boxed Warnings—its
strongest warnings—to the drug labeling
of prescription opioid pain and cough
medicines, and benzodiazepines.6 Given
these developments, these commenters
stressed the importance of Part D plan
sponsors being able to use the tools that
will be available to them under drug
management programs to address the
dangers of concurrent opioid and
benzodiazepine use.
Response: In light of these comments,
we are persuaded that it is appropriate
that drug management programs are able
to address concurrent opioid and
benzodiazepine use. Such a
determination is consistent with the
definition of frequently abused drugs
that we are finalizing. First, the
Secretary determines benzodiazepines
are frequently abused or diverted, taking
into account that they are controlled
substances under the Controlled
Substances Act (CSA) and that
prescription benzodiazepines are on
Schedule IV, where the DEA places
substances that have a potential for
abuse. In addition, the Secretary takes
into account that the FDA has issued a
warning about the risks associated with
using opioids and benzodiazepines
concurrently. Further, the CDC included
in its evidence-based opioid prescribing
guideline a caution to co-prescribe
opioids and benzodiazepines. Finally,
CMS’ own statistics reveal that 51
percent of Part D beneficiaries that will
be identified as potentially at-risk under
the 2019 clinical guidelines we are
finalizing are using opioids and
benzodiazepines concurrently compared
to 24 percent across all Part D opioid
users. This statistic is indicative that
concurrent use is even more of a danger
among potential at-risk beneficiaries
than Medicare Part D beneficiaries
generally. Therefore, the Secretary
determines that benzodiazepines are a
frequently abused drug for purposes of
Part D drug management programs
beginning in 2019. However, the clinical
guidelines will still only consider a
beneficiary’s opioid use, as we explain
just below.
Comment: A commenter agreed with
our statement in the proposed rule that
there is difficulty in establishing
overuse guidelines for non-opioid
substances. The commenter stated that
this underscores the need for a robust
evidence base to support determining
that additional types of drugs are
frequently abused drugs.
6 https://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/
ucm518473.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: We agree with the
commenter’s concern, and for this
reason we are not modifying the clinical
guidelines for 2019 to include
benzodiazepine use, even though
benzodiazepines will be considered a
frequently abused drug for 2019. This
means that a beneficiary who is
determined to be at-risk based on
clinical guidelines that look at the
beneficiary’s opioid use could have a
coverage limitation applied under a
drug management program to both
opioids and benzodiazepines to manage
current and future concurrent use. For
example, a sponsor could require an atrisk beneficiary to obtain both opioids
and benzodiazepines from one selected
pharmacy.
We believe that this is appropriate
based on the robust evidence that
concurrent benzodiazepine use with
opioids results in an even higher risk of
an adverse health event than use of
opioids alone. We will expect to rarely
see a sponsor apply a limitation only to
an at-risk beneficiary’s access to
coverage for benzodiazepines, since to
do so, the beneficiary would have to
have met the clinical guidelines which
look at opioid use that is potentially
risky. However, we acknowledge that
prescriber agreement during case
management could rarely lead to such
an outcome. For example, no opioid
prescriber agrees to a beneficiaryspecific POS claim edit for opioids, but
rather, all but one states they will no
longer prescriber opioids to coordinate
the beneficiary’s use. However, the
benzodiazepine prescriber agrees to
such an edit for benzodiazepines. We
discuss prescriber agreement in more
detail later in this preamble.
Given that we are finalizing two
categories of drugs as frequently abused
drugs for 2019, depending upon what a
plan sponsor learns during case
management, we reiterate that the
sponsor may have to permit a
beneficiary to obtain frequently abused
drugs from more than one pharmacy
and/or more than one prescriber in
order to provide reasonable access, if
the sponsor applies lock-in as a
coverage limitation, which we discuss
later in this preamble.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested that Part D sponsors be able
to expand their drug management
programs to include additional
frequently abused drugs based on their
experience with their enrollees. One
suggested that a sponsor be required to
submit such an expansion to CMS for
approval.
Response: We disagree with this
comment. Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(G) of
the Act defines ‘‘frequently abused
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
drug’’ as a drug that is a controlled
substance that the Secretary determines
to be frequently abused or diverted.
Consistent with this statutory provision,
we believe it is appropriate that the
determination of frequently abused
drugs not be plan-specific, but rather be
consistent across Part D plans, as this
will permit better oversight and promote
consistency across all Part D drug
management programs.
We proposed that future
determinations of frequently abused
drugs by the Secretary primarily be
included in the annual Medicare Parts
C&D Call Letter or in similar guidance,
if necessary, to address midyear entries
to the drug market or evolving
government or professional guidelines
or relevant data analysis, which will be
subject to public comment. We
proposed that this approach would be
consistent with our approach under the
current policy and necessary for Part D
drug management programs to be
responsive to changing public health
issues over time.
Comment: We received comments
supportive of our proposal to apply the
standards we are establishing in
rulemaking to future determinations of
frequently abused drugs through the
annual Medicare Parts C&D Call Letter,
or in similar guidance. We did not
receive any comments that opposed this
proposed approach.
Response: We appreciate the
comments.
Comment: A commenter asked us to
confirm that we would use the same
process to determine that a drug is no
longer a frequently abused drug.
Response: We will apply the same
regulatory standards and use the same
process that we use to determine that a
drug is a frequently abused drug when
determining that a drug no longer is a
frequently abused drug for purposes of
Part D drug management programs.
Comment: A few commenters urged
CMS to exclude abuse-deterrent (AD)
opioids from this definition of
‘‘frequently abused drug’’ as there is no
evidentiary data to support the thesis
that AD opioids are frequently abused
and existing observation data supports
their exclusion from this broad
standard.
Response: The FDA requires a boxed
warning on opioid abuse-deterrent
formulations (ADFs), because even with
these formulations there is still potential
for addiction, abuse, misuse, and
diversion. The FDA has also noted 7 that
7 ‘‘Abuse-Deterrent Opioids—Evaluation and
Labeling Guidance for Industry’’, U.S. Department
of Health and Human Services, Food and Drug
Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and
Research (CDER), Clinical Medical, April 2015.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
‘‘abuse-deterrent technologies have not
yet proven successful at deterring the
most common form of abuse—
swallowing a number of intact capsules
or tablets to achieve a feeling of
euphoria. Moreover, the fact that a
product has abuse-deterrent properties
does not mean that there is no risk of
abuse. It means, rather, that the risk of
abuse is lower than it would be without
such properties.’’ Also, ADFs do not
prevent patients who may be using
opioids for therapeutic reasons from
taking higher doses than prescribed or
diverting the opioid. For these reasons,
we disagree that abuse-deterrent
formulations should be excluded from
the determination of frequently abused
drugs.
Comment: A few commenters asked
CMS to clarify whether methadone, a
Part D drug when indicated for pain,
would be included in the definition of
a frequently abused drug under the drug
management program. Other
commenters agreed with excluding
buprenorphine for MAT from the
definition of frequently abused drug as
not to limit patient access to treatment
and noted that removing buprenorphine
as a frequently abused drug is consistent
with the CDC’s approach to exclude
buprenorphine from the determination
of a person’s daily opioid MME.
Response: Yes, methadone for pain is
included in the definition of a
frequently abused drug for purposes of
Part D drug management programs,
consistent with current policy/OMS.
Although buprenorphine is recognized
by the DEA as a drug of abuse, we thank
the commenters that agreed with
excluding buprenorphine for MAT from
the definition of frequently abused drug
so that access to MAT, such as
buprenorphine, is not impacted.
However, the commenters’ reference to
the CDC’s exclusion of buprenorphine
from the determination of a person’s
daily opioid MME made us believe that
commenters may be conflating the
definition of a frequently abused drug
with the clinical guidelines and
associated opioid dosage thresholds.
Therefore, we realize that we need to be
more specific about what opioid use,
opioid prescribers, and opioid
dispensing pharmacies means in the
clinical guidelines, which we also
discuss later.
Since the publication of the proposed
rule, the CDC removed the conversion
factors for all formulations of
buprenorphine, for pain and for MAT,
from the most recent CDC MME
conversion factor file (https://
www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/data-files/
CDC_Oral_Morphine_Milligram_
Equivalents_Sept_2017.xlsx). Therefore,
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16447
CMS cannot determine the MME. As
such, buprenorphine products are not
used to determine the beneficiary’s
average daily MME. However, we will
still use prescription opioids, including
all formulations of buprenorphine for
pain and MAT, to determine opioid
prescribers and opioid dispensing
pharmacies in the clinical guidelines.
• Clinical Guidelines & Program Size
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(C)(i)(I) of the
Act requires at-risk beneficiaries to be
identified using clinical guidelines that
indicate misuse or abuse of frequently
abused drugs and that are developed by
the Secretary in consultation with
stakeholders. We proposed to include a
definition of ‘‘clinical guidelines’’ that
cross references standards that we
proposed at § 423.153(f) for how the
guidelines will be established and
updated. Specifically, we proposed to
define clinical guidelines for purposes
of a Part D drug management program
in § 423.100 as criteria to identify
potential at-risk beneficiaries who may
be determined to be at-risk beneficiaries
under such programs, and that are
developed in accordance with the
standards in § 423.153(f)(16) and
beginning with contract year 2020, will
be published in guidance annually.
We also proposed to add
§ 423.153(f)(16) to state that potential atrisk beneficiaries and at-risk
beneficiaries are identified by CMS or a
Part D sponsor using clinical guidelines
that: (1) Are developed with stakeholder
consultation; (2) Are based on the
acquisition of frequently abused drugs
from multiple prescribers, multiple
pharmacies, the level of frequently
abused drugs, or any combination of
these factors; (3) Are derived from
expert opinion and an analysis of
Medicare data; and (4) Include a
program size estimate. This proposed
approach to developing and updating
the clinical guidelines is intended to
provide enough specificity for
stakeholders to know how CMS will
determine the guidelines by identifying
the standards we will apply in
determining them.
This proposed approach also
indicated that the program size will be
determined as part of the process to
develop the clinical guidelines—a
process into which stakeholders will
provide input. Section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(C)(iii) of the Act states that the
Secretary shall establish policies,
including the guidelines and
exemptions, to ensure that the
population of enrollees in drug
management programs could be
effectively managed by plans. We
proposed to define ‘‘program size’’ in
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16448
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
§ 423.100 to mean the estimated
population of potential at-risk
beneficiaries in drug management
programs (described in § 423.153(f))
operated by Part D plan sponsors that
the Secretary determines, as part of the
process to develop clinical guidelines,
can be effectively managed by such
sponsors.
Comment: We did not receive any
specific comments about the definition
we proposed for clinical guidelines in
§ 423.100, nor the standards we
proposed in § 423.153(f)(16).
Response: We are therefore finalizing
the definition and standards as
proposed, with one modification adding
language so that the guidelines will be
published in guidance annually
beginning with contract year 2020
guidance, since we are publishing the
2019 clinical guidelines in this final
rule.
Comment: We received comments
supportive of our proposal to apply the
standards we are establishing in
rulemaking for clinical guidelines in
§ 423.153(f)(16) to develop future OMS
criteria through the annual Medicare
Parts C&D Call Letter process beginning
with plan year 2020.
We did not receive comments that
specifically opposed this proposed
approach.
Response: We appreciate these
comments.
Because Part D drug management
programs will be integrated with the
current policy/OMS beginning in 2019,
there will be no separate OMS criteria
in 2019 and beyond. For plan year 2019,
we proposed the clinical guidelines to
be the OMS criteria established for plan
year 2018. The clinical guidelines for
use in drug management programs we
proposed for 2019 are: Use of opioids
with an average daily MME greater than
or equal to 90 mg for any duration
during the most recent 6 months and
either: 4 or more opioid prescribers and
4 or more opioid dispensing pharmacies
OR 6 or more opioid prescribers,
regardless of the number of opioid
dispensing pharmacies.
We estimated that these criteria
would identify approximately 33,053
potential at-risk beneficiaries in the Part
D program based on 2015 data, whom
we believe are at the highest risk of
death or overdose due to their opioid
use. Also, under our proposal, we stated
that Part D plan sponsors will not be
able to vary the criteria of the guidelines
to include more or fewer beneficiaries in
their drug management programs, as
they may under the current policy,
except that we proposed to continue to
permit plan sponsors to apply the
criteria more frequently than CMS will
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
apply them through OMS in 2018,
which can result in sponsors identifying
beneficiaries earlier. This is because
CMS evaluates enrollees quarterly using
a 6-month look back period, whereas
sponsors may evaluate enrollees more
frequently (for example, monthly).
We also described other clinical
guidelines that we considered in the
Regulatory Impact Analysis section of
the proposed rule. Stakeholders were
invited to comment on those options
and any others that would identify more
or fewer potential at-risk beneficiaries.
Comment: We received comments
that were overall supportive of the
clinical guidelines/criteria we proposed
for 2019 with the estimated program
size of 33,053. However we did receive
a few comments suggesting criteria for
the clinical guidelines that were not
among the alternate options we
included in the RIA. Some of these
supportive comments supported the
guidelines without reservation, making
statements such as noting the guidelines
align with the CDC Guideline or that
they understood or supported CMS’
desire to gain experience with the use
of lock-in as a drug management tool
before adopting clinical guidelines with
flexibility and/or that would identify
more potential at-risk beneficiaries.
These commenters want CMS to adopt
a clear and universal set of guidelines
which minimizes customer and
provider confusion, as well as
administrative burden when submitting
and receiving OMS quarterly reports.
These commenters assert that voluntary
plan guidelines would increase
confusion and fragmentation across the
Medicare landscape. However, some
commenters urged that Part D plan
sponsors should have complete
flexibility to identify potential at-risk
beneficiaries, or at least some flexibility
to identify additional ones consistent
with our current policy. These
commenters emphasized that sponsors
should be able to establish and update
targeting criteria and program features
based on evolving clinical evidence and
feedback and the specific needs of their
members. Some of these commenters
referred to the experience Part D
sponsors and their PBMs have gained in
identifying opioid overutilization
among their plan members over the last
several years and the need to be able to
do more to address the opioid overuse
crisis. Some commenters referred in
particular to beneficiaries who do not
have an average daily MME of greater or
equal to 90 mg but who are filling
opioids prescriptions from many
different prescribers or pharmacies that
they may currently address but would
not be able to under our proposal. These
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
commenters pointed out that such
beneficiaries benefit from better
coordination of care, which case
management and coverage limitations
on frequently abused drugs can support.
Another commenter referred to
beneficiaries with high dose utilization
regardless of the number of prescribers
as appropriate for review by drug
management programs.
As to program size, a commenter
stated that the proposed clinical
guidelines would identify a reasonable
number of potential at-risk beneficiaries.
Another commenter proposed
alternative criteria involving a lower
MME level that it stated would identify
more than 300,000 Part D beneficiaries
as potentially at-risk, whereas the other
commenters (including those
commenters that requested increased
flexibility) did not provide a program
size estimate. On the other hand, we did
not receive comments that the clinical
guidelines we proposed would identify
a potential at-risk beneficiary
population that cannot be effectively
managed by Part D plan sponsors, and
because the proposed guidelines are the
same as the OMS criteria for 2018 that
were established through the 2018 Parts
C&D Call Letter process, we did not
expect such comments.
We received a few comments that the
proposed clinical guidelines appear to
be aimed at primarily limiting the
program size arbitrarily rather than
permitting scientific evidence and
clinical research to dictate the most
appropriate guidelines.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters that provided a specific
suggestion for criteria; however, these
criteria were not among the alternate
options we included in the RIA.
Therefore, we decline to adopt these
suggestions, as the clinical guidelines
are to be developed by the Secretary in
consultation with stakeholders.
We were persuaded by the
commenters that Part D sponsors should
have some flexibility in adopting
targeting criteria for potential at-risk
beneficiaries in order to be able to
identify more such beneficiaries, which
in turn enables sponsors to be able to do
more to address the opioid overuse
public health emergency. In addition,
flexibility in adopting targeting criteria
for potential at-risk beneficiaries is
consistent with the current policy, and
we wish to be more conservative in
varying from that policy for the same
reasons. However, we still believe it
prudent to place certain parameters
around the beneficiaries who may be
identified as potentially at-risk by
sponsors for their drug management
programs, particularly as we gain
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
experience with the use of lock-in as a
drug management tool.
Given that no other commenter
recommended a specific program size,
there is no discernible consensus that a
population of more than 300,000 would
be manageable for Part D sponsors. We
therefore decline to adopt these criteria
as the clinical guidelines for that reason,
and also because we want sponsors to
focus on the Part D population that is at
the highest risk. Also, as we noted
previously, the statute requires us to
establish policies to ensure that the
populations of enrollees in a
prescription drug management program
can be effectively managed by plans.
Therefore, we disagree that the clinical
guidelines arbitrarily limit the size of
these programs.
After publication of the proposed
rule, we conducted an analysis of the
clinical guidelines/OMS criteria for
2019 that we proposed using 2017 PDE
data, as the original estimates were
based on 2015 data. We were pleased to
confirm that the current policy, which
will be integrated into Part D drug
management programs, continues to
make substantial progress in reducing
potential opioid overutilization in the
Part D program. The reduction in the
number of beneficiaries meeting the
OMS criteria between 2015 and 2017 far
outpaced previous trends. We thank the
Part D sponsors that have executed the
current policy, the providers who have
participated, and the various
stakeholders who have provided helpful
input over the years.
According to this analysis, the 2019
clinical guidelines/OMS criteria we
proposed would identify an estimated
11,753 potential at-risk beneficiaries
rather than the 33,053 we originally
estimated. Given the incremental
approach we have taken with the
current policy over the years since its
inception, this revised estimate provides
an opportunity to adjust the clinical
guidelines/OMS criteria downward in
terms of prescriber and pharmacy
thresholds which will incorporate more
potential at-risk beneficiaries in 2019.
Therefore, after considering the
comments and this updated data, we are
doing two things with respect to our
clinical guidelines proposal, which we
will identify a similar program size as
the one we proposed, as well as strike
a balance between those commenters
wanting complete flexibility to adopt
criteria to identify potential at-risk
beneficiaries and those urging no
flexibility. First, we are finalizing
alternative criteria that we considered in
the RIA as Option 3 as minimum
criteria. These minimum criteria are:
Use of opioids with an average daily
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
MME greater than or equal to 90 mg for
any duration during the most recent 6
months and either: 3 or more opioid
prescribers and 3 or more opioid
dispensing pharmacies OR 5 or more
opioid prescribers, regardless of the
number of opioid dispensing
pharmacies.
This means that beneficiaries meeting
these criteria will be reported to
sponsors by OMS and sponsors with
drug management programs must
review each case and report their
findings back to OMS as they do today
consistent with how they have operated
under the current policy. In addition,
sponsors may not vary these minimum
criteria. However, as we previously
stated, sponsors will be permitted to
apply the minimum criteria more
frequently using their own prescription
claims data than CMS will apply them
through OMS quarterly. According to
our analysis of 2017 PDE data, these
minimum criteria would identify 44,332
potential at-risk beneficiaries and is the
option based on 90 MME in the RIA that
has a revised program size estimate
which is closest to our original estimate
of 33,053 but that would not identify
fewer at-risk beneficiaries. Given the
scope of the opioid crisis, and current
data showing significant reduction in
the number of beneficiaries meeting the
OMS criteria, finalizing criteria that
would have resulted in a smaller
program size could undermine the
increasing momentum in addressing
opioid overutilization in the Medicare
Part D program.
Second, we are finalizing
supplemental criteria to provide
sponsors with some flexibility in
adopting criteria for their drug
management programs. This means that
sponsors may continue to report
additional beneficiaries to OMS—as
they do today under the current policy.
However, unlike the current policy,
such beneficiaries must meet the
following supplemental criteria: Use of
opioids (regardless of average daily
MME) during the most recent 6 months
with 7 or more opioid prescribers OR 7
or more opioid dispensing pharmacies.
These supplemental criteria were
included in the additional criteria
options that we considered and are
included in a options chart in the
Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) of the
proposed rule; specifically, in Row 2 of
option 6. Using 2017 data, we estimate
that these supplemental criteria would
identify an additional 22,841 potential
at-risk beneficiaries. We believe these
criteria would be responsive to the
concern of the commenters who, in
urging us to allow flexibility for
sponsors to adopt targeting criteria,
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16449
expressed concerns about not being able
to continue to address plan members
who are receiving opioids from a large
number of prescribers or pharmacies but
who do not meet a particular MME
threshold.
We note that we do not anticipate that
OMS will report beneficiaries meeting
these supplemental criteria to sponsors;
however, Part D sponsors may review
beneficiaries who meet them—and must
report them to OMS if they do—at a
level that is manageable for their drug
management programs in conjunction
with the potential at-risk beneficiaries
reported by OMS minimum criteria,
whom they must address.
Thus, the final clinical guidelines for
2019 will result in an estimated program
size of approximately 67,173
beneficiaries—44,332 of whom Part D
sponsors with drug management
programs must review and 22,841 of
whom such sponsors may review. We
believe this program size can be
effectively managed by plans because
we have already received feedback from
Part D sponsors through the final 2018
Medicare Parts C&D Call Letter process
that 33,000 beneficiaries are
manageable. Thus, we conclude that
44,332 beneficiaries are associated with
the option included in the RIA of the
proposed rule that is the closest in
number without identifying fewer
potential at-risk beneficiaries and is
consistent with historical program size
under the current policy. Moreover, we
received no comments that 33,053
beneficiaries is the largest program size
Part D sponsors can manage. Finally, as
we stated above, sponsors may review
the additional 22,841 beneficiaries at a
level that is manageable for their drug
management programs.
These final criteria for 2019 meet the
definition of clinical guidelines that we
are finalizing. They are criteria to
identify potential at-risk beneficiaries
who may be determined to be at-risk
beneficiaries under drug management
programs, and they were developed in
accordance with the standards we are
finalizing in § 423.153(f)(16) and
beginning for 2020, will be published in
guidance annually. These criteria also
adhere to the standards we proposed in
§ 423.153(f)(16) because: (1) They were
developed with stakeholder
consultation in that we solicited
comment on them in the proposed rule;
(2) they are based on the acquisition of
frequently abused drugs from multiple
prescribers, multiple pharmacies, and
the level of frequently abused drugs in
that they identify potential at-risk
beneficiaries taking opioids and
obtaining them from 7 or more
prescribers or 7 or more pharmacies; (3)
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16450
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
they are derived from our and
commenters’ expert opinion that
obtaining opioids from many prescribers
or many pharmacies is a potentially
dangerous utilization pattern of
frequently abused drugs due to an
apparent lack of coordination of care
that warrants further review and this
opinion is supported by the fact that
this pattern is highly unusual in the Part
D program as it represents 0.11 percent
of beneficiaries; and (4) they include a
program size estimate.
We have consolidated the clinical
guidelines/OMS criteria in Table 1 for
easier reference. We note that we were
not persuaded by the commenter who
urged us to adopt criteria that would
address high opioid use regardless of
the number of prescribers or
pharmacies, as one purpose of drug
management programs, and lock-in tools
specifically, is to promote better care
coordination among multiple providers.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that if we have concerns with
allowing Part D sponsors flexibility in
adopting targeting criteria for potential
at-risk beneficiaries, that we establish a
process through which a sponsor could
submit their guidelines to CMS.
Response: We thank these
commenters for their idea, but we prefer
the approach we have taken as
providing consistency across the entire
Part D program and a program size, as
required by CARA.
Comment: A few commenters urged
caution in the use of policies
determining access to medications
based upon thresholds such as MME,
which the commenters viewed as a
potentially problematic type of one-sizefits all approach. These commenters
noted that scientific literature does not
support the establishment of a
recommended maximum dose for
opioids. These commenters also pointed
out that the use of such thresholds may
result in a false impression of a superior
safety profile, which we interpreted to
mean that referring to a specific MME
level as potentially dangerous may give
the impression that a level below that
amount is universally safe.
Response: We agree with the
commenter that the CDC Guideline—
and our clinical guidelines for Part D
drug management programs that refer to
it—are not intended as a maximum
threshold for prescribing, as we noted in
the preamble to the proposed rule. In
the absence of dosing limits in the FDAapproved labeling for opioids, we are
using the CDC guideline to establish a
threshold to identify potentially highrisk beneficiaries who may benefit from
closer monitoring and to create
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
alignment between Government
programs.
Moreover, our implementation of the
CARA drug management program
provisions focuses on beneficiaries who
are receiving opioids from multiple
prescribers and/or multiple pharmacies,
not just at a certain MME level. In
addition, our finalized requirements for
drug management programs require Part
D sponsors to engage in case
management with prescribers, obtain
their verification that the beneficiary is
at-risk and their agreement before
implementing a prescriber lock-in or
beneficiary-specific claim edit, as long
as the prescribers are responsive to case
management. This means that decisions
about the amount of frequently abused
drugs an at-risk beneficiary should
receive are made by the beneficiary’s
prescriber(s) if they are responsive and
not based on the targeting threshold for
review of the beneficiary’s utilization.
Thus, this approach is aimed at
addressing overutilization of frequently
abused drugs while maintaining access
to such drugs when medically necessary
in the Part D program.
Comment: A commenter proposed
modifying ‘‘for any duration’’ in the
clinical guidelines to permit
beneficiaries a reasonable overlap time
to refill medications and suggested that
CMS set a reasonable overlap period of
no more than 3 days for the purposes of
identifying potential at-risk
beneficiaries.
Response: CMS performed an
extensive analysis of the OMS criteria
using 2015 data (https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Prescription-Drug-Coverage/
PrescriptionDrugCovContra/Downloads/
Revised-OMS-Criteria-ModificationAnalysis.pdf). Adjusting the clinical
guideline MME calculation for each
beneficiary to account for overlapping
fills would be difficult to operationalize
from a data analysis perspective since it
would be dependent on the number of
fills and the opioids dispensed,
including strength each beneficiary
received. For this reason, CMS chose to
calculate the MME daily dose using the
average daily dose during the opioid
usage. We included ‘‘for any duration’’
in the clinical guidelines since this
means that these beneficiaries reached
or exceeded the MME level in a short
period of time, and received their
opioids from multiple prescribers and
pharmacies. This indicates potential
coordination of care issues or misuse.
We found that the number of additional
overutilizers with an episode length less
than 90 days for any of the MME dose
thresholds analyzed ranged from only
57 to 320 beneficiaries, or 1 to 2 percent
of the 90+ day episode opioid
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
overutilizer count. Therefore, we
included these beneficiaries as potential
opioid overutilizers under the current
policy, and we will continue to utilize
this methodology for OMS reporting of
potential at-risk beneficiaries for drug
management programs.
If a sponsor performs case
management for a potential at-risk
beneficiary who was reported through
OMS and discovers that the high use
was a result of appropriate prescription
overlap and not misuse, we would
expect the sponsor to stop conducting
case management for that beneficiary,
and to not send the initial notice to the
beneficiary.
Comment: A commenter requested
that CMS clarify that the language ‘‘for
any duration during the most recent 6
months’’ means that the opioid use
occurred during the most recent 6
months and not 6 months of consistent
use.
Response: We confirm that this
language means that the opioid use
occurred during the most recent 6
months.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS apply path analysis to develop
clinical guidelines to identify potential
at-risk beneficiaries using the Integrated
Data Repository (IDR), which is a data
warehouse that integrates multiple data
sources and supports analytics across
CMS.
Response: We thank the commenter
for suggesting an approach in the IDR to
improve identification of potential atrisk beneficiaries for CMS to consider.
We proposed that under the clinical
guidelines, prescribers associated with
the same single Tax Identification
Number (TIN) be counted as a single
prescriber, because we have found
under the current policy that such
prescribers are typically in the same
group practice that is coordinating the
care of the patients served by it, and
failing to do so would result in a high
volume of false positives reported
through OMS. Thus, it is appropriate to
count such prescribers as one, so as not
to identify beneficiaries through OMS
who are not potentially at-risk.
In this regard, in applying the clinical
guidelines criteria, CMS proposed to
count prescribers with the same TIN as
one prescriber, unless any of the
prescribers are associated with multiple
TINs. We also proposed that when a
pharmacy has multiple locations that
share real-time electronic data, all
locations of the pharmacy collectively
be treated as one pharmacy under the
clinical guidelines. For example, under
the criteria we are finalizing, a
beneficiary who meets the 90 MME
criterion and received opioid
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
prescriptions from 3 prescribers in the
same group practice and 2 independent
opioid prescribers (1 group practice + 2
prescribers = 3 prescribers) and filled
the prescriptions at 4 opioid dispensing
pharmacies that do not share real-time
electronic data, will still meet the
criteria, which is appropriate. However,
a beneficiary who meets that 90 MME
criterion and received opioid
prescriptions from 3 prescribers in the
same group practice and 1 independent
opioid prescriber (1 group practice + 1
prescriber = 2 prescribers) and filled the
prescriptions at 4 opioid dispensing
pharmacies that do not share real-time
electronic data will not meet the
criteria.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the proposal conceptually to
count prescribers associated with the
same single TIN as a single prescriber,
but many of these commenters noted
that some Part D plans sponsors and
PBMs do not have access to prescriber
TIN information. A few commenters
recommended that CMS count
prescribers with the same National
Provider Identifier (NPI) as a single
prescriber, and a commenter suggested
that CMS require prescribers to share
real-time electronic data through an
electronic health record (EHR).
Response: We appreciate the support
for this proposal as well as the
information on the operational
challenges. After considering these
comments, we are finalizing this aspect
of the clinical guidelines for 2019. Part
D plan sponsors without the ability to
group prescribers using the TIN through
data analysis will have to make these
determinations during case
management. If a sponsor finds that the
multiple opioid prescribers for the
beneficiary are from a single group
practice, and therefore, the beneficiary
does not meet the clinical guidelines,
the sponsor could stop conducting case
management for that beneficiary, and
would not send the initial notice to the
beneficiary. We will issue guidance and
updated OMS technical user guides to
plan sponsors at a later time, including
data sources and standard responses
used in OMS reporting, which may
include providing such feedback to
CMS.
In addition, this information may be
discovered after the sponsor provided
the beneficiary the initial notice. In such
an event, the sponsor would send the
beneficiary an alternate second notice
that the beneficiary is not at-risk. To the
comments about grouping by NPI, we
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
clarify that under the current policy/
OMS we use the NPI to first identify
single prescribers, and then we further
group single prescribers with the same
single TIN. We will continue this
methodology for the clinical guidelines
under the drug management program.
We appreciate the comment regarding
real-time prescriber data, but we did not
propose such a system for Part D
prescribers.
Comment: We received several
comments supporting our proposal that
when a pharmacy has multiple locations
that share real-time electronic data, all
locations of the pharmacy collectively
be treated as one pharmacy under the
clinical guidelines. We also received
many comments that Part D plan
sponsors and their PBMs do not have
the systems capabilities to account for
pharmacies that have multiple locations
that share real-time electronic data, in
order to treat all locations of the
pharmacy collectively as one pharmacy.
We received one comment that they are
able to, but that there are operational
challenges to synthesizing the data to be
useful for drug management programs.
Response: As we stated in the
proposed rule, section 1860D–4(c)(5)(D)
of the Act specifies that for purposes of
limiting access to coverage of frequently
abused drugs to those obtained from a
selected pharmacy, if the pharmacy has
multiple locations that share real-time
electronic data, all such locations of the
pharmacy collectively are treated as one
pharmacy. Because of this statutory
requirement, it makes sense to us to
consider such multiple locations as one
pharmacy for purposes of the clinical
guidelines, similar to how we account
for group practices, to reduce false
positives, particularly because the
purpose of the guidelines is to identify
when a beneficiary may be at risk for
overutilization because they use
multiple pharmacies. Therefore, we are
finalizing this aspect of the clinical
guidelines for 2019.
We understand that we, and
apparently most sponsors and their
PBMs, do not have the systems
capability to automatically determine
when a pharmacy is part of a chain.
Therefore, Part D plan sponsors without
this capability will have to make these
determinations during case
management. If through such case
management, a plan sponsor finds that
multiple locations of a pharmacy used
by the beneficiary share real-time
electronic data, the sponsor will be
required to treat those locations as one
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16451
pharmacy. This may result in the
sponsor not or no longer conducting
case management for a beneficiary
because the beneficiary does not meet
the clinical guidelines, or in the sponsor
sending the beneficiary an alternate
second notice that the beneficiary is not
at-risk if the sponsor discovers this
information after it provided the
beneficiary with the initial notice.
We note that group practices and
chain pharmacies are discussed later in
this preamble in the context of the
selection of a prescriber(s) and
pharmacy(ies) in cases when a Part D
plan limits a beneficiary’s access to
coverage of frequently abused drugs to
selected pharmacy(ies) and/or
prescriber(s).
As noted above, Table 1 shows that in
2017 approximately 44,332 beneficiaries
would have met the minimum criteria of
the 2019 clinical guidelines that we are
finalizing, which is approximately 0.10
percent of the 45 million beneficiaries
enrolled in Part D in 2017.
Approximately, 22,841 additional
beneficiaries will have met the
supplemental criteria that we are
finalizing, which is approximately 0.05
percent. To derive this estimated
population of potential at-risk
beneficiaries, we analyzed prescription
drug event data (PDE) from 2017,8 using
the CDC opioid drug list and MME
conversion factors, and applying the
criteria we are finalizing as the clinical
guidelines. This estimate is overinclusive because we did not exclude
beneficiaries in long-term care (LTC)
facilities who will be exempted from
drug management programs, as we
discuss later in this section.
However, based on similar analyses
we have conducted, this exclusion will
not result in a noteworthy reduction to
our estimate. Also, we were unable to
count all locations of a pharmacy that
has multiple locations that share realtime electronic data as one, which is a
topic we discussed earlier and will
return to later. Thus, there likely are
beneficiaries counted in our estimate
who will not be identified as potential
at-risk beneficiaries because they are in
an LTC facility or only use multiple
locations of a retail chain pharmacy that
share real-time electronic data.
8 Unique count of beneficiaries who met the
criteria in any 6 month measurement period
(January 2017–June 2017; April 2017–September
2017; or July 2017–December 2017).
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
As clarified above, since the CDC
removed all formulations of
buprenorphine, for pain and for MAT,
from the most recent CDC MME
conversion factor file, buprenorphine
products are not used to determine the
beneficiary’s average daily MME.
However, we will use prescription
opioids, including all buprenorphine
products for pain and MAT, to
determine opioid prescribers and opioid
dispensing pharmacies under the
minimum criteria. Similarly, sponsors
must include all prescription opioids,
including all buprenorphine products,
to determine opioid prescribers and
opioid dispensing pharmacies under the
supplemental criteria.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
• Exempted Beneficiary
We proposed that an exempted
beneficiary, with respect to a drug
management program, would mean an
enrollee who: (1) Has elected to receive
hospice care; (2) Is a resident of a longterm care facility, of a facility described
in section 1905(d) of the Act, or of
another facility for which frequently
abused drugs are dispensed for residents
through a contract with a single
pharmacy; or (3) Has a cancer diagnosis.
While the first two exceptions are
required under CARA, we proposed to
exercise the authority in section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(C)(ii)(III) of the Act to treat a
beneficiary who has a cancer diagnosis
as an exempted individual. We did not
propose to exempt additional categories
of beneficiaries.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: Commenters were overall
supportive of our proposal to exempt
beneficiaries who have a cancer
diagnosis. A few of the commenters
noted that the CDC Guideline
recommendations do not apply to active
cancer treatment. Many of these
commenters asked for more guidance on
how this exemption, which is a feature
of the current policy, would be
operationalized. Others felt the
exemption is too broad and could be
applied to beneficiaries who have not
been treated for cancer in years or who
are being treated for non-terminal
cancer but possibly do have an opioid
overuse issue that needs to be
addressed. A few commenters disagreed
with the exemption as an inappropriate
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
ER16AP18.000
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16452
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
one-size-fits-all approach. Even the
commenters who did not support the
exemption noted that the cancer
population is unique and must be
handled delicately.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their supportive comments as to the
exemption for cancer. Our intent is to
exempt beneficiaries who are currently
being treated for active cancer-related
pain from Part D drug management
programs and this is the exemption we
are finalizing based on the comments.
While our current policy generally
excludes beneficiaries with cancer
diagnoses from OMS reporting,9 we
believe it is appropriate to be more
specific with respect to regulatory
parameters for Part D prescription drug
management programs. Therefore, the
comments have persuaded us that we
need to be more precise with this
codified exemption.
As we noted in the proposed rule,
there are some limitations around this
exemption under the current policy due
to our current data sources which will
remain when implementing the drug
management program clinical
guidelines. For example, there may be a
lag in current year diagnosis data in
CMS systems and the RxHCC codes
from the risk adjustment processing
system are based on diagnosis data from
the past year. Therefore, Part D plan
sponsors will have to identify such
exempted beneficiaries through the case
management process if they are
inadvertently reported through OMS or
when the sponsor is reviewing cases
pursuant to applying the minimum
clinical guidelines more frequently than
CMS and the supplemental criteria of
the clinical guidelines. Plan sponsors
may have more recent cancer diagnosis
information or learn this information
through clinical contact with
prescribers. Plan sponsors may
currently refer to the CDC Guideline as
a reference which distinguishes active
cancer treatment from cancer survivors
with chronic pain who have completed
cancer treatment, are in clinical
remission, or are under cancer
surveillance only. We will monitor
health care guidelines that address this
topic and issue guidance as warranted
to further refine the execution of the
exemption for beneficiaries being
9 Currently, for OMS, the following beneficiaries
are excluded from OMS reporting: Those with ICD–
10–CM codes associated with American Medical
Association (AMA) Physician Consortium for
Performance Improvement (PCPI) ICD–10 cancer
diagnoses in the Common Working File (CWF) data
during the 12 months prior to the end of the
measurement period or cancer RxHCCs in the latest
Risk Adjustment Processing System (RAPS). Note,
this is currently aligned with the Pharmacy Quality
Alliance opioid overuse measure specifications.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
treated for active cancer-related pain
that we are finalizing.
While we understand the concerns of
the commenters who did not support
this exemption about potential
inappropriate opioid use among this
population, we note that this exemption
is a feature of the current policy, which
has reportedly been working well and
we therefore believe it is appropriate to
extend it to drug management programs.
We agree that this population deserves
heightened protection but we are
finalizing an exemption that we believe
is narrowly tailored to address the
concerns of commenters who urged us
to proceed with caution with respect to
this exemption.
Comment: Many commenters
supported the exemption for
beneficiaries in the LTC setting. A few
commenters recommended that we not
exempt LTC beneficiaries from
retrospective drug utilization review
(DUR) processes. A commenter asked if
it could still implement a beneficiaryspecific claim edit at POS for frequently
abused drugs if it independently
determined an LTC resident to be atrisk.
Response: Section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(C)(ii) exempts beneficiaries in
the LTC setting, and we therefore do not
have the authority to permit plans to
include them in Part D drug
management programs. We are
finalizing this exemption as proposed.
Because beneficiary-specific POS claim
edits for frequently abused drugs are
included in drug management programs
through the integration approach we are
finalizing, a sponsor may not implement
such an edit for an exempt beneficiary.
However, while exempt beneficiaries
are exempt from drug management
programs, they are not exempt from
retrospective DUR processes. Part D
plan sponsors still must comply with its
other utilization management
obligations in § 423.153, and could
implement a beneficiary-specific edit for
drugs other than frequently abused
drugs, for example, if necessary to
comply with those obligations. In
addition, sponsors may also still review
the use of drugs that constitute
frequently abused drugs by beneficiaries
in LTC facilities and work with such
facilities to identify patterns of
inappropriate or medically unnecessary
care among enrollees. However, as just
stated, the sponsors cannot implement
beneficiary-specific edits for drugs that
constitute frequently abused drugs, nor
prescriber or pharmacy lock-in for such
drugs.
Comment: A commenter requested
that CMS exempt any Part D claim
submitted by a Network Long-Term Care
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16453
Pharmacy (NLTCP), as defined in
Chapter 5 of the Medicare Prescription
Drug Benefit Manual, asserting that such
pharmacies are required to meet
minimum performance and service
criteria, including performing drug
utilization reviews and identifying
inappropriate drug usage. Another
asked for clarification on whether
beneficiaries serviced by long-term care
pharmacies are exempt or if the
exemption is limited to beneficiaries in
long-term care facilities.
Response: Section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(C)(ii) of the Act exempts
residents of a long-term care facility
rather than pharmacy claims submitted
by long-term care pharmacies.
Therefore, we find it is appropriate to
finalize an exemption that takes the
same approach as the statute. However,
we note that beneficiaries serviced by
long-term care pharmacies may meet
another exemption, such as the one for
beneficiaries residing in facilities for
which frequently abused drugs are
dispensed for residents through a
contract with a single pharmacy.
Comment: A few commenters stated
that they will need the Long-Term
Institution (LTI) report to be released on
a monthly basis rather than the current
quarterly basis.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their comment and will explore if
more frequent reporting is feasible.
Comment: Many commenters
supported the proposed exemption for
beneficiaries who are residents of a
facility for which frequently abused
drugs are dispensed for residents
through a contract with a single
pharmacy. Others urged us to propose
one.
Response: We clarify for commenters
that the proposed rule included an
exemption for beneficiaries who are
residents of a facility for which
frequently abused drugs are dispensed
for residents through a contract with a
single pharmacy, as required by Section
1860D–4(c)(5)(C)(ii). Therefore, we are
finalizing this exemption as proposed.
Comment: Many commenters urged
us to extend an exemption to
beneficiaries in assisted living facilities,
asserting that such beneficiaries are at
very low risk of substance abuse and
that applying lock-in to them could be
disruptive and undermine their care.
Other commenters opposed such an
exemption and urged us to proceed with
caution in carving out multiple
exemptions that could undermine the
purpose of drug management programs.
Other commenters referred to the
difficulty in identifying such
beneficiaries to exempt them.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16454
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Response: Based on the comments
received, we are not persuaded that
beneficiaries in assisted living facilities
should be exempt from Part D drug
management programs, because we do
not believe that these facilities routinely
dispense drugs to their residents
through a contract with a single
pharmacy, and therefore these
beneficiaries could be identified by the
clinical guidelines on this or another
basis and be potentially at-risk.
However, if a sponsor learned during
case management that a beneficiary
resides in an assisted living facility that
does dispense drugs through a contract
with a single pharmacy, then the
sponsor must exempt such resident
from its drug management program.
In addition, we are persuaded that
many exemptions for certain group of
beneficiaries or ones that are crafted too
broadly would risk undermining the
purpose of drug management programs.
Therefore, we decline to establish a
separate exemption for assisted living
facility residents. We note that several
required features of Part D drug
management programs, such as case
management, multiple written
beneficiary notices, the right to appeal
and our general oversight, will serve as
beneficiary safeguards should a Part D
sponsor inappropriately limit a
beneficiary’s coverage to frequently
abused drugs through a drug
management program.
Comment: A commenter questioned
how a drug management program
should handle at-risk beneficiaries who
move in and out of an LTC facility.
Response: An at-risk beneficiary who
moves into an LTC facility becomes an
individual exempted from a drug
management program and a sponsor
must remove such beneficiary from such
program as soon as it reliably learns that
the beneficiary has moved into an LTC
facility, whether that be via the
beneficiary, the facility, a pharmacy, a
prescriber, or an internal or external
report. A beneficiary who moves out of
an LTC facility is no longer exempted
unless he or she meets another prong of
the finalized definition of exempted
beneficiary.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that an exemption for
beneficiaries who are receiving nonhospice palliative and end-of-life care
would be appropriate in light of the
exemption for beneficiaries who have
elected hospice care. A few of these
commenters asserted that without an
exemption in the regulation,
beneficiaries could be included in a
drug management program at a plan
sponsor’s discretion and experience
restricted access to pain-control
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
medication when they need them the
most. Some commenters noted that the
CDC Guideline exempts patients
receiving palliative and end-of-life care.
Others disagreed, asserting that we had
put sufficient safeguards in place to
protect such beneficiaries in drug
management programs. Other
commenters referred to the difficulty in
identifying such beneficiaries in order
to exempt them.
Response: We are persuaded that
beneficiaries who are receiving nonhospice palliative and end-of-life care
but have not elected hospice should be
exempted from Part D drug management
programs. While we wish to exercise
caution and thoughtfulness in
establishing regulatory exemptions
versus clinical guidelines/criteria, as we
noted above, we agree based on the
multiple comments that such
beneficiaries should be treated the same
as beneficiaries who have elected
hospice care for purposes of drug
management programs, as they are very
similar in their health care status, if not
their health benefit plan status. While
we expect that Part D plan sponsors and
PBMs would not inappropriately place
such beneficiaries in their drug
management programs, an actual
regulatory exemption from drug
management programs would be more
definitive. Furthermore, adding these
exemptions would align the drug
management programs with the CDC
Guideline, which was developed by
experts and specifically provides
recommendations for primary care
clinicians who are prescribing opioids
for chronic pain outside of active cancer
treatment, palliative care, and end-oflife care. Therefore for consistency with
the CDC Guideline, beneficiaries who
are receiving non-hospice palliative and
end-of-life care but who have not
elected hospice will be exempted from
Part D drug management programs as
well.
As discussed in the proposed rule, the
data challenges to identify these Part D
beneficiaries will still exist for CMS and
we anticipate for Part D sponsors also.
Therefore, we will explore options for
refining OMS reporting in this regard,
and sponsors will have to identify these
exempted beneficiaries through the case
management process.
We also remind Part D sponsors that
drugs and biologicals covered under the
Medicare Part A per-diem payments to
a Medicare hospice program are
excluded from coverage under Part D.
For a prescription drug to be covered
under Part D for a beneficiary who has
elected hospice, the drug must be for
treatment unrelated to the terminal
illness or related conditions. This is
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
because drugs and biologicals covered
under the Medicare Part A per-diem
payments to a Medicare hospice
program are excluded from coverage
under Part D. Therefore, in 2014,10 we
strongly encouraged sponsors to place
beneficiary-level PA requirements on
only four categories of prescription
drugs including analgesics. As a result,
a small number of beneficiaries who
elected hospice care have been
identified and excluded from the
current policy/OMS.
Comment: A few commenters
requested clarification on the practical
meaning of an exempted individual.
Specifically, they asked if the
beneficiary is exempted from only
coverage limitations or from
retrospective DUR processes. A
commenter opposed our proposal that
drug management programs would
supersede the current policy in that
beneficiary-specific edits would no
longer be permitted on non-opioid
medications. Another commenter
requested clarification on the status of
existing beneficiary-specific POS claim
edits for opioids and benzodiazepines
beginning January 1, 2019.
Response: Exempted beneficiaries are
exempted from Part D drug management
programs. Also, because we are
integrating the ‘‘lock-in’’ component of
the drug management programs with the
current policy, going forward,
beneficiary-specific POS edits and lockin for frequently abused drugs will be
permitted only in compliance with
§ 423.153(f). However, as we noted
earlier, the prescription drug
management program requirements that
we are finalizing in this rule do not
affect plan sponsors’ obligation to
comply with other requirements
pertaining to coverage or utilization
management. Part D plan sponsors are
still obligated to conduct other drug
utilization review and management
consistent with existing DUR
requirements, which includes reviewing
utilization for any Part D drug and may
include implementing beneficiaryspecific POS claim edits on drugs that
are not frequently abused drugs, if
necessary. However, we do not have
specific guidance in this area, but we
would expect the sponsor to employ the
same level of diligence and
documentation with respect to
beneficiary-level POS claim edits for
non-frequently abused drugs that we
10 Please see the most recent CMS guidance,
‘‘Update on Part D Payment Responsibility for
Drugs for Beneficiaries Enrolled in Medicare
Hospice’’, issued on November 15, 2016.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
require for drug management programs,
consistent with current policy.11
In addition, beneficiaries for whom
Part D sponsors have implemented
beneficiary-specific POS claim edits for
opioids and/or benzodiazepines before
January 1, 2019 can continue to be
subject to those edits under the current
policy after December 31, 2018, which
means that they may remain in place
unless removed under the current
policy. For example, as the result of a
coverage determination or appeal.12 To
the extent that such a beneficiary is
reported through OMS on January 1,
2019 or later to a sponsor with a drug
management program, that sponsor
must comply with the requirements we
are finalizing in this rule.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS develop a process by which
additional categories of exempted
individuals could be evaluated and
added that are evidence-based and
involve health care practitioners.
Response: We will evaluate the
implementation of the drug
management programs. Based on this
experience or new or emerging relevant
health care information, we will
consider proposing additional
exemptions through rulemaking as
necessary.
Comment: A commenter asked how to
handle retroactive notifications that
would qualify a beneficiary for an
exemption.
Response: As we stated in a previous
response with regard to beneficiaries
who move into LTC facilities, a sponsor
must remove an exempted beneficiary
from a drug management program as
soon as it reliably learns that the
beneficiary is exempt, whether that be
via the beneficiary, the facility, a
pharmacy, a prescriber, or an internal or
external report.
Based on these comments, we are
finalizing with modification the
following definition for exempted
beneficiary: An exempted beneficiary,
with respect to a drug management
program, will mean an enrollee who: (1)
Has elected to receive hospice care or is
receiving palliative or end-of-life care;
(2) is a resident of a long-term care
facility, of a facility described in section
1905(d) of the Act, or of another facility
for which frequently abused drugs are
dispensed for residents through a
contract with a single pharmacy; or (3)
is being treated for active cancer-related
pain. Given this exemption, CMS will
11 See ‘‘Supplemental Guidance Related to
Improving Drug Utilization Review Controls in Part
D,’’ dated September 6, 2012.
12 Patient Safety Analysis Overutilization
Monitoring System User Guide. January 2018.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
report potential at-risk beneficiaries
who meet the minimum criteria of the
clinical guidelines to sponsors through
the OMS. Currently, we have the ability
to exempt beneficiaries in LTC facilities,
in hospice, and with active cancerrelated pain. Sponsors may have more
current data or obtain information
through the case management and
notification processes to further exempt
beneficiaries, including those receiving
palliative or end-of-life care.
(ii) Requirements of Drug Management
Programs (§§ 423.153, 423.153(f))
As noted previously, we proposed to
codify a regulatory framework under
which Part D plan sponsors may adopt
drug management programs to address
overutilization of frequently abused
drugs. Therefore, we proposed to amend
§ 423.153(a) by adding this sentence at
the end: ‘‘A Part D plan sponsor may
establish a drug management program
for at-risk beneficiaries enrolled in their
prescription drug benefit plans to
address overutilization of frequently
abused drugs, as described in paragraph
(f) of this section,’’ in accordance with
our authority under revised section
1860D–4(c)(5)(A) of the Act.
We also proposed to revise § 423.153
by adding a new paragraph (f) about
drug management programs for which
the introductory sentence will read: ‘‘(f)
Drug Management Programs. A drug
management program must meet all the
following requirements.’’ Thus, the
requirements that a Part D plan sponsor
must meet to operate a drug
management program will be codified in
various provisions under § 423.153(f).
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: While CMS received many
comments that were supportive of drug
management programs as a whole, we
did not receive comments specific to
these provisions.
Response: We are therefore finalizing
as proposed.
(iii) Written Policies & Procedures
(§ 423.153(f)(1))
We proposed to require Part D
sponsors document their programs in
written policies and procedures that are
approved by the applicable P&T
committee and reviewed and updated as
appropriate, which is consistent with
the current policy. Also consistent with
the current policy, we proposed to
require that these policies and
procedures address the appropriate
credentials of the personnel conducting
case management and the necessary and
appropriate contents of files for case
management. We additionally proposed
to require sponsors to monitor
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16455
information about incoming enrollees
who will meet the definition of a
potential at-risk and an at-risk
beneficiary in proposed § 423.100 and
respond to requests from other sponsors
for information about potential at-risk
and at-risk beneficiaries who recently
disenrolled from the sponsor’s
prescription drug benefit plans.
To codify these requirements, we
proposed the written policies and
procedures specified at § 423.153(f)(1)
(see 82 FR 56510).
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: We received a comment
strongly supportive of the requirements
in this provision.
Response: We thank the commenter
for the support.
Comment: We received a few
comments inquiring what credentials
are needed for clinical staff who
conduct case management. The
commenters were concerned that the
clinical staff conducting case
management be adequately qualified to
perform it in terms of education and
training. These commenters stated that
unqualified case managers could
significantly detract from the benefit of
Part D drug management programs.
Response: We agree that the
requirement that clinical staff conduct
case management needs more detail.
CMS expects that such clinical staff
conducting case management as part of
a Part D plan sponsor’s drug
management program would be a
physician or other appropriate health
care professional with sufficient
expertise to conduct medical necessity
reviews related to potential opioid
overutilization. While we are not
specifying particular credentials for
clinical staff, in response to these
comments, we are clarifying in the
finalized version of § 423.153(f)(1)(i)
that clinical staff must have a current
and unrestricted license to practice
within the scope of his or her profession
in a State, Territory, Commonwealth of
the United States (that is, Puerto Rico),
or the District of Columbia.
Comment: We received several
comments that a dentist should be
required to be included on the case
management team when a prescriber of
frequently abused drugs is a dentist.
Response: We decline to adopt this
recommendation. We do not want to be
overly prescriptive as to the specific
background of licensed clinical staff
conducting case management. We
believe the plan should have some
flexibility, beyond what is discussed in
the preceding response and described in
§ 423.153(f)(1)(i), to determine
appropriate credentials of the clinical
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16456
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
staff conducting case management based
on the facts and circumstances of the
case.
Comment: We received a question
asking how prescriber agreement should
be documented and shared with
appropriate parties. We also received a
few comments that a Part D sponsor
must ensure that any records of contacts
between the sponsors and prescribers
under drug management programs must
be easily accessible to at-risk
beneficiaries who wish to appeal and
that these records are easily able to be
auto-forwarded to the Independent
Review Entity (IRE).
Response: We agree that such
information must be documented and
available to appropriate parties
including at-risk beneficiaries and the
IRE, when applicable. To comply with
§ 423.153(f)(1)(ii), sponsors must
document contact with prescribers
during case management, for example, if
a prescriber agreed with the plan
sponsor to implement a limit on the
beneficiary’s access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs pursuant to
§ 423.153(f)(4). Also, the sponsor must
document if the beneficiary calls the
sponsor to provide his or her pharmacy
or prescriber preferences for lock-in. To
make this clearer, we are adding
language to § 423.153(f)(1)(ii) such that
the necessary and appropriate contents
of files for case management must
include documentation of the substance
of prescriber and beneficiary contacts.
Comment: We received a comment
that we should require Part D plan
sponsors’ policies and procedures for
clinical contact to include secure
identity verification safeguards to
protect prescribers from ‘‘phishing’’
communications that attempt to trick
prescribers into disclosing patient
information.
Response: We decline to make this a
requirement specific to Part D drug
management programs. We note that
health care providers’ offices and Part D
sponsors are both covered entities under
Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996. We also
encourage Part D sponsors to have
written policies and procedures for their
staff who contact providers to
proactively identify themselves in a
manner that should reasonably satisfy
the providers of their identity and for
providers to likewise have written
practice policies and procedures to
reasonably establish the identity of the
staff of health benefit plans who contact
them and do not proactively establish
their identity.
Given these comments and our
responses, we are finalizing
§ 423.153(f)(1) with modification to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
include the changes regarding the
licensure of the clinical staff conducting
case management and the required
documentation of the substance of
prescriber and beneficiary contacts.
(iv) Case Management/Clinical Contact/
Prescriber Verification (§ 423.153(f)(2))
To meet the requirements of section
1860D–4(c)(5)(C) and section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(B)(i)(II) of the Act, we proposed
in a new § 423.153(f)(2) to require Part
D sponsors’ clinical staff to engage in
case management for each potential atrisk beneficiary for the purpose of
engaging in clinical contact with the
prescribers of frequently abused drugs
and verifying whether a potential at-risk
beneficiary is an at-risk beneficiary.
Specifically, we proposed that a new
§ 423.153(f)(2) would state that the
sponsor’s clinical staff must conduct
case management for each potential atrisk beneficiary for the purpose of
engaging in clinical contact with the
prescribers of frequently abused drugs
and verifying whether a potential at-risk
beneficiary is an at-risk beneficiary.
Proposed § 423.153(f)(2)(i) would
further state that, except as provided in
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, the
sponsor must do all of the following:
• Send written information to the
beneficiary’s prescribers that the
beneficiary meets the clinical guidelines
and is a potential at-risk beneficiary;
• Elicit information from the
prescribers about any factors in the
beneficiary’s treatment that are relevant
to a determination that the beneficiary
is an at-risk beneficiary, including
whether prescribed medications are
appropriate for the beneficiary’s medical
conditions or the beneficiary is an
exempted beneficiary; and
• In cases where the prescribers have
not responded to the inquiry described
in (f)(2)(i)(B), make reasonable attempts
to communicate telephonically with the
prescribers within a reasonable period
after sending the written information.
We proposed to add paragraph (ii) to
§ 423.153(f)(2) that would specify that
the exception would be for
identification by prior plan. If a
beneficiary was identified as a potential
at-risk or an at-risk beneficiary by his or
her most recent prior plan, and such
identification has not been terminated
in accordance with paragraph (f)(14) of
this section, the sponsor meets the
requirements in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of
this section, so long as the sponsor
obtains case management information
from the previous sponsor and such
information is still clinically adequate
and up to date. This proposal is to avoid
unnecessary burden on health care
providers when additional case
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
management outreach is not necessary
because it has already been performed
by a prior Part D sponsors for the
beneficiary. We discuss potential at-risk
and at-risk beneficiaries who change
plans again later in this preamble.
The information that the plan sends to
the prescribers and elicits from them is
intended to assist a Part D sponsor to
understand why the beneficiary meets
the clinical guidelines and if a
limitation on access to coverage for
frequently abuse drugs is warranted for
the safety of the beneficiary. Also,
sponsors will use this information to
choose standardized responses in OMS
and provide information to MARx about
any plan coverage limitations that the
sponsors implement. We will address
required reporting to OMS and MARx
by sponsors again later.
Our proposed § 423.153(f)(2) used the
terms ‘‘reasonable attempts’’ and
‘‘reasonable period’’ rather than specify
a required number of attempts or a
specific timeframe for plan sponsor to
call prescribers. We explained that this
was due to the competing priorities of
sponsors’ diligently addressing opioid
overutilization in the Part D program
through case management, which may
necessitate telephone calls to the
prescribers, while being cognizant of the
need to be judicious in contacting
prescribers telephonically in order to
not unnecessarily disrupt their
practices. We further stated that we
wished to leave flexibility in the
regulation text for sponsors to balance
these priorities on a case-by-case basis
in their drug management programs.
However, we note that we proposed a 3
attempts/10 business days requirement
for sponsors to conclude that a
prescriber is unresponsive to case
management in § 423.153(f)(4) discussed
later in this section.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: We received a comment
requesting that a plan sponsor be able to
communicate to CMS if no prescriber
will verify that the beneficiary is at-risk.
Response: We plan to expand and
modify OMS and the MARx system to
accommodate the CARA drug
management program provisions we are
finalizing here. We will issue additional
guidance and technical instructions as
needed.
Comment: We received a comment
asking that we recommend that Part D
sponsors encourage prescribers during
case management to discuss drug
management programs with their
patients. We also received a request that
we issue guidance to plan sponsors
directing them to encourage prescribers,
as part of the required clinical contact,
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
to perform a comprehensive substance
abuse disorder screening and/or
assessment of the patient deemed to be
a potential at-risk beneficiary, and if
indicated, refer him or her for follow-up
treatment with a pain specialist or
addiction treatment provider.
Response: We encourage Part D plan
sponsors to undertake both of these
suggestions, but decline to require it at
this time, as we believe prescribers, in
their professional discretion by and
large will undertake appropriate
adjusted treatment plans with their
patients and/or MA–PDs will negotiate
such issues with their network
providers. We also remind commenters
that not all Part D prescription drug
plans have network providers.
Comment: We received some
comments that Part D sponsors should
not be permitted to telephone
prescribers in order to avoid disrupting
their practices.
Response: We decline to adopt this
suggestion. The clinical guidelines
identify beneficiaries who are
potentially at-risk for a serious adverse
health event, including death, due to
their opioid use and apparent lack of
coordinated care. The requirements we
are finalizing permit sponsors to
escalate the steps they take during case
management to engage in clinical
contact with the beneficiary’s
prescribers of frequently abused drugs.
We would expect such prescribers to
understand such sponsors’ attempts to
make them aware of important
information in this regard that they
likely do not know.
Comment: We received a comment
that integrated delivery systems use
communication tools other than
telephone calls to escalate matters to
prescribers and that CMS should allow
such systems to use such tools instead.
Response: Our intent is for Part D
sponsors to use the most effective means
designed to elicit a prescriber response
to case management. Therefore, based
on this comment, we are modifying the
regulatory language in
§ 423.153(f)(2)(i)(C).
Comment: We received a question
whether a gaining sponsor must
immediately lock-in a new enrollee if
the sponsor receives notice from the
losing sponsor that the enrollee was
locked-in by the losing sponsor.
Response: No. Part D sponsors are
responsible for their own drug
management programs. As such, a
gaining sponsor is not required to but
may do so under certain circumstances
as we discuss later in this preamble.
Also, we note that with respect to at-risk
beneficiaries that are new to a plan,
sponsors that do not take any action
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
should be aware that such beneficiaries
may later be reported through OMS if
they meet the clinical guidelines. Also,
we note that pursuant to
§ 423.153(f)(2)(i), the sponsor must
conduct case management for every
potential at-risk beneficiary, unless an
exception applies.
After considering these comments, we
are finalizing the proposed language in
§ 423.153(f)(2) with the modification
described.
(v) Limitations on Access to Coverage
for Frequently Abused Drugs
(§ 423.153(f)(3))
We proposed to describe all the tools
that will be available to sponsors to
limit an at-risk beneficiary’s access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs
under a drug management program in
§ 423.153(f)(3). Our proposal specified
that subject to the requirements of
paragraph (f)(4) of this section, a Part D
plan sponsor may do all of the
following:
• Implement a point-of-sale claim
edit for frequently abused drugs that is
specific to an at-risk beneficiary.
• In accordance with paragraphs
(f)(10) and (f)(11) of this section, limit
an at-risk beneficiary’s access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs to
those that are—
++ Prescribed for the beneficiary by
one or more prescribers;
++ Dispensed to the beneficiary by
one or more network pharmacies; or
++ Specified in both paragraphs
(f)(3)(ii)(B)(1) and (2) of this section.
Paragraph (iii)(A) will state that if the
sponsor implements an edit as specified
in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section, the
sponsor must not cover frequently
abused drugs for the beneficiary in
excess of the edit, unless the edit is
terminated or revised based on a
subsequent determination, including a
successful appeal. Paragraph (iii)(B) will
state that if the sponsor limits the at-risk
beneficiary’s access to coverage as
specified in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this
section, the sponsor must cover
frequently abused drugs for the
beneficiary only when they are obtained
from the selected pharmacy(ies) and/or
prescriber(s), or both, as applicable, (1)
in accordance with all other coverage
requirements of the beneficiary’s
prescription drug benefit plan, unless
the limit is terminated or revised based
on a subsequent determination,
including a successful appeal, and (2)
except as necessary to provide
reasonable access in accordance with
paragraph (f)(12) of this section.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16457
Comment: We received a question
whether a Part D sponsor, under a drug
management program, may implement a
combination of a beneficiary-specific
POS claim edit, prescriber and/or
pharmacy lock-in for frequently abused
drugs, and whether these limitations
may be implemented at different times.
Another comment recommended that
plan sponsors be permitted to establish
a prescriber lock-in concurrently with a
beneficiary-specific POS claim edit and
not require the plan to contact the
prescribers separately for each
limitation.
Response: We acknowledge that there
may be cases where a plan may impose
one or more coverage limitations for
frequently abused drugs simultaneously
on an at-risk beneficiary, and at a later
time, add new limitations and/or
terminate existing ones. Thus, a plan
sponsor may choose to implement
multiple limitations on access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs for
an at-risk beneficiary at one time.
For instance, after case management,
a plan sponsor may decide to pursue
implementation of a POS claim edit,
prescriber lock-in, and pharmacy lockin for an at-risk beneficiary
simultaneously because of the
circumstances of the particular case. In
this instance, prescriber agreement
would be necessary to implement the
POS edit and the prescriber lock-in.
A plan sponsor may also implement
additional coverage limitations over
time (for example, start with a
beneficiary-level POS edit, subsequently
add a prescriber lock-in, and
subsequently add a pharmacy lock-in)
because the case has not resolved itself
as expected after initial case
management. We remind plan sponsors
that when implementing additional
coverage limitations, the plan sponsor
must repeat the case management
process including prescriber
verification, prescriber agreement, if
applicable, and notice requirements for
each additional limitation, and that
such actions would also confer a new 60
day appeal timeframe. We discuss this
scenario further in the appeal section of
this preamble.
Furthermore, a plan sponsor might
also terminate existing limitations on
access to coverage over time (for
example, an at-risk beneficiary may
have a POS edit and pharmacy lock-in
and the plan sponsor terminates the
pharmacy lock-in and leaves in place
the POS edit).
While we are allowing plan sponsors
to make such additions/terminations to
limitations to access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs for an at-risk
beneficiary, we recognize that such
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16458
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
changes might be disruptive and/or
confusing for the beneficiary, and thus
strongly discourage plans from making
frequent changes to such limitations for
a particular at-risk beneficiary. To
minimize such disruption and ensure
such actions are taken in the manner
contemplated by the statute, we have
added a provision at § 423.153(f)(5)(iv)
to the regulation text which specifies
that, if a plan intends to make changes
to the limitations imposed on a
beneficiary under their drug
management program after the
beneficiary has been identified as atrisk, the plan sponsor is required to
provide the beneficiary notices under
the rules established at § 423.153(f)(5)
through (f)(8) and discussed later in this
preamble. Additionally, we will closely
monitor information submitted by
sponsors to CMS in OMS and MARx
and complaint data to make sure plans
are not inappropriately disrupting
beneficiary access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs by making
frequent changes to the limitations on
access to coverage. While we are not
currently imposing limitations on how
many times the plan can make such
changes, we will re-evaluate this policy
in the future if it becomes problematic.
In response to this comment, we are
finalizing this provision as proposed,
except we are modifying § 423.153(f)(3)
to state a Part D plan sponsor may do
‘‘any or all of the following,’’ and
§ 423.153(f)(3)(ii)(C) to simply state
‘‘both.’’ This will make clearer that read
as a whole, § 423.153(f)(3) means that a
Part D sponsor may use the tool of a
beneficiary-specific point-of-sale edit, or
prescriber or pharmacy lock-in, or any
combination of these three tools to limit
an at-risk beneficiary’s access to
coverage of frequently abused drugs
under its drug management program.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
(vi) Requirements for Limiting Access to
Coverage for Frequently Abused Drugs
(§ 423.153(f)(4))
We proposed in § 423.153(f)(4) that
before a Part D plan sponsor could limit
the access of at-risk beneficiary to
coverage for frequently abused drugs,
the sponsor would first be required to
take certain actions. We proposed in
paragraph § 423.153(f)(4)(i)(A) that a
sponsor would be required to conduct
the case management discussed earlier,
which includes clinical contact to
determine whether prescribed
medications are appropriate for the
potential at-risk beneficiary’s medical
conditions that is required by section
1860D–4(c)(5)(C)(iv) of the Act and
prescriber verification that the
beneficiary is an at-risk beneficiary in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
accordance with Section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(B)(i)(II).
We also proposed in paragraph
§ 423.153(f)(4)(i)(B) that the sponsor
would be required to obtain the
agreement of the prescribers of
frequently abused drugs with the
limitation, unless the prescribers were
not responsive to the required case
management. We invited stakeholders to
comment on not requiring prescriber
agreement to implement pharmacy lockin.
We further proposed in paragraph
§ 423.153(f)(4)(i)(C) that the sponsor
must first provide notices that complied
with § 423.153(f)(5) and (f)(6) to the
beneficiary in accordance with section
1860D–4(c)(5)(B)(i)(I) of the Act. We
additionally proposed in paragraph
§ 423.153(f)(4)(ii) that a sponsor has
complied with the requirement in
§ 423.153(f)(2)(i)(C) to make reasonable
attempts to communicate telephonically
with prescribers with a reasonable
period if the prescribers were not
responsive after 3 attempts to contact
them within 10 business days. Finally,
we proposed language in
§ 423.153(f)(4)(ii) that would provide an
exception to the case management
requirement in § 423.153(f)(2) in cases
when a potential or an at-risk
beneficiary was identified as such by
the beneficiary’s most recent prior
prescription drug benefit plan and the
sponsor had obtained the case
management information from the
sponsor and updated it as appropriate.
We discussed such cases elsewhere in
this section. We also discuss proposed
§ 423.153(f)(4)(iv) that would have
imposed a 6-month delay before a
sponsor could implement prescriber
lock-in later in this preamble.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: A commenter suggested
that we allow a coverage limitation to be
put in place through a drug management
program if a prescriber requests one to
assist in coordinating the care for his or
her patient.
Response: If the beneficiary meets the
clinical guidelines/OMS criteria we are
finalizing, and a prescriber requests
during case management that a coverage
limitation be implemented for the
beneficiary, the sponsor may implement
it in accordance with the requirements
we are finalizing for drug management
programs in this rule.
Comment: Many commenters stated
that Part D sponsors should not have to
seek prescriber agreement to limit atrisk beneficiaries to a pharmacy(ies) for
access to coverage for frequently abused
drugs. These commenters argued that
requiring prescriber agreement for
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
pharmacy lock-in would create
additional administrative burden and
inefficiencies and thus prevent drug
management programs from responding
in a timely fashion to potentially
dangerous overutilization of frequently
abused drugs. These commenters also
argued that sponsors of stand-alone Part
D plans do not have contracts with most
of the prescribers and, therefore, have
limited opportunity to have clinical
contact with these prescribers.
Moreover, many commenters felt it was
not appropriate to require that the
prescriber agree to pharmacy lock-in
when the pharmacy is not required to
agree when a sponsor applies prescriber
lock-in to an at-risk beneficiary.
Other commenters supported our
proposal to require prescriber agreement
for pharmacy lock-in. These
commenters argued that provider
discretion and clinical judgment is
appropriate to prevent pharmacy lock-in
from being implemented by Part D
sponsors inappropriately and impeding
legitimate patient access.
Response: CMS was persuaded by
commenters’ rationale that requiring
prescriber agreement for pharmacy lockin could undermine one purpose of drug
management programs, which is to
promptly address potentially dangerous
overutilization of frequently abused
drugs. While we recognize that
prescriber agreement is an essential
component of prescriber lock-in, and
prescriber agreement is preferred in the
case of a beneficiary-specific claim edit
for frequently abused drugs, we are now
persuaded that prescriber agreement to
pharmacy lock-in is not essential, as
pharmacy lock-in is primarily about
where the drugs are dispensed and not
who wrote the prescription or its
dosage. Therefore, we are finalizing this
provision with this modification. Plan
sponsors will not be required to obtain
the agreement of the prescribers of
frequently abused drugs to implement a
pharmacy lock-in. However, we do note
that should a prescriber proactively alert
the plan sponsor that they do not
believe that pharmacy lock-in is
appropriate for a particular at-risk
beneficiary, we expect the plan sponsor
to take such information into
consideration.
On the point of prescriber agreement,
we also wish to note that it was unclear
in some of the statements if the
commenters understood that section
1860D–4(c)(5)(C)(iv) and Section
1860D–4(c)(5)(B)(i)(II) of the Act
require, respectively, that a Part D
sponsor engage in clinical contact with
prescribers regarding whether
medications are appropriate for a
beneficiary’s medical condition and to
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
verify that a beneficiary is at-risk before
limiting access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs. Thus,
eliminating the need to obtain
prescriber agreement to a pharmacy
lock-in does not eliminate the
requirement to comply with
§ 423.153(f)(2) and (f)(4)(i)(A) with
respect to pharmacy lock-in.
Comment: Several commenters asked
CMS to provide additional details about
what options Part D plan sponsors
would have if a prescriber does not
agree to a pharmacy lock-in.
Response: As mentioned above, we
are not finalizing the proposal that
sponsors must receive prescriber
agreement before placing an at-risk
beneficiary in pharmacy lock-in.
Comment: In general, commenters
supported our proposal that a Part D
sponsor would have to obtain prescriber
agreement before implementing
prescriber lock-in or a beneficiaryspecific claim edit at POS for frequently
abused drugs to limit an at-risk
beneficiary’s access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs, in cases when
a prescriber is responsive to case
management. These commenters
maintained that the prescribers are in
the best position to understand the
beneficiary’s background and know
additional relevant considerations.
However, many commenters voiced
their recommendation that the Part D
sponsor be able to implement prescriber
lock-in without obtaining agreement
from all prescribers. Several
commenters expressed that it would be
difficult to get all prescribers to agree to
any limitation, and suggested that as
long as at least one prescriber of
frequently abused drugs agreed to the
limitation, sponsors should be able to
proceed with a prescriber lock-in.
Commenters suggested that plan
sponsors will have already coordinated
with the prescribers during case
management, at which time the sponsor
will have confirmed the appropriateness
of the medication and verified with a
prescriber that the beneficiary is at risk.
Thus, these commenters further
suggested that obtaining formal
approval of the lock-in will only serve
to delay initiating the lock-in.
Commenters also raised the point that
a given prescriber may be contributing
to the overutilization, in which case his
or her approval may not be obtained and
requested clarification how a sponsor
should act in a beneficiary’s best
interest if prescribers disagree with each
other about the implementation of a
claim edit or lock-in. Some commenters
recommended that CMS require
approval only from the primary
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
prescriber of frequently abused drugs, as
determined by case management.
Response: We agree that in order for
drug management programs to operate
effectively, and prevent the resourceintensive process of obtaining
agreement from multiple prescribers, a
Part D sponsor should not have to
obtain the agreement to prescriber lockin of all the at-risk beneficiary’s
prescribers of frequently abused drugs.
Therefore, we are changing the language
of § 423.153(f)(4)(i)(B) to refer to at least
one prescriber, which means that only
one prescriber has to agree to prescriber
lock-in or a beneficiary-specific POS
edit.
In addition, we believe the language
of § 423.153(f)(4)(ii)(B) needs to be
clearer that prescribers must be
responsive in the case of a prescriber
lock-in, meaning that non-responsive
prescribers cannot constitute agreement
as they can in the case of a beneficiaryspecific POS edit. Therefore, we are
finalizing the § 423.153(f)(4) with this
modification in paragraph (ii)(A) and a
new (B).
Comment: We received a comment
suggesting that a better approach to
prescriber agreement would be for atrisk beneficiaries to identify a primary
prescriber to help drug management and
increase beneficiary safety.
Response: As noted above, we have
modified our proposal and are finalizing
that all prescribers do not have to agree
to prescriber lock-in in order for a plan
to implement prescriber lock-in for an
at-risk beneficiary; rather, at least one
prescriber has to agree. However, we
believe that the prescriber who agrees to
prescriber lock-in for a beneficiary
should be identified through the plan
sponsor as a result of case management,
and not the at-risk beneficiary. There
may be a conflict of interest in having
an at-risk beneficiary select whom they
consider to be their ‘‘primary’’
prescriber for purposes of prescriber
agreement, given they might be
motivated to select a ‘‘primary’’
prescriber that they feel would not agree
to prescriber lock-in, such that they can
continue receiving inappropriate
amounts of frequently abused drugs. We
reiterate that the requirement that at
least one prescriber agree is for
agreement to lock-in is different from
the beneficiary’s preferences for the
prescriber to which they will be locked
into, which we discuss later in this
preamble.
Comment: We received comments
that a prescriber should be able to agree,
disagree or neither agree nor disagree
with a limitation on a beneficiary’s
access to coverage for frequently abused
drugs.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16459
Response: A prescriber is of course
free to have any of these reactions to
case management. A plan sponsor
cannot implement prescriber lock-in for
the beneficiary, unless at least one
prescriber agrees to prescriber lock-in,
as discussed earlier. Typically, we
would expect the one prescriber to agree
to prescriber lock-in and agree to serve
as the prescriber. A sponsor cannot
lock-in a beneficiary to a prescriber who
disagrees, unless the prescriber changes
their mind, which must be documented
in the case file.
We foresee a situation when a
prescriber initially disagrees with
prescriber lock-in and asserts that he or
she must be able to continue to
prescribe frequently abused drugs for
the beneficiary. In such a case, if
another prescriber has agreed to serve as
the prescriber to which the beneficiary
is locked into, a plan sponsor may need
to again ask the first prescriber if he or
she would agree to be a prescriber the
beneficiary is locked into, and the
beneficiary is ultimately locked into two
prescribers to ensure reasonable access
pursuant to § 423.153(f)(12), which we
discuss further below. This could
happen, for example, when a
beneficiary has been obtaining opioids
from multiple prescribers and
benzodiazepines from one psychiatrist.
A sponsor may have to permit an at-risk
beneficiary to obtain opioids from the
prescriber who agreed to the lock-in
limitation and benzodiazepines from the
psychiatrist, who initially did not agree
to prescriber lock-in, but ultimately
does agree to serve that beneficiary in a
lock-in capacity.
With respect to a beneficiary-specific
POS claim edit for frequently abused
drugs, however, a plan sponsor may not
implement one at a dosage that is lower
than the highest dosage a prescriber
asserts is medically necessary, which is
consistent with our current policy.13
If a prescriber neither agrees nor
disagrees with a limitation on access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs,
such a prescriber may be considered by
the sponsor to be non-responsive, and
an at-risk beneficiary could not be
locked into that prescriber.
Comment: We received a comment
suggesting that 30 days be the time
period during which a Part D sponsors
must attempt to reach an unresponsive
prescriber.
Response: We believe 30 days is too
long considering that drug management
programs involve frequently abused
drugs and multiple prescribers and
13 Supplemental Guidance Related to Improving
Drug Utilization Review Controls in Part D,
September 6, 2012.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16460
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
pharmacies; that the clinical guidelines
identify beneficiaries who are at
potentially at high risk for an adverse
health event due to the amount of such
drugs they are taking; and that there is
an apparent lack of coordinated care.
Comment: We received a comment
that a sponsor should only be required
to attempt to reach a prescriber twice in
10 business days rather than 3 times in
order to establish that the prescriber is
unresponsive.
Response: We decline to make this
change as this is our current policy and
we received minimal comment on this
proposed requirement. The purpose of
the policy is to ensure that sponsors
have diligently tried to involve
prescribers in the case management
process.
We wish to note that we believe the
language we proposed in
§ 423.153(f)(4)(iii) which provides an
exception to case management is
duplicative of the language we
discussed above that we are finalizing in
§ 423.153(f)(2)(ii). Therefore, we are
deleting the language in
§ 423.153(f)(4)(iii).
Given the foregoing, we are finalizing
§ 423.153(f)(4) with modification,
including ones to assist the reader in
more easily understanding the crossreferences.
We will also state in paragraph (ii)(A)
that, except as provided in paragraph
(ii)(B) which regards a prescriber
limitation, if the sponsor complied with
the requirement of paragraph (f)(2)(i)(C)
of this section about attempts to reach
prescribers, and the prescribers were not
responsive after 3 attempts by the
sponsor to contact them within 10
business days, then the sponsor has met
the requirement of paragraph (f)(4)(i)(B)
of this section which regards eliciting
information from the prescribers.
Paragraph (i)(B) will state that the
sponsor may not implement a prescriber
limitation pursuant to
§ 423.153(f)(3)(ii)(A) if no prescriber was
responsive.
(vii) Beneficiary Notices and Limitation
of Special Enrollment Period
(§§ 423.153(f)(5), 423.153(f)(6),
423.153(f)(7), 423.153(f)(8), 423.38)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
(A) Initial Notice to Beneficiary and
Sponsor Intent To Implement Limitation
on Access to Coverage for Frequently
Abused Drugs (§ 423.153(f)(5))
The notices referred to in proposed
§ 423.153(f)(4)(i)(C) are the initial and
second notice that section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(B)(i)(I) of the Act requires Part D
sponsors to send to potential at-risk and
at-risk beneficiaries regarding their drug
management programs.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
We proposed in § 423.153(f)(5) that if
a Part D plan sponsor intends to limit
the access of a potential at-risk
beneficiary to coverage for frequently
abused drugs, the sponsor will be
required to provide an initial written
notice to the potential at-risk
beneficiary. We also proposed that the
language be approved by the Secretary
and be in a readable and understandable
form that contains the language required
by section 1860D–4(c)(5)(B)(ii) of the
Act, as well as additional detail
specified in the proposed regulation
text.
In proposed paragraph
(f)(5)(ii)(C)(2)—which will require a
description of public health resources
that are designed to address prescription
drug abuse—we proposed to require that
the notice contain information on how
to access such services. We also
included a reference in proposed
paragraph (ii)(C)(4) to the fact that a
beneficiary will have 30 days to provide
information to the sponsor, which is a
timeframe we discuss later in this
preamble. We proposed an additional
requirement in paragraph (ii)(C)(5) that
the sponsor include the limitation the
sponsor intends to place on the
beneficiary’s access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs, the timeframe
for the sponsor’s decision, and, if
applicable, any limitation on the
availability of the SEP. Finally, we
proposed a requirement in paragraph
(ii)(C)(8) that the notice contain other
content that CMS determines is
necessary for the beneficiary to
understand the information required in
the initial notice.
We noted that our proposed
implementation of the statutory
requirements for the initial notice will
permit the notice also to be used when
the sponsor intends to implement a
beneficiary-specific POS claim edit for
frequently abused drugs.
Although section 1860D–4(c)(5) is
silent as to the sequence of the steps of
clinical contact, prescriber verification,
and the initial notice, we proposed to
implement these requirements such that
they will occur in the following order:
first, the plan sponsor will conduct the
case management which encompasses
clinical contact and prescriber
verification required by § 423.153(f)(2)
and obtain prescriber agreement if
required by § 423.153(f)(4), and
subsequently, if applicable, the plan
sponsor will provide the initial notice
indicating the sponsor’s intent to limit
the beneficiary’s access to frequently
abused drugs. Further, under our
proposal, although the proposed
regulatory text of (f)(4)(i) states that the
sponsor must verify with the
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
prescriber(s) that the beneficiary is an
at-risk beneficiary in accordance with
the applicable statutory language, the
beneficiary will still be a potential atrisk beneficiary from the sponsor’s
perspective when the sponsor provides
the beneficiary the initial notice. This is
because the sponsor has yet to solicit
information from the beneficiary about
his or her use of frequently abused
drugs, and such information may have
a bearing on whether a sponsor
identifies a potential at-risk beneficiary
as an at-risk beneficiary.
Moreover, we proposed that a sponsor
should not send a potential at-risk
beneficiary an initial notice until after
the sponsor has been in contact with the
beneficiary’s prescribers of frequently
abused drugs as part of case
management, so as to avoid
unnecessarily alarming the beneficiary.
This is because the result of case
management may be that the sponsors
takes a ‘‘wait and see’’ approach to
observe if the prescribers adjust their
management of, and opioid
prescriptions they are writing for, the
beneficiary. We noted that while this
approach is acceptable, we still expect
sponsors to address the most egregious
cases of apparent opioid overutilization
without unreasonable delay.
Under our proposed approach, a
sponsor will provide an initial notice to
a potential at-risk beneficiary if the
sponsor intends to limit the
beneficiary’s access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs, and the
sponsor will provide a second notice to
an at-risk beneficiary when it actually
imposes a limit on the beneficiary’s
access to coverage for frequently abused
drugs. Alternatively, the sponsor will
provide an alternate second notice if it
decides not to limit the beneficiary’s
access to coverage for frequently abused
drugs. The second notice and alternate
second notice are discussed later in this
final rule.
Finally, we proposed to require at
§ 423.153(f)(5)(iii) that the Part D plan
sponsor make reasonable efforts to
provide the beneficiary’s prescriber(s) of
frequently abused drugs with a copy of
the notice required under paragraph
(f)(5)(i).
We received the following comments
related to the initial notice, and general
comments applicable to all the proposed
notices, and our responses follow:
Comment: We received many
comments related to our proposal to
require written beneficiary notice both
when a plan identifies the beneficiary as
potentially at risk for prescription drug
abuse, and again when the plan
determines the beneficiary is at risk and
implements a beneficiary-level POS edit
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
and/or a pharmacy or prescriber lock-in
for frequently abused drugs. Some
commenters disagreed with our
proposal to require two notices, stating
that a second notice would be
unnecessary, confusing, or overly
burdensome.
Several other commenters strongly
supported our proposal to require the
two notifications, including the
proposed change to the existing OMS
process that would require the initial
and second notices before a plan
imposes a beneficiary-specific edit at
POS. Commenters stated that requiring
multiple notices will increase the
likelihood that affected beneficiaries
will be notified of their status and aware
of how they could dispute it. A
commenter wanted CMS to require more
than two notices, because CMS did not
propose to require acknowledgement of
receipt from the beneficiary.
Response: We thank those
commenters who agreed with our
proposals to require two notices and to
integrate existing OMS process into a
uniform process for all drug
management program restrictions.
While we appreciate the concerns
expressed by commenters who do not
agree with our proposal, as we noted in
the proposed rule, the statute at
§ 1860D–4(c)(5)(B) clearly requires
written beneficiary notification both
upon identification as a potential at-risk
beneficiary and again when the plan
determines the beneficiary is at risk. We
do not agree that additional notices
beyond what we proposed should be
required, as it would be overly
burdensome on plans and provide little
value to beneficiaries.
Comment: Several commenters asked
if stakeholders will have an opportunity
to comment on the beneficiary notices
and for more information on whether
they can be modified by plans and when
they will be released. A commenter
requested that CMS conduct focusgroup testing with beneficiaries to
ensure the notice is understandable.
Response: As discussed in section
III.B.14 of this final rule, these notices
are subject to approval by the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) under
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The notices will
be posted in the Federal Register to give
stakeholders an opportunity to review
and comment before final versions of
the notices are posted. CMS will
consider testing through beneficiary
focus groups, time permitting. The
notices and accompanying instructions
will contain detailed information about
permissible modifications by plans.
CMS intends to release the notices with
sufficient time for plan sponsors to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
implement them into their drug
management programs.
Comment: We received some
comments related to requirements to
translate these beneficiary notices. Some
of the commenters stated that these
notices should be designated to be
among materials subject to translation
requirements in proposed §§ 422.2268
and 423.2268. A commenter asked for
clarification on whether plans are
required to include section 1557
taglines with these notices.
Response: While CMS is still
developing instructions related to
translation requirements to provide
guidance on the requirements at
§§ 422.2268 and 423.2268, we note that,
423.128(d)(1)(iii) requires Part D plan
sponsors’ call centers to have interpreter
services available to call center
personnel to answer questions from
limited-English proficient beneficiaries.
These obligations are based on Medicare
regulations and other civil rights laws,
such as Title VI of the Civil Rights Act
of 1964, that apply to Medicare health
and drug plans. Applicability of Section
1557, and the scope of requirements for
access for limited English proficient
beneficiaries, and what is a significant
communication are determined by the
Office for Civil Rights (OCR).
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to consider implementing additional
requirements for beneficiary
notification, including establishing
requirements stipulating information
that must be written on envelopes
containing written notices, adding
requirements for telephonic or email
notification in addition to written
notices, and requirements for
prescribers to contact beneficiaries to
confirm receipt of the required notices.
Response: We agree with the
commenter that detailed beneficiary
notification is important, both upon
identification as a potential at-risk
beneficiary and again either confirming
the at-risk identification or that the plan
has determined the beneficiary is not atrisk. However, we disagree with this
commenter that additional notice
requirements are necessary or advisable.
We believe it would be overly
burdensome to require plans to include
specific information on the outside of
mailing envelopes and there is no such
precedent for similar beneficiary notices
in the Part D program, such as notices
of coverage denials or transition letters.
While CMS expects that prescribers of
frequently abused drugs will
communicate regularly with their
patients, we do not believe it is
necessary to require prescribers to
confirm that beneficiaries received the
required plan notices. Finally, we note
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16461
that, while CMS does not require
telephonic or email notification in
addition to the required written notices,
plans are not precluded from doing so.
Comment: A commenter asked why
CMS proposed to require that the initial
notice contain contact information for
other organizations that can provide
assistance to beneficiaries regarding the
sponsor’s drug management program.
Response: Such information is
statutorily required under § 1860D–
4(c)(5)(B)(ii)(VII) to be included in the
initial notice. As specified in the statute,
it should be similar to the information
provided in other standardized Part D
beneficiary notices. We expect the
notice may include, for example,
contact information for the enrollee’s
State Health Insurance Program (SHIP),
1–800–MEDICARE, the Medicare Rights
Center, and/or other organizations as
appropriate.
Comment: We received some
comments that supported our proposal
to require plan sponsors to make
reasonable efforts to provide copies of
notices to the potentially at-risk and atrisk beneficiary’s prescriber(s).
Response: We thank these
commenters for their support.
Comment: A few commenters opined
that Part D plan sponsors and third
party administrators do not have access
to a list of all State and Federal public
health resources designed to address
prescription drug abuse. These
commenters stated that requiring plans
operating in multiple states to compile
such a list would be overly burdensome,
and requested that CMS provide
templates containing such information
as required under proposed
§ 423.153(f)(5)(ii)(C)(2). Another
commenter asked if MA–PD plans will
be allowed to include information about
plan-specific mental health benefits in
addition to State and Federal resources.
Response: CMS appreciates the input
provided by these commenters. While
the notice templates and instructions
are still under development, CMS
expects to provide information on
Federal and State public health
resources to assist plans in meeting the
statutory requirement at § 1860D–
4(c)(5)(B)(ii)(II) to include such
information in the initial notice. Under
the existing regulations at § 423.505(i),
Part D plan sponsors are ultimately
responsible for adhering to all terms and
conditions of their contract with CMS,
including compliance with all Federal
laws, regulations and CMS instructions
related to activities or responsibilities
delegated to a third party. Pursuant to
the regulation at § 423.153(f)(5)(ii)(C)(2),
which we are finalizing as proposed,
plans will be also required to include
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16462
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
information about relevant benefits and
services covered by the plan, such as
medical, mental health and MAT
benefits.
Comment: Some commenters stated
that CMS should specify in regulation
text that initial notices must not be sent
to potential at-risk beneficiaries until
the plan has communicated with and
received clinical information from the
beneficiary’s prescribers. These
commenters noted that failure to
conduct case management prior to
sending the initial notice would
interfere with doctor-patient
relationships and unnecessarily alarm
beneficiaries who may be determined
not to be at-risk.
Response: We agree with these
commenters that initial notices should
not be sent to beneficiaries before the
plan has engaged in case management
and attempted to communicate with the
beneficiary’s prescriber(s), and this is
specified in the regulation text at
§ 423.153(f)(2)(i). However, we know
from experience with the OMS process
that prescribers are not always
responsive to the plan’s attempts to
make clinical contact; therefore, we
proposed at § 423.153(f)(2)(i)(C) that
plans must make additional attempts to
contact such prescribers. Additionally,
we proposed at § 423.153(f)(4) that plans
cannot limit access to frequently abused
drugs unless the plan has conducted
case management and obtained
agreement from prescribers (or made
certain attempts to contact prescribers).
We believe this approach strikes an
appropriate balance between ensuring
sufficient access to frequently abused
drugs and protecting at-risk
beneficiaries from potential harm in the
absence of improved care coordination.
After consideration of the comments
received on this section, we are
finalizing our proposal with
modification to clearly codify the policy
that a sponsor should not provide the
initial notice to the beneficiary until
after the sponsor has engaged in the
required case management by adding
the phrase ‘‘after conducting the case
management required by
§ 423.153(f)(2)’’ at the beginning of
§ 423.153(f)(5)(i).
(B) Limitation on the Special
Enrollment Period for LIS Beneficiaries
With an At-Risk Status (§ 423.38)
Section 704(a)(3) of CARA gave the
Secretary the discretion to limit the SEP
for full benefit dually eligible (FBDE)
beneficiaries outlined in section 1860D–
1(b)(3)(D) of the Act. In addition to
providing relevant information to a
potential at-risk beneficiary, we
proposed that the initial notice will
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
notify dually- and other low income
subsidy (LIS)-eligible beneficiaries that
they would be unable to use the special
enrollment period (SEP) for LIS
beneficiaries due to their potential atrisk status. (Hereafter, this SEP is
referred to as the ‘‘duals’ SEP’’). This
limitation is related to, but distinct
from, other changes to the duals’ SEP
discussed in the proposed rule.
We proposed that once a dually- or
other LIS-eligible individual is
identified as a potential at-risk
beneficiary, and the sponsor intends to
limit the beneficiary’s access to coverage
for frequently abused drugs, the sponsor
will provide an initial notice to the
beneficiary and the duals’ SEP would no
longer be available to the otherwise
eligible individual. This means that he
or she would be unable to use the duals’
SEP to enroll in a different plan or
disenroll from the current Part D plan.
The limitation would be effective as of
the date the Part D plan sponsor
identifies an individual to be potentially
at-risk.
We proposed that, consistent with the
timeframes discussed in proposed
paragraph § 423.153(f)(7), if the Part D
plan sponsor takes no additional action
to identify the individual as an at-risk
beneficiary within 90 days from the
initial notice, the ‘‘potentially at-risk’’
designation and the duals’ SEP
limitation would expire. If the sponsor
determines that the potential at-risk
beneficiary is an at-risk beneficiary, the
duals’ SEP would not be available to
that beneficiary until the date the
beneficiary’s at-risk status is terminated
based on a subsequent determination,
including a successful appeal, or at the
end of a 12-month period calculated
from the effective date of the limitation,
as specified in the second notice
provided under § 423.153(f)(6),
whichever is sooner.
We noted that auto- and facilitated
enrollment of LIS eligible individuals
and plan annual reassignment processes
would still apply to dual- and other LISeligible individuals who were identified
as an at-risk beneficiary in their
previous plan. Furthermore, we noted
that the proposed enrollment limitations
for Medicaid or other LIS-eligible
individuals designated as at-risk
beneficiaries would not apply to other
Part D enrollment periods, including the
AEP or other SEPs, including when an
individual has a gain, loss, or change in
Medicaid or LIS eligibility. We
proposed that the ability to use the
duals’ SEP would not be permissible
once the individual is enrolled in a plan
that has identified him or her as a
potential at-risk beneficiary or at-risk
beneficiary under § 423.100 of this final
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rule. (See section II.A.10 for a more
detailed discussion of Part D SEP
changes.)
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: We received many
comments supporting the limitation of
the duals’ SEP for those individuals
identified as potential at-risk or at-risk
for overutilizing frequently abused
drugs. Commenters noted that this
limitation would support care
coordination for this population, ensure
that these beneficiaries are effectively
managed, and prevent those that do
abuse drugs from frequent plan
switching, and either changing to a Part
D plan without a drug management
program, or accessing opioids because
of a gap in information sharing across
plans. Several commenters stated that
this move would support their state’s
efforts in curbing the opioid epidemic.
Response: We appreciate the support
for our proposal to limit the SEP for
individuals identified as potential atrisk or at-risk for overutilizing
frequently abused drugs.
Comment: A commenter requested
that CMS confirm that any limitations
on Part D LIS-eligible individuals would
not impact the ability of such
individuals to make an enrollment or
disenrollment during other enrollment
periods for which he or she is eligible.
Commenters specifically asked about
the AEP and the SEPs available for
individuals to enroll in or disenroll
from Program for All-inclusive Care
(PACE) or enroll in a 5-Star plan.
Response: We note that the
enrollment limitation for a potential atrisk or an at-risk individual will not
apply to other Part D enrollment
periods, including the AEP or other
SEPs, including new SEPs that will be
established at § 423.38(c)(9) and (c)(10)
and are discussed in more detail in
section II.A.10. of this final rule. In the
event that an individual is subject to
this limitation, but is eligible for another
enrollment period, he or she may use
that enrollment period to make a
change. For example, a potential at-risk
or at-risk dually- or other LIS-eligible
individual who is subject to the duals’
SEP limitation may use the PACE SEP
to enroll in or disenroll from PACE, or
they may use the 5-Star Rating SEP to
enroll in an MA plan, PDP, or cost plan
with a Star Rating of 5 stars during the
year in which that plan has the 5-star
overall rating, provided the enrollee
meets the other requirements to enroll
in that plan.
Comment: A commenter asked for
clarification as to whether the SEP
limitation for potential at-risk or at-risk
individuals would apply when a
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
beneficiary loses Medicaid eligibility
and goes through the deeming process
permitted in capitated models under
Financial Alignment Initiative
demonstrations. The commenter stated
that, in their state, a beneficiary is
allowed to remain in the demonstration
Medicare-Medicaid Plan (MMP) for up
to 3 months while he or she tries to
regain Medicaid eligibility. If the
beneficiary regains Medicaid eligibility
within this 3 month window, would the
state be required to allow the
beneficiary to change his or her
enrollment? The commenter stated, that,
now, they automatically re-enroll the
beneficiary back into the MMP.
Response: The period of deemed
continued eligibility provides an
opportunity for individuals in Dual
Special Needs Plans (D–SNPs) or MMPs
who lose Medicaid eligibility to stay
enrolled in their plan for a short time,14
while they try to regain Medicaid
eligibility. However, should an
individual be eligible to leave the plan,
and takes an action to leave the plan,
using any valid SEP, the plan must
honor the disenrollment request. It is
our view that a change in Medicaid
status, especially loss of Medicaid
eligibility, is an important event with
potentially significant financial impacts
to the beneficiary. As a result, the SEP
outlined in § 423.38(c)(9) will remain
available to a potential at-risk or at-risk
individual, even if the person is
provided a deeming period by an MMP
or D–SNP. This will permit individuals
in a capitated model under the
Financial Alignment Initiative
demonstrations to change plans using
the duals’ SEP, within 3 months of a
gain, loss, or change to Medicaid or LIS
eligibility, or notification of such.
Comment: We received several
comments relating to the operational
aspects of implementing this limitation
on the duals’ SEP. Commenters
requested clarification on how a plan
sponsor would know if a potential atrisk or at-risk beneficiary was not
eligible to use the duals’ SEP, and how
the MARx system would be
operationalized to effectuate this
change. A commenter requested
clarification on how these individuals
would be prevented from utilizing the
duals’ SEP.
14 Under the capitated model of the Financial
Alignment Initiative demonstration, MMPs may
provide up to 3 months of deemed continued
eligibility for individuals who lose MMP eligibility
due to short-term loss of Medicaid. As outlined in
Chapter 2 of the Medicare Managed Care Manual,
D–SNPs must provide at least 1 month and up to
6 months of deemed continued eligibility for
individuals who lose eligibility due to loss of
Medicaid, but are reasonably expected to regain
Medicaid within that timeframe.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Response: Information related to an
individual’s at-risk status, including the
beginning and end dates for any
limitation imposed, will be stored in
MARx and available to plans for
enrollment processing via the User
Interface (UI) and the beneficiary
eligibility query (BEQ). CMS will reject
a submitted enrollment for a beneficiary
who is subject to the SEP limitation and
the plan will be notified with a unique
transaction reply code (TRC). We will
also notify plans via a TRC if a member
has a change in their at-risk status
period. We will provide further
subregulatory guidance on system and
operational changes that will occur to
effectuate this limitation, as well as the
larger drug management program.
Comment: To further assist in these
efforts to curb opioid misuse, a
commenter requested that CMS share
data about any members in Part D plans
who are subject to this SEP limitation to
target Medicaid wrap services,
including supplemental behavioral
health and substance use treatment
services.
Response: We thank the commenter
for their suggestion and we will explore
data sharing for states to provide
additional services to these individuals.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS allow potential
at-risk or at-risk individuals to use the
duals’ SEP to change to another plan if
that plan has an established drug
management program in place.
Response: We appreciate the
comment; however, we disagree with
allowing individuals identified as
potentially at risk or at risk to use the
duals’ SEP. Even if an at-risk individual
joined another plan that had a drug
management program in place, there
would be challenges in terms of
preventing a gap managing their
potential or actual overutilization of
frequently abused drugs due to the
timing of information sharing between
the plans and possible difference in
provider networks.
Comment: A commenter stated that
because the ‘‘at-risk’’ status is
transferable from one plan to another,
an individual will not avoid the
implications of the lock-in by utilizing
the SEP. As such, the commenter
believed that the dual SEP should not be
limited.
Response: We disagree. First, for
general clarification purposes, the atrisk determination will not
automatically transfer and be applied by
a new Part D plan in the event a
potentially at-risk or at-risk beneficiary
changes plans. Even though a gaining
plan will be able to see if a new member
had an at-risk determination with their
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16463
prior plan, the new plan will still have
to make their own determination
regarding the individual’s status and
send the individual the appropriate
notice, which will trigger the SEP
limitation, as we have explained
elsewhere in this preamble. Although
the beneficiary’s prior at-risk
designation is an indicator that the new
plan will have to initiate case
management and may even allow them
to bypass the first notice and go straight
to issuing the second notice, the at-risk
determination is not directly
transferable.
In addition, while we assume that all
Part D sponsors will have drug
management programs in place, it is not
a requirement.
With respect to the need for the SEP
limitation, this policy is still needed to
prevent potential and at-risk
beneficiaries from making frequent plan
changes after they receive the initial and
second notices, as applicable, and thus,
avoid the care coordination that drug
management plans are intended to
provide.
We note that the SEP limitation—
whether it is a first time designation or
one that is being applied after
enrollment into a new plan—will be
effective as of the date on the initial
notice that the Part D plan sponsor
provides to an individual identified to
be potentially at-risk. We are revising
that language in § 423.38(c)(4) to state
that beneficiaries that have been
notified that they are potentially at-risk
or at-risk, and such identification has
not been terminated in accordance with
§ 423.153(f)), will not be able to use the
duals’ SEP.
Comment: A commenter encouraged
CMS to offer increased resources to
SHIPs to provide targeted outreach to
the dual eligible and LIS populations
who will be impacted by these changes.
The commenter stated that CMS should
also conduct outreach and education to
providers and pharmacies, including
mental health and substance use
providers, as well as community based
organizations (such as recovery learning
communities), as these changes have a
specific impact on beneficiaries with
substance use disorders. The commenter
stated that these efforts will help ensure
that beneficiaries most likely to be
impacted by these changes, and their
providers, are made aware well in
advance of implementation. Also, the
commenter encouraged CMS and the
Administration for Community Living
(ACL) to provide continued funding for
state Ombudsman programs that serve
dual eligible populations enrolled in
demonstration products, and to allow
states to use this funding to serve dual
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16464
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
eligible beneficiaries enrolled in any
integrated care product, including, for
example FIDE SNPs.
Response: CMS appreciates the
comment, and we will continue to
explore avenues for beneficiary and
provider outreach and education;
however, provisions for addressing cost
and funding resources is outside of the
scope of this rule.
Comment: Several commenters
opposed the limitation of the duals’ SEP
for at-risk beneficiaries. Commenters
cited issues, such as limited access to
prescription drugs and the possible risks
of medical complications and increased
costs resulting from such access
barriers. They also noted the
vulnerability and special needs of this
population. A commenter stated that
this limitation is unnecessary, as the
current OMS program in Part D
typically resolves cases of potential
misuse without resorting to any
beneficiary-specific tactic and would
result in beneficiaries losing access to
an important patient protection.
Response: We appreciate the
comments. As we stated in the proposed
rule, based on the 2015 data in CMS’
OMS, more than 76 percent of all
beneficiaries estimated to be potential
at-risk beneficiaries are LIS-eligible
individuals. It is our view that the SEP
limitation will be an important tool to
reduce the opportunities for dual and
LIS-eligible beneficiaries designated as
at-risk to switch plans, and circumvent
the care coordination that a drug
management program is designed to
provide for this vulnerable population,
especially as our nation faces an opioid
epidemic. As stated previously, the
enrollment limitation for a potential atrisk or an at-risk individual would not
apply to other Part D enrollment
periods, including the AEP or other
SEPs. In the event that a potential at-risk
or at-risk dually- or other LIS-eligible
individual is subject to this limitation,
but that individual is eligible to make an
enrollment change using a different and
valid election period, he or she may do
so.
In the case where an individual is
prescribed a specific drug that is not on
the sponsor’s formulary, the individual
always has the right to request a
coverage determination for the drug.
Each Part D sponsor that provides
prescription drug benefits for Part D
drugs and manages this benefit through
the use of a formulary must establish
and maintain exceptions procedures for
receipt of an off formulary drug. A Part
D sponsor must grant an exception
whenever it determines that the drug is
medically necessary, consistent with the
physician’s or other prescriber’s
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
statement, and that the drug would be
covered but for the fact that it is an off
formulary drug. Since these protections
apply to all beneficiaries, they also
protect dually-eligible and other LISeligible beneficiaries.
Comment: A couple of commenters
stated that maintaining maximum
flexibility regarding enrollment in
Medicare Part D and the ability to
change PDPs best serves the interests of
low-income beneficiaries, especially
American Indian and Alaskan Native
(A/I and A/N) beneficiaries. The
commenters further stated that a
decision to change plans is often made
in order to access a specific prescription
drug. The commenters further requested
that, if the proposed regulation is
retained, CMS specify an exemption for
Indian Health Service (IHS)-eligible
individuals as inserting the Medicare
Part D drug plans into the relationship
between Medicare/IHS beneficiaries and
their IHS/Tribal providers would not be
helpful. We discuss IHS beneficiaries
again further below.
Response: CMS disagrees with
establishing population-based
exceptions to the duals’ SEP limitation.
In our view, all potential at-risk and atrisk beneficiaries should be afforded the
opportunity to benefit from the care
coordination that the drug management
program is designed to provide. We do
not believe it is prudent at this time to
carve out a subset of at-risk beneficiaries
to which special rules apply. As
previously mentioned, there are
opportunities for potential at-risk and
at-risk individuals to make enrollment
choices during other election periods.
Also, an individual always has the right
to request a coverage determination,
including an exception request for an
off-formulary drug.
Comment: A couple of commenters
expressed concern about this SEP
limitation not being appealable. A
commenter urged CMS to make the loss
of the duals’ SEP for potential at-risk
beneficiaries appealable, as an at-risk
beneficiary’s other non-opioid-related
conditions may justify the using of an
SEP. A commenter noted that the
proposal stipulated an appeals process
for beneficiaries wishing to appeal their
at-risk status, but encouraged CMS in its
final rule to clarify whether the loss of
a duals’ SEP would be appealable in any
way, and urge CMS to make a provision
for beneficiaries who may need access
to this SEP despite their at-risk status.
Response: Similar to all other
enrollment decisions, the limitation on
the duals’ SEP for potential at-risk or atrisk individuals is not appealable.
However, after an individual is
determined to be at-risk, he or she may
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
appeal that determination. We intend to
provide maximum transparency to the
beneficiary by ensuring, consistent with
the statutory requirements, that the
beneficiary has information about
appeal rights during the at-risk
determination process.
Comment: A commenter stated that
nothing in the law would make a dualeligible at- risk or potentially at-risk
beneficiary ineligible for an SEP.
Response: We disagree with the
commenter. Section 704(a)(3) of CARA
gives the Secretary the discretion to
limit the SEP for FBDE beneficiaries
outlined in section 1860D–1(b)(3)(D) of
the Social Security Act (the Act). As
discussed previously, the duals’ SEP
was extended to all other subsidyeligible beneficiaries by regulation so
that all LIS-eligible beneficiaries are
treated uniformly.
Comment: A commenter is concerned
that dually- and other LIS-eligible
individuals inappropriately identified
as potentially at-risk may not
understand the process for correcting a
determination that was made in error or
may otherwise be inappropriate. The
commenter further stated that some
beneficiaries will be erroneously
identified and not confirmed as at-risk
and they should not be subject to the
SEP limitation as a result of poor data,
plan error, or some other reason
unrelated to the beneficiary’s action.
Response: We appreciate the
comments. We believe that there will be
sufficient safeguards in the design and
implementation of prescription drug
management programs to prevent errors
and provide beneficiaries with an
opportunity to make corrections. CMS
expects that exempt individuals will be
identified through OMS. For those that
are not excluded based on this data,
they should be excluded by their plans
during case management, as clinical
contact and prescriber verification and
agreement should occur before an initial
notice of potential at-risk status is sent
to the individual and the SEP limitation
is imposed. Thereafter, if a beneficiary
believes he or she has been identified in
error, the beneficiary has a chance to
submit relevant information in response
to the initial notice. If a determination
is made that a beneficiary is an at-risk
beneficiary, a Part D sponsor must also
provide a second written notice to the
beneficiary which is required to provide
clear instruction on how a beneficiary
may submit further applicable
information to the sponsor. A
beneficiary is also provided a right to
redetermination of the at-risk status.
CMS expects these measures will
provide adequate protections for all
beneficiaries.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Comment: Another commenter
requested clarification that the SEP is
only removed for LIS beneficiaries once
the plan sponsor has completed case
management activities, including
prescriber agreement.
Response: We appreciate the question
regarding when the duals’ SEP
limitation goes into effect. The duals’
SEP limitation can go into effect without
prescriber agreement; however, before
the initial notice is sent, which informs
the beneficiary of the limitation, the
sponsor is required to engage in case
management and attempt to
communicate with the beneficiary’s
prescriber(s).
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to make a provision for LIS beneficiaries
who lose access to their SEP, but need
access to non-opioid drugs. For
example, if an LIS beneficiary is
determined to be at-risk and loses an
SEP, and is later diagnosed with a
different chronic condition that requires
medication not on the beneficiary’s
current formulary. The commenter
requested that CMS specify in the final
rule that such a beneficiary would be
given special consideration when
submitting an appeal to their current
plan to gain coverage of necessary nonopioid drugs.
Response: We do not believe any
‘‘special consideration’’ is necessary. An
enrollee—regardless of LIS eligibility—
always has the right to request a
coverage determination for a drug. In all
cases, the standard is that the plan must
notify the enrollee of its coverage
determination decision as expeditiously
as the enrollee’s health condition
requires, but no later than the applicable
adjudication timeframe (24 hours for an
expedited coverage determination, 72
hours for a standard coverage
determination).
Comment: A commenter noted that,
while they agree with the proposal to
implement the SEP provision, there may
be an increase in complaints and
grievances against the sponsor. The
commenter encourages CMS to exclude
beneficiaries identified as potentially atrisk and at-risk from Consumer
Assessment of Healthcare Providers and
Systems (CAHPS) surveys and not count
complaints related to the duals’ SEP
limitation in the Complaint Tracking
Module (CTM) numbers for star-rating
purposes.
Response: Thank you for the
comment. Our Star Ratings proposal did
not address this topic, and we plan to
take this comment under advisement.
After consideration of these
comments, we are finalizing the
provision on the CARA duals’ SEP
limitation at § 423.38(c)(4) with a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
modification to specify that
beneficiaries that have been notified
that they are potentially at-risk or at-risk
as defined in § 423.100, and such
identification has not been terminated
in accordance with § 423.153(f)), will
not be able to use the duals’ SEP.
The duals’ SEP limitation will align
with the revised timeframes for the
potential-at-risk and at-risk status as
addressed in section 423.153(f) of this
final rule. That is, if the Part D plan
sponsor takes no additional action to
identify the individual as an at-risk
beneficiary within 60 days from the date
on the initial notice, the ‘‘potentially atrisk’’ designation and the duals’ SEP
limitation will expire. At-risk
determinations will be for an initial 12
month period, with the option to extend
for a maximum of 24 months in total
(that is, an additional 12 month period)
upon reassessment of the beneficiary’s
at-risk status at the completion of the
initial 12 month period.
(C) Second Notice to Beneficiary and
Sponsor Implementation of Limitation
on Access to Coverage for Frequently
Abused Drugs (§ 423.153(f)(6))
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(B)(i)(I) of the
Act requires Part D sponsors to provide
a second written notice to at-risk
beneficiaries when they limit their
access to coverage for frequently abused
drugs. We proposed to codify this
requirement in § 423.153(f)(6)(i). As
with the initial notice, our proposed
implementation of the statutory
requirement for the second notice will
also permit it to be used when the
sponsor implements a beneficiaryspecific POS claim edit for frequently
abused drugs. Specifically, we proposed
to require the sponsor to provide the
second notice when it determines that
the beneficiary is an at-risk beneficiary
and to limit the beneficiary’s access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs.
We further proposed to require the
second notice to include the effective
and end date of the limitation. Thus,
this second notice will function as a
written confirmation of the limitation
the sponsor is implementing with
respect to the beneficiary, and the
timeframe of that limitation.
We also proposed that the second
notice, like the initial notice, contain
language required by section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(B)(iii) of the Act to which we
proposed to add detail in the regulation
text. The second notice must also be
approved by the Secretary and be in a
readable and understandable form, as
well as contain other content that CMS
determines is necessary for the
beneficiary to understand the
information required in the notice. In
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16465
paragraph (2), we proposed language
that will require a sponsor to include
the limitation the sponsor is placing on
the beneficiary’s access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs, the effective
and end date of the limitation, and if
applicable, any limitation on the
availability of the SEP. We proposed an
additional requirement in paragraph (6)
that the sponsor include instructions
how the beneficiary may submit
information to the sponsor in response
to the request described in paragraph
(4). In § 423.153(f)(6)(iii), we proposed
that the sponsor be required to make
reasonable efforts to provide the
beneficiary’s prescriber(s) of frequently
abused drugs with a copy of the notice,
as we proposed with the initial notice.
Finally, we proposed a requirement in
paragraph (7) that the notice contain
other content that CMS determines is
necessary for the beneficiary to
understand the information required in
the initial notice.
Also, the sponsor will generally be
required to send two notices—the first
signaling the sponsor’s intent to
implement a POS claim edit or
limitation (both referred to generally as
a ‘‘limitation’’), and the second upon
implementation of such limitation.
Under our proposal, the requirement to
send two notices will not apply in
certain cases involving at-risk
beneficiaries who are identified as such
and provided a second notice by their
immediately prior plan’s drug
management program.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received many
comments related to our proposal
requiring plans to provide a second
written notice to beneficiaries before
implementing a restriction under the
plan’s drug management program, most
of which supported the proposal. Other
commenters opposed it, expressing a
belief that only one notice would be
sufficient. Some of these commenters
offered ideas for various alternative
approaches for CMS to consider, such as
including information in the plan’s
Evidence of Coverage that would
replace the notices described in the
proposed rule, or using a single notice
similar to the current OMS requirement.
Other commenters stated that the two
notices required for lock-in should be
limited to lock-in and plans should
continue to be permitted to send a
single notice when implementing a
beneficiary-level POS edit.
Response: We disagree with the
comments recommending requiring a
single beneficiary notice or replacing
one or both notices with general
information in other documents. Section
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16466
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
1860D–4(c)(5)(B) requires two written
notices before a beneficiary can be
locked-in to a prescriber or pharmacy,
and includes a high level of specificity
about the content of the notices.
Moreover, the required initial and
second notices contain important
information about access restrictions
that may be or will be placed on
potentially at-risk and at-risk
beneficiaries, resources such
beneficiaries may need to treat potential
drug dependency issues, and
notification of important beneficiary
rights.
We also disagree with comments
stating that the proposed notice
requirements for the lock-in program
should be limited to lock-in, and that
CMS should retain existing beneficiary
notice policies, including sending only
one notice, when implementing
beneficiary-level POS edits. Currently,
the application of a beneficiary-level
POS claim edit is not considered a
coverage determination and does not
trigger appeal rights under Subpart M.
As we explained in the proposed rule,
the implementation of a beneficiaryspecific POS claim edit or a limitation
on the at-risk beneficiary’s coverage for
frequently abused drugs to a selected
pharmacy(ies) or prescriber(s) will be an
aspect of an at-risk determination (a
type of initial determination that will
confer appeal rights on the beneficiary,
consistent with section 1860D–4(c)(5)(E)
of the Act) under our proposal
establishing the Part D drug
management program. As discussed in
subsection (c) of this preamble, we are
finalizing the proposal to integrate the
current OMS process with lock-in to
create a uniform drug management
program for Part D. Under this final
rule, since the application of a
beneficiary-level POS edit for frequently
abused drugs can only be applied upon
the plan’s at-risk determination and is
subject to appeal, it is necessary to treat
those edits the same as limitations on
selected pharmacy(ies) or prescriber(s).
Furthermore, we believe that
establishing an inconsistency with
respect to notice requirements would be
confusing for beneficiaries and plans.
For these reasons, and because we
believe the second notice, which
identifies the action taken by the plan
and instructs the beneficiary how to
exercise their statutory appeal rights, is
an important beneficiary protection, the
notice is required both for lock-in and
for POS edits for frequently abused
drugs.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS require that the second notice,
in addition to the initial notice, include
a description of all State and Federal
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
public health resources addressing
prescription drug abuse that are
available to the beneficiary.
Response: While we agree that this
information is important to
communicate to affected beneficiaries,
we recognize the potential burden that
multiple notices may place on plan
sponsors as well as beneficiaries. We
note that such information is required in
the initial notice, and the statute does
not require it in the second notice.
While CMS will not preclude plans
from providing this information again,
for example, if requested by the
enrollee, we do not believe it is
necessary to require that it be included
in both notices.
After consideration of comments
received, we are finalizing our proposal
without modification to require plans to
send both the initial and second notice
before implementing a beneficiary-level
POS edit or a pharmacy or prescriber
lock-in under a drug management
program.
(D) Alternate Second Notice When Limit
on Access Coverage for Frequently
Abused Drugs by Sponsor Will Not
Occur (§ 423.153(f)(7))
Although not explicitly required by
the statute, we proposed at
§ 423.153(f)(7) that if a sponsor
determines that a potential at-risk
beneficiary is not an at-risk beneficiary
and does not implement the limitation
on the potential at-risk beneficiary’s
access to coverage of frequently abused
drugs it described in the initial notice,
then the sponsor will be required to
provide the beneficiary with an
alternate second notice. Specifically, we
proposed that such alternate second
notice use language approved by the
Secretary in a readable and
understandable form, and contain the
following information: The sponsor has
determined that the beneficiary is not an
at-risk beneficiary; the sponsor will not
limit the beneficiary’s access to coverage
for frequently abused drugs; if
applicable, the SEP limitation no longer
applies; clear instructions that explain
how the beneficiary may contact the
sponsor; and other content that CMS
determines is necessary for the
beneficiary to understand the
information required in this notice.
As with the other notices, we
proposed that the Part D sponsor be
required to make reasonable efforts to
provide the beneficiary’s prescriber(s) of
frequently abused drugs with a copy of
this notice.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: We received a few
comments on this proposal. Some of
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
these commenters supported the
proposal and agreed that such notice is
necessary to minimize beneficiary
confusion and limit unneeded appeals
when a plan decides not to implement
any restrictions on frequently abused
drugs. A commenter disagreed with our
proposal to require an alternate second
notice, stating such notice is not
necessary.
Response: As we stated in the
proposed rule, we believe that this
alternate notice is necessary to ensure
beneficiaries who received the initial
notice of an intended limitation on
access to frequently abused drugs under
the plan’s drug management program
are informed of the outcome of the
plan’s decision not to take such action.
We are finalizing § 423.153(f)(7) without
modification.
(E) Timing of Notices and Exceptions to
Timing (§ 423.153(f)(8))
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(B)(iv) of the
Act requires a Part D sponsor to provide
the second notice to the beneficiary on
a date that is not less than 30 days after
the sponsor provided the initial notice
to the beneficiary. Although not
specifically required by CARA, we
believe it is also important to establish
a maximum timeframe by which the
plan must send the second notice or the
alternate second notice, to ensure that
plans do not leave a case open
indefinitely. We proposed to specify at
§ 423.153(f)(8)(i) that a Part D sponsor
must provide the second notice
described in paragraph (f)(6) or the
alternate second notice described in
paragraph (f)(7), as applicable, on a date
that is not less than 30 days and not
more than the earlier of the date the
sponsor makes the relevant
determination or 90 days after the date
of the initial notice described in
paragraph (f)(5).
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(B)(iv)(II) of the
Act explicitly provides for an exception
to the required 30 day minimum
timeframe for issuing a second notice.
Specifically, the statute permits the
Secretary to identify through
rulemaking concerns regarding the
health or safety of a beneficiary or
significant drug diversion activities that
will necessitate that a Part D sponsor
provide the second written notice to the
beneficiary before the minimum 30 day
time period normally required has
elapsed.
As we explained in the proposed rule,
because this provision also allows an atrisk identification to carry forward to
the next plan, we believe it is
appropriate to permit a gaining plan to
provide the second notice to an at-risk
beneficiary so identified by the most
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
recent prior plan without having to wait
the minimum 30 days, if certain
conditions are met. This is consistent
with our current policy under which a
gaining sponsor may immediately
implement a beneficiary-specific POS
claim edit, if the gaining sponsor is
notified that the beneficiary was subject
to such an edit in the immediately prior
plan and such edit had not been
terminated.15
As such, at § 423.153(f)(8)(ii), we
proposed one exception to the timing of
the notices, applicable to at-risk
beneficiaries who switch plans. The
exception allows a gaining plan sponsor
to immediately provide the second
notice described in paragraph (f)(6) to a
beneficiary for whom the gaining
sponsor received notice that the
beneficiary was identified as an at-risk
beneficiary by the prior plan and such
identification had not been terminated.
The exception is only permissible if the
gaining sponsor is implementing either
a beneficiary-specific POS edit as
described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) under
the same terms as the prior plan, or a
limitation on access to coverage as
described in paragraph (f)(3)(ii), if such
limitation will require the beneficiary to
obtain frequently abused drugs from the
same pharmacy location and/or the
same prescriber, as applicable, that was
selected under the immediately prior
plan under (f)(9).
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: Some commenters
recommended that the timeframe
between the first and second notices be
shortened to within 15 days, which the
commenters believe would provide
sufficient time for beneficiaries to
submit preferences. A commenter noted
that there is no added value in waiting
30 days after the initial notice to
provide the second notice because it
contains similar information.
Response: We disagree with these
commenters. Outside of circumstances
identified by the Secretary through
rulemaking, section 1860D–4(c)(5)(B)(iv)
requires that the second notice be
provided ‘‘on a date that is not less than
30 days’’ after the initial notice.
Moreover, because the statute gives
significant deference to beneficiary
preferences, CMS does not believe that
15 days is sufficient for beneficiaries to
receive the initial notice, identify their
preferences for prescribers and/or
pharmacies, potentially confer with the
preferred prescribers and/or
pharmacies, communicate preferences
15 See ‘‘Beneficiary-Level Point-of-Sale Claim
Edits and Other Overutilization Issues,’’ August 25,
2014.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
to their plan, and give the plan
sufficient time to implement the
limitation in their systems, including
situations where the plan determines
that an exception to preferences under
§ 423.153(f)(10) is warranted.
Comment: We received several
comments supporting our proposal to
establish a maximum timeframe by
which sponsors must send the second or
alternate second notice. However, most
of these commenters expressed concerns
that 90 days is too long because
potentially at-risk beneficiaries would
be subject to a limitation on their SEP
without appeal rights during that 90 day
timeframe. Commenters stated that, if
those beneficiaries identified as
potentially at-risk did not lose access to
the SEP, 90 days would be acceptable.
Other commenters expressed a belief
that plans would not need 90 days to
obtain beneficiary preferences and
implement relevant access limitations
upon receipt of those preferences.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ feedback about the
proposed 90 day maximum timeframe.
As we noted in the preamble to the
proposed rule, while section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(B)(iv) of the Act requires plans to
wait a minimum of 30 days from the
initial notice before providing the
second notice, Congress did not
establish a maximum timeframe.
Because case management, clinical
contact and prescriber verification
requirements would be met before the
plan sends the initial notice, we agree
with the commenters that our proposed
90 day maximum timeframe between
notices could be shortened. Therefore,
we are modifying § 423.153(f)(8)(i) to
require the notice required under (f)(6)
or alternate notice required under (f)(7)
to be provided to the beneficiary no
more than the earlier of the date the
sponsor makes the relevant
determination or 60 days after the date
of the initial notice required under
(f)(5).
Given the comments received, many
of which stated that the 90 day
maximum timeframe we proposed is too
long, we believe 60 days strikes the right
balance. We do not believe the
maximum timeframe should be shorter
than 60 days, because sponsors may
need this time to process information
from beneficiaries that is received at the
end of the minimum 30 day timeframe,
or to communicate with prescribers who
may have been unresponsive prior to
receiving a copy of the initial notice the
plan provided to the beneficiary. This
revised timeframe is still sufficient to
limit any potential compliance issues
for sponsors related to timeliness and
unnecessary appeals where such
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16467
information is still being processed.
However, we do not expect sponsors to
routinely take the maximum amount of
time to issue the second notice, and
note that they must send it sooner if
they make the relevant determination
sooner. We note that the SEP is
addressed in an earlier section of this
preamble.
Comment: We received several
comments related to our proposal at
§ 423.153(f)(8)(ii) to, under certain
circumstances, permit a gaining plan to
immediately send a second notice
without waiting 30 days to a beneficiary
who is already subject to a drug
management program coverage
limitation (a beneficiary-specific POS
claim edit or pharmacy or prescriber
lock-in) in their immediately prior plan.
Most commenters supported our
proposal to establish an exception to the
30-day notice for at-risk beneficiaries, as
identified by the losing plan, when such
beneficiaries switch plans and the
gaining plan decides to continue the
same limitation(s). Some of these
commenters agreed that exceptions to
the 30 day notice should be limited to
circumstances where the beneficiary
was already given notice by the
previous plan. Some commenters noted
that because a beneficiary may be
changing plans due to dissatisfaction
with their current providers, these
beneficiaries must also have an
opportunity to change their preferences
with respect to pharmacies and
prescribers when they change plans.
Other commenters supported the
exception that we proposed but stated
that the statute allows exceptions under
additional circumstances based on the
health and safety of the beneficiary or
significant drug diversion activity. A
commenter recommended that CMS
should specify that when a beneficiary
who moves to a new plan offered by the
same parent organization as their prior
plan, the plan is not required to send
any notice to the beneficiary to continue
the restriction because such notice
would only serve to confuse the
beneficiary.
Response: As we explained in the
proposed rule, we believe that
exceptions to the statutory requirement
to wait at least 30 days before sending
the second notice and implementing a
coverage limitation under a drug
management program should be very
limited. Since the drug management
program is focused on improved care
coordination for beneficiaries who are
utilizing high doses of frequently
abused drugs and/or have multiple
providers, and the statute specifies that
such exceptions be identified through
rulemaking regarding the health or
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16468
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
safety of the beneficiary or regarding
significant drug diversion activities, we
do not believe that it is appropriate to
permit such an exception based on a
sponsor’s concerns about the health and
safety of a particular beneficiary because
that is too subjective and could
adversely impact such beneficiaries,
who could be subject to a coverage
limitation without notice. Rather, we are
finalizing the exception we proposed
related to at-risk beneficiaries who
switch plans and the gaining plan
decides to continue a limitation(s)
under the same terms as the losing plan,
because we believe, in this instance, the
coverage limitation(s) can safely be
immediately implemented—namely,
when the beneficiary already has been
identified as at-risk by his or her prior
plan, and the coverage limitations
would continue in the same manner
under his or her new plan. We have not
at this time identified additional
circumstances under which an
exception to the 30-day minimum
between the first and second notices is
warranted. We note that this final rule
does not change existing requirements
that Part D plan sponsors cannot pay
fraudulent claims. With respect to a
beneficiary who changes plans within
the same parent organization, we are
clarifying that the gaining plan must
still meet the requirements set forth at
§ 423.153(f)(8)(ii). We do not believe it
is advisable to apply a different
standard to a gaining plan just because
it has the same parent organization as
the losing plan.
While we are finalizing our proposed
exception to the timing of the notices,
we agree with the commenters who
stated that beneficiaries who change
plans should still have an opportunity
to change their preferences for
prescribers and pharmacies. Therefore,
we are clarifying that an at-risk
beneficiary’s right to submit new
preferences we are finalizing at (f)(9)
also applies to beneficiaries who switch
plans. While a gaining plan could still
implement the restriction without
providing 30 day advance notice, they
must comply with the statutory and
regulatory requirements to accept
beneficiary preferences. Under the
exception to the notice requirements
that we are finalizing in this rule, a
gaining plan choosing to immediately
impose the restriction(s) of the prior
plan is not required to resend the initial
notice described at (f)(5) that was sent
by the prior plan, but must issue a new
version of the second notice described
at (f)(6). This notice, which is being
developed by CMS, will allow the
gaining plan to include updated
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
information from the initial notice that
changes with the change to the new
plan (for example, plan contact
information or relevant medical benefits
available to such beneficiary under the
new plan).
After consideration of all comments
received on § 423.153(f)(8), we are
finalizing our proposal at paragraph
(f)(8)(i) to retain the minimum 30 day
timeframe between the initial and
second or alternate second beneficiary
notices (except as provided in
subparagraph (ii)), with a modification
establishing a maximum timeframe of
60 days between the notices.
Additionally, we are finalizing the
proposed exception to the minimum 30
day timeframe at § 423.153(f)(8)(ii),
which permits a gaining plan to
immediately issue the second
beneficiary notice required by (f)(6) and
implement a continuation of the same
claim edit and/or pharmacy or
prescriber lock-in for an at-risk
beneficiary who was already provided
the initial and second notice for such
limitation(s) from the losing plan. As
discussed above, we believe the
circumstances under which a limitation
can be safely implemented without
advance beneficiary notice and are
consistent with the requirements for
such exceptions at section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(iv)(II) are limited in scope.
While, at this time, we have not
identified additional circumstances
under which we believe an exception to
the 30 day beneficiary notice is
warranted under section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(B)(iv)(II), we will continue to
evaluate this issue, and may establish
additional exceptions through future
rulemaking.
(viii) Provisions Specific to Limitations
on Access to Coverage of Frequently
Abused Drugs to Selected Pharmacies
and Prescribers (§§ 423.153(f)(4) and
423.153(f)(9) Through (13))
Some of the drug management
program provisions in CARA are only
relevant to ‘‘lock-in.’’ We proposed
several regulatory provisions to
implement these provisions, as follows:
(A) Special Requirement To Limit
Access to Coverage of Frequently
Abused Drugs to Selected Prescriber(s)
(§ 423.153(f)(4))
In the proposed rule, we noted that,
at that time, we viewed prescriber lockin as a tool of last resort to manage atrisk beneficiaries’ use of frequently
abused drugs, meaning when a different
approach has not been successful,
whether that was a ‘‘wait and see’’
approach after case management or the
implementation of a beneficiary specific
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
POS claim edit or a pharmacy lock-in.
We also were concerned about
impacting an at-risk beneficiary’s
relationship with their provider, and we
sought comment on whether a 6-month
delay before a sponsor could implement
prescriber lock-in would lessen burden
on prescribers.
As a result, we proposed in
§ 423.153(f)(4)(iv) that a sponsor may
not limit an at-risk beneficiary’s access
to coverage of frequently abused drugs
to a selected prescriber(s) until at least
6 months has passed from the date the
beneficiary is first identified as a
potential at-risk beneficiary. We
specifically sought comment on whether
this 6-month waiting period would
reduce provider burden sufficiently to
outweigh the additional case
management, clinical contact and
prescriber verification that providers
may experience if a sponsor later
believed a beneficiary’s access to
coverage of frequently abused drugs
should be limited to a selected
prescriber(s).
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: Many commenters
expressed significant concerns with the
proposal to require a Part D plan
sponsor to wait at least six months from
the date the beneficiary is first
identified as a potential at-risk
beneficiary before limiting that
beneficiary to a prescriber for frequently
abused drugs, noting that it works
against the goal of CARA and defeats the
purpose of the lock-in program.
Moreover, many commenters also
expressed that a 6 month delay to
prescriber lock-in was not in the spirit
of a national public health emergency,
and may actually place at-risk
beneficiaries at even greater risk for
adverse health outcomes. A commenter
expressed support for the 6 month
delay, noting that it would allow time
for alternative interventions to be
implemented so as to not burden the
prescriber unnecessarily. A commenter
offered a lengthy legal argument against
the 6-month delay for prescriber lock-in.
Response: In light of these comments,
we have been persuaded not to finalize
require a 6 month waiting period before
a plan may limit an at-risk beneficiary
to a prescriber for frequently abused
drugs. We agree with the majority of
commenters that CMS should not
impose a waiting period for plan
sponsors to implement a prescriber
lock-in for at-risk beneficiaries, and that
once a beneficiary is deemed at-risk, a
plan sponsor should have the full range
of limitations on access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs to employ for
such beneficiaries. We are persuaded
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
that our initial concern about the
beneficiary’s relationship with a
provider is significantly outweighed by
the more immediate concerns for the
beneficiary’s safety.
In addition, we are unpersuaded that
our proposal would reduce burden on
providers. This is because a sponsor, in
conducting the case management is
required under § 423.153(f)(2), to
contact prescribers and the sponsor may
seek a prescriber’s agreement to a
beneficiary-specific POS claim edit
pursuant to § 423.153(f)(4). Thus, we
now believe that requiring a sponsor to
wait 6 months to contact the prescriber
again to assist with additional case
management for the prescriber lock-in,
and to possibly obtain the prescriber’s
agreement to such lock-in, will actually
increase provider burden.
For these reasons, we are not
finalizing the proposal that a sponsor
may not limit an at-risk beneficiary’s
access to coverage of frequently abused
drugs to a selected prescriber(s) until at
least 6 months has passed from the date
the beneficiary is first identified as a
potential at-risk beneficiary. Therefore,
we have removed the language from
§ 423.153(f)(4) relevant to this 6-month
waiting period for prescriber lock-in.
(B) Selection of Pharmacies and
Prescribers (§§ 423.153(f)(9) Through
(13))
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
(1) Beneficiary Preferences
(§ 423.153(f)(9))
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(D)(iii) of the
Act provides that, if a sponsor intends
to impose, or imposes, a limit on a
beneficiary’s access to coverage of
frequently abused drugs to selected
pharmacy(ies) or prescriber(s), and the
potential at-risk beneficiary or at-risk
beneficiary submits preferences for a
network pharmacy(ies) or prescriber(s),
the sponsor must select the
pharmacy(ies) and prescriber(s) for the
beneficiary based on such preferences,
unless an exception applies, for
example, the beneficiary’s preferred
provider would contribute to the
beneficiary’s abuse of prescription
drugs. We address exceptions to
beneficiary’s preferences later in the
preamble.
In light of this language, we proposed
a Part D plan sponsor must accept an atrisk beneficiary’s preferences for innetwork prescribers and pharmacies
from which to obtain frequently abused
drugs unless an exception applies. In
cases that involve stand-alone PDPs, we
proposed that a sponsor must accept the
beneficiary’s selection of prescriber,
unless an exception applies, because
such PDPs do not have provider
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
networks. We further proposed that a
stand-alone PDP or MA–PD does not
have to accept a beneficiary’s selection
of a non-network pharmacy, except as
necessary to provide reasonable access,
which we discuss later in this section.
Our rationale for this proposal was that
the selection of network prescribers and
pharmacies puts the plan sponsor in the
best possible position to coordinate the
beneficiary’s care going forward in light
of the demonstrated concerns with the
beneficiary’s utilization of frequently
abused drugs.
Also, we did not propose to place a
limit on how many times beneficiaries
can submit their preferences, but we did
solicit additional comments on this
topic. Finally, under our proposal, the
sponsor would be required to confirm
the selection of pharmacy and/or
prescriber in writing to the beneficiary
either in the second notice, if feasible,
or within 14 days of receipt of the
beneficiary’s submission.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: Commenters widely
supported CMS’s proposal that the
pharmacy or prescriber in which an atrisk beneficiary is locked-into must be
in-network for a plan, except to provide
reasonable access or when the plan does
not have a relevant network.
Specifically, commenters noted that
allowing selection of out of network
pharmacies or prescribers would
undermine keeping beneficiary costs
low, and efforts to combat pharmacybased fraud and abuse.
Response: We thank commenters for
their support.
Comment: CMS received a handful of
comments that disagreed that a
prescriber should have to be in-network,
given some Medicare Advantage
beneficiaries may receive out-ofnetwork treatment from providers due
to their relationships with the prescriber
and the high quality of care that they
provide. These commenters requested
that CMS eliminate the requirement that
a prescriber generally must be innetwork if the plan sponsor imposes a
limit on a beneficiary’s access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs to
a selected prescriber or prescribers.
Response: We were not persuaded
that sponsors should have to accept a
beneficiary’s selection of an out-ofnetwork prescriber or pharmacy, unless
needed to maintain reasonable access or
if the plan does not have a relevant
network. Our rationale for this is that
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(D)(iii) refers
specifically to the beneficiary selecting
a network prescriber(s) and/or
pharmacy(ies) and the plan sponsor
accepting such selections based on the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16469
beneficiary’s preference. We therefore
believe that the statute does not
contemplate requiring Part D plan
sponsors to select a beneficiary’s
preference of an out-of-network
prescriber or pharmacy in all instances.
However, because our requirements
for drug management programs—as
proposed and finalized—permit standalone PDPs to use prescriber lock-in, the
requirement for a sponsor to accept the
beneficiary’s selection of a network
prescriber is inapplicable, and the
sponsor must accept the beneficiary’s
selection of a prescriber, unless an
exception applies, such as if the
selection would contribute to the
beneficiary’s abuse of prescription
drugs. With regard to this exception, we
note that when there is a prescriber or
pharmacy network, and the plan
sponsor asserts it would accept a
beneficiary’s in-network pharmacy or
prescriber preference(s) but such
selection would contribute to
prescription drug abuse or drug
diversion by the beneficiary, we would
question why such pharmacy or
prescriber is in the sponsor’s network.
We realize that in the case of at-risk
beneficiaries enrolled in MA plans that
provide out-of-network coverage of
services and are designed and
specifically authorized for that purpose
(that is, PPO, PFFS, and cost plans),
these beneficiaries have access to
supplemental services out of network.
However, as we stated above, Section
1860D–4(c)(5)(D)(iii) states that if an atrisk beneficiary submits preferences for
which in-network prescribers and
pharmacies the beneficiary would
prefer, the PDP sponsor shall select
them. The requirement, discussed later,
that Part D prescription drug
management programs ensure
reasonable access addresses the
sponsor’s selection out-of-network
prescribers and pharmacies when
necessary and therefore accommodate
our regulations at § 422.105; § 422.112
that permit out-of-network coverage.
We note that by requiring a plan
sponsor to accept an at-risk beneficiary’s
selection of an out-of-network
prescriber, we would in effect have a
blanket requirement that a coordinated
health plan to manage an at-risk
beneficiary out-of-network, which
would be difficult to achieve. For those
at-risk beneficiaries locked into a
particular prescriber(s) and/or
pharmacy(ies), prescriptions for
frequently abused drugs would need to
be obtained from an in-network
prescriber (when such a network exists),
even in the case of at-risk beneficiaries
who are enrolled in MA plan that
provide for out-of-network coverage.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16470
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Therefore, we are finalizing our
provision as proposed.
We wish to make a point of
clarification regarding at-risk
beneficiaries who are entitled to fill
prescriptions or receive services from
IHS, Tribal, and Urban Indian (ITU)
organization pharmacies and providers.
An IHS I/T/U pharmacy or provider
may be the selected pharmacy or
prescriber for such beneficiaries and
they may go to such a pharmacy or
prescriber pursuant to our reasonable
access requirement, even if they are not
in-network which we discuss again
later.
Comment: Regarding a limitation on
how many times beneficiaries can
submit their preferences, many
commenters suggested that we allow an
at-risk beneficiary to submit his or her
preferences anywhere from 1 to 3 times
per year, noting that it was important to
cap the number of times preferences can
be submitted. A commenter noted that
the beneficiary’s unlimited opportunity
to change preferences for prescribers
and pharmacies will be problematic and
burdensome, and recommended that
CMS place a limit on the number of
times a beneficiary may change
preferences on an annual basis, unless
they can provide good cause for
requesting the change. Suggested
examples of good cause would include
moving beyond easy access to the
prescriber or pharmacy; the prescriber
has discharged the beneficiary from his/
her practice; or the pharmacy is unable
to provide the requested drugs.
Response: While commenters raised
concerns that at-risk beneficiaries
should have some parameters around
changing their preferences for a selected
pharmacy or prescriber, CMS must
balance curbing opioid overuse and
misuse with ensuring reasonable access
to selected pharmacies and prescribers.
Therefore, we will allow at-risk
beneficiaries to submit their preferences
to plan sponsors without a numerical
restriction during the plan year. We note
that the sponsor does not have to make
changes to the selection of
pharmacy(ies) and prescriber(s) based
on the at-risk beneficiaries preferences if
the plan sponsor believes such changes
are contributing to abuse or diversion of
frequently abused drugs, pursuant to
§ 423.153(f)(10), discussed above. Also,
CMS will monitor for these issues and
act accordingly to ensure efficient
operation of the program and prevention
of excessive administrative burden.
Comment: A commenter stated that an
at-risk beneficiary should not be lockedinto pharmacies in which the plan
sponsor or PBM overseeing the drug
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
management program has a financial
interest.
Response: Since the selection of the
pharmacy in which an at-risk
beneficiary is locked into is largely a
beneficiary choice, and one they are
provided specifically in the statute with
little exception, CMS does not find this
comment persuasive, and will finalize
this provision as proposed.
Comment: A commenter stated that
plan sponsors should be able to
implement the change in a beneficiary’s
preference within 14 days after the
beneficiary has submitted the
preference.
Response: We note that our proposal,
which we are finalizing, requires the
sponsor to inform the beneficiary of the
selection in the second notice or if not
feasible due to the timing of the
beneficiary’s submission of preference,
in a subsequent written notice issue no
later than 14 days after receipt of the
submission.
Accordingly, we are finalizing
§ 423.153(f)(9), as proposed. We note
that we added the words ‘‘or change’’ in
paragraph (iii) for consistency with the
rest of the regulation text in this section.
(2) Exception to Beneficiary Preferences
(§ 423.153(f)(10))
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(D)(iv) of the
Act provides for an exception to an atrisk beneficiary’s preference of
prescriber or pharmacy from which the
beneficiary must obtain frequently
abused drugs, if the beneficiary’s
allowable preference of prescriber or
pharmacy will contribute to
prescription drug abuse or drug
diversion by the at-risk beneficiary.
Section 1860–D–4(c)(5)(D)(iv) of the Act
requires the sponsor to provide the atrisk beneficiary with at least 30 days
written notice and a rationale for not
accepting his or her allowable
preference for pharmacy or prescriber
from which the beneficiary must obtain
frequently abused drugs under the plan.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: Commenters generally
agreed with our proposal that plan
sponsors may disallow a beneficiary’s
selection of a prescriber or pharmacy
that may contribute to prescription drug
abuse or drug diversion.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters support.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS require plans/PBMs to report
the percentage of times when
beneficiary preference is/is not
considered and to track which
pharmacy the plan/PBM utilizes to
override patient preference.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: While we are not currently
requiring that plans or PBMs report to
CMS the percentage of times when
beneficiary preference is/is not
considered and to track which
pharmacy the plan/PBM utilizes to
override patient preference, we will reevaluate this policy in the future if it
becomes problematic. Therefore, we
will closely monitor to make sure plans
are not inappropriately choosing to not
accept beneficiary preferences, in order
to ensure efficient operation of the
program and prevention of excessive
administrative burden.
While we received no comments
specific to beneficiary appeal rights
when the plan’s selection of pharmacies
or prescribers for lock-in are not aligned
with the beneficiary’s submitted
preferences, we remind plans that the
statute at § 1860D–2(c)(5)(E) specifically
states that the selection of pharmacy or
prescriber for lock-in is subject to
appeal. If a beneficiary complains about
being locked into a pharmacy or
prescriber that is not the one they
selected, such complaint must be
treated as an appeal. We address
beneficiary appeals rights later in this
preamble.
We are finalizing the following at
§ 423.153(f)(10) Exception to Beneficiary
Preferences, as proposed.
(3) Reasonable Access (§§ 423.100,
423.153(f)(11) 423.153(f)(12))
If a potential at-risk beneficiary or atrisk beneficiary does not submit
pharmacy or prescriber preferences,
section 1860–D–4(c)(5)(D)(i) of the Act
provides that the Part D sponsor shall
make the selection. Section 1860–D–
4(c)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act further provides
that, in making the selection, the
sponsor shall ensure that the beneficiary
continues to have reasonable access to
frequently abused drugs, taking into
account geographic location, beneficiary
preference, the beneficiary’s
predominant usage of prescriber or
pharmacy or both, impact on costsharing, and reasonable travel time. We
proposed § 423.153(f)(11) to codify these
statutory provisions.
Since the statute explicitly allows the
beneficiary to submit preferences, we
interpreted the additional reference to
beneficiary preference in the context of
reasonable access to mean that a
beneficiary allowable preference should
prevail over a sponsor’s evaluation of
geographic location, the beneficiary’s
predominant usage of a prescriber and/
or pharmacy impact on cost-sharing,
and reasonable travel time. In the
absence of a beneficiary preference for
pharmacy and/or prescriber, however, a
Part D plan sponsor must take into
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
account geographic location, the
beneficiary’s predominant usage of a
prescriber and/or pharmacy, impact on
cost-sharing, and reasonable time travel
in selecting a pharmacy and/or
prescriber, as applicable, from which
the at-risk beneficiary will have to
obtain frequently abused drugs under
the plan. Thus, absent a beneficiary’s
allowable preference or plan recognition
that the beneficiary’s selection will
contribute to prescription drug abuse or
drug diversion, we proposed that the
sponsor must ensure reasonable access
by choosing the network pharmacy or
prescriber that the beneficiary uses most
frequently unless the plan is a standalone PDP and the selection involves a
prescriber(s). In the latter case, the
prescriber will not be a network
provider, because such plans do not
have provider networks. In urgent
circumstances, we proposed that
reasonable access means the sponsor
must have reasonable policies and
procedures in place to ensure
beneficiary access to coverage of
frequently abused drugs without a delay
that may seriously jeopardize the life or
health of the beneficiary or the
beneficiary’s ability to regain maximum
function. We stated that determining
reasonable access may be complicated
when an enrollee has multiple
addresses or his or her health care
necessitates obtaining frequently abused
drugs from more than one prescriber
and/or more than one pharmacy.
Sections 1860D–4(c)(5)(D)(ii)(I) and (II)
address this issue by requiring the Part
D plan sponsor to select more than one
prescriber to prescribe frequently
abused drugs and more than one
pharmacy to dispense them, as
applicable, when it reasonably
determines it is necessary to do so to
provide the at-risk beneficiary with
reasonable access, which we proposed
to codify at § 423.153(f)(12). To address
chain pharmacies and group practices,
we proposed that in the case of a group
practice, all prescribers of the group
practice shall be treated as one
prescriber and all locations of a
pharmacy that share real-time electronic
data should be treated as one pharmacy.
We proposed to interpret these
provisions to mean that a sponsor will
be required to select more than one
prescriber of frequently abused drugs, if
more than one prescriber has asserted
during case management that multiple
prescribers of frequently abused drugs
are medically necessary for the at-risk
beneficiary.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A commenter noted that
the reasonable access provisions did not
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
allow for situations where a patient who
is locked-in is hospitalized or develops
a new medical condition that requires
they see a new physician, and that CMS
should consider providing additional
flexibility in such unexpected or
unplanned situations.
Response: We note that drugs
dispensed during a hospitalization are
covered under the Medicare Part A
benefit. Aside from that, plans are
required to provide reasonable access to
at-risk beneficiaries in their drug
management programs under proposed
§ 423.153(f)(11). Proposed
§ 423.153(f)(12) requires a Part D plan
sponsor to select more than one
prescriber to prescribe frequently
abused drugs when it reasonably
determines it is necessary to do so to
provide the at-risk beneficiary with
reasonable access. To the extent that a
new health condition necessitates an atrisk beneficiary to change providers
who prescribe frequently abused drugs
rather than see more than one, the
beneficiary can submit a new prescriber
preference, as discussed earlier.
With respect to a hospital emergency
room visit, for example, we stated that
in urgent circumstances, proposed
§ 423.153(f)(11) requires a Part D
sponsor to ensure an at-risk beneficiary
has reasonable access in the case of
emergency services, which we stated
means that the sponsor must have
reasonable policies and procedures in
place to ensure beneficiary access to
coverage of frequently abused drugs
without a delay that may seriously
jeopardize the life or health of the
beneficiary or the beneficiary’s ability to
regain maximum function. Thus, we
believe § 423.153(f)(11) and (12) address
the commenter’s concerns.
Comment: We received a comment
requesting that group practices be
permitted to designate one or more
prescribers when a plan sponsor intends
to limit a beneficiary’s access to
coverage of frequently abused drugs to
a selected prescriber or prescribers at a
group practice, and permit the group
practice to modify such designation
from time to time. The commenter
stated that this requirement should
apply whether or not the prescribers at
the group practice are all associated
with the same single Tax Identification
Number (TIN).
Response: Under the provision we
proposed and are finalizing, all
prescribers of a group practice are
treated as one prescriber. A TIN is a
mechanism that can assist Part D
sponsors in identifying group practices,
but as discussed earlier in the preamble,
case management can also reveal the
existence of a group practice that is
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16471
prescribing frequently abused drugs to a
beneficiary.
Comment: We received several
comments that recommended that CMS
re-evaluate its policy for determining
chain pharmacies, as identification of
which pharmacies share real-time data
may be difficult in many situations,
noting that sponsors do not have an
effective way to manage such
arrangements, and PBMs do not have
the systems capabilities to discern if
their systems are integrated and
interchangeable. A commenter stated
support for CMS’ proposal as it relates
to chain pharmacies, but noted that
managing this option will be
challenging absent additional
instructions from CMS.
Response: Section 1860D–
4(c)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act states that with
respect to a pharmacy that has multiple
locations that share real-time electronic
data, all such locations of the pharmacy
shall collectively be treated as one
pharmacy for purposes of an at-risk
beneficiary’s selection of pharmacies.
Until such pharmacies can be
determined through data, sponsors with
drug management programs will have to
ascertain such pharmacies through the
case management and beneficiary
notification processes. We therefore are
finalizing this provision as proposed.
Earlier in the preamble in responding
to comments about prescriber
agreement, we stated that in the case of
prescriber lock-in, if a prescriber who
has not agreed to this limitation insists
that he or she must be able to continue
to prescribe frequently abused drugs for
the beneficiary, a plan sponsor may
need to offer to lock-in the at-risk
beneficiary to more than one prescriber
to ensure reasonable access pursuant to
§ 423.153(f)(12), for example, if the
beneficiary has been obtaining opioids
from one prescriber and
benzodiazepines from another. Thus, we
point out that in finalizing the drug
management program regulations, we
are not interpreting the reasonable
access provisions to require a sponsor to
select more than one prescriber, if more
than one prescriber has asserted during
case management that multiple
prescribers of frequently abused drugs
are medically necessary for the at-risk
beneficiary but only to consider it in the
context of the requirement to provide
reasonable access. This should also be
the sponsor’s approach when a
beneficiary submits a preference for
more than one prescriber and/or more
than one pharmacy as his or her
preference.
Also earlier in this preamble, we
stated that an IHS pharmacy or provider
may be the selected pharmacy or
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16472
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
prescriber for at-risk beneficiaries who
are entitled to fill prescriptions from
IHS, tribal, or Urban Indian (I/T/U)
organization pharmacies and receive
services through the IHS health system,
and that they may go to such a
pharmacy or prescriber pursuant to our
reasonable access requirement, even if
they are not in-network. Therefore, we
are adding language to § 423.153(f)(12)
to address situations when the sponsor
reasonably determines that the selection
of an out-of-network prescriber or
pharmacy is necessary to provide the
beneficiary with reasonable access. This
language also addresses our earlier
comment that a stand-alone PDP or
MA–PD does not have to accept a
beneficiary’s selection of a non-network
pharmacy or prescriber, except as
necessary to provide reasonable access.
Given the foregoing, we therefore
finalize as proposed the following at
§ 423.153(f)(11), with a modification to
include language that the sponsor must
ensure reasonable access by taking into
account ‘‘all relevant factors, including
but not limited to’’ and to renumber for
better clarity: Reasonable access. In
making the selections under paragraph
(f)(12) of this section, a Part D plan
sponsor must ensure that the beneficiary
continues to have reasonable access to
frequently abused drugs, taking into
account all relevant factors, including
but not limited to: (i) Geographic
location; (ii) Beneficiary preference; (iii)
The beneficiary’s predominant usage of
a prescriber or pharmacy or both; (iv)
The impact on cost-sharing; (v)
Reasonable travel time; (vi) Whether the
beneficiary has multiple residences;
(vii) Natural disasters and similar
situations; and (viii) The provision of
emergency services.
We are also finalizing with
modification for the addition of
language requiring the selection of an
out-of-network prescriber or pharmacy
if necessary at § 423.153(f)(12).
Paragraphs (f)(12)(i) and (ii) will specify
the following:
• A Part D plan sponsor must select,
as applicable—
++ One, or, if the sponsor reasonably
determines it necessary to provide the
beneficiary with reasonable access,
more than one, network prescriber who
is authorized to prescribe frequently
abused drugs for the beneficiary, unless
the plan is a stand-alone PDP, or the
selection of an out-of-network provider
is necessary; and
++ One, or, if the sponsor reasonably
determines it necessary to provide the
beneficiary with reasonable access,
more than one, network pharmacy that
may dispense such drugs to such
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
beneficiary, unless the selection of an
out-of-network pharmacy is necessary.
• For purposes of paragraph (f)(12) of
§ 423.153, in the case of a—
++ Pharmacy that has multiple
locations that share real-time electronic
data, all such locations of the pharmacy
shall collectively be treated as one
pharmacy; and
++ Group practice, all prescribers of
the group practice shall be treated as
one prescriber.
(4) Confirmation of Pharmacy and
Prescriber Selection (§ 423.153(f)(13))
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(D)(v) of the Act
requires that, before selecting a
prescriber or pharmacy, a Part D plan
sponsor must notify the prescriber and/
or pharmacy that the at-risk beneficiary
has been identified for inclusion in the
drug management program, which will
limit the beneficiary’s access to coverage
of frequently abused drugs to selected
pharmacy(ies) and/or prescriber(s) and
that the prescriber and/or pharmacy has
been selected as a designated prescriber
and/or pharmacy for the at-risk
beneficiary. We proposed
§ 423.153(f)(13) to codify this statutory
requirement.
We also proposed that plan sponsors
must obtain the network prescriber’s or
pharmacy’s confirmation that the
selection is accepted before conveying
this information to the at-risk
beneficiary, unless the prescriber or
pharmacy agreed in advance in its
network agreement to accept all such
selections and the agreement specifies
how the prescriber and pharmacy will
be notified of its selection. In these
cases, the network provider would agree
to forgo specific notification if selected
under a drug management program to
serve an at-risk beneficiary.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received a comment
that CMS should prohibit plan sponsors
from including in their provider
agreements any requirement that would
require a prescriber to confirm in
advance and forego specific
confirmation, if selected under a drug
management program to serve an at-risk
beneficiary.
Response: In light of this comment,
and given the fact that we are finalizing
a requirement for prescriber agreement
for prescriber lock-in, as discussed
earlier in the preamble, we believe the
appropriate approach is that the
required prescriber agreement during
case management satisfies the
requirement that the plan sponsor notify
the prescriber that the at-risk beneficiary
has been identified for inclusion in a
drug management program and the
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
prescriber has been selected as a
prescriber that the beneficiary will be
locked into for purposes of frequently
abused drugs. In our view, the process
of obtaining the prescriber agreement to
prescriber lock-in also serves as the
receipt of confirmation from the
prescriber, not to mention our
requirement that the sponsor make
reasonable efforts to provide the
prescriber with a copy of the beneficiary
notices that the sponsor must provide,
discussed earlier. Such an approach
reduces unnecessary repetition of
communication with prescribers.
For network pharmacies, this
approach means that the notification
that the at-risk beneficiary has been
identified for inclusion in a drug
management program and the pharmacy
has been selected as a pharmacy that the
beneficiary will be locked into for
purposes of frequently abused drugs and
the pharmacy’s confirmation can be
negotiated between the plan sponsor
and the pharmacy, and if not, the plan
sponsor must do so on a case-by-case
basis, which is also the case for out-ofnetwork prescribers and pharmacies.
Comment: A commenter proposed an
additional exception to the confirmation
requirement for plan sponsors that own
or operate their own pharmacies,
arguing that such confirmation would
be unnecessary given that the pharmacy
would already be confirmed, as part of
their integrated system.
Response: We are not persuaded that
an exception is needed in these
situations. If the pharmacy is a separate
legal entity from the plan sponsor, then
the contract could contain a blanket
agreement stating that the pharmacy
agrees to accept at-risk beneficiaries that
the plan sponsors locks into that
pharmacy, as we mentioned in the
proposed rule. If the pharmacy is the
same legal entity as the plan sponsor,
then notification is automatic, and no
further notification or contract language
would be necessary.
Based on the comments and our
responses, we are finalizing this
provision with modifications to state the
following regarding confirmation of
selections(s):
• Before selecting a prescriber or
pharmacy under this paragraph, a Part
D plan sponsor must notify the
prescriber or pharmacy, as applicable,
that the beneficiary has been identified
for inclusion in the drug management
program for at-risk beneficiaries and
that the prescriber or pharmacy or both
is(are) being selected as the beneficiary’s
designated prescriber or pharmacy or
both for frequently abused drugs. For
prescribers, this notification occurs
during case management as described in
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
paragraph (f)(2) or when the prescriber
provides agreement pursuant to
paragraph (f)(4)(i)(B).
• The sponsor must receive
confirmation from the prescriber(s) or
pharmacy(ies) or both, as applicable,
that the selection is accepted before
conveying this information to the at-risk
beneficiary, unless the pharmacy has
agreed in advance in a network
agreement with the sponsor to accept all
such selections and the agreement
specifies how the pharmacy will be
notified by the sponsor of its selection.
• A sponsor complies with
paragraphs (i) and (ii) as it pertains to
a prescriber by obtaining the
prescriber’s agreement pursuant to
§ 423.153(f)(4)(i)(B).
(ix) Drug Management Program Appeals
(§§ 423.558, 423.560, 423.562, 423.564,
423.580, 423.582, 423.584, 423.590,
423.602, 423.636, 423.638, 423.1970,
423.2018, 423.2020, 423.2022, 423.2032,
423.2036, 423.2038, 423.2046, 423.2056,
423.2062, 423.2122, and 423.2126)
Section 1860D–4(c)(5)(E) of the Act
specifies that the identification of an
individual as an at-risk beneficiary for
prescription drug abuse under a Part D
drug management program, a coverage
determination made under such a
program, the selection of a prescriber or
pharmacy, and information sharing for
subsequent plan enrollments shall be
subject to reconsideration and appeal
under section 1860D–4(h) of the Act.
This provision also permits the option
of an automatic escalation to external
review to the extent provided by the
Secretary.
As discussed earlier in this preamble,
we proposed to integrate the lock-in
provisions with existing Part D Opioid
DUR Policy/OMS. Determinations made
in accordance with any of those
processes, at § 423.153(f), and discussed
previously, are interrelated issues that
we collectively refer to as an ‘‘at-risk
determination.’’ In this final rule, we are
adding a definition of at-risk
determination at § 423.560 to describe a
decision made under a plan sponsor’s
drug management program in
accordance with § 423.153(f) that
involves the identification of an
individual as an at-risk beneficiary for
prescription drug abuse; a limitation, or
the continuation of a limitation, on an
at-risk beneficiary’s access to coverage
of frequently abused drugs (that is, a
beneficiary specific point-of-sale edit
the selection of a prescriber and/or
pharmacy and implementation of lockin); and information sharing for
subsequent plan enrollments.
We proposed that at-risk
determinations made under the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
processes at § 423.153(f) be adjudicated
under the existing Part D benefit appeals
process and timeframes set forth in
Subpart M. Consistent with the existing
Part D benefit appeals process, we
proposed that at-risk beneficiaries (or an
at-risk beneficiary’s prescriber, on
behalf of the at-risk beneficiary) must
affirmatively request IRE review of
adverse plan level appeal decisions
made under a plan sponsor’s drug
management program. We also proposed
to amend the existing Subpart M rules
at § 423.584 and § 423.600 related to
obtaining an expedited redetermination
and IRE reconsideration, respectively, to
apply them to appeals of an at-risk
determination made under a drug
management program. While we did not
propose to adopt auto-escalation, the
proposed approach ensures that an atrisk beneficiary has the right to obtain
IRE review and higher levels of appeal
(ALJ/attorney adjudicator, Council, and
judicial review). Accordingly, we also
proposed to add the reference to an ‘‘atrisk determination’’ to the following
regulatory provisions that govern ALJ
and Council processes: §§ 423.2018,
423.2020, 423.2022, 423.2032, 423.2036,
423.2038, 423.2046, 423.2056, 423.2062,
423.2122, and 423.2126.
Finally, we also proposed a change to
§ 423.1970(b) to address the calculation
of the amount in controversy (AIC) for
an ALJ hearing in cases involving at-risk
determinations made under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f).
In addition to the changes related to
the implementation of drug
management program appeals, we also
proposed to make technical changes to
§ 423.562(a)(1)(ii) to remove the comma
after ‘‘includes’’ and replace the
reference to ‘‘§§ 423.128(b)(7) and
(d)(1)(iii)’’ with a reference to
‘‘§§ 423.128(b)(7) and (d)(1)(iv).’’
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: A few commenters strongly
objected to beneficiaries not having
appeal rights during their designation as
‘‘potential’’ at-risk beneficiaries at the
time the initial notice is received from
the plan sponsor.
Response: As we noted in the
proposed rule, when a beneficiary is
identified as being potentially at-risk,
but has not yet been definitively
identified as at-risk, the plan is not
taking any action to limit such
beneficiary’s access to frequently abused
drugs. Because the plan sponsor has not
taken any action to limit a beneficiary’s
access at this point in the process, the
situation is not ripe for appeal. We
proposed that a beneficiary will have
the right to appeal a determination
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16473
made under a plan sponsor’s drug
management program when the
beneficiary receives the second notice
explaining that access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs will be limited.
We believe the intent of the statute is to
confer appeal rights to beneficiaries at
the point in the process at which a
beneficiary is notified that access will
be limited and provide an explanation
of the restrictions that will be applied
under the drug management program.
As discussed earlier in this preamble,
the proposed 90 day maximum
timeframe for the plan sponsor to send
the second or alternate second notice is
being reduced to 60 days under this
final rule. Specifically, the second or
alternate second notice is to be provided
to the beneficiary no more than the
earlier of the date the sponsor makes the
relevant determination or 60 days after
the date of the initial notice. This 60 day
period may be used by a plan sponsor
to process information received from
beneficiaries or communicate with
prescribers who may have been
unresponsive prior to receiving a copy
of the initial notice the plan provided to
the beneficiary. As we also previously
noted in this preamble, we do not
expect plans to routinely take the
maximum amount of time to issue the
second notice, and note that the plan
must send it sooner if they make the
relevant determination sooner.
Reducing this period between the initial
notice and the second or alternate
second notice to a maximum of 60 days
balances plan sponsors’ need for time to
process information from beneficiaries
and prescribers, if applicable, with
providing timely notice to beneficiaries.
Comment: Several commenters
encouraged CMS to make the appeals
process regarding lock-in as simple as
possible for beneficiaries to ensure that
those who need particular drugs are able
to access them. These commenters
suggested that CMS implement all of the
protections of CARA, including
automatic escalation to independent
review. Several commenters do not
agree with CMS’ interpretation of the
CARA language on appealing lock-in
and believe automatic escalation to the
IRE would ensure beneficiary due
process and access to needed
prescription drugs. These commenters
strongly oppose the use of the existing
Part D appeals process for appeals of atrisk status or other consequences of
drug management, and view the process
as a significant barrier that will increase
the timeframe for the lock-in appeals
process. Commenters expressed
concerns regarding case management
and physician agreement as additional
hurdles for beneficiaries who are not at-
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16474
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
risk, in addition to plan compliance
with the current requirements for timely
appeals. A few commenters stated that
CARA contemplates a more streamlined
process that is easier for beneficiaries to
navigate and that automatic escalation
would allow for improved tracking and
monitoring of the scope and impact of
the lock-in program, in addition to
providing more uniform decision
making across various plan programs. A
commenter suggested that CMS conduct
analysis to determine which option
would prevent or reduce bias against
beneficiaries, as well as minimize the
timeframe by which the review process
occurs, and upon implementation
closely monitor the decisions of at-risk
status to ensure decisions are made in
the best interest of the beneficiary. A
commenter recommended a separate
appeals process that is similar to the
grievance process.
Response: We agree with commenters
that the appeals process for enrollees
identified as at-risk should be as easy to
navigate as possible. As we noted in the
proposed rule, Part D enrollees, plan
sponsors, and other stakeholders are
already familiar with the Part D benefit
appeals process. Resolving disputes that
arise under a plan sponsor’s drug
management program within the
existing Part D benefit appeals process
is not only required by statute, but will
allow at-risk beneficiaries to be more
familiar with, and more easily access,
the appeals process as opposed to
creating a new process specific to
appeals related to a drug management
program. Since the statute specifically
refers to section 1860D–4(h) of the Act
and the process we proposed is
consistent with the existing appeals
process, we disagree with the comment
that further analysis of options is
necessary to ‘‘prevent or reduce bias
against beneficiaries.’’ As we noted in
the proposed rule, affording a plan
sponsor the opportunity to review its
initial determination may result in
resolution of the disputed issues at a
lower level of review and obviate the
need for further appeal of the issues to
the Part D IRE which, in turn, will
minimize the time for reviewing and
resolving disputes. With respect to the
monitoring of plan sponsors’ at-risk
decisions, appeal decisions involving atrisk status will be subject to review
under existing plan sponsor audit
processes. We do not believe that a
process similar to the existing grievance
process, as recommended by a
commenter, would comport with the
statute, which requires the use of the
existing appeals process. However,
potential at-risk and at-risk beneficiaries
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
retain their existing right to file a
grievance with the plan if they have
complaints about the prescription drug
management program.
With respect to the comment on case
management and physician
involvement, these are key components
to drug management programs and we
disagree that these components create
additional hurdles for beneficiaries
within the appeals process. In fact, we
believe that the extensive case
management we expect to be performed
under plan sponsors’ drug management
programs, including ongoing
communications among the plan
sponsor, enrollee, prescriber(s) and
pharmacy, will result in a relatively low
volume of appeals under these
programs. In addition, the appeals that
are processed will be informed by the
case management conducted by the plan
sponsor and the involvement of the
physician.
Comment: Many commenters agreed
with the proposal to utilize the existing
Part D appeals process for at-risk
beneficiaries, including not requiring
automatic escalation for external review.
These commenters believed that use of
the existing process is the simplest and
most administratively efficient
approach, as it is familiar to
beneficiaries, plan sponsors, and other
stakeholders. These commenters also
believed that plan sponsors should have
the opportunity to review additional
information and potentially adjust their
initial decision before the case is
reviewed by the IRE.
Response: We thank the commenters
for expressing support for use of the
existing Part D benefit appeals process
for beneficiaries identified as at-risk
under a plan sponsor’s drug
management program. In addition to
comporting with the statutory
requirement, we agree with the
commenters that use of the existing
appeals process is the most
administratively efficient approach and
will result in better outcomes for at-risk
beneficiaries. Not only is the existing
appeals process familiar to enrollees,
plans, and the IRE, but it allows a plan
sponsor the opportunity to review
information it used to make an at-risk
determination under its drug
management program (and any
additional relevant information
submitted as part of the appeal),
promotes the resolution of issues at a
lower level of administrative review and
potentially reduces the need for the
beneficiary to further appeal the issues
in dispute. However, if the matter is not
resolved by the plan sponsor at the
redetermination level, an at-risk
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
beneficiary will have the right to seek
review by the Part D IRE.
Comment: With respect to the
calculation of the amount in controversy
(AIC) for an ALJ hearing or judicial
review, a commenter expressed support
for using a formula based on the value
of any refills for frequently abused drugs
to calculate the AIC, noting that it will
provide a greater probability for higher
review, benefiting both the plan and the
beneficiary.
Response: We thank the commenter
for expressing support for the proposal
related to calculation of the AIC at
§ 423.1970(b)(2) for disputes related to
identification as an at-risk beneficiary
under a plan sponsor’s drug
management program.
Comment: A few commenters
requested clarification as to whether the
beneficiary Notice of Appeal Rights
(reject code 569), which triggers a
pharmacy to provide the beneficiary
with the standardized pharmacy notice,
Prescription Drug Coverage and Your
Rights (CMS–10147), should accompany
any POS claim rejections regarding
prescriber or pharmacy lock-in or
beneficiary-specific POS edits.
Commenters recommended that the
CMS–10147 not be provided to
beneficiaries when a claim rejects at
POS due to issues under a plan
sponsor’s drug management program.
Response: We agree with the
commenters that a POS claim rejection
as a result of a restriction imposed
under a plan sponsor’s drug
management program should not trigger
delivery of the standardized pharmacy
notice (CMS–10147). The pharmacy
notice informs a beneficiary to contact
his or her Part D plan to request a
coverage determination. As discussed
above in this final rule, a determination
under a plan sponsor’s drug
management program is not a coverage
determination as defined at § 423.566.
Instead, a determination made under a
drug management program is governed
by the provisions proposed at
§ 423.153(f) related to at-risk
determinations. If a beneficiary
disagrees with a decision made under
§ 423.153(f), the beneficiary has the
right to appeal such decision. The atrisk beneficiary will be notified of this
appeal right pursuant to the notice
described at § 423.153(f)(6).
Comment: Several commenters
requested clarification that when a
beneficiary appeals their coverage
limitation under the drug management
program, that the request should be
processed as a redetermination and not
as a coverage determination. A few
commenters requested clarification as to
whether or not the POS edit or a lock-
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
in would be a coverage determination.
Commenters asked if Chapter 18 of the
Prescription Drug Benefit Manual would
apply, and if so, noted that CMS should
release proposed changes to the
guidance for comment. Commenters
inquired about how the CARA
provisions would impact the coverage
determination and redetermination
processes, including approval and
denial language used by plan sponsors.
A commenter stated that they do not
believe that these are coverage
determinations because they involve
access issues and being treated as such
would pose system, policy, and process
challenges. This commenter also asked
for clarification on how this process
would impact the appeals auto-forward
star measure if treated as a coverage
determination.
Response: We did not propose to
change the current definition of a
coverage determination at § 423.566. As
we stated in the proposed rule, the types
of decisions made under a drug
management program align more closely
with the regulatory provisions in
Subpart D than with the provisions in
Subpart M. We believe it is clearer to set
forth the rules for at-risk determinations
as part of § 423.153 and cross reference
§ 423.153(f) in relevant appeals
provisions in Subpart M and Subpart U.
The types of initial determinations
made under a drug management
program (for example, a restriction on
the at-risk beneficiary’s access to
coverage of frequently abused drugs to
those that are prescribed for the
beneficiary by one or more prescribers)
will be subject to the processes
proposed at § 423.153(f).
What we did propose is that at-risk
determinations made under the
processes at § 423.153(f) be adjudicated
under the existing Part D benefit appeals
process and timeframes set forth in
Subpart M. Thus, we agree with these
commenters that a determination made
under a drug sponsor’s drug
management program should not be
considered a coverage determination as
defined at § 423.566. If a beneficiary has
a dispute related to a determination
under the processes set forth at
§ 423.153(f), the beneficiary has the
right to request a redetermination and
potentially higher levels of appeal.
Therefore, drug management program
disputes are subject to the appeals
provisions in Subpart M and Subpart U
of the regulations and the guidance in
Chapter 18 of the Prescription Drug
Benefit Manual also applies. Disputes
under a plan sponsor’s drug
management program will be
adjudicated under the existing appeals
process and the regulatory timeframes
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
will apply. The manual guidance will be
updated, as necessary, to reflect any
changes relevant to drug management
program disputes. With respect to the
redetermination notice, plan sponsors
may use CMS’ model redetermination
notice (with modifications) or develop
their own notice for informing an
enrollee of the outcome of the appeal.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested that these appeals be limited
to the beneficiary-level edit, the selected
pharmacy or the prescriber, and not the
underlying criteria for identification and
guidance. Commenters noted that the
appeal should be limited to the issue of
whether the beneficiary is an
appropriate candidate for lock-in, and
not have any other scope. A commenter
stated that the appeal should not relate
to whether the plan may impose prior
authorization or other utilization
management restrictions on certain
prescriptions. Rather, according to the
commenter, beneficiary appeals should
be limited to compliance with internal
program criteria and CMS guidance,
rather than allowing beneficiaries to
challenge the underlying criteria. A
commenter asked that CMS clarify how
to effectuate a redetermination that
requires the reversal of one limit, but
other limits remain (for example, a
formulary restriction and lock-in), and
which limit takes priority. This
commenter stated that beneficiaries
would have to receive decision notices
explaining that because of the remaining
limits, their drug access will continue to
be limited. Another commenter
requested guidance on whether to
handle a dispute involving beneficiaryspecific POS claim edit and a dispute
about a pharmacy or prescriber selection
under the same appeal, or the POS edit
as a coverage determination and the
lock-in as an appeal.
Response: As explained above, the
statute explicitly states that one of the
issues that can be appealed is the
identification as an at-risk beneficiary
for prescription drug abuse under a Part
D drug management program. With
respect to the comment that an enrollee
not be permitted to challenge the
‘‘underlying criteria,’’ we interpret this
to mean a plan sponsor’s clinical
guidelines used to identify potential atrisk beneficiaries. We believe that a
beneficiary disputing his or her at-risk
determination will inherently be
arguing that the plan’s criteria for
identifying at-risk beneficiaries do not
apply to his or her particular
circumstances. In addition to the at-risk
determination, an enrollee has the right
under the statute to appeal the selection
of a prescriber or pharmacy as well as
a coverage determination made under a
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16475
plan sponsor’s drug management
program. As previously noted,
determinations made under the
processes at § 423.153(f) will be
adjudicated under the existing Part D
benefit appeals process. Such
determinations include limitation on
access to coverage for frequently abused
drugs, including a POS claim edit for
frequently abused drugs that is specific
to an at-risk beneficiary and a limit on
an at-risk beneficiary’s access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs to
those that are prescribed by one or more
prescribers or dispensed to the
beneficiary by one or more network
pharmacies. As also previously noted,
we did not propose to revise the existing
definition of a coverage determination.
In addition to a determination made
under the processes at § 423.153(f), a
coverage determination, including an
exception, is also subject to appeal. For
example, if an enrollee does not dispute
a POS edit for a quantity limit on a drug
within 60 days of the date of the second
notice pursuant to § 423.153(f)(6) but
later requests an exception to the
quantity limit and that request is denied
by the plan sponsor, the enrollee has the
right to appeal the denial of the
exception request. While the enrollee
always has the right to request a
coverage determination, changes to
previously imposed limitations can also
be implemented through ongoing case
management and a new determination
under the processes at § 423.153(f).
As noted earlier, a commenter asked
whether a dispute regarding pharmacy
or prescriber selection for purposes of
lock-in and a dispute related to a
beneficiary specific POS claim edit
should be processed as the same appeal.
If a beneficiary’s request for an appeal
raises multiple issues related to the
limitations imposed on the beneficiary
under a drug management program, the
plan sponsor must address each issue as
part of the appeal. For example, if the
beneficiary’s appeal request includes a
dispute related to pharmacy selection
and a POS edit, the adjudication and
disposition of the appeal would involve
both issues. All disputes raised in the
enrollee’s appeal request that arise
under a plan’s drug management
program will be adjudicated as a single
case. Assuming the request is filed
timely, an enrollee could later appeal
another limitation imposed under the
drug management program, such as the
selection of a prescriber, and the
adjudication and disposition of that
appeal would relate to prescriber
selection for purposes of lock-in and be
considered separate and distinct from
any previous or pending appeal
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16476
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
requests. An appeal request must be
filed within 60 calendar days from the
date of the notice that explains the
limitations imposed under the drug
management program (unless there is
good cause for late filing of the appeal).
In addition to appealing determinations
made under the processes at § 423.153(f)
that limit a beneficiary’s access, a
beneficiary who is subject to a Part D
plan sponsor’s drug management
program always retains the right to
request a coverage determination under
existing § 423.566 for any Part D drug
that the beneficiary believes may be
covered by their plan.
With respect to effectuation of a
redetermination of an at-risk
determination, we agree with the
commenter that the redetermination
notice should clearly explain which
aspect of the program is changing (for
example, change in pharmacy lock-in)
and which restrictions remain
unchanged and will continue to apply
to the beneficiary. We would like to
clarify that all changes must be
effectuated pursuant to the effectuation
rules at § 423.636 and § 423.638; in
other words, one change does not take
‘‘priority’’ over another applicable
change with respect to effectuation. For
example, if the outcome of a standard
redetermination related to pharmacy
and prescriber lock-in is a change to the
pharmacy and the prescriber(s) an atrisk enrollee must use, the plan sponsor
must implement both of those changes
concurrently and as expeditiously as the
enrollee’s health condition requires, but
no later than 7 calendar days from the
date the plan sponsor receives the
redetermination request.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested that CMS confirm that a
beneficiary should not continue to
receive inappropriate fills of opioids
during the appeals process.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their request for confirmation that a
beneficiary who has been identified as
at-risk, has received the second notice,
and has requested an appeal should not
continue to receive ‘‘inappropriate fills’’
of opioids during the appeals process.
We are interpreting ‘‘inappropriate fills’’
to mean a fill that does not comport
with the specific restrictions placed on
the at-risk beneficiary (for example,
pharmacy lock-in). Once the beneficiary
has been notified via the second notice
of applicable restrictions, there should
be no additional fills of any of the
drug(s) subject to the drug management
program that do not satisfy the
parameters of the program established
for the at-risk beneficiary, unless those
restrictions are later modified through
the appeals process.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Comment: A commenter asked that
CMS clarify whether these appeals are
required to be handled based on the
timeframes for a request for benefit or a
request for payment, and whether or not
these are subject to the expedited
timeframes.
Response: As noted in the proposed
rule, at-risk determinations made under
the processes at § 423.153(f) would be
adjudicated under the existing Part D
benefit appeals process and timeframes
set forth in Subpart M and Subpart U.
As such, at-risk determinations will be
subject to the benefit request timeframes
set forth at § 423.590(a). We also
proposed to amend the existing Subpart
M rules at § 423.584 and § 423.600
related to obtaining an expedited
redetermination and IRE
reconsideration, respectively, to apply
them to appeals of a determination
made under a drug management
program. Consistent with existing rules,
the beneficiary must meet the
requirements set forth in regulation in
order to obtain an expedited review of
their at-risk determination.
Comment: In the case of a beneficiary
appealing the Part D plan sponsor’s
initial selection of a prescriber or
pharmacy, a commenter requested
clarification whether the plan sponsor
must obtain confirmation of acceptance
from the new prescriber and/or
pharmacy the beneficiary has selected
as part of the appeal and whether this
confirmation needs to be made within
the appeals timeframes. This commenter
expressed concern with obtaining such
confirmation within the short window
for adjudicating the case.
Response: While we appreciate the
commenter’s concern regarding the
timeframe for making a decision, we
believe that the current timeframes
afford the plan sponsor sufficient time
to obtain confirmation from a prescriber
and/or pharmacy that they have
accepted the beneficiary’s selection for
lock-in. Under the current Part D benefit
appeals process, plan sponsors are
required to obtain similar information
from prescribers and we believe that
appeals of at-risk determinations should
not be materially different from the
outreach plans conduct as part of the
coverage determination, exceptions, and
benefits appeals process. Please refer to
the discussion regarding confirmation of
pharmacy and prescriber selection
earlier in this preamble.
Comment: A few commenters
requested clarification as to whether or
not plans would be permitted to
terminate exceptions or implement
temporary exceptions, in consultation
with the prescriber, prior to the end of
a plan year due to opioid case
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
management and, if so, what prior
notice requirements will apply.
Response: Consistent with existing
rules for the exceptions process at
§ 423.578(c), if a drug is found to no
longer be safe for the enrollee, then a
previously approved exception request
could be terminated prior to the end of
the plan year. This would include if the
plan determines that the previously
approved exception is no longer safe as
part of an at-risk determination or
ongoing case management under its
drug management program. A
determination made by a plan sponsor
under the processes at § 423.153(f) is
subject to appeal. For example, if a
determination is made under a plan
sponsor’s drug management program to
implement a beneficiary-specific POS
claim edit for a drug, the beneficiary
will be notified of that decision per the
provisions at § 423.153(f)(6) and the
decision may be appealed. If the
beneficiary does not appeal the decision
within 60 calendar days from the date
of the notice that explains the
limitations the plan sponsor is placing
on the beneficiary’s access to coverage
for frequently abused drugs, the
beneficiary retains the right to request a
coverage determination related to a
beneficiary-specific POS edit at any
time. And, as stated above, changes to
previously imposed limitations can also
be implemented through ongoing case
management and a new determination
under the processes at § 423.153(f).
Comment: A few commenters
expressed concern regarding the lack of
any proposed review criteria that would
be used by plans to evaluate these
appeals based on the at-risk
determination. Commenters stated that
appeal requests for opioid restrictions
do not fit in any existing utilization
management criteria (for example
formulary and tiering exceptions
criteria) and request additional guidance
from CMS. These commenters are
concerned that if the beneficiary appeals
the limitation beyond the plan, the IRE
or ALJ/attorney adjudicator will likely
review these restrictions similar to a
formulary or tiering exception and not
based on the at-risk determination. A
commenter indicated that this type of
review may have an adverse impact on
plans’ D03 STARS Ratings, and if
approved, an exception must be
effectuated through the end of the plan
year, which could remove the enrollee
from case management for the rest of the
year even if they meet the criteria for
such.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ concerns. If the case goes
to the IRE, or higher levels of appeal, the
administrative case file assembled by
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the plan sponsor will contain the
relevant information needed by the
adjudicator to make an informed
decision, such as information used by
the plan sponsor to determine at-risk
status, a description of the case
management the plan has performed
and the beneficiary’s preference with
respect to prescriber or pharmacy lockin. We believe the regulations,
applicable manual guidance, the plan
sponsor’s review criteria and case
management notes on the access
limitations that apply to the enrollee
(which would be included in the
administrative case file) will be
sufficient for an adjudicator to review
an appeal. With respect to the comment
on an approved exception, please refer
to the introductory section on drug
management programs earlier in this
preamble for a discussion of
determinations where continuing an
approved exception is no longer
appropriate.
Comment: With respect to the
handling and reporting of appeals, a few
commenters expressed concerns
regarding the negative impact choosing
to implement the lock-in procedures
could potentially have on a plan. A
commenter noted that opioid restriction
reviews are not represented in their
reporting and there are no allowable
values in the audit universes that would
designate a case as an opioid restriction.
As a result, the commenter believes that
if an approved exception is terminated
prior to the end of the plan year, this
could be detected on audit and the plan
sponsor may be found to be noncompliant with exception processing
requirements.
Response: If a plan sponsor makes a
determination under its drug
management program per the processes
at § 423.153(f) that results in a finding
that a drug previously approved through
the exception process is found to no
longer be safe for treating the
beneficiary’s disease or medical
condition, the previously approved
exception can be terminated prior to the
end of the plan year. With respect to the
commenter’s concern about such a case
being reviewed on audit, the plan
sponsor would not be subject to a
finding of non-compliance for having
terminated a previously authorized
exception if such termination is
consistent with a clinically appropriate
determination made under the plan
sponsor’s drug management program.
Comment: A few commenters
encourage CMS to communicate appealrelated information and requirements in
a clear, concise, and consistent manner
to beneficiaries, the IRE, and plan
sponsors to support a uniform
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
understanding of the agency’s rules and
related expectations. A commenter
stated that beneficiaries are not always
aware of their exceptions and appeal
rights and many do not understand how
the process works. This commenter
expressed concern that there may be a
lack of transparency in the appeals
process or excessive administrative
burden for the beneficiary and provider,
which may extend to those who may be
inappropriately identified as at-risk and
subject to unnecessary access
restrictions to needed medications.
Response: We agree with the
commenters that appeals-related
information and requirements should be
communicated in a clear, concise, and
consistent manner to beneficiaries, Part
D plan sponsors, and the IRE. We will
continue to update existing materials
and develop new CARA related
communications, such as the first and
second notices described elsewhere in
this final rule, with these goals in mind.
After consideration of these
comments, we are finalizing with
modifications the provisions on CARA
appeals with two clarifying changes.
First, in this final rule, we are including
a definition of at-risk determination to
§ 423.560 to clarify the types of actions
made under the processes at § 423.153(f)
that are subject to appeal. In addition to
coverage determinations made under a
drug management program, an enrollee
has the right to appeal the identification
as an at-risk beneficiary for prescription
drug abuse; a beneficiary specific pointof-sale (POS) edit; the selection of a
prescriber or pharmacy for purposes of
lock-in; and information sharing for
subsequent plan enrollments. Second,
proposed new paragraph (a)(1)(v) at
§ 423.562 has been revised to clarify that
determinations made in accordance
with the processes at § 423.153(f) are
collectively referred to as an at-risk
determination as defined at § 423.560.
Finally, we did not receive comments
on the technical changes to
§ 423.562(a)(1)(ii) and we are finalizing
those changes as proposed.
(x) Termination of a Beneficiary’s
Potential At-Risk or At-Risk Status
(§ 423.153(f)(14))
Section 1860–D–4(c)(5)(F) of the Act
provides that the Secretary shall
develop standards for the termination of
the identification of an individual as an
at-risk beneficiary, which shall be the
earlier of the date the individual
demonstrates that he or she is no longer
likely to be an at-risk beneficiary in the
absence of limitations, or the end of
such maximum period as the Secretary
may specify.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16477
We proposed a maximum 12-month
period for both a lock-in period, and
also for the duration of a beneficiaryspecific POS claim edit for frequently
abused drugs. However, we also noted
that if the sponsor implements an
additional, overlapping limitation on
the at-risk beneficiary’s access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs,
the beneficiary may experience a
coverage limitation beyond 12-months.
The same is true for at-risk beneficiaries
who were identified as such in the most
recent prescription drug plan in which
they were enrolled and the sponsor of
their subsequent plan immediately
implements a limitation on coverage of
frequently abused drugs.
Section 1860–D–4(c)(5)(F)(ii) of the
Act states that nothing in CARA shall be
construed as preventing a plan from
identifying an individual as an at-risk
beneficiary after such termination on
the basis of additional information on
drug use occurring after the date of
notice of such termination. Accordingly,
termination of an at-risk determination
will not prevent an at-risk beneficiary
from being subsequently identified as a
potential at-risk beneficiary and an atrisk beneficiary on the basis of new
information on drug use occurring after
the date of such termination that causes
the beneficiary to once again meet the
clinical guidelines.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: We received widespread
comments that suggested that a
maximum 12-month lock-in period was
arbitrary, and that automatic
termination of a beneficiary’s at-risk
status after 12 months threatens
beneficiary safety. Commenters
suggested that termination of such
programs should be based on the needs
of the beneficiary following a clinical
assessment, and that an arbitrary time
limit assumes without any clinical
justification that he or she is no longer
at-risk for drug abuse after 12 months.
Following this period, many
commenters also recommended plan
sponsors should be permitted to
conduct a review of the beneficiary’s atrisk status at the expiration of the first
12 months whether a beneficiary is
determined at-risk, and if so, implement
a termination after an additional 12
months, for 24 months total. While very
few commenters supported the 12month limitation timeframe, they did
not provide rationale for their support.
Response: We disagree with
commenters that the 12-month period
lock-in period we proposed is arbitrary.
As we noted in the proposed rule,
during the Stakeholder Listening
Session on CARA held in November
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16478
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
2016, most commenters recommended a
maximum 12-month period for lock-in.
We also noted that a 12-month lock-in
period is common in Medicaid lock-in
programs.16 Additionally, Section
1860D–4(c)(5)(F) grants the Secretary
the authority to establish a maximum
limitation period, and we choose to
exercise said authority.
CMS was, however, persuaded that a
12-month limitation maximum might be
too short to ensure for beneficiary safety
in some instances, and a longer
limitation on access to coverage for
frequently abuse drugs might be needed
in such cases. We also re-reviewed
limitation periods in Medicaid lock-in
programs, and found that another very
common lock-in period is 24 months.
An additional prevalent trend for
Medicaid lock-in periods is the ability
to extend the lock-in period based on a
review of appropriateness of
continuance of lock-in.17 This trend
aligned very closely with the many
commenters who suggested a 24-month
limitation period, and/or the ability of
the plan sponsor to extend the
limitation as a result of a clinical
assessment. As a compromise between
these two options, CMS is finalizing an
initial 12-month limitation period as
proposed, but with ability modification
allowing for the sponsor to extend the
limitation for up to an additional 12
months. This extension will be
dependent upon a clinical assessment
whether the beneficiary demonstrates
that they are no longer likely, in the
absence of the limitation(s) the plan
sponsor has placed on their access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs, to
be an at-risk beneficiary for prescription
drug abuse at the conclusion of the
initial 12 months of the limitation.
Thus, the maximum limitation period
will be 24 months.
Based on the provisions discussed
earlier regarding when prescriber
agreement is required, we believe the
plan sponsor must, as part of the
required clinical assessment, obtain
prescriber agreement to extend a
prescriber lock-in beyond the initial 12
months. Prescriber agreement will also
be required with respect to extending
beneficiary-specific POS edits.
However, as with the initial POS edit,
one can be extended without prescriber
agreement if no prescriber is responsive.
Also, the plan sponsor will be required
16 Medicaid Drug Utilization Review State
Comparison/Summary Report FFY 2015 Annual
Report: Prescription Drug Fee-For Service Program
(December 2016).
17 Medicaid Drug Utilization Review State
Comparison/Summary Report FFY 2016 Annual
Report: Prescription Drug Fee-For Service Program
(October 2017).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
to send the at-risk beneficiary another
second notice, indicating that the
limitation is being extended, and that
they continue to be considered as an atrisk beneficiary. Aside from the required
prescriber agreement just described, a
plan sponsor will have discretion as to
how they clinically assess whether an
at-risk beneficiary’s demonstrates
whether they are no longer likely to be
an at-risk beneficiary for prescription
drug abuse in the absence of limitation
at the conclusion of the initial 12
months of the limitation. This
assessment might include a review of
medical records or prescription drug
monitoring program data, if available to
the sponsor. Given that the plan sponsor
will not be required to obtain prescriber
agreement to extend pharmacy lock-in
past the initial 12 month period, we
expect the plan sponsor to have a
clinical basis to extend the limitation,
such as, the plan sponsor has recently
rejected claims for frequently abused
drugs from non-selected pharmacies to
an extent that indicates the beneficiary
may abuse frequently abused drugs
without the limitation.
Comment: A handful of commenters
suggested that a limitation to coverage
for frequently abused drugs only be
terminated as a result of a clinical
assessment by the at-risk beneficiary’s
prescriber with no maximum limitation
period.
Response: CMS believes it advisable
to place a time limit on the duration of
a limitation on access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs that a plan
sponsor can place on an at-risk
beneficiary in order to balance the
beneficiary’s right to utilize their Part D
benefit without encumbrance against
with the sponsor’s responsibility to
manage the Part D benefit and promote
the safety of its enrollees.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS could consider requiring Part
D sponsors to send annual notifications
to beneficiaries who are subjected to a
lock-in and their approving prescribers
to let them know the lock-in will be
extended another 12 months. This
would afford beneficiaries and
prescribers an annual opportunity to
request that the lock-in be reconsidered
or raise any concerns.
Response: We decline to adopt this
suggestion, as it does not suggest a basis
upon which the limitation would be
extended. Under the provision we are
finalizing, a clinical assessment is
required and, if the limitation on access
to coverage is extended beyond the
initial 12 month period, the plan
sponsor would be required to send the
at-risk beneficiary an additional second
notice pursuant to § 423.153(f)(6)
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
explaining that the limitation is being
extended and for how long.
Also, a beneficiary, their
representative, or their prescriber on
behalf of the beneficiary, is not
precluded from requesting that the plan
revisit its determination that the
beneficiary is an at-risk beneficiary as
defined at § 423.100, or the terms of any
limitation imposed on the beneficiary
under the plan’s drug management
program.
Based on these comments and our
responses, we are therefore finalizing
additional language at § 423.153(f)(14).
The revised language will specify that
the identification of an at-risk
beneficiary as such must terminate as of
the earlier of the following:
• The date the beneficiary
demonstrates through a subsequent
determination, including but not limited
to, a successful appeal, that the
beneficiary is no longer likely, in the
absence of the limitation under this
paragraph, to be an at-risk beneficiary;
or
• The end of a—
++ One year period calculated from
the effective date of the limitation, as
specified in the notice provided under
paragraph (f)(6) of this section, unless
the limitation was extended pursuant to
paragraph (f)(14)(ii)(B) of this section.
++ Two year period calculated from
the effective date of the limitation, as
specified in a notice provided under
paragraph (f)(6) of this section, subject
to the following requirements:
—The plan sponsor determines at the
end of the one year period that there
is a clinical basis to extend the
limitation.
—Except in the case of a pharmacy
limitation imposed pursuant to
paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(B) of this section,
the plan sponsor has obtained the
agreement of a prescriber of
frequently abused drugs for the
beneficiary that the limitation should
be extended.
—The plan sponsor has provided
another notice to the beneficiary in
compliance with paragraph (f)(6) of
this section.
—If the prescribers were not responsive
after 3 attempts by the sponsor to
contact them within 10 business days,
then the sponsor has met the
requirement of paragraph
(f)(14)((ii)(B)(2) of this section.
—The sponsor may not extend a
prescriber limitation implemented
pursuant to paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section if no prescriber was
responsive.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(xi) Data Disclosure and Sharing of
Information for Subsequent Sponsor
Enrollments (§ 423.153(f)(15))
In order for Part D sponsors to
conduct the case management/clinical
contact/prescriber verification pursuant
to § 423.153(f)(2), certain data disclosure
and sharing of information must
happen. First, CMS must identify
potential at-risk beneficiaries to
sponsors who are in the sponsors’ Part
D prescription drug benefit plans. In
addition, a new sponsor must have
information about potential at-risk
beneficiaries and at-risk beneficiaries
who were so identified by their
immediately prior plan and enroll in the
new sponsor’s plan and such
identification had not terminated before
the beneficiary disenrolled from the
immediately prior plan. Finally, as
discussed earlier, sponsors may identify
potential at-risk beneficiaries by their
own application of the clinical
guidelines (that is, applying the
minimum clinical guidelines more
frequently or in applying the
supplemental clinical guidelines). It is
important that CMS be aware of which
Part D beneficiaries sponsors identify on
their own, as well as which ones have
been subjected to limitations on their
access to coverage for frequently abused
drugs under sponsors’ drug management
programs for Part D program
administration and other purposes.
Regarding data disclosures, section
1860D–4(c)(5)(H) of the Act provides
that, in the case of potential at-risk
beneficiaries and at-risk beneficiaries,
the Secretary shall establish rules and
procedures to require the Part D plan
sponsor to disclose data, including any
necessary individually identifiable
health information, in a form and
manner specified by the Secretary,
about the decision to impose such
limitations and the limitations imposed
by the sponsor under this part. We plan
to expand and modify the scope of OMS
and the MARx system as appropriate to
accommodate the data disclosures
necessary to oversee and facilitate Part
D drug management programs.
Section 1860–D–4(c)(5)(I) of the Act
requires that the Secretary establish
procedures under which Part D
sponsors must share information when
at-risk beneficiaries or potential at-risk
beneficiaries enrolled in one
prescription drug plan subsequently
disenroll and enroll in another
prescription drug plan offered by the
next sponsor (gaining sponsor). We plan
to expand the scope of the reporting to
MARx under the current policy to
include the ability for sponsors to report
similar information to MARx about all
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
pending, implemented, and terminated
limitations on access to coverage of
frequently abused drugs associated with
their plans’ drug management programs.
We proposed to codify the data
disclosure and information sharing
process under the current policy, with
the expansion just described, by adding
data disclosure requirements in
§ 423.153.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: We received comments
supportive of our proposal regarding
data disclosures and sharing of
information. We did not receive
comments opposed to our proposal.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their support.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that we clarify sponsors
must conduct case management with
respect to potential at-risk beneficiaries
who are current utilizers under the Part
D sponsor and not such beneficiaries
who are identified by the prior sponsor.
This commenter stated further that if
sponsors are required to conduct case
management on potential at-risk
beneficiaries identified by the prior
sponsor, then the response due date
should be extended for such cases (that
is, to next OMS quarter), as sponsors
may need to contact the prior sponsor
for case details to conduct case
management for the prior claims data. In
extending the outlier response due date,
this commenter urged us to consider
that the volume of such cases may differ
based on the size of the prior sponsor.
Response: Pursuant to
§ 423.153(f)(2)(i), sponsors are required
to conduct case management with
respect to all potential at-risk
beneficiaries who are identified by CMS
or the sponsor applying the clinical
guidelines, regardless of whether the
beneficiary meets the clinical guidelines
based on PDE data from the
beneficiary’s current Part D contract
alone or across multiple contracts
(including contracts the beneficiary was
previously enrolled in during the
measurement period).
§ 423.153(f)(2)(ii) does provide an
exception to the case management
requirements with respect to potential
at-risk beneficiaries identified as such
by their most recent prior plan, if the
identification has not been terminated
and the sponsor obtains case
management information from the
previous sponsor, which is clinically
adequate and up to date. Under the
current policy, a sponsor may report in
OMS that a beneficiary’s case is under
review. We plan to keep this response.
However, because of this comment, we
realize that there may be some instances
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16479
in which a sponsor receives notice
about a potential at-risk beneficiary who
has just enrolled in its plan, but the
deadline to provide information to CMS
within 30 days from the date of the most
recent prior CMS report identifying
potential at-risk beneficiaries pursuant
to proposed § 423.153(f)(15) might be
very short. Therefore, we are modifying
§ 423.153(f)(15) such that the sponsor
would have to provide the information
within 30 days from the date of the most
recent CMS report received after
receiving such a notice.
Comment: We received a comment
requesting clarity on the issue of patient
consent in the sharing of the patient
personal health information related to
implementation of these finalized
provisions.
Response: While the commenter’s
concerns about sharing personal health
information are not entirely clear, we
note that Part D plan sponsors are
required under § 423.136 to establish
procedures for maintenance and sharing
of medical records and other health
information about enrollees in
accordance with all applicable Federal
and State confidentiality laws.
Comment: We received a question
asking what data sources we will use to
identify LIS beneficiaries who are
potentially at-risk.
Response: We plan to use OMS to
identify all potential at-risk
beneficiaries who meet the minimum
criteria of the clinical guidelines,
discussed earlier, to report to Part D
plan sponsors. We will modify the OMS
as appropriate to implement the Part
drug management program
requirements. We will issue guidance
and updated OMS technical user guides
to plan sponsors at a later time,
including data sources used in OMS
reporting.
Comment: We received a question
whether the original plan that identified
the beneficiary’s at-risk status has a duty
to inform the new plan of individual’s
status.
Response: Plan sponsors will be
required to communicate beneficiaries’
potential and at-risk statuses to each
other through the data disclosures and
information sharing we are finalizing in
this section.
Comment: We received a question
whether we will be providing new
response codes for pharmacy and
prescriber lock-in in OMS, specifically
whether we will eliminate the response
code ‘‘BSC’’ which stands for
‘‘Beneficiary did not meet sponsor’s
internal criteria.’’ We also received
some specific suggestions to: (1) Include
responses to OMS that differentiate
between lock-in and a claim edit at POS;
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16480
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(2) add a sponsor summary page to
OMS; (3) make enhancements to MARx
to recognize internal and external
contract changes; and (4) allow for more
complete case management information
to be shared to obviate the needs for
sponsors to contact each other.
Response: We appreciate these
suggestions. We plan to expand and
modify the scope of OMS and MARx as
appropriate and technically possible in
light of the final requirements in this
rule to accommodate the data
disclosures necessary to oversee and
facilitate Part D drug management
programs. We plan to issue guidance
about this expansion and details on the
modifications. Based on these
comments, we are finalizing
§ 423.153(f)(15) with modifications to
specify the following regarding data
disclosure:
• CMS identifies potential at-risk
beneficiaries to the sponsor of the
prescription drug plan in which the
beneficiary is enrolled.
• A Part D sponsor that operates a
drug management program must
disclose any data and information to
CMS and other Part D sponsors that
CMS deems necessary to oversee Part D
drug management programs at a time,
and in a form and manner, specified by
CMS. The data and information
disclosures must do all of the following:
++ Provide information to CMS
within 30 days of receiving a report
about a potential at-risk beneficiary
from CMS.
++ Provide information to CMS about
any potential at-risk beneficiary that
meets paragraph (1) of the definition in
§ 423.100 that a sponsor identifies
within 30 days from the date of the most
recent CMS report identifying potential
at-risk beneficiaries.
++ Provide information to CMS about
any potential at-risk beneficiary that
meets paragraph (2) of the definition in
§ 423.100 within 30 days of the date
after which the sponsor referred to in
paragraph (2).
++ Provide information to CMS as
soon as possible but no later than 7 days
of the date of the initial notice or second
notice that the sponsor provided to a
beneficiary, or as soon as possible but
no later than 7 days of a termination
date, as applicable, about a beneficiaryspecific opioid claim edit or a limitation
on access to coverage for frequently
abused drugs.
++ Transfer case management
information upon request of a gaining
sponsor as soon as possible but no later
than 2 weeks from the gaining sponsor’s
request when—
—An at-risk beneficiary or potential atrisk beneficiary disenrolls from the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
sponsor’s plan and enrolls in another
prescription drug plan offered by the
gaining sponsor; and
—The edit or limitation that the sponsor
had implemented for the beneficiary
had not terminated before
disenrollment.
We note that this final provision
contains a technical correction to refer
to 7 days instead of 7 business days the
first instance this timeframe is used for
consistency and added ‘‘as soon as
possible’’ in § 423.153(f)(15(D). It also
substitutes ‘‘provide information’’ for
‘‘respond’’ in one place for consistent
terminology in this section.
(xii) Out of Scope Comments and
Summary
We received comments on the
following topics which were out of
scope of our proposal and to which we
are therefore not responding: (1) CMS
oversight of Part D drug management
programs; (2) Education of Part D
enrollees and providers regarding
prescription drug management
programs; (3) A seven day limit on
opioids for acute pain; (4) Additional
ideas about how to address the national
opioid overuse crisis; (5) Opioid use
standards in Medicare Set Aside
arrangement (MSAs).
2. Flexibility in the Medicare Advantage
Uniformity Requirements
We have determined that providing
access to services (or specific cost
sharing for services or items) that are
tied to health status or disease state in
a manner that ensures that similarly
situated individuals are treated
uniformly is consistent with the
uniformity requirement in the Medicare
Advantage (MA) regulations at
§ 422.100(d). We solicited comments on
this reinterpretation in the proposed
rule. In response to those comments and
our further consideration of this issue,
we are providing guidance here to MA
organizations. As discussed in more
detail below, the Bipartisan Budget Act
of 2018 (Pub. L. 115–123) amends
section 1853 of the Act to authorize
waiver of the uniformity requirement
beginning in 2020 for MA plans that
provide additional supplemental
benefits (which are not required to be
health care benefits) to chronically ill
enrollees. It also amends section 1859 of
the Act to require a nationwide revision
of the Medicare Advantage Value-Based
Insurance Design test model currently
administered by the Center for Medicare
and Medicaid Innovation, which
provides similar flexibility to
participating MA plans to offer targeted
supplemental benefits. Our
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reinterpretation of the uniformity
requirements is not identical to these
statutory changes, but does provide a
comparable flexibility for MA plans that
is consistent with the requirement that
MA plans offer uniform benefits, with
uniform premium and uniform costsharing to all enrollees.
This regulatory requirement that MA
plans provide uniform benefits
implements both section 1852(d) of the
Act, which requires that benefits under
the MA plan are available and
accessible to each enrollee in the plan,
and section 1854(c) of the Act, which
requires uniform premiums for each
enrollee in the plan. Previously, we
required MA plans to offer all enrollees
access to the same benefits at the same
level of cost sharing. We have
determined that these statutory
provisions and the regulation at
§ 422.100(d) mean that we have the
authority to permit MA organizations
the ability to reduce cost sharing for
certain covered benefits, offer specific
tailored supplemental benefits, and offer
lower deductibles for enrollees that
meet specific medical criteria, provided
that similarly situated enrollees (that is,
all enrollees who meet the medical
criteria identified by the MA plan for
the benefits) are treated the same. In
addition, there must be some nexus
between the health status or disease
state and the specific benefit package
designed for enrollees meeting that
health status or disease state. As
examples, uniformity flexibility will
allow an MA plan to offer an enrollee
with diabetes any or all of the following:
• Reduced cost sharing for
endocrinologist visits;
• More frequent foot exams as a
tailored, supplemental benefit;
• A lower deductible.
In these examples, non-diabetic
enrollees will not have access to these
tailored cost sharing or supplemental
benefits; however, any enrollee that
develops diabetes will then have access
to these benefits.
We believe that our reinterpretation of
the uniformity requirement is consistent
with the underlying Part C statutory
requirements because targeted
supplemental benefits and cost sharing
reductions must be offered uniformly to
all enrollees with a specified health
status or disease state. By tying specific
supplemental benefits to specific
medical conditions, MA plans would be
building upon the concept of medical
necessity and developing targeted
benefits designed to treat the illnesses of
enrollees who meet specific medical
criteria. Further, treating similarly
situated enrollees equally preserves the
uniformity of the benefits package. This
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
flexibility is similar to our policy over
the past several years of permitting MA
plans to adopt tiered cost-sharing, that
is, allowing plans to have different cost
sharing for contracted providers of the
same type (for example, hospitals)
provided that enrollees are equally able
to access the lower cost-sharing
providers.
Such flexibility under our new
interpretation of the uniformity
requirement is not without limits,
however, as section 1852(b)(1)(A) of the
Act prohibits an MA plan from denying,
limiting, or conditioning the coverage or
provision of a service or benefit based
on health-status related factors. MA
regulations (for example,
§§ 422.100(f)(2) and 422.110(a)) reiterate
and implement this non-discrimination
requirement. In interpreting these
obligations to protect against
discrimination, we have historically
indicated that the purpose of the
requirements is to protect high-acuity
enrollees from adverse treatment on the
basis of their higher cost health
conditions (79 FR 29843; 76 FR 21432;
and 74 FR 54634). As MA plans
consider this new flexibility in meeting
the uniformity requirement, they must
be mindful of ensuring compliance with
non-discrimination responsibilities and
obligations.18 MA plans that exercise
this flexibility must ensure that the cost
sharing reductions and targeted
supplemental benefits are for health
care services that are medically related
to each disease condition. CMS will be
concerned about potential
discrimination if an MA plan is
targeting cost sharing reductions and
additional supplemental benefits for a
large number of disease conditions,
while excluding other, potentially
higher-cost conditions. We will review
benefit designs to make sure that the
overall impact is non-discriminatory
and that higher acuity, higher cost
enrollees are not being excluded in
favor of healthier populations.
In identifying eligible enrollees, the
MA plan must use medical criteria that
are objective and measurable, and the
enrollee must be diagnosed by a plan
provider or have their existing diagnosis
certified or affirmed by a plan provider
to assure equal application of the
criteria. Objective criteria that are
contained in written policies and that
are clearly and adequately
communicated to enrollees (such as in
the EOC and other plan documents) are
18 Among these responsibilities and obligations
are compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act,
section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, the Age
Discrimination Act, section 1557 of the Affordable
Care Act, and conscience and religious freedom
laws.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
necessary to ensure that these tailored
benefits are not provided in a
discriminatory fashion and that the
overall package of benefits is uniform
among similarly situated individuals.
We view this flexibility as an extension
of the concept that as an enrollee in
good health without cardiac problems
would not receive cardiac rehabilitation
services, an enrollee who does not meet
the medical criteria would not receive
the targeted benefits offered by an MA
plan.
CMS is currently testing value based
insurance design (VBID) through the use
of our demonstration authority under
section 1115A of the Act (42 U.S.C.
1315a, added by section 3021 of the
Affordable Care Act), and we note that
Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 expands
the testing of the model under section
1115A(b) to all 50 states by 2020. This
demonstration includes some of the
elements that are a part of our
reinterpretation of the uniformity
requirements. However, there are also
features of the VBID demonstration that
are unique to the demonstration test,
such as the ability for participating
plans to target Part D benefits, the
restriction to certain medical
conditions, and the requirement that
plans apply to participate. We expect
the VBID demonstration to provide CMS
with insights into future VBID
innovations for the MA program.
After the publication of the proposed
rule, Congress passed the Bipartisan
Budget Act of 2018 (Pub. L. 115–123).
Section 50322 of the law expanded
supplemental benefits in Section
1852(a)(3) of the Act and also
authorized waiver of the uniformity
requirements to permit MA plans to
offer targeted supplemental benefits for
the chronically ill through new
provisions, effective in plan year 2020.
Specifically, the Bipartisan Budget
Act of 2018 expands supplemental
benefits available to chronically ill
enrollees by adding a new subparagraph
(D) to Section 1852(a)(3). This
subparagraph expands supplemental
benefits for the chronically ill to include
benefits that ‘‘have a reasonable
expectation of improving or maintaining
the health or overall function of the
chronically ill enrollee and may not be
limited to being primarily health related
benefits.’’ These additional
supplemental benefits will be
qualitatively different than the
supplemental health care benefits that
MA plans may currently offer and may
continue to offer to enrollees who are
not chronically ill. In addition, it
provides authority for the waiver of
uniformity requirements ‘‘only with
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16481
respect to supplemental benefits
provided to a chronically ill enrollee.’’
We have evaluated how this new
authority for the Secretary to waive
uniformity requirements relates to our
concurrent reinterpretation of
uniformity requirements. We believe
that a waiver of uniformity requirements
was authorized in this new provision to
allow for the delivery of different, nonuniform benefits to a subset of enrollees
that meet a specific definition:
Chronically ill enrollee.19 We do not
believe that our reinterpretation, which
also allows for targeted benefits based
on the disease state or health status, can
only be accomplished through a waiver
of uniformity requirements.
We believe that the waiver authorized
under the Bipartisan Budget Act is
necessary in order to allow MA plans
the flexibility to offer chronically ill
enrollees supplemental benefits that are
not uniform across the entire population
of the chronically ill. The Bipartisan
Budget Act states that supplemental
benefits must ‘‘have a reasonable
expectation of improving or maintaining
the health or overall function of the
chronically ill enrollee.’’ This means
that MA plans do not have to offer
uniform supplemental benefits to all
chronically ill enrollees, and instead,
may vary supplemental benefits offered
to the chronically ill as it relates to the
individual enrollee’s specific medical
condition and needs. In other words, a
supplemental benefit adopted under the
new statutory provision may not be
provided to a chronically ill enrollee if
that benefit does not have a reasonable
likelihood of improving that enrollee’s
health condition. Therefore, we have
determined that the waiver of
uniformity requirements and the
enactment of section 1852(a)(3)(D) of the
Act does not limit our authority to
interpret sections 1851(d) and 1854(c) of
the Act as permitting uniform benefits
to include specific services targeted for
groups of similarly situated specific
enrollees based on medical criteria.
Our reinterpretation of uniformity
requirements maintains the spirit of the
MA regulations at § 422.100(d), which
aims for equal treatment across all
similarly situated enrollees. A specific
health status or disease state—or
meeting a specific group of medical
criteria—is merely a means of
‘‘grouping’’ similarly situated enrollees
for equal access to and treatment in
connection with coverage of benefits.
19 The Bipartisan Budget Act specifically
identifies the chronically ill as individuals with (1)
one or more morbidities that is life threatening and
limits overall function (2) has a high risk of
hospitalization and adverse outcomes, and (3)
requires intensive care coordination.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16482
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
All enrollees in that group must have
access to the same targeted benefits. The
new expansion of supplemental benefits
for the chronically ill breaks that
construct because the needs of one
chronically enrollee may be very
different from those of another within
the same health status or disease state.
As such, a waiver was authorized to
provide for differences in supplemental
benefits across chronically ill enrollees
in order for MA organization to craft
specific supplemental benefit offerings
for each vulnerable plan member so that
individual needs are met.
Further, our reinterpretation of
uniformity requirements is compatible
with the new legislation in Bipartisan
Budget Act. Beginning in 2020, MA
plans may offer three forms of
supplemental benefits: ‘‘standard’’
supplemental benefits offered to all
enrollees; ‘‘targeted’’ supplemental
benefits offered to qualifying enrollees
by health status or disease state; and
‘‘chronic’’ supplemental benefits offered
to the chronically ill. The first two
(standard and targeted) will be
allowable in 2019. Only ‘‘chronic’’
supplemental benefits will be evaluated
under the new expansive definition in
the Bipartisan Budget Act and be
eligible for a waiver of the uniformity
requirements. Standard and targeted
supplemental benefits will be evaluated
under our existing interpretation of
whether the benefit is ‘‘primarily health
related.’’ It is possible that an enrollee
qualifies for a ‘‘targeted’’ supplemental
benefits as well as ‘‘chronic’’
supplemental benefits. In that
circumstance, the MA plan must
provide the targeted supplemental
benefits as long as the enrollee
establishes the required health status or
disease state and the benefits are
medically appropriate. However, the
MA plan must only provide ‘‘chronic’’
supplemental benefits if the benefit has
a reasonable expectation of improving
or maintaining the health or overall
function of the chronically ill enrollee.
Based on these differences, it will be
important for MA plans to identify in
their bids and in their Evidence of
Coverage documents which
supplemental benefits are offered as
‘‘standard’’, ‘‘targeted’’, or ‘‘chronic’’
benefits. CMS will evaluate the
acceptability of the supplemental
benefit offering based on this
designation and the standards identified
in section 1852(a)(3) of the Act. We
believe that both the new uniformity
interpretation and the new statutory
provision will succeed in increasing MA
plans’ flexibility and plan options and
ultimately allow for better health
outcomes.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: A number of commenters
supported CMS’ implementation of this
reinterpretation. These commenters
stated that their ability to lower cost
sharing will help beneficiaries seek high
value and effective care.
Response: We thank commentators for
their support of this reinterpretation.
Comment: Commenters suggested that
CMS include regulatory text in the final
rule that confirms that the flexibility
that will be allowed in the MA
uniformity requirements.
Response: In this final rule, we are
reinterpreting existing statutory and
regulatory authority to allow MA
organizations the ability to reduce cost
sharing for certain covered benefits,
offer specific tailored supplemental
benefits, and offer different lower
deductibles for enrollees that meet
specific medical criteria. Thus, it is
unnecessary to provide additional
regulation language.
Comment: A number of commenters
requested that CMS provide additional
sub-regulatory guidance surrounding
this policy.
Response: We will provide additional
guidance and update all corresponding
guidance documents (that is, bid
guidance and operational guidance) to
reflect the new interpretation. This
guidance will be available before
contract year 2019 bids are due.
Comment: We received a number of
comments asking that CMS issue subregulatory guidance with examples for
permissible and impermissible actions,
as well as examples of what would be
considered discriminatory. In addition,
others suggested that CMS specify the
medical criteria that MA plans should
use to determine enrollee eligibility as
well as clear guidelines for eligible
tailored supplemental benefits and/or
reduced cost sharing.
Response: CMS will provide
additional operational guidance before
CY 2019 bids are due.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS open its
implementing guidance to public
comment prior to issuance.
Response: We appreciate this
comment. We will not be able to solicit
industry comment in time for CY 2019
bids. However, we will take this
suggestion under consideration as we
develop future guidance and will reach
out for input as needed.
Comment: A number of commenters
requested that CMS to provide certain
technical clarifications. For instance,
commenters questioned whether the
plan-level deductible could be
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
eliminated, or just reduced, and if lower
cost sharing means a zero-dollar copay.
Response: Yes, under this
reinterpretation, a plan may reduce or
eliminate a deductible, co-pay, or cost
sharing for Part C services. We remind
all organizations that this is
reinterpretation is about MA benefits
only and does not permit changes in
Part D cost sharing or Part D benefits,
which must be consistent with Part D
applicable law and CMS policy. In
addition, additional operational
guidance will be provided before CY
2019 bids are due.
Comment: We also received
comments asking CMS to clarify
whether a plan may reduce or eliminate
certain cost sharing based on
participation in a disease management
program.
Response: Yes, under this
reinterpretation, a plan may restrict cost
sharing reductions based on
participation in a disease management
program so long as there is equal access
to the disease management program
based on objective criteria related to a
health status or disease state.
Comment: We received comments
asking CMS to clarify whether a plan
may offer different co-pays to a subset
of the population for some visits, but
not all.
Response: We appreciate the
comment and are still considering how
our new interpretation of the uniformity
requirement would apply to such
situations. We intend to provide
clarifying guidance on this issue
through HPMS memoranda and updates
to the Medicare Managed Care Manual.
Comment: A commenter requested
that CMS clarify whether reduced cost
sharing can be extended to premiums.
Response: No, this flexibility does not
extend to premiums; beneficiaries in the
same plan must have the same
premium. Allowing different premiums
would violate section 1854(c) of the Act,
which explicitly requires uniform
premiums. Our reinterpretation of
section 1854(c), section 1852(d)
regarding access to benefits for all
enrollees, and the regulations
implementing those statutes permits
only reductions in Part C cost sharing
and deductibles, and in targeting Part C
supplemental benefits. As noted
elsewhere, these specific benefits must
be tied to health status or disease state
and must be applied to health care
services that are medically related to
each disease condition. Additionally,
targeted benefits and reduced cost
sharing must be offered in a manner that
ensures that similarly situated
individuals are treated uniformly is
consistent with the uniformity
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
requirement in the Medicare Advantage
(MA) regulations at § 422.100(d).
Comment: We received a comment
asking CMS to confirm if MA plans may
choose to apply these flexibilities to outof-network benefits.
Response: CMS will provide
additional guidance and update all
corresponding guidance documents to
reflect the new interpretation. This
guidance will be available before CY
2019 bids are due.
Comment: We received comments
requesting that CMS encourage plans to
offer such flexibilities to beneficiaries
with specific conditions (for example,
dementia), stating that such flexibilities
could help the ongoing treatment.
Response: In the proposed rule, we
stated that an MA plan may offer
reduced cost sharing, deductibles, and
or targeted supplemental benefits to
enrollees diagnosed with specific
diseases. In identifying eligible
enrollees, the MA plan must use
medical criteria that are objective and
measurable, and the enrollee must be
diagnosed by a plan provider or have
their existing diagnosis certified or
affirmed by a plan provider to assure
equal application of the objective
criteria necessary to provide equal
treatment of similarly situated
individuals. We do not have the
authority to restrict or mandate which
diagnoses or health conditions a plan
chooses for this flexibility. Plans may
determine which diagnoses or health
conditions they choose to offer these
flexibilities. CMS encourages plans to
consider the population of their plan
when making these decisions.
Comment: We received a number of
comments requesting that CMS allow
reduced cost sharing and targeting
supplemental benefits based on
conditions unrelated to medical
conditions, such as living situation and
income. A commenter suggested CMS
allow plans to reduced premiums for
beneficiaries who sign up for automated
premium payments.
Response: The revised uniformity
interpretation does not allow plans to
reduce cost sharing and offer targeted
supplemental benefits based on criteria
unrelated to a diagnosis or health
condition. We have determined that a
plan may only provide access to
targeted supplemental benefits (or
specific cost sharing for certain services
or items) based on health status or
disease state. In identifying eligible
enrollees, the MA plan must use
medical criteria that are objective and
measurable. In addition, MA plans that
exercise this flexibility must ensure that
the cost sharing reductions and targeted
supplemental benefits are for health
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
care services that are medically related
to each diagnosis or health condition.
Note that, effective CY 2020, the
Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 calls for
a new category of supplemental benefits
to be made available to chronically ill
enrollees that are not limited to being
primarily health related. Because the
new benefits will not be limited to the
primarily health related standard, it is
possible for certain offerings to address
issues beyond a specific medical
condition, such as social supports.
However, the basis for offering the new
benefits will be based solely on an
enrollees’ qualification as ‘‘chronically
ill’’ and may not be based on conditions
unrelated to medical conditions, such as
living situation and income.
Comment: We received a comment
urging CMS to include an affirmation
that C–SNPs would automatically be
permitted to adjust benefits and cost
sharing based on the eligibility
groupings that CMS has approved for
each C–SNP.
Response: CMS will update subregulatory guidance to clarify the impact
of both this reinterpretation and the
Bipartisan Budget Act on SNP policy.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS should also provide
clarification on how the additional
benefit flexibility for highly integrated
dual eligible special needs plans (D–
SNPs), as outlined in Chapter 16b of the
Medicare Managed Care Manual, is
retained and/or modified under these
provisions.
Response: Chapter 16b and any
corresponding guidance will be updated
to clarify any impact this
reinterpretation has on D–SNP policy.
Comment: A commenter asked CMS
to allow plans to provide certain
supplemental benefits only to fully
integrated D–SNP (FIDE SNP) enrollees
who do not meet nursing home level of
care requirements that would otherwise
make them eligible for home and
community-based services under an
Elderly Waiver.
Response: CMS will update subregulatory guidance to clarify the impact
of both this reinterpretation and the
Bipartisan Budget Act on D–SNP policy.
Comment: We received some
comments suggesting that CMS allow
plans to reduce cost sharing and offer
targeting supplemental benefits based
on functional status, in addition to a
medical condition.
Response: There must be an
underlying disease condition that is
diagnosed, such as Alzheimer’s disease
or Parkinson’s disease, in order for the
plan to reduce cost sharing and offer
targeted supplemental benefits. As
stated in the proposed rule, in
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16483
identifying eligible enrollees, the MA
plan must use medical criteria that are
objective and measurable, and the
enrollee must be diagnosed by a plan
provider or have their existing diagnosis
certified or affirmed by a plan provider
to assure equal application of the
objective criteria necessary to provide
equal treatment of similarly situated
individuals. Specifically, MA plans
offering targeted benefits will be
responsible for developing the criteria to
identify enrollees who fall within each
of the clinical categories selected by an
organization. Furthermore, cost sharing
reductions and targeted supplemental
benefits must be for health care services
that are medically related to each
disease condition.
Note that, effective CY 2020, the
Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 calls for
a new category of supplemental benefits
to be made available to chronically ill
enrollees that are not limited to being
primarily health related. Because the
new benefits will not be limited to the
primarily health related standard, it is
possible for certain offerings to address
issues beyond a specific medical
condition, such as social supports.
However, the basis for offering the new
benefits will be based solely on an
enrollees’ qualification as ‘‘chronically
ill’’ and may not be based on conditions
unrelated to medical conditions, such as
living situation and income.
Comment: We received a comment
asking CMS to expand our definition of
health status or disease state to include
‘‘medically complex patients.’’
Response: We have determined that a
plan may only provide access to
targeted supplemental benefits (or
specific cost sharing for certain services
or items) based on health status or
disease state. In identifying eligible
enrollees, the MA plan must use
medical criteria that are objective and
measurable. MA plans offering targeted
benefits are responsible for developing
the criteria to identify enrollees who fall
within each of the clinical categories
selected by an organization.
Comment: We received comments
requesting that CMS clarify whether a
plan may reduce cost sharing only for a
subset of high-quality network providers
as long as all members with the same
health status or disease state receive the
same lower cost sharing for using these
providers.
Response: Yes, under this flexibility,
a plan may reduce cost sharing for
certain high-quality providers to
members with a specified health status
or disease state. MA plans may identify
high-value providers across all Medicare
provider types. This can include
physicians and practices, hospitals,
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16484
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
skilled-nursing facilities, home health
agencies, ambulatory surgical centers,
etc.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested CMS delay implementation,
stating that plans need time to enhance
their existing internal tools and systems
to accommodate varying benefit
structures for different sub-populations
within a single plan. Some commented
that this may be administratively
burdensome to implement, and
therefore, may not be equal adoption
across all MA organizations.
Response: CMS will permit this
flexibility beginning in CY 2019. MA
organizations that need additional time
to consider whether and how to take
advantage of this new flexibility are not
required to offer targeted supplemental
benefits or reductions in cost sharing or
deductibles. We believe it is important
to allow plans the flexibility to target
and better provide for the needs of their
enrollees. Our reinterpretation of the
uniformity requirements offers
flexibility to MA organizations in
designing their coverage and is not a
mandate.
Comment: Some commenters
recommended that only highperforming plans be permitted to
provide flexibility in the MA Uniformity
Requirements.
Response: CMS appreciates these
comments and believes this flexibility
will help enrollees seek higher value
care. Therefore, CMS will permit all
plans to use this flexibility beginning in
CY 2019. CMS appreciates these
comments and believes this flexibility
will help enrollees seek higher value
care. This flexibility is not a change to
the regulation; it is a reinterpretation of
an existing regulation. Therefore, all
MAOs must comply with uniformity
requirements regardless of individual
plan performance. CMS will permit all
plans to use this flexibility beginning in
CY 2019.
Comment: We received a number of
comments suggesting that this
reinterpretation is premature. Some
commenters suggested that CMS wait
until the VBID demonstration has
concluded.
Response: The existing VBID
demonstration will continue.
Information regarding this
demonstration can be found at https://
innovation.cms.gov/initiatives/vbid/.
While we have adopted features of the
VBID demonstration, the VBID
demonstration and the new uniformity
flexibilities are distinct. CMS will
permit this flexibility beginning in CY
2019, as we believe it is important to
allow plans the flexibility to target and
better provide for the needs of their
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
enrollees. We hope that the VBID
demonstration will provide CMS with
insights into future innovations for the
MA program.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that CMS take a measured
approach by setting initial limits on the
number of targeted conditions and
tailored benefit packages that an MA
plan can offer.
Response: The existing uniformity
flexibility regulatory authority does not
allow CMS to limit the number of
targeted conditions without additional
rulemaking.
Comment: Some suggested that CMS
adopt the oversight requirements in the
VBID demonstration in allowing plans
to use this flexibility under the new
reinterpretation.
Response: Currently, the VBID
demonstration has a number of
oversight requirements, including some
marketing restrictions, monitoring to
ensure compliance with demonstration
rules, data reporting to help CMS
evaluate outcomes, and restricting low
performing plans from participation.
CMS has no plans to adopt these
additional demonstration requirements.
First, CMS has a robust compliance and
auditing program to oversee MA plans
and all benefit packages are reviewed by
CMS. Therefore, we do not believe any
additional monitoring or compliance is
needed. Second, MA rules require that
this benefit be available in marketing
materials and transparent to enrollees.
Therefore, we cannot restrict marketing
this benefit. Third, we believe we do not
need to introduce any additional
uniformity reporting as the VBID
reporting is designed to aide
demonstration evaluation. However,
CMS will monitor the implementation
of this flexibility and make appropriate
adjustments as needed.
Comment: Commenters asked that
CMS clarify how this flexibility impacts
the VBID demonstration.
Response: The existing VBID
demonstration will continue. We note
that Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018
expands the testing authority under
section 1115A(b) to all 50 states. This
flexibility will not impact the VBID
demonstration, which is separate from
this rulemaking. The new flexibilities
discussed here will have no impact on
current VBID operations. Information
regarding this demonstration can be
found at https://innovation.cms.gov/
initiatives/vbid/. The VBID
demonstration will provide CMS with
insights into future innovations for the
MA program.
Comment: A commenter asked if CMS
planned to implement reporting
requirements related to this flexibility,
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
noting that such requirements are in the
VBID demonstration.
Response: CMS has no plans to add
any reporting requirements related to
uniformity flexibility at this time. We do
note that MA plans must explain the
targeted supplemental benefits and
reductions in cost sharing and
deductibles in their bids (OMB 0938–
0763), including information necessary
for CMS to evaluate if there is any
discrimination involved. In addition,
MA plans must include descriptions of
these benefits in benefit disclosures
required under § 422.111.
Comment: We received a number of
comments expressing concern that this
policy could increase beneficiary
confusion, particularly as it relates to
marketing materials provided during the
annual election process.
Response: To mitigate beneficiary
confusion, CMS will require MA plans
that take advantage of this flexibility to
include benefit flexibility information in
their CY 2019 EOC. Also, indication of
additional benefits and/or reduced cost
sharing for enrollees with certain health
conditions will be displayed in
Medicare Plan Finder.
Comment: We received several
comments asking CMS to clarify
whether plans will be permitted to
market this flexibility to potential
enrollees. Some suggested CMS permit
marketing. Others suggested CMS
prohibit marketing.
Response: Plans will be allowed to
market the additional benefits and/or
reduced cost sharing to potential
enrollees to give beneficiaries the
information necessary to choose the best
plan for their health care needs. Plans
will be required to follow the same CMS
marketing rules for this benefit, as they
are required to follow when marketing
any other benefit. This includes
ensuring that materials are not
materially inaccurate or misleading or
otherwise make material
misrepresentations. Specifically, CMS
will require that plans include
comprehensive benefit flexibility
information in their CY 2019 EOC and
indicate the additional benefits and/or
reduced cost sharing in Medicare Plan
Finder.
Comment: A number of commenters
expressed concern that this policy may
lead to discrimination. For example,
some commenters expressed concern
that a plan may balance the reduction of
cost sharing for one group by increasing
cost sharing for others. Further, some
commenters expressed concern that this
could lead to lead to ‘‘cherry-picking’’
by plans for beneficiaries with low-cost
conditions while discriminating against
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
those with higher-cost chronic
conditions.
Response: As noted in the preamble
language, the implementation of this
flexibility must not violate existing antidiscrimination rules (for example,
service category cost sharing and per
member per month actuarial
equivalence standards communicated
by CMS annually in the Call Letter).
Organizations that exercise this
flexibility must ensure that the cost
sharing reductions and targeted
supplemental benefits only apply to
healthcare services that are medically
related to each health status or disease
state. CMS will not permit cost sharing
reductions across all benefits for an
enrollee; cost sharing reductions must
be for specific benefits related to a
specific health status or disease state.
Specifically, plans must not target cost
sharing reductions and additional
supplemental benefits for a large
number of disease conditions, while
excluding other higher-cost conditions.
CMS will review benefit designs to
make sure that targeted disease state(s)
and/or clinical condition(s) included in
the benefit design are nondiscriminatory and that higher acuity,
higher cost enrollees are not being
excluded in favor of healthier
populations.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that plan members
should have full appeal rights with
respect to denial of access to
supplemental benefits.
Response: All negative coverage
decisions are subject to appeal rights.
CMS is reinterpreting existing statutory
language at section 1854(c) and 1852(d)
of the Act, and the implementing
regulation at § 422.100(d), to allow MA
organizations the ability to reduce cost
sharing for certain covered benefits,
offer specific tailored supplemental
benefits, and offer lower deductibles for
enrollees that meet specific medical
criteria. We have reviewed and
considered all comments on this
clarification and will begin
implementing this additional flexibility
in CY 2019. In addition, we will provide
additional operational guidance before
CY 2019 bids are due.
3. Segment Benefits Flexibility
In reviewing section 1854(h) of the
Act and Medicare Advantage (MA)
regulations governing plan segments, we
have determined that the statute and
existing regulations may be interpreted
to allow MA plans to vary supplemental
benefits, in addition to premium and
cost sharing, by segment so long as the
supplemental benefits, premium, and
cost sharing are uniform within each
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
segment of an MA plan’s service area.
Plans segments are county-level
portions of a plan’s overall service area
which, under current CMS policy, are
permitted to have different premiums
and cost sharing amounts as long as
these premiums and cost sharing
amounts are uniform throughout the
segment. As county-level areas, these
are separate rating setting areas within
the plan’s service area; no further
subdivision is permitted. We are
proposed to revise our interpretation of
the existing statute and regulations to
allow MA plan segments to vary by
supplemental benefits in addition to
premium and cost sharing, consistent
with the MA regulatory requirements
defining segments at § 422.262(c)(2).
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: We received a number of
comments supporting the
implementation of this reinterpretation.
Response: We thank commentators for
their support of this reinterpretation.
Comment: Many commenters
requested that CMS clarify if this
segmentation can be offered to a sub-set
of the network providers.
Response: The MA regulations at
§ 422.2 define a provider network as
occurring at the MA plan level: ‘‘. . .
the providers with which an MA
organization contracts or makes
arrangements to furnish to furnish
covered health care services to Medicare
enrollees under a MA coordinated care
plan or network PFFS plan’’. In
implementing its network adequacy
standard CMS allows for networks at the
MA plan level (a provider specific plan)
or at the contract level. In addition to
being inconsistent with the regulations
we believe that allowing networks to be
established at the MA plan segment
level would introduce an unnecessary
level of complexity to the MA program.
Comment: A commenter asked if there
are any restrictions to the benefits that
may vary and if all supplemental
benefits and services are eligible, or is
this specific to a set of supplemental
benefits?
Response: Plans may vary
supplemental benefits by plan segment
consistent with the bid submitted for
the segment. All basic benefits (that is,
Part A and B benefits) must be offered
by all MA plans in all segments.
Comment: A commenter asked if the
maximum out-of-pocket (MOOP)
amount was one of the elements that
may vary.
Response: Yes, because the MOOP is
an element of the cost-sharing structure
of the plan, each segment may have its
own MOOP. This flexibility already
exists in MA.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16485
Comment: Commenters asked CMS to
clarify if in sub-regulatory guidance that
plans are allowed to display multiple
segments in the Evidence of Coverage
(EOC), Summary of Benefits, and other
coverage documents.
Response: Plans will be required to
follow the same CMS communication,
disclosure and marketing guidelines for
each segment In addition, as noted in
section II.B, CMS will require plans to
include comprehensive benefit
flexibility information in their CY 2019
(EOC).
Comment: A commenter noted that
CMS uses both ‘‘supplemental benefits’’
and ‘‘benefits’’ in the preamble language
and asked CMS explicitly clarify if this
new segment benefit flexibility applies
only to supplemental benefits and not to
the core MA benefit package to which
beneficiaries are entitled.
Response: Thank you for the
comment. All MA plans must provide
basic benefits—meaning Part A and Part
B benefits consistent with the costsharing limits identified in section
1854(e)(4)(A) 20 and § 422.100(j) and
(k)—in all segments. We have
determined that the statute and existing
regulations may be interpreted to allow
MA plans to vary supplemental benefits,
in addition to premium and cost
sharing, by segment, as long as the
benefits, premium, and cost sharing are
uniform within each segment of an MA
plan’s service area. Supplemental
benefits include cost-sharing reductions
from the actuarial equivalent on average
of original Medicare for basic benefits
and coverage of additional services and
items not covered by original Medicare.
Comment: Some commenters
expressed concern that CMS is moving
too quickly in implementing this
reinterpretation and that such flexibility
should be tested on a small scale first.
Response: We believe this flexibility
will allow plans to better target and
provide for the needs of their
populations. CMS will monitor the
implementation of this flexibility and
make appropriate adjustments as
needed. In addition, we note that MA
organizations are not required to use
this flexibility to vary benefits, costsharing and premium at the segment
level.
20 Beginning in 2006, an MA plan may reduce
cost sharing below the actuarial value specified in
section 1854(e)(4)(A) of the Act only as a mandatory
supplemental benefit. The actuarial value of the
deductibles, coinsurance, and copayments
applicable to the basic benefits on average to
enrollees in an MA plan must be equal to the
actuarial value of the deductibles, coinsurance, and
copayments that would be applicable with respect
to such benefits on average to individuals enrolled
in original Medicare.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16486
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Comment: We received many
comments related to concern about
benefit transparency and that this
flexibility to offer segments with varied
benefits, cost-sharing, or premiums, may
lead to beneficiary confusion.
Commenters expressed concern that this
flexibility will result in beneficiary
confusion regarding the differences
between plans, which may create a
confusing environment for Medicare
beneficiaries trying to make informed
decisions when choosing plans.
Response: Plans will be required to
follow existing rules governing
mandatory disclosures (for example,
§ 422.111), communications and
marketing. In addition, CMS will
require plans to include comprehensive
benefit flexibility information in their
CY 2019 EOC.
In this final rule, CMS is adopting a
reinterpretation of section 1854(h) of the
Act and §§ 422.100(d)(2) and 422.262 to
allow MA organizations the ability to
vary supplemental benefits, in addition
to premium and cost sharing, by
segment, as long as the benefits,
premium, and cost sharing are uniform
within each segment of an MA plan’s
service area. We have reviewed
comments on our proposal and have
considered these comments as we
finalize the policy. Plans will be
permitted to begin implementing this
flexibility in CY 2019.
4. Maximum Out-of-Pocket Limit for
Medicare Parts A and B Services
(§§ 422.100(f)(4) and (5) and 422.101(d))
As provided at §§ 422.100(f)(4) and (5)
and 422.101(d)(2) and (3), all Medicare
Advantage (MA) plans (including
employer group waiver plans (EGWPs)
and special needs plans (SNPs)), must
establish limits on enrollee out-ofpocket cost sharing for basic benefits
(meaning Parts A and B services) that do
not exceed the annual limits established
by CMS. CMS added § 422.100(f)(4) and
(5), effective for coverage in 2011, under
the authority of sections 1852(b)(1)(A),
1856(b)(1), and 1857(e)(1) of the Act in
order not to discourage enrollment by
individuals who utilize higher than
average levels of health care services
(that is, in order for a plan not to be
discriminatory) (75 FR 19709–11).
Section 1858(b)(2) of the Act requires a
limit on in-network out-of-pocket
expenses for enrollees in regional MA
plans. In addition, local preferred
provider organization (LPPO) plans,
under § 422.100(f)(5), and regional PPO
(RPPO) plans, under section 1858(b)(2)
of the Act and § 422.101(d)(3), are
required to have a ‘‘catastrophic’’ limit
inclusive of both in- and out-of-network
cost sharing for all Parts A and B
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
services, the annual limit which is also
established by CMS; all cost sharing
(that is, deductibles, coinsurance, and
copayments) for Parts A and B services,
excluding plan premium, must be
included in each plan’s maximum outof-pocket (MOOP) amount subject to
these limits. As stated in the CY 2018
final Call Letter 21 and in the 2010 final
rule (75 FR 19710), CMS currently sets
MOOP limits based on a beneficiarylevel distribution of Parts A and B cost
sharing for individuals enrolled in
Medicare Fee-for-Service (FFS) for local
and regional MA plans.
CMS proposed to amend
§§ 422.100(f)(4) and (5) and
422.101(d)(2) and (3) to clarify that CMS
may use Medicare FFS data to establish
the annual MOOP limits, which have
historically been linked to values that
approximate the 85th and 95th
percentile of out-of-pocket expenditures
for beneficiaries in original Medicare.
The proposal included that CMS have
authority to increase the voluntary
MOOP limit to another percentile level
of Medicare FFS, increase the number of
service categories that have higher cost
sharing in return for offering a lower
MOOP amount, and implement more
than two levels of MOOP and cost
sharing limits to encourage plan
offerings with lower MOOP limits. CMS
also proposed that it have authority to
increase the number of service
categories that have higher cost sharing
in return for offering a lower (voluntary)
MOOP amount. To codify these various
authorities, CMS proposed regulation
text permitting CMS to set the annual
MOOP limits to strike a balance
between limiting maximum beneficiary
out-of-pocket costs and potential
changes in premium, benefits, and cost
sharing, with the goal of ensuring
beneficiary access to affordable and
sustainable benefit packages. CMS
intends to use the annual Call Letter
process to communicate its application
of the regulation and to transition
changes to MOOP limits over time,
beginning no earlier than in CY 2020, to
avoid disruption to benefit designs and
minimize potential beneficiary
confusion.
As noted in the proposed rule, CMS
discussed in the 2010 rulemaking (75
FR 19709) that it provides greater
flexibility in establishing cost sharing
for basic benefits to MA plans that adopt
a lower, voluntary MOOP limit than is
available to plans that adopt the higher,
mandatory MOOP limit. The number of
21 The CY 2018 final Call Letter may be accessed
at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Health-Plans/
MedicareAdvtgSpecRateStats/Announcements-andDocuments.html.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
beneficiaries with access to a voluntary
MOOP limit plan and the proportion of
total enrollees in a voluntary MOOP
limit plan has decreased significantly
from CY 2011 to CY 2017.
Currently, CMS sets the mandatory
MOOP amount at approximately the
95th percentile of projected beneficiary
out-of-pocket spending. Stated
differently, 5 percent of Medicare FFS
beneficiaries are expected to incur
approximately $6,700 or more in Parts
A and B deductibles, copayments, and
coinsurance. CMS sets the voluntary
MOOP amount of $3,400 to represent
approximately the 85th percentile of
projected Medicare FFS out-of-pocket
costs. The Office of the Actuary
conducts an annual analysis to help
CMS determine these MOOP limits.
Since the MOOP requirements for local
and regional MA plans were finalized in
regulation, a strict application of the
95th and 85th percentiles would have
resulted in MOOP limits for local and
regional MA plans fluctuating from
year-to-year. To avoid enrollee
confusion, allow plans to provide stable
benefit packages year over year, and
minimize disincentives to the adoption
of the lower voluntary MOOP amount
because of fluctuations in the amount,
CMS has exercised discretion in order to
maintain stable MOOP limits from yearto-year that approximate but are not
exactly at the 85th and 95th percentile
of, beneficiary cost sharing in Medicare
FFS.
In the proposed rule, CMS explained
that it would want to change the MOOP
limits if a consistent pattern of
increasing or decreasing costs emerges
over time. CMS also summarized how
stakeholders have suggested changes to
how CMS establishes MOOP limits,
including suggestions to use the most
appropriate data to inform its decisionmaking, increase the MOOP limits and
the number of service categories that
have higher cost sharing in return for a
plan offering a lower MOOP limit, and
implement different levels of MOOP
and service category cost sharing
standards to encourage plan offerings
with lower MOOP limits.
CMS explained in the proposed rule
its goal to establish future MOOP limits
based on the most relevant and available
data, or combination of data, that
reflects beneficiary health care costs in
the MA program and maintains MA
benefit stability over time. Medicare
FFS data currently represents the most
relevant and available data at this time
so the proposal included codifying use
of Medicare FFS data in §§ 422.100(f)(4)
and (5) and 422.101(d)(2) and (3).
CMS also explained in the proposed
rule that it wished to have flexibility to
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
change its existing methodology (of
using the 85th and 95th percentiles of
projected beneficiary out-of-pocket
Medicare FFS spending) in the future.
The proposed rule was explicitly based
on a policy objective of striking the
appropriate balance between limiting
MOOP costs and potential changes in
premium, benefits, and cost sharing
with the goal of making sure
beneficiaries can access affordable and
sustainable benefit packages. While
CMS intends to continue using the 85th
and 95th percentiles of projected
beneficiary out-of-pocket spending for
the immediate future to set MA MOOP
limits, the proposed amendments to
§§ 422.100(f)(4) and (5) and
422.101(d)(2) and (3) were to
incorporate authority to balance these
factors to set the MOOPs. The flexibility
contemplated by the proposed rule
would permit CMS to annually adjust
mandatory and voluntary MOOP limits
based on changes in market conditions
and to ensure the sustainability of the
MA program and benefit options.
The proposed rule also explained how
CMS would, in advance of each plan
year, use the annual Call Letter and
other guidance documents to explain its
application of the regulations and the
data used to identify MOOP limits. In
addition, CMS committed to
transitioning any significant changes
adopted using the new proposed
authority over time to avoid disruption
to benefit designs and minimize
potential beneficiary confusion.
In conclusion, CMS proposed to
amend §§ 422.100(f)(4) and (5) and
422.101(d)(2) and (3) to clarify that CMS
may use Medicare FFS data to establish
annual MOOP limits and to adopt a
flexible standard for setting the MOOPs.
This flexible standard would authorize
CMS to increase the voluntary MOOP
limit to another percentile level of
Medicare FFS beneficiary spending;
increase the number of service
categories that have higher cost sharing
in return for offering a lower MOOP
amount; and implement more than two
levels of MOOP and cost sharing limits
(as a means to encourage plan offerings
with lower MOOP limits).
We received the following comments
on this proposal, and our response
follows,
Nearly all commenters who provided
feedback on this provision (Maximum
Out-of-Pocket Limit for Medicare Parts
A and B Services (§§ 422.100(f)(4) and
(5) and 422.101(d))) also provided
feedback on the proposal at section
II.B.5 (Cost Sharing Limits for Medicare
Parts A and B Services (§ 422.100(f)(6))).
In this section, we address comments
that focus on either this section or both
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
sections, while we address comments
that focus on cost sharing limits in
section II.B.5.
Comment: The majority of
commenters supported this proposal,
stating that CMS should primarily use
Medicare FFS and MA encounter data to
inform its decision-making, and that
CMS should consider authorizing more
than two levels of MOOP and associated
cost sharing standards to encourage plan
offerings with lower MOOP limits.
Some commenters also made
suggestions for levels of MOOP limits
and cost sharing service category
adjustments that could be especially
beneficial.
Response: We thank commenters for
their support. CMS’s goal is to establish
future MOOP limits based on the most
relevant and available data, or
combination of data, that reflects
beneficiary health care costs in the MA
program and maintains benefit stability
over time. This final rule limits that data
to the FFS Medicare data, but as other
data sources become accessible,
relevant, and of the quality necessary to
make these determinations, we will
engage in rulemaking to change the rule.
Comment: Many commenters
expressed concern with MA encounter
data being used at this time to establish
MOOP levels based on data quality
issues. Commenters also encouraged
CMS to continue working with MA
organizations to improve the validity
and reliability of MA encounter data. A
commenter suggested CMS consider
other data such as of Marketplace
Qualified Health Plan review data.
Response: Medicare FFS data is the
most relevant and available data at this
time. CMS will consider future
rulemaking to use MA encounter cost
data as well as Medicare FFS data to
establish MOOP limits. In determining
completeness and accuracy of MA
encounter data CMS does consider the
various managed care payment
arrangements and payment policies that
may exist between organizations, as
compared to Medicare FFS data (which
are based on relatively consistent
payment schedules and payment
policies). At this time we cannot
commit to a timeline for use of MA
encounter data or other data sources to
establish MOOP limits. As we learn
more and are able to establish standards
for the completeness and sufficiency of
alternate data sources, we will revisit
this issue.
Comment: Some commenters noted
concern with the specific methodology
that CMS would use other than the 85th
or 95th percentile of Medicare FFS
beneficiary costs to establish MOOP
limits and how abrupt changes may
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16487
impact cost sharing and the levels of
MOOP limits. A commenter also stated
concern about what level of change to
MOOP limits would be considered
‘‘significant’’ and necessitate a multiyear transition. Some commenters
suggested CMS maintain the current
voluntary and mandatory MOOP limits
(that is, $3,400 and $6,700) and
establish additional MOOP limits
between these levels with prorated cost
sharing standards to minimize any
impact to benefit design and
beneficiaries. Some commenters
suggested CMS further change the
regulatory cost sharing standards for
inpatient, skilled nursing facility,
emergency care, and other professional
services as an incentive for plans to
adopt lower MOOP limits, while other
commenters cautioned CMS to limit
changes to these categories to prevent
discrimination.
Response: We appreciate the feedback
and will take these suggestions and
concerns under consideration. CMS
plans to transition changes under the
finalized regulations over time,
beginning no earlier than CY 2020, to
avoid disruption to benefit designs and
minimize potential beneficiary
confusion. The regulation standard
adopted in this final rule for
§§ 422.100(f)(4) and (5) and
422.101(d)(2) and (3) (that the MOOP be
set to strike a balance between limiting
maximum beneficiary out of pocket
costs and potential changes in premium,
benefits, and cost sharing, with the goal
of ensuring beneficiary access to
affordable and sustainable benefit
packages) will apply to determinations
regarding a transition period from one
particular MOOP to another MOOP. We
anticipate that sudden and significant
shifts in the MOOP would cause sudden
changes in premiums, benefits and cost
sharing, which are identified under the
new regulation text as something to be
minimized. Consistent with past
practice, CMS will continue to publish
the expected changes for the next year
and a description of how the regulation
standard is applied (that is, the
methodology used) in the annual Call
Letter prior to bid submission so that
MA plans can submit bids consistent
with MA standards. CMS has
historically provided prior notice and
an opportunity to comment on the Call
Letter guidance document and does not
expect that to change. This will provide
MA organizations adequate time to
comment and prepare for changes. We
anticipate potential changes in MOOP
limits or cost sharing based on MA
benefit design strategies will be
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16488
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
conveyed through existing enrollee
communication materials.
Comment: Several commenters were
concerned about CMS’s strategy to
promote plan adoption of lower MOOP
limits by increasing the cost sharing
flexibility for those plans. They
suggested that allowing this flexibility
may result in discriminatory benefit
designs as plans may raise cost sharing
limits for certain service categories more
likely to be utilized by vulnerable
beneficiaries, and that such
beneficiaries would be especially
disadvantaged if they do not reach the
lower, voluntary MOOP limit. Some
commenters identified concern for
specific service categories if their cost
sharing limits were raised (for example,
inpatient and professional services) and
requested CMS be especially thoughtful
when considering changes to these
categories. A few commenters proposed
that CMS consider lowering cost sharing
limits for mandatory MOOP plans as
another method to encourage adoption
of a lower MOOP limit.
Response: CMS agrees that while
increasing flexibility for MA plans that
voluntarily offer lower MOOP limits can
allow for improved plan design, it will
be important to make sure that
vulnerable patient populations are not
discriminated against and that plan
designs are not confusing to
beneficiaries. Other existing regulations
governing cost sharing designs of MA
plans—such as the prohibition on
discrimination (§ 422.100(f)(2)),
requirement that certain services have
cost sharing that is no higher than FFS
Medicare limits (§ 422.100(j)), and
requirement that overall plan costsharing for coverage of basic benefits
must be actuarially equivalent to the
level of cost sharing (deductible,
copayments, or coinsurance) charged to
beneficiaries under the original
Medicare program option
(§ 422.254(b)(4))—remain in place and
are unchanged by this final rule. CMS
will manage the flexibility plans have in
setting cost sharing limits to make sure
that plan designs are not discriminatory.
For example, CMS does not intend to
significantly increase cost sharing limits
as a percentage of Medicare FFS above
current levels for inpatient, primary,
and specialty care based on cost sharing
standards that CMS publishes in its
annual Call Letter. CMS intends to
continue the practice of furnishing
information to MA organizations about
the methodology used to establish cost
sharing limits and the thresholds CMS
identifies as non-discriminatory through
the annual Call Letter process or Health
Plan Management System (HPMS)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
memoranda and solicit comments, as
appropriate.
Comment: Some commenters reported
concern with the proposal to amend
§ 422.100(f)(6) and implement it as
described in the proposed rule strategy
because of unintended consequences,
such as beneficiaries having to choose
between plans offering different levels
of MOOP limits and variability in cost
sharing across services. A commenter
suggested that CMS update plan
selection resources such as Medicare
Plan Finder (MPF) to simplify the plan
selection process and assist
beneficiaries choose the plan that best
fits their unique health care needs.
Response: We agree that cost sharing
must not be discriminatory and that it
is important to make sure that
beneficiaries have adequate information
to support their plan enrollment
decision-making. Beneficiaries typically
make decisions based on plan
characteristics that are important to
their needs (for example, benefits, cost
sharing, MOOP limit, plan premium,
and providers) and are not familiar with
the complexities associated with
bidding guidance and cost sharing
standards that plans use to prepare bids.
To minimize beneficiary confusion,
CMS will continue evaluations and
enforcement of the current authority
prohibiting plans from misleading
beneficiaries in their communication
materials. In addition, we will
disapprove a plan bid if its proposed
benefit design substantially discourages
enrollment in that plan by certain
Medicare-eligible individuals. In
addition, CMS will continue efforts to
improve plan offerings and plan
comparison tools and resources (for
example, MPF and 1–800–MEDICARE).
Comment: We received a comment
that noted the importance of MOOP
limits as part of a benefit offering for
beneficiary protection and that there are
MA plans being marketed that do not
have a MOOP for out-of-network
services.
Response: CMS notes that all
Medicare LPPOs and RPPOs are
required to have a combined in- and
out-of-network MOOP limit. HMO–POS
plans may offer out-of-network benefits
as supplemental benefits, but are not
required to have these services
contribute to the in-network MOOP
limit or a combined in- and out-ofnetwork MOOP limit.
We received over 40 comments
pertaining to the proposal, with the
majority reflecting support to amend
§§ 422.100(f)(4) and (5) and
422.101(d)(2) and (3) to clarify that CMS
may use Medicare FFS data to establish
annual MOOP limits. The majority of
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
comments also supported the regulation
amendment to add a standard governing
CMS establishment of MOOP limits (to
strike a balance between limiting
maximum beneficiary out of pocket
costs and potential changes in premium,
benefits, and cost sharing, with the goal
of ensuring beneficiary access to
affordable and sustainable benefit
packages). As noted in the proposed
rule, CMS will interpret and implement
these amendment to give CMS the
authority to change MOOP limits;
increase the number of service
categories that have higher cost sharing
in return for offering lower MOOP
limits; and implement more than two
levels of MOOP limits. Consistent with
past practice, CMS will continue to
publish the expected changes for the
next year and a description of how the
regulation standard is applied in the
annual Call Letter prior to bid
submission so that MA plans can submit
bids consistent with MA standards.
CMS plans to transition changes under
the finalized regulations over time,
beginning no earlier than CY 2020, to
avoid disruption to benefit designs and
minimize potential beneficiary
confusion. After careful consideration of
all of the comments we received, we are
finalizing the proposal to amend
§§ 422.100(f)(4) and (5) and
§ 422.101(d)(2) and (3) as described with
an applicability date of January 1, 2020;
this applicability date is consistent with
our intent that these new standards
apply to cost sharing limits set for plans
years after 2019. We are also finalizing
minor revisions as follows:
(1) In § 422.100(f)(5), we are finalizing
the regulation text without the phrase
‘‘annually determined by CMS using
Medicare Fee for Service and to
establish appropriate’’ in the
introductory text; we believe that the
regulation text finalized in the
paragraph (f)(5)(ii) is sufficiently clear
on this point.
(2) In § 422.100(f)(5)(ii), we will
finalize the text with ‘‘CMS sets’’ in
place of ‘‘CMS will set’’ for clarity.
5. Cost Sharing Limits for Medicare
Parts A and B Services (§ 422.100(f)(6))
In addition to MOOP Limits, MA plan
cost sharing for Parts A and B services
is subject to additional regulatory
requirements and limits in
§§ 417.454(e), 422.100(f)(6), and
422.100(j). Section 422.100(f)(6)
provides that cost sharing must not be
discriminatory and CMS determines
annually the level at which certain cost
sharing becomes discriminatory.
Sections 417.454(e) and 422.100(j) are
based on how section 1852(a)(1)(B)(iii)
and (iv) of the Act directs that cost
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
sharing for certain services may not
exceed the cost sharing levels in
Medicare Fee-for-Service (FFS); under
the statute and the regulations, CMS
may add to that list of services. CMS
identifies Parts A and B services that are
more likely to be used by enrollees in
establishing its cost sharing parameters
for review and evaluation. The review
parameters are currently based on
Medicare FFS data and reflect a
combination of patient utilization
scenarios and length of stays or services
used by average to sicker patients. CMS
uses multiple utilization scenarios for
some services (for example, inpatient
care) to guard against MA organizations
distributing or designing cost sharing
amounts in a manner that is
discriminatory. Review parameters are
also established for frequently used
professional services, such as primary
and specialty care services.
CMS proposed to amend
§ 422.100(f)(6) to clarify that it may use
Medicare FFS data to establish
appropriate cost sharing limits for
certain services that are not
discriminatory. In addition, CMS
proposed to amend the regulation to
reflect that CMS would use FFS data
and MA encounter data to inform
patient utilization scenarios to help
identify MA plan cost sharing standards
and thresholds that are not
discriminatory. We specifically solicited
comment on whether to codify that use
of MA encounter data for this purpose
in § 422.100(f)(6). In this final rule, we
reiterate our intent to use the annual
Call Letter process to communicate its
application of the regulation and
announce our intent to transition
changes to cost sharing standards over
time, beginning no earlier than in CY
2020, to avoid disruption to benefit
designs and minimize potential
beneficiary confusion. This proposal is
not related to a statutory change.
In the proposed rule, CMS explained
that it sought to codify authorization to
allow CMS to use the most relevant and
appropriate information in determining
whether specific cost sharing is
discriminatory and to set standards and
thresholds above which CMS believes
cost sharing is discriminatory. In
addition, CMS stated its intent to
continue the practice of furnishing
information to MA organizations about
the methodology used to establish cost
sharing limits and the thresholds CMS
identifies as non-discriminatory through
the annual Call Letter process. We
referenced soliciting comments before
finalizing guidance as necessary and
appropriate. We expect this process will
allow MA organizations to prepare plan
bids consistent with parameters that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
CMS have determined to be nondiscriminatory. In addition, and as
appropriate, CMS noted that we may
also issue guidance using Health Plan
Management System (HPMS)
memoranda.
CMS noted in the proposed rule that
while it has not established a specific
service category cost sharing limit for all
possible services, CMS has issued
guidance that MA plans must pay at
least 50 percent of the contracted (or
Medicare allowable) rate and that cost
sharing for services cannot exceed 50
percent of the total MA plan financial
liability for the benefit in order for the
cost sharing for such services to be
considered non-discriminatory
(Medicare Managed Care Manual,
Chapter 4, Section 50.1 at https://
www.cms.gov/Regulations-andGuidance/Guidance/Manuals/internetOnly-Manuals-IOMs-Items/
CMS019326.html). We stated our belief
that cost sharing (service category
deductibles, copayments, or coinsurance) that fails to cover at least half
the cost of a particular service or item
acts to discriminate against those for
whom those services and items are
medically necessary and discourages
enrollment by beneficiaries who need
those services and items. If an MA plan
uses a copayment method of cost
sharing, then the copayment for an innetwork Medicare FFS service category
cannot exceed 50 percent of the average
contracted rate of that service without
CMS seriously questioning and
reviewing the cost-sharing as
discriminatory. CMS does not believe
that cost sharing at such high levels can
legitimately serve any purpose other
than discriminating against the
enrollees who need and frequently use
those services. Some service categories
may identify specific benefits for which
a unique copayment will apply, while
others are grouped, such as durable
medical equipment or outpatient
diagnostic and radiological services,
which contain a variety of services with
different levels of cost which may
reasonably have a range of copayments.
As discussed in section II.A/B.4 in the
proposed rule and this final rule, CMS
uses (and will continue to use under
revisions finalized for §§ 422.100 and
422.101) Medicare FFS data in setting
limits and thresholds for MA cost
sharing for the basic benefits (that is, the
Part A and Part B services that MA
plans must cover). Medicare FFS data
currently represents the most relevant
and available data at this time. CMS
uses it as well to evaluate the cost
sharing for specific services, apply the
anti-discrimination standard currently
at § 422.100(f)(6), and consider whether
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16489
to exercise CMS’s authority to add (by
regulation) categories of services for
which cost sharing may not exceed
levels in Medicare FFS.
As noted with regard to setting MOOP
limits under §§ 422.100 and 422.101,
CMS may consider future rulemaking
regarding the use of MA encounter data
to understand program health care costs
and compare to Medicare FFS data in
establishing cost sharing limits.
Therefore, in addition to proposing to
codify use of the FFS data, CMS
proposed to include in § 422.100(f)(6)
that CMS would use MA encounter data
to inform utilization scenarios used to
identify discriminatory cost sharing.
CMS explained that its proposal to
amend § 422.100(f) would allow use of
the most relevant and appropriate
information in determining cost sharing
standards and thresholds. For example,
analyses of MA utilization encounter
data can be used with Medicare FFS
data to establish the appropriate
utilization scenarios to determine MA
plan cost sharing standards and
thresholds. CMS solicited comments
and suggestions on this proposal,
particularly whether additional
regulation text is needed to achieve
CMS’s goal of setting and announcing
each year presumptively discriminatory
levels of cost sharing.
We received the following comments
on this proposal, and our response
follows,
Nearly all commenters who provided
feedback on this provision (Cost Sharing
Limits for Medicare Parts A and B
Services (§ 422.100(f)(6))) also provided
feedback on section II.B. 4 (Maximum
Out-of-Pocket Limit for Medicare Parts
A and B Services (§§ 422.100(f)(4) and
(5) and 422.101(d))). In this section, we
address commenters that primarily
focus on cost sharing limits, while
section II.B.4 addresses commenters that
focus on MOOP limits or both of these
provisions.
Comment: The majority of
commenters supported the proposal,
stating that CMS should use Medicare
FFS data to establish nondiscriminatory cost sharing limits as it
is currently the most relevant and
appropriate information in determining
cost sharing standards and thresholds.
Commenters also supported providing
guidance through the annual Call Letter
to achieve CMS’s goal of setting and
announcing each year presumptively
discriminatory levels of cost sharing
that will not be considered
discriminatory or in violation of other
applicable standards.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their support. CMS intends to
continue the practice of furnishing
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16490
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
information to MA organizations about
the methodology used to establish cost
sharing limits and the thresholds CMS
identifies as non-discriminatory through
the annual Call Letter process. We will
also continue to solicit comments before
finalizing guidance as necessary and
appropriate. Addressing changes in
these vehicles that solicit comments
provides for more timely and effective
changes to protect beneficiaries. We
expect this process will allow MA
organizations to prepare plan bids
consistent with parameters that CMS
have determined to be nondiscriminatory. In addition, and as
appropriate, CMS will announce and
issue guidance using HPMS
memoranda.
Comment: Many commenters were
concerned about the quality of MA
encounter data and questioned whether
such data should be used to establish
cost sharing limits. A few commenters
were concerned about using MA
encounter data to inform utilization
scenarios, as proposed, based on data
quality issues. A commenter proposed
that CMS consider using a phased in
approach over multiple years by
blending Medicare FFS and MA
encounter data for utilization analyses
to address data quality concerns.
Response: We understand the
concerns expressed by commenters
about using MA encounter data to
estimate costs associated with specific
health care services. However, we
believe MA encounter data can be used
to understand utilization trends in
establishing the utilization scenarios
selected for cost sharing standards (for
example, 6-day and 10-day inpatient
cost sharing standards). Medicare FFS
data currently represents the most
relevant and available data at this time
but we believe adding MA encounter
data to FFS data will improve our
utilization scenarios for the MA
population. CMS may consider future
rulemaking to incorporate MA
encounter data with Medicare FFS data
to establish cost sharing limits as well.
Under this final rule, CMS will use
Medicare FFS data along with MA
encounter data to help inform
utilization scenarios (for example,
inpatient lengths of stay) in establishing
cost sharing standards as we continue to
rely on Medicare FFS data to determine
cost sharing dollar limits. We believe
the use of MA encounter data to inform
utilization scenarios is reasonable as we
are using it in conjunction with
Medicare FFS data, which mitigates
concerns about the completeness and
quality of the MA encounter data.
Comment: Several commenters were
concerned about CMS’s strategy to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
promote plan adoption of lower MOOP
limits by increasing the cost sharing
flexibility for those plans. Commenters
expressed concern that allowing this
flexibility may result in discriminatory
benefit designs as plans may raise cost
sharing limits for certain service
categories more likely to be utilized by
vulnerable beneficiaries. Some
commenters referenced specific service
categories of concern if cost sharing
limits were raised (for example,
inpatient and professional services) and
requested CMS be especially thoughtful
when considering changes to these
categories.
Response: CMS agrees that while
increasing flexibility in cost sharing
standards for plans that voluntarily offer
lower MOOP limits can allow for
improved plan design, it will be
important to make sure that vulnerable
patient populations are not
discriminated against and that plan
designs are not confusing to
beneficiaries. CMS will manage the
flexibility plans have in setting cost
sharing limits to make sure that plan
designs are not discriminatory.
Comment: Some commenters noted
concern with the specific methodology
that CMS would use to establish cost
sharing limits and how abrupt any
changes may be from one contract year
to the next. A few commenters
requested CMS provide additional
guidance on its implementation of the
proposed changes to § 422.100(f)(6).
Response: CMS intends to use the
annual Call Letter process to
communicate its application of the
regulation and to transition changes to
cost sharing standards over time,
beginning no earlier than CY 2020, to
avoid disruption to benefit designs and
minimize potential beneficiary
confusion. Consistent with past
practice, CMS will continue to publish
annual limits, expected changes for the
next year, and a description of how the
regulation standard is applied (that is,
the methodology used) in the annual
Call Letter prior to bid submission so
that MA plans can submit bids
consistent with CMS standards. This
will provide MA organizations adequate
time to comment and prepare for
changes.
We received over 40 comments
pertaining to the proposal, with the
majority reflecting support to amend
§ 422.100(f)(6) to permit use of Medicare
FFS data to establish cost sharing limits
that will not be considered
discriminatory for Part A and B services
in MA plans. Commenters also generally
supported continued use of the annual
Call Letter process for explaining our
application and implementation of the
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
revised § 422.100(f)(6). After careful
consideration of all the comments, we
are finalizing our proposal to use
Medicare FFS data along with MA
encounter data to inform utilization
scenarios (for example, inpatient lengths
of stay) and rely on Medicare FFS data
to determine cost sharing standards and
thresholds. We are finalizing these
amendments with an applicability date
of January 1, 2020; this applicability
date is consistent with our intent that
these new standards apply to cost
sharing limits set for plans years after
2019. As MA encounter cost data
quality improves, CMS will consider
future rulemaking to incorporate with
Medicare FFS data to establish cost
sharing limits. CMS intends to use the
annual Call Letter process to
communicate its application of the
regulation and plans to transition
changes under the finalized regulations
over time, beginning no earlier than CY
2020, to avoid disruption to benefit
designs and minimize potential
beneficiary confusion. We are also
finalizing a minor revision to paragraph
(f)(6) to improve the flow of the text.
Specifically, we are separating the last
sentence into two sentences divided by
a semicolon with minor grammatical
edits.
6. Meaningful Differences in Medicare
Advantage Bid Submissions and Bid
Review (§§ 422.254 and 422.256)
As provided at §§ 422.254(a)(4) and
422.256(b)(4), CMS will only approve a
bid submitted by a Medicare Advantage
(MA) organization if its plan benefit
package (PBP) is substantially different
from those of other plans offered by the
organization in the same area with
respect to key plan characteristics such
as premiums, cost sharing, or benefits
offered. MA organizations may submit
bids for multiple plans in the same area
under the same contract only if those
plans are substantially different from
one another based on CMS’s annual
meaningful difference evaluation. CMS
proposed to eliminate the meaningful
difference requirement beginning with
MA bid submissions for contract year
(CY) 2019. Separate meaningful
difference rules were concurrently
adopted for MA and stand-alone
prescription drug plans (PDPs), but this
specific proposal was limited to the
meaningful difference provision related
to the MA program. A proposal related
to the Part D meaningful difference
regulation is addressed at section III.
II.A.16. of this final rule.
In the proposed rule, CMS explained
the goal of eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement: To improve
competition, innovation, available
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
benefit offerings, and provide
beneficiaries with affordable plans that
are tailored for their unique health care
needs and financial situation. Other
regulations prohibit plans from
misleading beneficiaries in their
communication materials, provide CMS
the authority to disapprove a bid if a
plan’s proposed benefit design
substantially discourages enrollment in
that plan by certain Medicare-eligible
individuals, and allow CMS to nonrenew a plan that fails to attract a
sufficient number of enrollees over a
sustained period of time
(§§ 422.100(f)(2), 422.510(a)(4)(xiv),
422.2264, and 422.2260(e)). Therefore,
CMS explained in the proposed rule,
MA organizations could be expected to
continue designing PBPs that, within a
service area, are different from one
another with respect to key benefit
design characteristics. CMS stated its
belief that any potential beneficiary
confusion would be minimized when
comparing multiple plans offered by the
MA organization. For example,
beneficiaries may consider the following
factors when they make their health care
decisions: Plan type, Part D coverage,
differences in provider network, Part B
and plan premiums, and unique
populations served (for example, special
needs plans). In addition, CMS stated its
intent to continue the practice of
furnishing information to MA
organizations about the bid evaluation
methodology through the annual Call
Letter process and/or Health Plan
Management System (HPMS)
memoranda and solicit comments, as
appropriate. This process allows CMS to
articulate bid requirements and MA
organizations to prepare bids that satisfy
CMS requirements and standards prior
to bid submission in June each year.
As stated in the proposed rule,
although challenged by choices,
beneficiaries do not want their plan
choices to be limited and understand
key decision factors such as premiums,
out-of-pocket cost sharing, Part D
coverage, familiar providers, and
company offering the plan.22 CMS noted
that more sophisticated approaches to
consumer engagement and decisionmaking should help beneficiaries,
caregivers, and family members make
informed plan choices. CMS cited
supporting 1–800–MEDICARE and
enhancements to MPF that have
improved the customer experience, such
as including MA and Part D benefits and
a new consumer friendly tool for the CY
2018 Medicare open enrollment period.
22 Jacobson, G. Swoope, C., Perry, M. Slosar, M.
How are seniors choosing and changing health
insurance plans? Kaiser Family Foundation. 2014
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
This new tool assists beneficiaries in
choosing a plan that meets their unique
health and financial needs based on a
set of 10 quick questions.
As stated in the October 22, 2009,
proposed rule (74 FR 54670 through 73)
and April 15, 2010, final rule (75 FR
19736 through 40), CMS’s goal for the
meaningful difference evaluation was to
ensure a proper balance between
affording beneficiaries a wide range of
plan choices and avoiding undue
beneficiary confusion in making
coverage selections. The meaningful
difference evaluation was initiated
when cost sharing and benefits were
relatively consistent within each plan,
and similar plans within the same
contract could be readily compared by
measuring estimated out-of-pocket costs
(OOPC) and other factors currently
integrated in the evaluation’s
methodology. Detailed information
about the meaningful difference
evaluation is available in the CY 2018
Final Call Letter issued April 3, 2017,
(pages 115–118) and information about
the CMS OOPC model is available at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Prescription-Drug-Coverage/Prescription
DrugCovGenIn/OOPCResources.html.
As discussed in the CY 2018 Final Call
Letter, the differences between similar
plans must have at least a $20 per
member per month estimated
beneficiary out-of-pocket cost
difference. Differences in plan type (for
example, HMO, LPPO), SNP sub-type,
and inclusion of Part D coverage are
considered meaningful differences,
which align with beneficiary decisionmaking. As noted in the proposed rule,
premiums, risk scores, actual plan
utilization, and enrollment are not
included in the evaluation because
these factors will introduce risk
selection, costs, and margin into the
evaluation, resulting in a negation of the
evaluation’s objectivity. CMS clarified
that the OOPC model uses the lowest
cost sharing value for each service
category to estimate out-of-pocket costs,
which may or may not be a relevant
comparison between different plans for
purposes of evaluating meaningful
difference when variable cost sharing of
this type is involved.
Based on CMS’s efforts to revisit MA
standards and the implementation of the
governing law to find flexibility for MA
beneficiaries and plans, MA
organizations are able to: (1) Tier the
cost sharing for contracted providers as
an incentive to encourage enrollees to
seek care from providers the plan
identifies based on efficiency and
quality data which was communicated
in CY 2011 guidance; (2) establish
Provider-Specific Plans (PSPs) designed
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16491
to offer enrollees benefits through a
subset of the overall contracted network
in a given service area, which are
sometimes referred to as narrower
networks, and which was collected in
the PBP beginning in CY 2011; and (3)
beginning in CY 2019, provide different
cost sharing and/or additional
supplemental benefits for enrollees
based on defined health status or
disease state within the same plan
(Flexibility in the Medicare Advantage
Uniformity Requirements). These
flexibilities allow MA organizations to
provide beneficiaries with access to
health care benefits that are tailored to
individual needs, but make it difficult
for CMS to objectively measure
meaningful differences between plans.
Items 1 and 3 provide greater cost
sharing flexibility to address individual
beneficiary needs but result in a much
broader range of cost sharing values
being entered into the PBP.
CMS restated its commitment to
ensuring transparency in plan offerings
so that beneficiaries can make informed
decisions about their health care plan
choices while also noting the
importance of encouraging competition,
innovation, and providing access to
affordable health care approaches that
address individual needs. CMS
recognized that the current meaningful
difference methodology evaluates the
entire plan and does not capture
differences in benefits that are tied to
specific health conditions. As a result,
CMS noted the meaningful difference
evaluation will not fully represent
benefit and cost sharing differences
experienced by enrollees and could lead
to MA organizations to focus on CMS
standards, rather than beneficiary needs,
when designing benefit packages. CMS
noted the challenges with trying to
capture differences in provider network,
more tailored benefit and cost sharing
designs, or other innovations. In
addition, we are concerned that plans
may be forced to potentially develop
more complicated and confusing benefit
designs to achieve differences between
plans.
CMS recognized to satisfy current
CMS meaningful difference standards,
MA organizations may have to change
benefit coverage or cost sharing in
certain plans to establish the necessary
benefit value difference, even if
substantial difference exists based on
factors CMS is currently unable to
incorporate into the evaluation (such as
tiered cost sharing, and unique benefit
packages based on enrollee health
conditions). Although these changes in
benefits coverage may be positive or
negative, CMS stated concern that the
meaningful difference requirement
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16492
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
results in organizations potentially
reducing the value of benefit offerings.
These are unintended consequences of
the existing meaningful difference
evaluation and may restrict innovative
benefit designs that address individual
beneficiary needs and affordability.
As discussed in the proposed rule,
CMS continually evaluates consumer
engagement tools and outreach
materials (including marketing,
educational, and member materials) to
ensure information is formatted
consistently so beneficiaries can easily
compare multiple plans. Annual
guidance and model materials are
provided to MA organizations to assist
them in providing resources, such as the
plan’s Annual Notice of Change (ANOC)
and Evidence of Coverage (EOC), which
contain valuable information for the
enrollee to evaluate and select the best
plan for their needs. CMS invests
substantial resources in engagement
strategies such as 1–800–MEDICARE,
MPF, standard and electronic mail, and
social media to continuously
communicate with beneficiaries,
caregivers, family members, providers,
community resources, and other
stakeholders.
CMS noted that MA organizations
may be able to offer a portfolio of plan
options with clear differences between
benefits, providers, and premiums
which will allow beneficiaries to make
more effective decisions if the MA
organizations are not required to change
benefit and cost sharing designs in order
to satisfy §§ 422.254 and 422.256.
Currently, MA organizations must
satisfy CMS meaningful difference
standards (and other requirements),
rather than solely focusing on
beneficiary purchasing needs when
establishing a range of plan options.
CMS also noted additional beneficiary
protections including: Plans are
required to not mislead beneficiaries in
communication materials; CMS may
disapprove a bid if CMS finds that a
plan’s proposed benefit design
substantially discourages enrollment in
that plan by certain Medicare-eligible
individuals; and CMS may terminate
plans that fail to attract a sufficient
number of enrollees over a sustained
period of time (§§ 422.100(f)(2),
422.510(a)(4)(xiv), 422.2264, and
422.2260(e)). For these reasons, CMS
proposed to remove §§ 422.254(a)(4) and
422.256(b)(4) to eliminate the
meaningful difference requirement for
MA bid submissions. CMS also solicited
comments and suggestions on making
sure beneficiaries have access to
innovative plans that meet their unique
needs.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
We received the following comments
on this proposal, and our response
follows:
Comment: Some commenters fully
supported the proposal, stating that
eliminating the meaningful difference
requirement will support plan
innovation and provide Medicare
beneficiaries access to plans that meet
their unique needs. Several commenters
noted that eliminating the current
meaningful difference requirement that
established arbitrary differences
between plans will allow MA
organizations to put the beneficiary at
the center of benefit design. This will
result in MA organizations being able to
offer a portfolio of plan options with
clear differences between benefits,
providers, and premiums that are easily
understood by beneficiaries.
Commenters also noted that CMS’s
efforts to support beneficiaries make
informed choices by maintaining
existing requirements for marketing
materials and nondiscriminatory benefit
designs will sufficiently safeguard
beneficiaries if the meaningful
difference requirement is eliminated.
Response: We thank the commenters
for supporting the proposal. We believe
this proposed change could result in
more innovative products that are more
competitive and market-driven within a
less restrictive regulatory framework.
Comment: A commenter supported
the proposal and questioned how the
agency will ensure potential savings
from eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement will be passed
on to beneficiaries in the form of lower
premiums, while also maintaining
coverage of essential and appropriate
benefits.
Response: CMS expects that the
elimination of the meaningful difference
evaluation, in conjunction with the
expansion of benefit flexibilities, will
allow organizations to provide benefit
offerings that satisfy the unique needs of
beneficiaries, increase enrollee
satisfaction, reduce overall plan
expenditures, and result in more
affordable plans. All MA plans must
provide enrollees in that plan with all
Parts A and B services so beneficiaries
are assured a minimum package of
covered services; many plans also
provide supplemental benefits, at the
MA organization’s option. While CMS
reviews and approves MA PBPs and
premiums for actuarial soundness and
satisfying CMS standards, we do not
have the legal authority to dictate MA
organizations’ business decisions to
establish premiums at a specific level.
MA organizations can adjust their plan
offerings to reflect annual changes in
medical costs and payment rates and
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
may do so in a variety of ways, such as
adjustments to cost sharing amounts,
adding or subtracting supplemental
benefits, or making changes to the
monthly premium(s). Plans face
competition in their defined market
areas and must also comply with Part C
standards related to changes in benefits,
cost sharing, and premium. In addition,
all beneficiaries are made aware of plan
changes including premium for the
upcoming year and can choose to switch
plans during the annual election period.
Comment: Several commenters
disagreed with the proposal to eliminate
the meaningful difference requirement
because they believe it is a beneficiary
protection. Reasons for maintaining the
meaningful difference requirement
included: Concerns about the ability of
Medicare beneficiaries to make the
nuanced comparisons among various
plan types and benefit packages, limited
resources to assist beneficiaries with
complicated decisions, expectation that
older people and people with
disabilities do not use technology to the
same extent as non-Medicare
beneficiary populations (thereby
limiting the usefulness of MPF, a
primary means of CMS assistance to
beneficiaries in comparing plans), and
unknown resource availability to
support call centers to assist
beneficiaries who do not have access to
or use the internet. Several comments
were concerned that narrower networks
could be potentially discriminatory or a
means of limiting benefit access for
enrollees. Another commenter had
concerns that eliminating the
meaningful difference requirement may
encourage plan risk segmentation based
on benefit design but did not include
any rationale for their concern. Some
commenters referenced plan selection
research, such as National Institutes of
Health, and Brookings studies,23 noting
Consumers Union findings that indicate
beneficiaries face challenges in
navigating the Medicare market due to
not using available tools (such as MPF),
23 Bertko J, Ginsburg PB, Lieberman S, Trish E,
Antos J. Medicare Advantage: Better information
tools, better beneficiary choices, better competition.
U.S.C.-Brookings Schaeffer Initiative for Health
Policy. Nov. 2017. Retrieved from https://
www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/
ma-consumer-reforms.pdf.
Cognitive Functioning and Choice between
Traditional Medicare and Medicare Advantage; J.
Michael McWilliams, Christopher C. Afendulis,
Thomas G. McGuire, and Bruce E. Landon; Health
Affairs, September 2011 (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.
gov/pmc/articles/PMC3513347/).
The Evidence is Clear: Too Many Health
Insurance Choices Can Impair, Not Help Consumer
Decision Making; Lynn Quincy and Julie Silas;
Consumers Union, November 2012 (https://
consumersunion.org/pdf/Too_Much_Choice_Nov_
2012.pdf).
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
confusion when using MPF, and high
rates of individuals not making an
active health plan selection because of
choice anxiety. Several commenters also
noted their general concern that the net
effect of eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement and other
proposals pursued in the proposed rule
may have unintended consequences
regarding beneficiary confusion that
will negate the value of market
innovation, especially for people with
lower income and educational levels.
Response: We acknowledge the
commenters’ concerns about beneficiary
confusion. We believe that the tools
CMS provides for beneficiaries to make
decisions and our enforcement of
communication and marketing
requirements (such as the prohibition
on misleading beneficiaries) mitigate
and address these concerns. Under our
existing authority at § 422.110, CMS
will monitor to ensure organizations are
not engaging in activities that are
discriminatory or potentially misleading
or confusing to Medicare beneficiaries.
We note that CMS has authority,
clarified in this final rule, to review
marketing (review in advance of use)
and communication (review after use)
materials to ensure compliance with
MA program requirements. CMS will
conduct outreach with organizations
that appear to offer a large number of
similar plans in the same county
following bid submissions and
communicate any general concerns
through the annual Call Letter process
and/or HPMS memoranda. CMS
network adequacy requirements apply
to all Part C provider networks to ensure
adequate network provider access for
enrollees. With regard to concerns about
risk segmentation, CMS believes risk
segmentation is not beneficial to MA
organizations or enrollees who want to
maintain stable benefits and premiums,
but if an organization wanted to
purposely create risk segmentation
within its plan offerings, it could do so
with or without the meaningful
difference evaluation. The agency will
continue to monitor and address
potential concerns as part of our
existing authority to review and approve
bids. We expect eliminating the
meaningful difference requirement will
improve plan choices for beneficiaries
by driving provider network and benefit
package innovation and affordable
health care coverage. MA organizations
also consider beneficiary choice anxiety
when developing their own portfolio of
plan offerings, so that sales and broker
personnel and marketing materials can
highlight key differences between plan
offerings and support informed choice.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Beneficiaries also rely on established
health plan characteristics to guide their
decision making, such as preferences for
plan type (for example, HMO or PPO),
providers (for example, established
primary care physician being in
network), presence of Part D benefits,
cost sharing, plan premium, and
brand.24 In addition, dually eligible
beneficiaries may choose D–SNPs that
provide more standardized plan options
with little or no cost sharing
responsibilities instead of a non-D–SNP
plan without these benefits. This allows
beneficiaries to reduce the number of
health plan options of interest (for
example, focus on MA organizations
offering SNP options) and simplify the
process to choose their health plan.
After taking into account specific
preferences, such as plan type,
beneficiaries may choose from a limited
subset of available plan options with the
assistance of plan communication
materials and existing CMS resources
such as MPF and 1–800–MEDICARE. In
addition, CMS will continue to prohibit
plans from misleading beneficiaries in
their communication materials,
disapprove a plan’s bid if its proposed
benefit design substantially discourages
enrollment in that plan by certain
Medicare-eligible individuals, and allow
CMS to terminate a plan that fails to
attract a sufficient number of enrollees
over a sustained period of time so that
any potential beneficiary confusion is
minimized when comparing multiple
plans offered by the organization
(§§ 422.100(f)(2), 422.510(a)(4)(xiv),
422.2264, and 422.2260(e)).
Comment: Several commenters had
concern that eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement would promote
‘‘gaming’’ among plan sponsors (for
example, offering a large number of plan
options in a service area) which may
challenge or complicate beneficiary
24 Jacobson, G., Swoope, C., Perry, M., Slosar, M.
How are seniors choosing and changing health
insurance plans? Kaiser Family Foundation. 2014.
Atherly, A., Dowd, B., Feldman, R. The Effect of
Benefits, Premiums, and Health Risk on Health Plan
Choice in the Medicare Program. Health Services
Research. 2004. Retrieved from https://
onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/j.14756773.2004.00261.x.
McCormack LA, Garfinkel SA, Hibbard JH,
Norton EC, Bayen UJ. Health plan decision making
with new medicare information materials. Health
Services Research. 2001;36(3):531–554.
Abaluck, Jason, and Jonathan Gruber. 2011.
‘‘Choice Inconsistencies among the Elderly:
Evidence from Plan Choice in the Medicare Part D
Program.’’ American Economic Review, 101(4):
1180–1210.
Uhrig, J., Harris-Kojetin, L., Bann, C., Kuo, T. Do
Content and Format Affect Older Consumers’ Use
of Comparative Information in a Medicare Health
Plan Choice? Results from a Controlled Experiment.
2006. Retrieved from https://journals.sagepub.com/
doi/pdf/10.1177/1077558706293636.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16493
decision-making because of the
potential increase in plan options; these
commenters questioned if elimination of
the requirement provides enough
benefits to outweigh the risks. A few
commenters questioned whether there is
evidence that innovation is or will be
inhibited by the meaningful difference
evaluation. A commenter recommended
CMS formally survey MA organizations
about the impact of meaningful
difference standards as well as survey
beneficiaries regarding their satisfaction
with MA plan offerings. Some
commenters suggested CMS first pursue
adjusting the meaningful difference
requirement before eliminating it by
either waiving the requirement if MA
organizations can provide alternative
evidence to CMS that their plan
offerings are substantively different,
significantly reducing the current $20
meaningful difference threshold
between similar plans to provide more
flexibility, accounting for differences in
premiums, and providing broader
consideration of provider network
differences in the evaluation. A
commenter requested that instead of
eliminating the meaningful difference
requirement, CMS revise the evaluation
and require plan actuaries to attest to
actuarial value differences among plans
using a utilization profile that is
representative of the plan population. A
few comments stated that if CMS was to
place a limit on the number of plans an
organization could offer that CMS take
into consideration the appropriate level
within an organizational structure to
establish the limit (for example, parent,
legal entity, or contract organization),
mergers and acquisitions, and that CMS
treat full-provider networks separately
from more limited provider networks.
Response: As discussed in the
proposed rule, CMS is concerned the
meaningful difference requirement may
force MA organizations to design benefit
packages to meet CMS standards rather
than address beneficiary needs. CMS
has been made aware of these concerns
through comments submitted in
response to recent Call Letters and the
Request for Information (April 2017),
that highlighted how MA organizations
may be forced to meet arbitrary limits
between their plans to comply with
CMS meaningful difference standards.
Based on this information CMS does not
believe formal surveys are necessary to
determine the unintended consequences
of the meaningful difference evaluation.
Our proposal to eliminate the
meaningful difference requirement
aimed to improve competition,
innovation, available benefit offerings,
and provide beneficiaries with
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16494
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
affordable plans that are tailored for
their unique health care needs and
financial situation. The number of MA
plan bids may increase because of a
variety of factors, that are not related to
the elimination of the meaningful
difference requirement, such as
payments, bidding and service area
strategies, serving unique populations,
and in response to other program
constraints or flexibilities. CMS expects
that eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement will improve
plan choice for beneficiaries by driving
provider network and benefit package
innovation and affordable health care
coverage. CMS believes that eliminating
the current meaningful difference
requirement will allow MA
organizations to put the beneficiary at
the center of benefit design as MA
organizations will not be pressured to
make benefit changes to comply with an
arbitrary requirement that may
ultimately result in higher premiums
and/or cost sharing for beneficiaries.
This will result in MA organizations
being able to offer a portfolio of plan
options with clear differences between
benefits, providers, and premiums that
are more easily understood by
beneficiaries. In order to capture
differences in provider networks, more
tailored benefit and cost sharing
designs, or other innovations, the
evaluation process would have to use
more varied and complex assumptions
to identify plans that are not
meaningfully different from one
another. CMS believes that such an
evaluation could result in more
complicated and potentially confusing
benefit designs and would require
investment of greater administrative
resources for MA organizations and
CMS, while not producing results that
are useful to beneficiaries. CMS expects
that eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement will improve the
plan options available for beneficiaries.
As it is unknown how many
organizations will choose to add plan
options as a result of this provision, we
are unable to estimate the impact to
beneficiaries should this lead to more
competition. CMS expects increased
competition will lead to potentially
lower premiums and/or cost-sharing for
Medicare beneficiaries. CMS does not
anticipate beneficiaries will need
additional time to compare differences
between plans related to the elimination
of the meaningful difference
requirement. This particular change is
expected to help MA organizations
differentiate plan offerings more
effectively so that beneficiaries can
make decisions more efficiently. We
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
believe that the tools and information
CMS provides for beneficiaries to make
decisions (for example, Medicare Plan
Finder, Medicare and You Handbook,
1–800–MEDICARE), in addition to our
enforcement of communication and
marketing requirements, aim to mitigate
any potential choice overload. We are
not pursuing adjustments to the
meaningful difference requirement (for
example, waivers) because the use of a
waiver or justification process
introduces subjectivity into the benefit
review and we believe the goal of
increasing flexibility is better served by
eliminating the requirement. With this
final rule, organizations will have more
flexibility to design MA plans in a
manner that is more focused on
beneficiary needs. Finally, we do not
intend to establish a specific number of
plans that any one organization could
offer. The MA program has a different
market structure than standalone PDPs,
that is, PDPs serve entire regions while
MA organizations may serve different
service areas based on county. The same
MA organization may have multiple
plans but those plans may only overlap
in a limited number of counties.
Depending on the market structure (for
example, makeup of providers and
consumers) it may be helpful for MA
organizations to provide offerings from
multiple plan types so that beneficiaries
have valuable options. In addition, it
may be helpful for MA organizations to
offer SNP plans to meet the needs of
different beneficiary populations. CMS
will monitor and address potential
concerns as part of our existing
authority to review and approve bids.
Comment: A few commenters
requested that CMS conduct an
evaluation to estimate whether
eliminating the meaningful difference
requirement would create choice
anxiety among beneficiaries and its
potential effect on future enrollment. A
few commenters also questioned if CMS
had presented sufficient reasons to
justify eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement.
Response: In the proposed rule (82 FR
56363 through 56365) and in the
responses in this section, we have
discussed our supporting rationale to
eliminate the meaningful difference
requirement. After carefully considering
the commenters’ concerns, we believe
our proposal will result in improved
options—both in terms of innovative
plans and affordability—for
beneficiaries and that existing
safeguards, along with beneficiary
decision making education and tools,
will be successful in managing
beneficiary choice anxiety concerns.
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Comment: A commenter requested
clarification on how this proposal, in
conjunction with others, affects
expectations for state Medicaid agencies
and SNPs.
Response: CMS does not anticipate
that eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement, in conjunction
with other proposals, would affect state
Medicaid agencies. To the extent that
clarification of state Medicaid or SNP
issues is required as a result of the
regulation changes in this final rule,
CMS would communicate this guidance
through the annual Call Letter process,
HPMS memoranda, and Medicare
Managed Care Manual updates. In
addition, the CMS Medicare-Medicaid
Coordination Office (MMCO) may
provide assistance for states and D–
SNPs. The Center for Medicare is
working collaboratively with MMCO in
the regulations drafting process and
implementation steps related to this
rule. Separately, MMCO is re-examining
the potential need for resources related
to implementing the provisions of
section 50311 of the Bipartisan Budget
Act of 2018.
Comment: Several commenters
requested that CMS issue guidance
regarding the distinctions in plan
options that would be permissible and
operational guidance on the
implementation of this proposal in the
annual Call Letter to support CY 2019
bid development and submission.
Response: MA organizations can use
the information contained in this final
rule about the elimination of the
meaningful difference requirements and
CMS expectations to prepare CY 2019
bid submissions. CMS intends to
continue using the annual Call Letter
process in future years for releasing
draft versions of bid-related guidance
for comment and to provide additional
guidance regarding general concerns we
may have with organizations’ portfolio
of plan offerings. In addition, we will
provide information about potential
concerns regarding activities that are
potentially discriminatory or potentially
misleading or confusing to Medicare
beneficiaries.
Comment: Several commenters noted
concern about resources to support
beneficiaries choose a health plan and
navigate their benefits (for example, 1–
800–MEDICARE, MPF, SHIP counselors,
and the Medicare Ombudsman program)
and supported improvements to MPF
that allow beneficiaries to more easily
narrow down their choices based on
personalized information (for example,
more filters and pre-selection criteria to
identify important plan characteristics
that limit plan options to evaluate).
Several commenters offered to provide
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
input to MPF changes, while others
encouraged CMS to establish a group of
representatives (for example, MA
organizations, advocacy organizations,
provider groups, and other stakeholders)
to help develop MPF improvements,
health plan decision-making education
materials, and other information to
improve the health plan selection
process and overall experience for
beneficiaries. Some comments indicated
that changes to the MPF should occur
prior to eliminating the meaningful
difference evaluation. Commenters also
had an interest in CMS establishing
communications and marketing
guidance so that MA organizations can
describe how an organization’s plan
offerings are different in situations
where multiple plan options are
compared (for example, providing
additional information in the Summary
of Benefits). In addition, other
comments noted the need for CMS to
solicit input from multiple stakeholders
to improve communication materials
(for example, ANOC and EOC).
Response: These recommendations
are not strictly within the scope of this
final rule provision. We do however
appreciate the many comments and
suggestions related to improving the
health plan decision making process
and overall experience for beneficiaries.
We agree with the need for clear and
complete information and intend to
continue improving the MPF to make it
as user friendly as possible. We are
sharing these comments and suggestions
with the CMS Office of
Communications. Additionally, we
would encourage third party
organizations that support beneficiaries
in their decision-making to take
advantage of existing resources 1–800–
MEDICARE, MPF, SHIP counselors, and
the Medicare Ombudsman program.
CMS will take commenter suggestions
under careful consideration and will
continue to include stakeholders and
beneficiaries in the planning,
preparation, testing, and execution
process for MPF; CMS subjects some
model enrollee communication
materials to periodic consumer testing
and also considers comments submitted
from MA organizations and stakeholders
on an ongoing basis. In addition, CMS
will look for ways to incorporate the
suggestions from commenters about
how the health plan selection process
can be simplified for beneficiaries
through existing and possibly new
Medicare materials. MA organizations
have and are encouraged to use existing
flexibilities to highlight differences
between their own plan offerings for
beneficiaries in marketing and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
communications materials (for example,
summary of benefits).
We received over 65 comments
pertaining to the proposal; the great
majority reflected mixed support for
eliminating the meaningful difference
requirement. After careful consideration
of all of the comments we received, we
are finalizing the elimination of the
meaningful difference requirement from
§§ 422.254 and 422.256 as proposed.
Under our existing authority at
§ 422.2268, CMS will monitor to ensure
organizations are not engaging in
activities that are discriminatory or
potentially misleading or confusing to
Medicare beneficiaries. CMS will
communicate and work with
organizations that appear to offer a large
number of similar plans in the same
county, raising and discussing with
such MA organizations any concerns.
CMS plan checks would include plans
offered under each contract, unique
plan type, and county. Plan types
currently include: (1) HMO and HMO–
POS not offering all Parts A and B
services out-of-network, (2) HMO POS
offering all Parts A and B services outof-network, (3) LPPO, (4) RPPO, (5)
PFFS, and (6) unique SNP types (that is,
different chronic diseases, institutional
categories, and dual-eligible sub-types).
From a beneficiary’s perspective, CMS
would expect plans within the same
contract, plan type, and county to be
distinguishable by beneficiaries using
such factors as the inclusion or
exclusion of Part D coverage, provider
network, plan premium, Part B
premium buy-down, estimated out-ofpocket costs, and benefit design so that
MA organizations can market their
plans clearly. CMS intends to issue
guidance through the annual Call Letter
process and HPMS memoranda to help
organizations design plan options that
avoid potential beneficiary confusion
prior to bid submission.
7. Coordination of Enrollment and
Disenrollment Through MA
Organizations and Effective Dates of
Coverage and Change of Coverage
(§§ 422.66 and 422.68)
In addition to general authority for the
Secretary to establish the process
through which MA plan election is
made by Medicare beneficiaries, section
1851(c)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act authorizes
the Secretary to implement default
enrollment rules for the Medicare
Advantage (MA) program. This default
enrollment is in addition to the
statutory direction that beneficiaries
who do not elect an MA plan are
defaulted to original (fee-for-service)
Medicare. Section 1851(c)(3)(A)(ii)
states that the Secretary may establish
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16495
procedures whereby an individual
currently enrolled in a non-MA health
plan offered by an MA organization at
the time of his or her Initial Coverage
Election Period is deemed to have
elected an MA plan offered by the
organization if he or she does not elect
to receive Medicare coverage in another
way. We proposed new regulation text
to establish limits and requirements for
these types of default enrollments to
address our administrative experience
with and concerns raised about these
types of default enrollments under our
existing practice. Based on our
experience with the seamless
conversion process thus far, we
proposed to codify at § 422.66(c)(2)
requirements for seamless default
enrollments upon initial eligibility for
Medicare. As proposed, such default
enrollments would be into dual eligible
special needs plans (D–SNPs) and
would be subject to five substantive
conditions: (1) The state has approved
use of this default enrollment process
and provided Medicare eligibility
information to the MA organization; (2)
CMS has approved the MA organization
to use the default enrollment process
before any enrollments are processed;
(3) the individual is enrolled in an
affiliated Medicaid managed care plan
and is dually eligible for Medicare and
Medicaid; (4) the MA organization
provides a notice that meets CMS
requirements to the individual; and (5)
the individual does not opt out of the
default enrollment. We proposed that
coverage under these types of default
enrollments begin on the first of the
month that the individual’s Part A and
Part B eligibility is effective. We also
proposed changes to §§ 422.66(d)(1) and
(d)(5) and 422.68 that coordinate with
the proposal for § 422.66.
As noted in the proposed rule, we
initially addressed default enrollment
upon conversion to Medicare in a 2005
rulemaking (70 FR 4606 through 4607)
and released subregulatory guidance 25
to provide an optional enrollment
mechanism in 2006. This mechanism
permitted MA organizations to develop
processes and, with CMS approval,
provide seamless continuation of
coverage by way of enrollment in an MA
plan for newly MA eligible individuals
who are currently enrolled in other
health plans offered by the MA
organization (such as commercial or
Medicaid plans) at the time of the
individuals’ initial eligibility for
Medicare. The guidance emphasized
25 https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Eligibility-andEnrollment/MedicareMangCareEligEnrol/
Downloads/CY_2018_MA_Enrollment_and_
Disenrollment_Guidance_6-15-17.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16496
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
that approved MA organizations not
limit seamless continuation of coverage
to situations in which an enrollee
becomes eligible for Medicare by virtue
of age, and directed MA organizations to
implement seamless conversions to
include all newly eligible Medicare
beneficiaries, including those whose
Medicare eligibility is based on
disability. From its inception, the
guidance required that individuals
receive advance notice of the proposed
MA enrollment and have the ability to
‘‘opt out’’ of such an enrollment prior to
the effective date of coverage. This
guidance has been in practice for the
past decade, but we encountered
complaints and heard concerns about
the practice.
The Advance Notice of
Methodological Changes for Calendar
Year (CY) 2016 for Medicare Advantage
(MA) Capitation Rates, Part C and Part
D Payment Policies and 2016 Call Letter
discussed the opportunity to integrate
Medicare and Medicaid benefits via
seamless continuation of coverage into
D–SNPs, and we received positive
comments from state Medicaid agencies
supporting this enrollment mechanism
and requesting clarification of the
approval process. We also received
comments from beneficiary advocates
asking for additional consumer
protections (for example, requiring
written beneficiary confirmation and a
special enrollment period for those
enrolled using this optional
mechanism).
On October 21, 2016,26 in response to
inquiries regarding this enrollment
mechanism, its use by MA
organizations, and the beneficiary
protections currently in place, we
announced a temporary suspension of
acceptance of new proposals for
seamless continuation of coverage. We
discovered, based on our subsequent
discussions with beneficiary advocates
and MA organizations approved for this
enrollment mechanism, that MA
organizations find it difficult to comply
with our current guidance and approval
parameters, especially the requirement
to identify commercial members who
are approaching Medicare eligibility
based on disability when the other plan
offered by the MA organization is a
commercial insurance plan. MA
organizations also outlined challenges
in confirming entitlement to Medicare
Parts A and B within necessary
timeframes and obtaining the
individual’s Medicare number—which
26 https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Eligibility-andEnrollment/MedicareMangCareEligEnrol/
Downloads/HPMS_Memo_Seamless_
Moratorium.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
in 2018 will become a random and
unique number instead of the Social
Security Number-based identifier used
today. As discussed in more detail
below, we anticipate that the switch
from the SSN-based identifier will
exacerbate this difficulty.
We noted in the proposed rule how
organizations operating Medicaid
managed care plans are better able to
meet these requirements when states
provide data, including the individual’s
Medicare number, to identify
individuals about to become Medicare
eligible; MA organizations with state
contracts to offer D–SNPs will be able to
obtain (under their agreements with
state Medicaid agencies) the data
necessary to process and submit default
enrollments to CMS without needing to
collect information from the Medicare
beneficiaries. Therefore, we proposed to
revise § 422.66 to permit default
enrollment only for Medicaid managed
care enrollees who are newly eligible for
Medicare and who are enrolled into a
D–SNP administered by an MA
organization with the same parent
organization as the organization that
operates the Medicaid managed care
plan in which the individual remains
enrolled. At § 422.66(c)(2)(i)(B), we also
proposed to limit these default
enrollments to situations where the state
has actively facilitated and approved the
MA organization’s use of this
enrollment process and articulates this
in the agreement with the MA
organization offering the D–SNP and by
providing necessary identifying
information to the MA organization.
The proposal was designed to support
state efforts to increase enrollment of
dually eligible individuals into fully
integrated systems of care There is
evidence 27 that such systems improve
health outcomes so supporting efforts to
increase use those systems is consistent
with overall CMS policy. Further, we
believe then, and now, that the proposal
27 There is a growing evidence that integrated care
and financing models can improve beneficiary
experience and quality of care, including:
• Health Management Associates, Value
Assessment of the Senior Care Options (SCO)
Program, July 21, 2015, available at: https://
www.mahp.com/unify-files/HMAFinalSCO
WhitePaper_2015_07_21.pdf;
• MedPAC chapter ‘‘Care coordination programs
for dual-eligible beneficiaries,’’ June 2012, available
at: https://www.medpac.gov/docs/default-source/
reports/chapter-3-appendixes-care-coordinationprograms-for-dual-eligible-beneficiaries-june-2012report-.pdf?sfvrsn=0.
• Anderson, Wayne L., Zhanlian Fen, and Sharon
K. Long, RTI International and Urban Institute,
Minnesota Managed Care Longitudinal Data
Analysis, prepared for the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services Assistant Secretary for
Planning and Evaluation (ASPE), March 2016,
available at: https://aspe.hhs.gov/report/minnesotamanaged-care-longitudinal-data-analysis.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provided states with additional
flexibility and control.
To ensure individuals are aware of the
default MA enrollment and of the
changes to their Medicare and Medicaid
coverage, we also proposed, at
§ 422.66(c)(2)(i)(C) and (c)(2)(iv), a
requirement for MA organizations to
issue a notice no fewer than 60 days
before the default enrollment effective
date to the enrollee. The notice 28 must
include clear information on the D–
SNP, as well as instructions to the
individual on how to opt out (or
decline) the default enrollment and how
to enroll in Original Medicare or a
different MA plan.
We also proposed, in paragraph
(c)(2)(i)(E) and (2)(ii), that MA
organizations must obtain approval from
CMS before implementing default
enrollment. We explained that under
our proposal in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B),
CMS approval would be granted only if
the applicable state approves the default
enrollment through its agreement with
the MA organization. We also noted that
MA organizations would be required to
implement default enrollment in a nondiscriminatory manner, consistent with
their obligations under § 422.110; that
is, MA organizations could not select for
default enrollment only certain
members of the affiliated Medicaid plan
who were identified as eligible for
default enrollment. Lastly, we proposed
authority for CMS to suspend or rescind
approval at any time it determined that
the MA organization is not in
compliance with the requirements. We
requested comment on whether this
authority to rescind approval should be
broader. We also explained that we
continued to consider whether a time
limit on the approval (such as 2 to 5
years) would be appropriate so that
CMS would have to revisit the processes
and procedures used by an MA
organization in order to assure that the
regulation requirements are still being
followed. We were particularly
interested in comment on this point in
conjunction with our alternative
proposal (discussed later in this section)
to codify the existing parameters for this
type of seamless conversion default
enrollment such that all MA
organizations would be able to use this
default enrollment process for newly
eligible and newly enrolled Medicare
beneficiaries in the MA organization’s
non-Medicare coverage.
28 Enrollment requirements and burden are
currently approved by OMB under control number
0938–0753 (CMS–R–267). Since this rule will not
impose any new or revised requirements/burden,
we are not making any changes to that control
number.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Under our proposal, default
enrollment of individuals at the time of
their conversion to Medicare would be
more limited than the default
enrollments Congress authorized the
Secretary to permit in section
1851(c)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act. However,
we also proposed some flexibility for
MA organizations that wish to offer
seamless continuation of coverage to
their non-Medicare members
(commercial, Medicaid or otherwise)
who are gaining Medicare eligibility. We
further proposed to amend
§ 422.66(d)(5) and to establish, through
subregulatory guidance, a new and
simplified positive (that is, ‘‘opt in’’)
election process that would be available
to all MA organizations for their
commercial, Medicaid or other nonMedicare plan members. To reflect this
proposal for a simplified election
process, we proposed to add text in
§ 422.66(d)(5) authorizing a simplified
election for purposes of converting
existing non-Medicare coverage to MA
coverage offered by the same
organization. This new simplified
enrollment process aimed to lessen
burden for MA organizations, make
enrollment easier for the newly-eligible
beneficiary to complete, and provide
opportunity for beneficiary choice, so
that beneficiaries could remain with the
organization that offers their nonMedicare coverage or select another MA
plan that meets their individual needs
with respect to provider network,
prescription drug formularies, and cost
and benefit structures. We explained
that our new election process would
provide a longer period of time for MA
organizations to accept enrollment
requests than the time period in which
MA organizations would be required to
effectuate default enrollments, as
organizations would be able to accept
simplified enrollments throughout the
individual’s Initial Coverage Election
Period (ICEP), provided he or she
enrolled in both Medicare Parts A and
B when first eligible. We proposed to
use existing authority to create this new
enrollment mechanism, which would be
available to MA organizations in the
2019 contract year. We solicited
comments on the proposed changes to
§ 422.66(d)(5) and the form and manner
of the simplified enrollments.
In addition to these proposals and
solicitations for comment related to
default and seamless enrollments for
newly eligible Medicare beneficiaries,
we proposed amendments to
§§ 422.66(d)(1) and 422.68 that are also
related to MA enrollment. Currently, as
described in the 2005 final rule (70 FR
4606 through 4607), § 422.66(d)(1)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
requires MA organizations to accept
enrollment requests from an individual
who is enrolled in a non-Medicare
health plan offered by the MA
organization during the month
immediately preceding the month in
which he or she is entitled to both Part
A and Part B and who meets MA
eligibility requirements. We are
concerned that in some instances, this
regulation has been interpreted as
meaning that the enrollment request
must be filed during the month before
Medicare entitlement occurs. To clarify
the requirement and be more consistent
with section 1851(c)(3)(A)(ii), we
proposed to amend § 422.66(d)(1) to add
text clarifying that seamless
continuation of coverage is available to
an individual who requests enrollment
during his or her Initial Coverage
Election Period. We also proposed a
revision to § 422.68(a) to ensure that
ICEP elections made during or after the
month of entitlement to both Part A and
Part B are effective the first day of the
calendar month following the month in
which the election is made. This
proposed revision would codify
subregulatory guidance that MA
organizations have been following since
2006. This proposal is also consistent
with the proposal at § 422.66(c)(2)(iii)
regarding the effective date of coverage
for default enrollments into D–SNPs.
We also solicited comment on these
related proposals.
In conclusion, we proposed to add
regulation text at § 422.66(c)(2)(i)
through (iv) to set limits and
requirements for a default enrollment of
the type authorized under section
1851(c)(3)(A)(ii). We proposed a
clarifying amendment to § 422.66(d)(1)
regarding when seamless continuation
coverage can be elected and revisions to
§ 422.66(d)(5) to reflect our proposal for
a new and simplified positive election
process that will be available to all MA
organizations and their members who
enroll in an MA plan offered by the
same entity that offers the individual’s
pre-Medicare coverage. Lastly, we
proposed revisions to § 422.68(a) to
ensure that ICEP elections made during
or after the month of entitlement to both
Part A and Part B are effective the first
day of the calendar month following the
month in which the election is made.
We solicited comments on all these
proposals.
In addition, we presented an
alternative for consideration and
comment. Because we recognized that
our proposal narrowed the scope of
default enrollments compared to what
CMS approved under section
1851(c)(3)(A) of the Act in the past, we
discussed in the proposed rule that we
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16497
continued to consider retaining
processes similar to the pre-moratorium
seamless conversion process. That
seamless conversion mechanism is
outlined currently in section 40.1.4 of
Chapter 2 of the Medicare Managed Care
Manual and had been in practice
through October 2016. As an alternative
we considered proposing regulations to
codify that guidance as follows—
• Articulating the requirements for an
MA organization’s proposal to use the
seamless conversion mechanism,
including identifying eligible
individuals in advance of Medicare
eligibility;
• Establishing timeframes for
processing and the effective date of the
enrollment; and
• Requiring notification to
individuals at least 60 days prior to the
conversion of their right to opt-out or
decline the enrollment.
In considering this alternative, we
contemplated additional beneficiary
protections, including the issuance of an
additional notice to ensure that
individuals understood the implication
of taking no action when notified of the
default enrollment. While this
alternative would lead to increased use
of the seamless conversion enrollment
mechanism than what had been used in
the past, we expressed concern that the
operational challenges, particularly in
relation to the new Medicare
Beneficiary Identification number,
could be significant for MA
organizations to overcome at this time.
We also explained how we considered
proposing regulations to limit the use of
default enrollment to only beneficiaries
who are eligible for Medicare based on
age. While this alternative would
simplify an MA organization’s ability to
identify eligible individuals, we noted
concerns about disparate treatment
among newly eligible beneficiaries
based on their reason for obtaining
Medicare entitlement.
We invited comments on our proposal
and the alternate approaches we
identified, including the following:
• Codify the existing parameters for
this type of seamless conversion default
enrollment such that all MA
organizations would be able to use this
default enrollment process for newly
eligible and newly enrolled Medicare
beneficiaries already covered by the MA
organization’s non-Medicare coverage.
• Codify the existing parameters for
this type of seamless conversion default
enrollment, as described previously, but
allow that use of default enrollment to
be limited to only the aged population.
We also asked for solutions to address
the concerns we identified in the
proposed rule, particularly related to
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16498
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
how MA organizations could identify
commercial members who are
approaching Medicare eligibility based
on disability, as well as how plans
could confirm MA eligibility and
process enrollments without access to
the individual’s Medicare number.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received significant
support for our proposal to permit
default MA enrollments, especially for
dually-eligible beneficiaries who are
newly eligible for Medicare. Most
commenters supported the proposal to
permit only D–SNPs to receive
defaulted enrollments for dually-eligible
beneficiaries. Some commenters who
supported our proposal also supported
the alternative we noted for
consideration that would permit default
enrollment of newly Medicare-eligible
individuals enrolled in a non-Medicare
health plan offered by the same
organization.
Response: We appreciate the
widespread support we received for the
proposal. In our view, this proposal and
our final rule support state efforts to
increase enrollment of dually eligible
individuals in fully integrated systems
of care.
We appreciate the responses to our
solicitation of feedback on expanding
default enrollment to include
individuals enrolled in commercial
health plans offered by an MA
organization. As noted in the proposed
rule (82 FR 56366) and above, our
experience with the current seamless
conversion enrollment mechanism
makes it clear that organizations
attempting to seamlessly convert
individuals from commercial coverage
(that is, private coverage and
Marketplace coverage) are, for the most
part, unable to comply with our current
guidance and approval parameters,
especially the expectation that
organizations have the means to identify
their commercial members who are
approaching Medicare eligibility based
on disability. Given these challenges,
we did not specifically propose to
codify default enrollment from
commercial coverage. We also solicited
feedback on how MA organizations
might overcome the challenges in
confirming entitlement to Medicare
Parts A and B within necessary
timeframes and obtaining the
individual’s Medicare number, given
that in 2018 this will become a random
and unique number instead of a Social
Security Number-based identifier. We
received only a few responses to our
solicitation of ideas on how to resolve
these issues; commenters generally
deferred to CMS to find a way to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
identify non-MA members when those
members approach Medicare eligibility
and for CMS to convey this information
to plans well in advance of the Medicare
eligibility date. In light of these
comments, CMS may consider
expanding default enrollment to occur
from commercial or other coverage
arrangements in future rulemaking. We
are not finalizing the alternate proposal
on which we solicited comment.
Comment: A commenter asked that
we expand default enrollment to those
enrolled in other ‘‘state innovated
models’’ and delivery systems other
than Medicaid managed care, such as
ACOs. The same commenter asked that
we allow the default enrollment
provisions to be applied to individuals
enrolled in coverage other than
comprehensive Medicaid managed care,
including prepaid inpatient health
plans, prepaid ambulatory health plans,
and primary care case management.
Another commenter asked that we
consider expanding our proposal for
default enrollment and/or changing the
current parameters for passive
enrollment to allow a State to enroll any
dually-eligible individual (whether in a
Medicaid managed care plan or in a
Medicaid Fee-for-Service program) into
a D–SNP at any time.
Response: We appreciate the
comments. As proposed, default
enrollment would be subject to several
substantive conditions, one of which
required that anyone being considered
for default enrollment be enrolled in a
Medicaid managed care plan affiliated
with the MA organization. Our proposal
was specific to allowing default
enrollment of individuals enrolled in
comprehensive Medicaid managed care
plans—rather than limited-benefit plans
or case management arrangements—into
D–SNPs when these Medicaid managed
care plan enrollees first become eligible
for Medicare. We believe that our
overall goals of encouraging integrated
care are best met by limiting the default
enrollment to the context of
comprehensive Medicaid managed care
plans at this point and may revisit an
expansion of this regulation in future
rulemaking. We plan to further clarify
allowable scenarios in subsequent
guidance. However, given the
parameters of section 1851(c)(3)(A)(ii) of
the Act, we are unable to finalize a
regulation that so substantially expands
the population of beneficiaries subject
to this default enrollment to include
Medicaid beneficiaries who are not
enrolled in a health plan offered by an
MA organization.
Comment: Several commenters who
support our proposal for default
enrollment recommend that, if finalized,
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
we ensure that beneficiaries who do not
speak English as a primary language
receive outreach in their language,
preferably by both mail and telephone.
Response: We appreciate these
comments and agree that clear
communication with individuals
identified for default enrollment is an
important protection, especially with
regard to the potential impact of MA
plan enrollment on an individual’s
access to care. We note that existing
law, such as Title VI of the Civil Rights
Act of 1964 (applicable to MA
organizations in connection with
Medicare coverage) and 42 CFR 438.10
(applicable to Medicaid managed care
plans) address requirements for
providing access to enrollees who have
limited English proficiency (LEP).
Guidance on the Civil Rights Act of
1964 and authorities that are not limited
to Medicare or Medicare is issued by the
HHS Office for Civil Rights (OCR). We
refer the commenter to section II.B.5 of
this final rule on marketing and
communications requirements. We
believe, therefore, that revisions to our
proposed rule are not necessary.
Comment: Several commenters stated
that the network for the MA plan should
be substantially identical and should
not be substantially narrower than the
network of the Medicaid plan from
which default enrollment would occur.
Response: Although we did not
include specific provider network
criteria in our proposal for default MA
enrollment, we note that CMS currently
has in place network adequacy
requirements that would apply to any
MA plan into which default enrollment
occurs. States also have the opportunity
to use their State Medicaid agency
contracts with D–SNPs to create
additional provider network continuity
requirements. Therefore, we do not
believe that additional criteria are
warranted.
Comment: Several of the commenters
who opposed our proposal for default
enrollment asked that in the event that
our proposal for default enrollment is
finalized, we consider additional
beneficiary protections, such as a
minimum star rating for the MA plan
into which default enrollment would
occur and the exclusion of MA plans
that have been assessed a civil monetary
penalty or have been sanctioned within
the previous 18 months. Another
commenter expressed concern about the
potential for individuals to be default
enrolled into an MA plan with a low
star rating when there are MA plans
with higher star ratings offered by other
organizations in the same area. These
commenters note that organizations
with high star ratings that do not offer
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
a Medicaid plan would not be permitted
to conduct default enrollment.
Response: We appreciate the
comments we received regarding the
significance of the compliance history of
an MA organization that wishes to
conduct default MA enrollment and the
suggestion of a minimum star rating. We
agree with these commenters that
standards governing the quality of the
MA D–SNP are appropriate to adopt as
well. We believe that default enrollment
should not be permitted into an MA
plan offered by an MA organization
with a low star rating and/or recent
issues of significant noncompliance
with our regulatory requirements such
that CMS has imposed a suspension on
new enrollments. Since default MA
enrollment is based on an opt-out,
rather than opt-in, approach, we believe
it is important to ensure that individuals
are not enrolled by default into MA
plans offered by poor performing
organizations. Therefore, we are
finalizing the regulation with additional
paragraphs ((c)(2)(i)(F) and (G)) that
limit default enrollment authority to
MA plans that have an overall rating of
3 Stars (or are low enrollment or new
contracts) and that are not under a
prohibition on new enrollments.
Comment: Most commenters
expressed support for limiting CMS
approval of an organization’s request to
conduct default enrollment to a specific
time frame. Those who mentioned a
specific time frame suggested a period
of 2 to 5 years. A commenter suggested
that CMS conduct a review after initial
approval only if there is an indication
of disruption in care.
Response: CMS oversight of plans’
implementation of the default
enrollment process is an important
beneficiary protection. We agree with
the suggestions of a 5 year timeframe, as
it provides a reasonable amount of time
for MA organizations to implement and
then assess the approved process, limits
administrative burden for MA
organizations to request continued
approval, and provides them the
opportunity to update their processes as
operational enhancement or new
technologies emerge. However, in our
view, should beneficiary complaints or
allegations of noncompliance come to
our attention, we need to be able to
conduct a review of an organization’s
default enrollment process prior to the
expiration of the five year period.
Therefore, we will include in the final
rule an approval time period of 5 years
with a provision that permits CMS to
suspend or rescind approval if CMS
determines that the MA organization is
not in compliance with the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
requirements or § 422.66(c)(2) or other
MA program standards.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that we share with states the criteria we
will use to review plan proposals to
offer default enrollment, adding that
this may promote uniformity with
implementation across the various
states.
Response: The requirements for
default enrollment are outlined in this
regulation. In addition, we will consider
additional guidance, which is available
to states, industry, advocates, and the
general public, as necessary.
Comment: Most commenters
expressed support for our proposal to
permit simplified elections for seamless
continuation of commercial coverage
into a MA plan offered by the same
organization. A commenter expressed
opposition to the offering of a simplified
(opt-in) enrollment mechanism to
anyone enrolled in a Medicaid managed
care plan. Another commenter asked
that we consider making the simplified
(opt-in) enrollment mechanism
available to all beneficiaries, including
those who are not in their ICEP and
those who are not enrolled in a nonMedicare plan offered by the same
organization.
Response: We appreciate the support
for our proposal to promote beneficiary
choice and simplify the enrollment
process for all MA organizations that
offer non-Medicare coverage. However,
we disagree with the suggestion to
prohibit use of the simplified
enrollment mechanism by those
enrolled in Medicaid managed care
plans. In our view, an eligible
individual always has the option to
make an active choice into an MA plan
that meets their needs when in an
election period. Further, as not all
individuals in Medicaid managed care
plans will be automatically enrolled
into a D–SNP (such as those individuals
enrolled in Medicaid managed care
plans whose parent organizations have
opted not to use the default enrollment
mechanism or those individuals whose
Medicaid managed care enrollment is in
a Medicaid prepaid health plan that
covers a limited scope of benefits), the
simplified enrollment mechanism will
lessen burdens on the enrollee and MA
organizations that offer such plans. We
believe that a simplified election
process for beneficiaries who wish to
convert from their non-Medicare
coverage to MA coverage offered by the
same entity will facilitate a more
efficient enrollment process overall.
As described in the proposed rule,
this mechanism will be available to any
MA organization that chooses to offer it.
It will be potentially available to any
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16499
beneficiary who wishes to join an MA
plan offered by the same MA
organization that offers his or her nonMedicare coverage at the time of his or
her initial Medicare eligibility. The
simplified enrollment mechanism aims
to lessen the amount of information that
an MA organization needs to collect
from the beneficiary and to use
information the MA organization
already has. MA organizations that do
not already have an existing
relationship with an individual must
collect all the necessary information in
which to determine eligibility and
process the enrollment request under
§ 422.60.
We appreciate the feedback to finalize
use of a simplified enrollment
mechanism authorized under
§ 422.66(d)(5) as amended in this final
rule. We will permit individuals who
are in their ICEP and enrolled in any
type of non-Medicare plan to use the
simplified (opt-in) enrollment
mechanism to request enrollment in any
type of MA plan offered by the same
MA organization that offers the nonMedicare coverage.
Comment: A few commenters
responded to our solicitation of
feedback on limiting default enrollment
to only the aged. Most of these
commenters opposed this limitation; a
commenter supported it. Those who
oppose limiting default enrollment to
only the aged believe that allowing
default enrollment to be offered only to
those whose Medicare eligibility is
based on age, instead of to all
beneficiaries, would be discriminatory
on its face because the exclusion is
based on having a disability or ESRD.
Another commenter believes that states
and plans should be allowed to
determine whether including all
individuals approaching Medicare
eligibility is feasible and, if not feasible,
include only those whose Medicare
eligibility is based on age.
Response: We thank the commenters
and agree that it would be inappropriate
to exclude individuals whose Medicare
eligibility is based on disability from
default enrollment. We believe that an
individual’s eligibility to be included in
default enrollment should be based on
his or her projected Medicare eligibility
in general and not on the specific reason
for Medicare eligibility. We are,
therefore, finalizing this aspect of our
proposal as described in the notice of
proposed rulemaking and are not
including any authority to limit default
enrollment (under paragraph (c)) or
seamless conversions (under paragraph
(d)) to beneficiaries whose eligibility is
based on age.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16500
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Comment: In the event that our
proposal for default enrollment is
finalized, several commenters who
opposed our proposal for default
enrollment ask that default-enrolled
beneficiaries be provided transition
coverage, allowing use of an offformulary drug, and allowing a
beneficiary to maintain an out-ofnetwork provider for 12 months, similar
to the Medicare-Medicaid financial
alignment demonstration.
Response: We appreciate these
comments and note that several of the
concerns expressed are addressed in
other areas of current regulation and
guidance. With regard to formulary
concerns, we note that all plans offering
Part D coverage must meet CMS’
formulary adequacy requirements and,
in addition, must offer a transition
period upon a member’s enrollment in
a new plan. Specifically, under
§ 423.120(b)(3), new enrollees must be
provided a temporary supply of nonformulary Part D drugs, as well as Part
D drugs with utilization management
restrictions, and can work with their
new plan and provider to switch to a
different formulary drug or request an
exception during their first 90 days of
enrollment in the new MA plan. States
may also use their State Medicaid
Agency contracts with D–SNPs to create
additional continuity requirements.
With regard to the commenters’
suggestion that we require MA
organizations to allow new members to
receive care from out-of-network
providers for 12 months, similar to the
Medicare-Medicaid financial alignment
demonstration, we note that a 6 month
continuity of care period is more
common for demonstration plans. In
addition, we note that this period can be
offered by demonstration plans due to
the demonstration authority itself; we
do not have similar authority to impose
a similar requirement on MA
organizations that choose to implement
the default enrollment process.
Comment: The few commenters who
opposed default enrollment cite as the
basis for their position the lack of
beneficiary choice and the potential for
disruption in care resulting from default
enrollment into a plan with different
benefits, cost-sharing, provider network
and formulary.
Response: In response to these
comments, we note that an important
feature of this enrollment process is
clear and timely advance notice to the
individual regarding default MA
enrollment and the opportunity to
decline the enrollment up to and
including the day prior to the
enrollment effective date. We, therefore,
disagree with these commenters that the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
default MA enrollment process, as
proposed and as finalized in this rule,
does not involve beneficiary choice. The
notice requirements in the final rule
will provide the beneficiary a least a 2
month period in which to review his or
her Medicare options and make an
informed choice. Further, the new MA
Open Enrollment Period, discussed at
section II.B.1 of this final rule, would be
available to any beneficiary who was
default enrolled in an MA plan pursuant
to § 422.66(c)(2). Upon an individual’s
new enrollment in an MA plan during
the individual’s ICEP, he or she would
have 3 months, under the MA Open
Enrollment Period discussed in
§ 422.62(a)(5), to make a change to
another MA plan or select Original
Medicare for health coverage.
Additionally, as individuals eligible for
default enrollment would only be those
dually-eligible, they would also be
eligible to use their quarterly
opportunity under the duals SEP, as
outlined in II.A.10 of this final rule, to
make a Part D election, as well as any
other election periods for which they
may qualify, to make a change. In this
context, a Part D election would include
enrollment into an MA plan that
includes a Part D benefit. We believe
that there are adequate protections in
place, as finalized with these
amendments to § 422.66(c)(2) and
elsewhere in this final rule, for
beneficiary choice in connection with
the initial election period when
someone is first entitled to or eligible for
Medicare.
The regulation we proposed requires
the MA organization conducting default
enrollment to provide notice that
describes the costs and benefits of the
MA plan into which the default
enrollment would occur, as well as the
process for accessing care under the
plan. We agree with the commenters
that information on the differences
between an individual’s current nonMedicare coverage and the new MA
plan, including a statement as to
whether the individual’s current
primary care provider will continue to
be available to the individual upon
enrollment in the MA plan, should be
included in the advance notification of
default enrollment. We also agree that
information on other types of Medicare
plans should be included in the notice
to ensure an individual who is notified
of default enrollment has sufficient
information and can make an informed
choice with regard to the coverage
option that best meets his or her needs.
Therefore, we are finalizing additional
paragraphs, at (c)(2)(iv), that specific
information be included in the notice
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
describing the default enrollment and
the ability to opt-out:
(A) Information on the differences in
premium, benefits and cost sharing
between the individual’s current
Medicaid managed care plan and the
dual eligible MA special needs plan and
the process for accessing care under the
MA plan;
(B) The individual’s ability to decline
the enrollment, up to and including the
day prior to the enrollment effective
date, and either enroll in Original
Medicare or choose another MA plan;
and
(C) A general description of
alternative Medicare health and drug
coverage options available to an
individual in his or her Initial Coverage
Election Period.
In addition, we are including in the
regulation that this information and the
notice about the default enrollment is in
addition to any mandatory disclosures
required under § 422.111.
Comment: Several commenters who
opposed our proposal for default
enrollment expressed support for our
proposal to develop a simplified (opt-in)
enrollment mechanism, as long as
differences between an individual’s
current and new plan are clearly
communicated and that he or she is
made aware of all options available to
newly Medicare-eligible individuals.
These commenters note that an
individual’s initial eligibility for
Medicare is a critical decision point and
that information on the full range of
Medicare coverage options is important
to help ensure that those approaching
Medicare eligibility are aware of the
resources available to them and of any
time-limited enrollment opportunities,
such as the option to obtain Medigap on
a guaranteed issue basis.
Response: With respect to the new
simplified (opt-in) election mechanism
that would be available to all MA
organizations for MA enrollments of
their commercial, Medicaid or other
non-Medicare members, we note that
MA organizations that choose to
implement this optional election
mechanism will be required to follow
existing rules governing mandatory
disclosures (for example, § 422.111),
communications and marketing that are
applicable to other beneficiary-initiated
enrollment requests. Required
disclosures include a description of the
MA plan benefits, including applicable
conditions and limitations, premiums
and cost-sharing (such as copayments,
deductibles, and coinsurance), any other
conditions associated with accessing
benefits and for purposes of
comparison, a description of the
benefits offered under original
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Medicare. Also included under
§ 422.111 is the requirement to disclose
the number, mix, and distribution
(addresses) of providers from whom
enrollees may reasonably be expected to
obtain services. We will provide
additional information on this optional
enrollment mechanism in subregulatory
guidance.
Given these substantial existing
disclosure requirements that will be
applicable to the new simplified (opt-in)
election mechanism, as well as our
ongoing public outreach and education
activities for individuals new to
Medicare, we do not believe that
additional notice or disclosure
requirements are warranted.
Comment: A few commenters asked
that we reduce the requirement to
identify newly-eligible Medicare
beneficiaries from 90 to 60 days.
Response: We believe the
commenters’ reference to a 90 day
requirement for advance notification of
newly-eligible Medicare beneficiaries is
based on the current subregulatory
guidance applicable to the seamless
conversion enrollment mechanism. This
guidance will be revised as a result of
this final rule to account for default
enrollment and the new simplified (optin) enrollment mechanism. The rule we
are finalizing requires notice to the
affected beneficiary at least 60 days in
advance of the enrollment effective date
(the month in which the individual is
first entitled to both Part A and Part B).
This reflects a change from the current
seamless conversion process, which
requires identification of beneficiaries
that will be seamlessly enrolled 90 days
in advance. While we believe that
timely identification of individuals
approaching Medicare eligibility is an
important beneficiary protection that
helps to ensure that plans are able to
provide timely advance notification and
submission of enrollment transactions
to CMS, we also believe that for default
enrollment this shorter timeframe does
not have an adverse beneficiary impact.
MA plans that are authorized to use this
default enrollment process must
identify all eligible enrollees in time to
provide the required advance
notification to individuals eligible for
default enrollment no fewer than 60
days before the default enrollment
effective date.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that CMS consider allowing
default enrollment from Medicaid
managed care plans into fully integrated
dual eligible special needs plans (FIDE
SNPs), which are a type of special needs
plan designed to promote the full
integration and coordination of
Medicaid and Medicare benefits for dual
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
eligible beneficiaries by a single
managed care organization.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their feedback and agree that
allowing default enrollment from
Medicaid managed care plans into FIDE
SNPs is consistent with the proposed
rule. FIDE SNPs are a specific type of
approved MA–PD dual eligible special
needs plan. We will finalize revised text
to clarify that FIDE SNPs are permitted
to use the default enrollment
mechanism, subject to the other
requirements in the rule.
Comment: A commenter stated that
Congress should revisit default
enrollment in traditional Medicare. This
commenter believes that to the extent
that MA quality is superior, enrollment
should default to the highest quality
option, rather than to traditional
Medicare.
Response: As acknowledged by the
commenter, this comment is outside of
the scope of this regulation and our
authority under section 1851. CMS’s
authority is circumscribed by the
Medicare statute, particularly section
1851(c)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act with regard
to default enrollments.
Comment: A commenter suggests that
plans conducting default enrollment be
allowed to send the notification of
default enrollment up to 90 days after
an individual’s initial Medicare
eligibility, adding that this would
increase enrollment into integrated
plans.
Response: We appreciate the
suggestion; however we disagree with
permitting notification of default
enrollment after enrollment or, as
implied by the commenter, effectuating
the default enrollment up to 90 days
after the initial date of Medicare
eligibility. As described in our proposal,
states have the information to identify
newly eligible Medicare beneficiaries
before the actual first date of Medicare
eligibility; therefore, they have the
information necessary to provide to
their contracted MA organizations so
that the integrated coverage can begin at
the earliest possible date—the date the
individual first has both Medicare Parts
A and B. As such, the effective date for
default enrollment will always coincide
with the date of an individual’s
entitlement to and eligibility for
Medicare Parts A and B, which would
not allow the commenter’s suggested
change. We note as well that the
commenter’s suggestion would result in
notification of the default enrollment
well after the enrollment effective date,
resulting in a period of time during
which the individual is not aware of his
or her enrollment in an MA plan, does
not have the information necessary to
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16501
access benefits and would be financially
liable for healthcare services received
from providers not contracted with the
MA plan. To ensure that individuals
receive timely advance notification of
the default enrollment, we are declining
the commenter’s suggestion. We note
that individuals who are enrolled into a
MA plan through default enrollment
continue to have a three-month
opportunity to change their enrollment
using the MA Open Enrollment Period,
as outlined in § 422.62(a)(5). Further, an
individual who chooses to opt out of
default enrollment into an MA plan is
still able to make an election during his
or her Initial Coverage Election Period,
which begins 3 months before and lasts
3 months after the month of initial
Medicare eligibility.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that default enrollment not be allowed
where Medicare-Medicaid financial
alignment demonstration plans are
available.
Response: We are committed to
partnership with state Medicaid
agencies to pursue integrated care
approaches that work for each state. We
believe that the proposed regulatory
language requiring state approval for
default enrollment into D–SNPs
provides an appropriate safeguard that
ensures any default enrollments are
consistent with the state’s MedicareMedicaid integration goals.
Comment: A commenter who opposes
default enrollment into D–SNPs stated
that it will lead to reduced competition
and fewer D–SNP offerings for
beneficiaries, resulting in higher costs
and fewer benefits over time.
Response: We appreciate the
comment but disagree with the
commenter’s assessment and conclusion
regarding the impact of default MA
enrollment on competition in the
market and the number of D–SNP
offerings. As default enrollment
accounts only for those newly eligible
for Medicare, it is our view that D–SNPs
provide a valuable service to all
beneficiaries—those currently and
newly in the Medicare program.
After review of the comments, and as
discussed earlier, we are finalizing the
proposed changes to §§ 422.66(c) and
422.68(d)(1) and (5) with the following
modifications:
• Paragraph 422.66(c)(2)(i) will be
revised to clarify that we will allow
default enrollment into a FIDE–SNP
administered by an MA organization
under the same parent organization as
the organization that operates the
Medicaid managed care plan in which
the individual remains enrolled.
• Paragraph 422.66(c)(2)(i) will be
revised to require a minimum star rating
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16502
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
on the contract receiving default
enrollments for an MA organization to
be approved for default enrollment. We
are revising the paragraph to require
that, for an organization to be approved
for default enrollment, it must have an
overall quality rating, from the most
recently issued ratings, under the rating
system described in §§ 422.160 through
422.166, of at least 3 stars or is a low
enrollment contract or new MA plan as
defined in § 422.252. In addition, the
MA organization must not be under an
enrollment suspension.
• Paragraph 422.66(c)(2)(ii) will be
revised to include an approval period
not to exceed 5 years, subject to CMS
authority to rescind or suspend
approval if the plan is non-compliant.
• Paragraph 422.66(c)(2)(iv) will be
revised to require that the notice issued
by the MA organization include
information on the differences in
premium, benefits and cost sharing
between the individual’s current
Medicaid managed care plan and the
dual eligible MA special needs plan and
the process for accessing care under the
MA plan; an explanation of the
individual’s ability to decline the
enrollment, up to and including the day
prior to the enrollment effective date,
and either enroll in Original Medicare
or choose another MA plan; and a
general description of alternative
Medicare health and drug coverage
options available to an individual in his
or her Initial Coverage Election Period.
• Paragraph 422.66(c)(2)(iv) will be
revised to clarify that the mandatory
notice is in addition to the information
and documents required to be provided
to new enrollees under § 422.111.
8. Passive Enrollment Flexibilities To
Protect Continuity of Integrated Care for
Dually Eligible Beneficiaries
(§ 422.60(g))
Beneficiaries who are dually eligible
for both Medicare and Medicaid
typically face significant challenges in
navigating the two programs, which
include separate or overlapping benefits
and administrative processes.
Fragmentation between the two
programs can result in a lack of
coordination for care delivery,
potentially resulting in unnecessary,
duplicative, or missed services. One
method for overcoming this challenge is
through integrated care, which provides
dually eligible beneficiaries with the
full array of Medicaid and Medicare
benefits for which they are eligible
through a single delivery system,
thereby improving quality of care,
beneficiary satisfaction, and care
coordination, and reducing
administrative burden.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
In the proposed rule, we proposed a
limited expansion of CMS’ regulatory
authority to initiate passive enrollment
for certain dually eligible beneficiaries
who are currently enrolled in an
integrated D–SNP into another
integrated D–SNP in instances where
integrated care coverage would
otherwise be disrupted, such as during
a state re-procurement of Medicaid
managed care contracts that results in
current Medicaid managed care plans
not being renewed, or when
beneficiaries are enrolled in an
integrated D–SNP that non-renews its
MA contract at the end of the contract
year. The intent of CMS’ proposal was
to improve care coordination and
minimize disruption in care by
promoting enrollment in integrated care
arrangements for dually eligible
beneficiaries currently enrolled in an
integrated D–SNP.
Specifically, we proposed authorizing
CMS to passively enroll certain dually
eligible individuals currently enrolled
in an integrated D–SNP into another
integrated D–SNP, after consulting with
the state Medicaid agency that contracts
with the D–SNP or other integrated
managed care plan, when CMS
determines that the passive enrollment
will promote continuity of care and
integrated care under § 422.60(g)(1)(iii).
We also proposed, under § 422.60(g)(2),
a number of requirements an MA plan
would have to meet in order to qualify
to receive passive enrollments under
paragraph (g)(1)(iii). These proposed
requirements are detailed below.
• MA plans receiving the passive
enrollments must be highly integrated
D–SNPs, thereby restricting passive
enrollment to those MA plans that
operate as a FIDE SNP or meet the
integration standard for a highlyintegrated D–SNP, as defined in § 422.2
and described in § 422.102(e),
respectively.
• In an effort to promote continuity of
care, receiving MA plans must have
substantially similar provider and
facility networks and Medicare- and
Medicaid-covered benefits as the
integrated MA plan (or plans) from
which beneficiaries are passively
enrolled.
• D–SNP contracts must have a
minimum overall MA Star Rating of at
least 3 stars for the year prior to receipt
of passive enrollment or be a low
enrollment or new MA contract (which
do not have a Star Rating because of the
insufficient data available).
• Receiving MA plans must not have
any prohibition on new enrollment
imposed by CMS.
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
• Receiving MA plans must have
appropriate limits on premium and costsharing for beneficiaries.
We solicited comments on our
proposal to identify plans for receiving
passive enrollments, particularly on the
minimum quality standards relevant to
dually eligible beneficiaries. We also
solicited comments on whether to limit
passive enrollment authority to
circumstances that would not raise total
cost to the Medicare and Medicaid
programs. Additionally, we requested
feedback on how to calculate the
projected impact on Medicare and
Medicaid costs from exercise of this
authority.
In the proposed rule, we noted that
we had also considered proposing new
(or additional) beneficiary notification
requirements for passive enrollments
that occur under proposed paragraph
(g)(1)(iii), including the provision of two
notifications to enrollees prior to the
effective date. Citing the existing
beneficiary notifications that are
currently required under Medicare
regulations and concerns regarding the
quantity of notifications sent to
beneficiaries, we did not propose to
modify the existing notification
requirements under paragraph (g)(4) of
the proposed rule. However, we
solicited comment on alternatives
regarding beneficiary notices, including
comments about the content and timing
of such notices.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow.
Comment: Many commenters
expressed support for CMS’ proposal for
a limited expansion of the current
passive enrollment authority in order to
promote continued enrollment of dually
eligible beneficiaries in integrated D–
SNPs, preserve and promote care
integration, and limit disruptions in
care under certain circumstances.
Several commenters supported CMS’
goal of care continuity while expressing
their belief that the best way to
empower beneficiaries is through
mechanisms where beneficiaries opt in
to integrated care. A commenter
requested that CMS consider how
passive enrollment of beneficiaries from
an existing integrated D–SNP into
another integrated D–SNP could create
disruptions in care. A few commenters
opposed our passive enrollment
proposal due to concerns that passive
enrollment limits beneficiary choice and
erodes the role of competition in the
marketplace. A commenter suggested
that a better alternative for beneficiaries
in integrated D–SNPs that are nonrenewing is for them to revert to FFS
Medicare. Another commenter noted
that passive enrollment in other
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
circumstances has proven to be too
confusing for dually eligible
beneficiaries.
Response: We appreciate the support
by most commenters of our goals of
promoting continuity and quality of care
for dually eligible beneficiaries
currently enrolled in integrated D–SNPs
in situations where they would
otherwise experience an involuntary
disruption in either Medicare or
Medicaid coverage. As we stated in the
proposed rule (82 FR 56369–56370), we
anticipate using this new authority
exclusively in limited situations related
to market disruptions related to D–SNP
non-renewal or changes in state
Medicaid managed care organization
procurements; therefore, we anticipate
that this authority, as finalized, will
have no significant impact on
competition in the Medicare Advantage
marketplace. We also proposed that D–
SNPs meet certain requirements related
to integration, quality, performance, and
provider network and benefits
comparability relative to the enrollees’
previous coverage. We believe these
safeguards will ensure continuity of care
and limit any disruption associated with
a plan change for affected enrollees. In
addition, we believe the beneficiary
notice requirements for passively
enrolled individuals described in
§ 422.60(g)(4) ensure that beneficiaries
will receive appropriate advance notice
regarding the costs and benefits of their
new coverage, the process for accessing
care under the new plan, and an
explanation of the beneficiary’s ability
to decline the enrollment or choose
another plan. As described elsewhere in
this final rule, we are strengthening the
notice requirements associated with
passive enrollment under this new
limited expansion of CMS’ passive
enrollment authority. Finally, we note
that all individuals enrolled into an
integrated D–SNP under CMS’ passive
enrollment authority will have a special
election period (SEP) under
§ 422.60(g)(5), which as finalized in this
rule refers to the new SEP established in
this final rule at § 423.38(c)(10). This
SEP will allow individuals to opt out of
the passive enrollment within 3 months
of notification of a CMS or stateinitiated enrollment action or that
enrollment action’s effective date
(whichever is later). This SEP is in
addition to any other election periods
for which they qualify. During the SEP,
a beneficiary would be able choose FFS
Medicare or other coverage based on
their personal preferences. Therefore,
we are finalizing the proposed limited
expansion of CMS’ passive enrollment
authority at § 422.60(g)(1)(iii). However,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
we note that we are making a technical
revision to paragraph (g)(1)(iii) to clarify
that a plan must meet all the
requirements under paragraph (g)(2) to
be eligible to receive passive
enrollment.
Comment: A commenter stated that
any beneficiary who has chosen FFS
Medicare should not be passively
enrolled. Several commenters suggested
that passive enrollment be extended to
existing and new dually eligible
beneficiaries in FFS Medicare and
stand-alone Part D plans. A few
commenters recommended passively
enrolling dually eligible beneficiaries
into a D–SNP when states enroll
beneficiaries into a mandatory Medicaid
long-term services and supports (LTSS)
program.
Response: While we appreciate
commenters’ support for coordinated
care options for individuals who are not
currently enrolled in an MA plan, we
note that our intent in proposing an
expansion of CMS’ passive enrollment
authority was to promote continuity of
integrated care for those beneficiaries
enrolled in an integrated D–SNP but
who would experience an involuntary
disruption in their Medicare or
Medicaid coverage in the absence of
passive enrollment into a comparable
integrated D–SNP. This authority could
not be used to transition enrollees
currently in FFS Medicare to an MA
plan.
Comment: Some commenters agreed
that passive enrollment eligibility
should be limited to highly integrated
D–SNPs. A commenter recommended
limiting eligibility for passive
enrollment to integrated D–SNPs with
the experience and size to meet the
unique needs of the dual eligible
population. A few commenters
expressed concern that the scope of our
proposal was too limited because only
Fully Integrated Dual Eligible (FIDE)
SNPs and other MA plans that meet the
integration standard for a highlyintegrated D–SNP, as defined in § 422.2
and described in § 422.102(e),
respectively, would be qualified to
receive the passive enrollments. These
commenters noted the limited number
of highly integrated D–SNPs and FIDE
SNPs currently in the market. A few
commenters recommended extending
eligibility to include all D–SNPs that
meet minimum quality standards and
can demonstrate appropriate levels of
integrated benefits. Another commenter
recommended that CMS allow states the
flexibility to determine which D–SNPs
are eligible to participate in passive
enrollment.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ perspectives on this issue.
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16503
We may re-examine this issue as we
gain experience, but we have concluded
that it is more prudent to focus this form
of passive enrollment on a narrow set of
circumstances that offer the highest
levels of integration between Medicare
and Medicaid. This will allow us to
better monitor implementation and will
promote integration, which has been
associated with better outcomes.29 We
also note that our proposed criteria are
minimum standards only; states can
establish additional criteria to
determine which D–SNPs may be
eligible for passive enrollment. As such,
we are finalizing the scope of the
proposed passive enrollment authority
for dually eligible beneficiaries enrolled
in an integrated D–SNP, without
modification.
Comment: Several commenters
encouraged CMS to consider further
expanding our proposed passive
enrollment authority to transition
enrollees of non-renewing MedicareMedicaid Plans (MMPs) into an
integrated D–SNP.
Response: We clarify that under the
Financial Alignment Initiative capitated
model demonstrations, MA
regulations—including those governing
passive enrollments—apply to MMPs
unless waived. As has been the case to
date under the demonstrations, we will
continue to use our demonstration
authority to waive applicable MA
regulatory requirements in three-way
contracts as necessary, and in
partnership with each state, to achieve
each individual demonstration’s
objectives.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the requirement for
consultation with the state Medicaid
agency that contracts with an eligible D–
SNP, as proposed in § 422.60(g)(1)(iii).
Some commenters noted that this
consultation would ensure both the
proper utilization of CMS’ passive
enrollment authority and consistency
29 There is a growing evidence that integrated care
and financing models can improve beneficiary
experience and quality of care, including:
• Health Management Associates, Value
Assessment of the Senior Care Options (SCO)
Program, July 21, 2015, available at: https://
www.mahp.com/unify-files/HMAFinalSCO
WhitePaper_2015_07_21.pdf.
• MedPAC chapter ‘‘Care coordination programs
for dual-eligible beneficiaries,’’ June 2012, available
at: https://www.medpac.gov/docs/default-source/
reports/chapter-3-appendixes-care-coordinationprograms-for-dual-eligible-beneficiaries-june-2012report-.pdf?sfvrsn=0.
• Anderson, Wayne L., Zhanlian Fen, and Sharon
K. Long, RTI International and Urban Institute,
Minnesota Managed Care Longitudinal Data
Analysis, prepared for the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services Assistant Secretary for
Planning and Evaluation (ASPE), March 2016,
available at: https://aspe.hhs.gov/report/minnesotamanaged-care-longitudinal-data-analysis.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16504
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
with states’ integration goals and
priorities. A commenter noted that this
consultation would result in a more
seamless process for states, integrated
D–SNPs, and dually eligible
beneficiaries. A few commenters noted
that passive enrollment should occur at
state discretion and pursuant to the
State Medicaid Agency Contract with
the D–SNP required under § 422.107.
Response: We appreciate the support
for the proposed requirement that CMS
consult with state Medicaid agencies to
make a determination that D–SNPs meet
the passive enrollment eligibility
criteria and that the use of passive
enrollment will promote integrated care
and continuity of care for full-benefit
dual eligible beneficiaries currently
enrolled in an integrated D–SNP. We are
committed to working with states to
ensure that any passive enrollments
under this authority meet CMS
requirements as well as state priorities.
Comment: A commenter requested
that CMS clearly communicate the
criteria for an integrated D–SNP to be
eligible to accept passive enrollees in
subregulatory guidance.
Response: We anticipate issuing
subregulatory guidance about the
criteria for the passive enrollment
authority finalized in this rule. We
believe that the amendments to
§ 422.60(g) as finalized here are
sufficiently clear, particularly in light of
the detailed discussion in the proposed
rule and these various responses to
comment, that implementation in
CY2019 will not be confusing for D–
SNPs that are qualified to receive
enrollments.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern that passive enrollment
authority would be delegated to states.
Another commenter recommended that
CMS provide more clarification on
whether CMS or state Medicaid agencies
would be managing passive enrollment
into integrated D–SNPs under our
proposal, as well as on the
implementation process for such
passive enrollments.
Response: When circumstances arise
in which passive enrollment into an
integrated D–SNP could potentially be
applied, CMS will consult with the
applicable state Medicaid agency,
consistent with § 422.60(g)(1)(iii) as
finalized. We anticipate that such
consultation would include
collaboration between CMS and the
state Medicaid agency on issues such as
identifying plans that meet the
requirements in § 422.60(g)(2), decisions
about enrollee assignment, and
communications with impacted plans.
We clarify that, as is the case today with
respect to other passive enrollments into
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
MA plans, affected D–SNPs will submit
enrollment transactions to CMS’ MARx
system.
Comment: Several commenters
supported our proposed requirement in
§ 422.60(g)(2)(ii) that a receiving
integrated D–SNP have substantially
similar provider and facility networks to
the other MA integrated D–SNP plan (or
plans) from which the passively
enrolled beneficiaries are enrolled. A
few commenters suggested that CMS
limit the application of provider
network and benefit similarity in order
not to further narrow the scope of
permissible passive enrollments into D–
SNPs.
Response: We appreciate the support
of our proposed requirement for
provider network comparability as a
minimum requirement for an integrated
D–SNP’s eligibility for passive
enrollment. We disagree with the
commenters’ suggestion that we limit
our eligibility analysis on provider
network comparability given our
emphasis on continuity of care in the
application of this limited expansion of
CMS’ passive enrollment authority. We
believe that this comparability analysis
will minimize the number of enrollees
whose provider relationships are
disrupted as a result of passive
enrollment and will encourage retention
following enrollees’ transition to a new
integrated D–SNP. We are therefore
finalizing the requirements for assessing
network comparability as a condition
for eligibility for passive enrollment
under § 422.60(g)(1)(iii) as proposed.
Comment: Several commenters
requested clarification on how CMS will
determine that the receiving integrated
D–SNP has substantially similar
provider and facility networks and
Medicare- and Medicaid-covered
benefits as the D–SNP from which the
beneficiaries were passively enrolled.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ request for clarification
and anticipate issuing clarifications
through subregulatory guidance. The
subregulatory guidance will articulate
the process and timing for the losing
and receiving D–SNPs to submit
networks through the CMS Health Plan
Management System. CMS will also
review plan benefit packages submitted
by the impacted D–SNPs as well as
engage the State Medicaid agency to
ensure covered services are similar to
services currently being received by
impacted dual eligible beneficiaries.
Comment: In addition to our proposed
network comparability requirement,
several commenters recommended the
use of an ‘‘intelligent assignment’’
process for passively enrolling
beneficiaries into a D–SNP based on the
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
providers and prescription drugs
associated with each individual
beneficiary. Several commenters also
recommended that, in our analysis of
benefits comparability, CMS consider
the comparability of the receiving D–
SNP’s formulary.
Response: We agree that intelligent
assignment processes would be helpful
for ensuring care continuity and
minimizing enrollee disruption. We will
consider the availability of intelligent
assignment processes when effectuating
passive enrollments under this authority
and will also consider intelligent
assignment options in the future.
However, we note that all plans offering
Part D coverage must meet CMS’
formulary adequacy requirements and,
in addition, must offer a transition
period upon a member’s enrollment in
a new plan. Specifically, under
§ 423.120(b)(3), new enrollees must be
provided a temporary supply of nonformulary Part D drugs, as well as Part
D drugs with utilization management
restrictions, and can work with their
new plan and provider to switch to a
different formulary drug or request an
exception during their first 90 days of
enrollment in their new plan.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern that passive enrollment could
further limit enrollee choice in states in
which biologic medications are
reimbursed at low rates under Medicaid.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s concern about access to
medically necessary drugs. We note that
Medicare covers nearly all prescription
drugs for dually eligible individuals
under Parts A, B, and D. Medicaid
coverage of drugs for dually eligible
individuals is generally limited to overthe-counter drugs and products and
prescription drugs that are otherwise
excluded from the definition of a Part D
drug. For dually eligible beneficiaries,
the drugs referenced by this commenter
would be covered under Medicare Part
B rather than Medicaid.
Comment: Several commenters
recommended a transition period during
which passively enrolled beneficiaries
can see current providers that are not in
their new plan’s network. A few
commenters also suggested that care
plans and authorized services be
continued for a period of time following
passive enrollment.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ suggestion that we
incorporate continuity of care
requirements into our proposed passive
enrollment processes. We believe our
finalization of the requirement for
substantially similar provider and
facility networks under § 422.60(g)(2)(ii)
will facilitate continuity of care in most
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
cases. In addition, as previously
discussed, the Part D transition
requirements provide continuity of
prescription drug benefits during a
beneficiary’s first 90 days of coverage in
a new plan, including in cases where
passive enrollment has been effectuated.
We encourage states to consider using
their State Medicaid Agency Contracts
with D–SNPs as a vehicle for requiring
that any passive enrollments into
integrated D–SNPs apply transition
rules that align with those applicable to
Medicaid managed care organizations
under § 438.62(b). As previously noted,
we are finalizing our provider and
benefits comparability requirements at
§ 422.60(g)(2)(ii) without further
modification.
Comment: Several commenters
responded to our request for comment
on CMS’ proposal that an integrated D–
SNP meet certain quality criteria to
qualify for passive enrollment,
particularly with respect to the
proposed requirement that a D–SNP
have an overall quality rating of at least
3 stars based on the MA Star Ratings
system. Several commenters expressed
support for our proposed application of
a minimum overall MA Star Rating of at
least 3 stars. A commenter noted that
CMS’ consultation with the state
Medicaid agency would ensure that an
integrated D–SNP’s Medicaid
performance is considered in addition
to the Medicare performance captured
by the MA Star Ratings. Several
commenters recommended raising the
minimum required MA Star Rating
level. A commenter noted concerns with
the MA Star Ratings as a basis for our
proposed quality requirement because
star ratings may be affected more by the
percentage of dually eligible members
enrolled in an MA plan than other
factors and suggested requiring state
approval instead of a minimum MA Star
Rating. Some commenters expressed
concern that use of MA Star Ratings
does not capture plans’ performance
related to services covered under
Medicaid or other factors affecting plan
capacity to ensure access to care for
passively enrolled individuals.
Response: We appreciate commenters’
support for establishing minimum
quality criteria as part of our assessment
of an integrated D–SNP’s eligibility for
passive enrollment under this provision.
We call attention to our revision to
§ 422.60(g)(2)(iii), clarifying that the
minimum star rating of at least 3 stars
for a D–SNP to be eligible to receive
passive enrollment from the most
recently issued MA Star Rating for the
D–SNP under the rating system
described in §§ 422.160 through
422.166. While we acknowledge the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
limitations commenters identified with
the MA Star Ratings, especially with
respect to assessing the quality of
Medicaid services provided under an
integrated D–SNP, we believe the MA
Star Ratings system is CMS’ most
effective and methodologically sound
tool for measuring plan performance
and quality and ensuring that passive
enrollments are limited to MA plans
that have demonstrated a commitment
to quality. With regard to the
methodological concerns related to the
impact of enrollees’ socioeconomic
status on MA contract performance, we
direct the commenter’s attention to the
discussion in this final rule about the
MA and Part D Quality Rating System
about adjustments to the ratings to
address those and similar concerns in
section II.A.11.t. We note that the
additional required consultation with
states in § 422.60(g)(1)(iii) as part of the
process of determining that an
integrated D–SNP meets the criteria for
receipt of passive enrollment will
provide valuable information regarding
the performance and quality of the
organization’s Medicaid product. We are
therefore finalizing the quality
requirements under § 422.60(g)(2)(iii)
with a clarification that the most
recently issued overall MA Star Rating
is the applicable rating for determining
eligibility to receive passive enrollment.
We note as well that new and low
enrollment plans are generally not
assigned an overall Star Rating because
of the lack of data from a prior
performance period (new plans) or
insufficient number of enrollees for
reliable sampling (low enrollment);
therefore, the regulation text as
proposed and as finalized, permits new
and low enrollment plans that meet the
other requirements to also receive these
passive enrollments. However, we will
consider revisiting the minimum MA
Star Rating level in future rulemaking
once we gain additional experience with
implementing passive enrollments into
integrated D–SNPs.
Comment: Several commenters made
additional recommendations for specific
minimum quality measures and other
criteria relevant to dually eligible
beneficiaries that CMS should consider
as part of our determination of
integrated D–SNPs’ eligibility for
passive enrollment under proposed
§ 422.60(g)(1)(iii). A few commenters
recommended that CMS require
integrated D–SNPs to have additional
accreditation, such as the National
Committee for Quality Assurance
(NCQA) Medicaid plan accreditation
and long-term services and supports
(LTSS) accreditation. A commenter
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16505
recommended using measures
developed by the multi-stakeholder
Core Quality Measures Collaborative.
Another commenter suggested
evaluating an integrated D–SNP’s
behavioral health services by number of
days on waiting list and availability of
a behavioral health expert. This
commenter also suggested several
methods for assessing LTSS.
Response: We appreciate the
additional information these
commenters provided regarding
accreditation and measures relevant to
dually eligible beneficiaries. Since the
number of plans eligible to receive
passive enrollment under our proposed
limited expansion of passive enrollment
authority is projected to be small, we
believe it is important to consider
minimizing burden to eligible plans and
ensuring that there are an adequate
number of plans to receive enrollments.
MA Star Ratings are based on currently
reported plan data and do not impose
additional reporting or specific
accreditation requirements on integrated
D–SNPs. As stated previously, we are
finalizing the quality requirements for
receipt of passive enrollment under
§ 422.60(g)(1)(iii) as proposed.
Comment: We received no comments
supporting a limitation of our proposed
expansion of CMS’ passive enrollment
authority to circumstances that would
not raise total cost to the Medicare and
Medicaid programs. A few commenters
stated they would not support a costeffectiveness test as a standalone
requirement for determining a D–SNP’s
eligibility to receive passive enrollments
under our proposed rule. In addition,
several commenters expressed concerns
about establishing such a limitation for
a variety of reasons. A commenter stated
that a cost-effectiveness test would limit
CMS’ ability to align enrollment and
preserve continuity of care. Another
commenter believed that this approach
did not consider long-term savings
resulting from better integration. A few
commenters also noted that the added
cost and administrative burden involved
in identifying these circumstances and
measuring the cost-effectiveness of
passive enrollment would potentially
offset any cost-savings. Another
commenter believed that choosing
integrated D–SNPs for passive
enrollment based on an artificial cost
estimate would be inconsistent with the
MA bid process and good faith
contracting efforts.
Response: We thank commenters for
their comments on this issue. We are
not adding a cost-effectiveness test for
passive enrollments under paragraph
(g)(1)(iii) in this final rule.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16506
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Comment: In response to our request
for comments on beneficiary notices for
passive enrollments that would occur
under proposed paragraph (g)(1)(iii), a
few commenters supported maintaining
the current requirement that receiving
plans send one enrollee notice
requirement when passive enrollment is
applied, arguing that states or receiving
plans could voluntarily choose to add
more notifications as necessary, and that
additional notices added to plan
burden. A commenter noted that,
because the Medicaid Managed Care
Rule under § 438.54(c)(3) requires the
State to notice beneficiaries regarding
passive enrollment into a Medicaid
managed care plan but does not specify
the number of notices required, a
requirement of one notice under our
proposed passive authority resulted in
better alignment between Medicare and
Medicaid requirements. However, many
commenters recommended a more
robust noticing process, including
increasing the number of required
notices to two for these passive
enrollments. Some commenters also
recommended that impacted plans
provide the notices in beneficiaries’
primary language and identify for each
enrollee any providers or prescription
drugs not included under their new
plan. A few commenters recommended
additional telephonic outreach for
beneficiaries whose notices are returned
by the postal service as undeliverable
and for those whose primary language is
not English.
Response: We agree with most
commenters on this issue that, on
balance, two notices may be more
beneficial than one notice when
enrollees are being passively enrolled
from one integrated D–SNP into another
under paragraph (g)(1)(iii). A second
notice provides an additional
opportunity for the receiving D–SNP to
connect with new members and to
ensure they receive information about
their benefits, rights, and options. We
believe the benefits from an additional
notice outweigh the additional burden.
In contrast, passive enrollments
effectuated under paragraphs (g)(1)(i)
and (ii)—in other words, when an
immediate termination as provided in
§ 422.510(b)(2)(i)(B) occurs or when
CMS determines a plan poses a
potential risk of harm to enrollees—are
typically performed under time
constraints which may make the
provision of two notices impracticable.
We are therefore finalizing the notice
requirements associated with passive
enrollments under paragraph (g)(1)(iii)
to require two notices and to establish
parameters around the timing of such
notices. Accordingly, we are adding
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
new paragraph (g)(4)(ii) to require that
plans receiving passive enrollments
under paragraph (g)(1)(iii) send two
notices to enrollees that describe the
costs and benefits of the plan and the
process for accessing care under the
plan and clearly explain the
beneficiary’s ability to decline the
enrollment or choose another plan. In
addition, we are adding new paragraph
(ii)(A) to specify that the first notice
provided under paragraph (ii) must be
provided, in a form and manner
determined by CMS, no fewer than 60
days prior to the enrollment effective
date. We are also adding a new
paragraph (ii)(B) to specify that the
second notice must be provided—again,
in a form and manner determined by
CMS—no fewer than 30 days prior to
the enrollment effective date.
We clarify that for passive
enrollments under paragraphs (g)(1)(i)
and (ii), only one notice will be
required. This requirement is now
reflected in new paragraph (4)(i), which
also specifies that the notice must
describe the costs and benefits of the
plan and the process for accessing care
under the plan, as well as the
beneficiary’s ability to decline
enrollment or choose another plan, and
be provided prior to the enrollment
effective date (or as soon as possible
after the effective date if prior notice is
not practical).
We appreciate commenters’
suggestions about the importance of
telephonic outreach and will encourage
affected plans to conduct this additional
telephonic outreach. We will also
encourage the D–SNPs losing members
to passive enrollment into another plan
to share information about their
enrollees’ language preferences to
facilitate the provision of information in
non-English languages and alternate
formats as applicable. As we gain
additional experience using this passive
enrollment authority, we will consider
the development of additional guidance
or further rulemaking about beneficiary
notice requirements as necessary.
Comment: We received a number of
comments about the content of
beneficiary notices sent to passively
enrolled individuals. Some commenters
recommended that notices used as part
of this process be consumer tested.
Several commenters recommended that
notices include alternative options for
Medicare coverage, such as available
PACE organizations. A few commenters
suggested that the notices include
information on the Special Election
Period (SEP) and opt-out process. A few
commenters also recommended that
beneficiaries have access to individual
counseling regarding their benefit
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
options. A commenter recommended
that notices be designed to ensure
informed consent by affected enrollees.
Response: We appreciate the
suggestions commenters provided about
the content of beneficiary notices for
passive enrollment under paragraph
(g)(1)(iii). We note that CMS currently
requires notices sent to passively
enrolled individuals to clearly explain
the beneficiary’s ability to decline the
enrollment or choose another plan. We
are therefore finalizing the requirements
related to notice content without
modification at § 422.60(g)(4)(i) and (ii),
as described elsewhere in this preamble.
We agree with commenters who
emphasized the importance of providing
additional information and counseling
to inform beneficiary choice. As we
move forward with implementation of
this limited expansion of CMS’ passive
enrollment authority, we will consider
developing a notice template that
includes information about the
availability of resources for additional
information and choice counseling in
the impacted service area, including
SHIP programs, as well as 1–800–
Medicare and Medicare Plan Finder. We
will consider opportunities for
consumer testing notice language,
though we note that each instance of
passive enrollment under this authority
will be unique and require tailoring to
the specific circumstances. As noted
previously, we believe that the addition
of a second notice will help increase
beneficiaries’ awareness of the change to
their coverage and ensure individuals
have the information to make decisions
about whether to remain in the new
integrated D–SNP or select other
coverage that better serves their needs.
Comment: A few commenters
recommended any beneficiary who is
unable to be contacted should not be
passively enrolled and should instead
be defaulted into FFS Medicare.
Response: We do not agree with these
commenters. The individuals impacted
by our proposal are those already
enrolled in an integrated D–SNP and
who, absent our application of CMS’
passive enrollment authority, would
lose access to their current integrated
care. Dually eligible individuals will
have various SEPs available, including
the Part D SEP for dual and other LISeligible beneficiaries discussed in
section II.A.10 of this final rule and the
new SEP at § 423.38(c)(10) discussed in
section II.A.10 of this final rule that
allows individuals who have been autoenrolled, facilitated enrolled, passively
enrolled, or reassigned into a plan by
CMS an opportunity to change plans.
These SEPs will allow any individual
who does not wish to retain coverage
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
under his or her new integrated D–SNP
to make a different election, including
opting for coverage in FFS Medicare.
We also note that the addition of the
SEP at § 423.38(c)(10) to this final rule
renders the SEP described in current
§ 422.60(g)(5) duplicative because it
applies to all individuals who have been
enrolled in a plan as a result of a CMSor state-initiated enrollment action,
including passive enrollment under
§ 422.60(g). To avoid operational
complexity, we are therefore finalizing
this provision by replacing the language
describing the SEP for passively
enrolled individuals at § 422.60(g)(5)
with a cross-reference to the new SEP
described at § 423.38(c)(10).
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS provide additional
opportunities for states to fully integrate
Medicaid and Medicare noticing and
beneficiary communications materials
for integrated products.
Response: We appreciate the support
for further integration of Medicare and
Medicaid benefits information for
integrated D–SNPs and note that CMS
has made progress toward this goal in
collaboration with some state partners.
However, this comment is outside the
scope of this regulation.
Comment: Several commenters
requested clarification on how the SEP
related to our proposed passive
enrollment provision would be
impacted by, or would interact with, the
proposal to limit the Part D SEP for dual
and other LIS-eligible beneficiaries.
Response: As previously discussed,
dually eligible beneficiaries will have
access to other SEPs, including the Part
D SEP for dual and other LIS-eligible
beneficiaries and the new SEP finalized
in this rule at § 423.38(c)(10) that allows
individuals who have been autoenrolled, facilitated enrolled, passively
enrolled, or reassigned into a plan by
CMS or a state an opportunity to change
plans.
Comment: A couple of commenters
noted a lack of alignment between the
length of the SEP for passive enrollees
under § 422.62(b)(4)—that is, 60 days—
and the 90-day disenrollment period
afforded to enrollees passively enrolled
into a Medicaid managed care
organization under § 438.56.
Response: The commenters are correct
that the length of the SEP for passive
enrollees, as described in the proposal,
and that of the Medicaid managed care
disenrollment period are not the same.
In certain integrated care programs, the
combination of changes to the SEP for
dual eligible beneficiaries (discussed in
section II.A.10.of this final rule) and the
2-month period for the SEP in proposed
§ 422.60(g)(5) could lead to beneficiary
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
confusion and unintended
misalignments between Medicare and
Medicaid. As noted previously in this
preamble, we are finalizing
§ 422.60(g)(5) with modifications to
replace the language describing the SEP
for passively enrolled individuals with
a cross-reference to the new SEP
described at § 423.38(c)(10). This SEP
will allow individuals to opt out of the
passive enrollment within 3 months of
notification of a CMS or state-initiated
enrollment action or that enrollment
action’s effective date (whichever is
later). We believe this change will better
align the length of the SEP for
individuals who are passively enrolled
under § 422.60(g) with the Medicaid
managed care disenrollment period
under § 438.56.
Comment: A commenter encouraged
CMS to monitor any negative and
unintended consequences of our use of
passive enrollment after implementation
of our proposed expanded authority.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ concerns and clarify that
we intend to use all currently available
mechanisms to monitor any passive
enrollments into integrated D–SNPs,
including grievances and complaints
reported to impacted plans and to 1–
800–Medicare. We are committed to
making all necessary adjustments as we
gain experience with the application of
passive enrollment in the circumstances
provided for in this final rule, including
future rulemaking as necessary.
After consideration of the comments
we received, we are finalizing our
proposal regarding the expansion of
CMS’ regulatory authority to initiate
passive enrollment for certain dually
eligible beneficiaries who are currently
enrolled in an integrated D–SNP into
another integrated D–SNP at § 422.60(g)
with some modifications. Specifically,
we are making the following
modifications:
• We are making a technical revision
to paragraph (g)(1)(iii) to clarify that a
plan must meet all the requirements
established in paragraph (g)(2) to be
eligible to receive passive enrollment.
• We are revising paragraph (g)(2)(iii)
to require a minimum Star Rating that
applies for a plan to be eligible to
receive passive enrollment. For a plan to
be eligible to receive passive
enrollment, it must have an overall
quality rating, from the most recently
issued ratings, under the rating system
described in §§ 422.160 through
422.166, of at least 3 stars or is a low
enrollment contract or new MA plan as
defined in § 422.252.
• We are adding new paragraph
(g)(4)(ii) to require that plans receiving
passive enrollments under paragraph
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16507
(g)(1)(iii) send two notices to enrollees
that describe the costs and benefits of
the plan and the process for accessing
care under the plan and clearly explain
the beneficiary’s ability to decline the
enrollment or choose another plan. In
addition, we are adding new paragraph
(ii)(A) to specify that the first notice
provided under paragraph (ii) must be
provided, in a form and manner
determined by CMS, no fewer than 60
days prior to the enrollment effective
date. We are also adding a new
paragraph (ii)(B) to specify that the
second notice must be provided, in a
form and manner determined by CMS,
no fewer than 30 days prior to the
enrollment effective date. New
paragraph (g)(4)(i) will retain the
original requirement that one notice be
provided to passively enrolled
individuals under paragraphs (g)(1)(i)
and (ii).
• We are modifying § 422.60(g)(5) by
replacing the current language
describing the SEP for passively
enrolled individuals at § 422.60(g)(5)
with a cross-reference to the new SEP
described at § 423.38(c)(10), which
provides a 3-month SEP when an
enrollee has been auto-enrolled,
facilitated enrolled, passively enrolled,
or reassigned into a Part D plan as a
result of a CMS or state-initiated
enrollment action. We note that all D–
SNPs are also Part D plans as they are
required to provide the Part D
prescription drug benefit pursuant to
§ 422.2 (definition of specialized MA
plans for special needs individuals).
9. Part D Tiering Exceptions (§§ 423.560,
423.578(a) and (c))
a. Background
Section 1860D–4(g)(2) of the Act
specifies that a beneficiary enrolled in a
Part D plan offering prescription drug
benefits for Part D drugs through the use
of a tiered formulary may request an
exception to the plan sponsor’s tiered
cost-sharing structure. The statute
requires such plan sponsors to have a
process in place for making
determinations on such requests,
consistent with guidelines established
by the Secretary. The requirements for
tiering exceptions, set forth at
§ 423.578(a), require plan sponsors to
establish and maintain reasonable and
complete exceptions procedures that
permit enrollees, under certain
circumstances, to obtain a drug in a
higher cost-sharing tier at the more
favorable cost-sharing applicable to
alternative drugs on a lower cost-sharing
tier of the plan sponsor’s formulary.
Such an exception is granted when the
plan sponsor determines that the non-
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16508
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
preferred drug is medically necessary
based on the prescriber’s supporting
statement.
As we stated in the proposed rule, we
believe that changes in the prescription
drug marketplace necessitate revisions
to existing regulations to ensure that
tiering exceptions are adjudicated by
plan sponsors in the manner the statute
contemplates, and are understood by
beneficiaries. Therefore, we proposed
various changes to §§ 423.560,
423.578(a) and 423.578(c) to revise and
clarify requirements for how tiering
exceptions are to be adjudicated and
effectuated (82 FR 56371).
We received the following general
comments on this proposal and our
responses follow:
Comment: We received many
comments on the proposal. While most
comments received were generally
supportive of our efforts to update and
improve tiering exceptions policy, there
was mixed support for and opposition
to specific aspects of what we proposed.
Many commenters who supported our
overall proposal noted that beneficiaries
have difficulty understanding the
existing policy, and stated that there is
a need for a more simplified process. A
commenter who opposed revising our
existing policy for tiering exceptions
stated that plans and enrollees already
understand the current policy and there
will be little positive outcome. Another
commenter agreed that tiering
exceptions are an important beneficiary
protection, but stated a belief that they
undermine plan sponsors’ ability to
manage their formularies, which are
already reviewed by CMS for clinical
accuracy. This commenter also stated
that tiering exceptions provide no
incentive for an enrollee to try a less
expensive drug found on a lower tier if
they are able to get a more expensive
drug at a lower cost.
Response: We thank the commenters
who supported our proposal for their
support. We agree that this policy area
has been confusing for beneficiaries and
one of our goals in making changes is
to make it more understandable. We
believe that the proposed revisions will
streamline and clarify the requirements
for tiering exceptions, as well as help
ensure that enrollees have appropriate
access to medically necessary drugs.
We disagree with the comment that
tiering exceptions provide no incentive
for enrollees to try lower-cost drugs. On
the contrary, § 1860D–4(g)(2) stipulates
that, in order for a tiering exception to
be approved, the enrollee’s prescriber
must determine that the preferred drug
for treatment of the same condition has
been or would be less effective or have
adverse effects for that individual. If the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
enrollee cannot demonstrate that the
requested drug is medically necessary, a
tiering exception cannot be obtained.
We address comments about specific
aspects of the tiering exceptions
proposal in relevant sections below.
Comment: Several commenters
requested that CMS ensure beneficiaries
are educated about the availability of
tiering exceptions. Some commenters
expressed a belief that there is little
information available to beneficiaries
about tiering exceptions, and that it is
difficult to apply to individual
situations. Comments offered several
suggestions, including improving
existing educational publications and
information provided through 1–800–
MEDICARE, providing information in
plain language, and developing notices
that provide information at the
pharmacy counter. Some commenters
stated that CMS should require plan
sponsors to improve information
provided in their member materials, and
noted that plans and pharmacies have a
responsibility for educating
beneficiaries about the availability of
tiering exceptions.
Response: We agree that information
about the availability of tiering
exceptions must be provided to
beneficiaries by CMS and their Part D
plan sponsor. We note that such
information is already contained in
several CMS publications, including
Medicare & You (CMS pub. 10050),
Medicare Appeals (CMS pub. 11525),
Your Guide to Medicare Prescription
Drug Coverage (CMS pub. 11109) and
Medicare Rights and Protections (CMS
pub. 11534), as well as documents that
plans are required to provide to
enrollees, including the Evidence of
Coverage, Part D formulary, and Annual
Notice of Change. Information about the
availability of tiering exceptions is also
included in the standardized pharmacy
notice (CMS–10147) provided to
affected enrollees at the point of sale
when a claim is rejected by their Part D
plan sponsor, and in the standardized
Part D denial notice (CMS–10146),
which is provided to enrollees when
their plan makes an adverse coverage
determination. Such information is also
found on Medicare.gov. CMS will
continue to review plan documents and
beneficiary publications to identify
potential areas for improvement, and
update the documents mentioned above
as needed based on this final rule,
including consideration of how to
clarify when a tiering exception may be
available.
Comment: Several commenters
recommended that CMS ensure
consistent understanding of tiering
exceptions policy by providing specific
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
guidance to plan sponsors related to the
review of tiering exception requests,
including examples using various
formulary structures that illustrate the
steps of the process, and guidance to
determine the lowest applicable tier and
appropriate alternative drugs. A
commenter expressed concern that the
proposed rule conflicts with current
guidance in Chapter 18 of the Medicare
Prescription Drug Benefit Manual.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ suggestions for additional
guidance to ensure that plan sponsors
understand the revised policy and
properly process tiering exception
requests. CMS manual guidance will be
updated to reflect the changes made
through this final rule. With respect to
the comment about the existing version
of Chapter 18, we note that existing
guidance reflects existing regulations
and policy.
Comment: A commenter asserted that
utilization management tools, such as
the use of tiered cost-sharing to
encourage use of lower-cost drugs, put
unnecessary burden on prescribers and
cause access delays for beneficiaries.
The commenter stated that exception
requests usually require prescribers to
submit a written statement supporting
the exception request, and noted that
prescribers are not compensated for
time spent preparing these statements or
obtaining utilization management
information for the specific plans used
by their patients. This commenter also
suggested that if there was greater
transparency on which medications are
subject to utilization management tools,
it would reduce the administrative
burden placed on physicians.
Response: We thank the commenter
for sharing their concerns. Because
section 1860D–4(g)(2) of the Act
specifies that a tiering exception could
be granted ‘‘if the prescribing physician
determines that the preferred drug for
treatment of the same condition either
would not be as effective for the
individual or would have adverse
effects for the individual or both,’’ we
do not believe CMS has authority to
require plans to provide tiering
exceptions in the absence of such a
statement from the prescriber. Under
existing § 423.568(a), plans are required
to accept oral requests for benefits at the
coverage determination level, including
exception requests, and CMS
encourages plans to accept oral
prescriber supporting statements for
exception requests when appropriate.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that SNPs, MMPs, and
defined standard benefit plans be
exempt from the tiering exceptions
process. This commenter also asked that
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
CMS explain how tiering exceptions are
applied to Low Income Subsidy (LIS)
beneficiaries.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation. In
accordance with § 423.578(a), the
exceptions process applies to Part D
plans that provide prescription drug
benefits through the use of a tiered
formulary. Given the fixed copays for
LIS beneficiaries, that are based on
whether the drug is a brand or generic
product pursuant to
§ 423.782(a)(2)(iii)(A), tiering exceptions
do not apply. Regardless of whether the
beneficiary meets the medical necessity
criteria for the drug in the higher tier,
it would not change the brand vs.
generic nature of the requested drug, so
the cost-sharing would remain fixed.
b. Limitations on Tiering Exceptions
We proposed to revise § 423.578(a)(2)
to read as follows: ‘‘Part D plan sponsors
must establish criteria that provide for
a tiering exception consistent with
paragraphs § 423.578(a)(3) through (a)(6)
of this section.’’ This adds a crossreference to revised paragraph (a)(6),
which revises allowable limitations plan
sponsors are permitted to establish in
their tiering exceptions procedures.
At § 423.578(a)(6), we proposed to
revise the regulations to specify how a
Part D plan sponsor may limit tiering
exceptions. The proposed revision
strikes the existing regulation text
which permits plans to disallow tiering
exceptions for any non-preferred drug to
cost-sharing associated with a dedicated
generic tier. We proposed to replace it
with new regulation text at
§ 423.578(a)(6) specifying that a Part D
plan sponsor will not be required to
offer a tiering exception for a brand
name drug or biological product to a
preferred cost-sharing level that applies
only to generic alternatives. Under our
proposal, plans would be required to
approve tiering exceptions for nonpreferred generic drugs when the plan
determines that the enrollee cannot take
the preferred generic alternative(s),
including when the preferred generic
alternative(s) are on dedicated generic
tier(s) and when the lower tier(s)
contain a mix of brand and generic
alternatives. In other words, plans
would no longer be permitted to
exclude a tier containing alternative
drug(s) with more favorable cost-sharing
from their tiering exceptions procedures
altogether just because that lower-cost
tier includes only generic drugs.
We proposed to revise existing tiering
exceptions policy for brand name and
generic drugs, and proposed a new
policy for requests involving biological
products. First, we proposed to revise
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
§ 423.578(a)(6) by adding new
paragraphs (i) and (ii), which would
permit plans to limit the availability of
tiering exceptions for the following drug
types to a preferred tier that contains the
same type of alternative drug(s) for
treating the enrollee’s condition:
• Brand name drugs for which an
application is approved under section
505(c) of the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355(c)),
including an application referred to in
section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food,
Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C.
355(b)(2)); and
• Biological products, including
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products, licensed under
section 351 the Public Health Service
Act.
With the proposed revisions,
approved tiering exceptions for brand
name drugs would generally be assigned
to the lowest applicable cost-sharing
associated with brand name
alternatives, and approved tiering
exceptions for biological products
would generally be assigned to the
lowest applicable cost-sharing
associated with biological alternatives.
As discussed above, cost sharing for
approved tiering exceptions for nonpreferred generic drugs would be
assigned to the lowest applicable costsharing associated with alternative
drug(s) that could be either brand name
or generic drugs.
We proposed at § 423.578(a)(6)(i) to
codify that plans are not required to
offer tiering exceptions for brand name
drugs or biological products at a costsharing level of alternative drug(s) for
treating the enrollee’s condition where
the alternatives include only the
following drug types:
• Generic drugs for which an
application is approved under section
505(j) of the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355(j)), or
• Authorized generic drugs as defined
in section 505(t)(3) of the Federal Food,
Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C.
355(t)(3)).
We proposed to codify existing CMS
policy treating authorized generics as
generics for purposes of tiering
exceptions because the process used by
CMS to collect Part D plan formulary
data does not allow us to clearly
identify whether a plan sponsor
includes coverage of authorized generic
National Drug Codes (NDCs). Under this
regulatory proposal, a plan sponsor
could not completely exclude a lower
tier containing only generic and
authorized generic drugs from its tiering
exception procedures; rather, the plan
sponsor would be permitted to limit
tiering exceptions for a particular brand
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16509
drug or biological product to the lowest
cost sharing tier containing alternatives
of the same drug type. Plans will be
required to grant a tiering exception for
a higher cost generic or authorized
generic drug to the cost sharing
associated with the lowest tier
containing generic and/or authorized
generic alternatives when the medical
necessity criteria are met.
Finally, we proposed to revise and
redesignate existing § 423.578(a)(7) as
new § 423.578(a)(6)(iii), to specify that,
‘‘If a Part D plan sponsor maintains a
specialty tier, as defined in § 423.560,
the sponsor may design its exception
process so that Part D drugs and
biological products on the specialty tier
are not eligible for a tiering exception.’’
We also proposed to add the following
definition to Subpart M at § 423.560:
Specialty tier means a formulary costsharing tier dedicated to very high cost
Part D drugs and biological products
that exceed a cost threshold established
by the Secretary.
The proposed changes retain the
existing regulatory policy that permits
Part D plan sponsors to disallow tiering
exceptions for any drug that is on the
plan’s specialty tier. While we did not
propose to specify it in regulation text,
we stated in the preamble to the
proposed rule (82 FR 56372) that, if the
specialty tier has cost sharing more
preferable than another tier, then a drug
placed on such other non-preferred tier
is eligible for a tiering exception to the
cost sharing applicable to the specialty
tier if an applicable alternative drug is
on the specialty tier and the other
requirements of § 423.578(a) are met. In
other words, while plans are not
required to allow tiering exceptions for
drugs on the specialty tier to a more
preferable cost-sharing tier, the specialty
tier is not exempt from being considered
a preferred tier for purposes of tiering
exceptions.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received many
comments on this aspect of our
proposal. Most commenters were
supportive of the proposal to remove the
generic tier exclusion and replace it
with limitations that apply to brand
name drugs and biological products.
Some commenters opposed our
proposal to remove the generic tier
exclusion, stating that this would
discourage plans from offering $0
copayment tiers and increase costs for
enrollees. Others opposed the proposal
to allow plans to limit tiering exceptions
for brand name drugs only when brand
alternatives are on a lower tier, noting
that allowing plans to limit tiering
exceptions for brand drugs to the lowest
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16510
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
cost-sharing associated with brand
alternatives does not provide sufficient
relief for enrollees with a medical need
for a brand drug because they cannot
take a lower cost generic. Commenters
expressed concern that this would
eliminate beneficiaries’ ability to seek
tiering exceptions in many cases, and
also stated that nothing in the statute
permits these limitations.
Response: We thank commenters who
supported the proposed changes for
their support. As we stated in the
proposed rule, we believe a policy that
allows beneficiaries with a medical
need for a non-preferred product to seek
and obtain more favorable cost-sharing
through the tiering exceptions process
must be balanced by reasonable
limitations to ensure that all enrollees
have access to medically necessary
drugs at the most favorable cost-sharing
terms possible.
We disagree with the commenters
opposed to our proposal to require plans
to include dedicated generic tiers in
their tiering exceptions procedures. As
we discussed in the preamble to the
proposed rule (82 FR 56371), most Part
D formularies now include multiple
generic tiers, as well as multiple highercost tiers that contain a mix of brand
and generic drugs. To encourage the use
of generic drugs, we proposed to revise
the existing regulatory policy to permit
tiering exceptions into dedicated
generic tiers, but allow plans to limit
those exceptions to requests involving
non-preferred generic drugs. Because
approval of a tiering exception
continues to require that the enrollee
demonstrate a medical need for the nonpreferred drug, and because plans will
not be required to permit exceptions for
brand name drugs or biological products
to the cost-sharing associated with
dedicated generic tiers, we do not
believe this change will result in
changes to plan benefit design.
We disagree with the comments
asserting that the statute does not permit
tiering exceptions for non-preferred
brand name drugs to be limited to the
cost sharing associated with preferred
brand name drugs. Section 1860D–
4(g)(2) of the Act specifies that Part D
plan sponsors offering a tiered drug
benefit must have a process for tiering
exceptions, consistent with guidelines
established by the Secretary for making
such determinations, where ‘‘a
nonpreferred drug could be covered
under the terms applicable for preferred
drugs’’ (emphasis added). While we
agree that the statutory language does
not specifically refer to brand name and
generic drugs, it clearly gives CMS
authority to establish guidelines for plan
procedures, and does not require that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
such exceptions be available in all
circumstances.
Comment: Several commenters
supported our proposal to treat
authorized generic drugs in the same
manner as generic drugs for tiering
exceptions.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their support.
Comment: We received some
comments requesting that CMS specify
that multi-source drugs and other drugs
that do not meet the definition of a
generic or authorized generic drug, but
that a plan may place on a genericlabeled tier, also be treated as generic
drugs for purposes of tiering exceptions.
Response: We disagree with these
comments. As discussed above, we are
revising the tiering exceptions
regulations to specify that authorized
generic drugs be treated as generic
drugs. We recognize that other drugs
may be treated in a similar manner to
generic drugs, including being placed
on generic-labeled drug tiers; however,
we believe further expansion of what
drugs are treated as generics would
introduce additional complexity to a
process that beneficiaries and plans
already have difficulty understanding.
For example, whether a brand drug is a
‘‘multi-source’’ drug is dependent on
multiple factors and may change over
time. An authorized generic is
determined at the time of FDA approval
and does not change as long as the drug
is marketed under that approval,
regardless of how many other
interchangeable drugs may be
introduced to or leave the market.
Because tier placement of the same drug
can vary widely across Part D plans, we
believe that applying rules based on
FDA approval type is the best way to
limit confusion and create a consistent
policy. Additionally, we believe that an
enrollee who cannot take a brand drug
on a lower-cost tier, regardless of the
tier label, should be able to obtain the
brand drug on a higher-cost tier at the
more favorable cost-sharing of the brand
drug on the lower-cost tier.
Comment: We received many
comments related to our proposal to
retain the current regulatory policy
allowing plans to exclude specialty tier
drugs from their tiering exceptions
process. Commenters were divided on
whether they supported or opposed this
proposal. Some commenters asked CMS
to confirm that drugs on the specialty
tier will continue to be exempt from
tiering exceptions.
Commenters who supported our
proposal stated that tiering exceptions
should not be allowed for specialty tier
drugs because alternative drugs on
lower tiers are not typically appropriate
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
or therapeutically equivalent, even
though they may treat the same
condition.
Commenters who opposed this
limitation on tiering exceptions noted
that vulnerable beneficiaries who need
to access specialty tier drugs often do
not have alternative options on more
preferred tiers and can accrue very high
out of pocket costs. A few noted that
cost-prohibitive out of pocket expenses
can lead to decreased adherence to drug
therapies and put patients at risk. Some
commenters questioned CMS’ authority
to allow plans to exclude specialty tier
drugs from the tiering exceptions
process because the statute gives
beneficiaries the right to request a
tiering exception for any non-preferred
drug when the formulary contains a
preferred drug for the same condition
that has lower cost sharing. A
commenter stated that prohibiting
tiering exceptions for specialty tier
drugs discriminates against beneficiaries
who need them.
Response: We appreciate the
comments expressing concern about
beneficiary access to very high cost
drugs. While CMS is aware that access
to needed drug therapies can be
impacted by the out of pocket expenses
associated with these drugs, we do not
believe that requiring plans to offer
tiering exceptions for specialty tier
drugs will result in the desired effect. In
order for a drug to be placed on the
specialty tier, the plan’s negotiated price
for the drug must exceed a monthly
threshold established by the Secretary
($670 for 2018). Along with the
protection against tiering exceptions for
specialty tier drugs that is afforded to
plans, CMS also requires plans to limit
enrollee cost sharing for the specialty
tier to 25 percent coinsurance (up to 33
percent if the plan waives all or part of
the Part D deductible), which aligns
with the statutorily defined maximum
cost sharing for the defined standard
benefit at section 1860D–2(b)(2)(A).
When high cost drugs are placed on the
specialty tier instead of a Non-Preferred
Brand or Non-Preferred Drug tier, which
can have up to 50 percent coinsurance,
the cost to enrollees who would not
qualify for a tiering exception is often
considerably lower than if the same
drug were placed on one of these other
non-preferred tiers. Additionally, many
specialty tier drugs, particularly
biological products, often do not have
viable alternatives on lower-cost tiers.
The statutory basis for approval of a
tiering exception request is the presence
of an alternative drug(s) on a lower costsharing tier of the plan’s formulary;
therefore, even if a plan sponsor
permitted tiering exceptions for
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
specialty tier drugs, such requests
would not be approvable if the plan’s
formulary did not include any
alternative drugs on a lower tier.
We disagree with the comments
positing that allowing plans to exclude
the specialty tier from their tiering
exceptions procedures is inconsistent
with the statute. As discussed above in
this section, section 1860D–4(g)(2) of
the Act gives CMS authority to establish
guidelines for Part D plan sponsors’
tiering exceptions procedures, and does
not require such exceptions to be
available in all circumstances. For the
reasons stated earlier, we believe that
our current policy of allowing plans to
exclude specialty tier drugs from their
tiering exceptions procedures, coupled
with the maximum allowable
coinsurance of 25 percent to 33 percent
for the specialty tier, affords the most
beneficiaries the most protection from
high out-of-pocket expenses associated
with very high cost drugs.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested that CMS permit plan
sponsors to designate two specialty tiers
on their formularies—a non-preferred
specialty tier, as well as a preferred
specialty tier that would have lower cost
sharing. These commenters expressed a
belief that permitting plans to have two
specialty tiers would encourage
increased competition among specialty
drugs, giving plans greater leverage in
price negotiations, resulting in more
affordable access for Part D enrollees
and lower costs for the program. The
commenters also noted that permitting
two specialty tiers could encourage
enrollees to try preferred specialty
products and could reduce the need for
enrollees to seek coverage through the
non-formulary exceptions process.
Response: While we appreciate these
comments, we disagree with the
suggestion to permit Part D plans to
have a preferred and a non-preferred
specialty tier. As discussed above, CMS
limits specialty tier cost sharing to the
statutorily mandated amount for the
defined standard Part D benefit. While
we did not propose to allow plans to
establish multiple specialty tiers, we are
making significant changes to existing
tiering exceptions policy through this
final rule, including removal of the
generic tier exclusion and addition of
the brand-to-brand limitation discussed
above in subsection b. Additionally,
while the plan’s cost for a drug must
exceed a CMS-specified monthly cost
threshold in order to be placed on the
specialty tier, CMS does not require all
drugs exceeding that threshold be
placed on the specialty tier. In other
words, if plans wish to encourage the
use of certain specialty drugs over
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
others, they can do so within existing
formulary benefit designs. As such, we
are not making additional changes in
this policy area before having an
opportunity to consider the effects of
the changes in this rule. CMS will
continue to disallow plan benefit
packages with more than one specialty
tier.
Comment: We received some
comments requesting that CMS clarify
whether select care/select diabetic or
other $0 copayment tiers can be
excluded from a plan’s tiering
exceptions procedures. These
commenters supported a policy that
would permit such an exclusion, stating
that requiring tiering exceptions to $0 or
very low cost tiers would discourage
plans from offering them and increase
overall beneficiary out of pocket costs.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s requests for clarification.
As discussed above, we proposed to
revise the existing regulatory text that
permits plans to exclude generic tiers
from their tiering exceptions
procedures. We did not propose to
permit plans to exclude any formulary
tiers other than the specialty tier, and do
not agree that such an exclusion is
advisable. As we stated in the proposed
rule, we believe that tiering exceptions
are an important enrollee protection and
must not be restricted to such a degree.
Under the proposed rule, which we are
finalizing without modification, plans
can establish tiering exceptions
procedures where they do not have to
offer such exceptions for brand name
drugs or biological products to more
preferred cost-sharing tiers that do not
contain an alternative brand name or
biological product, respectively. We
believe that permitting additional
restrictions that make certain low-cost
tiers wholly inaccessible to beneficiaries
with a medical need for a non-preferred
drug would be inappropriate.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to monitor Part D plan formularies to
ensure that plans do not change their
formularies in an effort to decrease
opportunities for tiering exceptions.
Another commenter suggested that CMS
consider requiring plan sponsors to
establish evidence-based formularies
that tie enrollee cost-sharing to the
appropriateness of medications based
on safety and efficacy.
Response: All Part D plan formularies
must be approved by CMS as part of the
bid review process described at
§ 423.272. Under § 423.120(b)(1),
formularies must be developed and
reviewed by a pharmacy and
therapeutic committee that makes
clinical decisions based on scientific
evidence and standards of practice and
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16511
considers safety and efficacy when
determining inclusion of a drug on a
formulary, including tier placement.
Comment: We received a comment
requesting that CMS clarify nonformulary drugs approved for a
formulary exception continue to be
ineligible for tiering exceptions.
Another commenter suggested that CMS
consider ways to make it easier for
individuals applying for a formulary
exception to also apply for a tiering
exception, if applicable.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s request for clarification.
We did not propose to revise the
existing requirement set forth at
§ 423.578(c)(4)(iii) which establishes
that an enrollee may not request a
tiering exception for a non-formulary
drug approved under the formulary
exceptions rules at § 423.578(b). Under
the proposed changes to tiering
exceptions rules, which we are
finalizing as proposed, an enrollee may
not obtain a tiering exception for an
approved non-formulary drug. We note
that, if an enrollee obtains an exception
to a utilization management
requirement such as step therapy or a
quantity limit, such enrollee may also
request a tiering exception, pursuant to
§ 423.578(a) and (c). The model Part D
coverage determination request form,
developed by CMS with stakeholder
feedback, permits an enrollee or their
prescriber, on the enrollee’s behalf, to
request a tiering exception along with,
for example, prior authorization. The
form includes check boxes for various
types of requests, including an
exception to cost-sharing.
Comment: We received some
comments opposed to requiring plans to
consider tiering exceptions for nonpreferred drugs to specialty tier costsharing when the specialty tier costsharing is more favorable for the
enrollee. Some of these commenters
stated that such a policy would be
confusing for enrollees because the
specialty tier is often a higher-numbered
tier (for example, tier 5 on a 5-tier
formulary). Commenters also stated that
it would be overly burdensome for plans
to administer such a policy, particularly
if the exception request is for a drug on
a copayment tier to a coinsurance tier
(for example, tier 4—Non Preferred Drug
has a $100 copayment and tier 5—
Specialty has a 25 percent coinsurance).
These commenters opined that allowing
a drug with a copayment to be approved
to a coinsurance tier would bypass
formulary design and require extensive
price review and calculation to
determine which tier is more favorable.
A commenter asked CMS to clarify
whether plans would be permitted to
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16512
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
retain specialty tier supply limits such
as a 30 day supply, even if the enrollee
wishes to obtain a 90 day supply and a
tiering exception is approved.
Response: We appreciate the
comments received on this aspect of the
proposal. We are persuaded by the
comments received that requiring plans
to consider tiering exceptions into the
specialty tier would be confusing and
difficult for plans to implement, and are
not finalizing this aspect of the
proposal. While we believe many of the
concerns expressed by commenters
would be addressed by clarifying that
such a policy would only apply if the
requested drug meets the specialty tier
cost threshold, we recognize it would
still be difficult to explain to enrollees,
who probably would have no
knowledge as to whether any given drug
would meet the specialty tier cost
threshold and would be very unlikely to
request such an exception. As noted
above, we did not propose regulation
text for such a requirement, and
therefore, while we are not finalizing it,
we are also not making any changes to
the proposed regulation text.
Comment: A few commenters stated
that CMS should conduct an analysis of
Part D plan formularies to ensure plans
are not discriminating against
beneficiaries by always placing certain
classes of drugs on specialty tiers. A
commenter asserted that, without
standardized tiering in Part D, nothing
prevents plans from putting high cost
brand name drugs on specialty tiers to
avoid having to offer tiering exceptions.
The commenter stated that CMS should
establish additional requirements for
tiered formularies, such as requiring
that all generic drugs be placed on tier
1 or tier 2. Another commenter
recommended that CMS continue to
explore improvements to benefit design
and meaningful exceptions to high costsharing.
Response: Pursuant to existing Part D
policy and the proposed definition of
specialty tier, it is a tier dedicated to
very high cost drugs, which are often
brand name drugs or biological
products. As noted in a previous
response, pursuant to § 423.120(b)(1),
formularies must be developed and
reviewed by a pharmacy and
therapeutic committee that makes
clinical decisions based on scientific
evidence and standards of practice, and
considers safety and efficacy when
determining inclusion of a drug on a
formulary, including that drug’s tier
placement. While CMS does not
prohibit plan sponsors from having a
mix of both brand and generic drugs on
each tier, it is our expectation that a tier
label be representative of the drugs that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
make up that tier. Additionally,
consistent with § 30.2.7 of Chapter 6 of
the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit
Manual, CMS reviews formularies for
the placement of drugs in non-preferred
tiers in the absence of therapeutically
similar drugs in preferred tiers.
Comment: A few commenters stated
that CMS should increase the $670
specialty tier cost threshold to reduce
the number of drugs that qualify and,
therefore, reduce out of pocket spending
for beneficiaries.
Response: As we did not propose to
change the specialty tier threshold in
this rule, we decline to adopt this
recommendation.
After consideration of the comments
received, we believe our proposed
revisions to § 423.578(a)(6) regarding the
limitations plans are permitted to
establish for tiering exceptions strike an
appropriate balance between allowing
plans to manage their formularies and
ensuring enrollee access to this statutory
protection. These revisions prohibit
plans from excluding generic drug tiers
from their tiering exceptions
procedures, and permit plans to limit
tiering exceptions for brand name drugs
to the lowest applicable cost sharing
associated with preferred brand name
alternatives, and tiering exceptions for
biological products to the lowest
applicable cost sharing associated with
preferred biological product
alternatives. We are finalizing the
proposed revisions to § 423.578(a)(6)
and the proposed definition of specialty
tier at § 423.560 without modification,
noting the clarification discussed above
that plans are not required to treat the
specialty tier as a preferred cost-sharing
tier for purposes of tiering exceptions.
CMS continues to explore ways to
ensure Part D enrollees are able to
access very high cost, medically
necessary prescription drugs.
d. Alternative Drugs for Treatment of
the Enrollee’s Condition
We noted in the proposed rule that we
have received comments from plan
sponsors and PBMs requesting that CMS
provide additional guidance on how to
determine what constitutes an
alternative drug for purposes of tiering
exceptions, including establishment of
additional limitations on when such
exceptions are approvable. The statutory
language for tiering and formulary
exceptions at sections 1860D–4(g)(2)
and 1860D–4(h)(2) of the Act,
respectively, specifically refers to a
preferred or formulary drug ‘‘for
treatment of the same condition.’’ While
our proposal did not include regulation
text specific to the meaning of an
alternative drug, we clarified in the
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
preamble that we interpret this language
to refer to the condition as it affects the
enrollee—that is, taking into
consideration the individual’s overall
clinical condition, including the
presence of comorbidities and known
relevant characteristics of the enrollee
and/or the drug regimen, which can
factor into which drugs are appropriate
alternative therapies for that enrollee.
We received the following comments
on this section and our responses
follow:
Comment: We received several
comments related to how to determine
which drugs should be considered
alternatives for treating the enrollee’s
health condition. Some of these
commenters were supportive of the
additional information we provided in
the preamble to the proposed rule about
how to determine alternative drugs.
Most of the commenters stated that a
more specific regulatory definition of
alternative drug is needed. Some
commenters recommended that the
definition specify that alternative drugs
must be one or more of the following:
supported in drug compendia or
treatment guidelines for use in the same
place in therapy, FDA-approved for the
same indication as the requested drug,
in the same therapeutic class and/or
category as the requested drug, use the
same route of administration as the
requested drug, and/or have the same
mechanism of action as the requested
drug.
Several commenters provided various
hypothetical scenarios using specific
diagnoses and drugs and asked that
CMS clarify whether a tiering exception
would be allowed under our
interpretation. A commenter asked CMS
to provide examples that include how to
determine what an appropriate
alternative drug is. Another commenter
stated that plan sponsors will continue
to inaccurately apply rules for tiering
exceptions because CMS does not define
what a preferred alternative drug is. A
few commenters stated that CMS’
proposed interpretation of ‘‘same
condition’’ will limit exception requests
and negatively impact beneficiaries. A
few commenters stated that this
interpretation has no statutory basis,
and one of the commenters asserted that
our clarification basing what constitutes
an alternative drug on the individual
characteristics and condition of the
enrollee would make it easy for plans to
claim there are no alternatives for
treating that enrollee and therefore no
tiering exception would be allowed.
Response: The statutory language
noted above related to approval of a
tiering exception request broadly refers
to preferred drugs ‘‘for treatment of the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
same condition.’’ We believe that most
of the criteria suggested by commenters
would be more restrictive than the
statute allows if plans were required to
apply such criteria to all tiering
exception situations, and we therefore
disagree that such criteria should be
specified in regulation. For example, if
the mechanism of action or route of
administration of a plan’s preferred
alternative drug would cause adverse
effects for a particular enrollee versus
the non-preferred drug for treating the
same condition, this could be the basis
for that enrollee to seek a tiering
exception for the non-preferred drug.
Also, CMS does not specify the
classification system that must be used
on Part D plan formularies; therefore,
establishing a requirement that
alternative drugs must be in the same
therapeutic class would introduce
inconsistency because what one plan
considers the same drug class may be
different than another plan for the same
drugs. The changes to the tiering
exception regulations that we are
finalizing in this rule do not require
plans to consider a drug for which the
enrollee’s condition is not a medically
accepted indication to be an alternative
drug for purposes of a tiering exception
request. Because payment under Part D
cannot be made for any drug that does
not meet the definition of a Part D drug
for the prescribed indication, such drug
could not reasonably be considered an
alternative drug for treatment of the
enrollee’s condition.
In response to comments suggesting
that our interpretation of ‘‘for treatment
of the same condition’’ is inconsistent
with the statute, we disagree. As we
noted in the proposed rule, we interpret
this language to refer to the condition as
it affects the enrollee. Given the
language in section 1860D–4(g)(2) of the
Act states that an exception could be
covered if the prescribing physician
determines that the preferred drug
would not be as effective ‘‘for the
individual’’ or would have adverse
effects ‘‘for the individual,’’ we believe
it is appropriate to interpret the
standard for the ‘‘same condition’’ to be
referring to the individual.
While we are not making any changes
to the regulations with respect to
defining alternative drugs, we wish to
note that plan medical directors are
required to be involved in the
development and oversight of policies
and procedures for processing exception
requests, including criteria for
determining alternative drugs, as part of
their responsibility under
§ 423.562(a)(5) to ensure the clinical
accuracy of all coverage determinations
and redeterminations involving medical
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
necessity. Additionally, § 423.566(d)
requires that, before issuing an adverse
coverage determination based on lack of
medical necessity, including exception
requests, it must be reviewed by a
physician or appropriate health care
professional. These policies requiring
clinician involvement in the
establishment and application of plan
coverage rules contemplate that those
individuals apply reasonable clinical
judgment, based on sound medical and
scientific evidence and acceptable
standards of practice, in adjudicating
exception requests, including
consideration of alternative drugs on the
plan’s formulary.
While we agree that in certain
situations and with certain medical
conditions, what is reasonably
considered an alternative drug may be
limited in ways suggested by
commenters, we disagree that such
designations should be codified in
regulation to apply to all tiering
exceptions for the reasons previously
stated, and because we do not see a
good reason to codify these types of
clinical considerations only for tiering
exceptions, when we have not proposed
to do so for other types of coverage
determinations. We also believe these
clarifications provide sufficient
guidance for plans to determine what
drugs should be considered alternatives
for treating the enrollee’s condition, and
will ensure that plans do not apply
unreasonable clinical or policy
standards to their interpretation of the
meaning of alternative drug so as to
inappropriately refuse to allow tiering
exceptions. Therefore, we are not
adding a definition of alternative drug
in this final rule.
As discussed earlier in this preamble,
CMS will update any existing agency
guidance related to tiering exceptions as
needed to ensure that it comports with
the requirements of this final rule.
Comment: A commenter asked CMS
to clarify whether a tiering exception
should be approved when the requested
drug is not being prescribed for a
medically accepted indication, or does
not otherwise meet the definition of a
Part D drug.
Response: Pursuant to the existing
regulation at § 423.578(e), which we did
not propose to revise, enrollees are not
permitted to use the exceptions process
to obtain coverage for a drug that is not
being prescribed to treat a medically
accepted indication as defined in
section 1860D–2(e)(4) of the Act, or does
not otherwise meet the definition of a
Part D drug at § 423.100. Thus, a plan
cannot approve a tiering exception
request if the requested drug is not
being used to treat a medically accepted
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16513
indication or does not meet the
definition of a Part D drug.
After consideration of the comments
received on this section, we are
finalizing our proposal without
modification, and have chosen not to
further specify how to determine what
an alternative drug for treating the
enrollee’s condition is.
e. Approval of Tiering Exception
Requests
We proposed to revise § 423.578(c)(3)
by renumbering the provision and
adding a new paragraph (ii) to codify
our current policy that cost sharing for
an approved tiering exception request is
assigned at the lowest applicable tier
when preferred alternatives sit on
multiple lower tiers. Under our
proposal, assignment of cost sharing for
an approved tiering exception must be
at the most favorable cost-sharing tier
containing alternative drugs, unless
such alternative drugs are not applicable
pursuant to limitations set forth under
proposed § 423.578(a)(6).
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received several
comments related to this aspect of our
proposal. Commenters were divided,
with some supporting our proposal and
others opposed. Commenters in support
of the proposal to require approval at
the lowest applicable tier stated that this
policy allows beneficiaries who cannot
take less expensive drugs to obtain
needed drugs at an affordable price.
Some commenters noted that they
supported this aspect of the proposal
because we also proposed to allow plans
to limit tiering exceptions for brand
name drugs to the lowest tier containing
alternative brand name drugs. A few
commenters expressed a belief that this
policy would be easy for beneficiaries to
understand.
Commenters who opposed our
proposal stated that requiring approval
to the lowest applicable tier interferes
with plans’ ability to manage their
formularies. A few commenters
expressed a belief that our proposal is
not consistent with the statute, which
states that the requested drug could be
covered at terms applicable to preferred
drugs but does not specify that it be the
terms applicable to the most preferred
alternatives. A commenter stated that
§ 1860D–4(g)(2) does not specifically
refer to a right to obtain a drug at the
lowest cost-sharing tier. Another
commenter stated that requiring plans to
provide high cost drugs at the lowest
tier instead of the next lower tier
increases premiums for all beneficiaries
and provides only slightly lower costsharing for a few individuals.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16514
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Response: We thank commenters who
were supportive of our proposal for
their support. We agree that our policy
of approval to the lowest applicable tier
containing alternatives provides the
most relief for beneficiaries with a
medical need for a non-preferred drug.
We disagree that our proposal is
inconsistent with the statute. Section
1860D–4(g)(2) provides that if a plan
sponsor uses formulary tiers and offers
lower cost sharing for ‘‘preferred drugs’’
(plural) included in the formulary, an
enrollee may request an exception to the
tiered cost-sharing structure, and under
such an exception, a non-preferred drug
could be covered ‘‘under the terms
applicable for preferred drugs’’ (plural)
if the prescriber determines that ‘‘the
preferred drug’’ (singular) for the same
condition would not be as effective or
would have adverse effects, or both. The
statute clearly contemplates that while
there can be multiple drugs that are
preferred drugs relative to the requested
drug, and the prescribing physician can
determine that ‘‘the’’ preferred drug
would not be as effective or would have
adverse effects. We believe it is
reasonable to interpret this provision to
permit an enrollee to seek a tiering
exception under which he or she would
pay the cost sharing applicable to the
most preferred drug among one or more
preferred drugs.
After consideration of the comments
received, we are finalizing without
modification our proposal at
§ 423.578(c)(3), which specifies that
cost-sharing for approved tiering
exceptions is assigned at the lowest
applicable tier when preferred
alternatives sit on multiple lower tiers.
f. Additional Technical Changes and
Corrections
Finally, we proposed various
technical changes and corrections to
improve the clarity of the tiering
exceptions regulations and consistency
with the regulations for formulary
exceptions. Specifically, we proposed
the following:
• Revise the introductory text of
§ 423.578(a) to clarify that a ‘‘requested’’
non-preferred drug for treatment of an
enrollee’s health condition may be
eligible for an exception.
• Revise § 423.578(a)(1) to include
‘‘tiering’’ when referring to the
exceptions procedures described in this
subparagraph.
• Revise § 423.578(a)(4) by making
‘‘conditions’’ singular and by adding
‘‘(s)’’ to ‘‘drug’’ to account for situations
when there are multiple alternative
drugs.
• Revise § 423.578(a)(5) by removing
the text specifying that the prescriber’s
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
supporting statement ‘‘demonstrate the
medical necessity of the drug’’ to align
with the existing language for formulary
exceptions at § 423.578(b)(6). The
requirement that the supporting
statement address the enrollee’s medical
need for the requested drug is already
explained in the introductory text of
§ 423.578(a).
• Redesignate paragraphs
§ 423.578(c)(3)(i) through (iii) as
paragraphs § 423.578(c)(3)(i)(A) through
(C), respectively. This proposed change
will improve consistency between the
regulation text for tiering and formulary
exceptions.
We received no comments on the
proposed technical changes and
corrections and are finalizing them
without modification.
After consideration of all comments
received on the tiering exceptions
proposal, we are finalizing the proposed
regulation text without modification. As
discussed above, CMS will review
agency guidance and beneficiary
communications and revise as needed to
be consistent with this final rule.
10. Establishing Limitations for the Part
D Special Election Period (SEP) for
Dually Eligible Beneficiaries (§ 423.38)
As discussed in section II.A.1 of this
final rule, the MMA added section
1860D–1(b)(3)(D) to the Act to establish
a special election period (SEP) for fullbenefit dual eligible (FBDE)
beneficiaries under Part D. This SEP,
codified at § 423.38(c)(4), was later
extended to all other subsidy-eligible
beneficiaries by regulation (75 FR
19720). The SEP allows eligible
beneficiaries to make Part D enrollment
changes (that is, enroll in, disenroll
from, or change Part D plans, including
Medicare Advantage Prescription Drug
(MA–PD) plans) once a month
throughout the year, unlike other Part D
enrollees who generally may switch
plans only during the annual enrollment
period (AEP) each fall.
With over 10 years of programmatic
experience, we have observed certain
enrollment trends in terms of FBDE and
other LIS beneficiaries:
• Most LIS beneficiaries do not make
an active choice to join a PDP.
• Once in a plan, whether it was a
CMS-initiated enrollment or a choice
they made on their own, most LIS
beneficiaries do not make changes
during the year.
• A small subset (0.8 percent) of LIS
beneficiaries use the SEP to actively
enroll in a plan of their choice and then
disenroll within 2 months.
In addition, the application of the
continuous SEP carries different service
delivery implications for enrollees of
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
MA–PD plans and related products than
for standalone enrollees of PDPs. At the
outset of the Part D program, when drug
coverage for dually eligible beneficiaries
was transitioned from Medicaid to
Medicare, there were concerns about
how CMS would effectively identify,
educate, and enroll dually eligible
beneficiaries. While processes (for
example, auto-enrollment,
reassignment) were established to
facilitate coverage, the continuous SEP
served as a fail-safe to ensure that the
beneficiary was always in a position to
make a choice that best served their
healthcare needs. Unintended
consequences have resulted from this
flexibility, including, as noted by the
Medicare Payment Advisory
Commission (MedPAC 30), opportunities
for marketing abuses.
Among the key obstacles the
continuous SEP (and resulting plan
movement) can present are—
• Interfering with the coordination of
care among the providers, health plans,
and states;
• Hindering the ability for
beneficiaries to benefit from case
management and disease management;
• Inefficient use of the effort and
resources needed to conduct enrollee
needs assessments and developing plans
of care for services covered by Medicare
and Medicaid;
• Limiting a plan’s opportunity for
continuous coordinated treatment of
chronic conditions; and
• Diminishing incentives for plans to
innovate and invest in serving
potentially high-cost members.
To support plan sponsors’ efforts to
administer benefits to beneficiaries,
including coordination of Medicare and
Medicaid benefits, and maximize care
management and positive health
outcomes, we proposed to amend
§ 423.38(c)(4) to make the SEP for FBDE
and other subsidy-eligible individuals
available only in certain circumstances.
Specifically, we proposed to revise to
§ 423.38(c) to specify that the SEP is
available only as follows:
• In new paragraph (c)(4)(i), eligible
beneficiaries (that is, those who are dual
or other LIS-eligible and do not meet the
definition of at-risk beneficiary or
potential at-risk beneficiary under
proposed § 423.100) would be able to
use the SEP once per calendar year.
• In new paragraph (c)(4)(iii), eligible
beneficiaries who have been assigned to
a plan by CMS or a State would be able
to use the SEP before that election
becomes effective (that is, opt out and
30 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission,
‘‘Report to Congress: Medicare Payment Policy,’’
March 2008.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
enroll in a different plan) or within 2
months of their enrollment in that plan.
• In new paragraph (c)(9), dual and
other LIS-eligible beneficiaries who
have a change in their Medicaid or LISeligible status would have an SEP to
make an election within 2 months of the
change, or of being notified of such
change, whichever is later. This SEP
would be available to beneficiaries who
experience a change in Medicaid or LIS
status regardless of whether they have
been identified as potential at-risk
beneficiaries or at-risk beneficiaries
under proposed § 423.100.
• In addition, we also proposed to
remove the phrase ‘‘at any time’’ in the
introductory language of § 423.38(c) for
the sake of clarity.
We considered multiple alternatives
related to the SEP proposal. In the
proposed rule, we described and asked
for comments on two alternatives:
Limit of two or three uses of the SEP
per year. We considered applying a
simple numerical limit to the number of
times the LIS SEP could be used by any
beneficiary within each calendar year.
We specifically considered limits of
either two or three uses of the SEP per
year.
Limits on midyear MA–PD plan
switching. We also considered an option
that would prohibit SEP use into nonintegrated MA–PD plans, but allow
continuous use of the dual SEP to allow
eligible beneficiaries to enroll into FIDE
SNPs or comparably integrated products
for dually eligible beneficiaries or
standalone PDPs.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: Some commenters
supported the proposal and agreed that
continuity of enrollment could
maximize coordination of care and
positive health outcomes. However, the
majority of commenters opposed the
proposal based on a variety of factors.
Most of these commenters expressed
concerns about the impact on the dualeligible population which, they noted,
not only has limited financial resources,
but also higher rates of disability, higher
rates of cognitive impairment, and lower
health literacy. These circumstances,
commenters noted, often contribute to
more complex and changing health
needs and difficulties with medication
adherence. Citing these circumstances,
many commenters believed these
beneficiaries needed the flexibility to
change their healthcare coverage at any
time during the year.
Commenters also believed that the
proposal was too complex and would be
difficult for beneficiaries to understand
and for plans to administer. They noted
that limited and, in some cases, multi-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
layered SEPs were unnecessary when
the existing ongoing SEP has worked
well and has proved to be simpler to
communicate and understand.
Many commenters also said that the
proposal would have an even greater
impact given the proposed changes
related to midyear formulary changes.
Commenters noted that since plans have
the ability to change formularies or
provider networks during the year, the
ongoing dual SEP is a vital beneficiary
protection.
Lastly, commenters said that the
proposed dual SEP limitation could, in
actuality, hamper CMS’ stated goal of
bringing Medicare and Medicaid into
better alignment because it could
inadvertently discourage dual eligible
beneficiaries from enrolling in
integrated products. Commenters noted
that because beneficiaries are often
hesitant to change plans, they may opt
to stay in their current plan instead of
trying an integrated option. In other
cases, commenters expressed concern
that beneficiaries who are assigned into
a plan by CMS or a State may panic and
disenroll immediately if they believe
pressured to make an immediate
decision. Commenters said that the
ongoing SEP gives beneficiaries the
comfort and time to make a deliberate
and educated choice.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their thoughtful feedback. We are
mindful of the unique health care
challenges that dual and other LISeligible beneficiaries may face. The
goals of the proposal were to improve
administration of benefits and
coordination of care and we believed
that this could best be accomplished
through continuity of enrollment. While
we acknowledge that many commenters
prefer the ongoing nature of the existing
dual SEP, we still believe that adopting
some limitations is an appropriate step
toward encouraging care coordination,
achieving positive health outcomes, and
discouraging extraneous beneficiary
movement during the plan year.
In response to comments, we are
modifying our approach. In lieu of the
proposed dual SEP limitation that
would only allow a onetime use per
year with certain exceptions, we are
instead revising the dual SEP so that it
is similar to the ‘‘two or three uses per
year’’ alternative discussed in the
proposed rule. Specifically, the dual
SEP is being amended so that it can be
used once per calendar quarter during
the first nine months of the year (that is,
one election during each of the
following time periods: January–March,
April–June, July–September). During the
last quarter of the year, a beneficiary can
use the AEP to make an election that
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16515
would be effective on January 1. In
addition to this change, the exception
outlined at § 423.38(c)(4)(ii) related to
CMS and State-initiated elections will
not be finalized as proposed. (Instead, as
discussed below, CMS will be using its
authority under § 423.38(c)(8)(ii) to
establish a coordinating SEP for those
who are enrolled into a plan by CMS or
a State at new § 423.38(c)(10).
We believe that limiting use of the
dual SEP, but in a less restrictive
manner, strikes the appropriate balance
of our stated goals and the concerns
raised by commenters, for the reasons
that follow. We consider this approach
to be less confusing for both plan
sponsors and beneficiaries than our
proposal because it provides a datebased parameter that is easier to
comprehend without the additional
layers of exceptions. By still allowing
multiple changes throughout the year,
dual and other LIS-eligible beneficiaries
will maintain additional flexibilities not
afforded to other Part D-eligible
beneficiaries, but there may be times
when these individuals cannot change
plans and have that choice effective the
next month either because they already
made an election during that calendar
quarter (during the first nine months of
the year) or because they are making an
election during the AEP. We believe that
having certain periods when individuals
must maintain enrollment in a
particular plan will increase
opportunities for coordination of care
and case management. Even though
these periods of required continuity of
enrollment will be shorter than what
was proposed, we believe it still
matches our stated goals and addresses
the concerns expressed by commenters.
While we believe this limitation is an
appropriate control to put in place, we
also believe that it will not impact the
vast majority of individuals eligible for
the dual SEP. As discussed in the
proposed rule, 2016 data demonstrated
that most beneficiaries do not use the
dual SEP and, of those who do use it,
the majority (74.5 percent) only used it
once. Analysis of 2017 data continues to
show that beneficiaries who use the SEP
use it only one time (85.5 percent). Of
those who use it two times, the average
time between elections is 3.4 months,
which is roughly the duration of a
calendar quarter.
Given this flexibility, we believe that
dual and other LIS-eligible beneficiaries
will have the freedom to choose a plan
that works for their evolving health care
needs during the year. For those that
have an opportunity to enroll in an
integrated product, they will be able to
do so and know that if it does not suit
their needs, they can choose another
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16516
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
plan in the near future. The same logic
can be applied to those who want to
explore other plan options during the
year due to formulary, provider
network, or health status changes. We
note, though, that as discussed earlier,
individuals who have been identified as
an at-risk beneficiary or potential at-risk
beneficiary under § 423.100 will not be
able to use the dual SEP. As discussed
in section II.A.1, we are specifying at
§ 423.38(c)(4) that this particular
limitation applies once the beneficiary
has been notified that he or she has been
identified as a potential at-risk
beneficiary or at-risk beneficiary, and
the limitation will continue until such
identification has been terminated
consistent with § 423.153(f).
Comment: Many commenters
recommended a wide range of
modifications or alternatives to the dual
SEP limitation outlined in the proposed
rule. Suggestions included the
following:
• Allow beneficiaries to disenroll to
FFS at any time.
• Instead of limiting the use of the
dual SEP, require a minimum
enrollment duration in a plan.
• Limit to onetime use per year,
without exceptions, to mitigate
administrative burden.
• Delay any sort of SEP limitation
and, instead, contemplate for future
rulemaking.
Some commenters—both those who
supported and opposed the concept of
a limitation to the dual SEP—expressed
a preference for one of the two
alternatives discussed in the proposed
rule. There were some who supported
the concept of expanding the onetime
annual election to 2–3 uses per year
because it provided more flexibility.
Some commenters expressed support for
the more complex approach that would
have allowed limited use of the dual
SEP for enrollment in integrated
products, standalone PDPs, and FFS,
but not any non-integrated MA plans.
Along these lines, there was varied
feedback for dual SEP use for
enrollment into integrated products.
Some said that it should be allowed as
a onetime exception, some said that it
should be an ongoing opportunity,
while others said that it should be the
only allowable use of the dual SEP. A
commenter encouraged CMS to work
with States to define which plans would
be considered ‘‘integrated’’ and another
commenter suggested that CMS
maintain and publicize a list of
integrated plans.
Response: We believe that the wide
array of feedback that commenters
provided on the proposal represents the
complexity and varying interests of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
those who would be impacted by a
change to the dual SEP. Given that the
majority of commenters preferred more
flexibility than what we proposed, we
are opting to finalize a limitation that is
along the lines of the ‘‘two or three uses
per year’’ alternative described in the
proposed rule.
We contemplated allowing multiple
uses per year at any time, but thought
that an approach that allowed for
quarterly elections (that is, the dual SEP
in coordination with the AEP) was
preferable because it would be easier to
keep track of and for beneficiaries to
understand. With a multiple-use-peryear-at-any-time policy, if a beneficiary
makes several elections in the beginning
of the year, as they approach the end of
the year it may be hard to remember
how many elections they have made or
whether any more are available. With an
approach that allows for quarterly
elections, however, they only need to
remember if they made an election in
the last few months. If they have not, it
is likely that they are eligible for a
quarterly dual SEP use or the AEP. A
quarterly approach also mitigates
scenarios where a beneficiary makes
multiple elections in the first half of the
year and is then locked into a plan for
the latter half of the year.
Comment: In addition to the
modifications/alternatives discussed
above, a number of commenters
believed that if limitations were
established for the dual SEP, CMS
should consider additional exceptions
for certain beneficiary groups or
conditions. Specifically, commenters
believed exceptions would serve as
important beneficiary protections for the
following individuals/circumstances:
• Those who have a new or existing
disability.
• Those with a new or altered disease
state or diagnosis.
• American Indians and Alaska
Natives who also receive services
through the Indian Health Service.
• Enrollees whose prescription drugs
are not covered under their plan’s
formulary or whose providers change
during the year.
• Individuals whose caregiver
arrangements change during the year.
• Individuals who must comply with
Medicaid open enrollment periods or
those who meet the ‘‘for cause’’
standards established for enrollees in
Medicaid managed care plans.
• Those whose providers request an
SEP on their behalf.
Response: We believe that by allowing
the dual SEP to be used quarterly during
the first nine months of the year in
conjunction with the AEP at the end of
the year, we are mitigating the need for
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the exceptions suggested by the
commenters. Dual or other LIS-eligible
beneficiaries who fall into any of these
categories would still be able to use the
dual SEP. The only way that they may
be limited is if they had already made
a recent election into a plan. If that were
the case, they may have to wait several
months to make another change. (A
more detailed discussion of different
election periods and when they are
considered ‘‘used’’ and effective can be
found below.) Again, we do not see the
frequency of movement that would lead
us to believe that this will be an issue
for the vast majority of LIS-eligible
beneficiaries.
We would note that in addition to the
dual SEP, there are already a number of
protections in place for all beneficiaries
who have Part D coverage and are
unable to change plans. For example,
beneficiaries can request transition
fills—prescription drugs that are not on
a plan’s formulary or that are on a plan’s
formulary but require prior
authorization or step therapy under a
plan’s utilization management rules—
during the first 90 days of enrollment in
a new plan as provided under
§ 423.120(b)(3). In addition,
beneficiaries can request a formulary or
tiering exception to obtain a drug that is
not on their plan’s formulary or to
obtain a drug at a lower cost-sharing
tier.
While we understand that
commenters believe that the ability to
change plans at any time is an important
beneficiary protection, we believe it is
worth re-stating that the changes
finalized at § 423.38(c)(4) will still
provide for multiple uses of the dual
SEP throughout the year and this is a
flexibility that is not afforded to all Part
D enrollees. During other parts of the
year, dual and other LIS-eligible
individuals will still have access to the
AEP in the fall or, if applicable, the
initial enrollment period (IEP) or the
new MA open enrollment period (OEP)
discussed in section II.B.1. Beneficiaries
may also continue to be eligible for
other SEPs outlined in § 422.62(b) and
§ 423.38(c), which includes
circumstances like a change or
residence or other exceptional
circumstances as determined by CMS.
In addition, we will be finalizing the
SEP opportunity that was contemplated
in the proposed rule for beneficiaries
assigned to a plan by CMS or a State.
While this was proposed at new
§ 423.38(c)(4)(iii) as an additional use of
the dual SEP, and would have been
available before that election became
effective or within 2 months of
enrollment in the plan, we will be
finalizing this as a new and separate
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
SEP at § 423.38(c)(10). We believe that
establishing this as a separate SEP is
more straightforward because it makes
clear that this opportunity is separate
and in addition to the elections
allowable under the revised dual SEP.
This new SEP will allow individuals
who have been auto-enrolled, facilitated
enrolled, or reassigned into a plan by
CMS, as well as those who have been
subject to passive enrollment processes
discussed in section II.A.8, an
opportunity to change plans. Unlike the
proposed SEP, this new SEP will be
available even if a beneficiary meets the
definition of an at-risk beneficiary or
potential at-risk beneficiary.
Beneficiaries would be able to use this
new CMS/State assignment SEP before
that enrollment becomes effective (that
is, opt out and enroll in a different plan)
or within 3 months of the assignment
effective date, whichever is later. (Note
that this SEP will not apply to
individuals who have been subject to
default enrollment processes discussed
in section II.A.7, as they will be able to
use the new Open Enrollment Period
(OEP) to make an election.)
Comment: A commenter requested a
mechanism for plan sponsors to
determine if the enrollment prior to the
enrollee’s SEP request was assigned by
the CMS or the State. Another
commenter requested clarification that
States may make passive enrollment
decisions where otherwise permitted,
such as in Medicare-Medicaid Plans
(MMPs), regardless of whether an
individual has exhausted his or her SEP
options for the year.
Response: CMS is exploring possible
mechanisms that would allow plan
sponsors to determine if the enrollee’s
most recent enrollment transaction was
one that was initiated by CMS or the
State. In the interim, plan sponsors
should ask the enrollee if they received
a notice that indicates that they have
been assigned to a plan and have certain
SEP opportunities.
If a beneficiary is assigned to a plan
by CMS or a State, the enrollment
change does not count against any of
their SEP opportunities. That is, if a
State passively enrolls a dual-eligible
beneficiary in April, the beneficiary
would still have their second quarter
dual SEP, as well as the SEP associated
specifically with the passive enrollment.
Comment: Several commenters sought
clarification on how the dual SEP
limitation would affect and interact
with other election periods.
Commenters stated that it was unclear
how the SEP changes in § 423.38 would
relate to the AEP and OEP. A few
commenters sought verification that the
SEPs for Program of All-inclusive Care
for the Elderly (PACE) eligible
beneficiaries, institutionalized
individuals, and enrollments into 5-star
plans would be unaffected. A
commenter requested clarification
whether the once-per-year SEP falls
outside of the AEP, or whether the SEP
also applies during this same AEP
timeframe.
Response: As noted in the proposed
rule and above, other election periods,
including the AEP and the new OEP, are
still available to eligible individuals.
The established SEPs that allow
beneficiaries to enroll in 5-star plans
and PACE, as well as the SEP that
allows elections for those who move
into, reside in, or move out of an
institution, are unaffected. If used, they
would not count as use of the dual SEP.
If the beneficiary is eligible for multiple
election periods, plan sponsors (or other
enrollment facilitators) may need to
determine which election period the
beneficiary would like to use, especially
if the election periods would result in
different enrollment effective dates.
This is consistent with subregulatory
guidance in Chapter 2 of the Medicare
Managed Care Manual (section 30.6),
Chapter 3 of the Medicare Prescription
Drug Manual (section 30.4), and current
enrollment processing procedures for
any enrollment request received when
the individual is eligible for more than
one election period.
The dual SEP will be considered
‘‘used’’ based on the application date. If,
for example, an election is made in
16517
March and effective in April, we would
consider the beneficiary as having used
their first quarter (Q1) dual SEP, even
though coverage would not be effective
until the second quarter of the calendar
year. If a dual or other LIS-eligible
beneficiary makes an election during the
AEP (October 15th through December
7th), coverage would be effective
January 1.
If, for example, a beneficiary is
reassigned into a new plan in the fall for
coverage effective January 1, they would
be able to make an election under the
AEP or the new CMS/State assignment
SEP. If they opt out of the reassignment
before it becomes effective and choose
to stay in their current plan, this would
be considered a cancellation and no
election period is required.
We recognize that when looking at all
of the election periods and associated
timeframes in whole, there are multiple
opportunities both within this SEP and
other election periods for an individual
to make a choice that best meets their
needs. We believe that enrollment is an
individual-based exercise, and 1–800–
MEDICARE, SHIPs, advocacy helplines,
plans, and enrollment brokers, already
have processes in place to work with
individual beneficiaries and determine
the election periods for which they may
be eligible. Ultimately, as already
outlined in Chapter 3 of the Prescription
Drug Benefit Manual (section 30), it is
the plan sponsor’s responsibility to
determine the enrollment period for
each enrollment/disenrollment request.
In some cases, plan sponsors may need
to contact the beneficiary directly to
confirm the election period.
Table 2 summarizes the election
periods discussed above and the
suggested hierarchy of election periods
(highest to lowest). Readers should note
that it is not a comprehensive list of all
election periods and does not negate a
plan sponsor’s responsibility to contact
a beneficiary if they believe that
multiple election periods may be
available. More detailed information
will be provided in subregulatory
guidance.
TABLE 2—ELECTION PERIODS
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Election period
Available
Considered ‘‘Used’’
Part D IEP .........................................................
MA OEP (must meet OEP requirements) .........
SEP—5-Star plans ............................................
SEP—PACE ......................................................
Based on when first eligible for Part D ............
Annually ............................................................
Ongoing ............................................................
Ongoing for enrollment into PACE; two month
window after disenrollment from PACE.
SEP—Institutionalized .......................................
Ongoing if moving into/residing in facility; two
month window after moving out of facility.
Upon effective date.
Upon application date.
Available as long as election is in 5-Star plan.
Available as long as election is in PACE plan;
upon application date for election subsequent to PACE disenrollment.
Available while in facility; upon application
date for election subsequent to moving out
of facility.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16518
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 2—ELECTION PERIODS—Continued
Election period
Available
SEP—CMS/State Assignment ...........................
Within 3 months * of assignment or notification
of assignment, whichever is later.
Within 3 months * of status change or notification of change, whichever is later.
Ongoing—One use per calendar quarter during the first nine months of the year.
Annually ............................................................
SEP—Change in Dual/LIS Status .....................
Dual SEP ...........................................................
AEP ....................................................................
Considered ‘‘Used’’
Upon application date.
Upon application date.
Upon application date.
Multiple elections can be submitted during
AEP, last rec’d will be considered the
choice.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
* As discussed below, the finalized SEPs will allow for a 3-month opportunity to change plans, not the 2-month window noted in the proposed
rule.
Comment: A few commenters
requested clarification on how plan
sponsors would be able to determine if
a beneficiary has used their allowable
dual SEP election. Commenters asked
whether this information would be
available in MARx or as a batch
enrollment query (BEQ). Commenters
also asked who is responsible for
validating the SEP and noted that
beneficiaries may be frustrated if they
are unaware that they have exhausted
their allowable use of the dual SEP and
their enrollment is denied. A
commenter asked that plans not be
penalized for rejections related to the
dual SEP.
Response: Plan sponsors continue to
be responsible for determining the
eligibility and enrollment period for
enrollment/disenrollment requests. As
noted earlier, plan sponsors and other
enrollment facilitators may need to ask
questions of the beneficiary to
determine if they are eligible for the
dual SEP or another election period. As
a part of this process, we assume that
beneficiaries are informed about the
enrollment process and told that a
submitted enrollment form does not
always guarantee enrollment in a plan.
Further, the enrollment module in
MARx will be updated to no longer
allow use of the dual SEP more than
once per calendar quarter during the
first nine months of the year.
Enrollment transactions submitted for
an individual who has already used
their quarterly opportunity will be
rejected, and sponsors would notify the
individual of the denial, as they do
today. While the commenter did not
specify which penalties they wanted
waived, as stated earlier, the vast
majority of beneficiaries do not use the
dual SEP multiple times, let alone
within a 3-month period, so any rejected
transactions should be minimal.
Comment: A commenter asked that
we confirm that the dual SEP applies to
individuals considered full-benefit dual
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
eligible beneficiaries under
§ 423.773(c)(1).
Response: The dual SEP, with the
parameters established in this rule, is
available for full benefit dual eligible
individuals and other subsidy-eligible
beneficiaries as defined at § 423.772.
Comment: A few commenters
recommended that we modify the
proposed SEP at § 423.38(c)(9) to allow
for a three-month or unlimited window
post LIS-change, not a 2-month window.
These commenters said that the
outreach and education time can be
lengthy and two months does not
provide the beneficiary with enough
time to make a fully-informed choice. In
addition, a commenter requested that
we clarify whether a change in co-pay
level only is considered a change in LISeligible status and would prompt
eligibility for the dual SEP. Another
commenter asked how the change in
status SEP would affect those going
through the deeming process.
Response: We appreciate this insight
from commenters and believe that a
three-month window should give the
beneficiary adequate time to understand
their coverage changes and determine if
it is in their best interest to change
plans. Accordingly, we are revising
§ 423.38(c)(9) to allow individuals to
make an election within 3 months of a
gain, loss, or change to Medicaid or LIS
eligibility, or notification of such a
change, whichever is later. A change in
co-pay level, or any change, resulting
from the deeming process, would be
considered a change in LIS eligibility.
As discussed previously, the SEP for
dual/LIS status change is separate from
the dual SEP. If, for example, a
Medicare beneficiary becomes eligible
for Medicaid during the year, they
would be able to use the dual/LIS status
change SEP to change plans. In
addition, because they are now a duallyeligible beneficiary, they would also be
able to make their allowable quarterly
dual SEP election during the first nine
months of the year.
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Comment: A commenter noted that
the Medicaid managed care rule at 42
CFR 438.56(c)(2)(i) includes a 90-day
period for plan changes following
enrollment, and that dual/LIS SEPs
should align so as to avoid conflicts
between Medicare and Medicaid rules.
Response: We appreciate the
identification of the potential conflict.
We believe that because of the various
election periods that are available,
including the new SEPs that are being
finalized in this rule, there should not
be a coordination issue with Medicaid
managed care rules. Specifically, a
beneficiary can still use the dual SEP
quarterly during the first nine months of
the year, the new three-month SEP for
change in Medicaid status, the new
three-month CMS/State assignment SEP,
and the AEP.
Comments: A commenter
recommended that if the proposal was
finalized, CMS should allow
beneficiaries the right to file an appeal
to switch plans in instances where their
Part D plan has made a material change
(such as to its formulary or to its
pharmacy network) during the plan
year.
Response: Enrollment decisions are
not appealable and we do not believe it
would be prudent to set up an
enrollment appeals process at this time.
Given that dual and other LIS-eligible
beneficiaries will still be able to use the
dual SEP on a quarterly basis during the
first nine months of the year, we believe
that there is a readily accessible remedy
for this enrollment issue. The
beneficiary will still be able to change
plans, but in the event that they have
already used up their dual SEP election,
they may have to wait to make another
change, unless they are eligible for one
of the many other SEPs. Again, we
expect this circumstance to be
extremely rare.
Comment: A few commenters
recommended that in addition to MA
and Part D plans, CMS apply the SEP
limitations to Medicare-Medicaid Plans
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(MMPs) as part of the Financial
Alignment Initiative demonstration.
Response: We clarify that under the
Financial Alignment Initiative capitated
model demonstrations, MA
regulations—including those governing
SEPs—apply to MMPs unless waived.
As has been the case to date under the
demonstrations, we will continue to use
our demonstration authority to waive
applicable MA regulatory requirements
in three-way contracts as necessary, and
in partnership with each state, to
achieve each individual demonstration’s
objectives.
Comment: A commenter requested
clarification regarding the federal vs.
state authority over the dual SEP.
Response: Other than state laws
relating to state licensure and plan
solvency the standards established
under Part D supersede any state law or
regulation with respect to Part D plans.
Comment: Many commenters
provided valuable feedback related to
our request for suggestions on how to
educate the affected population and
other stakeholders of changes to the
dual SEP. Suggestions included the
following:
• Development of more outreach
materials, including non-English
materials.
• Direct notification to affected
individuals.
• Increased resources for SHIPs.
• Coordination with the
Administration for Community Living
and State ombudsmen.
• Television advertisements.
• Educational opportunities sales
agents, providers and community
partners.
• Broader education about the dual
SEP in general.
Response: We appreciate the feedback
provided by commenters and will keep
these suggestions in mind as we proceed
with implementation of the dual SEP
limitation beginning in plan year 2019.
Comment: A commenter
recommended changes to Medicaid
managed care disenrollment rules
outlined at 42 CFR 438.56.
Response: Medicaid disenrollment
rules are outside the scope of proposals
set forth in the proposed rule and, as
such, will not be considered for this
rulemaking.
After review of the comments, and as
discussed above, we are finalizing the
proposed changes to § 423.38 with the
following modifications:
• Paragraph (c)(4) is revised to allow
eligible beneficiaries (that is, those who
are dual or other LIS-eligible) use of the
dual SEP once per calendar quarter
during the first nine months of the year.
We are further specifying that the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
limitation applicable to at-risk
beneficiaries and potential at-risk
beneficiaries (as defined under
§ 423.100 and discussed in section
II.A.1) is effective upon notification of
that status and ends upon termination of
that status consistent with § 423.153(f).
• New paragraph (c)(9), which
provides dual and other LIS-eligible
beneficiaries who have a change in their
Medicaid or LIS-eligible status an SEP,
is modified to allow a 3-month window
to make a change.
• Proposed paragraph (c)(4)(iii)
allowing eligible beneficiaries who have
been assigned to a plan by CMS or a
State use of the dual SEP before that
election becomes effective or within 2
months of their enrollment in that plan
will not be finalized. Instead, a new
CMS/State assignment SEP is
established at § 423.38(c)(10) to allow
individuals in a similar circumstance
(that is, auto- or facilitated enrolled,
reassigned, default or passively enrolled
by CMS or a state) an opportunity to
change plans upon notification or
within 3 months of the assignment
effective date, whichever is later.
Further detail on the SEP changes will
be provided in subregulatory guidance.
As suggested by a commenter, we will
monitor the impact of this change and
consider future modifications if there is
evidence that beneficiaries are being
harmed.
11. Medicare Advantage and Part D
Prescription Drug Plan Quality Rating
System
a. Introduction
We are committed to transforming the
health care delivery system—and the
Medicare program—by putting a strong
focus on person-centered care, in
accordance with the CMS Quality
Strategy, so each provider can direct
their time and resources to each
beneficiary and improve their outcomes.
As part of this commitment, one of our
most important strategic goals is to
improve the quality of care for Medicare
beneficiaries. The Part C and D Star
Ratings support the efforts of CMS to
improve the level of accountability for
the care provided by health and drug
plans, physicians, hospitals, and other
Medicare providers. We currently
publicly report the quality and
performance of health and drug plans
on the Medicare Plan Finder tool on
www.medicare.gov in the form of
summary and overall ratings for the
contracts under which each MA plan
(including MA–PD plans) and Part D
plan is offered, with drill downs to
ratings for domains, ratings for
individual measures, and underlying
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16519
performance data. We also post
additional measures on the display
page 31 at www.cms.gov for
informational purposes. The goals of the
Star Ratings are to display quality
information on Medicare Plan Finder to
help beneficiaries, families, and
caregivers make informed choices by
being able to consider a plan’s quality,
cost, and coverage; to provide
information for public accountability; to
incentivize quality improvement; to
provide information to oversee and
monitor quality; and to accurately
measure and calculate scores and stars
to reflect true performance. In addition,
CMS has made strides in recognizing
the challenges of serving high risk, high
needs populations while continuing the
focus on improving health care for these
important groups.
In this final rule, as part of the
Administration’s efforts to improve
transparency, we are codifying the
existing Star Ratings system for the MA
and Part D programs with some changes.
As noted later in this section in more
detail, the changes we proposed and are
finalizing include more clearly
delineating the rules for adding,
updating, and removing measures and
modifying how we calculate Star
Ratings for contracts that consolidate.
As we explained in the proposed rule,
codifying the Star Ratings methodology
will provide plans with more stability to
plan multi-year initiatives, because the
rulemaking process will create a longer
lead time for changes and MA
organizations and Part D sponsors will
know the measures several years in
advance. We have received comments
for the past several years from MA
organizations and other stakeholders
asking that CMS use Federal Register
rulemaking for the Star Ratings system;
we discuss in section II.A.11.c. of this
final rule (regarding plans for the
transition period before the codified
rules are used) how section 1853(b)
authorizes CMS to establish and
annually modify the Star Ratings system
using the Advance Notice and Rate
Announcement process because the
system is an integral part of the policies
governing Part C payment. We believe
this is an appropriate time to codify the
methodology, because the rating system
has been used for several years now and
is relatively mature so there is less need
for extensive changes every year; the
smaller degree of flexibility in having
codified regulations rather than using
the process for adopting payment
methodology changes may be
appropriate. Further, by adopting and
31 https://go.cms.gov/partcanddstarratings (under
the downloads).
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16520
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
codifying the rules that govern the Star
Ratings system, we are demonstrating a
commitment to transparency and
predictability for the rules in the system
so as to foster investment.
b. Background
We originally acted upon our
authority to disseminate information to
beneficiaries as the basis for developing
and publicly posting the 5-star ratings
system (sections 1851(d) and 1852(e) of
the Act). The MA statute explicitly
requires that information about plan
quality and performance indicators be
provided to beneficiaries to help them
make informed plan choices. These data
are to include disenrollment rates,
enrollee satisfaction, health outcomes,
and plan compliance with requirements.
The Part D statute (at section 1860D–
1(c)) imposes a parallel information
dissemination requirement with respect
to Part D plans, and refers specifically
to comparative information on
consumer satisfaction survey results as
well as quality and plan performance
indicators. Part D plans are also
required by regulation (§ 423.156) to
make Consumer Assessment of
Healthcare Providers and Systems
(CAHPS) survey data available to CMS
and are required to submit pricing and
prescription drug event data under
statutes and regulations specific to those
data. Regulations require plans to report
on quality improvement and quality
assurance and to provide data which
CMS can use to help beneficiaries
compare plans (§§ 422.152 (b)(3) and
423.153(c)(5)). In addition we may
require plans to report statistics and
other information in specific categories
(§§ 422.516 and 423.514).
Currently, for similar reasons of
providing information to beneficiaries to
assist them in plan enrollment
decisions, we also review and rate
section 1876 cost plans on many of the
same measures and publish the results.
We also proposed to continue to include
1876 cost contracts in the MA and Part
D Star Rating system to provide
comparative information to Medicare
beneficiaries making plan choices. We
proposed specific text, to be codified at
§ 417.472(k), requiring that 1876 cost
contracts to agree to be rated under the
quality rating system specified at
subpart D of part 422. Cost contracts are
also required by regulation (§ 417.472(j))
to make CAHPS survey data available to
CMS. As is the case today, no Quality
Bonus Payments (QBP) will be
associated with the ratings for 1876 cost
contracts.
In line with §§ 422.152 and 423.153,
CMS uses the Healthcare Effectiveness
Data and Information Set (HEDIS),
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Health Outcomes Survey (HOS), CAHPS
data, Part C and D Reporting
requirements and administrative data,
and data from CMS contractors and
oversight activities to measure quality
and performance of contracts. We have
been displaying plan quality
information based on that and other
data since 1998.
Since 2007, we have published
annual performance ratings for standalone Medicare PDPs. In 2008, we
introduced and displayed the Star
Ratings for Medicare Advantage
Organizations (MAOs) for both Part C
only contracts (MA-only contracts) and
Part C and D contracts (MA–PDs). Each
year since 2008, we have released the
MA Star Ratings. An overall rating
combining health and drug plan
measures was added in 2011, and
differential weighting of measures (for
example, outcomes being weighted 3
times the value of process measures)
began in 2012. The measurement of year
to year improvement began in 2013, and
an adjustment (Categorical Adjustment
Index) was introduced in 2017 to
address the within-contract disparity in
performance revealed in our research
among beneficiaries that are dual
eligible, receive a low income subsidy,
and/or are disabled.
The MA and Part D Star Ratings
measure the quality of care and
experiences of beneficiaries enrolled in
MA and Part D contracts, with 5 stars as
the highest rating and 1 star as the
lowest rating. The Star Ratings provide
ratings at various levels of a hierarchical
structure based on contract type, and all
ratings are determined using the
measure-level Star Ratings. Contingent
on the contract type, ratings may be
provided and include overall, summary
(Part C and D), and domain Star Ratings.
Information about the measures, the
hierarchical structure of the ratings, and
the methodology to generate the Star
Ratings is detailed in the annually
updated Medicare Part C and D Star
Ratings Technical Notes, referred to as
Technical Notes, available at https://
go.cms.gov/partcanddstarratings.
The MA and Part D Star Ratings
system is designed to provide
information to the beneficiary that is a
true reflection of the plan’s quality and
encompasses multiple dimensions of
high quality care. The information
included in the ratings is selected based
on its relevance and importance such
that the ratings can meet the needs of
beneficiaries using them to inform plan
choice. While encouraging improved
health outcomes of beneficiaries in an
efficient, person centered, equitable,
and high quality manner is one of the
primary goals of the ratings, they also
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provide feedback on specific aspects of
care and performance that directly
impact outcomes, such as process
measures and the beneficiary’s
perspective. The ratings focus on
aspects of care and performance that are
within the control of the health plan
and can spur quality improvement. The
data used in the ratings must be
complete, accurate, reliable, and valid.
A delicate balance exists between
measuring numerous aspects of quality
and the need for a small data set that
minimizes reporting burden for the
industry. Also, the beneficiary (or his or
her representative) must have enough
information to make an informed
decision without feeling overwhelmed
by the volume of data.
The Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (Pub. L. 111–148), as amended
by the Healthcare and Education
Reconciliation Act (Pub. L. 111–152),
provides for quality ratings, based on a
5-star rating system and the information
collected under section 1852(e) of the
Act, to be used in calculating payment
to MA organizations beginning in 2012.
Specifically, sections 1853(o) and
1854(b)(1)(C) of the Act were added and
amended to provide, respectively, for an
increase in the benchmark against
which MA organizations bid and in the
portion of the savings between the bid
and benchmark available to the MA
organization to use as a rebate. Under
the Act, Part D plan sponsors are not
eligible for quality based payments or
rebates. We finalized a rule on April 15,
2011 to implement these provisions and
to use the existing Star Ratings system
that had been in place since 2007 and
2008. (76 FR 21485–21490).32 In
addition, the Star Ratings measures are
tied in many ways to responsibilities
and obligations of MA organizations and
Part D sponsors under their contracts
with CMS. We believe that continued
poor performance on the measures and
overall and summary ratings indicates
systemic and wide-spread problems in
an MA plan or Part D plan. In April
2012, we finalized regulations to use
consistently low summary Star
Ratings—meaning 3 years of summary
Star Ratings below 3 stars—as the basis
for a contract termination for Part C and
Part D plans. (§§ 422.510(a)(14) and
423.509(a)(13)). Those regulations
further reflect the role the Star Ratings
have had in CMS’ oversight, evaluation,
and monitoring of MA and Part D plans
to ensure compliance with the
32 The ratings were first used as part of the QBP
Demonstration for 2012 through 2014 and then used
for payment purposes as specified in sections
1853(o) and 1854(b)(1)(C) of the Act and the
regulation at 42 CFR 422.258(d)(7).
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
respective program requirements and
the provision of quality care and health
coverage to Medicare beneficiaries.
The true potential of the use of the
MA and Part D Star Ratings system to
reach our goals and to serve as a catalyst
for change can only be realized by
working in tandem with our many
stakeholders, including beneficiaries,
plans, and advocates. The following
guiding principles have been used
historically in making enhancements
and updates to the MA and Part D Star
Ratings:
• Ratings align with the current CMS
Quality Strategy.
• Measures developed by consensusbased organizations are used as much as
possible.
• Ratings are a true reflection of plan
quality and enrollee experience; the
methodology minimizes risk of
misclassification.
• Ratings are stable over time.
• Ratings treat contracts fairly and
equally.
• Measures are selected to reflect the
prevalence of conditions and the
importance of health outcomes in the
Medicare population.
• Data are complete, accurate, and
reliable.
• Improvement on measures is under
the control of the health or drug plan.
• Utility of ratings is considered for a
wide range of purposes and goals.
++ Accountability to the public.
++ Enrollment choice for
beneficiaries.
++ Driving quality improvement for
plans and providers.
• Ratings minimize unintended
consequences.
• Process of developing methodology
is transparent and allows for multistakeholder input.
We used these goals to guide our
proposal and intend to use them to
guide how we interpret and apply the
final regulations. For each provision we
proposed, we solicited comment on
whether our specific proposed
regulation text best serves these guiding
principles. We also solicited comment
on whether additional or other
principles are better suited for these
roles in measuring and communicating
quality in the MA and Part D programs
in a comparative manner.
As we continue to consider making
changes to the MA and Part D programs
in order to increase plan participation
and improve benefit offerings to
enrollees, we also solicited feedback
from stakeholders on how well the
existing stars measures create
meaningful quality improvement
incentives and differentiate plans based
on quality. We solicited comments on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
those topics, and have considered them
in adopting this final rule, as noted in
the responses below, and will consider
them for future rulemaking. We
specifically asked for feedback on the
following topics:
• Additional opportunities to
improve measures so that they further
reflect the quality of health outcomes
under the rated plans.
• Whether CMS’ current process for
establishing the cut points for Star
Rating can be simplified, and if the
relative performance as reflected by the
existing methodology to establish cut
points accurately reflects plan quality.
• How CMS should measure overall
improvement across the Star Ratings
measures. In the proposed rule, we
specifically requested input on
additional improvement adjustments
that could be implemented, and the
effect that these adjustment could have
on new entrants (here meaning new MA
organizations and/or new plans offered
by existing MA organizations).
• Additional adjustments to the Star
Ratings measures or methodology that
could further account for unique
geographic and provider market
characteristics that affect performance
(for example, rural geographies or
monopolistic provider geographies), and
the operational difficulties that plans
could experience if such adjustments
were adopted.
• In order to further encourage plan
participation and new market entrants,
whether CMS should consider
implementing a demonstration to test
alternative approaches for putting new
entrants (that is, new MA organizations)
on a level playing field with renewing
plans from a Star Ratings perspective for
a pre-determined period of time.
• Adding measures that evaluate
quality from the perspective of adopting
new technology (for example, the
percent of beneficiaries enrolled
through online brokers or increasing
implementation of the use of
telemedicine) or improving the ease,
simplicity, and satisfaction of the
beneficiary experience in a plan.
• Including survey measures of
physicians’ experiences. (Currently, we
measure beneficiaries’ experiences with
their health and drug plans through the
CAHPS survey.) Physicians also interact
with health and drug plans on a daily
basis on behalf of their patients. We
noted in the proposed rule that we are
considering developing a survey tool for
collecting standardized information on
physicians’ experiences with health and
drug plans and their services.
CMS appreciates the feedback we
received on our proposals and on the
solicitations for comment on the various
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16521
topics. In the sections that follow,
which are arranged by topic area, we
summarize the comments we received
on the background section and policies,
proposals and solicitations summarized
there and provide our responses to the
comments. (In each section in II.B.11.c
through w, we summarize the proposals
from the corresponding section of the
proposed rule, the applicable
comments, and our responses.)
Comment: Most commenters
supported both the principles and the
decision to codify the methodology for
the Part C and D Star Ratings. Of the
commenters who supported those
aspects of our overall proposal, a few
suggested adding principles, such as the
measure data should be timely and that
distinctions between measure-level Star
Ratings (cut points) should be
meaningful.
Response: CMS appreciates the
support to codify the methodology for
the Part C and D Star Ratings. We will
codify the methodology in this final rule
as outlined in this preamble, and will
consider the additional principles raised
by the commenters for adoption in the
future as we continue to refine the
principles in consultation with experts
and stakeholders through the regulatory
process.
Comment: Several commenters
requested CMS to continue updating the
methodology though the Call Letter
instead though regulation. Commenters
were concerned that the regulatory
process would lead to CMS not being
able to act quickly when there are
public health or patient safety concerns
or when treatment guidelines are
changed. Commenters also cited other
concerns, including introducing a
burdensome regulatory process that
delays the implementation of essential
measures which can improve the quality
of care for patients with chronic illness,
as reasons to not to finalize this
proposal but to continue using the Call
Letter process to modify the Star Ratings
methodology. They also noted that there
are already multiple opportunities for
comment on new measures; thus, the
regulatory process does not create
additional transparency. A few
commenters supported the general effort
to put the Star Ratings principles and
process into regulation, but encouraged
CMS to adopt a few exceptions (such as
allowing new measures (but not
measures with substantive changes) to
enter Star Ratings through the Call
Letter process).
Response: CMS understands the
commenters’ concerns about how the
regulatory process may, in some cases,
prevent CMS from quickly changing or
adopting measures. However, given the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16522
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
level of support for the proposal and the
need to provide the industry with longer
lead times for new measures, we will
finalize the proposal to implement
substantive changes through regulation
and use the Call Letter to make nonsubstantive changes, suggest and solicit
feedback on new measures that will be
proposed in regulation, and address
emergent public health or patient safety
concerns by retiring existing measures
as needed or introducing new measures
for the display page that will be
proposed for Star Ratings as
appropriate. We also address comments
on our proposals related to the type of
updates and changes that we proposed
to adopt without rulemaking, pursuant
to specific rules proposed for §§ 422.164
and 423.184, in section II.A.11.h.
Comment: A commenter requested
that measure changes take 3 years to
implement in the Star Ratings and that
five years should elapse before those
changes could impact payment.
Response: We thank the commenter
for the suggestion, but are finalizing the
timeframes proposed in the proposed
rule because the majority of commenters
supported the proposed timeframes.
Some of the commenters did raise
concerns about extending the
timeframes for implementing and
updating measures. Changing the
timeframes for measures updates to at
least 3 years will significantly slow the
implementation of substantive and nonsubstantive changes, in particular, when
the changes are non-substantive.
Comment: A commenter encouraged
CMS to adopt financial incentives for
stand-alone prescription drug plans
based on Part D Star Ratings.
Response: CMS thanks the commenter
for the suggestion, but CMS cannot
adopt such financial incentives without
statutory authority. The Quality Bonus
Payment (QBP) program for MA plans is
statutory and the statute does not allow
CMS to pay QBPs to stand-alone
prescription drug plans.
Comment: We solicited comments on
potentially adding measures in the
future that evaluate quality from the
perspective of adopting new technology.
Many commenters supported adding a
measure related to the use of
technology, but multiple commenters
cautioned that CMS rely on and use
evidence that technology impacts health
outcomes or improves the experiences
of beneficiaries in order to adopt
specific measures of that type. A
number of commenters cautioned CMS
to move carefully and slowly on
promoting technology due to the
potential for unintended consequences.
A few commenters did not support
measuring the adoption of technology,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
because such adoption may not always
be in the best interest of the patient or
enrollee. A few commenters did not
support such measurement because
adoption of technology is hard to
measure well and may not lead to
greater member satisfaction or correlate
with other measures of plan
performance. Those commenters
discouraged such a focus, believing that
beneficiaries will vary in their interest
in whether plans and providers adopt
new technologies, so measures of such
adoption many not inform plan choice.
A few commenters also feared that
measures of adoption of technology may
end up reflecting geographic differences
and the socioeconomic status of
members enrolled in the plan rather
than the quality or performance of the
plan itself. With respect to CMS’
proposal to possibly add new measures
that address the issue of new technology
in the future, such as telemedicine, a
commenter pointed out that ‘‘Use of
new technologies’’ is not clearly defined
and can span a number of technologies
implemented across plans but not in a
uniform manner or across all service
areas. A commenter recommended that
CMS continue to look at the
incorporation of new technologies into
Star Ratings measures but withhold any
proposals for CY 2019 and CY 2020
until more formal proposals can be put
forth for notice and comment prior to
adoption. A commenter specifically
urged measures of e-prescribing and eprior authorization in Star Ratings.
Another commenter urged CMS to
explicitly capture in CAHPS composites
(that is, the combination of two or more
survey items into a measure) the use of
telemedicine, as current survey wording
may not do so.
Response: CMS appreciates comments
received on adding measures that
evaluate quality from the perspective of
adopting new technology and will
continue to monitor developments in
this area for future consideration.
Although we are not finalizing the
adoption of such a measure in this rule,
we will continue to investigate how best
to address incorporating new
technologies into the Star Ratings
measures. We note that for HEDIS 2019,
NCQA is examining the addition of
telehealth services in existing HEDIS
measures where appropriate. NCQA’s
proposed method would use specific
codes and code modifiers to clearly
define which telehealth services would
be allowed for each specific measure.
Proposed changes to incorporate
telehealth services will be posted for the
HEDIS 2019 public comment period in
February. We appreciate receiving the
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
comment about telemedicine and
CAHPS; we recognize telemedicine is an
evolving area and may propose changes
to CAHPS survey questions in the future
after discussions with the Agency for
Healthcare Research and Quality.
Comment: A commenter specifically
requested CMS provide certified
software for measures not developed by
external stewards, such as the
Medication Therapy Management
(MTM) and SNP Care Management
measures.
Response: These measures are based
on data reported to CMS through the
Part C and D Reporting Requirements.
CMS is not clear how providing
certified software for these measures
will facilitate the submission of these
measures. CMS also notes that the MTM
measure is developed by an external
steward (PQA).
Comments: Many commenters
indicated the need for greater alignment
with providers (physicians, hospitals,
medical groups, accountable care
organizations, and plans) to make the
quality measures more consistent, both
to reduce burden and duplication and to
more effectively incentivize behavior.
For example, a few commenters urged
use of measures aligned with the Meritbased Incentive Payment System (MIPS)
program.
Response: CMS thanks the multiple
commenters for these suggestions and
appreciate the concern about burden
and duplication, as well as the potential
value of consistently reinforcing the
same message. CMS is continuing to
work with measure developers to
increase consistency in measurement
across settings.
Comment: Several commenters
encouraged CMS to develop measures
related to how well the care that is
received by beneficiaries reflects the
beneficiaries’ concerns, values, and
goals.
Response: CMS is tracking work by
measure developers in this area and
thanks the commenters for the
suggestion.
Comment: Many commenters
supported CMS continuing to develop
and implement new measure concepts
beyond those in current or currently
anticipated measure sets. Among the
most common suggestions were
outcome measures, especially new
patient-reported outcome measures,
quality of life, and functional status
measures (including Healthy Days at
Home). Several commenters also
encouraged measuring care for cancer,
prevention of diabetes and other chronic
conditions, long-term management of
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
(COPD), as well as advanced care
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
planning, advanced directives and
palliative care. A few other commenters
highlighted concerns about measure
gaps, such as for pain management,
autoimmune disorders, mental illness,
dementia/cognitive impairment,
anticoagulation drug safety, and
measures specific to patients with
multiple co-morbidities, especially comorbid diabetes and cardiovascular
disease. A few commenters referred to
NQF-endorsed measures used in other
programs, such as change in functional
status after spine or hip replacement
surgery. A commenter encouraged CMS
to utilize a comprehensive measure of
adult vaccination, while another
encouraged adoption of a vaccine costsharing measure. A commenter urged
CMS to develop more medication
adherence and appropriate use
measures and to assign a high weight in
the Star Ratings program. Another
commenter suggested that any future
transition of care measures include
detailed information on all drug
therapies prescribed and broader
sharing of discharge information.
In addition, a few commenters urged
CMS to provide quality and
performance information about
physicians within plans or to measure
plans on the engagement of their
network of physicians in value-based
purchasing designs (that is, payment
designs that reward or increase
payments based on quality or capitated
payments to physicians/practitioners,
medical groups and ACOs).
Several comments highlighted
promoting and measuring network
adequacy and potential delays in care or
medication related to this, and a few
encouraged CMS to reward plans that
maintain adequate networks with
increased Star Ratings. A number of
commenters urged CMS to measure
access to medical specialists and
subspecialists, such as Mohs surgeons,
cataract surgeons, and ophthalmologists,
while a couple of commenters
supported the assessment of pharmacy
networks broken down by specialty
drug access. The two comments about
networks of physician and surgeon
specialists urged CMS to leverage extant
measurement with the MIPS and
Quality Payment Program (QPP) to also
help measure plan network adequacy. A
commenter urged CMS to look beyond
simple numbers of physicians and
specialists, since contracting and
affiliation in medical groups and ACOs
may effectively limit the access patients
have to the full network.
Response: CMS appreciates the
breadth of suggestions for new measures
and will take these under consideration,
including internal discussion and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
sharing them with the measure
developers. We will also study the value
and feasibility of deriving additional
metrics (such as additional patientreported outcome measures) from
existing data collection efforts, like
HOS.
Comment: Several commenters urged
the development of geographic and/or
provider market characteristic adjusters
in order to normalize variations outside
plans’ control. Some stated such
adjustments would specifically prevent
measure bias against state-contracted
SNPs.
Response: CMS appreciates this
comment and will take it into
consideration. As we consider
adjustments to the Star Ratings
measures, we need to ensure that the
adjustments do not mask true
differences in the quality of care across
the country.
Comment: A few commenters
requested information about a Star
Ratings policy for natural disasters.
Response: CMS provided a detailed
proposal concerning treatment of Star
Ratings measures for contracts affected
by disasters in the 2019 draft Call Letter
that would apply to the 2019 and 2020
Star Ratings. We plan to propose
codifying this policy through future
rulemaking for performance periods
after 2019 and ratings after the 2021 Star
Ratings.
Comment: Several commenters
questioned whether the Star Ratings
regulations apply to PACE
organizations.
Response: The MA Star Ratings
regulations do not apply to PACE
organizations but to the extent that a
PACE organization offers a plan
including qualified prescription drug
coverage, it is a Part D sponsor and
therefore subject to the Part D
regulations. This would include the Part
D Star Ratings regulations adopted in
this final rule as 42 CFR 423.182–
423.186. We have not produced Star
Ratings for PACE organizations to date
and are exploring the PACE waiver
authority to continue to exclude PACE
organizations from this requirement.
Comment: Several commenters made
suggestions for possible Medicare Plan
Finder enhancements, including adding
the capability to compare plans by
population type as well as mobile
enhancements. A commenter suggested
including the overall Star Ratings in the
Medicare & You handbook.
Response: We appreciate these
comments, but believe they are outside
the scope of the proposed rule.
However, we note that CMS is currently
exploring options for improving the
Plan Finder experience for Medicare
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16523
beneficiaries, and that, although the
timelines for publishing the Medicare &
You handbook do not allow for
including the overall Star Rating in the
initial release that occurs in the fall, the
overall Star Ratings are included in
updated versions of the handbook that
are released after the initial release and
publication.
Comment: We received one comment
that PBMs and Part D plan sponsors
have delegated their responsibilities for
the Star Ratings program to network
pharmacies without providing the
pharmacies with additional
compensation.
Response: CMS appreciates these
comments, but due to the noninterference clause, CMS is prevented
from interfering in contract
arrangements between sponsors,
pharmacies and other providers. CMS
has indicated to measure stewards and
other stakeholders that if such
pharmacy performance metrics are used
as a condition of pharmacy network
status, measure specifications should be
appropriately scaled, for example,
ensure adequate sample size, and that
incentives to achieve performance
should be appropriately allocated.
Comment: We received several
comments recommending beneficiaries
designated for lock-in be excluded from
certain Star Ratings measures.
Response: Thank you for the
comment. Our Star Ratings proposal did
not address this topic, and we plan to
take these comments under advisement.
For more information about CARA,
please see section B.
Comment: CMS had solicited
feedback on the potential development
of a physician survey to gather
information for Star Ratings measures.
The majority of commenters opposed
the development of a physician survey
due to the increased financial and
administrative burden it would entail
for both plans and health care
providers/physicians who would be
surveyed. Other commenters raised
concerns about the ability of physicians
to differentiate across plans when
physicians interact with multiple plans.
Multiple commenters were concerned
that a physician could not accurately
complete a survey on this topic since
physicians often do not personally
know the plan in which a beneficiary is
enrolled. Some commenters noted that
it may be difficult to determine who
within a provider’s practice should
complete the survey. Other concerns
raised include small sample sizes,
subjectivity of responses, and potential
for incomplete data.
Response: CMS appreciates the input
provided by commenters regarding the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16524
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
burden and multiple challenges in
developing a survey to evaluate
physician experience interacting with
both Medicare health and drug plans.
We are not finalizing any aspect of the
physician survey in this rule, but will
take these comments into consideration
as we continue to explore the feasibility
and the value to the Star Ratings
program in collecting feedback through
a physician survey.
Comment: A handful of commenters
were concerned about the
administration of a physician survey in
integrated plans where the physician is
employed by the plan which may bias
the survey results.
Response: We acknowledge that
responses may not be unbiased in
situations when the physician is
employed by the plan. CMS will take
this into account as we consider
whether to develop a physician/
clinician survey in the future.
Comment: Among the commenters
supporting the development of a
physician survey, commenters noted
that the physician is in close contact
with plans on behalf of their patients so
this would complement the existing
CAHPS survey for enrollees. A couple of
commenters noted that a physician
survey would be a way to measure
network adequacy, appeals, benefit limit
exceptions, and grievances. A few
commenters recommended that CMS
consider a broader survey of clinician
experiences, including nurses,
therapists, care coordinators, and
pharmacists from a variety of settings. A
commenter requested that a physician
survey be voluntary.
Response: CMS appreciates the
support for the development of a
physician survey and will solicit
feedback from the industry on
additional topics to be included on the
survey if we move forward with the
development in the future. We believe
obtaining feedback from physicians is
important; however, we will consider
all of the comments provided before we
make a determination about proceeding
with developmental work.
Comment: A commenter suggested the
development of a general physician
survey regarding experiences with
managed care compared to fee-forservice to understand the larger
healthcare landscape, while another
commenter suggested obtaining
feedback through other avenues outside
of the Star Ratings program.
Response: CMS appreciates these
suggestions but they are out of scope for
the potential development of surveys for
the purpose of Star Ratings.
We specifically address adoption of
the Star Ratings System regulations for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
the MA and Part D programs in sections
II.B.11.c through w.
c. Basis, Purpose and Applicability of
the Medicare Advantage and
Prescription Drug Plan Quality Rating
System
We proposed to codify regulation text,
at §§ 422.160 and 423.180, that
identifies the statutory authority,
purpose, and applicability of the Star
Ratings system regulations that we
proposed to add under part 422 subpart
D and part 423 subpart D. Under our
proposal, we are continuing to apply the
existing purposes of the quality rating
system, which are to provide
comparative information to Medicare
beneficiaries pursuant to sections
1851(d) and 1860D–1(c) of the Act,
identify and apply the payment
consequences for MA plans under
sections 1853(o) and 1854(b)(1)(C) of the
Act, and evaluate and oversee overall
and specific performance by MA and
Part D plans. To reflect how the Part D
ratings are used for MA–PD plan QBP
status and rebate retention allowances,
we also proposed specific text, to be
codified at § 423.180(b)(2), noting that
the Part D Star Rating will be used for
those purposes.
We proposed, broadly stated, to
codify the current quality Star Ratings
system uses, methodology, measures,
and data collection beginning with the
measurement periods in calendar year
2019. We proposed some changes, such
as how we handle consolidations from
the current Star Ratings program, but
overall the proposal was to continue the
Star Ratings system as it has been
developed and has stabilized. Under the
proposal, data would be collected and
performance measured using these
proposed rules and regulations for the
2019 measurement period; the
associated quality Star Ratings will be
used to assign QBP ratings for the 2022
payment year and released prior to the
annual election period held in late 2020
for the 2021 contract year. Because of
the timing of the release and use in
conjunction with the annual
coordinated election period, these
would be the ‘‘2021 Star Ratings.’’
We proposed that the current quality
Star Ratings system and procedures for
revising it remain in place for the 2019
and 2020 Star Ratings. Section 1853(b)
of the Act authorizes an advance notice
and rate announcement to announce
and solicit comment for proposed
changes to the MA payment
methodology, which CMS has
interpreted to include the Part C and D
Star Ratings program because of the
payment consequences of Star Ratings
under section 1853(o) of the Act. The
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
statute identifies specific notice and
comment timeframes, but that process
does not require publication in the
Federal Register. We have used the
draft and final Call Letter, which are
attachments to the Advance Notice and
final Rate Announcement
respectively,33 to propose for comment
and finalize changes to the quality Star
Ratings system since the ratings became
a component of the payment
methodology for MA and MA–PD plans.
(76 FR 21487 through 89). Because the
Star Ratings system has been integrated
into the payment methodology since the
2012 contract year (as a mechanism
used to determine how much a plan is
paid, and not the mechanism by which
[or a rule about when] a plan is paid),
the Star Ratings are part of the process
for setting benchmarks and capitation
rates under section 1853 of the Act, and
the process for announcing changes to
the Star Ratings system falls within the
scope of section 1853(b) of the Act.
Although not expressly required by
section 1853(b) of the Act, CMS has
historically solicited comment on
significant changes to the ratings system
using a Request for Comment process
before the Advance Notice and draft
Call Letter are released; this Request for
Comment 34 provides MAOs, Part D
sponsors, and other stakeholders an
opportunity to request changes to and
raise concerns about the Star Ratings
methodology and measures before CMS
finalizes its proposal for the Advance
Notice. We intend to continue the
current process at least until the 2019
measurement period that we proposed
as the first measurement period under
these new regulations, but we may
discontinue that process at a later date
as the Advance Notice/Call Letter
process and rulemaking process may
provide sufficient opportunity for
public input. In addition, CMS issues
annually the Technical Notes 35 that
describe in detail how the methodology
is applied from the changes in policy
adopted through the Advance Notice
and Rate Announcement process. We
intend to continue the practice of
publishing the Technical Notes during
the preview periods. Our proposed rule
included continued use of the draft and
final Call Letters as a means to provide
subregulatory application),
33 Advance Notices and Rate Announcements are
posted each year on the CMS website at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/Health-Plans/Medicare
AdvtgSpecRateStats/Announcements-andDocuments.html.
34 Requests for Comment are posted at https://
go.cms.gov/partcanddstarratings under the
downloads.
35 https://go.cms.gov/partcanddstarratings (under
the downloads) for the Technical Notes.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
interpretation, and guidance of the final
version of these proposed regulations
where necessary. Our proposed
regulation text does not detail these
plans for the RFC and Technical Notes
because we believe such regulation text
will be unnecessary. We proposed to
codify the first performance period
(2019) and first payment year (2022) to
which our proposed regulations will
apply at § 422.160(c) and § 423.180(c).
We received no comments on our
proposed basis, purpose, and
applicability regulations. For the
reasons outlined in the proposed rule
and summarized here, we are finalizing
the regulation text proposed at
§§ 422.160 and 423.180 with one
significant modification regarding the
applicability of the regulations
governing the Star Ratings of a surviving
contract in a contract consolidation. In
light of the passage of section 53112 of
the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 (Pub.
L. 115–123), the consolidation policy
described at §§ 422.162(b)(3) and
423.182(b)(3) will be implemented for
the 2020 QBP ratings and 2020 Star
Ratings. We will finalize additional text
at §§ 422.160(c), 422.162(b)(3)(v),
423.180(c) and 423.182(b)(3)(iii) to
apply the regulations that govern the
calculation of Star Ratings for surviving
contracts when the contract
consolidation is approved on or after
January 1, 2019, consistent with the
ACCESS Act provision.
d. Definitions
We proposed the following
definitions for the respective subparts in
part 422 and part 423 in paragraph (a)
of §§ 422.162 and 423.182 respectively.
• CAHPS refers to a comprehensive
and evolving family of surveys that ask
consumers and patients to evaluate the
interpersonal aspects of health care.
CAHPS surveys probe those aspects of
care for which consumers and patients
are the best or only source of
information, as well as those that
consumers and patients have identified
as being important. CAHPS initially
stood for the Consumer Assessment of
Health Plans Study, but as the products
have evolved beyond health plans the
acronym now stands for Consumer
Assessment of Healthcare Providers and
Systems.
• Case-mix adjustment means an
adjustment to the measure score made
prior to the score being converted into
a Star Rating to take into account certain
enrollee characteristics that are not
under the control of the plan. For
example age, education, chronic
medical conditions, and functional
health status that may be related to the
enrollee’s survey responses.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
• Categorical Adjustment Index (CAI)
means the factor that is added to or
subtracted from an overall or summary
Star Rating (or both) to adjust for the
average within-contract (or within-plan
as applicable) disparity in performance
associated with the percentages of
beneficiaries who are dually eligible for
Medicare and enrolled in Medicaid,
beneficiaries who receive a Low Income
Subsidy or have disability status in that
contract (or plan as applicable).
• Clustering refers to a variety of
techniques used to partition data into
distinct groups such that the
observations within a group are as
similar as possible to each other, and as
dissimilar as possible to observations in
any other group. Clustering of the
measure-specific scores means that gaps
that exist within the distribution of the
scores are identified to create groups
(clusters) that are then used to identify
the four cut points resulting in the
creation of five levels (one for each Star
Rating), such that the scores in the same
Star Rating level are as similar as
possible and the scores in different Star
Rating levels are as different as possible.
Technically, the variance in measure
scores is separated into within-cluster
and between-cluster sum of squares
components. The clusters reflect the
groupings of numeric value scores that
minimize the variance of scores within
the clusters. The Star Ratings levels are
assigned to the clusters that minimize
the within-cluster sum of squares. The
cut points for star assignments are
derived from the range of measure
scores per cluster, and the star levels
associated with each cluster are
determined by ordering the means of the
clusters.
• Consolidation means when an MA
organization/Part D sponsor that has at
least two contracts for health and/or
drug services of the same plan type
under the same parent organization in a
year combines multiple contracts into a
single contract for the start of the
subsequent contract year.
• Consumed contract means a
contract that will no longer exist after a
contract year’s end as a result of a
consolidation.
• Display page means the CMS
website on which certain measures and
scores are publicly available for
informational purposes; the measures
that are presented on the display page
are not used in assigning Part C and D
Star Ratings.
• Domain rating means the rating that
groups measures together by dimensions
of care.
• Dual Eligible (DE) means a
beneficiary who is enrolled in both
Medicare and Medicaid.
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16525
• HEDIS is the Healthcare
Effectiveness Data and Information Set
which is a widely used set of
performance measures in the managed
care industry, developed and
maintained by the National Committee
for Quality Assurance (NCQA). HEDIS
data include clinical measures assessing
the effectiveness of care, access/
availability measures, and service use
measures.
• Highest rating means the overall
rating for MA–PDs, the Part C summary
rating for MA-only contracts, and the
Part D summary rating for PDPs.
• Highly-rated contract means a
contract that has 4 or more stars for their
highest rating when calculated without
the improvement measures and with all
applicable adjustments (CAI and the
reward factor).
• HOS means the Medicare Health
Outcomes Survey which is the first
patient reported outcomes measure that
was used in Medicare managed care.
The goal of the Medicare HOS program
is to gather valid, reliable, and clinically
meaningful health status data in the
Medicare Advantage (MA) program for
use in quality improvement activities,
pay for performance, program oversight,
public reporting, and improving health.
All managed care organizations with
MA contracts must participate.
• Low Income Subsidy (LIS) means
the subsidy that a beneficiary receives to
help pay for prescription drug coverage
(see § 423.34 for definition of a lowincome subsidy eligible individual).
• Measurement period means the
period for which data are collected for
a measure or the performance period
that a measures covers.
• Measure score means the numeric
value of the measure or an assigned
‘missing data’ message.
• Measure star means the measure’s
numeric value is converted to a Star
Rating. It is displayed to the nearest
whole star, using a 1–5 star scale.
• Overall Rating means a global rating
that summarizes the quality and
performance for the types of services
offered across all unique Part C and Part
D measures.
• Part C Summary Rating means a
global rating that summarizes the health
plan quality and performance on Part C
measures.
• Part D Summary Rating means a
global rating of the prescription drug
plan quality and performance on Part D
measures.
• Plan Benefit Package (PBP) means a
set of benefits for a defined MA or PDP
service area. The PBP is submitted by
PDP sponsors and MA organizations to
CMS for benefit analysis, bidding,
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16526
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
marketing, and beneficiary
communication purposes.
• Reliability means a measure of the
fraction of the variation among the
observed measure values that is due to
real differences in quality (‘‘signal’’)
rather than random variation (‘‘noise’’);
it is reflected on a scale from 0 (all
differences in plan performance
measure scores are due to measurement
error) to 1 (the difference in plan
performance scores is attributable to real
differences in performance).
• Reward factor means a ratingspecific factor added to the contract’s
summary or overall (or both) rating if a
contract has both high and stable
relative performance.
• Statistical significance assesses how
likely differences observed in
performance are due to random chance
alone under the assumption that plans
are actually performing the same.
Although not part of the proposed
regulatory definition, we clarify that
CMS uses statistical tests (for example,
t-test) to determine if a contract’s
measure value is statistically different
(greater than or less than depending on
the test) from the national mean for that
measure, or whether conversely, the
observed differences from the national
mean could have arisen by chance.
• Surviving contract means the
contact that will still exist under a
consolidation, and all of the
beneficiaries enrolled in the consumed
contract(s) are moved to the surviving
contracts.
• Traditional rounding rules mean
that the last digit in a value will be
rounded. If rounding to a whole
number, look at the digit in the first
decimal place. If the digit in the first
decimal place is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, then the
value should be rounded down by
deleting the digit in the first decimal
place. If the digit in the first decimal
place is 5 or greater, then the value
should be rounded up by 1 and the digit
in the first decimal place deleted.
We received no comments on the
proposed definitions in paragraph (a) of
§§ 422.162 and 423.182 and are
therefore finalizing without
modification.
e. Contract Ratings
Star Ratings and data reporting are at
the contract level for most measures.
Currently, data for measures are
collected at the contract level including
data from all plan benefit packages
(PBPs) under the contract, except for the
following Special Needs Plan (SNP)specific measures which are collected at
the PBP level: Care for Older Adults—
Medication Review, Care for Older
Adults—Functional Status Assessment,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
and Care for Older Adults—Pain
Assessment. The SNP-specific measures
are rolled up to the contract level by
using an enrollment-weighted mean of
the SNP PBP scores. Although we
discussed and solicited comment on the
feasibility and burden of collecting data
at the PBP (plan) level and the
reliability of ratings at the plan level, we
proposed to continue the practice of
calculating the Star Ratings at the
contract level and that all PBPs under
the contract would have the same
overall and/or summary ratings at
paragraph (b)(1) of §§ 422.162 and
423.182.
However, beneficiaries select a plan,
rather than a contract, so we discussed
in the proposed rule how we considered
whether data should be collected and
measures scored at the plan level. We
have explored the feasibility of
separately reporting quality data for
individual D–SNP PBPs, instead of the
current reporting level. For example, in
order for CAHPS measures to be reliably
scored, the number of respondents must
be at least 11 people and reliability must
be at least 0.60. In the proposed rule, we
summarized our findings. Our current
analyses show that, at the PBP level,
CAHPS measures could be reliably
reported for only about one-third of D–
SNP PBPs due to sample size issues,
and HEDIS measures could be reliably
reported for only about one-quarter of
D–SNP PBPs. If reporting were done at
the plan level, a significant number of
D–SNP plans will not be rated and in
lieu of a Star Rating, Medicare Plan
Finder will display that the plan is ‘‘too
small to be rated.’’ However, when
enough data are available, plan level
quality reporting will reflect the quality
of care provided to enrollees in that
plan. Plan-level quality reporting will
also give states that contract with D–
SNPs plan-specific information on their
performance and provide the public
with data specific to the quality of care
for dual eligible (DE) beneficiaries
enrolled in these plans. For all plans as
well as D–SNPs, reporting at the plan
level will significantly increase plan
burden for data reporting and will have
to be balanced against the availability of
additional clinical information available
at the plan level. Plan-level ratings will
also potentially increase the ratings of
higher-performing plans when they are
in contracts that have a mix of high and
low performing plans. Similarly, planlevel ratings will also potentially
decrease the ratings of lower-performing
plans that are currently in contracts
with a mix of high and low performing
plans. Measurement reliability issues
due to small sample sizes will also
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
decrease our ability to measure true
performance at the plan level and add
complexities to the rating system. We
solicited comments on balancing the
improved precision associated with
plan level reporting (relative to contract
level reporting) with the negative
consequences associated with an
increase in the number of plans without
adequate sample sizes for at least some
measures; we asked for comments about
this for D–SNPs and for all plans as we
continue to consider whether rating at
the plan level is feasible or appropriate.
In particular, we solicited feedback on
the best balance and whether changing
the level at which ratings are calculated
and reported better serves beneficiaries
and our goals for the Star Ratings
system.
We also indicated that we were
exploring whether some measure data
could be reported at a higher level
(parent organization versus contract) to
ease and simplify reporting while
continuing to remain useful (for
example, call center measures as we
anticipate that parent organizations use
a consolidated call center to serve all
contracts and plans) for the Star Ratings.
Further, we said we are exploring if
contract market area reporting is feasible
when a contract covers a large
geographic area. For example, when
HEDIS reporting began in 1997, there
were contract-specific market areas that
evolved into reporting by market area
for five states with large Medicare
populations.36 We are planning to
continue work in this area to determine
the best reporting level for each measure
that most accurately reflects
performance and minimizes to the
extent possible plan reporting burden.
As we consider alternative reporting
units, we solicited comments and
suggestions about requiring reporting at
different levels (for example, parent
organization, contract, plan, or
geographic area) by measure. In
addition, section 50311(d) of the
Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 after
publication of the proposed rule,
amended section 1853 to require the
Secretary to determine the feasibility of
quality measurement at the plan level
for all MA plans. CMS will use the
feedback received from the proposed
rule as we consider reporting options in
the future and continue to evaluate this
issue consistent with the Bipartisan
Budget Act provision.
We proposed to continue calculating
the same overall and/or summary Star
Ratings for all PBPs offered under an
MA-only, MA–PD, or PDP contract and
36 The following states were divided into multiple
market areas: CA, FL, NY, OH, and TX.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
to codify this policy in regulation text
at §§ 422.162(b) and 423.182(b). We also
proposed a cost plan regulation at
§ 417.472(k) to require cost contracts to
be subject to the part 422 and part 423
Medicare Advantage and Part D
Prescription Drug Program Quality
Rating System. Specifically, we
proposed, at paragraph (b)(1) that CMS
will calculate overall and summary
ratings at the contract level and
proposed regulation text that crossreferences other proposed regulations
regarding the calculation of measure
scoring and rating, and domain,
summary and overall ratings. Further,
we proposed to codify, at (b)(2) of each
section, that data from all PBPs offered
under a contract will continue to be
used to calculate the ratings for the
contract. For SNP specific measures
collected at the PBP level, we proposed
that the contract level score will be an
enrollment-weighted mean of the PBP
scores using enrollment in each PBP as
reported as part of the measure
specification, which is consistent with
current practice. The proposed text is
explicit that domain and measure
ratings, other than the SNP-specific
measures, are based on data from all
PBPs under the contract.
We received the following comments
related to our proposals, and our
responses follow:
Comment: Most commenters opposed
moving to plan-level reporting and
expressed overwhelming support for
retaining the current contact-level
measurement. Commenters raised
concerns about the additional
complexity, administrative burden and
reporting requirements of plan-level
reporting. Additionally, commenters
reiterated our concerns regarding the
reliability of the scores at the plan level,
as well as the inability to report some
measure due to inadequate sample sizes.
A commenter urged CMS to continue
reporting Star Ratings at the contract
level for PDPs.
Response: CMS appreciates
commenters’ support for contract-level
reporting and acknowledge the
complexities of moving to plan-level
reporting given the challenges of
accurately measuring quality with
smaller groups and sample sizes and the
additional administrative burden that
would be placed on contracts.
Comment: A handful of commenters
supported plan-level reporting also
recognized it may not be practical for all
quality measures. Some of the
commenters noted the utility for
beneficiaries who choose among plans.
A commenter suggested CMS require
Part D plans to report certain
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
medication-related measures at the
Formulary ID level.
Response: We agree that ideally for
consumer choice, plan-level reporting or
Formulary ID level reporting for Part D
plans would be preferable, because it
provides more detailed and targeted
data. However, we need to consider the
operational and methodological
challenges of reporting at the plan level,
including the ability to accurately
measure performance at that level.
Comment: A commenter stated that
plan-level reporting would be open to
potential gaming by contracts
constructing the plan-level geographic
areas to maximize Star Ratings for the
greatest number of enrollees. The
commenter suggested that contracts
would consider how well each plan was
performing in the Star Ratings program
to determine the geographic area of each
plan.
Response: We appreciate this
comment and will take it into account
as we consider this issue in the future.
Comment: A commenter noted that
plan-level reporting would stifle
innovation and discourage plans from
serving difficult areas. This would limit
the ability of contracts to implement
innovative models in one plan prior to
expanding.
Response: We appreciate this
comment since we clearly do not want
our Star Ratings policies to stifle
innovation. We will take this comment
into consideration as we continue to
consider options for different levels of
reporting.
Comment: A handful of commenters
expressed interest in measurement at
the local health services area, including
by state. Many of these commenters
noted that it will be challenging to move
to reporting at the local geographic area.
Issues to be considered include how to
handle contracts that serve major
metropolitan areas that cross state lines.
A couple of commenters suggested that
CMS consider creating additional
contract numbers or market-level
designations for a contract. A
commenter recommended that CMS
discontinue the moratorium that does
not allow for existing H numbers to be
split to allow more meaningful
measurement.
Response: CMS is committed to
examining the feasibility of alternative
levels of reporting, including by
geographic area. The suggestions
provided by commenters through the
proposed rule will be taken into
consideration as alternatives are
explored. Additionally, section 50311(d)
of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018
(P.L. 115–123) enacted after publication
of the proposed rule, amended section
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16527
1853 to require the Secretary to
determine the feasibility of quality
measurement at the plan level for all
MA plans. CMS plans to obtain
additional feedback from stakeholders
on this issue given the challenges of
developing options that would be
feasible for both the industry and CMS.
CMS’ contractor for the Star Ratings
program is planning to convene a
Technical Expert Panel following the
publication of the final rule and this is
one of the issues the panel will address.
This panel will periodically meet to
provide feedback on different critical
Star Ratings issues. Information from
the Technical Expert Panel will be
publicly shared.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern about pursuing market area
reporting as such reporting could result
in limiting the health care options for
higher-need populations.
Response: CMS appreciates this
comment and does not want to limit
options for higher-need populations. We
will take the comment into
consideration as we continue to
consider options for different levels of
reporting.
Comment: A handful of commenters
recommended adjusting the Star Ratings
to account for variables that contribute
to underperformance in certain
geographic areas, network
characteristics and patient
characteristics by applying, for example,
the case-mix adjustment process
currently used for the CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates this
comment and will take it into account
as we continue to consider options for
different levels of reporting. As we
contemplate case-mix adjustment, we
need to ensure that we are not adjusting
away true differences in the quality of
care across contracts in different
geographic areas or with different
network structures.
Comment: A commenter raised
concerns of the possibility for gaming in
connection with separate ratings for
new contracts. If CMS is to proceed, the
commenter would like to see
simulations of the ratings.
Response: CMS appreciates this
comment and clearly does not want to
implement changes that would
encourage gaming of the Star Ratings
system. We will take this comment into
consideration as we continue to analyze
different ways to rate contracts.
Comment: A commenter raised a
question about a potential error on page
82 FR 56380 in the sentence that reads
‘‘For SNP specific measures collected at
the PBP level, we propose that the
contract level score would be an
enrollment-weighted mean of the PBP
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16528
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
scores using enrollment in each PBP as
reported as part of the measure
specification, which is consistent with
current practice.’’ The commenter noted
that the current practice weights the
PBP scores by eligible population.
Response: The text from the proposed
rule is correct. The eligible population
and the enrollment reported as part of
the measure specification are the same.
Comment: A handful of commenters
from sponsoring organizations suggested
separate reporting by Dual SNPs and
non-Dual SNPs, and rolling up all Dual
SNP PBPs and non-Dual SNP PBPs
separately within a contract. A couple of
commenters noted that moving to plan
level reporting for all SNPs is complex
with many pros and cons so they
recommended that CMS continue
contract-level reporting until all of the
consequences can be fully evaluated.
Response: CMS appreciates these
comments, including the issues raised
by commenters regarding the
complexities of moving to plan/PBPlevel reporting by SNPs and non-SNPs.
Given that some contracts just have SNP
PBPs and other contracts offer both SNP
and non-SNP plans, CMS needs to
evaluate how this would impact
reporting of measures and calculations.
We agree that all of the benefits and
disadvantages need to be weighed
before a final decision is made about
how to proceed and CMS is committed
to continuing to obtain feedback from
the industry on changes to the level of
reporting. CMS continues to evaluate
this issue. Additionally, in light of the
passage of the Bipartisan Budget Act of
2018, CMS is required to examine the
feasibility of plan-level reporting for
both SNP and non-SNP plans. Any
related changes would be proposed
through future rulemaking.
Comment: A couple of commenters
supported the idea of reporting the call
center and appeals measures at the
parent organization level since in most
cases these functions are organized at
the parent organization level, while a
couple of commenters did not like
having different levels of reporting for
different measures, arguing that it
would create more complexity in the
Star Rating program.
Response: CMS appreciates the
suggestions received from commenters
and will continue to look at the
advantages of moving to a different level
of reporting for these and other
measures. Any related changes would
be proposed through future rulemaking.
Comment: A commenter supports
CMS’ current process for rolling up SNP
plan-benefit package level information
to the contract level.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Response: CMS thanks this
commenter for their support for our
current policy of calculating SNP
measures.
Comment: A handful of commenters
recommended that CMS not make any
changes in the unit for reporting until
additional analyses are completed that
ensures that any changes are fair and
equitable to all sponsors. A commenter
suggests an industry-wide workgroup to
discuss potential changes to reporting
levels and operational challenges.
Response: We acknowledge these
comments and agree that we need to do
more analysis and obtain additional
feedback from sponsors before we make
any changes in the level of reporting.
We support the desire to make sure that
any changes are fair and equitable to all
sponsoring organizations. As noted in a
previous response, CMS’ contractor for
the Star Ratings program is planning to
convene a Technical Expert Panel
following the publication of the final
rule and this is one of the issues the
panel will address.
For the reasons indicated in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments, we are finalizing the
provisions as proposed in paragraphs
(b)(1) and (2) of §§ 422.162 and 423.182
and § 417.472(k) without substantive
modification. However, we realized that
paragraphs (b)(1) as proposed did not
specify that summary ratings also
include the reward factor and the
Categorical Adjustment Index as
described in §§ 422.166(f) and
423.186(f); we are finalizing additional
text to clarify that in paragraphs (b)(1).
In addition, we are slightly revising the
last two sentences of paragraphs (b)(2)
of the same regulation sections to clarify
that the rule for including plan-level
only measures is applicable to the SNPspecific measures that are reported only
at the plan level.
f. Contract Consolidations
We proposed a change in how
contract-level Star Ratings are assigned
in the case of contract consolidations.
We noted in the proposed rule how we
have historically permitted MAOs and
Part D sponsors to consolidate contracts
when a contract novation occurs to
better align business practices. As noted
in MedPAC’s March 2016 Report to
Congress (https://www.medpac.gov/docs/
default-source/reports/march-2016report-to-the-congress-medicarepayment-policy.pdf), there has been a
continued increase in the number of
enrollees being moved from lower Star
Rating contracts that do not receive a
QBP to higher Star Rating contracts that
do receive a QBP as part of contract
consolidations, which increases the size
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of the QBPs that are made to MAOs due
to the large enrollment increase in the
higher rated, surviving contract. We are
worried that this practice results in
masking low quality plans under higher
rated surviving contracts. This does not
provide beneficiaries with accurate and
reliable information for enrollment
decisions, and it does not truly reward
higher quality contracts. We proposed to
modify the calculation of Star Ratings
for surviving contracts that have
consolidated to address these concerns.
Instead of assigning the surviving
contract the Star Rating that the contract
would have earned without regard to
whether a consolidation took place, we
proposed to assign and display on MPF
Star Ratings based on the enrollmentweighted mean of the measure scores of
the surviving and consumed contract(s)
so that the ratings reflect the
performance of all contracts (surviving
and consumed) involved in the
consolidation. Under our proposal, the
calculation of the measure, domain,
summary, and overall ratings will be
based on these enrollment-weighted
mean scores. We estimated that the
number of contracts impacted by the
proposal would be small relative to all
contracts that qualify for QBPs. During
the period from 1/1/2015 through
1/1/2017 annual consolidations for MA
contracts ranged from a low of 7 in 2015
to a high of 19 in 2016 out of
approximately 500 MA contracts. As
proposed in §§ 422.162(b)(3)(i)–(iii) and
423.182(b)(3)(i)–(iii), CMS will use
enrollment-weighted means of the
measure scores of the consumed and
surviving contracts to calculate ratings
for the first and second plan years
following the contract consolidations.
We believe that use of enrollmentweighted means will provide a more
accurate snapshot of the performance of
the underlying plans in the new
consolidated contract, such that both
information to beneficiaries and QBPs
are not somehow inaccurate or
misleading. We also proposed, however,
that the process of weighting the
enrollment of each contract and
applying this general rule will vary
depending on the specific types of
measures involved in order to take into
account the measurement period and
data collection processes of certain
measures. Our proposal was to treat
ratings for determining Quality Bonus
Payment (QBP) status for MA contracts
differently than displayed Star Ratings
for the first year following the
consolidation for consolidations that
involve the same parent organization
and plans of the same plan type.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
We proposed to codify our new policy
at §§ 422.162(b)(3) and 423.182(b)(3).
First, we proposed generally, at
paragraph (b)(3)(i) of each regulation,
that CMS will assign Star Ratings for
consolidated contracts using the
provisions of paragraph (b)(3). We
proposed in § 422.162(b)(3) both a
specific rule to address the QBP rating
for the first year after the consolidation
and a rule for subsequent years. As Part
D plan sponsors are not eligible for
QBPs, § 423.182(b)(3) was proposed
without the QBP aspect. We proposed in
§ 422.162(b)(3)(iv) and
§ 423.182(b)(3)(ii) the process for
assigning Star Ratings for posting on the
Medicare Plan Finder for the first 2
years following the consolidation.
For the first contract year following a
consolidation, we proposed to use the
enrollment-weighted means as
calculated below to set Star Ratings for
MPF publication:
• The Star Ratings measure scores for
the consolidated entity’s first plan year
will be based on enrollment-weighted
measure scores using the July
enrollment of the measurement period
of the consumed and surviving contracts
for all measures, except the surveybased and call center measures.
• The survey-based measures (that is,
CAHPS, HOS, and HEDIS measures
collected through CAHPS or HOS
surveys) will use enrollment of the
surviving and consumed contracts at the
time the sample is pulled for the rating
year. For example, for a contract
consolidation that is effective January 1,
2021 the CAHPS sample for the 2021
Star Ratings will be pulled in January
2020 so enrollment in January 2020 will
be used. The call center measures will
use mean enrollment during the study
period. We stated that we believed that
these proposals for survey-based
measures are more nuanced and account
for how the data underlying those
measures are gathered and that the
enrollment-weighted means better
reflect the true underlying performance
of both the surviving and consumed
contracts.
For the second year following the
consolidation, for all MA and Part D
Sponsors, we proposed to calculate the
Star Ratings will be calculated as
follows:
• The enrollment-weighted measure
scores using the July enrollment of the
measurement period of the consumed
and surviving contracts will be used for
all measures except HEDIS, CAHPS, and
HOS.
• We proposed that HEDIS and HOS
measure data will be used as reported in
the second year after consolidation. The
current reporting requirements for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
HEDIS and HOS already combine data
from the surviving and consumed
contract(s) following the consolidation,
so we did not propose any modification
or averaging of these measure scores.
For example, for HEDIS if an
organization consolidates one or more
contracts during the change over from
measurement to reporting year, then
only the surviving contract is required
to report audited summary contractlevel data but it must include data on all
members from all contracts involved.
• We proposed to require that the
CAHPS survey sample (that would be
selected following the consolidation)
would include enrollees in the sample
universe from which the sample is
drawn from both the surviving and
consumed contracts. If there are two
contracts (that is, Contract A is the
surviving contract and Contract B is the
consumed contract) that consolidate,
and Contract A has 5,000 enrollees
eligible for the survey and Contract B
has 1,000 eligible for the survey, the
universe from which the sample will be
selected will be 6,000.
CMS proposed that these rules would
be used to calculate the measure scores
in the first and second year after
consolidation; following those two
years, CMS proposed to use the other
rules proposed in §§ 422.166 and
423.186 to calculate the measure,
domain, summary, and overall Star
Ratings for the consolidated contract. In
the third year after consolidation and
subsequent years, the performance
period for all the measures will be after
the consolidation, so our proposal
limited the special rules for calculating
post-consolidation the Star Ratings to
the Ratings issued the first 2 years after
consolidation.
When consolidations involve two or
more contracts for health and/or drug
services of the same plan type under the
same parent organization combining
into a single contract at the start of a
contract year, we proposed to calculate
the QBP rating for that first year
following the consolidation using the
enrollment-weighted mean, using
traditional rounding rules, of what
would have been the QBP ratings of the
surviving and consumed contracts using
the contract enrollment in November of
the year the Star Ratings were released.
In November of each year following the
release of the ratings on Medicare Plan
Finder, the preliminary QBP ratings are
displayed in the Health Plan
Management System (HPMS) for the
year following the Star Ratings year. For
example, if the first year the
consolidated entity is in operation is
plan year 2020, the 2020 QBP rating
displayed in HPMS in November 2018
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16529
will be based on the 2019 Star Ratings
(which are released in October 2018)
and calculated using the weighted mean
of the November 2018 enrollment of the
surviving and consumed contracts.
Because the same parent organization is
involved in these situations, we believe
that many administrative processes and
procedures are identical in the Medicare
health plans offered by the sponsoring
organization, and using a weighted
mean of what will have been their QBP
ratings accurately reflects their
performance for payment purposes. In
subsequent years after the first year
following the consolidation, QBPs status
will be determined based on the
consolidated entity’s Star Rating posted
on MPF. Under our proposal, the
measure, domain, summary, and (in the
case of MA–PD plans) the overall Star
Ratings posted on Medicare Plan Finder
for the second year following
consolidation would be based on the
enrollment-weighted measure scores so
would include data from all contracts
involved. Consequently, we stated that
we believed the ratings used for QBP
status determinations would reflect the
care provided by both the surviving and
consumed contracts.
In conclusion, we proposed a new set
of rules regarding the calculation of Star
Ratings for consolidated contracts to be
codified at paragraphs (b)(3) of
§§ 422.162 and 423.182. We solicited
comment on this proposal and whether
our separate treatment of different
measure types during the first and
second year adequately addresses the
differences in how data are collected
(and submitted) for those measures
during the different periods. We also
solicited feedback on whether
sponsoring organizations believe that
the special rule for consolidations
involving the same parent organization
and same plan types adequately
addresses how those situations are
different from cases where an MA
organization buys or sells a plan or
contract from or to a different entity and
whether these rules should be extended
to situations where there are different
parent organizations involved. For
commenters that support the latter, we
also requested comment on how CMS
should determine that the same
administrative processes are used and
whether attestations from sponsoring
organizations or evidence from prior
audits should be required to support
such determinations.
Following publication of our
proposed rule, Congress enacted the
Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018. Section
53112 of the Act amended section
1853(o) to require an adjustment to the
Star Ratings, quality bonus under
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16530
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
section 1853(o) and rebate allocation
under section 1854 based on the quality
rating to ‘‘prevent the artificial
inflation’’ of Star Ratings after
consolidation. That required adjustment
applies for consolidations approved on
or after January 1, 2019. The statutory
change requires the adjustment be
applied when a single MA organization
consolidates contracts and reflect an
enrollment-weighted average of scores
or ratings for the underlying contracts.
We believe that our proposal is
generally consistent with the new
statutory requirement, with minor
exceptions. The proposal would not
have applied until a later period, but, as
noted in section II.A.11.c of this final
rule, we will finalize these provisions to
be applicable beginning with the 2020
QBPs and 2020 Star Ratings produced in
fall 2019 to be consistent with the
statute. Our proposal was for
consolidations involving a single parent
organization while the statute focused
on consolidations involving a single MA
organization; applying the proposed
policy to consolidations at the level of
the parent organization instead of the
specific MA organization captures more
consolidations. We read the Bipartisan
Budget Act as setting a floor rather than
a ceiling on our authority to establish
and set the rules governing the Stars
Rating system. In addition, our proposal
also was more specific as to how
enrollment-weighted ratings at the
measure and contract level would be
used following the consolidation. We
believe the additional detail in our
proposal is explicitly authorized as the
statutory change leaves it to the
Secretary to identify the specific
appropriate adjustments.
We received the following comments
on our proposals and solicitations for
feedback, and our responses follow:
Comment: Commenters expressed
overwhelming support for our rules
outlined at §§ 422.162(b)(3) and
423.182(b)(3) to calculate contract-level
Star Ratings in the case of contract
consolidations. Commenters stated that
this would be a more accurate picture of
the performance of the underlying
contracts. Commenters noted that this
would help eliminate the gaming that
can occur when consolidations of
multiple contracts in distinct geographic
areas result in artificial increases the
Star Ratings and Quality Bonus Payment
(QBP) ratings. A number of commenters
suggested that this approach was fair
and equitable to all stakeholders. Some
commenters supported this change as a
short-term solution, but they wanted
CMS to consider how in the future the
ratings could more accurately reflect the
care provided at the local market area.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Commenters recognized that quality
reporting at the local market area is a
sizeable change and would not be
feasible for a number of years.
Response: CMS appreciates the
commenters’ support for revising how
Star Ratings and QBP ratings are
calculated when two or more contracts
consolidate. We believe that the
Bipartisan Budget Act indicates that
Congress is similarly concerned about
these issues and our proposal to address
them. We also agree with commenters
that local market area reporting would
be preferable in cases when the
contracts are geographically dispersed.
Although moving to local market area
reporting has many challenges, CMS is
committed to work with stakeholders to
examine the feasibility of local market
area reporting. Any potential changes
that would change the consolidation
policy in the direction of local market
area reporting would be proposed in
future rulemaking.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS issue contract
numbers at the state level and then base
Star Ratings at the state level to avoid
consolidations across disperse
geographic areas.
Response: State-based contract
numbers would be administratively
burdensome for both contracts and
CMS, would significantly increase
reporting burden of contracts, and
would create measurement challenges
since many contracts at the state level
will not have a sufficient number of
enrollees by state to calculate reliably
the quality measures that are part of the
Part C and D Star Ratings program.
Contracts that serve disperse geographic
areas often have the majority of their
enrollees in one or two states with
smaller enrollment in other states.
Comment: A commenter suggested
using the unrounded final summary
mean rather than the rounded final Star
Rating.
Response: CMS is assuming this
commenter is referring to the QBP rating
for the first year of the consolidation.
For all other years, the QBP rating of the
contract would be based on the Star
Ratings posted on Medicare Plan Finder;
therefore for the second year following
a consolidation, the same rules for
calculating the Star Ratings for QBP and
for MPF posting would apply (that is,
§§ 422.162(b)(3)(iii)). The preliminary
QBP rating is produced and posted in
HPMS in November of each year for the
bids that will be submitted the
following year. The QBP appeals
process is based on these ratings posted
in November. In April prior to the bids
being due, CMS would update the QBP
rating using an enrollment-weighted
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
QBP ratings of all contracts involved in
the consolidation which are already
rounded.
Comment: A commenter asked CMS
to consider a grace period that would
neither reward nor disadvantage the
surviving contract as a result of
acquiring a poor performing contract.
Response: Under our current policy, a
sponsor can gain financially by
consolidating enrollees from a poorperforming contract into a contract that
receives a QBP and thereby receive
bonus payments that it would not have
been entitled to receive had the
consolidation not occurred. The revised
methodology for calculating Star Ratings
and QBPs for the surviving contract
takes into consideration the
performance of all contracts involved;
thus, it is a more accurate measure of
performance. We do not believe that a
more accurate reflection of performance
can be fairly termed a ‘‘reward’’ or a
‘‘disadvantage’’ of contract
consolidation.
Comment: A handful of commenters
expressed concern regarding the
consolidation policy stating that they
thought the calculations were too
complex. A commenter stated it would
limit the beneficiary options to enroll in
plans with richer benefits since there
would not be the same incentives to
consolidate lower performing contracts
into higher performing ones receiving
QBPs.
Response: Most of the calculations for
the revised consolidation policy will be
handled by CMS, though contracts will
have an opportunity to review the
calculations as part of the normal Star
Rating review process. The
consolidation policy should not make it
more difficult for contracts to produce
the data that are needed for the Star
Ratings program. The premise behind
all of the calculations is to combine the
already gathered (or currently gathered)
data from all contracts involved in the
consolidation using an enrollmentweighted average. This policy should
not create a situation which limits
options for beneficiaries to enroll in
plans with richer benefits. As always,
beneficiaries may is able to choose in
their service area any plan that best
meets their needs. If a beneficiary
decides to remain in a contract that
consolidates, the ratings for that
contract will now more accurately
reflect performance of that contract.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS post by year end in HPMS a
worksheet with the exact enrollment
and overall Star Rating values which
CMS intends to use for determining
QBP ratings for consolidated contracts.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Response: In November of each year,
CMS posts in HPMS the preliminary
QBP ratings for the bids that will be
submitted the following year. This starts
the QBP appeals process. In April of
each year prior to bids being submitted,
CMS posts in HPMS the final QBP
rating following the appeals process. In
November of each year or at year end,
CMS would not be aware of future
consolidations that would be
announced near the time of the bid so
would be unable to post a combined
rating for the consolidated contracts at
this time. As long as CMS is aware of
the consolidation by April at the time of
the HPMS posting, the combined rating
for the consolidated contracts would be
posted at that time. A parent
organization would have sufficient
information to calculate the enrollment
weighted QBP rating of a consolidated
contract using the preliminary QBP
ratings posted in HPMS in November of
each year.
Comment: A handful of commenters
requested that CMS clarify the timing of
this provision. These commenters
expressed a preference for it not to begin
until the 2021 Star Ratings and 2022
QBPs.
Response: The proposed rule stated
that all of the changes related to Star
Ratings would go into effect for
performance periods in 2019 (thus, for
the 2021 Star Ratings and 2022 QBPs).
However, in light of the passage of the
Bipartisan Budget Act provision which
requires enrollment-weighted
adjustments to the Star Ratings for
contract consolidations approved on or
after 1/1/19, we are finalizing the
regulation text on this policy to be
applicable to consolidations that occur
on or after the same date. The final
regulations at §§ 422.162(b)(3) and
423.182(b)(3) will apply to the star
ratings of surviving contracts from
contract consolidations that are
approved on or after January 1, 2019.
Thus, the policy will be implemented
for the 2020 Star Ratings and the 2020
QBPs. We note that while the statute is
specific to MA ratings, we are finalizing
the same policy for Part D Ratings on
the same timeframe to have consistent
methodology across Part C and D for
beneficiaries choosing a contract.
Comment: A few commenters were
interested in a similar policy for
consolidations between different parent
organizations.
Response: We treat the purchase of a
contract, multiple contracts or all of the
contracts offered by a parent
organization by different parent
organization is known as a novation, not
a consolidation, even though the
consolidation will generally also require
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
similar contract documents and
approvals from CMS. Where one entity
is buying all or part of the business of
another entity, we did not propose and
do not intend to apply the consolidation
policy finalized in this rule. In
novations, the structure of each of the
individual contracts being purchased
does not change and the contracts still
provide the same services within the
same service area before and after the
novation is completed, only the
company that owns the business and is
the MA organization under the contract
has changed. The Star Rating for each
individual contract transfers with the
contract and remains intact until the
next rating cycle. Novations can occur at
any point during the calendar year.
A consolidation by contrast is when
two or more contracts owned by the
same parent organization are combined
into a single contract. The overall
service area of the two contracts are
combined, the contract number of the
consumed contract(s) is retired and the
contract number of the surviving
contract now provides all of the services
in the combined service area. To
consolidate contracts, all of the
contracts must be owned by the same
parent organization. Consolidations can
only occur at the change from one year
to another year and must be submitted
and approved by CMS by a specific
deadline in the annual contracting
process. If one parent organization buys
another contract owned by a different
parent organization, the sponsor could
consolidate multiple contracts using the
rules outlined in this rule the year after
the novation takes place. With a
consolidation, the rule finalized here for
the calculation of the Star Rating of the
surviving contract would apply.
Comment: A commenter wanted CMS
to propose other alternatives and offer
additional opportunities to comment,
but no additional detail was provided
on suggested alternatives.
Response: CMS appreciates the
request for other alternatives.
Commenters to the proposed rule did
not suggest other ways to handle
contracts that consolidate and expressed
overwhelming support for this policy.
CMS will continue to consider if there
is a better way to account for differences
in performance across geographic areas
and will provide opportunities to
engage stakeholders and obtain
additional input.
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized earlier,
we are finalizing the provisions as
proposed at §§ 422.162(b)(3) and
423.182(b)(3), except for modifying the
timeframe applying these new rules.
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16531
The revised consolidation policy would
be applicable for the Rating for any
surviving contract after a consolidation
that is approved on or after January 1,
2019. Although the statute related to
consolidations is specific to MA ratings,
we are finalizing the same policy for
Part D ratings on the same timeframe to
have consistent methodology across Part
C and D for beneficiaries choosing a
contract.
g. Data Sources
Under 1852(e) of the Act, MA
organizations are required to collect,
analyze, and report data that permit
measurement of health outcomes and
other indices of quality. The Star
Ratings system is based on information
collected consistent with section
1852(e) of the Act. Section 1852(e)(3)(B)
of the Act prohibits the collection of
data on quality, outcomes, and
beneficiary satisfaction other than the
types of data that were collected by the
Secretary as of November 1, 2003; there
is a limited exception for SNPs to
collect, analyze, and report data that
permit the measurement of health
outcomes and other indicia of quality.
The statute does not require that only
the same data be collected, but that we
do not change or expand the type of
data collected until after submission of
a Report to Congress (prepared in
consultation with MA organizations and
accrediting bodies) that explains the
reason for the change(s). We clarify here
that the types of data included under
the Star Ratings system are consistent
with the types of data collected as of
November 1, 2003. Since 1997,
Medicare managed care organizations
have been required to annually report
quality of care performance measures
through HEDIS. We have also been
conducting the CAHPS survey since
1997 to measure beneficiaries’
experiences with their health plans.
HOS began in 1998 to capture changes
in the physical and mental health of MA
enrollees. To some extent, these surveys
have been revised and updated over
time, but the same types of data—
clinical measures, beneficiary
experiences, and changes in physical
and mental health, respectively—have
remained the focus of these surveys. In
addition, there are several measures in
the Stars Ratings System that are based
on performance that address telephone
customer service, members’ complaints,
disenrollment rates, and appeals;
however these additional measures are
not collected directly from the
sponsoring organizations for the
primary purpose of quality
measurement so they are not
information collections governed by
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16532
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
section 1852(e). These additional
measures are calculated from
information that CMS has gathered as
part of the administration of the
Medicare program, such as information
on appeals forwarded to the
Independent Review Entity under
subparts M, enrollment, and compliance
and enforcement actions.
The Part D program was implemented
in 2006, and while there is no parallel
provision regarding applicable Part D
sources of data, we have used similar
datasets, for example CAHPS survey
data, for beneficiaries’ experiences with
prescription drug plans. Section 1860D–
4(d) of the Act specifically directs the
administration and collection of data
from consumer surveys in a manner
similar to those conducted in the MA
program. All of these measures reflect
structure, process, and outcome indices
of quality that form the measurement set
under Star Ratings. Since 2007, we have
publicly reported a number of measures
related to the drug benefit as part of the
Star Ratings. For MA organizations that
offer prescription drug coverage, we use
the same Part D measures focusing on
administration of the drug benefit as is
used for stand-alone PDPs. Similar to
MA measures of quality relative to
health services, the Part D measures
focus on customer service and
beneficiary experiences, effectiveness,
and access to care relative to the drug
benefit. We believe that the Part D Star
Ratings are consistent with the
limitation expressed in section 1852(e)
of the Act even though the limitation
does not apply to our collection of Part
D quality data from Part D sponsors.
We intend to continue to base the
types of information collected in the
Part C Star Ratings on section 1852(e) of
the Act, and we proposed at
§ 422.162(c)(1) that the type of data used
for Star Ratings will be data consistent
with the section 1852(e) limits and data
gathered from CMS administration of
the MA program. In addition, we
proposed in § 422.162(c)(1) and in
§ 423.182(c)(1) to include measures that
reflect structure, process, and outcome
indices of quality, including Part C
measures that reflect the clinical care
provided, beneficiary experience,
changes in physical and mental health,
and benefit administration, and Part D
measures that reflect beneficiary
experiences and benefit administration.
The measures encompass data
submitted directly by MA organizations
(MAOs) and Part D sponsors to CMS,
surveys of MA and Part D enrollees,
data collected by CMS contractors, and
CMS administrative data. We also
proposed, primarily so that the
regulation text is complete on this point,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
a regulatory provision at
§§ 422.162(c)(2) and 423.182(c)(2) that
requires MA organizations and Part D
plan sponsors to submit unbiased,
accurate, and complete quality data as
described in paragraph (c)(1) of each
section. Our authority to collect quality
data is clear under the statute and
existing regulations, such as section
1852(e)(3)(A) and 1860D–4(d) and
§§ 422.12(b)(2) and 423.156. We
proposed the paragraph (c)(2) regulation
text to ensure that the quality ratings
system regulations include a regulation
on this point for readers and to avoid
confusion in the future about the
authority to collect this data. In
addition, it is important that the data
underlying the ratings are unbiased,
accurate, and complete so that the
ratings themselves are reliable. This
regulation text will clearly establish the
sponsoring organization’s responsibility
to submit data that can be reliably used
to calculate ratings and measure plan
performance.
We received the following comments
on this proposal, and our responses
follow:
Comment: A few commenters
supported codifying language to clearly
establish the sponsoring organization’s
responsibility to submit data that can be
reliably used to calculate ratings and
measure plan performance.
Response: CMS appreciates
stakeholders’ support of our effort to
codify language to ensure that that the
data submitted are accurate and reliable.
We are finalizing the language as
proposed.
Comment: Responses were mixed on
whether audit data should be used in
the Star Ratings. A couple of
commenters opposed including
measures in the Star Ratings program
that rely on audit findings as a data
source. Other commenters stated given
the Beneficiary Access and Performance
Problems measure that previously
included enforcement actions was
moved out of the 2019 Star Ratings and
to the display page, they strongly urged
CMS to re-incorporate audit
information, including information
about enforcement actions, in Star
Ratings. Those in favor of using audit
information noted that the key purposes
of Quality Rating System are to provide
comparative information to Medicare
beneficiaries, to base payment on
quality, and to oversee the overall
performance of plans. These
commenters opposed CMS removal of
audit findings and enforcement actions
from the Star Ratings since deficiencies,
in particular repeat deficiencies, may
impact beneficiary access to drugs and
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
services and the Star Ratings will not
reflect these issues.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ feedback and concerns
received on the use of audits,
compliance actions, and enforcement
actions in the Star Ratings. In the
proposed rule, the Beneficiary Access
and Performance Problems measure was
not proposed for the 2021 Star Ratings
even though some stakeholders strongly
support including some recognition in
the Star Ratings program when serious
or repeat deficiencies are uncovered in
audits or other means. These
stakeholders argue that such
deficiencies directly impact beneficiary
access to needed services and drugs and
therefore should be part of the Star
Ratings program. We will continue to
consider the comments as we continue
our dialogue with stakeholders on this
issue and any future changes will be
proposed in future rulemaking.
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments, we are finalizing the
provisions regarding the data sources for
measures and ratings as proposed in
§§ 422.162(c) and 423.182(c) with two
modifications. In § 422.162(c)(1), we are
finalizing additional text to clarify that
CMS administrative data will be used in
the scoring for measures; the new text
aligns the Part C regulation with the
parallel Part D regulation. As noted in
the proposed rule (82 FR 56382), some
measures are based on data that CMS (or
a contractor) has related to performance
by sponsoring organizations and we are
including a reference to CMS
administrative data consistent with that
longstanding policy. In addition, in
§ 423.182(c)(2), we are finalizing
additional text to clarify that the
reported data permit measurement of
health outcomes and other indices of
quality, consistent with the scope of the
measures in the Star Ratings program.
h. Adding, Updating, and Removing
Measures
We are committed to continuing to
improve the Part C and D Star Ratings
system by focusing on improving
clinical and other outcomes. We
anticipate that new measures will be
developed and that existing measures
will be updated over time. NCQA and
the Pharmacy Quality Alliance (PQA)
continually work to update measures as
clinical guidelines change and develop
new measures focused on health and
drug plans. To address these anticipated
changes, we proposed in §§ 422.164 and
423.184 specific rules to govern the
addition, update, and removal of
measures. We also proposed to apply
these rules to the measure set proposed
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
in this rulemaking, to the extent that
there are changes to the measure set
between the effective date of this final
rule and the Star Ratings based on this
final rule (that is the ratings based on
the performance periods beginning on
or after January 1, 2019).
As discussed in more detail in the
following paragraphs, we proposed the
following general rules to govern
adding, updating, and removing
measures:
• For data quality issues identified
during the calculation of the Star
Ratings for a given year, we proposed to
continue our current practice of
removing the measure from the Star
Ratings.
• That new measures and substantive
updates to existing measures would be
added to the Star Ratings system based
on future rulemaking but that prior to
such a rulemaking, CMS would
announce new measures and
substantive updates to existing
measures and solicit feedback using the
process described for changes in and
adoption of payment and risk
adjustment policies in section 1853(b) of
the Act (that is the Call Letter
attachment to the Advance Notice and
Rate Announcement).
• That existing measures (currently
existing or existing after a future
rulemaking) used for Star Ratings would
be updated (without rulemaking) with
regular updates from the measure
stewards through the process described
for changes in and adoption of payment
and risk adjustment policies in section
1853(b) of the Act when the changes are
not substantive.
• That existing measures (currently
existing or existing after a future
rulemaking) used for Star Ratings would
be removed from use in the Star Ratings
when there has been a change in clinical
guidelines associated with the measure
or reliability issues identified in
advance of the measurement period;
CMS would announce the removal
using the process described for changes
in and adoption of payment and risk
adjustment policies in section 1853(b) of
the Act. Removal might be permanent or
temporary, depending on the basis for
the removal.
We proposed specific rules for
updating and removal that would be
implemented through subregulatory
action, so that rulemaking would not be
necessary for certain updates or
removals. CMS proposed to announce
application of the regulation standards
in the Call Letter attachment to the
Advance Notice and Rate
Announcement process issued under
section 1853(b) of the Act.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
First, we proposed to codify, at
§§ 422.164(a) and 423.184(a), regulation
text stating the general rule that CMS
would add, update, and remove
measures used to calculate Star Ratings
as provided in §§ 422.164 and 423.184.
In each paragraph regarding addition,
updating, and removal of measures and
the use of improvement measures, we
also proposed to make certain of these
changes without future rulemaking by
applying the standards and authority in
the regulation text. CMS proposed to
solicit feedback of its application of
such rules using the draft and final Call
Letter each year. In addition, CMS
proposed in paragraph (a) of each
section to issue a complete list of the
measure set for each year in the
Technical Notes or similar guidance
document.
Second, we proposed, in paragraph
(b) of these sections, that CMS would
review the quality of the data on which
performance, scoring, and rating of
measures is done each year. We
proposed to continue our current
practice of reviewing data quality across
all measures, variation among
organizations and sponsors, and
measures’ accuracy, reliability, and
validity before making a final
determination about inclusion of
measures in the Star Ratings. We
explained that this rule was designed to
ensure that Star Ratings measures
accurately measure true plan
performance. If a systemic data quality
issue is identified during the calculation
of the Star Ratings, paragraph (b) would
authorize CMS to remove the measure
from that year’s rating.
Third, we proposed to address the
addition of new measures in paragraph
(c).
In the proposed rule, we explained
that our proposal regarding the addition
of measures was guided by the
principles we reiterated in this final rule
in section II.A.11.b. Measures should be
aligned with best practices among
payers and the needs of the end users,
including beneficiaries. Our strategy is
to continue to adopt measures when
they are available, that are nationally
endorsed, and in alignment with the
private sector, as we do today through
the use of measures developed by
NCQA and the PQA, and the use of
measures that are endorsed by the
National Quality Forum (NQF). We
proposed to codify that CMS would
continue to review measures of this type
for adoption at §§ 422.164(c)(1) and
423.184(c)(1). We do not intend this
standard to require that a measure be
adopted by an independent measure
steward or endorsed by NQF in order for
us to propose its use for the Star
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16533
Ratings, but that these are
considerations that will guide us as we
develop such proposals. We also
proposed that CMS would develop its
own measures as well when appropriate
to measure and reflect performance in
the Medicare program. For the 2021 Star
Ratings, we proposed to have measures
that encompass outcome, intermediate
outcome, patient/consumer experience,
access, process, and improvement
measures. It is important to have a mix
of different types of measures in the Star
Ratings program to understand how all
of the different facets of the provision of
health and drug services interact. For
example, process measures are
evidence-based best practices that lead
to clinical outcomes of interest. Process
measures are generally easier to collect,
while outcome measures are sometimes
more challenging requiring in some
cases medical record review and more
sophisticated risk-adjustment
methodologies.
Over time new measures would be
added and measures would be removed
from the Star Ratings program to meet
our policy goals. As new measures are
added, we noted in the proposed rule
that our general guidelines for deciding
whether to propose new measures
through future rulemaking would use
the following criteria:
• Importance: The extent to which
the measure is important to making
significant gains in health care
processes and experiences, access to
services and prescription medications,
and improving health outcomes for MA
and Part D enrollees.
• Performance Gap: The extent to
which the measure demonstrates
opportunities for performance
improvement based on variation in
current health and drug plan
performance.
• Reliability and Validity: The extent
to which the measure produces
consistent (reliable) and credible (valid)
results.
• Feasibility: The extent to which the
data related to the measure are readily
available or could be captured without
undue burden and could be
implemented by the majority of MA and
Part D contracts.
• Alignment: The extent to which the
measure or measure concept is included
in one or more existing federal, State,
and/or private sector quality reporting
programs.
As explained in the proposed rule,
CMS would balance these criteria as
part of our decision-making process so
that each new measure proposed for
addition to the Star Ratings meets each
criteria in some fashion or to some
extent. We intend to apply these criteria
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16534
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
to identify and adopt new measures for
the Star Ratings, which would be done
through future rulemaking and include
explanations for how and why we
propose to add new measures. We also
proposed to follow the process in our
proposed paragraphs (c)(2) through (4)
of §§ 422.164 and 423.184 when a new
measure has been identified for
inclusion in the Star Ratings. We
proposed to initially solicit feedback on
any potential new measures through the
Call Letter and to codify that as a
requirement at paragraph (c)(2) of each
section.
As new performance measures are
developed and adopted, we proposed, at
§§ 422.164(c)(3) and (4) and
423.184(c)(3) and (4), that they would
initially be incorporated into the display
page for at least 2 years but that we
would keep a new measure on the
display page for a longer period if CMS
finds there are reliability or validity
issues with the measure. As noted in the
Introduction, the rulemaking process
creates a longer lead time for changes,
in particular to add a new measure to
the Star Ratings or to make substantive
changes to measures as discussed later
in this section. Here is an example
timeline for adding a new measure to
the Star Ratings. In this scenario, the
new measure has already been
developed by the NCQA and the PQA,
and endorsed by the NQF. Otherwise,
that process may add an extra 3 to 5
years to the timeline.
• January 2019: Solicit feedback in
the draft 2020 Call Letter on whether to
add the new measure.
• April 2019: Summarize feedback in
the 2020 Call Letter on adding the new
measure.
• 2020/2021: Propose adding the new
measure to the 2024 Star Ratings (2022
measurement period) in a proposed
rule; finalize through rulemaking (for
1/1/2022 effective date).
• 2020: Performance period and
collection of data for the new measure
and collection of data for posting on the
2022 display page.
• 2021: Performance period and
collection of data for the new measure
and collection of data for posting on the
2023 display page.
• Fall 2021: Publish new measure on
the 2022 display page (2020
measurement period).
• January 1, 2022: Applicability date
of new measure for Star Ratings.
• 2022: Performance period and
collection of data for the new measure
and collection of data for inclusion in
the 2024 Star Ratings.
• Fall 2022: Publish new measure on
the 2023 display page (2021
measurement period).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
• Fall 2023: Publish new measure in
the 2024 Star Ratings (2022
measurement period).
• 2025: QBP status and rebate
retention allowances are determined for
the 2025 payment year.
Fourth, at §§ 422.164(d) and
423.184(d) we proposed to address
updates to measures based on whether
an update is substantive or nonsubstantive. Since quality measures are
routinely updated (for example, when
clinical codes are updated), we
proposed to adopt rules for the
incorporation of non-substantive
updates to measures that are part of the
Star Ratings system without going
through new rulemaking. As proposed
in paragraphs (d)(1) of §§ 422.164 and
423.184, we would only incorporate
updates without rulemaking for measure
specification changes that do not
substantively change the nature of the
measure.
Substantive changes (for example,
major changes to methodology or
specifications) to existing measures
would be proposed and finalized
through rulemaking. In paragraphs
(d)(2) of §§ 422.164 and 423.184, we
proposed to initially solicit feedback on
whether to make the substantive
measure update through the Call Letter
prior to the measurement period for
which the update would be initially
applicable. For example, if the change
announced significantly expands the
denominator or population covered by
the measure (for example, the age group
included in the measures is expanded),
the measure would be moved to the
display page for at least 2 years and
proposed through rulemaking for
inclusion in Star Ratings. We noted in
our proposal that this process for
substantive updates would be similar to
the process proposed for adopting new
measures under proposed paragraph (c).
As appropriate, the legacy measure may
remain in the Star Ratings while the
updated measure is on the display page
if, for example, the updated measure
expands the population covered in the
measure and the legacy measure
remains relevant and measures a critical
topic for the Star Ratings. Adding the
substantively updated measure to the
Star Ratings would be proposed through
rulemaking.
We proposed to adopt rules to
incorporate specification updates that
are non-substantive in paragraph (d)(1).
Non-substantive updates that occur (or
are announced by the measure steward)
during or in advance of the
measurement period would be
incorporated into the measure and
announced using the Call Letter. We
proposed to use such updated measures
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to calculate and assign Star Ratings
without the updated measure being
placed on the display page. Our
proposal was explained as consistent
with current practice.
In paragraphs (d)(1)(i)–(v) of
§§ 422.164 and (d)(1)(i)–(v) of 423.184,
we proposed to codify a non-exhaustive
list of non-substantive updates
announced during or prior to the
measurement period and how we will
treat them under our proposal. The list
includes updates in the following
circumstances:
• If the change narrows the
denominator or population covered by
the measure with no other changes, the
updated measure would be used in the
Star Ratings program without
interruption. For example, if an
additional exclusion—such as excluding
nursing home residents from the
denominator—is added, the change will
be considered non-substantive and will
be incorporated automatically. In our
view, changes to narrow the
denominator generally benefit Star
Ratings of sponsoring organizations and
should be treated as non-substantive for
that reason.
• If the change does not meaningfully
impact the numerator or denominator of
the measure, the measure would
continue to be included in the Star
Ratings. For example, if additional
codes are added that increase the
number of numerator hits for a measure
during or before the measurement
period, such a change is not considered
substantive because the sponsoring
organization generally benefits from that
change. This type of administrative
change has no impact on the current
clinical practices of the plan or its
providers, and thus will not necessitate
exclusion from the Star Ratings system
of any measures updated in this way.
• The clinical codes for quality
measures (such as HEDIS measures) are
routinely revised as the code sets are
updated. For updates to address
revisions to the clinical codes without
change in the intent of the measure and
the target population, the measure
would remain in the Star Ratings
program and would not move to the
display page. Examples of clinical codes
that might be updated or revised
without substantively changing the
measure include:
++ ICD–10–CM (‘‘ICD–10’’) code sets.
Annually, there are new ICD 10 coding
updates, which are effective from
October 1 through September 30th of
any given year.
++ Current Procedural Terminology
(CPT) codes. These codes are published
and maintained by the American
Medical Association (AMA) to describe
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
tests, surgeries, evaluations, and any
other medical procedure performed by a
healthcare provider on a patient.
++ Healthcare Common Procedure
Coding System (HCPCS) codes. These
codes cover items, supplies, and nonphysician services not covered by CPT
codes.
++ National Drug Code (NDC). The
PQA updates NDC lists biannually,
usually in January and July.
• If the measure specification change
is providing additional clarifications
such as the following, the measure
would also not move to the display page
since it does not change the intent of the
measure but provides more information
about how to meet the measure
specifications:
++ Adding additional tests that will
meet the numerator requirements.
++ Clarifying documentation
requirements (for example, medical
record documentation).
++ Adding additional instructions to
identify services or procedures that
meet (or do not meet) the specifications
of the measure.
• If the measure specification change
is adding additional data sources, the
measure would also not move to the
display page because we believe such
changes are merely to add alternative
ways to collect the data to meet the
measure specifications without
changing the intent of the measure.
We solicited comment on our
proposal to add non-substantive updates
to measures and using the updated
measure (replacing the legacy measure)
to calculate Star Ratings. In particular,
we noted our interest in stakeholders’
views whether only non-substantive
updates that have been adopted by a
measure steward after a consensusbased or notice and comment process
should be added to the Star Ratings
under this proposed authority. Further,
we solicited comment on whether there
are other examples or situations
involving non-substantive updates that
should be explicitly addressed in the
regulation text or if our proposal is
sufficiently extensive.
In addition to updates and additions
of measures, we proposed rules to
address the removal of measures from
the Star Ratings to be codified in
§§ 422.164(e) and 423.184(e). In
paragraph (e)(1) of each section, we
proposed the two circumstances under
which a measure will be removed
entirely from the calculation of the Star
Ratings. The first circumstance we
identified was a change or changes in
clinical guidelines that mean that the
measure specifications are no longer
believed to align with or promote
positive health outcomes. We explained
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
that as clinical guidelines change, we
would need the flexibility to remove
measures from the Star Ratings that are
not consistent with current guidelines.
We proposed to announce such
subregulatory removals through the Call
Letter so that removals for this reason
are accomplished quickly and as soon as
the disconnect with positive clinical
outcomes is definitively identified. We
noted that this proposal is consistent
with our current practice. For example,
previously we retired the Glaucoma
Screening measure for HEDIS 2015 after
the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force
concluded that the clinical evidence is
insufficient to assess the balance of
benefits and harms of screening for
glaucoma in adults.
In the proposed rule, we also
explained how we currently review
measures continually to ensure that the
measure remains sufficiently reliable
such that it is appropriate to continue
use of the measure in the Star Ratings.
We proposed, at paragraph (e)(1)(ii),
authority to subregulatorily remove
measures that show low statistical
reliability so as to move swiftly to
ensure the validity and reliability of the
Star Ratings, even at the measure level.
We explained that we would continue
to analyze measures to determine if
measure scores are ‘‘topped out’’ (that
is, showing high performance across all
contracts decreasing the variability
across contracts and making the
measure unreliable) so as to inform our
decision that the measure has low
reliability. Although some measures
may show uniform high performance
across contracts and little variation
between them, we noted we seek
evidence of the stability of such high
performance, and we noted we want to
balance how critical the measures are to
improving care, the importance of not
creating incentives for a decline in
performance after the measures
transition out of the Star Ratings, and
the availability of alternative related
measures. If, for example, performance
in a given measure has just improved
across all contracts, or if no other
measures capture a key focus in Star
Ratings, a ‘‘topped out’’ measure with
lower reliability may be retained in Star
Ratings. Under our proposal to be
codified at paragraph (e)(2), we would
announce application of this rule
through the Call Letter in advance of the
measurement period. Below, we
summarize the comments we received
on adding, updating, and removing
measures, and provide our responses
and final decisions.
Comment: Commenters agreed with
the criteria CMS proposed to select new
measures for the Star Ratings program.
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16535
Commenters also agreed with the
proposed measure categories (the
measure categories used to assign
weights to measures as noted in
§§ 422.166(e) and 423.186(e)), though a
few commenters asked CMS to include
more outcome measures. A few
commenters also requested that
measures be claims-based and not based
on medical chart review.
Response: CMS appreciates the
support for our criteria for selecting new
measures. CMS agrees with the desire to
add more outcome measures to the Star
Ratings program and welcomes all
suggestions (submitted through the
annual Call Letter process) for outcome
measures to include in the Star Ratings
program. We realize that medical chart
review is burdensome and we are
continuing to look at ways to minimize
chart review measures. For example,
CMS is exploring whether using
encounter data for quality measurement
would minimize burden for plans while
resulting in equally accurate and
appropriate reflections of performance
and quality.
Comment: The majority of
commenters agreed with CMS’ proposal
for selecting new measures, announcing
and soliciting feedback on new
measures, finalizing new measures
through rulemaking, reporting new
measures on the display page for a
minimum of 2 years prior to becoming
a Star Rating measure, and keeping new
measures on the display page if CMS
finds reliability or validity issues with
the measure specifications. Supporters
of these proposals noted that the
introduction of new measures through
rulemaking allows greater lead time for
plans to incorporate new measures,
supports stability in the Star Rating
program, maximizes stakeholder input,
and provides additional transparency in
the Star Ratings selection process.
Commenters mentioned that increased
lead time for the introduction of new
measures is important especially in any
payment program. Commenters noted
the need for plans to have sufficient
time to allocate resources, make changes
to operations, adjust supporting
information systems, and plan any
specialized educational materials and
events. A commenter suggested that
new measures remain on the display
page for 3 years which would allow
plans to develop internal processes for
quality measurement and improvement,
which the commenter suggests would
lead to improved health outcomes for
beneficiaries; another commenter
expressed the opinion that reporting a
new measure on the display page for 2
years is too long. Commenters who
expressed concern that the time on
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16536
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
display was too long or suggested
exceptions to allow for shorter times on
display both referred to the need to
reflect changes in clinical standards and
to respond to public health urgencies.
Response: CMS appreciates receiving
feedback on the proposed policy to
introduce new measures into the Star
Ratings program through rulemaking.
We acknowledge that there is some
desire and policy rationale to keep
measures on the display page for longer
than 2 years, but CMS is trying to
balance the need to introduce new
measures in a timely manner with
giving sponsors sufficient lead time for
the introduction of new measures. We
believe that a 2 year period provides the
appropriate balance.
Comment: Some commenters opposed
the requirement to propose new
measures through rulemaking rather
than continuing to announce new
measures through the Call Letter
process. The commenters cited the long
lag between the time measures are
developed/approved and the time they
are included in the Star Ratings, and
requested a more expedited approach
for the inclusion of new measures.
Commenters noted that adding more
lead time would stifle the adoption of
new quality measures aligned with the
latest innovative advances in medicine
and technology and, thus, prevent Star
Rating measures from reflecting the
latest treatment guidelines and current
standards of care. Further, commenters
mentioned introducing new measures
through rulemaking could unnecessarily
delay implementation of measures
needed to address clinical area gaps,
preventable safety issues, emerging
public health concerns, and the
adoption of evidence-based measures.
As a result, commenters believed CMS’
ability to incentivize improvements in
the quality of care for Medicare
beneficiaries would decrease. A few
commenters suggested that, if CMS does
implement the rulemaking process for
the introduction of new measures, CMS
should consider granting exceptions in
circumstances in which there are urgent
public health and patient safety issues
to be addressed through quality
measures.
Response: CMS recognizes that
introducing new measures through
rulemaking will make the process longer
than CMS’ former process of
introducing new measures through the
Call Letter, but we believe doing so
balances the need for expediency with
the need for greater transparency and
stability for the ratings program. CMS
also believes the rulemaking process
adds an additional opportunity to fine
tune measures and thus ensure greater
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
measurement accuracy and enhanced
stability in the Star Ratings program. We
note that using rulemaking to adopt
measures will bring the MA and Part D
quality ratings system in line with other
quality ratings systems and quality data
collection programs that are used for
Medicare payment. We understand the
desire to have measures that address
public health concerns adopted quickly
in the Star Ratings program. CMS is
committed to implementing these types
of measures as quickly as possible so
they can at least be publicly reported on
the display page prior to being a Star
Ratings measure.
Comment: A few commenters
requested that new measures be fully
defined, tested, and validated by
measure stewards prior to being
considered for Star Ratings, even for
CMS developed measures. A commenter
requested that CMS adopt only
measures which have been NQF
endorsed, publicly reported by NCQA
(or the measure steward) for at least one
measurement period, and reported on
the CMS display page for at least one
measurement period. The commenter
also recommended that CMS not report
new (first year) measures on the display
page.
Response: CMS agrees that measures
need to be fully defined, tested and
validated by measure stewards before
used as the basis for Medicare payment.
Placing new measures on the display
page provides transparency about CMS’
intention to use the measure in the
future as part of Star Ratings and an
opportunity for sponsors to see their
scores and performance before the
measure is used in the Star Ratings. The
display measures are not assigned Star
Ratings or used in the development of
measure, domain, summary, or overall
Star Ratings, so there are no payment
consequences. Retaining new measures
on the display for two years gives CMS
additional opportunities to identify any
data issues prior to the measures being
included in the Star Ratings program.
CMS will use endorsed measures as
they are available. For some areas which
CMS judges to be important for the Star
Ratings program, endorsed measures
may not be available. CMS emphasizes
that if reliability issues with a display
measure are identified, the regulations
proposed and finalized in this rule at
§§ 422.164(c)(4) and 423.184(c)(4)
prevent the measure from moving to a
Star Ratings measure. Although a
number of commenters to the proposed
rule were concerned about the
rulemaking process preventing CMS
from quickly responding to public
health and patient safety issues, CMS
believes that reporting new measures as
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
soon as possible on the display page
will addresses these concerns.
Comment: The majority of
commenters agreed with the process for
updating existing measures.
Response: We appreciate the support
for the process for updating existing
measures.
Comment: Some commenters objected
to the proposal for updating measures
through rulemaking because of the delay
between the time measures are updated/
approved and the time they are reintroduced into the Star Ratings
program. These commenters requested a
more expedited approach for updating
measures. Most commenters supported
CMS in its proposal to codify a nonexhaustive list for identifying nonsubstantive measure updates. Some
commenters requested additional
information on how the determination
is made as to whether a change is
substantive versus non-substantive. A
few commenters wanted a more
exhaustive list of what are considered
non-substantive changes.
Some commenters expressed the
opinion that all measure updates, even
non-substantive changes, should be
announced in advance of the
measurement period. In addition, a few
commenters expressed the opinion that
all measure updates, whether
substantive or non-substantive, should
be subject to rulemaking. These
commenters noted some of the same
concerns expressed for supporting the
addition of new measures through
rulemaking rather than through the Call
Letter process. These concerns included
allowing plans greater lead time to
incorporate updates, have sufficient
time to allocate resources to incorporate
updates, make changes to operations,
adjust supporting information systems,
and plan any specialized educational
materials and events. A commenter,
however, expressed the opinion that no
measure updates, substantive or nonsubstantive, should be required to go
through rulemaking, because this would
lead to unnecessary gaps in
measurement for critically important
issues.
Response: CMS appreciates the
comments we received on our proposal
for updating measures. Although there
is some disagreement among
commenters on whether and which
updates should go through rulemaking,
we believe our proposal balances the
commenters’ concerns by only requiring
substantive measure updates to go
through the rulemaking process. Nonsubstantive updates, such as coding
updates, which are not significant
changes to the measure specifications
would continue to be announced
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
through the Call Letter process. CMS
does not have authority to determine or
direct when measure stewards update
measure specifications. If nonsubstantive measure specifications are
made during the measurement period,
CMS believes it is of value to
incorporate those measure specification
updates in that year’s Star Ratings
measures. Non-substantive updates are
most often minor code updates and are
not significant changes to the measure
specifications. CMS proposed and is
finalizing in this rule a comprehensive
list of measure changes it considers nonsubstantive in §§ 422.164(d)(1) and
423.184(d)(1); we explained (above and
in the proposed rule) the basis for our
determination that these changes and
others like them should be implemented
without delay or additional rulemaking.
The list is not exhaustive because
additional situations or types of changes
may also result in little or no change to
the results of measurement (or generally
benefit sponsoring organizations) in a
similar way. We believe that the
standard adopted here—that of nonsubstantive changes—is adequately
clear to provide notice to stakeholders
and balance the competing policies
identified by commenters. CMS
encourages plans and other stakeholders
to provide suggestions for additional
non-substantive measure updates to add
to the current list through future
rulemaking.
Comment: A few commenters
expressed disagreement with the
proposal to continue collecting a legacy
measure until an updated measure has
been on display for 2 years.
Response: CMS appreciates comments
on its proposal to keep legacy measures
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
in the Star Ratings during the period
when the related updated measure goes
through rulemaking and is placed on the
display page for 2 years. We intend that
a legacy measure may remain in the Star
Ratings until the updated measure is
ready to move into Star Ratings only
when the area covered by the measure
is critical to reflecting whether plans are
providing appropriate care or for a
similar reason that the information
provided by the legacy measure is
important to the Star Ratings.
Comment: There was general
agreement among commenters with
CMS’ proposed process for removing
measures from the Star Ratings program
and for announcing the removal in
advance of the measurement period.
However, some commenters did
question the criteria for how CMS
judges measures to be ‘topped out’ or
have low statistical reliability.
Response: CMS appreciates the
overall support for its proposal for
removing measures from the Star
Ratings program. Measure scores are
determined to be ‘topped out’ when
they show high performance and little
variability across contracts, making the
measure statistically unreliable.
However, although some measures may
show uniform high performance across
contracts and little variation between
them, CMS needs to balance these
concerns with how critical the measures
are to improving care, the importance of
not creating incentives for a decline in
performance after the measures
transition out of the Star Ratings, and
the availability of alternative related
measures which address the specific
clinical concerns.
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16537
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized earlier,
we are finalizing the provisions related
to the adoption, update, and removal of
measures as proposed at paragraphs (c),
(d), and (e) of §§ 422.164 and 423.184
with a minor modification to add the
phrase ‘‘nationally endorsed’’ to
§ 422.164(c)(1) so that the regulation
text is identical to the parallel Part D
provision at § 423.184(c)(1).
i. Measure Set for Performance Periods
Beginning on or After January 1, 2019
We proposed the measures included
in Table 2 to be collected for
performance periods beginning on or
after January 1, 2019 for the 2021 Part
C and D Star Ratings. The CAHPS
measure specification, including casemix adjustment, is described in the
Technical Notes and at mapdpcahps.org. The HOS measure
specification, including case-mix
adjustment, is described at (https://
hosonline.org/globalassets/hos-online/
survey-results/hos_casemix_coefficient_
tables_c17.pdf). These specifications are
part of our proposal.
As indicated in the proposed rule,
CMS will not codify a list of measures
and specifications in regulation text in
light of the regular updates and
revisions contemplated by the rules we
have finalized at paragraphs (c), (d) and
(e) of §§ 422.164 and 423.184. We
would, as finalized in §§ 422.164(a) and
423.184(a), issue annually the full list of
measures in the Technical Notes for
each year’s Star Ratings.
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16538
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
The measure descriptions listed in the table are high-level descriptions. The Star Ratings measure specifications supporting document,
Medicare Part C & D Star Ratings Technical Notes, provides detailed specifications for each measure. Detailed specifications
include, where appropriate, the identification of a measure's: (1) numerator, (2) denominator, (3) calculation, (4) timeframe, (5) casemix adjustment, and (6) exclusions. The Technical Notes document is updated annually. In addition, where appropriate, the Data
Source descriptions listed in this table reference the technical manuals of the measure stewards. The annual Star Ratings are produced
in the fall of the prior year. For example, Star Ratings for the year 2020 are produced in the fall of2019.
1. If a measurement period is listed as 'the calendar year 2 years prior to the Star Ratings year' and the Star Ratings year is 2020,
the measurement period is referencing the January 1, 2018 to December 31,2018 period.
2. For CARPS, HOS, and HEDIS/HOS measures, the measurement period is listed as 'most recent data submitted for the survey of
enrollees.' See measure stewards' technical manuals, as referenced in Data Source column, for the specific measurement
periods of the most recent data submitted.
Measure Category and Weight: For discussion ofCMS' final decision to change the weight of measures in the Patients' Experience
and Complaints category and in the Measures Capturing Access category from a weight of 1.5 to a weight of2, see section 'II.B.ll.q.
Measure Weights' ofthis preamble. For the final measure weight assignments, see paragraphs§§ 422.166(e) and 423.186(e) of this
regulation.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
TABLE 3A: PART C MEASURES
16APR2
Measure
Measure Description
Percent of female plan
members aged 52-74 who had
a mammogram during the past
2 years.
Colorectal Cancer
Screening (COL}
ER16AP18.001
Breast Cancer
Screening (BCS}
Percent of plan members aged
50 to 75 who had appropriate
screenings for colo rectal
cancer.
Domain
Staying
Healthy:
Screenings,
Tests and
Vaccines
Staying
Healthy:
Screenings,
Tests and
Vaccines
Measure
Category
and
Weight
Data Source
Measurement
Period
NQF
Endorsement
Statistical
Method for
Assigning Star
Rating
Reporting
Requirements
(Contract Type)
Process
Measure
Weight of 1
HE DIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0031
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Process
Measure
Weight of 1
HE DIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0034
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
TABLE 3: PROPOSED INDIVIDUAL STAR RATING MEASURES FOR PERFORMANCE PERIODS BEGINNING ON
OR AFTER JANUARY 1, 2019
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Measure Description
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Percent of plan members who
received an influenza
vaccination prior to flu season.
Improving or
Maintaining
Physical Health
Percent of plan members aged
65 or older whose physical
health status was the same or
better than expected after 2
years.
Percent of plan members aged
65 or older whose mental
health was the same or better
than expected after 2 years.
Improving or
Maintaining Mental
Health
Fmt 4701
Monitoring
Physical Activity
(PAO)
Sfmt 4725
Adult BMI
Assessment (ABA)
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
Special Needs
Plan (SNP) Care
Management
16APR2
Care for Older
Adults (COA)Medication Review
Care for Older
Adults (COA)Functional Status
Assessment
Percent of plan members aged
65 or older who had a doctor's
visit in the past 12 months and
who received advice to start,
increase or maintain their level
exercise or physical activity.
Percent of plan members 18-74
years of age who had an
outpatient visit and whose body
mass index (BMI) was
documented.
Percent of eligible Special
Needs Plan (SNP) enrollees
who received a health risk
assessment (HRA).
Percent of Special Needs Plan
enrollees 66 years and older
who received at least one
medication review conducted
by a prescribing practitioner or
clinical pharmacist and the
presence of a medication list in
the medical record.
Percent of Special Needs Plan
enrollees 66 years and older
who received at least one
functional status assessment.
Domain
Data Source
Measurement
Period
NQF
Endorsement
Statistical
Method for
Assigning Star
Rating
Reporting
Requirements
(Contract Type)
Staying
Healthy:
Screenings,
Tests and
Vaccines
Staying
Healthy:
Screenings,
Tests and
Vaccines
Staying
Healthy:
Screenings,
Tests and
Vaccines
Staying
Healthy:
Screenings,
Tests and
Vaccines
Process
Measure
Weightof1
CAHPS**
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
#0040
Relative Distribution
and Significance
Testing
MA-PD and MA-only
Outcome
Measure
Weightof3
HOS***
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Outcome
Measure
Weightof3
HOS***
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS/HOS***
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
#0029
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Staying
Healthy:
Screenings,
Tests and
Vaccines
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0421
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Process
Measure
Weightof1
Part C Plan
Reporting
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
Special Needs Plans
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0553
Clustering
Special Needs Plans
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
Special Needs Plans
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Measure
Annual Flu
Vaccine
Measure
Category
and
Weight
16539
ER16AP18.002
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16540
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Osteoporosis
Management in
Women who had a
Fracture (OMW)
Frm 00102
Diabetes Care
(CDC)- Eye Exam
Fmt 4701
Diabetes Care
(CDC)- Kidney
Disease Monitoring
Sfmt 4725
Diabetes Care
(CDC)- Blood
Sugar Controlled
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
Controlling Blood
Pressure (CBP)
16APR2
Rheumatoid
Arthritis
Management
(ART}
ER16AP18.003
Measure Description
Percent of Special Needs Plan
enrollees 66 years and older
who received at least one pain
assessment.
Percent of female plan
enrollees 67 - 85 who suffered
a fracture and who had either a
bone mineral density (BMD)
test or prescription for a drug to
treat osteoporosis in the 6
months after the fracture.
Percent of diabetic enrollees
18-75 with diabetes (type 1 and
type 2) who received an eye
exam (retinal).
Percent of diabetic enrollees
18-75 with diabetes (type 1 and
type 2) who had medical
attention for nephropathy.
Percent of diabetic enrollees
18-75 whose most recent
HbA1c level is greater than 9%,
or who were not tested.
Percent of plan members 1885 years of age who had a
diagnosis of hypertension
(HTN) and whose blood
pressure was adequately
controlled (<140/90) for
members 18-59 years of age
and 60-85 years of age with
diagnosis of diabetes or
(150/90) for members 60-85
without a diagnosis of diabetes.
Percent of plan members who
were diagnosed with
rheumatoid arthritis and who
were dispensed at least one
ambulatory prescription for a
disease modifying antirheumatic druQ (DMARD).
Domain
Data Source
Measurement
Period
NQF
Endorsement
Statistical
Method for
Assigning Star
Rating
Reporting
Requirements
(Contract Type)
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
Special Needs Plans
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0053
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0055
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0062
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Intermediate
Outcome
Measure
WeiQhtof3
Intermediate
Outcome
Measure
Weightof3
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0059
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0018
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0054
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Measure
Care for Older
Adults (COA)Pain Assessment
Measure
Category
and
Weight
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Measurement
Period
NQF
Endorsement
Statistical
Method for
Assigning Star
Rating
Reporting
Requirements
(Contract Type)
Measure Description
Percent of plan members 65
years of age or older who had a
fall or had problems with
balance or walking in the past
12 months, who were seen by
a practitioner in the past 12
months and received fall risk
intervention from their current
practitioner.
Percent of plan members 65
years of age or older who
reported having a urine leakage
problem in the past 6 months
and who received treatment for
their current urine leakage
problem.
Percent of plan members 18
years of age and older for
whom medications were
reconciled the date of
discharge through 30 days after
discharge (31 total days).
Percent of acute inpatient stays
that were followed by an
unplanned acute readmission
for any diagnosis within 30
days, for members 65 years of
age and older. Rates of
readmission are risk-adjusted.
Percent of the best possible
score the plan earned on how
easy it is for members to get
needed care, including care
from specialists.
Percent of the best possible
score the plan earned on how
quickly members get
appointments and care.
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS/HOS***
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
#0035
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS/HOS***
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
#0030
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0554
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Outcome
Measure
Weightof3
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#1768
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only, except
for 1876 Cost Plans
Member
Experience with
Health Plan
CAHPS**
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
#0006
Relative Distribution
and Significance
Testing
MA-PD and MA-only
CAHPS**
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
#0006
Relative Distribution
and Significance
Testing
MA-PD and MA-only
Percent of the best possible
score the plan earned on how
easy it is for members to get
information and help from the
plan when needed.
Member
Experience with
Health Plan
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
CAHPS**
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
#0006
Relative Distribution
and Significance
Testing
MA-PD and MA-only
Jkt 244001
Measure
Reducing the Risk
of Falling (FRM)
PO 00000
Improving Bladder
Control (MUI)
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Medication
Reconciliation
Post-Discharge
(MRP)
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
Plan All-Cause
Readmissions
(PCR)
Getting Needed
Care
16APR2
Getting
Appointments and
Care Quickly
Customer Service
Domain
Member
Experience with
Health Plan
Data Source
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Measure
Category
and
Weight
16541
ER16AP18.004
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16542
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Jkt 244001
Rating of Health
Plan
PO 00000
Care Coordination
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
ER16AP18.005
Complaints about
the Health Plan
Measure Description
Domain
Percent of the best possible
score the plan earned from
members who rated the quality
of the health care they
received.
Percent of the best possible
score the plan earned from
members who rated the health
plan.
Member
Experience with
Health Plan
Percent of the best possible
score the plan earned on how
well the plan coordinates
members' care. (This includes
whether doctors had the
records and information they
needed about members' care
and how quickly members got
their test results.)
Rate of complaints, logged into
the Complaint Tracking Module
(CTM), about the health plan
per 1,000 members.
Member
Experience with
Health Plan
Members
Choosing to Leave
the Plan
Percent of plan members who
chose to leave the plan.
Health Plan Quality
Improvement
Measure of a health plan's
performance, whether
improved or declined from 1
year to the next(§ 422.164(~).
Plan Makes Timely
Decisions about
Appeals
Percent of plan members who
got a timely response when
they made an appeal request to
the health plan about a
decision to refuse payment or
coverage, including cases
dismissed by the IRE because
the plan has subsequently
approved coverage/payment.
Member
Experience with
Health Plan
Member
Complaints and
Changes in the
Health Plan's
Performance
Member
Complaints and
Changes in the
Health Plan's
Performance
Member
Complaints and
Changes in the
Health Plan's
Performance
Health Plan
Customer
Service
Data Source
Measurement
Period
NQF
Endorsement
Statistical
Method for
Assigning Star
Rating
Reporting
Requirements
(Contract Type)
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
CAHPS**
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
#0006
Relative Distribution
and Significance
Testing
MA-PD and MA-only
CAHPS**
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
#0006
Relative Distribution
and Significance
Testing
MA-PD and MA-only
CAHPS**
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
Not Applicable
Relative Distribution
and Significance
Testing
MA-PD and MA-only
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
Improvement
Measure
Weightof5
Complaints
Tracking
Module (CTM)
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Medicare
Beneficiary
Database Suite
of Systems
(MBDSS)
Star Ratings
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
The current and
prior Star Ratings
years
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Independent
Review Entity
(IRE)
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Measures
Capturing
Access
Weight of 1.5
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Measure
Rating of Health
Care Quality
Measure
Category
and
Weight
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Measure Description
Percent of appeals where a
plan's decision was "upheld" by
the Independent Review Entity
(IRE) of all the plan's appeals
(upheld, overturned, and
partially overturned appeals
only) that the IRE reviewed.
Percent of time that TTY
services and foreign language
interpretation were available
when needed by prospective
members who called the health
plan's prospective enrollee
customer service phone
number.
Percent of plan members
(males 21-75 years of age and
females 40-75 years of age)
who were identified as having
clinical atherosclerotic
cardiovascular disease
(ASCVD) and were dispensed
at least one high or moderateintensity stalin medication.
Call CenterForeign Language
Interpreter and
TIY Availability
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
Stalin Therapy for
Patients with
Cardiovascular
Disease (SPC)
NQF
Endorsement
Statistical
Method for
Assigning Star
Rating
Reporting
Requirements
(Contract Type)
Data Source
Measurement
Period
Health Plan
Customer
Service
Measures
Capturing
Access
Weight of 1.5
Independent
Review Entity
(IRE)
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Health Plan
Customer
Service
Measures
Capturing
Access
Weight of 1.5
Call Center
Data collected first
half of the year
prior to the Star
Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only, except
for 1876 Cost Plans
Managing
Chronic (Long
Term)
Conditions
Process
Measure
Weightof1
HEDIS*
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and MA-only
Domain
16APR2
• NCQA HEDIS Technical Specifications, Volume 2
•• Medicare Advantage and Prescription Drug Plan CAHPS Survey Quality Assurance Protocols & Technical Specifications Manual (https://ma-pdpcahps.org/en/qualitv-assurance/)
••• NCQA HEDIS Specifications for the Medicare Health Outcomes Survey, Volume 6
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Measure
Reviewing Appeals
Decisions
Measure
Category
and
Weight
16543
ER16AP18.006
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16544
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Jkt 244001
Measure
Call Center- Foreign
Language Interpreter and
TTY Availability
Metric
Members Choosing to
Leave the Plan
Percent of plan members who
chose to leave the plan.
Drug Plan Quality
Improvement
Measure of a drug plan's
perfonmance, whether
improved or declined from1
year to the next (§ 422.184(m.
PO 00000
Complaints about the Drug
Plan
Percent of time that TIY
services and foreign language
interpretation were available
when needed by prospective
members who called the
health plan's prospective
enrollee customer service
phone number.
Rate of cases auto-forwarded
to the Independent Review
Entity (IRE) because the plan
exceeded decision timeframes
for coverage determinations or
redetenminations.
Percent of appeals where a
plan's decision was "upheld"
by the Independent Review
Entity (IRE) of all the plan's
appeals (upheld, overturned,
and partially overturned
appeals only) that the IRE
reviewed.
Rate of complaints about the
drug plan per 1,000 members.
Frm 00106
Appeals Auto-Forward
Fmt 4701
Appeals Upheld
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
ER16AP18.007
Domain
Measure
Category
and Weight
Data
Source
Measurement
Period
NQF
Endorsement
Statistical
Method for
Assigning
Star Rating
Reporting
Requirements by
Contract Type
Drug Plan
Customer
Service
Measures
Capturing Access
Weight of 1.5
Call Center
Data collected first
half of the year
prior to the Star
Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP, except
1876 Cost Plans
Drug Plan
Customer
Service
Measures
Capturing Access
Weight of 1.5
Independent
Review Entity
(IRE)
The calendar year
two years prior to
the Star Ratings
year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Drug Plan
Customer
Service
Measures
Capturing Access
Weight of 1.5
Independent
Review Entity
(IRE)
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Member
Complaints and
Changes in the
Drug Plan's
Perfonmance
Member
Complaints and
Changes in the
Drug Plan's
Perfonmance
experience and
outcomes
Member
Complaints and
Changes in the
Drug Plan's
Perfonmance
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
Complaints
Tracking
Module (CTM)
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
09). Effects
e
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Medicare
Beneficiary
Database Suite
of Systems
(MBDSS)
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Improvement
Measure
Weightof5
Star Ratings
The current and
prior Star Ratings
years
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
TABLE3B: PARTDMEASURES
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Metric
Domain
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Relative
Distribution and
Significance
Testing
MA-PD and PDP
CAHPS..
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
Not Applicable
Relative
Distribution and
Significance
Testing
MA-PD and PDP
PDE data, MPF
Pricing Files
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Drug Safety and
Accuracy of
Drug Pricing
lntennediate
Outcome
Measure
Weightof3
Prescription
Drug Event
(PDE) data
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0541
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Drug Safety and
Accuracy of
Drug Pricing
lntennediate
Outcome
Measure
Weightof3
Prescription
Drug Event
(PDE) data
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0541
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Drug Safety and
Accuracy of
Drug Pricing
lntennediate
Outcome
Measure
Weightof3
Prescription
Drug Event
(PDE) data
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
#0541
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Drug Safety and
Accuracy of
Drug Pricing
Process Measure
Weightof1
PartD Plan
Reporting
The calendar year
2 years prior to the
Star Ratings year
Not Applicable
Clustering
MA-PD and PDP
Percent of the best possible
score the plan earned on how
easy it is for members to get
the prescription drugs they
need usinQ the plan.
A score comparing the prices
members actually pay for their
drugs to the drug prices the
plan provided for the Medicare
Plan Finder website.
Percent of plan members with
a prescription for diabetes
medication who fill their
prescription often enough to
cover 80% or more of the time
they are supposed to be
taking the medication.
Percent of plan members with
a prescription for a blood
pressure medication who fill
their prescription often enough
to cover 80% or more of the
time they are supposed to be
taking the medication.
Percent of plan members with
a prescription for a cholesterol
medication (a stalin drug) who
fill their prescription often
enough to cover 80% or more
of the time they are supposed
to be taking the medication.
Percent of Medication
Therapy Management (MTM)
program enrollees who
received a Comprehensive
Medication Review (CMR).
Member
Experience with
the Drug Plan
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
Not Applicable
Getting Needed
Prescription Drugs
Medication Adherence for
Cholesterol (Statins)
16APR2
MTM Program Completion
Rate forCMR
Reporting
Requirements by
Contract Type
Most recent data
submitted for the
survey of enrollees
Member
Experience with
the Drug Plan
Medication Adherence for
Hypertension (RAS
antagonists)
NQF
Endorsement
CAHPS..
Percent of the best possible
score the plan earned from
members who rated the
prescription drug plan.
Medication Adherence for
Diabetes Medications
Measurement
Period
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
Weight of 1.5
Patients'
Experience and
Complaints
Measure
WeiQht of 1.5
Process Measure
Weightof1
Rating of Drug Plan
MPF Price Accuracy
Data
Source
Statistical
Method for
Assigning
Star Rating
Drug Safety and
Accuracy of
Drug Pricing
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Measure
Measure
Category
and Weight
16545
ER16AP18.008
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16546
Jkt 244001
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16APR2
respond to them by measure in Table 3C
for the Part C measures, for performance
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
We summarize the comments
received on the proposed measures and
PO 00000
Metric
Domain
Data
Source
Measurement
Period
NQF
Endorsement
Statistical
Method for
Assigning
Star Rating
Percent of the number of plan
Drug Safety and
lntemnediate
Prescription
The calendar year
#2712
Clustering
members 40-75 years old who
Accuracy of
Outcome
Drug Event
2 years prior to the
were dispensed at least two
Drug Pricing
Measure
(PDE) data
Star Ratings year
diabetes medication fills and
Weightof3
received a stalin medication
fill.
• NCQA HEDIS Technical Specifications, Volume 2.
**Medicare Advantage and Prescription Drug Plan CAHPS Survey Quality Assurance Protocols & Technical Specifications Manual (https://ma-pdpcahps.ora/en/qualitv-assuranceD.
*** NCQA HEDIS Specifications for the Medicare Health Outcomes Survey (https://www.hosonline.om/qlobalassets/hos-online/publications/hos hedis volume6 2017.pdD
Reporting
Requirements by
Contract Type
MA-PD and PDP
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
BILLING CODE 4120–01–C
VerDate Sep<11>2014
ER16AP18.009
Measure
Stalin Use in Persons with
Diabetes (SUPD)
Measure
Category
and Weight
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
16547
periods beginning on or after January 1,
2019.
TABLE 3C—PART C MEASURES
Measure
Breast Cancer Screening (BCS) .....
Colorectal Cancer Screening (COL)
Annual Flu Vaccine .........................
HOS Measures:
Improving or Maintaining Physical Health.
Improving or Maintaining Mental
Health.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Monitoring Physical Activity (PAO)
Adult BMI Assessment (ABA) .........
Special Needs Plan (SNP) Care
Management.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Comment: A commenter expressed concerns that due to physical and mental limitations, all permanently
institutionalized beneficiaries, including those under age 65, should be excluded from the Breast Cancer
Screening measure. This commenter suggested that rather than undergo a mammogram, an alternative
screening option would be an Automated Breast Ultrasound (ABUS).
Response: CMS appreciates this feedback. CMS has shared comments received on this measure with
NCQA, the measure steward, for consideration when their advisory panels re-evaluate this measures, as
part of the standard HEDIS process.
Comment: CMS received no comments on this measure.
Comment: CMS received a number of general comments on CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the CAHPS measures. Since the comments on CAHPS
measures were mostly not measure specific, please see the CAHPS summary of comments received as
well as CMS responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: CMS received one comment that the annual flu vaccine measure should use claims data as
they are more reliable. Another commenter stated that beneficiaries in Puerto Rico are reluctant to vaccinate against the flu which unfairly impacts plans in Puerto Rico, and that asking beneficiaries to remember when they received a flu shot is a burden on them.
Response: The flu item is a HEDIS measure collected through the CAHPS survey. Flu shot information is
collected through a survey since there are a variety of places where people can get flu shots and the
plan may not have a record of a flu shot in their administrative data depending on where the flu shot
was received. We note that CMS applies standards of reliability to CAHPS results, directly and through
significance testing. The item asks whether respondents received a flu shot since July in order to reflect
the timeframe when beneficiaries typically receive flu shots. This is a process measure, and CMS does
not adjust process measures for beneficiary refusals to avoid biasing the data.
Comment: CMS received a number of general comments on HOS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the HOS measures. Since the comments on HOS measures
were mostly not measure specific, please see the HOS summary of comments received as well as CMS
responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: Several commenters suggested the HOS measures Improving or Maintaining Physical Health
and Improving or Maintaining Mental Health fail to consider the natural aging process or accommodate
vulnerable beneficiaries and those with degenerative or progressive diseases. They pointed out that as
time passes, patients are more prone to experience certain health deterioration and argued that changes
in status—positive or negative—should not be attributed to the actions of the health plan. They again
suggested that CMS drop the two year look-back design of the survey.
Response: HOS yields two patient-reported outcome measures of change in global functioning, by using 2year change in scores on the Physical Component Score (PCS) and the Mental Component Score
(MCS), both of which come from the Veterans RAND 12-Item Health Survey (VR–12) portion of the larger survey. HOS assesses health outcomes for randomly selected beneficiaries from each health plan
over a two-year period by using baseline measurement and a two-year follow up. In general, functional
health status is expected to decline over time in older age groups, mental health status is not, and the
presence of chronic conditions is associated with declines in both *.37 Longitudinal HOS outcomes (including death) are adjusted for baseline age and other well studied risk factors, including chronic conditions, baseline health status, and socio-demographic characteristics that include gender, race, ethnicity,
income, education, marital status, Medicaid status, SSI eligibility, and homeowner status. Because each
beneficiary’s follow up score is compared to their baseline score and adjusted for these risk factors,
each beneficiary serves as his/her own control. CMS recognizes that Physical Component Summary
(PCS) and Mental Component Summary (MCS) may decline over time and that health maintenance,
rather than improvement, is a more realistic clinical goal for many older adults. Therefore, MA Organizations are asked to improve or maintain the physical and mental health of their members. Change scores
are constructed and the results compare actual to expected changes in physical and mental health.
Comment: CMS received no comments on this measure.
Comment: CMS received one comment suggesting the BMI measure be removed from the Star Ratings
program due to the commenter believing the measure to be ‘topped out.’ A measure is considered
‘topped out’ when it shows high performance across all contracts decreasing the variability across contracts and making the measure unreliable.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback; however, from a review of the Star Ratings data for this measure, there are many contracts rated below 4 stars. There have been significant increases in ratings for
this measure in recent years so CMS is carefully monitoring this measure to see if it should be proposed
for retirement from the Star Ratings in the future.
Comment: A commenter recommended that the SNP Care Management measure be retired until clear
technical guidance on the measure specifications can be issued by the agency and if the measure is reintroduced, the cut points should be stratified based on SNP type (for example, C–SNP, D–SNP), since
the commenter believes various SNP types have different outcomes on this measure.
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16548
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3C—PART C MEASURES—Continued
Measure
Response: There are no upcoming clarifications or changes to this measure specifications for the 2021
Star Ratings. Note that the SNP care management measure is collected at the PBP level and the requirement to complete a timely HRA for every plan member (which is the performance metric measured)
applies to all SNP types. Sponsors are reminded that as part of the data validation process of plan-reported data, a reviewer must submit and review draft findings to the sponsor prior to submission via
HPMS. Once data validation findings are submitted to HPMS, sponsors may formally submit their disagreement to CMS if necessary.
Comment: A commenter suggested that some Star Rating measures are driven primarily by member outreach. As such, some plans with large dual-eligible populations are disproportionately negatively impacted by members who are more transient and with frequent address and phone number changes that
directly result in fewer successful contacts and lower engagement. For outreach-driven measures, the
commenter urges CMS to exclude members who were unreachable after a justifiable number of documented good faith attempts.
Response: The requirement to complete a timely HRA for every plan member (which is the performance
metric measured) applies to all SNP types and is regulatory. There are no upcoming specification
changes that will affect this measure for the 2021 Star Ratings. Note that plans may report when members are unreachable after documented attempts and when members refuse to complete the HRA, but
those data are not used in calculating this measure.
SNP measures:
Care for Older Adults (COA)—
Medication Review, Care for
Older Adults (COA)—Functional Status Assessment,
Care
for
Older
Adults
(COA)—Pain Assessment.
Osteoporosis
Management
in
Women who had a Fracture
(OMW).
Diabetes Care (CDC)—Eye Exam
Diabetes Care (CDC)— Kidney Disease Monitoring.
Diabetes
Care
(CDC)—Blood
Sugar Controlled.
Controlling Blood Pressure (CBP) ..
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Rheumatoid Arthritis Management
(ART).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Comment: A commenter expressed concerns about the varying performance on SNP measures based on
the SNP type stating that the performance on these measures is heavily biased related to type of SNP
plan, rather than indicative of plan quality.
Response: These measures are indicators of high quality care for all plans that focus on special needs
populations. However, for HEDIS 2019, NCQA is considering modifications to these measures, to broaden the denominators to all patients with multiple chronic conditions. CMS will keep considerations in
mind that measures not be primarily driven by plan type, rather than differences in quality of care.
Comment: CMS received comments that there should be different exclusions for some health conditions
including osteoporosis because, for some patients, the treatments identified in the measure specification
(that is for compliance) are not medically appropriate. Commenters noted that many challenges exist in
treating and screening certain health conditions for patients with advanced illness. A commenter suggested that the Star Ratings clinical metrics may not be sound for frail patients with advanced illness.
Response: CMS appreciates receiving feedback on this measure. For HEDIS 2019, NCQA is examining
potential cross-cutting exclusions for those with advanced illness from selected HEDIS® measures, including the Osteoporosis Management in Women Who Had a Fracture measure. Proposed changes to
implement advanced illness exclusions will be posted for the HEDIS 2019 public comment period in February 2018. Please see additional comments related to Patients with Advanced Illness below.
Comment: CMS received no comments on this measure.
Comment: CMS received a few comments suggesting the Diabetes Care—Kidney Disease Monitoring
measure be removed from the Star Ratings program due to the commenters belief the measure is
‘topped out.’ A measure is considered ‘topped out’ when it shows high performance across all contracts
decreasing the variability across contracts and making the measure unreliable.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback, however, from a review of the Star Ratings for this measure,
there are many plans rated below 4 stars. A. As noted above in this preamble, among other considerations, CMS wants to balance how critical measures are to improving care and the availability of alternative related measures. If, for example, no other measures captures a key focus in Star Ratings, a
‘topped out’ measure with lower reliability may be retained in Star Ratings. Currently, there are no alternative kidney disease monitoring measures appropriate for MA Star Ratings.
Comment: CMS received no comments on this measure.
Comment: CMS received a recommendation that in alignment with current clinical practice guidelines, ambulatory and home blood pressure readings that are documented in the treating provider’s medical
record be considered acceptable for the purposes of assessing the efficacy and appropriateness of a clinician’s treatment plan.
Response: CMS appreciates feedback on this measure. NCQA is currently reevaluating the Controlling
High Blood Pressure measure and proposing to allow for readings taken from remote monitoring devices
that transmit results directly to the provider. Details on this potential change will be posted for the HEDIS
2019 public comment period in February 2018.
Comment: CMS received comments that evidence of treatment for rheumatoid arthritis not limited to disease-modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARD) should be considered for compliance (that is, added to
the numerator for the measure). Commenters noted that some patients have limited tolerance for
DMARDs along with a much higher rate of serious adverse medication effects, particularly serious infections.
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
16549
TABLE 3C—PART C MEASURES—Continued
Measure
Reducing the Risk of Falling (FRM)
Improving Bladder Control (MUI) ....
Medication Reconciliation Post-Discharge (MRP).
Plan
All-Cause
Readmissions
(PCR).
Getting Needed Care ......................
Getting Appointments and Care
Quickly.
Customer Service ...........................
Rating of Health Care Quality .........
Rating of Health Plan ......................
Care Coordination ...........................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Complaints about the Health Plan ..
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Response: CMS appreciates receiving feedback on this measure. For HEDIS 2019, NCQA is examining
potential cross-cutting exclusions for those with advanced illness from selected HEDIS® measures, including the Disease-Modifying Anti-Rheumatic Drug Therapy for Rheumatoid Arthritis measures. Proposed changes to implement advanced illness exclusions will be posted for the HEDIS 2019 public comment period in February 2018. Please see additional comments related to Patients with Advanced Illness
below. We understand from public statements that NCQA plans to reevaluate the Rheumatoid Arthritis
Management measure and review the evidence for rheumatoid arthritis treatment with their advisory
panels.
Comment: CMS received no comments on this measure.
Comment: CMS received no comments on this measure.
Comment: CMS received no comments on this measure.
Comment: A commenter suggested that in order to provide MA organizations with greater visibility into
plan performance, CMS should work with the NCQA to eliminate the calculation whereby a national average observed rate is multiplied by the observed to expected ratio of readmissions for Plan All-Cause
Readmissions. A commenter noted that NCQA has announced in early 2018 substantive changes in the
Plan All-Cause Readmissions measure.
Response: CMS appreciated feedback on this measure. The calculation mentioned that uses the observed
readmission rate divided by the expected readmission rate for a contract multiplied by the national average is the process to calculate the case-mix adjusted contract rate. A case-mix adjusted rate is used to
ensure that the comparisons between contracts is fair and meaningful. It takes into account how sick patients were when they went into the hospital the first time. CMS will discuss with NCQA the need to better explain the calculations involved in the reporting of the measure.
CMS decision: In that NCQA is planning to make significant changes to the Plan All-Cause Readmissions
measure (changes to be published in 2018 and applied in measurement year 2019) CMS is not finalizing
this as part of the measure set for the 2019 performance period and the 2021 Ratings. CMS is finalizing
this as a display measure and consistent with § 422.164(d)(2) will include this measure on the display
page for 2 years.
Comment: CMS received a number of general comments on CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the CAHPS measures. Since the comments on CAHPS
measures were mostly not measure specific, please see the CAHPS summary of comments received as
well as CMS responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: CMS received many general and specific comments on CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the CAHPS measures. Since the comments on CAHPS
measures were not always measure specific, please see the CAHPS summary of comments received as
well as CMS responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: CMS received one comment that this composite is unfair to plans in Puerto Rico because beneficiaries in Puerto Rico are not necessarily used to having a specific appointment time.
Response: We thank the commenter for this comment. We have conducted some exploratory work related
to this topic and may propose changes in the future after consulting with AHRQ.
Comment: CMS received a number of general comments on CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the CAHPS measures. Since the comments on CAHPS
measures were mostly not measure specific, please see the CAHPS summary of comments received as
well as CMS responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: CMS received a number of general comments on CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the CAHPS measures. Since the comments on CAHPS
measures were mostly not measure specific, please see the CAHPS summary of comments received as
well as CMS responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: CMS received a number of general comments on CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the CAHPS measures. Since the comments on CAHPS
measures were mostly not measure specific, please see the CAHPS summary of comments received as
well as CMS responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: CMS received many general and specific comments on CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the CAHPS measures. Since the comments on CAHPS
measures were not always measure specific, please see the CAHPS summary of comments received as
well as CMS responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: A commenter recommended creating an excluded category/sub-category for complaints related
to CMS/SSA system/enrollment issues or limitations which would effectively remove complaints of that
type from this measure.
Response: Data exchanges between CMS and SSA occur regularly and mostly without incident. When
issues occur, CMS often looks to plan sponsors to communicate accordingly to their members and utilize CMS resources, such as the MA–PD help desk, to help address their matter without referral to CMS
and generation of complaints. CMS is not instituting such a category/sub-category at this time. Plan
Sponsors should continue to work alongside their CMS caseworker as appropriate to provide assistance.
Comment: A few commenters requested updates to the CMS CTM standard operating procedures (SOP).
There was a request to provide instructions for plans to return issues (either as a CMS issue or as a
closed complaint) determined by 1–800–Medicare to be errors. Another request was that complaints
found to not be the fault of the plan be considered CMS issues, or reassigned to another entity.
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16550
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3C—PART C MEASURES—Continued
Measure
Members Choosing to Leave the
Plan.
Health Plan Quality Improvement ...
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Plan Makes Timely Decisions about
Appeals.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Response: CMS regularly utilizes feedback from plans and other stakeholders to identify opportunities for
continuous improvement of CMS resources such as 1–800–Medicare. Due to the volume of CTM complaints received annually, CMS cannot investigate for individual errors. CMS expects such matters to be
rare, and any impact on plans to be evenly distributed. Plan Sponsors should not seek recategorization
of marketing complaints because, as a result of plan investigation, they have determined the allegation
is unfounded. However, if a marketing complaint has been misclassified, and the narrative reflects that
the alleged misrepresentation occurred by a Call Center representative, SHIP, etc., then a Plan Request
to make the complaint a ‘‘CMS Issue’’ is appropriate. CMS appreciates the feedback and will include additional language in the next version of the CTM Plan SOP.
Comment: A commenter suggested that CMS create an excluded category intended for cases that are
educational and/or are referrals to the contract.
Response: It is not CMS’ intention for the CTM to communicate plan information or simply provide education.
Comment: A commenter stated concerns that duplicate complaints count against plan sponsors.
Response: CMS’ CTM SOP includes procedures for the removal of duplicate complaints with the same
complaint identification numbers, so there is no impact on plan sponsors. CMS has taken numerous
steps over the years to reduce the instances of this occurring and expect that plan sponsors have noticed significant improvement in this area. If a beneficiary’s issue persists or is not be resolved by a plan,
multiple complaints may be entered into the CTM. These complaints are not duplicative, but reflect unresolved or similar issues. CMS does not support removing such complaints. Inclusion of these complaints
effectively rewards plan sponsors who are prompt with acknowledging and resolving complaints, and
provide excellent customer service to beneficiaries.
Comment: A commenter requested clear processes for when the assignment/reassignment date should be
reset by CMS caseworkers, so that plan sponsors can better strategize their actions.
Response: Assignment/reassignment date by CMS caseworkers is a topic outside the scope of this rule.
Comment: A couple of commenters suggested that the disenrollment rate does not reflect the plan’s quality
and the beneficiary experience. They note that the disenrollment rate is impacted by the pricing and coverage strategies of the contract. Among those commenters dissatisfied with what the disenrollment rate
reflects and does not reflect, a commenter suggested that this measure be moved to the display page.
Response: CMS is statutorily required to report voluntary disenrollment rates as part of the Balanced
Budget Act of 1997. Disenrollment rates are a strong measure of a beneficiary’s satisfaction with a contract. Beneficiaries who are interested in seeing why enrollees voluntarily leave a contract can obtain this
information as a drill down to the disenrollment rates on Medicare Plan Finder. CMS respectfully disagrees that pricing strategies and the coverage provided by the contract should not be considered in assessing the quality and performance of contracts since they have a direct impact on access to services.
Comment: A commenter suggests that CMS conduct additional analyses to see if the disenrollment rates
should be adjusted by the proportion of SNP members.
Response: CMS appreciates this comment and will analyze the data to see if any future changes are
needed. Any potential changes would be subject to future rulemaking. The current Star Ratings adjustments for dual status are incorporated as part of the CAI.
For the summary of comments received and CMS’ responses for this measure, please see section ‘j. Improvement Measures’ of the Preamble.
Comment: CMS received a comment opposing the inclusion of dismissals in the Plan Makes Timely Decisions about Appeals measure. The commenter expressed concern that if the inclusion of dismissals is a
positive factor in the measure, it would create incentives for the MA organization to increase the opportunities to enter dismissals.
Response: CMS appreciates the comment about dismissals. To clarify, the measure for the 2021 Star Ratings includes cases dismissed by the IRE because the plan has subsequently approved coverage/payment. In prior years, we excluded all cases dismissed/withdrawn by the IRE from this measure. The inclusion of dismissals would only apply to cases dismissed by the IRE because the plan issued an untimely but favorable decision. In other words, plans may send late Part C appeals to the IRE while simultaneously (or shortly thereafter) approving the late cases which results in the case being dismissed by
the IRE, thus masking that the plans’ decisions were untimely. Inclusion of cases where the plan has
subsequently approved for coverage/payment that are dismissed or withdrawn at the IRE level could
provide a more accurate assessment of plans’ timeliness in their Part C appeals processing. Without excluding this group of dismissals, a plans’ performance may be artificially improved as a result, especially
if dismissals were directly related to the plans’ (untimely) approvals.
If an MA plan fails to provide the appellant with a reconsidered determination within the required timeframes, this failure constitutes an affirmation of its adverse organization determination, and the plan
must submit the case file to the IRE for review. This new measure would more accurately reflect that MA
plans are not making timely decisions. CMS does not believe this would create the incentive described
by the commenter.
CMS acknowledges these comments and is actively evaluating these measures and the use of the IRE
data as their data source for future enhancements.
Comment: CMS received a comment recommending that this measure be weighted by membership by calculating the measure similarly to the Part D Auto-Forward measure to ensure plans of all sizes are
measured equally.
Response: The Part C and Part D appeals systems are different, they have different rules for how appeals
are handled. There are no auto-forwards in Part C and the number of late appeals examines how well
the contract is processing the appeals in a timely manner. Additionally each measure has different specifications.
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
16551
TABLE 3C—PART C MEASURES—Continued
Measure
Reviewing Appeals Decisions .........
Call Center—Foreign Language Interpreter and TTY Availability.
Statin Therapy for Patients with
Cardiovascular Disease (SPC).
Please see response for Part D Appeals Upheld measure.
Comment: A few commenters recommended that CMS revise the measure’s sampling methodology for
volume and for volume by language (including consideration of plans with larger enrollment sizes), or revise the foreign languages and testing frequency. An additional commenter recommended that CMS adjust the foreign languages tested to the languages actually spoken in that plan’s area, and mentioned
that 99 percent of local residents speak Spanish in Puerto Rico. The commenter also suggested using a
single, combined measure (or rate) for both Part C and D.
Response: The Accuracy and Accessibility Study is performed to (1) ascertain the accuracy of responses
to plan benefit questions provided by customer service representatives when calling the call center in
addition to (2) testing the availability of interpreters for Limited English Proficient callers and (3) testing
TTY functionality. A simple random sample method is used. To reduce the burden on a call center with
multiple phone lines, we select samples across the call centers instead of the phone lines. The precision
requirement of the sample size is calculated at the call center level and is based on the question response accuracy rates obtained from the accuracy survey, and the rate of completed calls made through
Limited English Proficiency (LEP) accommodations and TTY services. This methodology was chosen by
CMS, in part, because the accuracy of the information provided to a caller in response to specific benefits questions should not be impacted by enrollment size or physical call center location. If contract enrollment size is positively correlated with higher variability and wider margins of error in these key
metrics of this study, CMS would expect to see contracts with higher enrollments having the key metrics
closer to 50 percent than the contracts with lower enrollments. We have not observed that in the data
and will therefore continue to use the methodology as designed. Call centers using more or fewer representatives are held to the same expectation that the information provided to callers is accurate.
Foreign language testing was never intended to be proportionate to the demographics of any contract.
Plan sponsors are required to provide an interpreter for any caller speaking a foreign language, and
CMS seeks to ensure that more vulnerable populations have equal access to interpreters. Rather than
test all foreign languages which would be overly burdensome and costly, CMS selects 6 foreign languages from among the top 10 most frequently spoken languages in the U.S., according to the Office for
Civil Rights (which makes its selections from U.S. Census Data). The number of calls by foreign language is equally divided and randomly assigned to each call center across the biweekly calling schedule. The number received by the call center is dependent upon each call successfully reaching the call
center (for example, disconnects in an IVR or other factors will impact the ability of the call to reach a
representative). Internal analysis across all plans shows that the methodology is sound and CMS has
confidence in the data.
When testing in Puerto Rico, Spanish is the native language and English is treated as a foreign language.
Because some of the accuracy calls are placed in the native language in addition to foreign language
testing, Spanish calls are placed at a higher volume for plans in Puerto Rico.
By design, the Accuracy and Accessibility Study schedules and places calls to phone numbers that may or
may not be the same for Part C and Part D. Also, the study is conducted at the call center level (not the
phone number level), and not all plans use the same call center for Part C as for Part D. Finally, the accuracy questions used in this study either relate to Part C benefit questions or to Part D benefit questions. Because the questions are different for each, CMS believes performance should be measured
separately for the Part C and Part D programs.
Comment: CMS received two comments seeking clarification regarding the categorization and weighting
discrepancies between the Part C and Part D statin measures. Two organizations recommended
classifying both SPC and SUPD as process measures with a weight of one.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback. The Part C Statin Therapy for Patients with Cardiovascular Disease (SPC) measure is the percent of plan members (males 21–75 years of age and females 40–75
years of age) who were identified as having clinical atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease (ASCVD) and
were dispensed at least one high or moderate-intensity statin medication. This Part C measure focuses
on patients who were dispensed one prescription and whether the patient filled the medication at least
once. Therefore, it is a process measure. The Part D measure is the percent of the number of plan
members 40–75 years old who were dispensed at least two diabetes medication fills and received a
statin medication fill. Receiving multiple fills indicates the patient continues to take the medication and
therefore suggests adherence. Continuing to take the prescribed medication is necessary to reach clinical/therapeutic goals. Thus, the Part D measure is an intermediate outcome measure. We believe that
for these measures as proposed (and finalized in this rule) are properly categorized.
We summarize the comments
received on the proposed measures and
respond to them by measure in Table 3D
for the Part C measures, for performance
periods beginning on or after January 1,
2019.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
TABLE 3D—PART D MEASURES
Measure
Call Center—Foreign Language Interpreter and TTY Availability.
Please see comments received and CMS’ responses for this measure in the above Part C Measures table
for the measure Call Center—Foreign Language Interpreter and TTY Availability.
37 Ware JE, Kosinski M. SF–36 Physical and
Mental Health Summary Scales: A Manual for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Users of Version 1, Second Edition. Lincoln, RI:
QualityMetric, Incorporated, 2001.
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16552
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3D—PART D MEASURES—Continued
Measure
Appeals Auto-Forward ....................
Appeals Upheld ...............................
Complaints about the Drug Plan ....
Members Choosing to Leave the
Plan.
Drug Plan Quality Improvement .....
Rating of Drug Plan ........................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Getting Needed Prescription Drugs
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Comment: CMS received one comment suggesting that CMS align the Part D Appeals Auto-Forward
measure with the Part C Plan Makes Timely Decisions about Appeals measure. The commenter also
complained that cases that can be approved, but because the approvals are untimely, the cases are forwarded to the IRE; the commenter said this can cause delays in patient care as the member, provider,
and plan await the IRE’s decision.
Response: CMS appreciates receiving comments on this measure. However, the Part C and Part D appeals systems are not interchangeable. Each appeal system has its own set of rules and procedures
which mean that combining or aligning these measures is not appropriate. We direct the commenter to
the appeal regulations at §§ 422.590 and 422.592 as compared to §§ 423.568(h). Further, we note that
the MA and Part D plans have full control of the appeal prior to it having been sent to the IRE. In the example cited, if the plan had approved the original request from the member, the appeal would not have
needed to be raised to the IRE level or incurred the additional waiting time.
Comment: CMS received a comment requesting that CMS adjust the Reviewing Appeals Decisions measure to remove from the measure denials due to lack of response from providers from the denominator
and the numerator. The commenter also requested to align timeframes for the plan with the IRE stating
that the IRE is generally held to the same adjudication timeframes as the plan but if additional information is needed from a prescriber, the IRE is allowed to extend the adjudication timeframe to obtain this
information. The commenter further said that a plan is not afforded this time and must deny based on
the information provided in order to prevent cases from being auto-forwarded to the IRE. Therefore, the
commenter requested to measure fairness based on the information the plan had at the time of the
plan’s decision. Plans should also not be penalized for appeals that were overturned when providers
provided ‘‘new’’ information to the IRE, which was not originally submitted by the provider at the time of
the plan’s original coverage determination or redetermination. A commenter from a plan noted that this
measure did not reflect the commenter’s true plan performance.
Additionally, this commenter noted several instances where cases were overturned by the IRE due to allowing non-Part D supported indications to be considered and disregarding the commenter’s CMS approved clinical policies. Due to these issues, the commenter proposed an alternative formula to capture
Appeals Upheld data and measure plan performance in this area.
Response: CMS appreciates the comment. Plans and sponsors must have procedures in place for requesting and obtaining information necessary for making timely and appropriate decisions. The IRE’s decision is based on the information gathered during its review process. Adjusting appeal timeframes is not
within the scope of this proposal, however, we note that the IRE must issue a decision within the same
appeals timeframe as the plan. Please refer to 42 CFR 423.600(d). The timeframes for the plan and the
IRE are aligned. At this time, CMS will continue to include this measure in the Star Ratings CMS acknowledges these comments, and is actively evaluating these measures, and the use of the IRE data as
their data source. For future enhancements.
Please see comments received and CMS’ responses for this measure in the above Part C Measures table
for the measure Complaints about the Health Plan.
Please see comments received and CMS’ responses for this measure in the above Part C Measures table
for the measure Members Choosing to Leave the Plan.
For the summary of comments received and CMS’ responses for this measure, please see section ‘j. Improvement Measures’ of the Preamble.
Comment: CMS received a number of general comments on CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the CAHPS measures. Since the comments on CAHPS
measures were mostly not measure specific, please see the CAHPS summary of comments received as
well as CMS responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: A commenter suggested we consider this measure ‘topped out.’
Response: We do not agree this measure is ‘topped out’’ since many contracts receive less than 4 stars.
Previous analyses of CAHPS scores have suggested that seemingly small differences of 1 point on a 0–
100 scale are meaningful; differences of 3 points can be considered medium, and differences of 5 points
can be considered large.38 For instance, a 3-point increase in some CAHPS measures has been associated with a 30 percent reduction in disenrollment from health plans, which suggests that even ‘‘medium’’
differences in CAHPS scores may indicate substantially different care experiences.39
Comment: CMS received a number of general comments on CAHPS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the feedback on the CAHPS measures. Since the comments on CAHPS
measures were mostly not measure specific, please see the CAHPS summary of comments received as
well as CMS responses following the Parts C and D Measure Tables.
Comment: CMS received one comment that this composite penalizes Part D plans where patients do not
prefer to fill prescriptions by mail.
Response: CMS disagrees that this composite penalizes plans based on how beneficiaries choose to fill
prescriptions; rather, the item focuses on ease of getting prescriptions filled when using the plan. The
composite covers two topics: How often it was easy to use your plan to get the medicines your doctor
prescribed (assessed by one item) and ease of filling prescriptions (assessed by combining two items
about how often it was easy to use your plan to fill a prescription at your local pharmacy, and how often
it was easy to use your plan to fill a prescription by mail). The combined pharmacy/mail score is averaged with the first item’s score to produce the composite score. This averaging weights mail and pharmacy according to how many respondents say they use each method, so mail would not count at all if
no one in the plan uses mail.
Comment: A commenter suggested we consider this measure ‘topped out.’
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
16553
TABLE 3D—PART D MEASURES—Continued
Measure
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
MPF Price Accuracy .......................
Response: We do not agree this measure is ‘topped out’ since many contracts receive less than 4 stars.
Previous analyses of CAHPS scores have suggested that seemingly small differences of 1 point on a 0–
100 scale are meaningful; differences of 3 points can be considered medium, and differences of 5 points
can be considered large.40 For instance, a 3-point increase in some CAHPS measures has been associated with a 30 percent reduction in disenrollment from health plans, which suggests that even ‘‘medium’’
differences in CAHPS scores may indicate substantially different care experiences.41
Comment: A commenter asked CMS to identify which of the two possible calculations will be included in
the MPF Accuracy measure. The commenter noted that CMS had previously proposed to update the
measure to include frequency and magnitude of prescription drug event (PDE) prices that exceed MPF
information beginning with the 2016 data but reverted to the old measurement (only magnitude) with the
2018 Star Rating release.
Response: The MPF Accuracy measure will only measure the magnitude of difference, as has been done
in the past. CMS will continue to calculate each contract’s accuracy index which measures the amount
that the PDE price is higher than the MPF price. CMS will consider for future rule-making, with stakeholder input, to include both frequency and magnitude of PDE prices that exceed MPF information in the
Accuracy measure.
Comment: A commenter suggested that this measure is ‘topped out’. A measure is considered ‘topped out’
when it shows high performance across all contracts decreasing the variability across contracts and
making the measure unreliable.
Response: As announced through the 2019 Call Letter, CMS is proposing enhancements to this measure
for the CY2022 Ratings. The enhanced measure will first be put on display before being added into the
Star Ratings program pursuant to the rules in § 423.184.
Adherence Measures:
Medication Adherence for Dia- Comment: A few commenters requested that CMS consider excluding beneficiary prescriptions from these
betes Medications, Medicameasures or create a reporting mechanism that allows plans to identify prescriptions for removal that are
tion Adherence for Hyperdocumented as ‘‘discontinued’’ or prescriptions with therapy changes; the commenter stated that these
tension, Medication Adherchanges would avoid the appearance that beneficiaries with discontinued medications are non-adherent.
ence for Cholesterol (Statins).
A commenter expressed concerns about the thresholds for the medication adherence for diabetes and
cholesterol measures citing that they are reaching unsafe levels and do not reflect individual needs such
as in the aging elderly population. They described several circumstances that can adversely affect adherence measures and suggest noncompliance, such as prescription data entry errors and changes in
therapy due to clinical indicators.
A commenter commended CMS on including adherence measures in the Star Ratings. Another commenter
recommended that CMS weight MA–PD and PDP measures differently based on the plan’s ability to influence outcomes on a measure. It was recommended that CMS require beneficiaries to provide a contact phone number at the time of enrollment in order to assist plans in reaching members to impact adherence. Another commenter was concerned about the significant negative impact by LIS members on
adherence measures.
Response: We appreciate the feedback. CMS’ mission is to promote quality care for our beneficiaries. In
our May 11, 2012 HPMS memo entitled ‘Prohibition on Submitting PDEs for non-Part D prescriptions’,
we outlined our concerns related to beneficiary privacy protections and data validation for the submissions of non-Part D data. If Part D sponsors were to attempt to collect the data it is unclear how sponsors could implement sufficient internal controls to meet audit standards necessary to ensure the quality
of the data. In addition, requiring physicians to attest to therapy changes or discontinuation of a prior
prescription would be an added burden and counterproductive to CMS’ Patients over Paperwork initiative. In the case of changes in therapy (such as holding or discontinuing medication), we believe that the
80 percent compliance threshold incorporates these circumstances as the ideal compliance expectation
is 100 percent. We will pass along these comments to the measure steward (PQA) but we are unable to
use supplemental data to calculate the measures.
Data entry error is also a concern of CMS. We believe that Part D sponsors have the ability to identify and
correct many data errors at the point-of-sale and afterward. Similar to the CMS Part D Potential Exclusion Warning Report that identifies PDEs for adjustment or deletion, plan sponsors could use their POS
edits systems to screen for data entry errors. For example, screening criteria based on a maximum or
minimum daily dose or units per day could identify outliers. In the example above, if the term ‘‘3 days’’
was accidently entered instead of ‘‘30 days,’’ this could result in a daily dose that is significantly higher
than the expected maximum daily dose and would be an outlier. The claim could be denied at the POS
with a message of ‘potential data entry error’ notifying the pharmacist or technician the need to review
and make a correction. In addition, CMS provides monthly lists to each plan sponsor of their members
who are identified as non-compliant starting in April of each year, this procedure provides Part D plans
ample time to review their data and submit corrections.
Also, we disagree that stand-alone PDPs have very little influence on beneficiaries’ medication adherence.
There are many strategies that can be used to improve a beneficiary’s medication adherence in addition
to prescriber interventions, such as refill reminders, formulary and benefits design, and medication therapy management programs. Plan sponsors can also leverage network pharmacy relationships to address medication adherence issues, facilitate medication synchronization, or provide education and
counseling. In the absence of a contact phone number for the beneficiary, it may be beneficial to use
these interventions to reach the beneficiary at the place of dispensing. Furthermore, MA–PDs and PDPs
are rated separately to account for delivery system differences. Lastly, as finalized in the 2019 Call Letter, adherence measures will now be included in the CAI to account for LIS beneficiaries.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16554
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3D—PART D MEASURES—Continued
Measure
MTM Program Completion Rate for
CMR.
Statin Use in Persons With Diabetes (SUPD).
Comment: A commented requested CMS move away from MTM process measures and include outcomesbased MTM measures in the Star Ratings program in the future. In the interim, it was recommended that
CMS evaluate changes to the MTM Comprehensive Medication Review Completion Rate (CMR) measure methodology and that CMS partner with PQA to develop and understand the feasibility of implementing outcome and/or patient-experience based MTM measures.
Response: The CMR completion rate measure is an initial measure of the delivery of MTM services, and
we continue to look forward to the development and endorsement of outcomes-based MTM measures
as potential companion measures to the current MTM Completion Rate CMR measure. We will consider
new MTM measures when available. Past analyses did not find a correlation between a sponsor’s rate
of MTM program eligibility and the CMR completion rate, but we will continue to monitor and work with
the PQA to consider if any adjustments are needed to this measure’s specifications.
Comment: A commenter opposed inclusion of the MTM CMR completion rate measure in the Star Ratings
due to compliance issues. The commenter suggested allowing completion of CMRs with the beneficiary’s prescriber when unable to contact the beneficiary.
Response: As outlined in 42 CFR 423.153(d)(vii)(B)(2), if a beneficiary is offered the annual comprehensive medication review and is unable to accept the offer to participate, the pharmacist or other qualified
provider may perform the comprehensive medication review with the beneficiary’s prescriber, caregiver,
or other authorized individual. Current guidance clarifies that while providers are required to offer a CMR
to all beneficiaries enrolled in the MTM program, regardless of setting, in the event the beneficiary is
cognitively impaired or otherwise unable to participate, we recommend that the pharmacist or qualified
provider reach out to the beneficiary’s prescriber, caregiver, or other authorized individual, such as the
resident’s health care proxy or legal guardian, to take part in the beneficiary’s CMR. This applies to
beneficiaries in any setting and is not limited to beneficiaries in long term care (LTC). This does not
apply to situations where the sponsor is simply unable to reach the beneficiary or there is no evidence of
cognitive impairment. Therefore, we are unable to consider changes to the measure absent a change in
regulation or guidance.
Comment: A few commenters supported CMS in including this SUPD measure in the Star Ratings. A commenter noted support of the addition of a quality metric monitoring the use of statins in patients with diabetes, however, feels that CMS did not provide a thoughtful explanation for not selecting the Part C
HEDIS measure of Statin Therapy in Patients with Diabetes (NCQA measure), which had also been
under consideration. This measure includes more robust clinical considerations for patient eligibility and
thus appropriateness of statin use.
Response: CMS thanks commenters for feedback on this measure. Both the NCQA and PQA measures of
statin therapy were proposed for inclusion in the Star Ratings, one for Part C and the other for Part D.
As the Pharmacy Quality Alliance (PQA) is the developer of the Statin Use in Persons with Diabetes
(SUPD) measure, CMS will share these comments with the PQA for their consideration.
Comment: CMS received two comments seeking clarification regarding the categorization and weighting
discrepancies between the Part C and Part D statin measures. Two organizations recommended
classifying both SPC and SUPD as process measures with a weight of one.
Response: Please refer to the Part C measure response for Statin Use for Patients with Cardiovascular
Disease (SPC).
CAHPS: Summary of Additional
Comments Received and CMS’s
Responses
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Comment: CMS received a few
comments that CAHPS measures are
38 Paddison CAM, Elliott MN, Haviland AM,
Farley DO, Lyratzopoulos G, Hambarsoomian K,
Dembosky JW, Roland MO. (2013). ‘‘Experiences of
Care among Medicare Beneficiaries with ESRD:
Medicare Consumer Assessment of Healthcare
Providers and Systems (CAHPS) Survey Results.’’
American Journal of Kidney Diseases 61(3): 440–
449.
39 Lied, T.R., S.H. Sheingold, B.E. Landon, J.A.
Shaul, and P.D. Cleary. (2003). ‘‘Beneficiary
Reported Experience and Voluntary Disenrollment
in Medicare Managed Care.’’ Health Care Financing
Review 25(1): 55–66.
40 Paddison CAM, Elliott MN, Haviland AM,
Farley DO, Lyratzopoulos G, Hambarsoomian K,
Dembosky JW, Roland MO. (2013). ‘‘Experiences of
Care among Medicare Beneficiaries with ESRD:
Medicare Consumer Assessment of Healthcare
Providers and Systems (CAHPS) Survey Results.’’
American Journal of Kidney Diseases 61(3): 440–
449.
41 Lied, T.R., S.H. Sheingold, B.E. Landon, J.A.
Shaul, and P.D. Cleary. (2003). ‘‘Beneficiary
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
subjective and not reliable. A few
commenters stated the CAHPS survey
responses are not actionable.
Response: CMS strongly disagrees that
patient experience of care survey
measures are not reliable. CAHPS and
other patient experience measures have
been endorsed as critical aspects of
healthcare by the Institute of Medicine
and the World Health Organization.42 43
CAHPS surveys focus on aspects of
healthcare quality that patients
themselves say are important to them
and for which patients are the best and/
or only source of information. Patient
experience surveys such as CAHPS
Reported Experience and Voluntary Disenrollment
in Medicare Managed Care.’’ Health Care Financing
Review 25(1): 55–66.
42 Institute of Medicine. Crossing The Quality
Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century.
Washington DC: National Academy Press; 2001.
43 Smith, P.C. (Ed.). (2009). Performance
measurement for health system improvement:
experiences, challenges and prospects. Cambridge
University Press.
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
focus on how patients experienced key
aspects of their care, not merely how
satisfied they were with their care.
Patient experience encompasses the
range of interactions that patients have
with the healthcare system, including
their care from health plans, and from
doctors, nurses, and staff in hospitals,
physician practices, and other
healthcare facilities.44 While patient
experience is an inherently important
dimension of healthcare quality, it is
also the case that the preponderance of
evidence shows that better patient
experience is associated with better
patient adherence to recommended
treatment, better clinical processes,
better hospital patient safety culture,
better clinical outcomes, reduced
unnecessary healthcare use, and fewer
44 Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
What Is Patient Experience?. Content last reviewed
March 2017. Agency for Healthcare Research and
Quality, Rockville, MD. https://www.ahrq.gov/
cahps/about-cahps/patient-experience/.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
inpatient complications.45 46 Therefore,
while we acknowledge that the CAHPS
survey captures individuals’
perspectives on their experiences of
care, it is anchored in measureable
aspects of care and so can be measured
reliably.
Additionally, CAHPS surveys follow
scientific principles in survey design
and development and have been
rigorously developed and tested to
assess the experiences of Medicare
beneficiaries. The surveys are designed
to reliably assess the experiences of a
large sample of patients and use
standardized questions and data
collection protocols to ensure that
information can be compared across
health care settings. The contract-level
reliability of 2017 MA and PDP CAHPS
measures meet high standards, with the
median reliability of publicly-reported
MA CAHPS measures exceeding 0.72 for
all measures and exceeding 0.90 for a
majority of measures, with 0.70 being a
conventional standard for reliability.
Finally, there are criteria for sample size
eligibility that must be met for contracts
to be included in data collection, and
CMS also offers contracts the option of
augmenting their CAHPS sample sizes if
they wish to obtain more precise overall
results and/or perform subgroup
analyses with larger samples.
Comment: Several commenters stated
that CAHPS scores may be influenced
by factors outside the plan’s control,
such as cost and coverage, provider
behavior, cultural differences including
language, and timing of the survey. A
few suggested that beneficiaries who are
frail, have cognitive impairments, or
who have low socio-economic status
may not be able to respond to survey
items accurately. A commenter
requested allowing proxy methods.
Response: For MA and PDP CAHPS,
CMS uses mixed-mode data collection
to increase the likelihood of survey
participation and
representativeness.47 48 Survey
45 Price, R.A., Elliott, M.N., Zaslavsky, A.M.,
Hays, R.D., Lehrman, W.G., Rybowski, L., & Cleary,
P.D. (2014). Examining the role of patient
experience surveys in measuring health care
quality. Medical Care Research and Review, 71(5),
522–554.
46 Price, R.A., Elliott, M.N., Cleary, P.D.,
Zaslavsky, A.M., & Hays, R.D. (2015). Should health
care providers be accountable for patients’ care
experiences?. Journal of general internal medicine,
30(2), 253–256.
47 Fowler Jr, F.J., Gallagher, P.M., Stringfellow,
V.L., Zaslavsky, A.M., Thompson, J.W., & Cleary,
P.D. (2002). Using telephone interviews to reduce
nonresponse bias to mail surveys of health plan
members. Medical care, 190–200.
48 Elliott, M.N., Zaslavsky, A.M., Goldstein, E.,
Lehrman, W., Hambarsoomians, K., Beckett, M.K.,
& Giordano, L. (2009). Effects of survey mode,
patient mix, and nonresponse on CAHPS® hospital
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
responses are also case-mix adjusted to
account for certain respondent
characteristics not under the control of
the health or drug plan such as age,
education, dual eligible status and other
variables. We note that plans do have
some control over plan-design features
such as cost and coverage as well as
provider behavior, so it would not be
appropriate to adjust for these.
CMS currently provides translations
of the MA and PDP CAHPS Survey in
Spanish, Chinese, and Vietnamese, and
we are developing a Korean translation.
All translations are the product of
translation and review by native
speakers of the target languages and
have had multiple rounds of qualitative
testing with Medicare beneficiaries with
characteristics similar to the MA and
PDP CAHPS population. By providing
survey translations, CMS promotes
standardization by assuring that
questions are presented similarly to
beneficiaries across and within
languages, which also promotes
comparability of the results across
vendors and contracts. The survey
administration protocol for MA and PDP
CAHPS does not permit ‘‘live,’’
‘‘individual,’’ or ‘‘real-time’’ translation
of the survey by an interpreter, as such
an approach does not promote
comparability of data and there is no
mechanism for assuring the accuracy
and consistency of the translation. If
plans need additional translations they
should contact us at MP-CAHPS@
cms.hhs.gov. The MA and PDP CAHPS
protocol does allow for the use of proxy
respondents in cases where a
respondent is unable to complete the
survey.
Comment: A commenter stated that
the CAHPS survey is long, and a couple
commenters expressed concern about
low response rates.
Response: CMS shortened the MA
CAHPS survey in 2017 by removing
questions and measures not used in Star
Ratings, and we also improved phone
contact information. As a result of
CMS’s continuing efforts to improve
response rates, overall MA and PDP
CAHPS response rates increased from
2016 to 2017, despite national trends of
declining response rates for most other
surveys. Further, meta-analyses of
surveys that follow the rigorous
probability sampling and survey
approaches used by MA and PDP
CAHPS find little relationship between
response rates and nonresponse bias.49
survey scores. Health services research, 44(2p1),
501–518.
49 Groves, R.M., & Peytcheva, E. (2008). The
impact of nonresponse rates on nonresponse bias:
a meta-analysis. Public opinion quarterly, 72(2),
167–189.
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16555
Moreover, research specific to patient
experience, CAHPS, and MA and PDP
CAHPS surveys finds no evidence
nonresponse bias affects comparison of
case-mix adjusted scores between
contracts or other similar reporting
units.50 51 52 53 54
Comment: A commenter requested
more insight into statistical components
such as case-mix adjustment, statistical
significance, and reliability, and another
requested that CMS provide all case-mix
adjustment flags to the survey vendors
to facilitate an additional validation.
Response: CMS provides a detailed
explanation of the CAHPS methodology
including case-mix adjustment in the
annual Star Ratings Technical Notes, in
CAHPS plan reports provided to each
contract each year, and on the MA and
PDP CAHPS web page (https://www.mapdpcahps.org). CMS also provides
survey vendors all of the necessary data
to perform case-mix adjustment
validation. Plans are welcome to contact
MP-CAHPS@cms.hhs.gov with specific
questions about MA and PDP CAHPS.
Comment: A commenter requested
that plans be able to add their own
questions to the surveys to validate and
clarify responses.
Response: CMS allows plans to add a
limited number of items to the MA and
PDP CAHPS survey that do not affect
responses to the survey or pose undue
burden to the beneficiary. These rules
are to ensure the highest possible
response rate as well as comparability of
the data across contracts.
HOS: Summary of Additional
Comments Received and CMS’s
Responses
Comment: CMS received several
comments on the HOS measures. Some
commenters supported patient reported
50 Klein, D.J., Elliott, M.N., Haviland, A.M.,
Saliba, D., Burkhart, Q., Edwards, C., & Zaslavsky,
A.M. (2011). Understanding nonresponse to the
2007 Medicare CAHPS survey. The Gerontologist,
51(6), 843–855.
51 Saunders C.L., Elliott M.N., Lyratzopoulos G.,
Abel G.A. (2016) ‘‘Do differential response rates to
patient surveys between organisations lead to unfair
performance comparisons? Evidence from the
English Cancer Patient Experience Survey’’ Medical
Care 54(1): 45–54.
52 Bone A., McGrath-Lone L., Day S., et al.
Inequalities in the care experiences of patients with
cancer: Analysis of data from the National Cancer
Patient Experience Survey 2011–2012. BMJ Open.
2014;4:e004567.
53 El Turabi A., Abel G.A., Roland M., et al.
Variation in reported experience of involvement in
cancer treatment decision making: Evidence from
the National Cancer Patient Experience Survey. Br
J Cancer. 2013;109:780–787.
54 Lyratzopoulos G., Neal R.D., Barbiere J.M., et al.
Variation in number of general practitioner
consultations before hospital referral for cancer:
findings from the 2010 National Cancer Patient
Experience Survey in England. Lancet Oncol.
2012;13:353–365.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16556
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
outcome measures. Several commenters,
however, suggested that the HOS has
drawbacks in design, methodology,
administration, and reporting that
disproportionately affect SNP
populations and fail to accommodate
diverse populations and the most
vulnerable beneficiaries. Some
commenters stated that the longitudinal
two year look-back design of the HOS is
especially challenging in populations
with high rates of degenerative or
progressive conditions coupled with
pervasive low socioeconomic status and
high social risk factors. Commenters
suggested that CMS should change
sampling methodology to require larger
sample sizes or allow plans to request
oversampling of typically underrepresented groups. In addition, some
commenters would like to discontinue
the use of proxies for self-report as, the
commenters argue, there is strong
evidence indicating proxies’ responses
are not equivalent to beneficiaries’
responses.
Response: CMS is supportive of
increasing sample sizes and is not
opposed to oversampling to ensure a
representative sample but to date has
received no HOS oversampling requests
from any plans. We are currently
reexamining the HOS with a focus on
diverse, dual-eligible populations and
will explore the feasibility of increasing
the required sample size. CMS already
adjusts the HOS data to control for
many beneficiary characteristics not
under the control of the plan, including
age, gender, race, ethnicity, income,
education, marital status, Medicaid
status, SSI eligibility, homeowner
status, chronic conditions, and baseline
health status. CMS does not plan to
discontinue the HOS proxy response
option. Because the HOS has both mail
and telephone components, it is likely
that some mail questionnaires would be
completed by proxies whether
permitted or not. CMS considers it
preferable to collect information about
whether the beneficiary or a proxy
answered the survey than to assume the
beneficiary answered the questions.
Every attempt is made to obtain a
response from the beneficiary before a
proxy response is allowed. Also, when
a proxy was used at baseline and the
beneficiary remains unable to complete
the follow up survey, attempts are made
to re-contact the same proxy in order to
reduce variability in responses. Finally,
frailer members, including the most
vulnerable beneficiaries, who are unable
to complete the survey independently
are excluded from the HOS if a proxy
response option is not available.
Comment: Several commenters
mentioned the two year look-back
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
period is challenging to beneficiaries. A
commenter suggested that keeping the
identity of sample respondents
confidential limits opportunities for
improvement activities, and another
suggested the resulting data may be too
old to be actionable. A few commenters
recommended the elimination of HOS
measures because the measures are too
generic for Star Ratings and the
information from the surveys is not
actionable.
Response: The Health Outcome
Survey (HOS) yields two patientreported outcome measures of change in
global functioning, by using 2-year
change in scores on the Physical
Component Score (PCS) and the Mental
Component Score (MCS), both of which
come from the Veterans RAND 12-Item
Health Survey (VR–12) portion of the
larger survey. These measures are of
unique and high value, as demonstrated
by their higher weight in calculating the
Overall Star Ratings. Critics of the HOS
often point out the 3 years between HOS
baseline data collection and health
plans receiving member-level results,
which include the identities of
respondents. Contributing to the
perceived ‘‘lag’’ is the longitudinal
component of the HOS; beneficiaries
who complete the baseline HOS must be
resurveyed two years later to generate
data for the HOS ‘‘outcome’’ measures.
HOS data are hardly ‘‘old.’’ In fact, HOS
baseline results are distributed nine
months after data collection ends, and
performance measurement reports and
beneficiary-level data are distributed
about one year after follow-up data
collection ends. Further, CMS contends
that a majority of plans improve or
maintain the physical and/or mental
health of their membership over time.
That is, the measure requires time to
capture change and in fact does capture
positive change or maintenance of
global functioning for the majority of
plans’ members. The Physical
Component Score (PCS) and the Mental
Component Score (MCS), as derived
from the VR–12, have been validated in
multiple studies of VA and elderly
populations. The appendix of each
contract’s annual performance
measurement report explains how the
measures are calculated and adjusted to
minimize bias in results. CMS
encourages all plans to familiarize
themselves with the methods described
in the reports and to utilize the
background materials available on the
HOS website that validate the Improving
or Maintaining Physical Health and
Improving or Maintaining Mental Health
measures.
Comment: Commenters also suggested
that CMS provide HOS translation and
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
instrument adaptation for languages in
addition to English, Spanish, or
Chinese.
Response: CMS responds to requests
for translations of the survey into other
languages from vendors, who in turn
reflect the requests of plans. CMS
currently provides translations of the
HOS in Spanish and Chinese, and a
Russian translation will be available in
2019. All translated versions are the
product of translation and review by
native speakers of these languages and
are subject to multiple rounds of
qualitative testing with Medicare
beneficiaries with characteristics similar
to the HOS population. As a result, the
adoption of a translated survey tool
takes a significant amount of time. By
providing survey translations, CMS
promotes standardization and assures
that questions are presented similarly to
beneficiaries across and within
languages, which also promotes
comparability of the results across
vendors and contracts. The survey
administration protocol for HOS does
not permit ‘‘live,’’ ‘‘individual,’’ or
‘‘real-time’’ translation of the survey by
interpreters because such an approach
does not promote comparability of data
and there is no mechanism for assuring
the accuracy and consistency of the
translation. However, the HOS protocol
does allow for the use of proxy
respondents in cases where a
beneficiary is unable to complete the
survey.
Comment: A commenter reported that
they have observed that plans with
lower membership generally have
higher scores on HOS measures than
plans with higher enrollment.
Response: We appreciate the
comment. CMS is not aware of any
formal studies that have been done to
address the hypothesized link between
contract size and performance on
longitudinal measures.
Patients With Advanced Illness:
Comments Received and CMS’s
Responses
Comment: CMS received several
comments concerning the exclusion
from measures of patients with
advanced illness and in palliative care;
those who have refused treatment,
assessment, or recommended
screenings; and those who are unable to
achieve the desired clinical threshold
despite having reached the maximum
medical therapy and self-care practices
available for the condition. Commenters
recommended that exclusions or
adjustments to measures be made for
these patients, or that alternate metrics
be developed for these patients, since
for many of them comfort or improving
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
quality of life is a greater part of care
than curative treatments. In particular,
some commenters identified specific
HEDIS and HOS measures which should
be excluded or modified for patients
with advanced illness: Rheumatoid
Arthritis, Statin Use, Improving or
Maintaining Physical Health, and
Improving or Maintaining Mental
Health. Commenters note that there are
many challenges treating and screening
certain health conditions for patients
with advanced illness. A commenter
suggested that the seriously ill
population be excluded from preventive
and HOS measures, as feasible. While
commenters agreed that MA plans
should advance preventive care and
maintain or improve physical health for
the majority of their enrollees, they
argued that there will always be a subset
of enrollees facing serious illness and
continued decline. Commenters
encouraged CMS to work with measure
stewards such as NCQA and explore
other options that can exclude the
seriously ill population from such
measures. Commenters suggested that
the exclusion of the seriously ill
population from these measures will
protect against discriminatory
enrollment, and will not unfairly
evaluate plans that support this
population in making diagnostic and
treatment decisions based on the
patient’s preferences. Finally, some
commenters suggested that patients
with advanced illness who have refused
services and treatments should also be
excluded from measure calculations.
They stated a patient’s goal for comfort
rather than further treatment should be
primary. A commenter suggested that
the under 65 population residing in
nursing homes should be excluded from
measures for many of the same reasons
they wanted those with advanced
illness excluded—advanced sickness,
nearing the end of life, refusing
treatment, and sometimes a patient’s
choice on comfort not care.
Response: CMS appreciates feedback
on the noted measure adjustments and
exclusions. For HEDIS 2019, NCQA is
examining potential cross-cutting
exclusions for those with advanced
illness from selected HEDIS measures
that may not be clinically appropriate
for these individuals. NCQA is
considering various advanced illness
conditions and service use (for example,
indications of frailty, receipt of
palliative care or nursing care services)
for potential exclusion. We anticipate
that NCQA will consider these
comments as their advisory panels reevaluate measures as part of the
standard HEDIS process. Proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
changes to implement advanced illness
exclusions will be posted for the HEDIS
2019 public comment period in
February 2018. CMS currently has no
plans to exclude members with serious
illness from the HOS.
Additional Comments and Responses
Comment: CMS received one
suggestion that CMS create a new, fixed
identification code for each measure
that would be consistent year-over-year.
Response: The measure codes are not
published publicly for beneficiaries.
CMS publishes a Star Ratings measure
history in the Technical Notes each year
that cross references the measure codes.
Plans are welcome to use their own
internal coding systems.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS make PDEs available for
members in drug assistance programs.
Response: CMS thanks the commenter
for this suggestion. However, this
suggestion is outside the scope of the
proposed rule. This comment will be
shared with others in CMS who will be
interested in the suggestion.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS exclude beneficiaries’ Part D
trial medication use from the measures.
Response: CMS believes this request
is specific to the adherence measures.
The adherence measures require at least
two fills on different dates for any drug
within the drug class for inclusion in
the measure. The two claim requirement
essentially excludes many trial
prescription periods where the
beneficiary failed the initial drug and is
switched to a different drug class. Since
the adherence measures are for chronic
conditions, CMS expects that the
beneficiary would continue on one drug
within the drug class in the measure.
Identifying trial periods using PDEs
outside this definition would be
difficult to determine and accepting
other source data would be prohibited
as previously stated.
Summary of Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized earlier,
CMS is finalizing the Part C and Part D
performance measures for the
performance periods beginning on or
after January 1, 2019 with one
modification. In that NCQA is planning
to make substantive changes to the Plan
All-Cause Readmissions measure that
would affect measurement year 2019,
CMS is not finalizing this as a measure
in the 2021 and 2022 Star Ratings but
will move this measure to the display
page for two years. CMS’s finalization of
the proposed measures does include the
specifications (metric and performance
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16557
period), domain assignment, measure
category, data source for the measures,
and statistical method for assigning Star
Ratings (based on §§ 422.166(a) and
423.186(a)) as listed in the proposed
table. However, we note that our
finalization of the proposed measures
does not include the weight of each
category as presented in the proposed
table. For discussion of CMS’s final
decision to change the weight of
measures in the Patients’ Experience
and Complaints category and in the
Measures Capturing Access category
from a weight of 1.5 to a weight of 2,
see section ‘q. Measure Weights’ of this
preamble. See also §§ 422.166(e) and
423.186(e) of this regulation for final
measure weight assignments. Finally,
we note that the summary of comments
received and CMS’s responses for the
Health Plan Quality Improvement and
the Drug Plan Quality Improvement
measures are presented in the next
section (‘j. Improvement Measures’) of
this preamble.
j. Improvement Measures
In the 2013 Part C and D Star Ratings,
we implemented the Part C and D
improvement measures (CY2013 Rate
Announcement, https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Health-Plans/MedicareAdvtg
SpecRateStats/Downloads/
Announcement2013.pdf). The
improvement measures address the
overall improvement or decline in
individual measure scores from the
prior to the current year. We proposed
to continue the current methodology
detailed in the Technical Notes for
calculating the improvement measures
and to codify it at §§ 422.164(f) and
423.184(f). For a measure to be included
in the improvement calculation, the
measure must have numeric value
scores in both the current and prior year
and not have had a substantive
specification change during those years.
In addition, the improvement measure
would not include any data on measures
that are already focused on
improvement (for example, HOS
measures focused on improving or
maintaining physical or mental health).
The Part C improvement measure
includes only Part C measure scores,
and the Part D improvement measure
includes only Part D measure scores. We
proposed to codify these criteria at
paragraph (f)(1)(i) through (iii) of
§§ 422.164 and 423.184. We proposed to
annually identify the subset of measures
to be included in the improvement
measures through the Call Letter,
similar to our proposal for regular
updates and removal of measures.
Under our proposal, once the measures
to be used for the improvement
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16558
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
measures are identified, CMS would
determine which contracts have
sufficient data for purposes of applying
and scoring the improvement
measure(s). We again proposed to follow
current practices: The improvement
measure score would be calculated only
for contracts that have numeric measure
scores for both years for at least half of
the measures identified for use in the
improvement measure. We proposed
this standard for determining contracts
eligible for an improvement measure at
paragraph (f)(2).
We proposed at §§ 422.164(f)(3) and
(4) and 423.184(f)(3) and (4) the process
for calculating the improvement
measure score(s) and a special rule for
any identified improvement measure for
a contract that received a measure-level
Star Rating of 5 in each of the 2 years
examined, but whose associated
measure score indicates a statistically
significant decline in performance over
the time period.
As proposed, the improvement
measure would be calculated in a series
of distinct steps:
• The improvement change score (the
difference in the measure scores in the
2-year period) will be determined for
each measure that has been identified as
part of an improvement measure and for
which a contract has a numeric score for
each of the 2 years examined.
• Each contract’s improvement
change score will be categorized as a
significant change or not by employing
a two-tailed t-test with a level of
significance of 0.05.
• The net improvement per measure
category (outcome, access, patient
experience, process) will be calculated
by finding the difference between the
weighted number of significantly
improved measures and significantly
declined measures, using the measure
weights associated with each measure
category.
• The improvement measure score
will then be determined by calculating
the weighted sum of the net
improvement per measure category
divided by the weighted sum of the
number of eligible measures.
• The improvement measure scores
will be converted to measure-level Star
Ratings by determining the cut points
using hierarchical clustering algorithms.
We proposed at §§ 422.166(a)(2)(iii)
and 422.186(a)(2)(iii) that the
improvement measure score cut points
would be determined using two separate
clustering algorithms. We explained in
the preamble that improvement measure
scores of zero and above will use the
clustering algorithm to determine the
cut points for the Star Rating levels of
3 and above. Improvement measure
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
scores below zero will be clustered to
determine the cut points for 1 and 2
stars. Although the preamble of the
proposed rule indicated this level of
detail, our proposed regulation text, at
proposed paragraphs (f)(4)(v) and (vi) of
§§ 422.164 and 423.184, did not. In
paragraph (4)(v), we referred only to
‘‘hierarchical clustering algorithms’’
without specifying the detailed
treatment for scores of greater than,
equal to, or less than zero; in paragraph
(4)(vi), we cross-referenced the text
proposed at §§ 422.166(a)(2) and
423.186(a)(2), which did include the
specific text specifying the detailed
treatment for scores of greater than,
equal to, or less than zero in connection
with the ratings for the improvement
measures. While our proposed
regulation text was ultimately
consistent, it included cross-references
not explained in the preamble.
We also proposed that the Part D
improvement measure cut points for
MA–PDs and PDPs would be
determined using separate clustering
algorithms. The Part D improvement
measure cut points for MA–PDs and
PDPs would be reported separately.
Finally, we proposed a special rule in
paragraph (f)(3) to hold harmless
sponsoring organizations that have 5star ratings for both years on a measure
used for the improvement measure
calculation. This hold harmless
provision was added in 2014 to avoid
the unintended consequence for
contracts that score 5 stars on a subset
of measures in each of the 2 years. For
any identified improvement measure for
which a contract received a rating of 5
stars in each of the years examined, but
for which the measure score
demonstrates a statistically significant
decline based on the results of the
significance testing (at a level of
significance of 0.05) on the change
score, the measure would be categorized
as having no significant change. The
measure would be included in the count
of measures used to determine
eligibility for the improvement measure
and in the denominator of the
improvement measure score. We
explained in the proposed rule that the
intent of the hold harmless provision for
a contract that receives a measure rating
of 5 stars for each year is to prevent the
measure from lowering a contract’s
improvement measure when the
contract still demonstrates high
performance. We proposed in section
II.A.12.r another hold harmless
provision to be codified at
§§ 422.166(g)(1) and 423.186(g)(1).
We requested comment on the
methodology for the improvement
measures, including rules for
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
determining which measures are
included, the conversion to a Star
Rating, and the hold harmless provision
for individual measures that are used for
the determination of the improvement
measure score.
We received the following comments
on our proposals, and our responses
follow:
Comment: The overwhelming
majority of commenters supported the
concept of the improvement measures.
Response: CMS appreciates the
overwhelming support for the
underlying rationale of the
improvement measures.
Comment: A commenter opposed the
codification of the improvement
measures and urged CMS to discontinue
its use in the Star Ratings program. The
commenter believes that the
improvement measures are unnecessary,
distort the signal provided by the Star
Ratings, blur the distinction between
high performing contracts and other
contracts, and can lead to
misclassification.
Response: CMS believes that
continuous improvement is an
important component of the Star Ratings
program and necessary to achieve the
ultimate goal of providing the best care
to beneficiaries and realizing the most
positive outcomes. The improvement
measures provide a distinct aspect of
performance and as implemented,
provide a true reflection of this aspect
of performance. CMS is cognizant of the
challenges of improvement for contracts
that have high performance; thus, CMS
implemented the hold harmless
provisions. One hold harmless
provision addresses high performance at
the measure level, and the other
addresses high performance at the
highest rating level. The hold harmless
provisions coupled with the two-step
clustering for converting the
improvement measure scores to
measure-level Star Ratings safeguard
against possible misclassification. CMS
appreciates the comments and will
continue to look at ways to further
enhance the Star Ratings.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested excluding CAHPS and HOS
measures from the improvement
measure because they believe the
measures are subjective in nature. A
commenter further justified the removal
of the survey measures citing the
challenges in sample selection that have
occurred in recent years that have led
some plans to appeal their results as not
statistically significant.
Response: CMS reviews and selects
the improvement measures annually
and publishes the list in the draft Call
Letter, we proposed to follow the same
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
process going forward. For a measure to
be included in the improvement
calculation, the measure must have
numeric value scores in both the current
and prior year and not have had a
substantive specification change during
those years. In addition, the
improvement measure will not include
any data on measures that are already
focused on improvement (for example,
HOS measures focused on improving or
maintaining physical or mental health).
CAHPS and HOS measures are patient
experience not patient satisfaction
surveys. The voice of the beneficiary is
a critical component of the information
needed for the Star Ratings program to
realize its goals. If an issue arises with
any aspect of the standard protocol
regarding sampling in the Star Ratings
program, CMS carefully reviews any
impact of the deviation and assesses the
risk of unintended consequences on the
integrity of the ratings. Further, CMS
develops and tests analytical
adjustments to mitigate and address all
such concerns. Although there did exist
minor deviations in the protocol for
sampling in the Star Ratings in the past,
CMS is confident that the ratings were
not affected and the measures possessed
all attributes necessary to preserve and
maintain the high standards of the Star
Ratings program.
Comment: Many commenters
supported an expansion of the measurelevel hold harmless provision for a
contract that receives 4 or more stars in
each of the two-years for a measure.
Some commenters noted the lack of
alignment between the highly-rated
contracts’ hold harmless provision for
the application of the improvement
measure(s) for the identification of a
contract’s highest rating at
§ 422.166(g)(1) and § 423.186(g)(1) and
the measure-level hold harmless
provision at (§ 422.164(f)(3) and
§ 423.184(f)(3).
Response: CMS appreciates the
thoughtful consideration of the hold
harmless provisions for the
improvement measure methodology. As
noted, the hold harmless provision at
the measure level applies a different
threshold than the hold harmless
provision for a highly-rated contract’s
highest rating. A measure, in general,
assesses a single, distinct aspect of care
while an overall or summary rating
provides a global indicator of quality of
care and performance.
At the basic building block of the
rating system, the measure, a measurelevel rating of 4 stars allows opportunity
for improvement with a focus on a
singular concept. A measure-level Star
Rating of 5 does not allow the same
degree of possible improvement. The
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
measure-level hold harmless provision
was designed to protect a contract from
being adversely impacted by the
improvement measure(s) without
discouraging continuous improvement.
CMS believes that changing the hold
harmless to measures that receive at
least 4 stars each year would serve to
hamper advances and innovation in the
care of all populations; in addition, it
could serve to discourage continuous
improvement by suggesting that 4
stars—rather than 5—is the highest
achievement on the measure.
CMS is cognizant of the additional
challenges of improvement for highlyrated contracts; improvement is more
difficult for a contract with high
performance as compared to a lowerrated contract that has more opportunity
for improvement. The hold harmless
provision for a contract’s highest rating
provides the safeguard for contracts that
receive an overall or summary rating of
4 stars or more without the use of the
improvement measures and with all
applicable adjustments (CAI and the
reward factor). A highly-rated contract
will have their final highest rating as the
higher of either the rating calculated
including or excluding the improvement
measures.
CMS believes there should be a
differentiation in the hold harmless
provisions to appropriately address the
amount of information each provides, to
incentivize contracts to continuously
improve, and to provide adequate
safeguards for high achieving contracts.
Comment: A few commenters
expressed explicit support for the
current methodology for determining
the improvement rating including the
use of separate clustering algorithms to
convert the improvement measure
scores to a measure-level Star Rating
and the separate clustering algorithms
for the Part D summary rating for PDPs
and MA–PDs.
Response: CMS appreciates these
comments.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS develop a measure to assess a
decline in performance.
Response: The current improvement
measures capture both improvement
and decline. The calculation for the
improvement measure score and the
associated methodology to convert the
improvement measures scores to
measure-level Star Ratings are designed
such that a contract that has below
average improvement, indicated by an
improvement measure score less than
zero, will receive an improvement
measure-level Star Rating less than 3
stars.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern with the improvement
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16559
methodology and believes it creates a
double-jeopardy situation because it
includes both significance testing and
national performance.
Response: The Star Ratings are
designed to incentivize contracts to
provide the best quality and care to
beneficiaries. The methodology
employed to determine the
improvement measure-level Star Ratings
is designed to align with the underlying
principles of the Star Ratings
methodology. The use of statistical
significance allows the changes of each
individual measure used for the
determination of the improvement
measure score to be assessed for
meaningful differences. The use of the
clustering algorithm to determine the
cut points and ultimately, the
assignment of the measure-level Star
Ratings, allows a contract’s performance
to be assessed relative to all contracts
that are required to report. The
determination of the measure-level Star
Ratings is done in a manner to minimize
misclassification. The clustering for the
improvement measures is done twice to
ensure that a contract with average or
above average performance,
demonstrated by an improvement
measure score of zero or above, will
receive a measure-level Star Ratings of
at least 3 stars. A contract whose
performance declined, demonstrated by
an improvement measure score of less
than zero, will receive a measure-level
Star Rating less than 3 stars. Further,
CMS designed the hold harmless
provisions as a safeguard for contracts
maintaining high performance at the
measure-level or at the contract’s
highest Star Rating to ensure that the
improvement measure-level Star Ratings
provide a true signal.
Comment: A commenter suggested
reducing the number of improvement
measures with a focus on newer
measures.
Response: CMS appreciates this
comment. For a measure to be included
in the improvement calculation, the
measure must have numeric value
scores in both the current and prior year
and not have had a substantive
specification change during those years.
In addition, the improvement measure
will not include any data on measures
that are already focused on
improvement (for example, HOS
measures focused on improving or
maintaining physical or mental health).
CMS has focused on all measures that
meet these criteria to create incentives
to improve care across a broad spectrum
of measures. Limiting the set of
measures used to determine the
improvement measure to strictly new
measures has the potential of limiting
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16560
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the focus of improvement activities by
a contract. CMS is committed to
incentivizing contracts to provide the
best quality and care to beneficiaries.
Striving for continuous improvement
across all aspects of care would be
compromised if the focus of
improvement was restricted to newer
measures only.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS ensure that MA contracts that
are subject to the use of the
improvement measures realize a benefit
from their inclusion.
Response: CMS has developed a hold
harmless provision for a highly-rated
contract’s highest rating. All other
contracts have the improvement
measure(s) included in their rating.
CMS believes the information provided
by the ratings must be a true reflection
of the quality and experience of
beneficiaries enrolled in the contract.
Ensuring that MA contracts that are
subject to the use of the improvement
measures realize a benefit from their
inclusion has the potential of distorting
the signal and does not align with the
Star Ratings program’s guiding
principles.
Comment: A commenter suggested
removing the improvement measure in
the future to streamline and simplify the
Star Ratings program.
Response: CMS disagrees with the
commenter. CMS recognizes the
importance of acknowledging quality
improvement in health and drug plans.
The improvement measures provide an
additional dimension to the Star Ratings
program. At this time, there are no plans
to remove the measures from the Star
Ratings program as we are committed to
improving the quality of care and
experiences for Medicare beneficiaries.
Comment: A commenter questioned
whether the measures Getting Needed
Care and Customer Service are included
in the improvement measure set.
Response: Annually, CMS reviews the
Star Ratings measure set to identify the
improvement measures. Both Getting
Needed Care and Customer Service meet
the inclusion criteria for an
improvement measure and will be
designated as improvements measures
in the 2021 Star Ratings program. A
specification change prompted a
temporary exclusion of these measures
from the improvement measure in the
2018 Star Ratings.
Comment: A commenter believes that
there exists a potential disadvantage for
SNPs and Medicare/Medicaid plans due
to their propensity of having lower
enrollments which ultimately results in
fewer of these types of plans from
meeting the requirements for the
calculation of an improvement measure
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
rating. The issue, the commenter
believes, is attenuated by the sampling
requirements for a subset of the
population, like the HOS measures.
Response: CMS appreciates these
comments. The contract must have a
minimum number of numeric scores
and measures of a certain type to
reliably determine an improvement
measure score. To date, we have not
seen an issue with smaller contracts
obtaining an improvement measure
score.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested increased transparency in the
determination of the improvement
measure because of the complexity of its
determination. Other commenters
expressed the concern regarding their
ability to predict the improvement
measure-level Star Ratings. Further,
commenters requested clearer
explanations of the methodology.
Response: The Star Ratings program is
designed to incentivize contracts to
provide the best care to their
beneficiaries. The improvement
measure employs two consecutive years
of data. To realize the goal of the best
care, contracts must continually seek
ways to improve the care they provide.
The improvement measures provides a
quantification of the improvement made
in the two-year period.
CMS will apply the methodology
explained in the preamble and adopted
in the regulations at §§ 422.164(f) and
423.184(f). The improvement
methodology is detailed in the annual
Technical Notes available at https://
go.cms.gov/partcanddstarratings. CMS
is always willing to answer questions
related to the calculation of the Star
Ratings including the improvement
measure methodology. Further, upon
request, CMS will provide a detailed
calculation worksheet for a contract’s
improvement measures. Contracts
should contact the Part C & D Star
Ratings Team at
PartCandDStarRatings@cms.hhs.gov for
answers to any questions related to the
MA Star Ratings.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to review the rules guiding the selection
of the improvement measures to ensure
that each measure is under the control
of the contract and that the measure is
not topped out.
Response: CMS supports the request
for reviewing the measures designated
for use in the improvement measures.
CMS annually reviews the measures
used in the Star Ratings and releases the
measures that will be used to determine
the improvement measures in the draft
Call Letter. Although some measures
may show uniform high performance
across contracts suggesting that they are
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
topped out, CMS needs to balance these
concerns with how critical the measures
are to improving care, the importance of
not creating incentives for a decline in
performance after the measures
transition out of the Star Ratings, and
the availability of alternative related
measures which address the specific
clinical concerns. MAOs and Part D
sponsors have control over all measures
included in the Star Ratings’ program;
thus, the measures selected for the
improvement measure(s) are all under
the control of the contract.
Comment: A commenter suggested
several adjustments to address their
belief that the improvements measure is
based on the following perceived flawed
assumptions: all plans have the same
opportunity to improve on both mature
and new measures year after year; highand low-performing plans have equal
opportunity for improvement; and the
hold harmless provision protects plans.
The suggested adjustments included:
The use of a log scale for evaluating
performance instead of a linear scale;
weighting improvement achieved
relative to current performance; and
adjusting the threshold for significant
improvement. (The commenter
suggested changing the level of
significance to 0.025 as opposed to 0.05,
or in other words employing the
threshold of 1.645 instead of 1.96 in the
testing for significance.)
Response: CMS appreciates the
comments and the suggested
enhancements for the improvement
measure methodology. CMS remains
cognizant of the additional challenges
for improvement for contracts with high
performance on their highest rating and
at the individual measure level. CMS
does not believe the underlying
assumptions for the methodology for the
determination of the improvement
measure-level Star Ratings is flawed.
There is less room for improvement for
contracts that are highly-rated, thus
there is a hold harmless provision for a
contract’s highest rating. In addition,
there is less room for improvement for
a measure score if a contract is
performing at the highest rating, 5 stars,
for each of the two consecutive years
examined for the improvement score.
CMS implemented a hold harmless
provision at the measure level to ensure
a contract receiving 5 stars for each year
of the two years examined would not be
subject to the possible categorization of
a significant decline for the measure.
At this time, CMS employs a level of
significance of 0.05 for all significance
testing across the aspects of the
methodology. The use of a 0.05 level of
significance is typical for statistical
analyses. CMS will consider the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
suggestions as we enhance the Star
Ratings methodology to best address the
concerns of our stakeholders while
maintaining the integrity of the Star
Ratings system.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that the improvement
measures should consider measure-level
Star Ratings and the measure score in
the hold harmless provision. Some
commenters provided examples of an
increase in a measure-level Star Rating
for a specific measure used in the
improvement measure that was
accompanied by a significant decrease
in the measure score. Commenters
believe that such scenarios should be
part of the hold harmless provision or
considered counted as an not applicable
(NA) measure, those not factoring in the
determination of the improvement
measure score.
Response: CMS will consider a
potential enhancement to the hold
harmless provision that considers both
the measure-level Star Rating and the
measure score. Any changes would be
proposed through future rulemaking.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that a measure that receives 5
stars for each of the two years should be
a positive influence on the improvement
measure score and counted as a
significant improvement.
Response: CMS appreciates this
feedback. A measure used for the
determination of the improvement
measure score that receives a measurelevel Star Rating of 5 stars in each of the
two years examined would be subject to
the 5-star measure hold harmless rule
and would benefit from the 5-star
measure-level Star Rating in the
calculation of the summary or overall
rating. In addition, contracts do have the
opportunity to earn a reward factor for
high and stable relative performance
across measures pursuant to
§§ 422.166(f)(1) and 423.186(f)(1)
discussed in section II.A.11.s of this
final rule.
Comment: Some commenters
recommended a predictable gold
standard be established for determining
meaningful improvement as a set
percentage reduction of a sub-optimal
measure rate. The commenters believe
this approach would result in a more
tailored approach of meaningful
improvement per contract and recognize
the natural concept of diminishing
returns. For example, if a 5 percent
reduction in the sub-optimal rate was
classified as meaningful, an increase of
1 percent for a contract whose rate was
80 percent in year 1 would be a
meaningful improvement (1/(100 ¥ 80)
or 5 percent) while a contract with a rate
of 60 percent in year 1 would need an
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
increase in their rate of 2 percent (an
increase to 62 percent) for a 5 percent
reduction which would be classified as
a meaningful reduction in their
suboptimal rate (2/(100 ¥ 60) or 5
percent).
Response: We will consider these
comments for the future as we make
enhancements to this measure.
Comment: A few commenters
recommended that CMS either adjust its
methodology and assign ‘‘not
applicable’’ when determining
‘‘Improvement, Decline, or No Change’’
for measures that increased in measurelevel Star Ratings in the year two of the
comparison or add these measures to
the ‘‘held harmless’’ provision for
measures. The commenters noted that
the current methodology for a measure
is based on measure scores as opposed
to measure-level Star Ratings.
Response: CMS appreciates this
feedback. CMS will further consider the
measure-level hold harmless provisions
to examine the influence of the measure
scores and measure-level Star Ratings
on the improvement measures.
Comment: Some commenters
supported a revision to the hold
harmless measure provision for an
improvement measure when a contract
received 5-star ratings for each of the 2
years examined. Although the
commenters believe that the current
measure-level hold harmless does align
with its intent to prevent an adverse
impact on a contract’s rating, a few
commenters suggested modifying the
provision to allow a measure-level Star
Rating of 5 stars for each of the 2 years
examined to be counted as a significant
improvement in the measure’s
associated net improvement category.
Other commenters suggested a hold
harmless provision if mathematically it
is not possible to have a 5-star measure
score difference that would be classified
as significant improvement. A
commenter suggested another version of
a measure-level hold harmless in which
an adjustment factor would be
employed for contracts that had
incremental improvement at the
measure-level score but who could not
attain ‘‘Significant Improvement’’ due to
performance requirements above 100
percent (mathematically) and when the
current measure-level hold harmless
provision would not be applied.
Further, the commenter believes the
adjustment factor would acknowledge
the increased difficulty in moving from
2 to 3 versus 4 to 5.
Response: CMS appreciates this
feedback. CMS will further consider
these suggestions for a future
enhancement to the hold harmless
provision at the measure-level.
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16561
Comment: A commenter suggested
using a logarithmic scale instead of a
linear scale in the significance testing
for classifying significant changes to the
measure score to address the law of
diminishing returns.
Response: CMS appreciates the
careful consideration of the
improvement measure methodology.
CMS is cognizant of the additional
challenges for both highly-rated
contracts and contracts that receive a 5
star measure-level rating for each of the
two years examined used determining
the improvement measure.
Improvement is easier at the summary
levels for a contract that is not highlyrated. Likewise, improvement for an
individual measure is easier when there
is more room for improvement.
The current hold harmless provisions
were designed to address the concern
related to the concept of diminishing
returns. The improvement measure
safeguards for contracts at the highestrating level by contract-type and at the
measure-level determination of the
improvement scores allow a transparent
method of addressing the challenges of
improvement for high performing
contracts.
The suggested use of a logarithmic
scale instead of a linear scale will be
considered during our ongoing review
of the methodology. Any enhancements
to the methodology must be balanced by
the approachability of the methodology
to our stakeholders including the
beneficiaries.
Comment: A commenter suggested
creating an improvement score for
measures that could potentially be part
of the improvement measures, but only
have one year’s worth of data. The
commenter noted that improvement
activities begin during the first year of
a measure being included in the Star
Ratings program. The focus on a first
year measure coupled with the
significant impact of the improvement
measure on a contract’s rating according
to the commenter justified first year
measures being included in the
improvement measure.
Response: CMS has designed the
improvement measures to assess the
level of improvement from one year to
the next.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing the improvement
measure provisions as proposed in
§§ 422.164(f) and 423.184(f) with minor
modifications. First, in the regulation
text at §§ 422.164(f)(4)(vi) and
423.184(f)(4)(vi), we have corrected the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16562
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
cross reference to §§ 422.166(a)(2)(i)
through (iii) and 422.186(a)(2)(i)
through (iii) for the clustering of the
improvement measure to clarify the
methodology for converting the
improvement measure scores to
measure-level Star Ratings. Second, we
are also finalizing § 422.164(f)(4)(vi)
without the sentence that provided for
separate measure thresholds for the Part
D improvement score for MA–PDs and
PDPs in favor of revising the first
sentence as follows: ‘‘The Part D
improvement measure cut points for
MA–PDs will be determined using
separate clustering algorithms in
accordance with §§ 422.166(a)(2)(i)
through (iii) and 423.186(a)(2)(i)
through (iii) of this chapter.’’
k. Data Integrity
The data underlying a measure score
and rating must be complete, accurate,
and unbiased for it to be useful for the
purposes we have proposed at
§§ 422.160(b) and 423.180(b). As part of
the current Star Ratings methodology,
all measures and the associated data
have multiple levels of quality
assurance checks. Our longstanding
policy has been to reduce a contract’s
measure rating if we determine that a
contract’s measure data are incomplete,
inaccurate, or biased. Data validation is
a shared responsibility among CMS,
CMS data providers, contractors, and
Part C and D sponsors. When applicable
(for example, data from the IRE, PDE,
call center), CMS expects sponsoring
organizations to routinely monitor their
data and immediately alert CMS if
errors or anomalies are identified so
CMS can address these errors.
We proposed to codify at
§§ 422.164(g) and 423.184(g) specific
rules for the reduction of measure
ratings when CMS identifies
incomplete, inaccurate, or biased data
that have an impact on the accuracy,
impartiality, or completeness of data
used for the impacted measures. Data
may be determined to be incomplete,
inaccurate, or biased based on a number
of reasons, including mishandling of
data, inappropriate processing, or
implementation of incorrect practices
that impacted specific measure(s). One
example of such situations that give rise
to such determinations includes a
contract’s failure to adhere to HEDIS,
HOS, or CAHPS reporting requirements.
Our modifications to measure-specific
ratings due to data integrity issues are
separate from any CMS compliance or
enforcement actions related to a
sponsor’s deficiencies. This policy and
these rating reductions are necessary to
avoid falsely assigning a high star to a
contract, especially when deficiencies
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
have been identified that show we
cannot objectively evaluate a sponsor’s
performance in an area.
As a standard practice, we check for
flags that indicate bias or non-reporting,
check for completeness, check for
outliers, and compare measures to the
previous year to identify significant
changes which could be indicative of
data issues. CMS has developed and
implemented Part C and Part D
Reporting Requirements Data Validation
standards to assure that data reported by
sponsoring organizations pursuant to
§§ 422.516 and 423.514 satisfy the
regulatory obligation. Sponsor
organizations should refer to specific
guidance and technical instructions
related to requirements in each of these
areas. For example, information about
HEDIS measures and technical
specifications is posted on: https://
www.ncqa.org/HEDISQuality
Measurement/HEDISMeasures.aspx.
Information about Data Validation of
Reporting Requirements data is posted
on: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Prescription-Drug-Coverage/Prescription
DrugCovContra/PartCDDataValidation.
html and https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Prescription-Drug-Coverage/
PrescriptionDrugCovContra/
RxContracting_
ReportingOversight.html.
We proposed, in paragraphs (g)(1)(i)
through (iii), rules for specific
circumstances where we believe a
specific response is appropriate. First,
we proposed a continuation of a current
policy: To reduce HEDIS measures to 1
star when audited data are submitted to
NCQA with an audit designation of
‘‘biased rate’’ or BR based on an
auditor’s review of the data if a plan
chooses to report; this proposal will also
apply when a plan chooses not to
submit and has an audit designation of
‘‘non-report’’ or NR. Second, we
proposed to continue to reduce Part C
and D Reporting Requirements data, that
is, data required pursuant to §§ 422.514
and 423.516, to 1 star when a contract
did not score at least 95 percent on data
validation for the applicable reporting
section or was not compliant with data
validation standards/sub-standards for
data directly used to calculate the
associated measure. In our view, data
that do not reach at least 95 percent on
the data validation standards are not
sufficiently accurate, impartial, and
complete for use in the Star Ratings. We
explained in the preamble that as the
sponsoring organization is responsible
for these data and submits them to CMS,
a negative inference is appropriate, to
conclude that performance is likely
poor. Third, we proposed a new specific
rule to implement scaled reductions in
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Star Ratings for appeal measures in both
Part C and Part D.
The data downgrade policy was
adopted to address instances when the
data that will be used for specific
measures are not reliable for measuring
performance due to their
incompleteness or biased/erroneous
nature. For instances where the integrity
of the data is compromised because of
the action or inaction of the sponsoring
organization (or its subcontractors or
agents), this policy reflects the
underlying fault of the sponsoring
organization for the lack of data for the
applicable measure. Without some
policy for reduction in the rating for
these measures, sponsoring
organizations could ‘‘game’’ the Star
Ratings and merely fail to submit data
that illustrate poor performance. As
stated in the proposed rule, we believe
that removal of the measure from the
ratings calculation will unintentionally
reward poor data compilation and
submission activities such that our only
recourse is to reduce the rating to 1 star
for affected measures.
For verification and validation of the
Part C and D appeals measures, we
proposed to use statistical criteria to
determine if and how a contract’s
appeals measure-level Star Ratings
would be reduced for missing IRE data.
We explained that the proposed criteria
would allow us to use scaled reductions
for the appeals measures to account for
the degree to which the data are
missing. The completeness of the IRE
data is critical to allow fair and accurate
measurement of the appeals measures.
All plans are responsible and held
accountable for ensuring high quality
and complete data to maintain the
validity and reliability of the appeals
measures.
In response to past stakeholder
concerns about CMS’s prior practice of
reducing measure ratings to one star
based on any finding of data inaccuracy,
incompleteness, or bias, CMS initiated
the Timeliness Monitoring Project,
TMP, in CY 2017.55 The first submission
for the TMP was for the measurement
year 2016 related to Part C organization
determinations and reconsiderations
and Part D coverage determinations and
redeterminations. The timeframe for the
submitted data was dependent on the
enrollment of the contract, with smaller
55 This project was discussed in the November 28,
2016 HPMS memo, ‘‘Industry-wide Appeals
Timeliness Monitoring.’’ https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Prescription-Drug-Coverage/Prescription
DrugCovGenIn/Downloads/Industry-wideTimeliness-Monitoring.pdf. https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Prescription-Drug-Coverage/Prescription
DrugCovGenIn/Downloads/Industry-wide-AppealsTimeliness-Monitoring-Memo-November-282016.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
16563
determined by the quotient of the
number of untimely cases not auto-
forwarded to the IRE and the total
number of untimely cases.
Under the proposed methodology, the
projected number of cases not
forwarded to the IRE in a 3-month
period is calculated by multiplying the
number of cases found not to be
forwarded to the IRE based on the TMP
or audit data by a constant determined
by the TMP time period. Contracts with
mean annual enrollments greater than
250,000 that submitted data from a 1month period would have their number
of cases found not to be forwarded to
the IRE based on the TMP data
multiplied by the constant 3.0.
Contracts with mean enrollments of
50,000 but at most 250,000 that
submitted data from a 2-month period
would have their number of cases found
not to be forwarded to the IRE based on
the TMP data multiplied by the constant
1.5. Small contracts with mean
enrollments less than 50,000 that
submitted data for a 3-month period
would have their number of cases found
not to be forwarded to the IRE based on
the TMP data multiplied by the constant
1.0.
56 Contracts with a mean annual enrollment of
less than 50,000 are required to submit data for a
three-month time period. Contracts with a mean
enrollment of at least 50,000 but at most 250,000
are required to submit data for a two-month time
period. Contracts with a mean enrollment greater
than 250,000 are required to submit data for a onemonth period.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
ER16AP18.020
receives a measure-level Star Rating of
1 star for the appeals measure.
Under the proposed methodology, the
error rate for the Part C and Part D
appeals measures using the TMP or
audit data and the projected number of
cases not forwarded to the IRE for a 3month period is used to identify
contracts that may be subject to an
appeals-related IRE data completeness
reduction. We proposed a minimum
error rate to establish a threshold for the
identification of contracts that may be
subject to a reduction. The
establishment of the threshold focuses
the possible reductions on contracts
with error rates that have the greatest
potential to distort the signal of the
appeals measures. Since the timeframe
for the TMP data is dependent on the
enrollment of the contract, (with smaller
contracts submitting data from a 3month period, medium-sized contracts
submitting data from a 2-month period,
and larger contracts submitting data
from a one-month period), the use of a
projected number of cases over a 3month period allows a consistent time
period for the application of the criteria
proposed.
The calculated error rate formula
(Equation 1) for the Part C measures is
determined by the quotient of the
number of cases not forwarded to the
IRE and the total number of cases that
should have been forwarded to the IRE.
The number of cases that should have
been forwarded to the IRE is the sum of
the number of cases in the IRE during
TMP or audit data collection period and
the number of cases not forwarded to
the IRE during the same period.
ER16AP18.010
completeness reduction are
independent of the data used for the
Part D IRE data completeness reduction.
If a contract receives a reduction due to
missing Part C IRE data, the reduction
would be applied to both of the
contract’s Part C appeals measures.
Likewise, if a contract receives a
reduction due to missing Part D IRE
data, the reduction would be applied to
both of the contract’s Part D appeals
measures. We solicited comment on this
proposal and its scope; we were looking
in particular for comments related to
how to use the process in this proposal
to account for data integrity issues
discovered through means other than
the TMP and audits of sponsoring
organizations.
CMS’s proposed scaled reduction
methodology is a three-stage process
using the TMP or audit information to
determine: first, whether a contract may
be subject to a potential reduction for
the Part C or Part D appeals measures;
second, the basis for the estimate of the
error rate; and finally, whether the
estimated error rate is significantly
greater than the cut points for the scaled
reductions of 1, 2, 3, or 4 stars.
Once the scaled reduction for a
contract is determined using this
methodology, the reduction is applied
to the contract’s associated appeals
measure-level Star Ratings. The
minimum measure-level Star Rating is 1
star. If the difference between the
associated appeals measure-level Star
Rating (before the application of the
reduction) and the identified scaled
reduction is less than one, the contract
The calculated error rate formula
(Equation 2) for the Part D measures is
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
contracts submitting data from a 3month period, medium-sized contracts
submitting data from a two-month
period, and larger contracts submitting
data from a one-month period.56
We proposed to use TMP data and
other data sources whenever possible,
such as information from audits, to
determine whether the data at the
Independent Review Entity (IRE) are
complete and to evaluate the level of
missing data. Given the financial and
marketing incentives associated with
higher performance in Star Ratings,
safeguards are needed to protect the Star
Ratings from actions that inflate
performance or mask deficiencies.
We proposed to reduce a contract’s
Part C or Part D appeal measures Star
Ratings for IRE data that are not
complete or otherwise lack integrity
based on the TMP or audit information.
The reduction would be applied to the
measure-level Star Ratings for the
applicable appeals measures. There are
varying degrees of data issues and as
such, we proposed a methodology for
reductions that reflects the degree of the
data accuracy issue for a contract
instead of a one-size fits all approach.
The proposed methodology employs
scaled reductions, ranging from a 1-star
reduction to a 4-star reduction; the most
severe reduction for the degree of
missing IRE data would be a 4-star
reduction which will result in a
measure-level Star Rating of 1 star for
the associated appeals measures (Part C
or Part D). The data source for the scaled
reduction is the TMP or audit data,
however the specific data used for the
determination of a Part C IRE data
16564
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
We proposed that contract ratings be
subject to a possible reduction due to
lack of IRE data completeness if both
following conditions are met:
• The calculated error rate is 20
percent or more.
• The projected number of cases not
forwarded to the IRE is at least 10 in a
3-month period.
The requirement for a minimum
number of cases is needed to address
statistical concerns with precision and
small numbers. If a contract meets only
one of the conditions, the contract
would not be subject to reductions for
IRE data completeness issues.
If a contract is subject to a possible
reduction based on the aforementioned
conditions, a confidence interval
estimate for the true error rate for the
contract is calculated using a Score
Interval (Wilson Score Interval) at a
confidence level of 95 percent.
The midpoint of the score interval
will be determined using Equation 3.
The z score that corresponds to a level
of statistical significance of 0.05,
commonly denoted as
For the Part C appeals measures, the
midpoint of the confidence interval is
calculated using Equation 3 along with
the calculated error rate from the TMP,
which is determined by Equation 1. The
total number of cases in Equation 3 is
the number of cases that should have
been in the IRE for the Part C TMP data.
For the Part D appeals measures, the
midpoint of the confidence interval is
calculated using Equation 3 along with
the calculated error rate from the TMP,
which is determined by Equation 2. The
total number of cases in Equation 3 is
the total number of untimely cases for
the Part D appeals measures.
Letting the calculated error rate be
ˆ
represented by p and the total number
of cases represented as n, Equation 3
can be streamlined as Equation 4:
statistically significantly greater than
more than one threshold. We proposed
that the reduction be determined by the
highest threshold that the contract’s
lower bound exceeds. For example, if
the lower bound for a contract is
64.560000 percent, the contract’s
estimated value is significantly greater
than the thresholds of 20 percent, 40
percent, and 60 percent because the
lower bound value 64.560000 percent is
greater than each of these thresholds.
The lower bound for the contract’s
confidence interval is not greater than
80 percent. Therefore, in this example,
the contract will be subject to the
reduction that corresponds to the 60
percent threshold, which is three stars.
TABLE 4—APPEALS MEASURE STAR
RATINGS REDUCTIONS BY THE INCOMPLETE DATA ERROR RATE—
Continued
but for ease of presentation represented
here as z. (The z value that will be used
for the purpose of the calculation of the
interval is 1.959964.).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Proposed thresholds using
the lower bound of
confidence interval estimate
of the error rate
(%)
Reduction for
incomplete
IRE data
(stars)
20 ..........................................
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1
2
3
4
We proposed regulation text at
§ 422.164(g)(1)(iii)(A) through (N) and
§ 423.184(g)(1)(iii)(A) through (K) to
codify these parameters and formulas
for the scaled reductions. We noted in
the proposed rule that the proposed text
for the Part C regulation includes
specific paragraphs related to MA and
MA–PD plans that are not included in
the proposed text for the Part D
regulation but that the two are otherwise
identical.
In addition, we proposed in
§§ 422.164(g)(2) and 423.184(g)(2) to
authorize reductions in a Star Rating for
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
ER16AP18.021
40 ..........................................
60 ..........................................
80 ..........................................
Reduction for
incomplete
IRE data
(stars)
ER16AP18.012
TABLE 4—APPEALS MEASURE STAR
RATINGS REDUCTIONS BY THE INCOMPLETE DATA ERROR RATE
Proposed thresholds using
the lower bound of
confidence interval estimate
of the error rate
(%)
ER16AP18.022
For each contract subject to a possible
reduction, the lower bound of the
interval estimate of the error rate will be
compared to each of the thresholds in
Table 4. If the contract’s calculated
lower bound is higher than the
threshold, the contract will receive the
reduction that corresponds to the
highest threshold that is less than the
lower bound. In other words, the
contract’s lower bound is being
employed to determine whether the
contract’s error rate is significantly
greater than the thresholds of 20
percent, 40 percent, 60 percent, and 80
percent. The proposed scaled reductions
are in Table 4, and were proposed in
narrative form at paragraph (g)(1)(iii)(D)
of both regulations.
We further proposed that the
reductions due to IRE data completeness
issues be applied after the calculation of
the measure-level Star Rating for the
appeals measures. The proposed
reduction would be applied to the Part
C appeals measures and/or the Part D
appeals measures.
We noted in the proposed rule that a
contract’s lower bound could be
ER16AP18.011
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
The lower bound of the confidence
interval estimate for the error rate is
calculated using Equation 5 below:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
a measure when there are other data
accuracy concerns (that is, those not
specified in paragraph (g)(1)). We
proposed an example in paragraph (g)(2)
of another circumstance where CMS
will be authorized to reduce ratings
based on a determination that
performance data are incomplete,
inaccurate, or biased: the failure of a
contract to adhere to the HEDIS,
CAHPS, or HOS reporting requirements.
We also proposed this other situation
would result in a reduction of the
measure rating to 1 star.
We noted in the proposed rule that we
had taken several steps in past years to
protect the integrity of the data we use
to calculate Star Ratings. We welcomed
comments about alternative methods for
identifying inaccurate or biased data
and comments on the proposed policies
for reducing stars for data accuracy and
completeness issues and comments on
the proposed methodology for scaled
reductions for the Part C and Part D
appeals measures to address the degree
of missing IRE data.
We received the following comments
on our proposals and our responses
follow:
Comment: There was overwhelming
support for the use of scaled reductions
for the completeness of the IRE data for
the appeals measures. Some
commenters explicitly stated that the
use of scaled reductions avoids the onesize-fits-all approach.
Response: CMS appreciates the
overwhelming support for the proposed
scaled reduction methodology.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested other potential criteria for
consideration for the scaled reductions
methodology. A commenter suggested
CMS consider the volume of appeals
instead of plan size for determining the
reductions. Other commenters suggested
including enrollment as part of the rules
for the allowable excluded number of
cases, using the timely percentages as
basis for scaled reduction, or using the
errors relative to enrollment level as the
thresholds.
Response: CMS appreciates the
careful consideration of alternative
options for the scaled reduction
methodology. A thorough examination
and identification of potential
unintended consequences must be done
for any possible modification to the Star
Ratings methodology. Additional
analysis will be done to further explore
relations among enrollment, appeals
volume, untimely, and timely
percentages. CMS believes the proposed
methodology provides the best
foundation for scaled reductions and
will consider these comments as we
contemplate future enhancements.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Comment: Some commenters
expressed support for the data integrity
policies for non-appeals measures. A
commenter supported the proposal to
reduce a contract’s measure-level Star
Rating to 1-star for measures related to
Part C and D reporting requirements
measures when the contract does not
meet CMS expectations for data
validation. Another commenter
supported the reduction for HEDIS
measures that received an audit
designation of ‘‘Biased Rate.’’ Another
commenter supported the high standard
of 95 percent on validation audits, but
believed it is important to distinguish
between generally well-functioning
plans that may have an occasional error
versus plans that have significant,
systematic errors.
Response: CMS appreciates the
support of the data integrity policies.
The data integrity policies align with
our commitment to data quality and
preserves the integrity of the Star
Ratings. CMS believes the data integrity
policies are designed to distinguish
between occasional errors and
systematic issues. For example, both the
validation audits and scaled reduction
methodology allow for the occasional
error and target only those contracts that
exceed a specified error rate.
Comment: A commenter requested
clarification on how CMS plans to use
the Data Validation Audit.
Response: The Data Validation Audit
is one method to ensure the data used
for Star Ratings are accurate. The two
Star Rating measures (SNP Care
Management (Part C) and Medication
Therapy Management (MTM) Program
Completion Rate for Comprehensive
Medication Reviews (CMR) (Part D)) are
based on Part C and D Reporting
Requirements data and calculated using
data reported by plan sponsors and
validated via an independent data
validation using CMS standards. Per the
Star Ratings Technical Notes, contracts
that did not score at least 95 percent on
data validation for these reporting
sections and/or were not compliant with
data validation standards/sub-standards
for at least one of the data elements used
to calculate the measures are not rated
in this measure, and the contract’s
measure score is reduced to 1 star. CMS
has relied on the Data Validation Audit
to confirm the integrity of these planreported data since these measures were
first added to the Star Ratings program.
In the 2019 draft Call Letter CMS
proposed to define a contract as being
non-compliant if it either receives a
‘‘No’’ or a 1, 2, or 3 on the 5-point Likert
scale in the specific data element’s data
validation in order to align with changes
in the Data Validation Audit.
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16565
If further clarification is needed,
please feel free to contact the Part C&D
Data Quality Team at: PARTCDQA@
cms.hhs.gov
Comment: Some commenter
expressed concern or opposed using
audit findings as a data source to
validate the appeals measures.
Response: The Timeliness Monitoring
Project (TMP) data will be the primary
data used to validate the completeness
for the Part C and D appeals measures.
However, CMS may also use audit data
to validate the appeals measures if
additional information is uncovered
during the audit process that
demonstrates that the data for the
appeals measures are not complete.
Comment: A commenter requested
clarification regarding the use of TMP
data that are submitted at the parentorganization level. Specifically, the
commenter was unsure if the reporting
level would be at contract level or all
contracts under the parent organization
would receive the same scaled
reduction.
Response: Although the data for the
TMP are submitted by the parent
organization, the observations are
recorded at the contract level. The TMP
data for each parent organization are
disaggregated to contract-level data. The
scaled reduction would be separately
and independently determined for each
contract under a parent organization. If
a contract has no untimely cases or no
cases that should have been forwarded
to the IRE in the TMP timeframe, the
contract would not be subject to a
possible IRE data completeness
reduction for the associated appeals
measure. This analysis would be done
on a contract-by-contract basis using
only data for the applicable contract.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern about the lack of a data-driven
methodology used to determine data
integrity issues. Further the commenter
asked for a data-driven, streamlined
approach that does not use audit data.
Response: The Star Ratings program
and its associated methodology
generally employ a comprehensive,
scientific, data-driven approach. CMS
has moved away from relying on audit
data for determining the completeness
of the appeals measures with the
introduction of the TMP data. However,
we are not adopting a rule to prohibit
use of audit data where such data are
reliable and relevant to understanding
and determining whether the data used
for a particular measure (even appeals
measures) are erroneous, incomplete or
biased.
Comment: Some commenters
requested additional information on the
timeline for contracts to submit
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16566
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
information on scaled reductions along
with simulations to allow contracts to
better understand the impact of the
scaled reduction methodology. Another
commenter requested that CMS share all
simulated data related to scaled
reductions.
Response: CMS will issue a memo
each year outlining the timeframe
associated with the TMP data collection.
The TMP data used for the Star Ratings
program will align with the
measurement period of the Star Ratings
year.
The first submission for the TMP
focused on the 2016 measurement year
for Part C organization determinations
and reconsiderations and Part D
coverage determinations and
redeterminations. CMS gained valuable
insight about the audit universes, and
the completeness of the IRE data.
In December 2017, CMS provided
each contract with the results of its TMP
analysis. The Part C and D IRE data
completeness percentage provided is
equivalent to the calculated error rate
discussed in the scaled reduction
methodology section outlined in the
NPRM. A contract can simulate the
scaled reduction for the 2018 Star
Ratings appeals measures by following
the methodology for scaled reductions.
First, a contract can use the data
provided to determine whether it would
be subject to a possible reduction due to
lack of IRE data completeness based on
the calculated error rate and projected
number of cases not forwarded to the
IRE. (To determine the projected
number of cases the factor based on the
enrollment needs to be multiplied by
the number of cases detailed on the
December report.) Next, if the contract
is subject to a possible reduction, the
lower bound of the Wilson Score
interval is calculated using the formulas
in the NPRM along with the calculated
error rate. The lower bound can then be
compared to the thresholds in Table 3
to identify the reduction to the
associated appeals measure-level Star
Ratings.
Comment: A commenter did not
believe the exclusion of a measure
affected by data integrity issues is
sufficient to prevent gamesmanship.
Instead, the commenter suggested a
hybrid approach that the commenter
believes is less punitive. This method
would exclude measures that received 4
or 5 stars and would levy an automatic
reduction to 1 star for data integrity
issues for measures that received 3 or
less stars.
Response: The accuracy of the
measure data is key to the Star Ratings
methodology. Excluding a measure from
the Star Ratings due to data integrity
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
issues instead of using a measure-level
Star Rating of 1 distorts the signal of the
true quality and performance of a
contract and does not align with the
intent of the data integrity policies. We
therefore disagree with the commenter.
Comment: Some commenters
supported expanding polices to reduce
Star Ratings when the data are not
reported or do not meet validation
requirements. A few commenters
suggested the use of scaled reductions
for all measures in the Star Ratings
program including HEDIS measures.
Another commenter supported
expanding the scaled reductions to
other measures with special
consideration of organizations
demonstrating commitment to
compliance.
Response: CMS appreciates the
support of the data integrity policy and
will consider expanding the policies to
be as comprehensive as feasible.
Currently, for most measures, including
HEDIS measures, we do not have
enough information to calculate scaled
reductions.
Comment: Some commenters
expressed concern regarding the
possible use of audit data. The
commenters stated that using audit data
results in artificially inflated ratings for
contracts that are not audited compared
to contracts that are audited. A
commenter stated the goals and analytic
approaches associated with an audit do
not align with those of the Star Ratings
program. In addition, a commenter
wanted any findings from enforcement
activities excluded from the Star Ratings
since not all contracts are audited each
year. A commenter requested
information about how CMS would
ensure equity between audited and nonaudited contracts. In addition, another
commenter asked for clarification of the
‘other data’ that may be used for
assessing data completeness. A
commenter encouraged CMS
immediately remove the impact of audit
findings on the Star Ratings for the
determination of 2019 QBPs.
Response: CMS appreciates the
comments. All contracts are required to
submit TMP data on an annual basis.
The TMP data are typically the same
data used for CMS program audits but
are collected from all MA and Part D
sponsoring organizations which shall
ensure equity among all contracts. As
part of the 2019 draft Call Letter, CMS
proposed to remove the Beneficiary
Access and Performance Problems
(BAPP) measure from the Star Ratings.
This proposal was finalized in the 2019
Final Call Letter to remove the BAPP
measure from the Star Ratings program
effective for the 2019 Star Ratings.
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Comment: A commenter suggested a
hold harmless provision when there are
data issues. The commenter provided
the example of the measure of providing
translation services that was removed
from the Star Ratings in the past for
contracts that have worked hard to
perform well on a measure.
Response: CMS removes measures
from the Star Ratings if a systematic
issues exists with data quality across all
(or a majority of) contracts as described
in §§ 422.164(b) and 423.184(b). It is the
policy of CMS not to assign measurelevel Star Ratings if data issues are
present across the board that suggest
that the measure results are not reliable.
When systemic data issues are present
for a measure, it is difficult to accurately
determine performance across contracts.
The policy proposed for adding,
updating and removing measures is
presented in §§ 422.164 and §§ 423.184.
The removal of measures from the Star
Ratings is detailed in in §§ 422.164(b)
and §§ 423.184(b).
Comment: A few commenters
expressed concern that the CMS
approach for data integrity issues for
HEDIS measures is duplicative of the
HEDIS audit process.
Response: The data integrity policy
for HEDIS measures uses the
information provided by the NCQA
compliance auditor, and thus aligns
with their findings.
Comment: A commenter stated that
the reductions in the Star Ratings for
integrity blurs the distinction between
quality measurement and compliance
and audit activities. Further, the
commenter stated that the focus of the
ratings should be clinical quality and
beneficiary satisfaction. Another
commenter expressed concern of the
continuation of the downgrade to 1-star
for the HEDIS and measures related to
the Part C&D reporting requirements.
Response: CMS considers data quality
as paramount to accurate and reliable
measurement. As such, CMS uses
multiple sources of information to
assess the multiple facets of data
quality. The Star Ratings were designed
to provide a true signal of the quality
and performance of a contract. Star
Ratings that are generated from data that
lack quality or, in other words, flawed
data—whether because of bias,
incompleteness, or inaccuracy—impact
the integrity of the ratings. Star Ratings
that do not provide a true signal of the
quality and performance of the
Medicare health and drugs plans offered
under a contract threaten the core of the
Star Ratings program. CMS is committed
to maintaining the integrity of the
ratings. By taking steps to downgrade
measure ratings when underlying data
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
quality issues exists, CMS is preserving
the integrity of the Star Ratings and
incentivizing sponsoring organizations
to take steps to improve data integrity
and eliminate problems.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested modifications to other facets
of the data integrity policy. A
commenter suggested that if an
identified data issue did not harm
beneficiaries, plans should be able to
resubmit the data with limited penalty.
Other commenters stated that CMS
should provide contracts the
opportunity to correct data errors
without penalties. A commenter
suggested that contracts should be
offered a preliminary review of their
data midway through the reporting year
to allow identification of any issues and
the chance to correct them before the
end of the year. Another commenter
suggested that CMS take into account
the necessary distinction between a
deliberate submission of inaccurate data
and the unintentional occurrence of
minor errors and mistakes when
addressing data integrity. In addition,
the commenter outlined an approach to
penalize plans based on beneficiary
impact, nature of issue, health plan
activity, history of data integrity issues,
and timing that would be reviewed by
a third party.
Response: CMS appreciates the
careful consideration and suggestions
for potential revisions to the data
integrity policy. The data underlying a
measure score and rating must be
complete, accurate, and unbiased to
allow the Star Ratings to be a true
reflection of a contract’s quality and
performance. CMS’s longstanding policy
has been to reduce a contract’s measure
rating if a contract’s measure data are
incomplete, inaccurate, or biased but, as
the proposal of scaled reductions
indicates, CMS will consider and
implement alternatives and
improvements. We must, however,
remain mindful of the timing and
resource considerations at play with the
annual release of Star Ratings.
Data validation is a shared
responsibility among CMS, CMS data
providers, contractors, and Part C and D
sponsors. CMS encourages organizations
to routinely monitor their data and
immediately alert CMS if errors or
anomalies are identified so CMS can
address these errors. Contracts are
afforded opportunities to review their
data before the Star Ratings are
calculated, during data collection and
during the Plan Preview periods for the
Star Ratings. CMS will continue to
review the policies and solicit feedback
from stakeholders.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Comment: A few commenters
expressed concern about the perceived
punitive nature of the data integrity
policies. A commenter suggested that
contracts should be rewarded if they
have near-perfect performance. For
example, the commenter suggested that
contracts that receive a 5-Star Rating on
the Part D Appeals Timeliness measure
and do not qualify for the Part D
Appeals Upheld measure because they
received less than 10 appeals, should
automatically receive a 5-Star Rating on
the Part D Appeals Upheld measure.
Response: CMS believes the integrity
of the data is fundamental to the Star
Ratings program. CMS maintains high
standards for data quality to ensure that
the Star Ratings are a true reflection of
the quality, performance and experience
of the beneficiaries enrolled in MA and
Part D contracts. CMS employs a datadriven approach for determining the
measure-level Star Ratings. The data
integrity policies serve to preserve the
integrity of the Star Ratings and
encourage contracts and sponsors to
strive for the highest data quality; they
are not designed or intended to be
punitive. The measure level reductions
for data integrity concerns are not made
to punish a sponsor but rather to reflect
that the data available are incomplete
and inaccurate.
In the commenter’s example, the
contract did not meet the minimum
number of cases reviewed by the IRE to
be measured in the Appeals Upheld
measure. This specification is necessary
to ensure an adequate sample of cases
for which to evaluate the contract’s
original decisions. The contract’s TMP
results regarding the completeness of
the IRE data has no relevance on
whether CMS can evaluate the contract
in this measure. It remains that CMS
cannot reliably calculate a percent of
cases upheld by the IRE if there are too
few IRE cases reviewed for the contract.
Comment: A commenter suggested the
removal of the Part C and D appeals
measures until CMS can adequately
address the underlying data integrity
issues that are associated with the IRE
and contracts.
Response: CMS is firmly committed to
the integrity of the Star Ratings systems.
CMS believes that the data integrity
policy and the rating reductions are
necessary to avoid falsely assigning a
high star to a contract, especially when
deficiencies have been identified that
show CMS cannot objectively evaluate a
sponsor’s performance in an area. To
address challenges in validating the
appeals measures, CMS implemented
the collection of the TMP data.
Concerns and reviews to assure data
integrity will remain for as long as
PO 00000
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16567
necessary to collect data in order to
provide reliable Star Ratings and
comparable information about plan
quality and performance. CMS believes
that our rule, as proposed and finalized,
strikes the right balance in support of
the underlying policies.
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing data integrity
provisions as proposed at §§ 422.164(g)
and 423.184(g) without substantive
modification. We are finalizing the
following minor editorial changes to the
regulation text: (1) In § 422.164(g)(1)(ii)
to add a reference to ‘‘substandards’’ as
well as standards that govern data
validation; (2) in § 422.164(g)(1)(iii) to
improve the flow of the last sentence in
the introductory paragraph and to
correct the verb tenses in paragraphs
(A), (C) and (K); (3) in § 423.184(g)(1)(i)
to identify the data that are subject to
data validation; (4) in § 423.184(g)(1)(ii)
to add the sentence proposed as
paragraph (ii)(A) to the introductory
paragraph and redesignate the
remaining paragraphs; and (5) in
redesignated § 423.184(g)(1)(ii)(A), (C),
and (F) to correct the verb tenses and
capitalization of ‘‘Star Ratings’’. Finally,
in § 423.184(g)(1)(ii) A–L we aligned the
regulatory text with § 422.164(g)(1)(ii)
A–N where appropriate.
§ 422.164(g)(1)(ii) A–N has more
provisions to account for the differences
in calculations between Part C and D
appeals measures.
l. Measure-Level Star Ratings
We proposed in §§ 422.166(a) and
423.186(a) the methods for calculating
Star Ratings at the measure level. As
part of the Part C and D Star Ratings
system, Star Ratings are currently
calculated at the measure level. To
separate a distribution of scores into
distinct groups or star categories, a set
of values must be identified to separate
one group from another group. The set
of values that break the distribution of
the scores into non-overlapping groups
is a set of cut points. We proposed to
continue to determine cut points by
applying either clustering or a relative
distribution and significance testing
methodology; we proposed to codify
this policy in paragraphs (a)(1) of each
section. We proposed in paragraphs
(a)(2) and (a)(3) of each section that for
non-CAHPS measures (including the
improvement measures, which were
specifically addressed in paragraphs
(a)(2)(iii), we would use a clustering
methodology and that for CAHPS
measures, we would use relative
distribution and significance testing.
Measure scores will be converted to a 5-
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16568
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
star scale ranging from 1 to 5, with
whole star increments. A rating of 5
stars will indicate the highest Star
Rating possible, while a rating of 1 star
will be the lowest rating on the scale.
We proposed to use the two
methodologies described as follows to
convert measure scores to measure-level
Star Ratings.
We proposed to use the clustering
method for all Star Ratings measures,
except for the CAHPS measures. For
each individual measure, we would
determine the measure cut points using
all measure scores for all contracts
required to report that do not have
missing, flagged as biased, or erroneous
data. For the Part D measures, we
proposed to determine MA–PD and PDP
cut points separately. The scores would
be grouped such that scores within the
same rating (that is 1 star, 2 stars, etc.)
are as similar as possible, and scores in
different ratings are as different as
possible. The hierarchical clustering
algorithm and the associated tree and
cluster assignments using SAS (a
statistical software package) are
currently used to determine the cut
points for the assignment of the
measure-level Star Ratings. We stated
that we would continue use of this
software, but that improvements in
statistical analysis would not result in
rulemaking or changes in these eventual
rules providing for the use of a
clustering methodology. We stated our
belief that the software used to apply
the clustering methodology is generally
irrelevant.
Conceptually, the clustering algorithm
identifies natural gaps within the
distribution of the scores and creates
groups (clusters) that are then used to
identify the cut points that result in the
creation of a pre-specified number of
categories. The Euclidean distance
between each pair of contracts’ measure
scores serves as the input for the
clustering algorithm. The hierarchical
clustering algorithm begins with each
contract’s measure score being assigned
to its own cluster. Ward’s minimum
variance method is used to separate the
variance of the measure scores into
within-cluster and between-cluster sum
of squares components in order to
determine which pairs of clusters to
merge. For the majority of measures, the
final step in the algorithm is done a
single time with five categories
specified for the assignment of
individual scores to cluster labels. The
cluster labels are then ordered to create
the 1 to 5-star scale. The range of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
values for each cluster (identified by
cluster labels) is examined. We
proposed that this final range of values
and labels would be used to determine
the set of cut points for the Star Ratings
as follows: The measure score that
corresponds to the lower bound for the
measure-level ratings of 2 through 5 will
be included in the star-specific rating
category for a measure for which a
higher score corresponds to better
performance; for a measure for which a
lower score is better, the process will be
the same except that the upper bound
within each cluster label will determine
the set of cut points; the measure score
that corresponds to the cut point for the
ratings of 2 through 5 will be included
in the star-specific rating category; and
in cases where multiple clusters have
the same measure score value range,
those clusters will be combined, leading
to fewer than 5 clusters. Under our
proposal to use clustering to set cut
points, we stated that we would require
the same number of observations
(contracts) within each rating and
instead will use a data-driven approach.
As proposed in paragraphs (a)(2)(iii)
of each section the improvement
measures for Part C and Part D would
be determined using the hierarchical
clustering algorithm twice, once for raw
scores of zero or greater and again for
raw scores below for the identification
of the cut points that will allow the
conversion of the improvement measure
scores to the star scale. The Part D
improvement measure score clustering
for MA–PDs and PDPs will be reported
separately. Improvement scores of zero
or greater would be assigned at least 3
stars for the improvement Star Rating,
while improvement scores of less than
zero would be assigned either 1 or 2
stars. For contracts with improvement
scores greater than or equal to zero, the
clustering process will result in three
clusters with measure-level Star Ratings
of 3, 4, or 5 with the lower bound of
each cluster serving as the cut point for
the associated Star Rating. For those
contracts with improvement scores less
than zero, the clustering algorithm will
result in two clusters with measurelevel Star Ratings of 1 or 2..
We proposed in paragraphs (a)(3) of
each section to use another method
using percentile standing relative to the
distribution of scores for other contracts,
measurement reliability standards, and
statistical significance testing to
determine star assignments for the
CAHPS measures. This method will
combine evaluating the relative
PO 00000
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
percentile distribution of scores with
significance testing and measurement
reliability standards in order to
maximize the accuracy of star
assignments based on scores produced
from the CAHPS survey. For CAHPS
measures, contracts are first classified
into base groups by comparisons to
percentile cut points defined by the
current-year distribution of case-mix
adjusted contract means. Percentile cut
points are rounded to the nearest integer
on the 0–100 reporting scale, and each
base group includes those contracts
whose rounded mean score is at or
above the lower limit and below the
upper limit. Then, the number of stars
assigned is determined by the base
group assignment, the statistical
significance and direction of the
difference of the contract mean from the
national mean, an indicator of the
statistical reliability of the contract
score on a given measure (based on the
ratio of sampling variation for each
contract mean to between-contract
variation), and the standard error of the
mean score. Table C4, which we
proposed to codify in narrative form at
§§ 422.166(a)(3) and 423.186(a)(3),
details the CAHPS star assignment rules
for each rating. We proposed that all
statistical tests, including comparisons
involving standard error, would be
computed using unrounded scores.
We proposed that if the reliability of
a CAHPS measure score is very low for
a given contract, less than 0.60, the
contract would not receive a Star Rating
for that measure. For purposes of
applying the criterion for 1 star on Table
4, at item (c), low reliability scores are
defined as those with at least 11
respondents and reliability greater than
or equal to 0.60 but less than 0.75 and
also in the lowest 12 percent of
contracts ordered by reliability. The
standard error is considered when the
measure score is below the 15th
percentile (in base group 1),
significantly below average, and has low
reliability: In this case, 1 star will be
assigned if and only if the measure score
is at least 1 standard error below the
unrounded cut point between base
groups 1 and 2. Similarly, when the
measure score is at or above the 80th
percentile (in base group 5),
significantly above average, and has low
reliability, 5 stars would be assigned if
and only if the measure score is at least
1 standard error above the unrounded
cut point between base groups 4 and 5.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
16569
TABLE 5—CAHPS STAR ASSIGNMENT RULES
Star
Criteria for assigning Star Ratings
1 ......................
A contract is assigned one star if both criteria (a) and (b) are met plus at least one of criteria (c) and (d):
(a) its average CAHPS measure score is lower than the 15th percentile; AND
(b) its average CAHPS measure score is statistically significantly lower than the national average CAHPS measure score;
(c) the reliability is not low; OR
(d) its average CAHPS measure score is more than one standard error (SE) below the 15th percentile.
A contract is assigned two stars if it does not meet the one-star criteria and meets at least one of these three criteria:
(a) its average CAHPS measure score is lower than the 30th percentile and the measure does not have low reliability; OR
(b) its average CAHPS measure score is lower than the 15th percentile and the measure has low reliability; OR
(c) its average CAHPS measure score is statistically significantly lower than the national average CAHPS measure score
and below the 60th percentile.
A contract is assigned three stars if it meets at least one of these three criteria:
(a) its average CAHPS measure score is at or above the 30th percentile and lower than the 60th percentile, AND it is not
statistically significantly different from the national average CAHPS measure score; OR
(b) its average CAHPS measure score is at or above the 15th percentile and lower than the 30th percentile, AND the reliability is low, AND the score is not statistically significantly lower than the national average CAHPS measure score; OR
(c) its average CAHPS measure score is at or above the 60th percentile and lower than the 80th percentile, AND the reliability is low, AND the score is not statistically significantly higher than the national average CAHPS measure score.
A contract is assigned four stars if it does not meet the 5-star criteria and meets at least one of these three criteria:
(a) its average CAHPS measure score is at or above the 60th percentile and the measure does not have low reliability;
OR
(b) its average CAHPS measure score is at or above the 80th percentile and the measure has low reliability; OR
(c) its average CAHPS measure score is statistically significantly higher than the national average CAHPS measure score
and above the 30th percentile.
A contract is assigned five stars if both criteria (a) and (b) are met plus at least one of criteria (c) and (d):
(a) its average CAHPS measure score is at or above the 80th percentile; AND
(b) its average CAHPS measure score is statistically significantly higher than the national average CAHPS measure score;
(c) the reliability is not low; OR
(d) its average CAHPS measure score is more than one SE above the 80th percentile.
2 ......................
3 ......................
4 ......................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
5 ......................
We requested comments on our
proposed methods to determine cut
points.
In the proposed rule, we also
acknowledged our past practice of
publishing pre-determined 4-star
thresholds for certain measures. We
asked commenters who supported the
return of the pre-determined 4-star
thresholds to provide suggestions on
how to minimize the risk of
‘‘misclassifying’’ a contract’s
performance. For example,
misclassification occurs when scoring a
‘‘true’’ 4-star contract as a 3-star
contract, or vice versa. The potential for
misclassification is increased if the cut
points result in the creation of ‘‘cliffs’’
between adjacent categories within the
Star Ratings that could lead to the
potential of different ratings between
contracts with nearly identical Star
Ratings that lie on the opposite sides of
a fixed threshold. In addition, we ask
commenters that supported predetermined thresholds ways in which
CMS can continue to create incentives
for quality improvement. We also
solicited comments on alternative
recommendations for revising the cut
point methodology. We summarized
examples of alternatives we were
considering: Methodologies that will
minimize year-to-year changes in the
cut points by setting the cut points so
they are a moving average of the cut
points from the 2 or 3 most recent years;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
and setting caps on the degree to which
a measure cut point could change from
one year to the next. We solicited
comments on these particular
methodologies and recommendations
for other ways to provide stability for
cut points from year to year.
We received the following comments
on our proposals and our responses
follow:
Comment: There was widespread
support for the use of the clustering
algorithm to determine the cut points,
although the overwhelming majority
recommended some changes to how
CMS determines the cut points.
Response: CMS appreciates the
support of the use of the clustering
algorithm for the determination of the
cut points. CMS carefully reviewed the
feedback which reflects very diverse
and conflicting opinions on the
appropriate way to set cut points. CMS
is actively considering a wide range of
options for modifying the approach for
determining cut points and needs to
fully simulate alternative options in
order to avoid implementing an option
that could have unintended
consequences. Thus, we are finalizing
the clustering algorithm for the
determination of cut points (for nonCAHPS measures) as proposed while we
continue to simulate alternative options.
CMS will use the feedback from this
NPRM to guide and examine options for
an enhanced methodology for
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
converting the measure scores to
measure-level Star Ratings, which
would be proposed in a future
regulation.
Comment: The majority of
commenters listed or identified several
desirable attributes for the cut points,
including having them be
predetermined and released before the
beginning of the measurement period,
and increasing the stability and
predictability of them. A handful of
commenters noted that the cut points
must represent meaningful differences
among the star categories.
Many commenters expressed concern
about the influence of outliers on the
cut points. Some of the suggestions for
decreasing the influence of outliers
included removing them from the
clustering algorithm, using a trimmed
data set, or raising the minimum
measure-level denominator threshold
from 30 to 100 to reduce the number of
outliers based on small numbers. In
addition, many commenters that
expressed a preference for stability
supported a cap, a restriction on the
maximum movement for a measure’s cut
points from one year to the next, to
achieve the desired characteristic. A
commenter suggested employing a cap
similar to NCQA’s method which relies
on assigning a cap based on the
maximum change in the relative
distribution of the measure scores. The
commenter believed this would allow
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16570
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
CMS’s clustering methodology to move
cut points (for example, moving the 4
and 5 star cut points up) without
extreme changes based on the
movement of relatively few MA
contracts. Another commenter who
supported stability stated that the
thresholds from one year to the next
should not be allowed to decrease. The
majority of commenters who supported
caps did not provide a specific value or
methodology, but rather the advantages
that caps would allow.
Some commenters suggested
averaging cut points over multiple years
for stability. Many commenters
referenced CMS’s previous policy that
identified 4-star predetermined
thresholds for specific measures and
supported their return. A few
commenters supported a weighted
average based on several years of data to
determine the cut points. A few
commenters supported using a multipleyear trend to project measure cut points
in advance of the measurement period.
Response: We appreciate the careful
consideration of possible modifications
to the methodology used for
determining the cut points for the
conversion of measure scores to the
measure-level Star Ratings scale. CMS is
examining a number of potential
options for determining cut points that
would capture the greatest number of
desirable attributes that our stakeholder
have identified (pre-determined, stable,
predictable cut points with minimal (if
any) influence by outliers, restricted
movement across years) while
maintaining the integrity of the Star
Ratings in order to propose a new or
enhanced policy for establishing
measure-level ratings in the near future.
We believe that the number and scope
of alternatives require additional
consideration and testing before we can
finalize a different methodology for
setting cut points for non-CAHPS
measures. In the meantime, we believe
that the clustering methodology
presents a valid approach to accurately
reflect the quality of care for MA and
Part D sponsors, while creating
incentives for continued quality
improvement. The goal of clustering is
to assign stars that maximize the
differences across star categories and
minimize the differences within star
categories to minimize the risk of
misclassification. The clustering
methodology also accounts for changes
in the distribution of scores over time.
We understand the desire to create more
stability in the assignment of cut points
and in performance expectations, but
we want to ensure that any potential
alternative methodologies do not create
unintended consequences.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Comment: Some commenters stated
their support for transparency. Some
commenters believe that increased
transparency can be achieved by
releasing all data for the Star Ratings
program. A commenter suggested that
CMS improve transparency in national
performance reflected in display
measures by calculating and publishing
individual measure cut points for
display measures instead of national
averages. Other commenters believe
transparency would be achieved by the
implementation of pre-determined
thresholds before the start of the
measurement period.
Response: CMS appreciates these
comments. CMS agrees with the
commenters that transparency in the
ratings system is important. Each year
CMS releases public use files of the
performance data underlying the Star
Ratings, available at https://go.cms.gov/
partcanddstarratings. In addition, the
cut points for the specific Star Ratings’
year are available in the annual
Technical Notes using the same link
used for the data sets. A Cut Point Trend
document is updated and released
annually to provide a single source for
multiple years of Star Ratings cut
points. The Cut Point Trend document
is organized in a user-friendly format by
measure and is available using the
aforementioned link.
Display measures are collected
through data sources such as Medicare
Part C and Part D reporting
requirements, Part D Prescription Drug
Event (PDE) data, Healthcare
Effectiveness Data and Information Set
(HEDIS) information, and Consumer
Assessment of Healthcare Providers and
Systems (CAHPS) surveys. The display
measures are not included in
determination of the Star Ratings on
Medicare Plan Finder and thus, are not
assigned Star Ratings. Display measures
provide useful information about plan
quality that sponsors can take action
upon in order to improve the quality of
care provided to their members. To
allow comparisons, national averages of
the display measure scores are available
in the annual MA Part C & D Measure
Technical Notes. (The display measure
data set and Technical Notes are posted
on the same site as the MA Star Ratings
information.)
CMS is examining a number of
potential options for determining cut
points that would capture the greatest
number of desirable attributes that the
commenters have identified (predetermined, stable, predictable cut
points with minimal (if any) influence
by outliers, restricted movement across
years) while maintaining the integrity of
the Star Ratings. CMS is simulating the
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
alternatives to the current cut point
methodology. Further, CMS is
identifying potential unintended
consequences and examining ways to
mitigate any identified risk to the
integrity of the Star Ratings program.
CMS is finalizing the clustering
algorithm for the determination of cut
points as proposed based on the positive
and useful aspects of that methodology
and to allow us the time to fully
consider the options suggested by our
stakeholders for enhancements to make
it an even stronger methodology for
converting the measure scores to
measure-level Star Ratings. Any changes
would be proposed in a future
regulation.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested alternative methodologies to
determine cut points. A commenter
suggested the use of a forced
distribution rather than clustering to
capture the true distribution of plan
performance; assigning cut points by
applying an adjustment factor to the
prior year’s results based on historical
performance; or calculating the average
change in the median from the prior 3
years and apply that to determine the
current cut points. A few commenters
suggested using the industry average. A
commenter suggested using the industry
average as the basis of a 3-star rating.
Response: CMS appreciates these
comments. CMS believes that using a
data driven approach to determine cut
points aligns with our policies and
guiding principles. As part of our
guiding principles, we want to develop
an enhanced methodology that ensures
that the ratings are a true reflection of
plan quality and minimizes the risk of
misclassification. A forced distribution
carries a high risk of misclassification
because the cut points would not
maximize the differences of contracts
across star categories and minimize the
differences of contracts within the same
star category. An average as the basis of
a 3-star rating would not accurately take
into account the skewed distribution of
many measures. CMS is examining a
number of potential options for
determining cut points while
maintaining the integrity of the Star
Ratings, including examining whether
we can adjust prior performance results
to determine current cut points. CMS
will propose and solicit comment on an
enhanced cut point methodology in a
future regulation.
Comment: Some commenters stated
that the current clustering algorithm to
identify the cut points for the Star
Ratings’ measures does not always
accurately reflect the quality
improvement that contacts have
achieved especially for measures scores
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
with a limited range in their
distribution. Some commenters
explicitly stated their opposition to
some of the proposed methodologies. A
commenter was against a moving
average approach amid concerns of the
longevity of such a method. Another
commenter did not support caps due to
the belief that caps would mask true
performance. Another commenter did
not support weighted clustering. A
commenter suggested benchmarking
independent of clustering to determine
the cut points; the commenter justified
the recommendation based on the belief
that increases in the average measure
scores over time leads to decreased
variability of plan performance and tight
clustering of plan performance which
results in insignificant percentile scores
having large impacts on the Star
Ratings.
Response: CMS appreciates our
stakeholder’s feedback and will use it to
guide the development of an enhanced
methodology. So as not to implement a
methodology that may inordinately
increase the risk of misclassification,
CMS will analyze and simulate the
options to assess the impact of the
methodology on the Star Ratings. The
goal of clustering and the elimination of
pre-determined 4-star thresholds for the
2016 Star Ratings was to more
accurately measure performance.
The current methodology for
converting measure scores to measurelevel Star Ratings for non-CAHPS
measures identifies the gaps that exist
within the distribution of scores based
on the criterion for assigning the groups.
If the distribution is extremely restricted
such that 5 unique groups cannot be
formed, the output will result in 5
groups that are not unique. In this rare
situation, there would be less than 5 star
categories and the ordered groups will
be assigned the higher ratings on the
scale.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern about determining cut points
using all MA data because such an
approach fails to take into account the
significant underlying differences in
enrollment of plans. The commenter
supported both stratified reporting and
the determination of cut points after
grouping plans into relevant cohorts
(stratification at the contract level on
key population characteristics, such as
proportion Dual/LIS/Disabled).
Response: CMS appreciates this
feedback. The Star Ratings system does
not determine cut points for subsets of
the population because it does not align
with its underlying principles.
However, CMS has developed the
Categorical Adjustment Index (CAI),
which is a factor that is added to or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
subtracted from a contract’s Overall
and/or Summary Star Ratings to adjust
for the average within-contract disparity
in performance associated with a
contract’s percentages of beneficiaries
with Low Income Subsidy/Dual Eligible
(LIS/DE) and disability status. These
adjustments are performed both with
and without the improvement measures
included. The value of the CAI varies by
a contract’s percentages of beneficiaries
with Low Income Subsidy/Dual Eligible
(LIS/DE) and disability status. In
addition, CMS displays Part C and D
performance data stratified by race and
ethnicity at: https://www.cms.gov/
About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/
research-and-data/statistics-and-data/
stratified-reporting.html.
Comment: A commenter expressed
support of the identification of cut
points, as they can provide insight into
performance throughout the year,
leading to greater quality improvements.
Response: CMS appreciates this
support of the identification and utility
of cut points.
Comment: A commenter requested
simulations on the proposed cut point
methodologies.
Response: CMS remains committed to
transparency. CMS regularly solicits and
values the feedback from our
stakeholders. The feedback received
guides the development of the policy
options. CMS will continue to remain
transparent in the development process
for an enhanced cut point methodology
as we move forward to propose a
modified, new, or different policy for
the assignment of measure-level Star
Ratings.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to re-evaluate the cut points to ensure
the Star Ratings accurately reflect plan
quality and are based on evidence. The
commenter expressed concern about the
number of measures within the MA Star
Ratings program that are based on
physician action and compliance. In
order for plans to comply with and earn
incentives from CMS, the commenter
believes that plans must often set
unrealistic targets within their
physician contracts in order for the plan
to score well due to the Star Ratings cut
points. The commenter believes that
there may be instances when
compliance with a measure is contrary
to appropriate care, and contracts may
be penalized.
Response: CMS appreciates this
comment. Plans should always set
clinically appropriate targets for their
physicians. There is no reason why the
current methodology for setting the cut
points to assign ratings to raw
performance scores would require a
physician to provide inappropriate care.
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16571
Comment: CMS received a handful of
comments related to converting CAHPS
scores to stars. There was support for
the current methodology (which was
proposed) although several commenters
suggested the cut points are too narrow
and a few would like to re-implement
pre-determined cut points for CAHPS. A
commenter stated that the relative
distribution and significance testing
methodology in CAHPS is biased in a
negative direction and that these
adjustments do not appropriately
address the variability in CAHPS survey
results.
Response: We appreciate comments
received on the CAHPS methodology.
Three factors enter into CAHPS star
assignment: The ranking of the contract
in relation to other contracts, a
statistical significance test that takes
into consideration the degree of
certainty that the score is above or
below the national average, and
examination of measure reliability. The
significance test is applied in the same
way in the positive and negative
directions and is not biased. CAHPS
measures meet high standards of
reliability and thus variability in the
scores reflects variability in
performance. This methodology
improves the performance of the star
system and ensures that 4 and 5 stars
are reserved for contracts with strong
evidence of high performance and that
1 and 2 stars are reserved for contracts
with strong evidence of low
performance. We note that the base
group is not an entitlement to a certain
Star Rating.
Previous analyses of CAHPS scores
have suggested that seemingly small
differences of 1 point on a 0–100 scale
are meaningful; differences of 3 points
can be considered medium, and
differences of 5 points can be
considered large.57 For instance, a
3-point increase in some CAHPS
measures has been associated with a 30
percent reduction in disenrollment from
health plans, which suggests that even
‘‘medium’’ differences in CAHPS scores
may indicate substantially different care
experiences.58
57 Paddison CAM, Elliott MN, Haviland AM,
Farley DO, Lyratzopoulos G, Hambarsoomian K,
Dembosky JW, Roland MO. (2013). ‘‘Experiences of
Care among Medicare Beneficiaries with ESRD:
Medicare Consumer Assessment of Healthcare
Providers and Systems (CAHPS) Survey Results.’’
American Journal of Kidney Diseases 61(3): 440–
449.
58 Lied, T.R., S.H. Sheingold, B.E. Landon, J.A.
Shaul, and P.D. Cleary. (2003). ‘‘Beneficiary
Reported Experience and Voluntary Disenrollment
in Medicare Managed Care.’’ Health Care Financing
Review 25(1): 55–66.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16572
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing the methodology to
determine cut points as proposed in
§§ 422.166(a) and 423.186(a). CMS is
committed to incorporating the feedback
received from commenters on the
methodology for determining cut points
for non-CAHPS measures and will
thoroughly analyze other potential
methodologies to ensure that
unintended consequences are avoided
and the cut points resulting from any
enhancements are consistent with
principles and policy goals for the Star
Ratings system. Changes to the
methodology for the determination of
cut points for non-CAHPS measures will
be proposed in a future rule.
We are finalizing the methodology to
determine cut points for CAHPS
measures in §§ 422.166(a)(3) and
423.186(a)(3) substantively as proposed.
We are finalizing the regulation text
with minor technical revisions to
improve readability.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
m. Hierarchical Structure of the Ratings
We proposed to continue our existing
policy to use a hierarchical structure for
the Star Ratings. Currently, and as
proposed, the basic building block of
the MA Star Ratings system is the
measure. Because the MA Star Ratings
system consists of a large collection of
measures across numerous quality
dimensions, the measures will be
organized in a hierarchical structure
that provides ratings at the measure,
domain, Part C summary, Part D
summary, and overall levels. The
proposed regulations text at §§ 422.166
and 423.186 are built on this structure
and provides for calculating ratings at
each ‘‘level’’ of the system. The
organization of the measures into larger
groups increases both the utility and
efficiency of the rating system. At each
aggregated level, ratings are based on
the measure-level stars. Ratings at the
higher level are based on the measurelevel Star Ratings, with whole star
increments for domains and half-star
increments for summary and overall
ratings; a rating of 5 stars will indicate
the highest Star Rating possible, while
a rating of 1 star will be the lowest
rating on the scale. Half-star increments
are used in the summary and overall
ratings to allow for more variation at the
higher hierarchical levels of the ratings
system. We believe this greater variation
and the broader range of ratings provide
more useful information to beneficiaries
in making enrollment decisions while
remaining consistent with the statutory
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
direction in sections 1853(o) and
1854(b) of the Act to use a 5-star system.
These policies for the assignment of
stars will be codified with other rules
for the ratings at the domain, summary,
and overall level. Domain ratings
employ an unweighted mean of the
measure-level stars, while the Part C
and D summary and overall ratings
employ a weighted mean of the
measure-level stars and up to two
adjustments. We proposed to codify
these policies at paragraphs (b)(2), (c)(1)
and (d)(1) of §§ 422.166 and 423.186.
We received the following overall
comments on our proposal and our
response follows:
Comment: All commenters supported
the existing hierarchical structure of the
Star Ratings program and its associated
policies.
Response: CMS appreciates the
continued support of the existing
organization of the Star Ratings
measures and the policies associated
with it. CMS firmly believes the
structure increases the utility and
efficiency of the rating system and
appreciates the positive response to it.
n. Domain Star Ratings
Groups of measures that together
represent a unique and important aspect
of quality and performance are
organized to form a domain. Domain
ratings summarize a plan’s performance
on a specific dimension of care.
Currently the domains are used purely
for purposes of displaying data on
Medicare Plan Finder to organize the
measures and help consumers interpret
the data. We proposed to continue this
policy at §§ 422.166(b)(1)(i) and
423.186(b)(1)(i).
At present, there are nine domains—
five for Part C measures for MA-only
and MA–PD plans and four for Part D
measures for stand-alone PDP and MA–
PD plans. We proposed to continue to
group measures for purposes of display
on Medicare Plan Finder and to
continue use of the same domains as in
current practice in §§ 422.166(b)(1)(i)
and 423.196(b)(1)(i). The current
domains are listed in Tables 5 and 6.
TABLE 6—PART C DOMAINS
Domain
Staying Healthy: Screenings, Tests and Vaccines.
Managing Chronic (Long Term) Conditions.
Member Experience with Health Plan.
Member Complaints and Changes in the
Health Plan’s Performance.
Health Plan Customer Service.
PO 00000
Frm 00134
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
TABLE 7—PART D DOMAINS
Domain
Drug Plan Customer Service.
Member Complaints and Changes in the
Drug Plan’s Performance.
Member Experience with the Drug Plan.
Drug Safety and Accuracy of Drug Pricing.
Currently, Star Ratings for domains
are calculated using the unweighted
mean of the Star Ratings of the included
measures. They are displayed to the
nearest whole star, using a 1–5 star
scale. We proposed to continue this
policy at paragraph (b)(2)(ii). We also
proposed that a contract must have stars
for at least 50 percent of the measures
required to be reported for that domain
for that contract type to have that
domain rating calculated; we explained
this was necessary to have enough data
to reflect the contract’s performance on
the specific dimension. For example, if
a contract is rated only on one measure
in Staying Healthy: Screenings, Tests
and Vaccines, that one measure will not
necessarily be representative of how the
contract performs across the whole
domain so we do not believe it is
appropriate to calculate and display a
domain rating. We proposed to continue
this policy by providing, at paragraph
(b)(2)(i), that a minimum number of
measures must be reported for a domain
rating to be calculated.
We received the following comments
on our proposal and our responses
follow:
Comment: Commenters supported the
use of the current domains and the
associated policies related to the
calculation of the Star Ratings for
domains.
Response: CMS appreciates our
stakeholders’ support of the use of the
domains and associated policies related
to the domains.
Comment: A commenter noted the
usefulness of the domains for displaying
the data on Medicare Plan Finder
(MPF). In addition, the commenter
believed the domains helped consumers
interpret the data on MPF.
Response: The domains were
designed to summarize a plan’s
performance on a specific dimension of
care. CMS appreciates the positive
feedback related to domains and the
agreement that they serve not only to
organize data on MPF, but also serve as
an aid to consumers’ interpretation of
the data displayed.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
we are finalizing the provisions
identifying the domains and for rating at
the domain level as proposed at
§§ 422.166(b) and 423.186(b) without
modification.
o. Part C and D Summary Ratings
In the current rating system the Part
C summary rating provides a rating of
the health plan quality and the Part D
summary rating provides a rating of the
prescription drug plan quality. We
proposed, at §§ 422.166(c) and
423.186(c), to codify regulation text
governing the adoption of Part C
summary ratings and Part D summary
ratings. An MA-only plan and a Part D
stand-alone plan will receive a summary
rating only for, respectively, Part C
measures and Part D measures.
First, in paragraphs (c)(1) of each
section, we proposed the overall
formula for calculating the summary
ratings for Part C and Part D. Under
current policy, the summary rating for
an MA-only contract is calculated using
a weighted mean of the Part C measurelevel Star Ratings with up to two
adjustments: The reward factor (if
applicable) and the Categorical
Adjustment Index (CAI). Similarly, the
current summary rating for a PDP
contract is calculated using a weighted
mean of the Part D measure-level Star
Ratings with up to two adjustments: The
reward factor (if applicable) and the
CAI. We proposed in §§ 422.166(c)(1)
and 423.186(c)(1) that the Part C and
Part D summary ratings would be
calculated as the weighted mean of the
measure-level Star Ratings with an
adjustment to reward consistently high
performance (reward factor) and the
application of the CAI, pursuant to
paragraph (f) (where we proposed the
specifics for these adjustments) for Parts
C and D, respectively.
Second, and also consistent with
current policy, we proposed an MAonly contract and PDP would have a
summary rating calculated only if the
contract meets the minimum number of
rated measures required for its
respective summary rating: A contract
must have scores for at least 50 percent
of the measures required to be reported
for the contract type to have the
summary rating calculated. We
proposed to codify the necessary text as
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of §§ 422.166 and
423.186 the same rules will be applied
to both the Part C and Part D summary
ratings for the minimum number of
rated measures. We proposed that these
regulations would also apply to
calculating the summary Part C and Part
D ratings of MA–PD plan; the MA–PD
plan would have to meet the minimum
number of rated measures for each
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
summary rating type. We also proposed
(at paragraph (c)(2)(ii)) that the
improvement measures themselves are
not included in the count of minimum
number of measures for the Part C or
Part D summary ratings. Third, we
proposed a paragraph (c)(3) in both
§§ 422.166 and 423.186 to provide that
the summary ratings are on a 1 to 5 star
scale in half-star increments. Traditional
rounding rules would be employed to
round the summary rating to the nearest
half-star. We explained in connection
with this proposal how the policies
proposed in §§ 422.166(h) and
423.186(h) regarding posting summary
ratings on MPF would apply. The
summary rating would be displayed in
HPMS and Medicare Plan Finder to the
nearest half star if a contract had not
met the measure requirement for
calculating a summary rating, the
display in HPMS (and on Medicare Plan
Finder) for the applicable summary
rating would be the flag, ‘‘Not enough
data available’’ or if the measurement
period is less than 1 year past the
contract’s effective date the flag would
be, ‘‘Plan too new to be measured.’’
We solicited comments on the
calculations for the Part C and D
summary ratings. We received the
following comments on our proposal
and our responses follow:
Comment: The majority of the
commenters supported the policies,
methodology, and display of the
summary ratings as proposed.
Response: CMS appreciates the
ongoing support of the summary ratings.
Commenter: A commenter
recommended a revision to the rule that
requires a contract to have numeric
scores for at least 50 percent of the
required measures for the summaryspecific rating to have a summary rating
calculated. The commenter suggested a
change to the rule such that a summary
rating would be calculated if a contract
had at least half of the weighted value
of the full measure set for the summaryspecific rating.
Response: CMS appreciates the
feedback for a possible revision to the
rule that determines whether a summary
rating would be calculated. The Part C
summary rating provides a rating of the
health plan quality and the Part D
summary rating provides a rating of the
prescription drug plan quality. The
summary ratings include information
from multiple dimensions of quality and
performance. CMS plans to evaluate the
suggestion of using 50 percent of the
total weighted value of the measure set
as the threshold for calculating
summary ratings to examine whether
such a change would still allow an
PO 00000
Frm 00135
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16573
accurate reflection of the quality of the
health plan or prescription drug plan.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing the provisions
governing summary ratings as proposed
at §§ 422.162(c) and 423.182(c) without
modification.
p. Overall Rating
The overall Star Rating is a global
rating that summarizes the plan’s
quality and performance for the types of
services offered by the plans under the
rated contract. We proposed at
§§ 422.166(d) and 423.186(d) to codify
the standards for calculating and
assigning overall Star Ratings for MA–
PD contracts. The overall rating for an
MA–PD contract is proposed to be
calculated using a weighted mean of the
Part C and Part D measure level Star
Ratings, respectively, with an
adjustment to reward consistently high
performance described in paragraph
(f)(1) and the application of the CAI,
pursuant to described in paragraph
(f)(2).
Consistent with current policy, we
proposed at paragraph (d)(2) that an
MA–PD would have an overall rating
calculated only if the contract receives
both a Part C and Part D summary rating
and has scores for at least 50 percent of
the required measures for the contract
type. As with the Part C and D summary
ratings, the Part C and D improvement
measures will not be included in the
count for the minimum number of
measures for the overall rating. Any
measure that shares the same data and
is included in both the Part C and Part
D summary ratings would be included
only once in the calculation for the
overall rating. For example, the
measures ‘‘Members Choosing to Leave
the Plan’’ and ‘‘Complaints about the
Plan’’ use the same data for both the
Part C and Part D measure for an MA–
PD plan and under the proposal, would
be counted only once for the overall
rating. As with summary ratings, we
proposed that overall MA–PD ratings
would use a 1 to 5 star scale in half-star
increments; traditional rounding rules
would be employed to round the overall
rating to the nearest half-star. These
policies are proposed as paragraphs
(d)(2)(i) through (iv).
We also explained in the proposed
rule how the overall rating would be
posted in accordance with our general
proposed policy at §§ 422.166(h) and
423.186(h), including the specific
messages for lack of ratings for certain
reasons. Applying that rule, if an MA–
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16574
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
PD contract has only one of the two
required summary ratings, the overall
rating would not be calculated and the
display in HPMS would be the flag,
‘‘Not enough data available.’’
For QBP purposes, low enrollment
contracts and new MA plans are defined
in § 422.252. Low enrollment contract
means a contract that could not
undertake Healthcare Effectiveness Data
and Information Set (HEDIS) and Health
Outcomes Survey (HOS) data
collections because of a lack of a
sufficient number of enrollees to
reliably measure the performance of the
health plan; new MA plan means an MA
contract offered by a parent organization
that has not had another MA contract in
the previous 3 years. Low enrollment
contracts and new plans do not receive
an overall or summary rating because of
the lack of necessary data. However,
they are treated as qualifying plans for
the purposes of QBPs. Section
1853(o)(3)(A)(ii)(II) of the Act, as
implemented at § 422.258(d)(7),
provides that for 2013 and subsequent
years, CMS shall develop a method for
determining whether an MA plan with
low enrollment is a qualifying plan for
purposes of receiving an increase in
payment under section 1853(o). This
determination is applied at the contract
level and thus determines whether a
contract (meaning all plans under that
contract) is a qualifying contract. The
statute, at section 1853(o)(3)(A)(iii) of
the Act, provides for treatment of new
MA plans as qualifying plans eligible for
a specific QBP. We therefore proposed,
at §§ 422.166(d)(3) and 423.186(d)(3),
that low enrollment contracts (as
defined in § 422.252 of this chapter) and
new MA plans (as defined in § 422.252
of this chapter) do not receive an overall
and/or summary rating; they will be
treated as qualifying plans for the
purposes of QBPs as described in
§ 422.258(d)(7) of this chapter. The QBP
levels for each rating area are
announced through the process
described for changes in and adoption
of payment and risk adjustment policies
in section 1853(b) of the Act. We noted
that this aspect of the proposal would
merely codify existing policy and
practice.
We received the following comments
on our proposal and our responses
follow:
Comment: Commenters supported the
use of the overall rating as a global
rating that summarizes a contract’s
quality and performance, as well as the
proposal to use the current policies for
calculating and publishing the overall
rating.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Response: CMS values the support of
the overall rating and its associated
methodology.
Comment: A commenter suggested a
revision to the rule for calculating the
overall rating for an MA–PD contract.
As done currently and proposed, an
MA–PD contract must have both (Part C
and Part D) summary ratings and
measure scores for at least 50 percent of
the required measures based on
contract-type (exclusive of the
improvement measures) to have an
overall rating. The commenter suggested
that an overall rating for an MA–PD
contract require measure scores that
total at least half of the weighted value
of the full measure set.
Response: CMS appreciates the
suggestion of alternative requirements
for the calculation of an overall rating.
Changing the requirement for the
calculation of an overall rating to be
based on the majority of the total weight
of the Star Ratings measures has the
potential of confusing the global nature
of the overall rating. There are
substantially more Part C measures in
the Star Ratings and the total weight of
the Part C measures exceeds that of the
Part D measures. By requiring a contract
to have both a Part C and D summary
rating coupled with the requirement of
at least 50 percent of the measures, CMS
has minimized the potential for the
overall rating being determined
primarily by dimensions of health plan
quality instead of both health plan and
prescription drug plan quality.
Comment: A commenter suggested the
use of a percentile rank threshold for the
determination of a 5-star overall rating,
thus allowing the recognition of top
performers along with the ability to
enroll members year-round.
Response: While CMS thanks the
commenter for its suggestion, CMS
disagrees with using percentile ranking
as a threshold for calculating overall
ratings. One of the underlying design
principles of the MA and Part D Star
Ratings is to incentivize plans to
provide the best health care possible to
our beneficiaries. This underlying
principle is reflected in the manner that
measure scores are converted to Star
Ratings, as well as the aggregation of the
measure-level Star Ratings to an overall
rating. (Measure-level Star Ratings are
the basic building block, of the overall
rating.) A percentile rank threshold
approach for the overall rating does not
align with the principles of the Star
Ratings methodology and would
arbitrarily apply a threshold that could
be perceived as a subjective value that
would ultimately separate 5-star
contracts from all other contracts.
PO 00000
Frm 00136
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing the provisions for
overall ratings as proposed at
§§ 422.162(d) and 423.182(d) without
modification.
q. Measure Weights
Prior to the 2012 Part C and D Plan
Ratings (now known as Star Ratings), all
individual measures included in the
program were weighted equally,
suggesting equal importance. Based on
feedback from stakeholders, including
health and drug plans and beneficiary
advocacy groups, we moved to provide
greater weight to clinical outcomes and
lesser weight to process measures.
Patient experience and access measures
were also given greater weight than
process measures, but not as high as
outcome measures. The differential
weighting was implemented to help
create further incentives to drive
improvement in clinical outcomes,
patient experience, and access. These
differential weights for measures were
implemented for the 2012 Ratings
following a May 2011 Request for
Comments and adopted in the CY2013
Rate Announcement and Final Call
Letter.
In the Contract Year 2012 Final Rule
for Changes to the Medicare Advantage
and the Medicare Prescription Drug
Benefit Programs rule (79 FR 21486), we
stated that scoring methodologies
should also consider improvement as an
independent goal. To this end, we
implemented in the CY 2013 Rate
Announcement the Part C and D
improvement measures that measure the
overall improvement or decline in
individual measure scores from the
prior to the current year. Given the
importance of recognizing quality
improvement as an independent goal,
for the 2015 Star Ratings, we proposed
and subsequently finalized through the
2015 Rate Announcement and final Call
Letter an increase in the weight of the
improvement measure from 3 times to 5
times that of a process measure, which
is weighted as 1. This weight aligns the
Part C and D Star Ratings program with
value-based purchasing programs in
Medicare fee-for-service which take into
account improvement.
We proposed in §§ 422.166(e) and
423.186(e) to continue the current
weighting of measures in the Part C and
D Star Ratings program by assigning the
highest weight (5) to improvement
measures, followed by outcome and
intermediate outcome measures (weight
of 3), then by patient experience/
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
complaints and access measures (weight
of 1.5), and finally process measures
(weight of 1). We also solicited feedback
about increasing the weight of the
patient experience/complaints and
access measures and stated our interest
in stakeholder feedback on this
potential change in order to reflect
better the importance of these issues in
plan performance. If we were to increase
the weight, we asked for feedback about
increasing it from a weight of 1.5 to
between 1.5 and 3, similar to outcome
measures. This increased weight would
reflect CMS’s commitment to serve
Medicare beneficiaries by putting
patients first, including their
assessments of the care received by
plans. We solicited comment on this
point, particularly the potential change
in the weight of the patient experience/
complaints and access measures.
Table C7 includes the proposed
measure categories, the definitions of
the measure categories, and the weights.
In calculating the summary and overall
ratings, a measure given a weight of 3
counts three times as much as a measure
given a weight of 1. In section II.A.11.
of the proposed rule, we proposed (as
Table C2) the measure set and included
the category and weight for each
measure, consistent with this proposal
16575
for weighting measure by category. We
proposed that as new measures are
added to the Part C and D Star Ratings,
we would assign the measure category
based on these categories and the
regulation text proposed at §§ 422.166(e)
and 423.186(e), subject to two
exceptions. For the first exception, we
proposed to codify current policy in
paragraphs (e)(2) of each section and to
assign new measures to the Star Ratings
program a weight of 1 for their first year
in the Star Ratings. In subsequent years
the weight associated with the measure
weighting category would be used. This
is consistent with current policy.
TABLE 8—PROPOSED MEASURE CATEGORIES, DEFINITIONS AND WEIGHTS
Measure category
Definition
Improvement .......................
Part C and Part D improvement measures are derived through comparisons of a contract’s current and prior year measure scores.
Outcome measures reflect improvements in a beneficiary’s health and are central to assessing
quality of care. Intermediate outcome measures reflect actions taken which can assist in improving a beneficiary’s health status. Controlling Blood Pressure is an example of an intermediate outcome measure where the related outcome of interest will be better health status
for beneficiaries with hypertension.
Patient experience measures reflect beneficiaries’ perspectives of the care and services they received.
Access measures reflect processes and issues that could create barriers to receiving needed
care. Plan Makes Timely Decisions about Appeals is an example of an access measure.
Process measures capture the health care services provided to beneficiaries which can assist in
maintaining, monitoring, or improving their health status.
Outcome and Intermediate
Outcome.
Patient Experience/Complaints.
Access .................................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Process ...............................
For the second exception, we
proposed (at §§ 422.166(e)(3) and
423.186(e)(3)) again to codify current
policy and to apply a special rule for
MA–PD and Part D contracts that have
service areas that are wholly located in
Puerto Rico. We recognize the
additional challenge unique to Puerto
Rico related to the medication
adherence measures used in the Star
Ratings program due to the lack of Low
Income Subsidy (LIS). For the 2017 Star
Ratings, we implemented a different
weighting scheme for the Part D
medication adherence measures in the
calculation of the overall and summary
Star Ratings for contracts that solely
serve a population of beneficiaries in
Puerto Rico. We proposed, at
§§ 422.166(e)(3) and 423.186(e)(3), to
continue to reduce the weights for the
adherence measures to 0 for the
summary and overall rating calculations
and maintain the weight of 3 for the
adherence measures for the
improvement measure calculations for
contracts with service areas that are
wholly located in Puerto Rico. We
requested comment on our proposed
weighting strategy for Measure Weights
generally and for Puerto Rico, including
the weighting values themselves.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
We received the following comments
on our proposal and our responses
follow:
Comment: Multiple commenters
requested CMS not to increase the
weight of patient experience/complaints
and access measures from a weight of
1.5 up to 3. Many of the commenters
requested to maintain the current
weight; however, others requested that
CMS decrease the weight of patient
experience measures citing survey
reliability and sampling concerns with
patient experience surveys. They stated
that patient-reported data are not as
reliable as claims, prescription drug
event data, medical charts, and other
data sources. They believe that these
measures are unfairly subjective and
that more weight should be placed on
more reliable and objective measures
like clinical and outcome measures.
Many cited concerns with response
rates, sample size of patient experience
surveys, and other factors in which the
plan has less control, as well as industry
concerns around accuracy of survey
responses and research suggesting a
weak relationship between care received
and survey responses. A commenter
supported increasing the weight of
access and patient experience measures
that are not based on survey data. A
PO 00000
Frm 00137
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Weight
5
3
1.5
1.5
1
commenter opposed the weight increase
until we have better measures in these
areas.
Response: We refer commenters to
section II.A.11.i and Table C2A and the
narrative comment and responses that
follow, which give background and
additional justification for CAHPS
measures. While we acknowledge that
the CAHPS survey captures individuals’
perspectives on their experiences of
care, it is anchored in measureable
aspects of care and so can be measured
reliably. In addition, CAHPS surveys
were developed with broad stakeholder
input, including a public solicitation of
measures and a Technical Expert Panel,
and the opportunity for anyone to
comment on the surveys through
multiple public comment periods
through the Federal Register. CMS
encourages all plans to familiarize
themselves with the survey
methodology and to review the
background materials available on the
MA and PDP CAHPS website that
validate the CAHPS measures.
CMS has pledged to put patients first
and to empower patients to work with
their doctors to make health care
decisions that are best for them. An
increased weight for patient experience/
complaints and access measures reflects
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16576
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
CMS’s commitment to serve Medicare
beneficiaries by including their
assessments of the care received by
plans. In addition, CAHPS measures
and positive clinical outcomes have
been shown to be related. While patient
experience is an inherently important
dimension of healthcare quality, it is
also the case that the preponderance of
evidence shows that better patient
experience is associated with better
patient adherence to recommended
treatment, better clinical processes,
better hospital patient safety culture,
better clinical outcomes, reduced
unnecessary healthcare use, and fewer
inpatient complications.59 60 A recent
study found that higher quality for
patient experience had a statistically
significant association with lower rates
of many in-hospital complications and
unplanned readmissions to the hospital
within 30 days. In other words, better
patient experience according to the CMS
hospital Star Ratings is associated with
favorable clinical outcomes.61 An
increased weight also reflects the
importance of these beneficiarycentered issues in plan performance.
Further, access to health services is a
critical issue in the healthcare sector
and to Medicare beneficiaries. Lack of
access can result in unmet health needs,
delays in receiving the appropriate care,
inability to access preventative services,
unreasonable financial burdens, and
preventable hospitalizations.62 For these
reasons, access measures, such as
appeals measures and call center
measures, are crucial in the Star Ratings
system. Increasing the weight for these
measures highlights the importance of
capturing access to care within MA and
Part D plans.
To best meet the needs of our
beneficiaries, CMS believes that we
must listen to their perceptions of care,
as well as ensure they have access to
needed care. Commenters representing
beneficiaries strongly supported an
increase in the weight of the patient
experience of care and access measures.
59 Price, R.A., Elliott, M.N., Zaslavsky, A.M.,
Hays, R.D., Lehrman, W.G., Rybowski, L., & Cleary,
P.D. (2014). Examining the role of patient
experience surveys in measuring health care
quality. Medical Care Research and Review, 71(5),
522–554.
60 Price, R.A., Elliott, M.N., Cleary, P.D.,
Zaslavsky, A.M., & Hays, R.D. (2015). Should health
care providers be accountable for patients’ care
experiences?. Journal of general internal medicine,
30(2), 253–256.
61 Trzeciak, Stephen et al. ‘‘Association Between
Medicare Star Ratings for Patient Experience and
Medicare Spending per Beneficiary for US
Hospitals.’’ Journal of patient experience 4.1 (2017):
17–21. PMC. Web. 2 Feb. 2018.
62 https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/MMS/
Downloads/Access-Measures.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Therefore, we will finalize an increase
in the weight for these two categories of
measures from 1.5 to 2. Given the
importance of hearing the voice of
patients when evaluating the quality of
care provided, CMS intends to further
increase the weight of these measures in
the future, so we welcome stakeholder
feedback on how to improve the CAHPS
survey, including the topics it covers,
and suggestions for additional access
measures or modifications to existing
ones. We expect this change to increase
the highest rating for approximately 8
percent of contracts and to have no
impact on the majority of other
contracts, while also demonstrating
CMS’s commitment to evaluate the
quality of care provided as experienced
by beneficiaries. Please send feedback
about CAHPS to MP-CAHPS@
cms.hhs.gov and feedback about access
measures to PartCandDStarRatings@
cms.hhs.gov.
Comment: A handful of commenters
strongly supported the proposed weight
increase of patient experience/
complaints and access measures. They
emphasized the importance of the
beneficiary and caregiver perspectives
and noted that the beneficiary’s voice is
an important indicator for plan
performance in key areas such as the
ease of access to needed drugs and
treatments as well as plan
responsiveness to appeal requests.
Commenters said that by increasing the
weights of these measures, CMS ensures
that beneficiaries are seeing Star Ratings
that reflect what they are likely to find
important about their plan selections.
These commenters also believed that
assessments of quality and value by the
patient are currently under-valued in
Part C and D. Therefore, they believed
patient experience/complaints and
access measures should receive a higher
weight than the current 1.5.
Response: CMS appreciates this
feedback and agrees the voice of the
beneficiary must be heard as part of
evaluating the quality of health and
drug plans.
Comment: CMS received several
comments requesting to decrease and
reclassify HOS measures on Improving
or Maintaining Physical and Mental
Health to receive a patient experience
weight of 1.5 or process measure weight
of 1, as opposed to their current
outcome weight of 3. Some commenters
believed there are methodological
limitations to the HOS, and they stated
that it does not provide a reliable
evaluation of the patient experience
because it relies on variables such as
memory and the patient’s physical and
mental status at the time of survey
completion. We also received comments
PO 00000
Frm 00138
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that because the HOS measures are
patient-reported measures (in response
to survey questions) they are not true
measures of health outcomes and
should be weighted no higher than 1 or
1.5.
Response: We refer the commenter to
Table C2 in section II.A.11., which gives
background and additional justification
for HOS measures. The HOS assesses
health outcomes for randomly selected
beneficiaries from each health plan over
a two-year period by using baseline
measurement and a two-year follow up.
CMS recognizes that the Physical
Component Score (PCS) and the Mental
Component (MCS) may decline over
time and that health maintenance,
rather than improvement, is a more
realistic clinical goal for many older
adults. MAOs are asked to improve or
maintain the physical and mental health
of their members. Change scores are
constructed and the results compare
actual to expected changes in physical
and mental health. Therefore, the
Improving or Maintaining Physical and
Mental Health measures are not patient
experience measures because they
measure whether plan member’s
physical and mental health is the same
or better than expected after 2 years.
While the data come from the HOS, they
measure beneficiary outcomes and
therefore are appropriately classified as
outcome measures with a weight of 3.
Additionally, the HOS was developed
and continues to be refined under the
guidance of a Technical Expert Panel
comprised of individuals with specific
expertise in the health care industry and
outcomes measurement. HOS analysts
apply the most recent advances in
summarizing physical and mental
health outcomes results and appropriate
risk adjustment techniques. CMS also
solicits stakeholder input, including
public solicitation of measures and the
opportunity for anyone to comment on
the survey through multiple public
comment periods through the Federal
Register.
Comment: A few commenters sought
clarification on differences in the
weights between the Part C and Part D
Statin measures. Two organizations
recommended classifying both the Part
C Statin Therapy for Patients with
Cardiovascular Disease (SPC) and the
Part D Statin Use in Persons with
Diabetes (SUPD) measures as process
measures with a weight of 1. A
commenter supported the weight for the
Statin measure developed by PQA.
Response: CMS appreciates the
feedback and clarifies the weighting
decision for each measure below. The
Part C Statin Therapy for Patients with
Cardiovascular Disease (SPC) measure is
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the percent of plan members (males 21–
75 years of age and females 40–75 years
of age) who were identified as having
clinical atherosclerotic cardiovascular
disease (ASCVD) and were dispensed at
least one high or moderate-intensity
statin medication. The Part C measure
focuses on patients who were dispensed
one prescription and whether the
patient filled the medication at least
once. Therefore, it is a process measure
and will receive a weight of 1. The Part
D measure is the percent of the number
of plan members 40–75 years old who
were dispensed at least two diabetes
medication fills and received a statin
medication fill. Receiving multiple fills
indicates the patient continues to take
the medication and therefore suggests
adherence. The Part D measure is not a
process measure. Continuing to take the
prescribed medication is necessary to
reach clinical/therapeutic goals. Thus,
the Part D measure is an intermediate
outcome measure and will receive a
weight of 3.
Comment: A couple of commenters
requested a decrease in the
improvement measures from the current
weight of 5 to a weight of 3 (like
outcome measures). They stated the
measures diminish the importance of
clinical measures and mislead Medicare
beneficiaries about which are the
highest quality health plans.
Response: CMS recognizes the
importance of acknowledging quality
improvement in health and drug plans.
The decision to assign a weight of 5 for
the improvement measures was
originally made to align the Part C and
D Star Ratings program with valuebased purchasing programs in Medicare
fee-for-service which heavily weight
improvement. As part of the Part C and
D Star Ratings program, we are
committed to improving the quality of
care and experiences for Medicare
beneficiaries. Through assigning a
weight of 5 to improvement, CMS
encourages MA and Part D contracts to
focus on improving the quality of care
provided.
With regard to overall ratings,
improvement measures contribute
significantly less than outcome
measures overall. For example for the
2018 Star Ratings for an MA–PD that
does not include a SNP, the overall
contribution of the improvement
measures to the overall rating is close to
14 percent, but the overall contribution
of outcome and intermediate outcome
measures is 33 percent.
CMS believes that continuous
improvement is necessary to reach the
goal of providing the best care to our
beneficiaries. While the improvement
measures are weighted the most of any
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
category in the Star Ratings, the
improvement measure is a single
measure that encompasses care across
multiple dimensions.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS weight MA–PD
and PDP measures differently based on
the plan’s ability to influence outcomes
on a measure, for example statin use in
persons with diabetes. PDPs should
have less weight placed on measures
that largely depend on provider
behavior, which they have very little
ability to impact.
Response: Currently the only Part D
outcome measures are adherence
measures. CMS disagrees that standalone PDPs have very little influence on
beneficiaries’ medication adherence.
There are many strategies that can be
used to improve a beneficiary’s
medication adherence in addition to
prescriber interventions, such as refill
reminders, formulary and benefits
design, and medication therapy
management programs. Plan sponsors
can also leverage network pharmacy
relationships to address medication
adherence issues, facilitate medication
synchronization, or provide education
and counseling. In the absence of a
contact phone number for the
beneficiary, it may be beneficial to use
these interventions to reach the
beneficiary at the place of dispensing.
Furthermore, MA–PDs and PDPs are
rated separately to account for delivery
system differences. Lastly, adherence
measures will now be included in the
CAI to account for LIS beneficiaries
which we discuss in more detail in
section II.A.11.t.
Comment: A commenter
recommended decreasing the weighting
of a topped out measure rather than
discontinuing the measure.
Response: Measure scores are
determined to be ‘topped out’ when
they show high performance and little
variability across contracts, making the
measure unreliable. CMS removes
measures that show low statistical
reliability so as to move swiftly to
ensure the validity and reliability of the
Star Ratings, even at the measure level.
However, CMS will retain measures at
the same weight if for example,
performance in a given measure has just
improved across all contracts, or if no
other measures capture a key focus in
Star Ratings. CMS will take this
comment into consideration as we make
future enhancements in the Star Ratings
program.
Comment: Multiple commenters
supported assigning new measures a
weight of 1 for the first year.
PO 00000
Frm 00139
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16577
Response: CMS appreciates the
support of the proposed weighting for
new measures.
Comment: A commenter supported
the weighting for the adherence
measures in Puerto Rico.
Response: CMS appreciates the
support of the proposed Puerto Rico
weights.
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing the provisions
governing the weight of measures as
proposed in §§ 422.166(e) and
423.186(e) with modification. CMS is
finalizing the weight of patient
experience/complaints and access
measures at 2 in paragraphs (e)(iii) and
(iv) given the importance of hearing the
perspectives and voice of patients in
times of need.
r. Application of the Improvement
Measure Scores
Consistent with current policy, we
proposed at §§ 422.166(g) and
423.186(g) a hold harmless provision for
the inclusion or exclusion of the
improvement measure(s) for highlyrated contracts’ highest ratings. We
proposed, in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through
(iii), a series of rules that specify when
the improvement measure is included in
calculating overall and summary
ratings.
Under our proposal, MA–PDs would
have the hold harmless provisions for
highly-rated contracts applied for the
overall rating. For an MA–PD that
receives an overall rating of 4 stars or
more without the use of the
improvement measures and with all
applicable adjustments (CAI and the
reward factor), a comparison of the
rounded overall rating with and without
the improvement measures would be
done. The overall rating with the
improvement measures used in the
comparison would include up to two
adjustments, the reward factor (if
applicable) and the CAI. The overall
rating without the improvement
measures used in the comparison would
include up to two adjustments, the
reward factor (if applicable) and the
CAI. The higher overall rating would be
used for the MA–PD contract’s overall
rating. For an MA–PD that has an
overall rating of 2 stars or less without
the use of the improvement measure
and with all applicable adjustments
(CAI and the reward factor), we
proposed the overall rating would
exclude the improvement measures; for
all others, the overall rating would
include the improvement measure.
MA-only and PDPs would have the
hold harmless provisions for highly-
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16578
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
rated contracts applied for the Part C
and D summary ratings, respectively.
For an MA-only or PDP contract that
receives a summary rating (with
applicable adjustments) of 4 stars or
more without the use of the
improvement measure, a comparison of
the rounded summary rating with and
without the improvement measure
would be done. The higher summary
rating would be used for the summary
rating for the contract’s highest rating.
For MA-only and PDPs with a summary
rating (with applicable adjustments) of 2
stars or less without the use of the
improvement measure would exclude
the improvement measure. For all
others, the summary rating would
include the improvement measure. MA–
PDs would have their summary ratings
calculated with the use of the
improvement measure regardless of the
value of the summary rating.
In addition, at paragraph (g)(2), we
also proposed text to clarify that
summary ratings use only the
improvement measure associated with
the applicable Part C or D performance.
We solicited comments on the hold
harmless improvement provision we
proposed to continue to use,
particularly any clarifications in how
and when it should be applied.
We received the following comments
on our proposal and our responses
follow:
Comment: A commenter
recommended the exclusion of the hold
harmless provision for a highly-rated
contract if the contract would realize a
decrease in their overall rating. In
addition, the commenter supported a
hold harmless provision for plans that
would be at risk of receiving a low
performing icon due to application of
the quality improvement measures.
Response: CMS currently and as
proposed, has a safeguard for highlyrated contracts. CMS applies the hold
harmless provision for a highly-rated
contract’s highest rating. As proposed, a
contract that receives 4 stars or more
without the use of the improvement
measures and with all applicable
adjustments (CAI and the reward factor)
will have their final overall rating as the
higher of either the rating calculated
including or excluding the improvement
measure(s). CMS believes the hold
harmless provision is appropriate to
apply for highly-rated contracts since
they have less room for improvement
and, consequently, may have lower
scores for the improvement measure(s).
CMS believes that the Star Ratings
should signal the true quality of the
contract. A hold harmless provision for
contracts that are in jeopardy of a low
performing icon does not align with the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
intent of the Star Ratings program and
threatens its integrity. Low performing
contracts, including those at risk of
receiving a low performing icon, have
plenty of room for improvement and
should not need a hold harmless
provision.
Comment: A commenter expressed
support for all rules that guide the
application of the improvement
measure(s) in calculating overall and
summary ratings.
Response: CMS appreciates the
support of the policies that guide the
application of the improvement
measure(s) in the Star Ratings.
Comment: Overall, commenters
supported the use of the hold harmless
provision for a highly-rated contract’s
highest rating. However, several
commenters advocated a modification to
the hold harmless provision for highlyrated MA–PDs such that the overall
rating would be determined by the
highest rating among the overall rating
calculated with including both
improvement measures, excluding both
improvement measures, using only the
Part C improvement measure, or using
only the Part D improvement measure.
Response: CMS appreciates the
support of a hold harmless provision for
a highly-rated contract’s highest rating.
CMS is committed to providing a true
signal of the overall quality to
beneficiaries who use Medicare Plan
Finder to aid in the selection of a plan
that is right for them. Eliminating the
use of one of the improvement measure
ratings in calculating the overall rating
has the potential to distort the signal for
beneficiaries. The overall rating is
designed as a global rating of the quality
of both the health plan and prescription
drug plan benefits for an MA–PD. While
we do agree there is justification for a
hold harmless provision for a highlyrated MA–PD, CMS is committed to
preserving the integrity of the rating
system. Removing one facet of the rating
system (Part C or Part D improvement
measure) while not the other, has the
potential to undermine the primary
function of the rating system. Therefore,
we are not finalizing the revisions
requested by the commenter(s).
Comment: Some commenters did not
support excluding the improvement
measure(s) from use in a contract’s
highest rating (with applicable
adjustments) if the contract received 2
stars or less without the use of the
improvement measure. The commenters
believed that limiting the measure to
only plans with at least 2.5 stars goes
against the objective of the improvement
measure in encouraging and rewarding
improvements in performance,
particularly among lower-rated plans.
PO 00000
Frm 00140
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: CMS appreciates the
careful review of the proposed policy
related to the application of the
improvement measure(s) for a contract’s
highest rating. After thoughtful
deliberation of the recommendation of
our commenters, CMS has decided to
modify the proposed methodology for
the application of the improvement
measures. The methodology will be
changed such that if the highest rating
for a contract is less than 4 stars without
the use of the improvement measure(s)
and with all applicable adjustments
(CAI and the reward factor), the rating
will be calculated with the
improvement measure(s). The
modification of the application of the
improvement measure(s) preserves the
safeguard for a highly-rated contract’s
highest rating, but removes what could
be perceived as a safeguard for contracts
with a highest rating of 2 stars or less.
In other words, if an MA–PD has an
overall rating of less than 4 stars
without the use of the improvement
measures and with all applicable
adjustments, the improvement measures
will be used in the calculation of the
overall rating. If an MA-only contract
has a Part C summary rating of less than
4 stars without the use of the Part C
improvement measure and with all
applicable adjustments, the Part C
improvement measure will be used in
the determination of the contract’s Part
C summary rating. If a PDP has a Part
D summary rating of less than 4 stars
without the use of the Part D
improvement measure and with all
applicable adjustments, the Part D
improvement measure will be used in
the determination of the contract’s Part
D summary rating. (An MA–PD will
have the Part C or Part D improvement
measure included in the calculation of
the respective Part C and Part D
summary ratings, because the summary
ratings are not the highest rating for this
type of contract.) The only modification
will be for contracts with a highest
rating of 2 stars or less. After
consideration of the comments received,
we believe it is reasonable to also
include any applicable improvement
measure(s) for contracts with a highest
rating of 2 stars or less so that the
highest rating reflects whether the
overall quality is improving, staying the
same, or declining.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing the provisions
addressing use of the improvement
measure in summary and overall ratings
as proposed at §§ 422.162(g) and
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
423.182(g) with one substantive
modification. We are not finalizing what
was proposed for contracts with a 2-star
summary or overall rating (with
applicable adjustments). We are also
finalizing a revision to the rule for
summary or overall ratings (with
applicable adjustments) of less than 4
stars to include as well contracts with
overall or summary ratings of 2 stars.
s. Reward Factor (Formerly Referred to
as Integration Factor)
In 2011, the integration factor was
added to the Star Ratings methodology
to reward contracts that have
consistently high performance. The
integration factor was later renamed the
reward factor. (The reference to either
reward or integration factor refers to the
same aspect of the Star Ratings.) This
factor is calculated separately for the
Part C summary rating, Part D summary
rating for MA–PDs, Part D summary
rating for PDPs, and the overall rating
for MA–PDs. It is currently added to the
summary (Part C or D) and overall rating
of contracts that have both high and
stable relative performance for the
associated summary or overall rating.
The contract’s performance is assessed
using its weighted mean relative to all
rated contracts without adjustments.
We proposed to codify the calculation
and use of the reward factor in
§§ 422.166(f)(1) and 423.186(f)(1); our
proposal was to generally codify the
current practice for the reward factor.
Under our proposal, the contract’s
stability of performance would be
assessed using its weighted variance
relative to all rated contracts at the same
rating level (overall, summary Part C,
and summary Part D). The Part D
summary thresholds for MA–PDs would
be, like current practice determined
independently of the thresholds for
PDPs.
We proposed to update annually the
performance and variance thresholds for
the reward factor based upon the data
for the Star Ratings year, consistent with
current policy. A multistep process
would be used to determine the values
that correspond to the thresholds for the
reward factors for the summary and/or
overall Star Ratings for a contract. The
determination of the reward factors
would rely on the contract’s ranking of
its weighted variance and weighted
mean of the measure-level stars to the
summary or overall rating relative to the
distribution of all contracts’ weighted
variance and weighted mean to the
summary and/or overall rating. Under
the proposal a contract’s weighted
variance would be calculated using the
quotient of the following two values: (1)
The product of the number of applicable
measures based on rating-type and the
sum of the products of the weight of
each applicable measure and its squared
deviation 63 and (2) the product of one
less than the number of applicable
measures and the sum of the weights of
the applicable measures. A contract’s
weighted mean performance would be
found by calculating the quotient of the
following two values: (1) The sum of the
products of the weight of a measure and
its associated measure-level Star Ratings
of the applicable measures for the
rating-type and (2) the sum of the
weights of the applicable measures for
the rating type. The thresholds for the
categorization of the weighted variance
and weighted mean for contracts would
be based upon the distribution of the
calculated values of all rated contracts
of the same type. Because highly-rated
contracts may have the improvement
measure(s) excluded in the
determination of their final highest
rating, each contract’s weighted
variance and weighted mean would be
calculated both with and without the
improvement measures.
Under the methodology CMS
proposed for this factor, a contract’s
weighted variance would be categorized
into one of three mutually exclusive
categories, identified in Table C8A,
based upon the weighted variance of its
measure-level Star Ratings. Its ranking
would be relative to all other contracts’
weighted variance for the rating type
16579
(Part C summary for MA–PDs and MAonly, overall for MA–PDs, Part D
summary for MA–PDs, and Part D
summary for PDPs), and the manner in
which the highest rating for the contract
was determined—with or without the
improvement measure(s). For an MA–
PD’s Part C and D summary ratings, its
ranking is relative to all other contracts’
weighted variance for the rating type
(Part C summary, Part D summary) with
the improvement measure. Similarly, a
contract’s weighted mean would be
categorized into one of three mutually
exclusive categories, identified in Table
C8B, based on its weighted mean of all
measure-level Star Ratings and its
ranking relative to all other contracts’
weighted means for the rating type (Part
C summary for MA–PDs and MA-only,
overall, Part D summary for MA–PDs,
and Part D summary for PDPs) and the
manner in which the highest rating for
the contract was determined—with or
without the improvement measure(s).
For an MA–PD’s Part C and D summary
ratings, its ranking would be relative to
all other contracts’ weighted means for
the rating type (Part C summary, Part D
summary) with the improvement
measure. Further, the same threshold
criterion would be employed per
category regardless of whether the
improvement measure was included or
excluded in the calculation of the rating.
The values that correspond to the
thresholds would be based on the
distribution of all rated contracts and
determined with and without the
improvement measure(s) and exclusive
of any adjustments. Table C8A details
the criteria for the categorization of a
contract’s weighted variance for the
summary and overall ratings. Table C8B
details the criteria for the categorization
of a contract’s weighted mean
(performance) for the overall and
summary ratings. Like current practice,
the values that correspond to the cutoffs
would be provided each year during the
plan preview and are published in the
Technical Notes.
TABLE 8A—CATEGORIZATION OF A CONTRACT BASED ON ITS WEIGHTED VARIANCE RANKING
Variance category
Ranking
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Low ..............................................................................................................
Medium ........................................................................................................
High .............................................................................................................
63 A deviation is the difference between the
performance measure’s Star Rating and the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Below the 30th percentile.
At or above the 30th percentile to less than the 70th percentile.
At or above the 70th percentile.
weighted mean of all applicable measures for the
contract.
PO 00000
Frm 00141
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16580
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 8B—CATEGORIZATION OF A CONTRACT BASED ON WEIGHTED MEAN (PERFORMANCE) RANKING
Weighted mean (performance) category
Ranking
High .............................................................................................................
Relatively High ............................................................................................
Other ............................................................................................................
These definitions of high, medium,
and low weighted variance ranking and
high, relatively high, and other
weighted mean ranking were proposed
to be codified in narrative form in
paragraph (f)(1)(ii).
At or above the 85th percentile.
At or above the 65th percentile to less than the 85th percentile.
Below the 65th percentile.
A contract’s categorization for both
weighted mean and weighted variance
determines the value of the reward
factor. Table C9 shows the values of the
reward factor based on the weighted
variance and weighted mean
categorization; we proposed to codify
these values (in a narrative description)
in paragraph (f)(1)(iii). The weighted
variance and weighted mean thresholds
for the reward factor are available in the
Technical Notes and updated annually.
TABLE 9—CATEGORIZATION OF A CONTRACT FOR THE REWARD FACTOR
Weighted mean
(performance)
Low .............................................................................................
Medium .......................................................................................
Low .............................................................................................
Medium .......................................................................................
High ............................................................................................
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Weighted variance
High ............................................................................................
High ............................................................................................
Relatively High ............................................................................
Relatively high ............................................................................
Other ...........................................................................................
We proposed to continue the use of a
reward factor to reward contracts with
consistently high and stable
performance over time. Further, we
proposed to continue to employ the
same methodology to categorize and
determine the reward factor for
contracts. As proposed in paragraphs
(c)(1) and (d)(1), these reward factor
adjustments would be applied at the
summary and overall rating level.
We received the following comments
on our proposal and our responses
follow:
Comment: The majority of
commenters were supportive of the
continued use of the reward factor. A
commenter expressed support
specifically related to the reward
methodology and the codification of the
calculation of the reward factor.
Response: CMS appreciates our
stakeholders’ support of the reward
factor.
Comment: A commenter expressed
support of the use of a reward factor for
the overall rating, but was concerned
that the proposed (and current)
methodology for calculating the reward
factor did not consistently award
contracts that maintained high
performance and demonstrated
incremental improvement at the
measure level. Further, the commenter
linked the potential for a high
performing contract not receiving a
reward factor to flaws in the assignment
of measure cut points.
Response: CMS appreciates the
careful consideration of the reward
factor. Since the reward factor is a
rating-specific factor, a contract can
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
qualify for the reward based on its
summary or overall (or both) rating if a
contract has both high and stable
relative performance. CMS believes the
reward factor methodology identifies
the contracts that have both high and
stable relative performance and
recognizes that such performance may
exist overall (Part C and D performance)
or in one particular area (health plan
quality and performance domain on Part
C measures or the prescription drug
plan quality and performance domain
on Part D measures). Since the reward
factor is based on a relative
performance, it serves to incentivize
plans and recognize plans that provide
the highest and consistent level of care
as reflected in their ratings. Ratings
calculated using a consistent
methodology allow to the identification
of top performers based on rankings.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS annually publish the list of
reward factor recipients. The
commenter referenced the publication
of the Categorical Adjustment Index
(CAI) final adjustment categories for
contracts to support the request.
Further, the commenter believed that
the publication of the reward factor
recipients would maintain the attributes
of fairness and transparency of the Star
Ratings system.
Response: CMS appreciates this
feedback. As noted in the comment, the
CAI final adjustment categories per
contract are available in the annual
public use files available using the
following link: https://go.cms.gov/
partcanddstarratings. While the
PO 00000
Frm 00142
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Reward factor
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
thresholds for the reward factor are
published each year in the Technical
Notes, the recipients of the reward
factor are not part of the public use files.
However, we are persuaded that this is
important information for beneficiaries
and could assist in providing greater
transparency into the development and
assignment of the Star Ratings.
Therefore, CMS will begin incorporating
information related to the distribution
and characteristics of contracts
receiving the reward factor in the
annual Fact Sheet for the 2021 Star
Ratings.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing the provisions as
proposed at §§ 422.162(f1) and
423.182(f)(1) without modification.
t. Categorical Adjustment Index
As we discussed in the proposed rule,
a growing body of evidence links the
prevalence of beneficiary-level social
risk factors with performance on
measures included in Medicare valuebased purchasing programs, including
MA and Part D Star Ratings. With
support from our contractors, we
undertook research to provide scientific
evidence as to whether MA
organizations or Part D sponsors that
enroll a disproportionate number of
vulnerable beneficiaries are
systematically disadvantaged by the
current Star Ratings. In 2014, we issued
a Request for Information to gather
information directly from organizations
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
to supplement the data that CMS
collects, as we believe that plans and
sponsors are uniquely positioned to
provide both qualitative and
quantitative information that is not
available from other sources. In
February and September 2015, we
released details on the findings of our
research.64 We also reviewed reports
about the impact of socio-economic
status (SES) on quality ratings, such as
the report published by the NQF posted
at www.qualityforum.org/risk_
adjustment_ses.aspx and the Medicare
Payment Advisory Commission’s
(MedPAC) Report to the Congress:
Medicare Payment Policy posted at
https://www.medpac.gov/docs/defaultsource/reports/march-2016-report-tothe-congress-medicare-paymentpolicy.pdf?sfvrsn=0. More recently, we
have been reviewing reports prepared
by the Office of the Assistant Secretary
for Planning and Evaluation (ASPE 65)
and the National Academies of
Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine on
the issue of measuring and accounting
for social risk factors in CMS’s valuebased purchasing and quality reporting
programs, and we have been
considering options on how to address
the issue in these programs. On
December 21, 2016, ASPE submitted a
Report to Congress on a study it was
required to conduct under section 2(d)
of the Improving Medicare Post-Acute
Care Transformation (IMPACT) Act of
2014. The study analyzed the effects of
certain social risk factors of Medicare
beneficiaries on quality measures and
measures of resource use in nine
Medicare value-based purchasing
programs. The report also included
considerations for strategies to account
for social risk factors in these programs.
A January 10, 2017 report released by
the National Academies of Sciences,
Engineering, and Medicine provided
various potential methods for measuring
and accounting for social risk factors,
including stratified public reporting.66
64 The February release can be found at https://
www.cms.gov/medicare/prescription-drugcoverage/prescriptiondrugcovgenin/
performancedata.html.
The September release can be found at https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/Prescription-DrugCoverage/PrescriptionDrugCovGenIn/Downloads/
Research-on-the-Impact-of-Socioeconomic-Statuson-Star-Ratingsv1-09082015.pdf.
65 https://aspe.hhs.gov/pdf-report/reportcongress-social-risk-factors-and-performanceunder-medicares-value-based-purchasingprograms.
66 National Academies of Sciences, Engineering,
and Medicine. 2017. Accounting for social risk
factors in Medicare payment. Washington, DC: The
National Academies Press—https://www.nap.edu/
catalog/21858/accounting-for-social-risk-factors-inmedicare-payment-identifying-social.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
We have also engaged NCQA and the
PQA to examine their measure
specifications used in the Part C and
Part D Star Ratings program to
determine if re-specification is
warranted. The majority of measures
used for the Star Ratings program are
consensus-based. Measure
specifications can be changed only by
the measure steward (the owner and
developer of the measure). Thus,
measure scores cannot be adjusted for
differences in enrollee case mix unless
the specifications for the measure are
adjusted by the measure steward.
Measure re-specification is a multiyear
process. For example, NCQA has a
standard process for reviewing any
measure and determining whether a
measure requires re-specification.
NCQA’s re-evaluation process is
designed to ensure any resulting
measure updates have desirable
attributes of relevance, scientific
soundness, and feasibility:
• Relevance describes the extent to
which the measure captures information
important to different groups, for
example, consumers, purchasers,
policymakers. To determine relevance,
NCQA assesses issues such as health
importance, financial importance, and
potential for improvement among
entities being measured.
• Scientific soundness captures the
extent to which the measure adheres to
clinical evidence and whether the
measure is valid, reliable, and precise.
• Feasibility captures the extent to
which a measure can be collected at
reasonable cost and without undue
burden. To determine feasibility, NCQA
also assesses whether a measure is
precisely specified and can be audited.
The overall process for assessing the
value of re-specification emphasizes
multi-stakeholder input, use of
evidence-based guidelines and data, and
wide public input.
Beginning with 2017 Star Ratings, we
implemented the CAI that adjusts for
the average within-contract disparity in
performance associated with the
percentages of enrollees who receive a
low income subsidy and/or are dual
eligible (LIS/DE) and/or have disability
status. We developed the CAI as an
interim analytical adjustment while we
developed a long-term solution. The
adjustment factor varies by a contract’s
categorization into a final adjustment
category that is determined by a
contract’s proportion of LIS/DE and
enrollees with disabilities. By design,
the CAI values are monotonic in at least
one dimension (LIS/DE or disability
status) and thus, contracts with larger
LIS/DE and/or disability percentages
realize larger positive adjustments. MA–
PO 00000
Frm 00143
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16581
PD contracts can have up to three ratingspecific CAI adjustments—one for the
overall Star Rating and one for each of
the summary ratings (Part C and Part D).
MA-only contracts can have one
adjustment for the Part C summary
rating. PDPs can have one adjustment
for the Part D summary rating. We
proposed to codify the calculation and
use of the CAI in §§ 422.166(f)(2) and
423.186(f)(2), while we consider other
alternatives for the future.
As has been done with the 2017 and
2018 Star Ratings, we proposed that the
adjusted measure scores of a subset of
the Star Ratings measures would serve
as the foundation for the determination
of the index values. Measures would be
excluded as candidates for adjustment if
(A) the measures are already case-mix
adjusted for SES (for example, CAHPS
and HOS outcome measures); (B) the
focus of the measurement is not a
beneficiary-level issue but rather a plan
or provider-level issue (for example,
appeals, call center, Part D price
accuracy measures); (C) the measure is
scheduled to be retired or revised
during the Star Rating year in which the
CAI is being applied; or (D) the measure
is applicable to only Special Needs
Plans (SNPs) (for example, SNP Care
Management, Care for Older Adults
measures). We proposed to codify these
paragraphs for determining the
measures for CAI values at paragraph
(f)(2)(ii). In addition, the 2017 and 2018
Ratings were based on a group of
measures from within the cohort
identified using these rules.
The categorization of a beneficiary as
LIS/DE for the CAI would rely on the
monthly indicators in the enrollment
file. For the determination of the CAI
values, the measurement period would
correspond to the previous Star Ratings
year’s measurement period. For the
identification of a contract’s final
adjustment category for its application
of the CAI in the current year’s Star
Ratings program, the measurement
period would align with the Star Ratings
year. If a beneficiary was designated as
full or partially dually eligible or
receiving an LIS at any time during the
applicable measurement period, the
beneficiary would be categorized as LIS/
DE. For the categorization of a
beneficiary as disabled, we would
employ the information from the Social
Security Administration (SSA) and
Railroad Retirement Board (RRB) record
systems. Disability status would be
determined using the variable original
reason for entitlement (OREC) for
Medicare. The percentages of LIS/DE
and disability per contract would rely
on the Medicare enrollment data from
the applicable measurement year. The
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16582
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
counts of beneficiaries for enrollment
and categorization of LIS/DE and
disability would be restricted to
beneficiaries who are alive for part or all
of the month of December of the
applicable measurement year. Further, a
beneficiary would be assigned to the
contract based on the December file of
the applicable measurement period. We
proposed to codify these standards for
determining the enrollment counts at
paragraph (f)(2)(i)(B).
Using the subset of the measures that
meet the basic inclusion requirements,
we proposed to select the measure set
for adjustment based on the analysis of
the dispersion of the LIS/DE withincontract differences using all reportable
numeric scores for contracts receiving a
rating in the previous rating year. For
the selection of the Part D measures,
MA–PDs and PDPs will be
independently analyzed. For each
contract, the proportion of enrollees
receiving the measured clinical process
or outcome for LIS/DE and non-LIS/DE
beneficiaries would be estimated
separately, and the difference between
the LIS/DE and non-LIS/DE
performance rates per contract will be
calculated. CMS proposed to use a
logistic mixed effects model for
estimation purposes that includes LIS/
DE as a predictor, random effects for
contract and an interaction term of
contract and LIS/DE. Using the analysis
of the dispersion of the within-contract
disparity of all contracts included in the
modelling, the measures for adjustment
would be identified employing the
following decision criteria: (A) A
median absolute difference between
LIS/DE and non-LIS/DE beneficiaries for
all contracts analyzed is 5 percentage
points or more or 67 (B) the LIS/DE
subgroup performed better or worse
than the non-LIS/DE subgroup in all
contracts. We proposed to codify these
paragraphs for the selection criteria for
the adjusted measures for the CAI at
paragraph (f)(2)(iii).
In addition, we proposed that the Part
D measures for PDPs would be analyzed
independently at paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(C).
In order to apply consistent adjustments
across MA–PDs and PDPs, the Part D
measures would be selected by applying
the selection criteria to MA–PDs and
PDPs independently and, then, selecting
measures that met the criteria for either
delivery system. We explained that
under our proposal the measure set for
adjustment of Part D measures for MA–
PDs and PDPs would be the same after
applying the selection criteria and
67 The use of the word ‘or’ in the decision criteria
implies that if one condition or both conditions are
met, the measure will be selected for adjustment.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
pooling the Part D measures for MA–
PDs and PDPs. We proposed to codify
these paragraphs for the selection of the
adjusted measure set for the CAI for
MA–PDs and PDPs at (f)(2)(iii)(C). We
solicited comment on the proposed
methodology and criteria for the
selection of the measures for
adjustment.
We also addressed how we would
release our findings publicly. While the
CAI would be employed, we proposed
to release on CMS.gov an updated
analysis of the subset of the Star Ratings
measures identified for adjustment
using this rule as ultimately finalized.
Basic descriptive statistics posted would
include the minimum, median, and
maximum values for the within-contract
variation for the LIS/DE differences. We
also proposed that the set of measures
for adjustment for the determination of
the CAI would be announced in the
draft Call Letter in paragraph (f)(2)(iii).
We proposed, at paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of
each regulation, to determine the
adjusted measure scores for LIS/DE and
disability status from regression models
of beneficiary-level measure scores that
adjust for the average within-contract
difference in measure scores for MA or
PDP contracts. We proposed an
approach to determine the adjusted
measure scores that approximates casemix adjustment using a beneficiarylevel, logistic regression model with
contract fixed effects and beneficiarylevel indicators of LIS/DE and disability
status, similar to the approach currently
used to adjust CAHPS patient
experience measures. However, unlike
CAHPS case-mix adjustment, the only
adjusters would be LIS/DE and
disability status.
We explained that under our
proposal, the sole purpose of the
adjusted measure scores would be for
the determination of the CAI values.
They would be converted to a measurelevel Star Rating using the measure
thresholds for the Star Ratings year that
corresponds to the measurement period
of the data employed for the CAI
determination. All contracts would have
their adjusted summary rating(s) and for
MA–PDs, an adjusted overall rating,
calculated employing the standard
methodology proposed at §§ 422.166
and 423.186 (which would also be
outlined in the Technical Notes each
year), using the subset of adjusted
measure-level Star Ratings and all other
unadjusted measure-level Star Ratings.
In addition, all contracts would have
their summary rating(s) and for MA–
PDs, an overall rating, calculated using
the traditional methodology and all
unadjusted measure-level Star Ratings.
PO 00000
Frm 00144
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
As described in §§ 422.166 (f)(2)(v)
and 423.186(f)(2)(v) for the annual
development of the CAI, the distribution
of the percentages for LIS/DE and
disabled using the enrollment data that
parallels the previous Star Ratings year’s
data would be examined to determine
the number of equal-sized initial groups
for each attribute (LIS/DE and disabled).
The initial categories would be created
using all groups formed by the initial
LIS/DE and disabled groups. The total
number of initial categories would be
the product of the number of initial
groups for LIS/DE and the number of
initial groups for the disabled
dimension.
The mean difference between the
adjusted and unadjusted summary or
overall ratings per initial category
would be calculated and examined. The
initial categories will then be collapsed
to form the final adjustment categories.
The collapsing of the initial categories
to form the final adjustment categories
would be done to enforce monotonicity
in at least one dimension (LIS/DE or
disabled). The mean difference within
each final adjustment category by ratingtype (Part C, Part D for MA–PD, Part D
for PDPs, or overall) would be the CAI
values for the next Star Ratings year.
We explained in the proposed rule
that the percentage of LIS/DE is a
critical element in the categorization of
contracts into the final adjustment
category to identify a contract’s CAI.
Starting with the 2017 Star Ratings, we
have applied an additional adjustment
for contracts that solely serve the
population of beneficiaries in Puerto
Rico to address the lack of LIS in Puerto
Rico. That adjustment results in a
modified percentage of LIS/DE
beneficiaries that is subsequently used
to categorize contracts into the final
adjustment category for the CAI.
We proposed to continue this
adjustment at paragraph (f)(2)(vi) and to
calculate the contract-level modified
LIS/DE percentage for Puerto Rico using
the following sources of information:
The most recent data available at the
time of the development of the model of
both the 1-year American Community
Survey (ACS) estimates for the
percentage of people living below the
Federal Poverty Level (FPL) and the
ACS 5-year estimates for the percentage
of people living below 150 percent of
the FPL, and the Medicare enrollment
data from the same measurement period
used for the Star Ratings year. We
proposed that the data to develop the
model would be limited to the 10 states,
drawn from the 50 states plus the
District of Columbia, with the highest
proportion of people living below the
FPL as identified by the 1-year ACS
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
estimates. Further, the Medicare
enrollment data would be aggregated
from MA contracts that had at least 90
percent of their enrolled beneficiaries
with mailing addresses in the 10 highest
poverty states. A linear regression
model would be developed using the
known LIS/DE percentage and the
corresponding DE percentage from the
subset of MA contracts.
We explained that the estimated slope
from the linear regression approximates
the expected relationship between LIS/
DE for each contract in Puerto Rico and
its DE percentage. The intercept term
would be adjusted for use with Puerto
Rico contracts by assuming that the
Puerto Rico model will pass through the
point (x, y) where x is the observed
average DE percentage in the Puerto
Rico contracts based on the enrollment
data, and y is the expected average
percentage of LIS/DE in Puerto Rico.
The expected average percentage of LIS/
DE in Puerto Rico (the y value) would
be estimated by multiplying the
observed average percentage of LIS/DE
in the 10 highest poverty states by the
ratio based on the most recent 5-year
ACS estimates of the percentage living
below 150 percent of the FPL in Puerto
Rico compared to the corresponding
percentage in the set of 10 states with
the highest poverty level. (Further
details of the proposed methodology,
which is currently used, can be found
in the CAI Methodology Supplement
available at https://go.cms.gov/partcandd
starratings.)
Using the model developed from this
process, the estimated modified LIS/DE
percentage for contracts operating solely
in Puerto Rico would be calculated. We
proposed that the maximum value for
the modified LIS/DE indicator value per
contract will be capped at 100 percent
and that all estimated modified LIS/DE
values for Puerto Rico would be
rounded to 6 decimal places when
expressed as a percentage.
We proposed to continue to employ
the LIS/DE indicator for contracts
operating solely in Puerto Rico while
the CAI is being used as an interim
analytical adjustment. Further, we
proposed that the modeling results
would continue to be detailed in the
appendix of the Technical Notes and the
modified LIS/DE percentages would be
available for contracts to review during
the plan previews.
We proposed to continue the use of
the CAI while the measure stewards
continue their examination of the
measure specifications and ASPE
completes their studies mandated by the
IMPACT Act and formalizes final
recommendations. Contracts would be
categorized based on their percentages
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
of LIS/DE and disability using the data
as outlined previously. The CAI value
would be the same for all contracts
within each final adjustment category.
The CAI values would be determined
using data from all contracts that meet
reporting requirements from the prior
year’s Star Rating data. The CAI
calculation for the PDPs would be
performed separately and use the PDP
specific cut points. Under our proposal,
CMS would include the CAI values in
the draft and final Call Letter
attachment of the Advance Notice and
Rate Announcement each year while the
interim solution is applied. The values
for the CAI value would be displayed to
6 decimal places. Rounding would take
place after the application of the CAI
value and if applicable, the reward
factor; standard rounding rules would
be employed. (All summary and overall
Star Ratings are displayed to the nearest
half-star.)
In the proposed rule, CMS noted that
while recommendations from the ASPE
report, findings from measure
developers, and work by NQF on risk
adjustment for quality measures is
considered, we are continuing to
collaborate with stakeholders. As noted,
we seek to balance accurate
measurement of genuine plan
performance, effective identification of
disparities, and maintenance of
incentives to improve the outcomes for
disadvantaged populations. Keeping
this in mind, we continue to solicit
public comment on whether and how
we should account for low SES and
other social risk factors in the Part C and
D Star Ratings.
As noted in the proposed rule, we
look forward to continuing to work with
stakeholders as we consider the issue of
accounting for LIS/DE, disability and
other social risk factors and reducing
health disparities in CMS programs. We
are continuing to consider options on to
how to measure and account for social
risk factors in our Star Ratings program.
Although a sponsoring organization’s
administrative costs may increase as a
result of enrolling significant numbers
of beneficiaries with LIS/DE status or
disabilities, our research thus far has
demonstrated that the impacts of SES on
the quality ratings are quite modest,
affect only a small subset of measures,
and do not always negatively impact the
measures. Because CMS will like to
better understand whether, how, and to
what extent a sponsoring organization’s
administrative costs differ for caring for
low-income beneficiaries, we explicitly
solicited comment on that topic.
Administrative costs may include nonmedical costs such as transportation
costs, coordination costs, marketing,
PO 00000
Frm 00145
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16583
customer service, quality assurance and
costs associated with administering the
benefit. We stated our belief that the
proposal demonstrated our continued
commitment toward ensuring that all
beneficiaries have access to and receive
excellent care, and that the quality of
care furnished by plans is assessed
fairly in CMS programs.
We received the following comments
on our proposal and our responses
follow:
Comment: There was immense
support and acclaim for the work that
CMS continues to do related to the
impact of sociodemographic factors on
the Star Ratings.
Response: CMS appreciates the
continued support of our stakeholders,
government agencies, and the research
community.
Comment: Overall, commenters
supported the continued use of the CAI,
but the majority of commenters
suggested some enhancements to the
current methodology (which we would
continue to use under our proposal).
Many commenters believe that the
selection rules for adjusted measures are
somewhat arbitrary or restrictive and
result in a small subset of adjusted
measures. These commenters suggested
expanding the number of measures for
adjustment. The suggested
enhancements for increasing the
number of adjusted measures focused
on modifying the selection rules.
Commenters suggested revising the
second set of selection criteria that are
based on the within-contract disparity
analysis across contracts, which would
result in a larger set of adjusted
measures. The suggested modifications
included a revision of the percentage
used for the median absolute difference
between LIS/DE and non-LIS/DE
beneficiaries for all contracts analyzed.
Some commenters suggested changing
the currently employed value of 5
percentage points to a lower values,
such as 1 or 2 percentage points. A
commenter suggested that the
percentage for the rule vary based on the
measure, such that the number is
meaningful for the particular measure.
A commenter suggested modifying the
selection rule from the proposed one
that uses the entire range of the withincontract disparities to instead identify
the measures where the LIS/DE
subgroup performed better or worse
than the non-LIS/DE subgroup (basing
the second selection rule to the middle
90 percent of the differences in the
distribution of the within-contract
disparity analysis).
Response: CMS is grateful for the
continued support of our stakeholders
related to the design and development
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16584
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
of the CAI. CMS developed two sets of
rules to determine the adjusted measure
set: First, the rules to determine the
measures that comprise the candidate
measure set for adjustment and second,
the rules applied to the candidate set to
identify the measures to be adjusted to
determine the values of the CAI. The
candidate measure set includes the
measures in the Star Ratings that have
varying levels of a LIS/DE/disabled
effect. The second set of rules relies on
the analysis of the variability of the
within-contract differences of LIS/DE
and non-LIS/DE beneficiaries. The
application of the second set of
selection rules identified the measures
in the candidate set that demonstrated
an LIS/DE effect at a level that qualified
them for adjustment.
After thoughtful and careful
deliberation of the recommendations of
our stakeholders, CMS will finalize
modified selection rules for identifying
the adjusted measures: We will not
finalize the second set of rules for
determining the adjusted measure set
that we proposed at paragraphs
(f)(2)(iii)(A) through (C) that provided
for identifying measures for adjustment
based on an analysis of the dispersion
of the LIS/DE within contract
differences. Under the rule we are
finalizing, the 2021 CAI values will be
determined using all measures in the
candidate measure set for adjustment
identified by application of paragraphs
(f)(2)(ii)(A) through (D). A measure will
be adjusted if it remains after applying
the following four bases for exclusions
as follows: The measure is already casemix adjusted for SES (for example,
CAHPS and HOS outcome measures);
the focus of the measurement is not a
beneficiary-level issue but rather a plan
or provider-level issue (for example,
appeals, call center, Part D price
accuracy measures); the measure is
scheduled to be retired or revised
during the Star Rating year in which the
CAI is being applied; or the measure is
applicable to only Special Needs Plans
(SNPs) (for example, SNP Care
Management, Care for Older Adults
measures). With this modification to the
CAI calculations, the ratings will
continue to be data driven in order to
be a true reflection of plan quality and
enrollee experience, and continue to
treat all contracts fairly and equally. The
modification will only eliminate the
selection rule in regards to the size of
the within contact differences. This
selection rule was originally developed
based on a goal of adjusting measures
only when there are substantive LIS/DE
within contract measure disparities.
Commenters suggested that this
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
selection rule should be relaxed or
eliminated. In cases where there is little
or no difference in the LIS/DE within
contract performance, there will be very
minimal or no impact on the calculation
of the CAI values. Previously, we have
excluded measures from this calculation
when the effects were very small. With
this modification based on the
comments received and further analysis,
these measures will be included but will
have a very minimal impact on the CAI
values.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested including a hold harmless
provision for the application of the CAI
for plans with limited LIS/DE
populations. Some commenters believed
contracts should not be subject to
negative adjustments because they have
a low percentage of LIS/DE or disabled
enrollees. A commenter suggested a
hold harmless provision for contracts
that upon the application of the CAI,
would have their ratings fall below a
particular threshold.
Response: As summarized in the
NPRM, research indicates disparities
exist in performance measures that are
influenced by an individual’s
sociodemographic factors. The CAI was
designed to account for the disparities
that were revealed in our research and
to adjust for those disparities in order to
allow fair comparisons among contracts.
The CAI is determined using the data
from the Star Ratings program. Instead
of a one-size fits-all approach to address
the impact of the socioeconomic factors
on the Star Ratings, the CAI allows a
tailored approach by the categorization
of a contract into final adjustment
category that is based on the percentage
of LIS/DE and disabled beneficiaries
enrolled in a contract. In addition, the
CAI values are a series of values based
on the rating-type (overall, Part C
summary, Part D summary). Further, the
CAI values for the Part D summary
ratings are contract-type specific and a
different set of values are developed for
MA–PDs and PDPs.
CMS remains committed to our
fundamental principles, which includes
incentivizing contracts to provide the
best quality of care to all of their
enrollees and providing accurate
information to beneficiaries to allow
comparisons among contracts for plan
choice. A hold harmless provision for
the CAI that specifically targets
contracts with limited LIS/DE
populations or contracts that would
realize a negative impact does not align
with the underlying principles of the
Star Ratings program or the fundamental
design principles of the CAI. Such a
provision could have the unintended
consequence of limiting quality
PO 00000
Frm 00146
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
improvement and innovation for the
care of the LIS/DE/disabled population,
as well as distort the signal of the Star
Ratings.
Comment: Several commenters were
critical of codifying an interim response
and expressed concern that it would
impede a long-term response.
Response: CMS’s goal is to develop a
long-term solution that addresses the
LIS/DE/disabled effect revealed in our
research. Any response, long- or shortterm, must align with our policy and
program goals. CMS is confident that we
can maintain our agility and
responsiveness even when codifying the
interim solution. The use of the CAI as
an interim response affords CMS the
time to carefully consider each potential
solution, to continue our collaboration
with stakeholders, to incorporate the
findings of the research community, and
to include the anticipated
recommendations in ASPE’s second
Report to Congress that will be released
in 2019.
Comment: Some commenters
encouraged the continued collaboration
with ASPE and measure developers.
Response: CMS remains firmly
committed to our continued research
and collaboration with our stakeholders
including researchers, industry,
measure stewards, and other
governmental agencies. The
development of a long-term solution
that best addresses any sensitivity of the
Star Ratings to the beneficiaries enrolled
in MA and PDP contracts is only
possible through continued
collaboration and feedback from our
stakeholders.
Comment: Some commenters believe
that the CAI is an insufficient
adjustment and advocated for a larger
adjustment. Further, some of the
commenters justified a larger
adjustment due to the higher costs
associated with caring for traditionally
underserved vulnerable populations. A
few of the commenters suggested the
use of an equity bonus, as suggested in
ASPE’s first Report to Congress, to
address the additional costs for serving
traditionally underserved populations.
Response: CMS believes that any
policy response must delineate the two
distinct aspects of the LIS/DE or
disability issue—quality and payment.
The Star Ratings program focuses on
accurately measuring the quality of care
provided, so any response must focus
on enhancing the ability to measure
actual quality differences among
contracts. To address the LIS/DE and
disability issue CMS must accurately
address any sensitivity of the ratings to
the composition of the beneficiaries
enrolled in a contract at the basic
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
building block of the rating system, the
measure. CMS believes the CAI
addresses the quality measurement
aspect of the issue at hand. In addition,
CMS has encouraged the measure
stewards to examine our findings and
undertake an independent evaluation of
the measures’ specifications to
determine if measure re-specification is
warranted. Additionally, the payment
response which is not the focus of this
regulation focuses on payment accuracy
for beneficiaries with different dual
statuses, differentiated by aged or
disabled status, by improving the
predictive performance of the CMS–
HCC risk-adjustment model to take into
account the unique cost patterns of each
of these subgroups of beneficiaries.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested adjusting for both within- and
between-contract differences. The
commenters referenced one of the two
findings in ASPE’s Report to Congress
that found differences in plan
performance between contracts serving
primarily LIS/DE and disabled
populations and those who do not even
after adjusting for patient-mix.
Response: As summarized in the
NPRM, CMS’s focus on within-contract
disparities for the development of the
CAI aligns with the recommendations of
the research community including the
National Quality Forum (NQF),
MedPAC, and ASPE. CMS conducted an
in-depth examination of the possible
sensitivity of the Star Ratings to the
composition of a contract’s enrollees
using a multi-faceted, comprehensive
approach. One analysis permitted the
estimation of within-contract
differences associated with LIS/DE or
disability to quantify the LIS/DE/
disabled effect. Within-contract
differences are differences that may
exist between subgroups of enrollees in
the same contract (for example, if LIS/
DE enrollees within a contract have a
different mean or average performance
on a measure than non-LIS/DE enrollees
in the same contract). These differences
may be favorable or unfavorable for LIS/
DE and/or disabled beneficiaries.
Between-contract differences in
performance associated with LIS/DE or
disability status (‘‘between-contract LIS/
DE and/or disability disparities’’) are the
possible additional differences in
performance between contracts
associated with the contract’s
proportion of LIS/DE and disabled
enrollees that remain after accounting
for within-contract disparities by LIS/
DE and disability status. If LIS/DE or
disabled beneficiaries are more or less
likely than other beneficiaries to be
enrolled in lower-quality contracts, then
between-contract disparities may
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
represent true differences between
contracts in quality. Because of this
possibility, we are concerned that
adjustment of between-contract
disparities could mask true differences
in quality.
Adjusting for within-contract
disparities is an approach aligned with
the consensus reflected in the NQF
report on sociodemographic adjustment,
which states that, ‘‘. . . only the withinunit effects are adjusted for in a risk
adjustment procedure because these are
the ones that are related specifically to
patient characteristics rather than
differences across units’’ (National
Quality Forum, 2014). Our research
focused on measuring within-contract
differences in performance for LIS/DE
and/or disabled compared to non-LIS/
DE and non-disabled beneficiaries.
The Improving Medicare Post-Acute
Care Transformation Act of 2014
(IMPACT Act, Pub. L. 113–185)
instructs the Office of the Assistant
Secretary for Planning and Evaluation
(ASPE) to conduct a study that
examines the effect of individuals’ SES
on quality measures, resource use, and
other measures for individuals under
the Medicare program. Because ASPE’s
research agenda aligns closely with our
goals, we have worked and continue to
work collaboratively with ASPE and
other governmental agencies to broaden
and expand the focus of the issue. In
December, 2016 ASPE released its
findings to Congress using readily
available data which includes data from
the Star Ratings program. In it, ASPE
supported the use of the CAI in the Star
Ratings program including our focus on
the within-contract disparities.
ASPE will release a second Report to
Congress in the fall of 2019 that will
focus on the impact of SES on quality
and resource use in Medicare using
measures (for example, education and
health literacy) from other data sources.
Once the report is released, CMS will
carefully review the report and all
recommendations contained within it.
Comment: A commenter specifically
offered to collaborate with CMS.
Response: CMS appreciates the
willingness, support, and dedication of
our stakeholders to improve the health
of our beneficiaries. We value the
feedback and suggestions provided by
our stakeholders. Comments and
suggestions are welcome throughout the
year. Outside of formal comments
periods, stakeholders can contact us via
email at the following address:
PartCandDStarRatings@cms.hhs.gov.
Comment: A commenter suggested
comparison of like plans for adjustment
specifically comparing Dual-Special
Needs Plans (D–SNPs) to D–SNPs. The
PO 00000
Frm 00147
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16585
commenter believed this would allow
an apples-to-apples comparison in
regards to performance reimbursement.
Response: The CAI adjusts for the
average within-contract disparities
across all contracts required to report
using the adjusted measures set as the
basis of the adjustment. Contracts,
including D–SNPs, are categorized
based on their percentages of LIS/DE
and disabled beneficiaries. The
adjustment is designed to be monotonic,
or in other words, contracts with higher
percentages of LIS/DE or disabled
beneficiaries will realize a larger
adjustment. While the CAI does not
compare D–SNPs to D–SNPs, the
adjustment does account for the higher
percentages of LIS/DE and disabled
beneficiaries in a contract by
categorizing the contracts in the higher
final adjustment categories and thus, the
categories with the higher adjustments.
The CAI is designed to address the
sensitivity of the Star Ratings to the
composition of the enrollees in a
contract. The Star Ratings are designed
for quality measurement and not for
payment purposes. The design and
development of the CAI was done to
address measurement and not payment.
Comment: A commenter suggested
increasing the adjustment for the two
highest adjustment categories ) in order
to have a more significant impact on the
overall Star Rating The commenter
believed the underlying efforts are
significantly different for contracts with
high percentages of LIS/DE/disabled
enrollees. Further, the commenter
believed there are administrative
challenges and higher costs associated
with promoting beneficiary compliance
in servicing vulnerable populations.
Response: The use of a consistent
methodology and a data-driven
approach precludes the possibility of an
increase in the adjustment in a subset of
the final adjustment categories. The CAI
is designed from a quality measurement
perspective and not payment. (The CAI
methodology is detailed in the CAI
Supplement available at https://
go.cms.gov/partcanddstarratings.)
Comment: A commenter
recommended enhancing the
categorization of contracts specifically
noting that the number of initial
categories for MA–PDs increased from
50 to 60 categories when comparing the
2017 to 2018 CAI, but the number of
initial categories for PDPs categories
remained at 16 categories.
Response: The number of groups in
each dimension (LIS/DE and disabled)
are determined after reviewing each of
the distributions using the percentages
of LIS/DE and disabled across all
contracts (MAs and PDPs are examined
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16586
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
separately) using the applicable data.
The MA LIS/DE distribution for the
2018 CAI had shifted slightly as
compared to the data for the 2017 CAI
development, so the decision was made
to increase the number of initial groups
for the LIS/DE dimension and maintain
the same number of groups for the
disabled dimension. The number of
initial categories for the 2018 CAI values
was increased from 50 (10 LIS/DE
groups and 5 groups for disability) to 60
(12 LIS/DE groups and 5 groups for
disability). The use of additional initial
categories in 2018 did not significantly
impact the number of final adjustment
categories (FAC) since the collapsing of
the initial categories is done to maintain
monotonicity and maintain a minimum
number of contracts per FAC, while
striving for a minimum differential
between the FACs. After examining the
distributions for PDPs, the use of the
same number of initial groups for each
dimensions was determined to be
appropriate. Additional initial
categories do not enhance or refine the
final adjustment categories, but rather
can cause instability in the CAI values.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested stratifying all measures by
LIS/DE and disabled status.
Response: At this time, the National
Committee for Quality Assurance
(NCQA) 68 and the Pharmacy Quality
Alliance (PQA) 69 have recommended
stratification for a subset of their
measures that are used in the Star
Ratings program. CMS is waiting for
ASPE to complete their research under
the IMPACT Act before developing an
Agency-coordinated approach to the
display of measures.
Comment: A commenter suggested the
creation of a structural measure that
reflects the support for LIS/DE and
disabled beneficiaries provided by a
contract.
Response: CMS appreciates the
suggestion. CMS is currently examining
the feasibility of a health equity measure
that could be potentially proposed in
the future.
Comment: A few commenters
recommended that CMS proceed with
caution, citing concerns with creating a
double-standard or tiered system, or
masking disparities. A commenter
expressed strong support of CMS in
seeking to utilize the Star Rating system
to encourage continuous quality
improvement in the MA and
Prescription Drug programs, providing
68 A summary of the NCQA analysis and
recommendations can be accessed at: https://
www.ncqa.org/hedis-quality-measurement/
research/hedis-and-the-impact-act.
69 The PQA summary can be accessed at: SDS
Risk Adjustment PQA PDC CMS Part D Stars.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
oversight to ensure accuracy and
transparency, and not accepting any
changes to performance measurement
that would lead to masking disparities
and harming disadvantaged patients.
Another commenter recommended that
CMS monitor how adjustments to the
Star Ratings affect the quality of care
received by LIS/DE and disabled
enrollees.
Response: CMS is committed to
making informed decisions based on
thoughtful and careful consideration of
any unintended consequences of a
particular approach. CMS has focused
on the within-contract disparities,
because we do not want to mask true
differences in quality across contracts.
CMS is transparent in the development
process and seeks the input of our
stakeholders, HHS partners, and other
government agencies. CMS thoroughly
examines any proposed modification
using a comprehensive approach which
commonly includes multiple rounds of
simulations. Further, CMS strives to
identify any potential unintended
consequences of any possible change
and to develop strategies to mitigate any
potential risks to the integrity of the Star
Ratings system. Upon implementation,
CMS maintains vigilance in its review
and monitoring of the change to ensure
that the policy goals that prompted the
modification have been met.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested working with measure
developers.
Response: CMS has been working
closely with the measure developers for
the measures used in the Star Ratings
program and will continue to do so.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS set minimum standards for
measure developers that include testing
and considerations for adjustments.
Further, the commenter believes that the
research should be made public to align
with the goal of transparency.
Response: While CMS does
collaborate with the measure developers
of the measures used in the Star Ratings
program, they remain independent
entities that are the stewards and
shepherds of their own measures. Both
National Committee for Quality
Assurance (NCQA) and Pharmacy
Quality Alliance (PQA) have welldefined processes in place for revising
or updating their measures. Public
comment is solicited during their
review process, as well as feedback from
their many stakeholders including the
medical community.
Comment: A commenter inquired
about the future use of the stratified
measures proposed by PQA and NCQA.
Response: Both NCQA and PQA will
be modifying the measure specifications
PO 00000
Frm 00148
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for a subset of their measures that are
used in the Star Ratings program and
will require stratified reporting. A
summary of the NCQA analysis and
recommendations can be accessed at:
https://www.ncqa.org/hedis-qualitymeasurement/research/hedis-and-theimpact-act. A summary of the
modification of the PQA measures can
be accessed at: SDS Risk Adjustment
PQA PDC CMS Part D Stars. CMS will
be reviewing the data submitted as a
result of these changes in the measure
specifications which impacts the
measures’ reporting requirements. CMS
will be developing a proposal for the
use of the revised data through future
rulemaking.
Comment: A commenter supported an
additional adjustment for all plans
serving vulnerable populations outside
of the CAI.
Response: At this time, CMS’
response to the LIS/DE/disabled effect is
the CAI. As our research and that of our
stakeholders, government agencies, and
measure developers evolves, CMS will
be developing a long-term response and
will take the commenters’
recommendations into account as part
of that.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested incorporating other factors
that are well-known as predictors of
medication adherence and other Star
Rating quality outcomes.
Response: CMS continues to conduct
research on the underlying factors
driving the LIS/DE/disability effect. In
addition, CMS has been working closely
with the measure developers for the
measures used in the Star Ratings
program. Further, we continue to
collaborate with stakeholders and other
governmental agencies including ASPE.
ASPE will release a second Report to
Congress in the fall of 2019 that will
focus on the impact of SES on quality
and resource use in Medicare using
measures (for example, education and
health literacy) from other data sources.
Comment: Some commenters stated
that geographic and unique
characteristics that could affect Star
Ratings performance should also be
assessed and addressed.
Response: CMS continues to conduct
research on the underlying factors
driving the LIS/DE/disability effect.
CMS has examined the
sociodemographic correlates with a
subset of the HEDIS measures used in
the Star Ratings program. CMS is
committed to identifying the cause of
any sensitivity of the Star Ratings to the
composition of enrollees in a contract.
CMS continues to examine geographic
variation, as well as unique attributes of
both beneficiaries and contracts that
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
may play a role in the disparity in
performance among subpopulations.
Comment: A commenter took the
opportunity to note that, as the Agency
moves forward with developing a
Quality Rating System (QRS) for
Medicaid managed care organizations,
many of the considerations that apply to
the Medicare Star Ratings program will
likely have implications for, and
interactions with, this new Medicaid
QRS.
Response: Although this comment is
outside the scope of this rule, we note
that the MA Star Ratings Team is
engaged with the team leading the
development of the QRS for Medicaid.
Comment: Some commenters
encouraged CMS to explore adjusting
for social risk factors at the measurelevel or for the overall Star Rating
System. A commenter specifically
recommended that at minimum, age and
gender should be used for adjusting all
measures in the Star Ratings program.
Response: A measure specification
details the adjustments for a measure.
Only a measure steward may make
revisions to the measure specification.
CMS continues to engage in
conversation with the measure stewards
of the Star Ratings measures.
CMS is continuing research and
collaboration with our stakeholders to
develop a long-term response to the
sensitivity of the Star Ratings to the
composition of enrollees in a contract.
Comment: A commenter requested
additional detail regarding the selection
of the Medication Adherence for
Hypertension for adjustment in the MA–
PD and PDP contracts while not
providing an adjustment on the other
two medication adherence measures.
Response: As discussed in the
proposed rule, CMS initially developed
and used two sets of rules to determine
the adjusted measure set: First, the rules
to determine the measures that comprise
the candidate measure set for
adjustment and second, the rules
applied to the candidate set to identify
the measures to be adjusted to
determine the values of the CAI. The
second set of rules relied on the analysis
of the variability of the within-contract
differences of LIS/DE and non-LIS/DE
beneficiaries.
After thoughtful and careful
deliberation of the recommendations of
our stakeholders, CMS will modify the
selection rules for identifying the
adjusted measures by eliminating the
second set of rules for determining the
adjusted measure set. The 2021 CAI
values will be determined using all
measures in the candidate measure set
for adjustment, thus eliminating the
second set of selection rules. A measure
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
will be adjusted if it remains after
applying the exclusions as follows: The
measure is already case-mix adjusted for
SES (for example, CAHPS and HOS
outcome measures), if the focus of the
measurement is not a beneficiary-level
issue but rather a plan or provider-level
issue (for example, appeals, call center,
Part D price accuracy measures), if the
measure is scheduled to be retired or
revised during the Star Rating year in
which the CAI is being applied, or if the
measure is applicable to only Special
Needs Plans (SNPs) (for example, SNP
Care Management, Care for Older Adults
measures).
For the 2021 Star Ratings program, all
three medication adherence measures
will be designated as an adjusted
measure for the determination of the
CAI.
Comment: A commenter expressed
support of the additional adjustment for
contracts operating in Puerto Rico.
Response: CMS appreciates the
positive feedback regarding the
additional adjustment for contracts that
operate solely in Puerto Rico. CMS
believes the adjustment allows for an
equitable application of the CAI for the
subset of contracts for which it applies.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing the provisions as
proposed at §§ 422.166(f)(2) and
423.186(f)(2) with modifications to
§§ 422.166(f)(2)(iii) and
423.186(f)(2)(iii). The 2021 CAI values
will be determined using all measures
in the candidate measure set for
adjustment. A measure will be adjusted
if it remains after applying the
exclusions as follows: The measure is
already case-mix adjusted for SES (for
example, CAHPS and HOS outcome
measures), if the focus of the
measurement is not a beneficiary-level
issue but rather a plan or provider-level
issue (for example, appeals, call center,
Part D price accuracy measures), if the
measure is scheduled to be retired or
revised during the Star Rating year in
which the CAI is being applied, or if the
measure is applicable to only Special
Needs Plans (SNPs) (for example, SNP
Care Management, Care for Older Adults
measures).
u. High and Low Performing Icons
We proposed regulation text to govern
assignment of high and low performing
icons at §§ 422.166(h)(1) and
423.186(h)(1). We proposed to continue
current policy that a contract receives a
high performing icon as a result of its
performance on the Part C and D
PO 00000
Frm 00149
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16587
measures. The high performing icon is
assigned to an MA-only contract for
achieving a 5-star Part C summary
rating, a PDP contract for a 5-star Part
D summary rating, and an MA–PD
contract for a 5-star overall rating.
We proposed that a contract receives
a low performing icon as a result of its
performance on the Part C or Part D
summary ratings. The low performing
icon will be calculated by evaluating the
Part C and Part D summary ratings for
the current year and the past 2 years (for
example, the 2016, 2017, and 2018 Star
Ratings). If the contract had any
combination of Part C and Part D
summary ratings of 2.5 or lower in all
3 years of data, it will be marked with
a low performing icon. A contract must
have a summary rating in either Part C
or Part D for all 3 years to be considered
for this icon. These rules were proposed
for codification at §§ 422.166(h)(1)(i)
and (ii)(A) and 423.186(h)(1)(i) and
(ii)(A).
We also proposed, at paragraph
(h)(1)(ii)(B), to continue our policy of
disabling the Medicare Plan Finder
online enrollment function for Medicare
health and prescription drug plans with
the low-performing icon to ensure that
beneficiaries are fully aware that they
are enrolling in a plan with low quality
and performance ratings; we believe this
is an important beneficiary protection to
ensure that the decision to enroll in a
low rated and low-performing plan has
been thoughtfully considered.
Beneficiaries who still want to enroll in
a low-performing plan or who may need
to in order to get the benefits and
services they require (for example, in
geographical areas with limited plans)
would be warned, via explanatory
messaging of the plan’s poorly-rated
performance, and directed to contact the
plan directly to enroll.
We received the following comments
to our proposal and our responses
follow:
Comment: Commenters
overwhelmingly expressed support for
the icons, as well as our policy of
disabling the online enrollment option
for contracts with the low-performing
icon. A commenter suggested requiring
3 years of high performance to qualify
for a high-performing icon, and another
commenter suggested CMS include a
full explanation for beneficiaries when
the low-performing icon is assigned.
Response: We appreciate this support
and the suggestions made. We will take
them under consideration.
Comment: We received one comment
requesting that CMS create a separate
icon to provide beneficiaries with
information about a contract’s audit
performance.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16588
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Response: CMS does note on
Medicare Plan Finder when contracts
are under sanction. We appreciate this
suggestion to share additional
information regarding contract audit
scores and Civil Money Penalties on
Plan Finder.
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized earlier,
we are finalizing the provisions for high
and low performing icons and
enrollment process limitations as
proposed at §§ 422.166(h)(1) and
423.186(h)(1) without modification.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
v. Plan Preview of Star Ratings
We proposed in §§ 422.166(h)(2) and
423.186(h)(2) that CMS have plan
preview periods before each Star
Ratings release, consistent with current
practice. Part C and D sponsors can
preview their Star Ratings data in HPMS
prior to display on the Medicare Plan
Finder. We currently use two preview
periods. During the first plan preview,
we expect Part C and D sponsors to
closely review the methodology and
their posted numeric data for each
measure. The second plan preview
includes any revisions made as a result
of the first plan preview. In addition,
our preliminary Star Ratings for each
measure, domain, summary score, and
overall score are displayed. During the
second plan preview, we expect Part C
and D sponsors to again closely review
the methodology and their posted data
for each measure, as well as their
preliminary Star Rating assignments.
We proposed that CMS continue to offer
plan preview periods before each Star
Ratings release (meaning the display in
the MPF), but to not codify the details
of each period because over time the
process has evolved to provide more
data to sponsors to help validate their
data. We explained in the proposed rule
that we envision the plan preview
periods to continue to evolve in the
future and do not believe that codifying
specific display content is necessary.
We also emphasized in the proposed
rule how it is important that Part C and
D sponsors regularly review their
underlying measure data that are the
basis for the Part C and D Star Ratings.
For measures that are based on data
reported directly from sponsors, any
issues or problems should be raised well
in advance of CMS’ plan preview
periods. A draft version of the Technical
Notes has traditionally been and will in
the future be available during the first
plan preview. The draft is then updated
for the second plan preview and
finalized when the ratings data have
been posted to Medicare Plan Finder.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
We received the following comments
on our proposal and our responses
follow:
Comment: Several commenters
expressed support for the continuation
of plan preview periods. One
specifically mentioned agreeing with
CMS’ decision not to codify the details
at this time.
Response: CMS appreciates this
support.
Comment: Several commenters
acknowledged the importance of
reviewing their data throughout the
year. A commenter suggested that CMS
release Star Ratings for marketing
purposes by August 15 each year;
another suggested that preview periods
be at least four weeks long. Several
commenters also suggested additional
data they believed would be helpful for
CMS to provide during plan previews.
For example, a few specifically
requested that CMS release
improvement measure calculation
worksheets for all contracts during the
preview. Another commenter requested
more timely and frequent drug list and
PDE edit updates to ensure reporting
accuracy, as well as additional reporting
on adherence measures.
Response: CMS strives to allow plans
as much time as possible to preview
their data but there are operational
constraints that limit how soon Star
Ratings can be made available for plan
preview. The data time frame for several
measures currently runs through June of
each year, and CMS does not receive all
of the data until the end of July. The
first plan preview currently starts in
early August, the second plan preview
starts in September, and the public
release on MPF is in October. In
between plan preview periods CMS
must make any necessary corrections to
the data, so four-week preview periods
are not feasible operationally. Many
datasets and reports are available for
ongoing monitoring purposes prior to
Star Rating plan previews. We urge Part
C and D sponsors to regularly review
their underlying measure data that are
the basis for the Part C and D Star
Ratings and immediately alert CMS if
errors or anomalies are identified so any
issues can be resolved prior to the first
plan preview period. For measures that
are based on data reported directly from
sponsors, any issues or problems can
and should be raised well in advance of
CMS’s plan preview periods.
CMS appreciates comments received
about additional data that could be
provided during previews. The
improvement calculation emulation
worksheets are available to sponsoring
organizations to preview their own
improvement scores per contract during
PO 00000
Frm 00150
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the second plan preview; these can be
requested by contacting
PartCandDStarRatings@cms.hhs.gov.
We note the NDC files are updated
three times for a given measurement
year’s PDEs. For 2018 PDEs, the PQA, as
custodian of a measure, publishes the
NDC lists in both February and July
2018, and again in February 2019
allowing sponsors multiple
opportunities to identify missing NDCs/
drugs prior to the release of the April
2019 report that includes all 2018 todate processed PDEs and the first Star
Ratings plan preview in August/early
September 2019. Furthermore, the
PQA’s NDC update schedule does not
preclude a Part D sponsor from
internally updating its NDC list more
frequently, monitoring its performance
and implementing timely interventions
including those that could occur at the
point-of-sale. We believe this
implementation timeframe is reasonable
and appropriate, and defer to the
measure custodian for revisions.
For several Patient Safety measures
CMS provides each Part D contract a file
containing their beneficiary-level
adjusted and unadjusted rates that can
be used by the contract to
independently test their internal
reporting processes and assess the
impact of adjustment factors. In
particular, the adherence measure report
provides up to 70,000 beneficiary
enrollment episodes (including begin
and end dates) where the beneficiary
was not adherent, along with the
adjusted and unadjusted numerator and
denominator days used in the
beneficiary’s PDC calculations. The size
of the adherence beneficiary sample
should be sufficient to perform the PDC
calculation to address systematic issues
as requested.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that CMS post national Star
Ratings data during the plan preview
period.
Response: The purpose of the plan
previews is for sponsors to review and
raise any questions about their own
plan’s data prior to the public release of
data for all plans on Medicare.gov. This
allows for any necessary corrections to
be made prior to the Star Ratings data
being public. Releasing national Star
Ratings data (meaning data about other
plans’ ratings) would not serve this
purpose. Further, to the extent that
errors are identified and changes need
to be made to data, it would mean that
updates to the national data render
earlier release inaccurate and less
useful.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized above,
we are finalizing the provisions for plan
previews as proposed at
§§ 422.166(h)(2) and 423.186(h)(2)
without modification.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
w. Technical Changes
We also proposed a number of
technical changes to other existing
regulations that refer to the quality
ratings of MA and Part D plans; we
proposed to make technical changes to
refer to the proposed new regulation
text that provides for the calculation
and assignment of Star Ratings.
Specifically, we proposed:
• In § 422.258(d)(7), to revise
paragraph (d)(7) to specify that
beginning with 2012, the blended
benchmark under paragraphs (a) and (b)
will reflect the level of quality rating at
the plan or contract level, as determined
by the Secretary. The quality rating for
a plan is determined by the Secretary
according to the 5-star rating system
(based on the data collected under
section 1852(e) of the Act) specified in
subpart D of this part 422. Specifically,
the applicable percentage under
paragraph (d)(5) must be increased
according to criteria in paragraphs
(d)(7)(i) through (v) if the plan or
contract is determined to be a qualifying
plan or a qualifying plan in a qualifying
county for the year.
• In § 422.260(a), to revise the
paragraph to specify that the provisions
of this section pertain to the
administrative review process to appeal
quality bonus payment status
determinations based on section 1853(o)
of the Act and that such determinations
are made based on the overall rating for
MA–PDs and Part C summary rating for
MA-only contracts for the contract
assigned pursuant to subpart 166 of this
part 422.
• In § 422.260(b), to revise the
definition of ‘‘quality bonus payment
(QBP) determination methodology’’ to
mean the quality ratings system
specified in subpart 166 of this part 422
for assigning quality ratings to provide
comparative information about MA
plans and evaluating whether MA
organizations qualify for a QBP.
• In § 422.504(a)(18), to revise
paragraph (a)(18) to state to maintain a
Part C summary plan rating score of at
least 3 stars pursuant to the 5-star rating
system specified in subpart 166 of this
part 422. A Part C summary plan rating
is calculated as provided in § 422.166.
• In § 423.505(b)(26), to revise
paragraph (b)(26) to state maintain a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Part D summary plan rating score of at
least 3 stars pursuant to the 5-star rating
system specified in part 423 subpart D.
A Part D summary plan rating is
calculated as provided in § 423.186.
We welcomed comment on these
technical changes and whether there are
additional changes that should be made
to account for our proposal to codify the
Star Ratings methodology and measures
in regulation text.
We did not receive any comments on
the proposed technical changes and
therefore are finalizing them. However,
we noted in our review that in several
of these technical corrections, the text
mistakenly referred to ‘‘subpart 166’’ or
‘‘subpart 186’’ which is incorrect. The
quality rating system regulations are
finalized in subpart D of part 422 and
part 423, so we are finalizing these
technical changes with the correct
reference to ‘‘subpart D’’.
12. Any Willing Pharmacy Standards
Terms and Conditions and Better Define
Pharmacy Types (§§ 423.100, 423.505)
Section 1860D–4(b)(1)(A) of the Act
and § 423.120(a)(8)(i) require a Part D
plan sponsor to contract with any
pharmacy that meets the Part D plan
sponsor’s standard terms and conditions
for network participation. Section
423.505(b)(18) requires Part D plan
sponsors to have a standard contract
with reasonable and relevant terms and
conditions of participation whereby any
willing pharmacy may access the
standard contract and participate as a
network pharmacy.
In the proposed rule, we intended to
clarify that the any willing pharmacy
requirement applies to all pharmacies,
regardless of how they have organized
one or more functional lines of
pharmacy business. Second, we
proposed to revise the definition of
retail pharmacy and define mail-order
pharmacy. Third, we proposed to clarify
our regulatory requirements for what
constitutes ‘‘reasonable and relevant’’
standard contract terms and conditions.
Finally, we proposed to codify our
existing guidance with respect to when
a pharmacy must be provided with a
Part D plan sponsor’s standard terms
and conditions.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A large number of Part D
enrollees expressed appreciation for our
series of any willing pharmacy
proposals, while other commenters
expressed concerns with our preamble
discussion because they believed that
CMS was considering eliminating or
otherwise changing the ability for Part D
plan sponsors to develop and maintain
preferred pharmacy networks. Some
PO 00000
Frm 00151
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16589
commenters contended that Part D
enrollees are able to exercise freedom of
choice without any willing pharmacy
mandates, and that preferred pharmacy
networks are popular among
beneficiaries. A number of other
independent pharmacies requested that
we consider extending any willing
pharmacy provisions to preferred
pharmacy networks in future
rulemaking, and several Part D plan
sponsors thanked us for recognizing that
we should not limit the ability of Part
D plan sponsors to develop and
maintain preferred pharmacy networks.
Response: We believe that the
commenters who thought our proposal
was intended to restrict Part D plan
sponsors’ ability to have preferred
pharmacy networks misunderstood the
proposal. The proposed rule’s
discussion of any willing pharmacy
standard terms and conditions
requirements, proposed definitions of
retail and mail-order pharmacies, and
accreditation requirements in standard
terms and conditions were not intended
to limit Part D plan sponsors’ ability to
develop and maintain preferred
pharmacy networks. On the contrary,
we explicitly stated in the proposed rule
that we were attempting to ensure that
Part D plan sponsors could continue to
develop and maintain preferred
networks while complying with the any
willing pharmacy requirement, which
applies to standard terms and
conditions.
Comment: Some commenters asked us
to abandon the any willing pharmacy
construct within the Part D program. A
commenter pointed out that the any
willing pharmacy provision would
require Part D plan sponsors to contract
with any pharmacy who agrees to meet
the terms and conditions of the
organization, whether or not the
pharmacy’s participation in the network
is necessary for the Part D plan sponsor
to satisfy geographic access needs. This
commenter contended that the any
willing pharmacy provision is
unnecessary because sponsors are
already motivated to provide access to
a broad number of pharmacies because
Part D enrollees select a health or
prescription drug plan based on its
ability to provide broad access by
having pharmacy networks in place
across many geographic areas. Other
commenters stated that CMS’ proposal
only addressed pharmacy complaints
and was unnecessary because the
proposed rule provided nothing to
suggest that Part D enrollees were
dissatisfied with how Part D plan
sponsors develop and maintain their
contracted pharmacy networks. Other
commenters believed that our any
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16590
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
willing pharmacy proposals violate the
spirit of the non-interference clause at
§ 1860D–11(i) of the Act. Additionally,
a number of pharmacies submitted
comments that Part D plan sponsors
offer reimbursement rates below
acquisition costs, that CMS should
codify its sub-regulatory guidance
regarding unreasonably low
reimbursement rates as a means to
subvert the convenient access standards,
or that the extended definition of
reasonable and relevant should prevent
financial terms and conditions that
result in a negotiated reimbursement
rate, that, inclusive of payment and
adjustment, results in a loss to the
provider, as such a term that would not
be ‘‘reasonable.’’
Response: The any willing pharmacy
requirement is statutory and CMS does
not have the discretion to abandon it.
CMS has already established through
rulemaking that Part D plan sponsors
must contract with any pharmacy that
meets the Part D plan sponsor’s
standard terms and conditions for
network participation (§ 423.120(a)(8)(i))
and offer a standard contract with
reasonable and relevant terms and
conditions of participation whereby any
willing pharmacy may access the
standard contract and participate as a
network pharmacy (§ 423.505(b)(18)). It
is within our authority and appropriate
for CMS to provide additional
clarification of these regulatory
requirements when necessary to help
ensure they are being effectuated in
accordance with the statutory
requirement. While we did not propose
to further specify ‘‘reasonable and
relevant’’ standard terms and conditions
in this rulemaking, and generally would
prefer not to do so for the reason we
have provided in prior rulemaking (that
is, to provide plans with maximum
flexibility to structure standard terms
and conditions) (see 70 FR 4254), we
will consider it in the future if we find
that our current requirements are no
longer sufficient to implement the
statutory any willing pharmacy
requirement as a result of the changing
pharmaceutical distribution
marketplace.
Additionally, the non-interference
clause at section 1860D–11(i) of the Act
does not prohibit us from establishing or
clarifying regulatory requirements to
implement the any willing pharmacy
requirement. Since the inception of the
Part D program, consistent with the noninterference clause, CMS has declined
to intervene in negotiations or disputes
involving payment-related contractual
terms. However, within the limits of our
authority, we also have a duty to
implement and enforce other statutory
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
requirements to promote competition
and have pursued goals such as
increasing the transparency of prices
and minimizing barriers to entry to the
extent possible while still ensuring
quality. Accordingly, CMS has always
interpreted the any willing pharmacy
requirement to require Part D sponsors
to offer reasonable and relevant contract
terms and conditions to minimize
barriers to pharmacy network
participation and we maintain that
requirement in this rule. Our
clarifications are intended to ensure that
such contract terms and conditions
offered by Part D sponsors remain
reasonable and relevant in light of the
changes and innovations in pharmacy
practice and business models since the
beginning of the Part D program.
Finally, the proposed rule explicitly
addressed the any willing pharmacy
requirement in relationship to
complaints received from Part D
enrollees (such as, confusion concerning
Part D enrollee cost-sharing
expectations). Further, although we
believe they misunderstood our
proposal, many of the Part D enrollees
that commented on our proposed rule
specifically communicated their dislike
of preferred pharmacy networks.
We believe our clarifications on
application of the statutory any willing
pharmacy requirement, address Part D
enrollee and marketplace confusion,
maintain Part D plan sponsor flexibility,
and address recent innovations
pharmacy business and care delivery
models.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern that our proposals
would lead to more fraud, waste, and
abuse in the Part D program. A
commenter provided two examples of
fraud, waste, and abuse that resulted in
both pharmacies being terminated and
prohibited from reapplying to be a
contracted network pharmacy. Another
commenter expressed concerns that
they encountered fraudulent claims in
situations where Part D enrollees
received prescriptions by mail that they
never requested from a pharmacy in
another state and from a provider in yet
another state. A commenter suggested
that CMS should allow Part D plan
sponsors to suspend claims when fraud
is suspected.
Response: While we thank the
commenters for their views, we fail to
see how our clarifications would have
any impact on Part D plan sponsors’
abilities to combat fraud, waste, and
abuse. Part D plan sponsors are required
at § 423.504(b)(4)(vi) to take appropriate
steps to combat fraud, waste, and abuse,
and such terms and conditions are in no
way prohibited, so long as they are
PO 00000
Frm 00152
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reasonable and relevant. That is, should
a pharmacy violate the relevant terms
and conditions, or have a history of
doing so, a Part D plan sponsor would
have no obligation to contract with the
pharmacy under the any willing
pharmacy requirement.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that CMS should explore
policy options to encourage Part D plan
sponsors to offer medically complex
patients reduced/zero cost sharing when
utilizing high-touch pharmacy models
to support both patient-centered care
and the goals of Medication Therapy
Management.
Response: We thank the commenters,
however these comments are beyond the
scope of this rule.
a. Any Willing Pharmacy Required for
All Pharmacy Business Models
With the pharmaceutical distribution
and pharmacy practice landscape
evolving rapidly, and because
pharmacies’ business and service
delivery models now frequently perform
multiple pharmacy practice functions,
many pharmacies no longer fit squarely
into traditional pharmacy type
classifications. For example,
compounding pharmacies and specialty
pharmacies, including but not limited to
manufacturer-limited-access
pharmacies, and those that may
specialize in certain drugs, disease
states, or both, are increasingly
common, and Part D enrollees
increasingly need access to specialty
drugs. In the preamble to final rule
published on January 28, 2005 (January
2005 final rule) (70 FR 4194), which
implemented § 423.120(a)(8)(i) and
§ 423.505(b)(18), we indicated that
standard terms and conditions,
particularly for payment terms, could
vary to accommodate geographic areas
or types of pharmacies, so long as all
similarly situated pharmacies were
offered the same terms and conditions.
In the original rule that implemented
the Part D program (70 FR 4194, January
28, 2005), we defined certain types of
pharmacies (that is, retail, mail order,
Long Term Care (LTC)/institutional, and
I/T/U [Indian Health Service, Indian
tribe or tribal organization, or urban
Indian organization]) at § 423.100 to
operationalize various statutory
provisions that specifically mention
these types of pharmacies (for example,
section 1860D–4(b)(1)(C)(iv) of the Act).
However, these definitions were never
intended to limit the scope of the any
willing pharmacy requirement.
Nevertheless, we received a number of
complaints that some Part D plan
sponsors have declined to permit
willing pharmacies to participate in
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
their networks on the grounds that they
do not meet the Part D plan sponsor’s
definition of a pharmacy type for which
it has developed standard terms and
conditions. Therefore, we clarified in
the preamble to the proposed rule that,
although Part D plan sponsors may
continue to tailor their standard terms
and conditions for various types of
pharmacies, Part D plan sponsors may
not exclude pharmacies with unique or
innovative business or care delivery
models from participating in their
contracted pharmacy network on the
basis of not fitting in the Part D plan
sponsor’s pharmacy type classification.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A commenter contended
that CMS is reading ‘‘that meets the
terms and conditions under the plan’’
out of the statute.
Response: We take this comment to
mean that commenter believes that we
are reading ‘‘A prescription drug plan
shall permit the participation of any
pharmacy’’ at section 1860D–4(b)(1)(A)
of the Act to the exclusion of ‘‘that
meets the terms and conditions under
the plan’’ in the same paragraph. We
disagree. We are concerned that such an
interpretation conflates a Part D plan
sponsor’s ability to develop and
maintain preferred pharmacy networks
with the any willing pharmacy
provision, thereby effectively nullifying
the any willing pharmacy provision.
The ‘‘reasonable and relevant’’
requirement strikes the right balance in
the inherent tension between the
statutory any willing pharmacy and
preferred pharmacy network provisions.
We believe it is necessary to require
terms and conditions to be reasonable
and relevant to avoid subverting the any
willing pharmacy requirement entirely.
Consequently, CMS requires the
standard terms and conditions under
the plan to be reasonable and relevant.
In order to be reasonable and relevant,
such terms and conditions must pertain
to the pharmacy’s business and services
as allowed under its license(s). While
traditionally such terms and conditions
could easily be established based upon
classification as a retail or mail-order
pharmacy, our intent is to illustrate that
those traditional labels likely do not
sufficiently encompass today’s evolving
pharmacy practice. Pharmacies
complained to us that they had been
excluded from network participation,
not because they were unwilling or
unable to meet the standard contracting
terms and conditions, but because their
business and service delivery models
represented hybrids that did not
squarely meet any of the definitions by
which Part D plan sponsors typically
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
classify pharmacies. Again, CMS is not
prescribing what the terms and
conditions have to be; we were only
clarifying that they must actually be
reasonable and relevant to those
functions performed, and not
theoretically reasonable and relevant
based upon outdated pharmacy
classifications that do not accurately
reflect today’s pharmacy business
model(s) and practices.
Comment: Some commenters
contended that our proposal effectively
classifies all pharmacies as similarly
situated and would require Part D plan
sponsors to require a single standard
contract for all pharmacies, regardless of
their business models or type of
classification. We received comments
from several pharmacies with
innovative pharmacy practice models,
including one that possesses elements of
mail-order, retail, and long term care but
doesn’t squarely meet any one of those
definitions.
Response: We disagree. We explicitly
stated in our proposed rule and reiterate
here that Part D plan sponsors may
continue to tailor their standard terms
and conditions to various types of
pharmacies. We also said that
pharmacies whose pharmacy practice
business and service delivery model
crosses multiple functions would be
considered to be similarly situated for
each of the pharmacy types they
represent. By referring to pharmacy
types, we mean the types of services
provided by the pharmacy. While some
pharmacies may still offer exclusively
one type of service, an increasing
number of pharmacies are offering
innovative and multiple types of
services that do not fit within the
traditional pharmacy classifications.
Consequently, we are merely stating that
Part D plan sponsors need to offer
standard terms and conditions that are
reasonable and relevant for the types of
services being provided by the
pharmacy, which could be
accomplished via multiple contracts or
addenda that are specific to types of
services. For example, a pharmacy that
predominantly provides retail services
but also provides mail services would
presumably be offered terms and
conditions that are reasonable and
relevant to both types of services. It is
up to Part D plan sponsors to determine
if this is best accomplished with
multiple contracts based upon service
type, addenda to a single contract, or
another type of contract that
accommodates unique and innovate
pharmacy practice business and care
delivery models.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that best practice requires
PO 00000
Frm 00153
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16591
pharmacies that perform multiple
functions to maintain and use a unique
National Provider Identifier (NPI)/
National Council for Prescription Drug
Programs (NCPDP) identification
number for each designation/function.
Other commenters added that the
NCPDP telecommunication standards
named under HIPAA for pharmacy
claim submission allow the pharmacy to
indicate the appropriate pharmacy
service type at a claim level, thus
enabling the Part D plan sponsor to
determine under which network the
claim is processed for reimbursement
and allows pharmacies to be held
accountable at a claim level to the
threshold associated with that
designation. A commenter suggested
that our proposed changes would
require modification of NCPDP
standards, which is a time intensive
process.
Response: CMS thanks the
commenters for their perspective.
Because telecommunications standards
accommodate a retail pharmacy service
type which pharmacies could continue
to use, we do not believe our any
willing pharmacy clarifications will
require changes to NCPDP standards.
The industry, through NCPDP, could
redefine the retail pharmacy service
type. Nevertheless, claims processing
should not be impacted.
Comment: A number of pharmacies
commented that Part D plan sponsors or
PBMs only make standard terms and
conditions for a retail network available
to pharmacies that express interest in
network participation and do not
advertise the existence of any other
‘‘type’’ of network.
Response: Part D plan sponsors must
provide the standard terms and
conditions that are requested by the
pharmacy. While pharmacies may
request any standard terms and
conditions offered by the Part D plan
sponsor, it is incumbent upon the
pharmacy to request terms and
conditions that are applicable to the
business model(s) and types of services
the pharmacy provides so that the terms
and conditions offered are reasonable
and relevant. The pharmacy cannot
expect to receive reasonable and
relevant terms and conditions if the Part
D plan sponsor is not made aware of
different types of services the pharmacy
seeking network participation provides.
Comment: Several commenters agreed
that declining a pharmacy’s request for
network participation exclusively on the
basis of its multiple pharmacy service
offerings is inappropriate, and that Part
D plan sponsors should be permitted to
grant applying pharmacies entry into
the network for services based on the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16592
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
pharmacy’s ability to comply with the
terms and conditions specific to each
service model individually.
Commenters urged us to clarify that
nothing precludes a Part D plan sponsor
from structuring standard terms and
conditions addressing a particular
pharmacy practice model or models and
applying those terms and conditions to
pharmacies providing multiple
pharmacy services. Other commenters
urged us to clarify whether CMS is
stating that a pharmacy can participate
under multiple contracts with a Part D
plan sponsor and/or whether a
pharmacy can choose which terms and
conditions under which it wants to
participate with that Part D plan
sponsor. Additionally, other
commenters urged us to clarify whether
Part D plan sponsors should develop
standard terms and conditions
applicable to unique and innovative
pharmacy business models as they arise,
or, if they should engage in individual
negotiations to determine mutually
acceptable reasonable and relevant
terms with such pharmacies. Another
commenter suggested CMS should
acknowledge that contractual terms and
conditions that do not directly address
unique pharmacy and business and
service models would likely not be
reasonable and relevant. Finally,
another commented asked, if
pharmacies are counted in multiple
categories, what is the impact on
inclusion in access standards?
Response: We thank the commenters
for their support and for requesting
these clarifications. We have recognized
since our January 2005 final rule that
pharmacies may have multiple
functional lines of business, including
retail pharmacies that may offer home
delivery services (see 70 FR 4235 and
4255). Additionally, existing operational
guidance states ‘‘[Part D] Plan sponsors
may submit data for pharmacies that
serve multiple roles as retail or mail
order and LTC, HI, or LA pharmacies’’
(see our Pricing Data Requirements and
Submission Calendar guidance,
available at https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Prescription-Drug-Coverage/
PrescriptionDrugCovContra/
RxContracting_FormularyGuidance.
html). To the extent a pharmacy serves
multiple roles, that pharmacy may be
counted toward multiple access
standards.
We agree with the commenters’
assessments of our intent. While Part D
plan sponsors should develop standard
terms and conditions applicable to
unique and innovative pharmacy
business models, we can envision
circumstances where individual
negotiations to determine mutually
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
acceptable reasonable and relevant
terms with such pharmacies could also
apply. Later in this section of this final
rule, we discuss in greater detail
situations where individual negotiations
may be appropriate. For example, if a
pharmacy offers retail and home
infusion services, the Part D plan
sponsor must offer that pharmacy its
standard terms and conditions for both
the retail and home infusion pharmacy
functions. If the pharmacy is able to
agree to and demonstrate compliance
with the Part D plan sponsor’s standard
retail terms and conditions, but not the
Part D plan sponsor’s standard home
infusion terms and conditions, the
pharmacy should be granted access to
the Part D plan sponsor’s contracted
retail pharmacy network, and not the
Part D plan sponsor’s contracted home
infusion network (until such time that
the pharmacy is willing and able to
comply with the Part D plan sponsor’s
standard home infusion terms and
conditions). When the pharmacy is
willing and able to comply with both
the Part D plan sponsor’s retail and
home infusion terms and conditions,
that pharmacy may be counted for
purposes of both retail convenient
access standards and home infusion
network adequacy standards.
As discussed previously, Part D plan
sponsors must provide standard terms
and conditions that are applicable to the
pharmacy requesting the terms and
conditions. Conversely, we would not
expect Part D plan sponsors to provide
standard terms and conditions that are
not applicable to the pharmacy
requesting the terms and conditions. We
agree with the commenter that standard
contracting terms and conditions that do
not directly address unique pharmacy
and business and service models would
likely not be reasonable and relevant.
Comment: A number of commenters
urged CMS to routinely review Part D
plan sponsors’ terms and conditions and
require complete transparency as to
what constitutes ‘‘reasonable and
relevant’’ by disclosing standard
contracting terms and conditions to the
public. Other commenters urged that
CMS should create an independent
audit and review process, perhaps by a
third party, by which a pharmacy can
challenge and/or appeal specific
standard terms and conditions that it
believes do not meet the any willing
pharmacy reasonable and relevant
standard. Another commenter
recommended that CMS should allow
Part D plan sponsors the flexibility to
develop standard terms and conditions
as they deem appropriate, but require
them to submit a justification for
reasonableness and relevance.
PO 00000
Frm 00154
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: We did not propose the
changes that the commenters
recommend, and for reasons noted
elsewhere in this preamble, we decline
to adopt them now. However, we
reserve the right to review all
contracting terms and conditions and
investigate complaints regarding
compliance with our rules.
b. Revise the Definition of Retail
Pharmacy and Add a Definition of MailOrder Pharmacy
In creating the Part D program, the
Medicare Prescription Drug,
Improvement, and Modernization Act of
2003 (MMA) (Pub. L. 108–173) added
the convenient access provision of
section 1860D–4(b)(1)(C) of the Act and
the level playing field provision of
section 1860D–4(b)(1)(D) of the Act. The
convenient access provision, as codified
at § 423.120(a)(1)–(7), requires Part D
plan sponsors to secure the
participation in their networks a
sufficient number of pharmacies that
dispense (other than by mail order)
drugs directly to patients to ensure
convenient access (consistent with rules
established by the Secretary) and
includes special provisions for
standards with respect to Long Term
Care (LTC) and I/T/U pharmacies (as
defined at § 423.100). The level playing
field provision, as codified at
§ 423.120(a)(10), requires Part D plan
sponsors to permit enrollees to receive
benefits (which may include a 90-day
supply of drugs or biologicals),
including extended days’ supplies,
through a pharmacy (other than a mailorder pharmacy), although the Part D
plan sponsor may require the enrollee to
pay a higher level of cost-sharing to do
so.
We currently define ‘‘retail
pharmacy’’ at § 423.100 to mean ‘‘any
licensed pharmacy that is not a mailorder pharmacy from which Part D
enrollees could purchase a covered Part
D drug without being required to receive
medical services from a provider or
institution affiliated with that
pharmacy.’’ Although we did not define
‘‘non-retail pharmacy,’’ § 423.120(a)(3)
provides that ‘‘a Part D plan’s contracted
pharmacy network may be
supplemented by non-retail pharmacies,
including pharmacies offering home
delivery via mail-order and institutional
pharmacies,’’ provided the convenient
access requirements are met (emphasis
added). In the preamble to our January
2005 final rule, we also stated,
‘‘examples of non-retail pharmacies
include I/T/U, FQHC, Rural Health
Center (RHC) and hospital and other
provider-based pharmacies, as well as
Part D [plan]-owned and operated
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
pharmacies that serve only plan
members’’ (see 70 FR 4249). We also
stated in that rule that ‘‘home infusion
pharmacies will not count toward Part
D plans’ pharmacy access requirements
(at § 423.120(a)(1)) because they are not
retail pharmacies’’ and assumed most
specialty pharmacies to be a specialized
subset of home infusion pharmacies,
such that access to specialty pharmacies
that did not provide home infusion
services could be adequately addressed
by out-of-network rules at § 423.124 (see
70 FR 4250).
Since 2005, our regulation at
§ 423.120(a) has included access
requirements for retail, home infusion,
LTC, and I/T/U pharmacies. While nonretail pharmacies like home infusion
and LTC pharmacies do not count
toward the retail pharmacy access
requirements, we allow Part D plan
sponsors to count certain non-retail
pharmacies, specifically I/T/U, FQHC,
and RHC pharmacies toward the retail
pharmacy access requirements (see 70
FR 4248). Consequently, in light of the
rapidly evolving pharmacy practice
landscape, and given that it expressly
excludes only one type of non-retail
pharmacy, that is, mail-order
pharmacies, without a corresponding
definition of that term, we believe that
our definition of retail pharmacy has
been a source of confusion.
Therefore, to clarify what a retail
pharmacy is, we proposed to revise the
definition of retail pharmacy at
§ 423.100. First, we noted that the
existing definition of ‘‘retail pharmacy’’
is not in alphabetical order, and we
proposed a technical change to move it
such that it will appear in alphabetical
order. Second, we proposed to
incorporate the concepts of being open
to the walk-in general public and retail
cost-sharing such that the definition of
retail pharmacy would be ‘‘any licensed
pharmacy that is open to dispense
prescription drugs to the walk-in
general public from which Part D
enrollees could purchase a covered Part
D drug at retail cost sharing without
being required to receive medical
services from a provider or institution
affiliated with that pharmacy.’’
As mentioned previously, since the
inception of the Part D program, Part D
statute, regulations, and sub-regulatory
guidance have referred to ‘‘mail-order’’
pharmacy and services without defining
the term ‘‘mail order.’’ While mail-order
pharmacies could be considered one of
several subsets of non-retail pharmacies,
we never defined the term mail-order
pharmacy in regulation, nor have we
specified access or service-level
requirements at § 423.120(a) for mailorder pharmacies. Unclear references to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
the term ‘‘mail order’’ have generated
confusion in the marketplace over what
constitutes ‘‘mail-order’’ pharmacy or
services. This confusion has contributed
to complaints from pharmacies and Part
D enrollees regarding how Part D plan
sponsors classify pharmacies for
network participation, the Plan Finder,
and Part D enrollee cost-sharing
expectations. Additionally, we received
complaints from pharmacies that may
offer home delivery services by mail
among other services offered by their
overall operation, but that are not mailorder pharmacies as Part D plan
sponsors have traditionally defined the
term. These pharmacies have
complained because Part D plan
sponsors singularly classified them as
mail-order pharmacies for network
participation despite their other nonmail-order services and required them
to be licensed in all United States,
territories, and the District of Columbia,
as would be required for traditional
mail-order pharmacies providing the
Part D plan sponsor’s mail-order benefit
at mail-order cost sharing. Therefore, to
clarify what a mail-order pharmacy is,
we proposed to define mail-order
pharmacy at § 423.100 as a licensed
pharmacy that dispenses and delivers
extended days’ supplies of covered Part
D drugs via common carrier at mailorder cost sharing.
We solicited comment on our
proposed modification to the definition
of retail pharmacy and our proposed
definition of mail-order pharmacy.
Specifically, we solicited comment
regarding whether stakeholders believe
these definitions strike the right balance
to resolve confusion in the marketplace,
afford Part D plan sponsor flexibility,
and incorporate recent innovations in
pharmacy business and care delivery
models.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A number of commenters
expressed strong support for our
definitions of retail pharmacy, mailorder pharmacy, and for declining to
further define specialty pharmacy and
non-retail pharmacy.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their support.
Comment: A commenter asked why
the definition of retail pharmacy
excluded physician- and hospitalowned pharmacies.
Response: We thank the commenter
for the question and assume the
commenter is referring to the phrase
‘‘without being required to receive
medical services from a provider or
institution affiliation with that
pharmacy.’’ This language exists in our
current definition at § 423.100.
PO 00000
Frm 00155
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16593
However, this language does not refer to
pharmacy ownership and instead has to
do with being closed to the walk-in
general public. To the extent that a
physician, physician group, hospital, or
health system owns and operates a retail
pharmacy that accepts and dispenses
prescriptions that are not limited to its
own prescriber network, such a
pharmacy could be counted toward the
convenient access standards.
Comment: Several commenters
requested that we expand our definition
of ‘‘network pharmacy’’ and
interpretation of ‘‘any willing
pharmacy’’ to include dispensing
physicians. Alternatively, other
commenters suggested that CMS should
reiterate that accreditation provisions do
not apply to dispensing physicians as
physicians are not pharmacies, and
urged us not to impede any provisions
that impede physician dispensing.
Response: We thank the commenters
but these comments are outside the
scope of this rule.
Comment: A number of commenters
suggested that we should add
‘‘primarily,’’ ‘‘predominantly,’’
‘‘routinely,’’ or other similar terms to
the definitions of retail and mail-order
pharmacy, similar to Medicaid’s
definition. Some commenters suggested
that we adopt Medicaid’s definition.
Some commenters suggested that we
should specify a threshold for these
terms or by which a pharmacy could be
considered one type of pharmacy or
another, such as 50 or 95 percent of the
pharmacy’s prescription volume. A
commenter added that there is a
fundamental difference between a retail
pharmacy that provides some home
delivery by mail and a mail-order
pharmacy that provides some retail
services. Another commenter urged us
to specify that a retail pharmacy cannot
simultaneously be a mail-order
pharmacy, or vice-versa.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their perspectives. As discussed in
the preamble to the proposed rule, the
pharmacy types we defined and
proposed to modify and define in
regulation describe pharmacy practice
business and service delivery functions
that an individual pharmacy may
perform, solely, or in combination. We
are clarifying the definition of retail
pharmacy for purposes of establishing
which pharmacies in a Part D plan
sponsor’s contracted pharmacy network
can count toward Part D convenient
access standards under § 423.120(a)(1).
The purpose of these definitions is not
related to contracting terms between the
Part D plan sponsor and pharmacy, or
any willing pharmacy. We understand
that our proposed definitions of retail
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16594
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
and mail-order pharmacy could be
narrower, but we do not believe that we
need to establish a threshold for
purposes of evaluating convenient
access standards and are not otherwise
defining it for purposes of establishing
which terms and conditions are
reasonable and relevant.
Similarly, we proposed a definition of
mail-order pharmacy for the very
specific reason of clarifying Part D
enrollee cost-sharing expectations and
differentiating national mail-order
pharmacies that contract with Part D
plan sponsors to provide the Part D plan
sponsors’ mail-order benefits from
pharmacies that otherwise deliver some
or all of their business through mail
service without providing the Part D
plan sponsors’ mail order benefits. It
was not intended to preclude terms and
conditions that are reasonable and
relevant to mail-service delivery by all
pharmacies.
Comment: Some commenters
requested that we should define a
threshold for ‘‘extended days’ supply’’
since retail pharmacies also dispense
extended days’ supplies.
Response: The level playing field
provision of the statute (section 1860D–
4(b)(1)(D) of the Act) provides parity for
retail pharmacies to provided extended
days’ supplies like mail-order
pharmacies. While the statute refers to
90-days’ supplies, we are aware that,
based on package sizes, extended days’
supplies span a range, for example,
between 63 and 100 days, and that Part
D plan sponsors have operationalized
parity with retail pharmacies for these
quantities, in part, to reduce waste. We
therefore believe it would be
inappropriate for us to proscribe a
threshold that could unintentionally
restrict the arrangements for extended
days’ supplies that Part D plan sponsors
have made with retail pharmacies or
generate dispensing waste.
Comment: A number of commenters
objected to our use of the phrase ‘‘to the
walk-in general public’’ in our proposed
definition of retail pharmacy, and some
asked us to expressly state that mailorder pharmacies are closed to the walkin general public. Other commenters felt
that the definition of mail-order
pharmacy was overly restrictive and
only applied to closed-door mail-order
pharmacies.
Some commenters expressed concern
about traditional mail-order pharmacies
that have constructed the appearance of
an open-door pharmacy in an effort to
participate in a retail network even
though such pharmacy conducts
virtually all of their business by mail
and has no or very few patients that
walk in for prescriptions. Additionally,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
some commenters expressed concern
that while such pharmacies may
technically be open to the walk-in
general public, they are located in
obscure locations, such as in industrial
parks, or have minimal signage.
Commenters added that when such
pharmacies appear in the directory as
‘‘retail’’ pharmacies, it creates
beneficiary confusion. In that vein, a
commenter provided an extensive list of
standards they believed should be
required to determine if a pharmacy
maintains a legitimate retail pharmacy
presence. Some commenters believed
they would not be able to classify such
pharmacies as mail-order pharmacies
because technically having a publicfacing door, they met the definition of
retail.
Other commenters expressed concern
that the idea of retail as a ‘‘walk-in’’
enterprise is outdated because patients
increasingly expect to receive their
medications delivered even by their
local community retail pharmacies.
Similarly, a commenter ask that we
replace the word ‘‘to’’ with ‘‘for.’’
Response: We thank the commenters
for these perspectives. Our definition of
retail pharmacy is necessary for
purposes of applying the convenient
access standards and does not address
whether terms and conditions of a
standard network contract are
reasonable and relevant. Only the actual
business being performed by the
pharmacy can dictate what terms and
conditions may be reasonable and
relevant. Additionally, we note that our
definition of retail pharmacy does not
specify that the pharmacy operates
exclusively to the walk-in general
public, nor did our proposed definition
of mail-order pharmacy specify that the
pharmacy operate exclusively by mail.
Because the statutory convenient access
provision explicitly discusses the
dispensing of drugs directly to patients,
we will maintain the word ‘‘to’’ in lieu
of ‘‘for.’’
In these examples, assuming there is
legitimate pharmacy practice activity,
such pharmacies maintain a substantial
mail-order line of business, and a
minimal retail line of business, but
nonetheless, both. We reiterate that it is
incumbent upon the pharmacy to
inform Part D plan sponsors of all the
types of services they provide so that
the Part D plan sponsor may provide
applicable reasonable and relevant
standard terms and conditions.
Moreover, while the standard terms and
conditions for the retail function could
reasonably incorporate the elements the
commenter listed, we do not believe it
is appropriate for CMS to specify such
PO 00000
Frm 00156
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
granular requirements in our definition
of retail pharmacy.
CMS is also aware that some state
pharmacy practice acts do not
distinguish mail-order pharmacies from
other types of pharmacies, and may
have a requirement for all pharmacies to
offer general public access. Therefore,
specifying that a mail-order pharmacy
be closed to the general walk-in public
may unintentionally create a conflict
with some state pharmacy practice acts.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that dispensing and
delivering drugs to an individual’s
home gives rise to unique quality,
safety, privacy, and timeliness
considerations as compared to retail
dispensing, which CMS explicitly
recognized when it considered its own
timely delivery standard on mail-order
pharmacies. Another commenter added
that if distinctions in terms and
conditions relevant to mail-order,
specialty, and compounding pharmacies
are not allowed to be used for standard
networks, Part D enrollee safety may be
jeopardized. Another commenter
suggested that the definition of mailorder pharmacy should ensure that
pharmacies are licensed in all of the
states in which they are practicing.
Several commenters contended that
they have trusted relationships with
their patients and, because some of their
patients are Part D enrollees who have
dual residences during various parts of
the year, that their patients prefer to
continue to work with their pharmacy
instead of a mail-order pharmacy that
would mail prescriptions to them at
their other residence.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their perspectives. We believe that
the commenter who thought our
proposal was intended to restrict Part D
plan sponsors’ ability to make
distinctions in standard terms and
conditions relevant to mail-order,
specialty, and compounding pharmacies
misunderstood the proposal. We agree
that mailing prescriptions involves
unique considerations, for which
reasonable and relevant standard terms
and conditions may be required for
retail pharmacies or other unique
pharmacy practice business and service
delivery models that include a mail
component. Reasonable and relevant
standard terms and conditions
applicable to the functions a particular
pharmacy practice business or service
delivery model performs may be
required, even if those functions cross
multiple traditional pharmacy type
classifications.
Existing quality assurance regulations
at § 423.153(c)(1) require that Part D
plan sponsors have representation that
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
network providers are required to
comply with minimum standards for
pharmacy practice as established by the
states. Every state, and the District of
Columbia (state) requires pharmacies to
be licensed in the state in which they
are located.70 However, CMS recognizes
that there are differential licensure
requirements for prescriptions mailed
across state lines. Some states require
out-of-state pharmacies to be licensed in
their state, by nature of mailing
prescriptions to Part D enrollees located
in their state, but others do not.
Additionally, to the extent a state does
not require a pharmacy mailing
prescriptions into it to be licensed in
such state, it would be unreasonable for
a Part D plan sponsor to require that a
pharmacy be licensed in such state,
particularly if licensure in such state
requires an address, physical or
otherwise, in such state. Therefore, CMS
does not believe that the commenters’
additional licensure language is
necessary for the definition of mailorder pharmacy and additionally has
concerns about the imposition of such a
standard term or condition for
pharmacies, retail or otherwise, which
perform a mail function.
Comment: A commenter contended
that our proposal appeared to be based
on the assumption that Part D plan
sponsors prohibit pharmacies from
participating in their networks because
they provide drugs through home
delivery, adding that this is not
generally an accurate understanding of
pharmacy contracting practices. The
commenter added that it was more
likely that a Part D plan sponsor would
require a pharmacy that wants to receive
payment for drugs delivered to a Part D
enrollee’s home to meet certain terms
and conditions relating to the quality,
safety, and timeliness of such drug
delivery as a condition of coverage of
such drugs. Some commenters referred
us to some Part D plan sponsors’
standard terms and conditions. Another
commenter opined that pharmacies that
complained to us may not have
adequately understood their contracting
terms and conditions secondary to
participation in a pharmacy services
administrative organization (PSAO),
citing anecdotes that PSAOs do not
adequately communicate terms and
70 This also applies to the U.S. territories of
Puerto Rico, Guam, and the U.S. Virgin Islands,
which have their own boards of pharmacy. Other
U.S. territories may not have designated boards of
pharmacy. For the few pharmacies located there,
pharmacies are licensed through the territory’s allinclusive department of health or require and
subsequently reciprocate licensure from another
U.S. state or territory.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
conditions to the pharmacies they
represent.
Response: We thank the commenter
for this perspective, but we disagree.
Pharmacies referred us to standard
contracting terms and conditions that
explicitly prohibited pharmacies in
retail networks from mailing any
prescriptions, with network termination
as the consequence, and not case-bycase nonpayment of covered Part D
drugs mailed by that pharmacy. In
addition to the areas addressed in the
proposed rule, we were particularly
concerned by requirements in standard
terms and conditions that stipulated
thresholds for obtaining patient
assistance, prescription dispensing
capacity, or personnel and equipment
requirements that are not commensurate
with or reasonable to the size and
prescription volume of the pharmacy.
The comment related to whether a
pharmacy participated in a PSAO is
outside the scope of this rule.
Comment: A number of commenters
were opposed to our incorporation of
the concept of cost sharing into our
proposed definitions of retail and mail
order pharmacy. Some commenters
believed this would also require us to
define retail cost sharing and mail-order
cost sharing as terms in regulation.
Others suggested that because we did
not also propose to define these terms
in regulation, our proposed definitions
were effectively meaningless, and we
would not have solved the problem we
were trying to address.
Other commenters opposed the
incorporation of cost sharing in the
definitions or retail and mail-order
pharmacy, contending that the proposal
instituted a price structure in violation
of section 1860D–11(i)(2) of the Act.
Another commenter believed that
inclusion of cost sharing in the
definitions of retail and mail-order
pharmacy would force Part D plan
sponsors to offer higher payments to all
network pharmacies when most
pharmacies have agreed to receive lower
payment rates. Another commenter
offered that because Part D plan
sponsors are not required to have a
mail-order benefit, and thus would not
have preferential mail-order costsharing, such a plan could not
operationalize our proposed definition
of mail-order pharmacy and would risk
beneficiary confusion.
Response: As discussed in the
proposed rule, because the statute itself
discusses retail and mail-order
pharmacy in terms of differential cost
sharing between the two, it is not
unreasonable that we would incorporate
those concepts into a regulatory
definition. CMS has always left the
PO 00000
Frm 00157
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16595
definition and fee structure of the mailorder benefit and mail-order cost
sharing to Part D plan sponsors.
Therefore, we disagree that our proposal
sought to impose a price structure.
Rather, we wanted to align the
definitions of retail and mail-order
pharmacy with Part D plan sponsors’
own operational definitions of mailorder benefit and mail-order cost
sharing.
Comment: A number of commenters,
both in favor and opposed, similarly
interpreted our proposed definition of
mail-order pharmacy in such a way that
would restrict Part D plan sponsors’
ability to impose standard terms and
conditions regarding the provision of
mail services.
Response: It has become clear from
these comments that commenters, both
in favor and opposed, misinterpreted
our proposed definition of mail-order
pharmacy well beyond our intended
purposes for defining it (that is, for
purposes of Part D enrollee cost-sharing
expectations, the Plan Finder, and how
Part D plan sponsors classify
pharmacies for network participation).
We consider the key feature of the mailorder benefit to be extended days’
supplies at preferential cost sharing (see
the 2014 Final Call Letter available at
(see the 2014 Final Call Letter available
at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Health-Plans/MedicareAdvtgSpecRate
Stats/downloads/
Announcement2014.pdf). CMS has
always left the definition of the mailorder benefit to Part D plan sponsors.
Insofar as a Part D plan sponsor defines
their mail-order benefit to provide
services to an expanded geographic
service area (for example, all 50 United
States, departments, territories, and the
District of Columbia), standard terms
and conditions that require pharmacies
who contract to provide the mail-order
benefit to provide services to those areas
could be reasonable and relevant. We
make a distinction, however, between
service level requirements applicable to
mailing prescriptions, and those that
pertain to providing the Part D plan
sponsor’s mail-order benefit. While
standard terms and conditions imposing
service level requirements applicable to
mailing prescriptions may be reasonable
and relevant, we would not expect a
Part D plan sponsor to require a
pharmacy that provides home delivery
service by mail to also require such
pharmacy to contract to provide the Part
D plan’s mail-order benefit in order to
do so.
Because our proposed definition of
mail-order pharmacy was
fundamentally unlike our other
pharmacy type definitions which are
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16596
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
necessary to establish access standards,
we no longer find it would be beneficial
to have a defined term. Additionally, we
will rely on Part D plan sponsors to
make sure their Part D enrollees
understand which pharmacies are
contracted to provide their mail-order
benefit (if they have one), and to ensure
they have reasonable and relevant terms
and conditions for all pharmacies that
deliver by mail that take into
consideration the difference between
traditional mail order that services the
entire country from those that operate in
more targeted geographic areas.
Consequently, we are not finalizing our
proposed definition of mail-order
pharmacy, and will not define mailorder pharmacy in regulation at this
time.
Comment: A number of commenters
expressed concern that it is not clear
how non-PBM-owned specialty
pharmacies or other innovative business
models fit into the proposed definitions
of retail and mail-order pharmacy.
Various commenters urged us to adopt
a definition of specialty pharmacy,
including network adequacy standards
for specialty pharmacies, specialty
drugs, or both. However, commenters
were divided on the critical elements
that should comprise such a definition
or set of standards. Commenters
variably considered accreditation, other
quality standards and service level
expectations, drug cost, certain drugs,
and certain disease states, or suggested
the adoption of existing definitions from
various trade associations. A commenter
suggested that a regulatory definition is
needed because specialty pharmacies
may try to hold themselves out to be
retail pharmacies in an attempt to avoid
accreditation or skimp on the level of
services required for specialty drugs.
Conversely, a commenter believed our
proposal to define mail-order pharmacy
and clarify the definition of retail
pharmacy without defining specialty
pharmacy might create a perverse
incentive for medications normally
dispensed in less expensive dispensing
channels (for example, retail
pharmacies) to be diverted to more
expensive dispensing channels (for
example, specialty pharmacies). A
commenter asked how Part D plan
sponsors and PBMs could be expected
to follow regulations if terms are not
defined, as this leads to a subjective
definition on a plan-by-plan basis and
could lead to confusion. Finally, absent
a definition or access standards, some
commenters urged us to monitor
whether Part D enrollees have
appropriate access to products that are
distributed through specialty
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
pharmacies, and a commenter provided
a study methodology.
Response: Because specialty
pharmacies’ pharmacy practice business
and service delivery models are so
varied, we hesitate to say they are a
particular ‘‘type’’ of pharmacy. As
discussed in the proposed rule, because
the pharmacy practice landscape is
changing so rapidly, and because the
considerations are so varied, we
continue to believe any attempt by us to
define specialty pharmacy could
prematurely and inappropriately
interfere with the marketplace.
Consequently, although we will
continue to consider it for future policymaking, we continue to decline to
propose a definition of specialty
pharmacy at this time. Unless they
perform a retail function, specialty
pharmacies would be classified as nonretail pharmacies. Additionally, as we
discuss later in this section of this final
rule, CMS supports Part D plan sponsors
that want to negotiate additional terms
and conditions in exchange for, for
example, designating a pharmacy with a
special label such as a ‘‘specialty’’
pharmacy in the Part D plan sponsor’s
contracted pharmacy network. Although
we appreciate the commenter’s
concerns, we are concerned about
circulating definitions of specialty
pharmacy that limit high-touch clinical
services to high-cost, high-risk
medications when such services for
inexpensive, yet high-risk, medications
may also be warranted, particularly in
frail or fragile Part D enrollees who are
still in the community. Nonetheless, we
reiterate here that Part D plan sponsors
must offer specialty pharmacies
standard terms and conditions that are
reasonable and relevant to the specialty
pharmacy’s pharmacy practice business
or service delivery model.
We thank the commenters for their
suggestions on methodologies, and may
consider this for future analysis or
policy making.
Comment: Some pharmacies
commented that Part D plan sponsors
are fulfilling pharmacy network
requirements for home infusion
pharmacies by reporting retail
pharmacies that do not meet the
guidelines discussed in Chapter 5 of the
Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit
Manual, Section 50.4. Other
commenters added that retail and mailorder pharmacies should not be
included in the home infusion network
adequacy calculation. Some
commenters offered that CMS should
develop an expanded set of any willing
pharmacy regulations specific to long
term care pharmacy, and that CMS
should revisit its definition of long term
PO 00000
Frm 00158
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
care pharmacy, including basing its
definition of long term care pharmacy
services more on patient care
characteristics rather than particular
settings of care. A commenter objected
to CMS’ prohibition on using active
pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) to
compound prescription drugs instead of
those produced by manufacturers.
Another commenter alleged that our use
of compounding pharmacy as an
example, despite existing policies
regarding compounded prescriptions,
seemed to indicate that we were
encouraging the participation of more
compound pharmacies in the Part D
program.
Response: We thank the commenters
for this perspective. While we may
consider these items for future policy
making, they are outside the scope of
this rule. However, we reiterate, to the
extent a pharmacy serves multiple roles,
they must be offered reasonable and
relevant standard terms and conditions
applicable to the pharmacy practice
functions they perform, and they may
be counted toward multiple access
standards.
In summary, we have removed the
concept of retail cost sharing from our
definition of retail pharmacy, and we
are not adopting a definition of mailorder pharmacy. The definition of retail
pharmacy at § 423.100 will be ‘‘any
licensed pharmacy that is open to
dispense prescription drugs to the walkin general public from which Part D
enrollees could purchase a covered Part
D drug without being required to receive
medical services from a provider or
institution affiliated with that
pharmacy.’’
c. Treatment of Accreditation and Other
Similar Any Willing Pharmacy
Requirements in Standard Terms and
Conditions
Since the beginning of the Part D
program, we have considered standard
terms and conditions for network
participation to set a ‘‘floor’’ of
minimum requirements by which all
similarly situated pharmacies must
abide. We further believe it is
reasonable for a Part D plan sponsor to
require additional terms and conditions
beyond those required in the standard
contract for network participation for
pharmacies to obtain preferred status or
to belong to a specially labeled subset
(for example, because we have not
defined the term, ‘‘specialty
pharmacies’’). Therefore, we
implemented the requirements of
section 1860D–4(b)(1)(A) of the Act by
requiring that standard terms and
conditions must be ‘‘reasonable and
relevant,’’ but declined to further define
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
‘‘reasonable and relevant’’ in order to
provide Part D plan sponsors with
maximum flexibility to structure their
standard terms and conditions.
As the specialty drug distribution
market has grown, so has the number of
organizations competing to distribute or
dispense specialty drugs, such as
pharmacy benefit managers (PBMs),
health plans, wholesalers, health
systems, physician practices, retail
pharmacy chains, and small,
independent pharmacies (see the URAC
White Paper, ‘‘Competing in the
Specialty Pharmacy Market: Achieving
Success in Value-Based Healthcare,’’
available at https://info.urac.org/
specialtypharmacyreport). CMS is
concerned that Part D plan sponsors
might use their standard pharmacy
network contracts in a way that
inappropriately limits dispensing of
specialty drugs to certain pharmacies. In
fact, we have received complaints from
pharmacies that Part D plan sponsors
have begun to require accreditation of
pharmacies, including accreditation by
multiple accrediting organizations, or
additional Part D plan-/PBM-specific
credentialing or other network criteria,
for network participation.
We agree that there is a role in the
Part D program for pharmacy
accreditation, to the extent pharmacy
accreditation requirements in network
agreements promote quality assurance.
However, we raised the concern that
inconsistent and/or duplicative
application of such requirements held
out to promote quality may be
circumventing the any willing
pharmacy requirements and does not, in
fact, represent the ‘‘floor.’’
We solicited comment on the role of
pharmacy accreditation in the Part D
program. We received the following
comments and our response follows:
Comment: A number of commenters
suggested CMS should codify its
existing guidance regarding specialty
drugs.
Response: We thank the commenters
and will consider this for future
rulemaking.
Comment: A number of commenters
representing Part D plan sponsors,
PBMs, and independent specialty
pharmacies believed that we were
conflating preferred pharmacy networks
with specialty pharmacies.
Response: We thank the commenters
for this perspective. We clarify that we
did not intend for these terms to be
interpreted as interchangeable. Section
1860D–4(b)(1)(B), as codified at
§ 423.120(a)(9), allows Part D plan
sponsors to establish preferred
pharmacy networks. Additionally, the
term ‘‘preferred pharmacy’’ is defined at
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
§ 423.100. However, because CMS does
not define ‘‘specialty pharmacy,’’ we
have left the definition and fee structure
of ‘‘specialty pharmacies’’ and
‘‘specialty networks’’ to Part D plan
sponsors. Part D plan sponsors may
create a specially labeled subset of
‘‘specialty pharmacies’’ for their
pharmacy network called a ‘‘specialty
network.’’ Such specially labeled
pharmacies could be further
differentiated as standard/non-preferred
or preferred.
Comment: Several commenters
thanked us, while a number of
commenters were concerned, that we
were altogether eliminating the ability
of Part D plan sponsors to impose
accreditation requirements. A
commenter suggested that CMS was
backtracking from our previous
guidance that accreditation can serve as
part of the ‘‘floor’’ for standard
contracting. A commenter urged us to
allow accreditation that supports access
needs. Several commenters urged us to
affirmatively prohibit accreditation.
Response: As discussed previously,
we agree that there is a role in the Part
D program for pharmacy accreditation,
to the extent pharmacy accreditation
requirements in network agreements
promote quality assurance. In particular,
we support Part D plan sponsors that
want to negotiate an accreditation
requirement in exchange for, for
example, designating a pharmacy with a
special label such as a ‘‘specialty’’
pharmacy or as a preferred pharmacy in
the Part D plan sponsor’s contracted
pharmacy network.
However, CMS remains concerned
that, in some cases, Part D plan sponsors
may be requiring accreditation or
‘‘quality assurance’’ standard terms and
conditions that may unnecessarily
preclude pharmacy network
participation or limit the availability of
certain drugs to certain pharmacies,
especially if such terms and conditions
are not being required consistently
among similarly situated pharmacies.
While we recognize that allowances
must be made for waiving standard
terms and conditions in certain
situations to accommodate unique
geographic issues or ensure access to
specific drugs, we generally believe
‘‘quality assurance’’ requirements, more
so than other terms and conditions, that
are meant to establish a ‘‘floor’’ in any
willing pharmacy standard terms and
conditions, would be consistently
required and less varied across the plan
network. To the extent the exception
becomes the rule, it is questionable that
such quality assurance or accreditation
terms and conditions reflect standard
terms and conditions.
PO 00000
Frm 00159
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16597
In situations where it is necessary for
terms and conditions to be altered, CMS
believes it may be more appropriate for
Part D plan sponsors to explore
reasonable alternatives with such
pharmacies, in lieu of waiving such
requirements outright if they are truly
necessary for ensuring a minimum
quality standard. This may involve
negotiations to determine mutually
acceptable reasonable and relevant
terms and conditions that could also be
offered to other pharmacies that have
not yet achieved such quality standards
as a means to establish a more
achievable de facto ‘‘floor.’’ Insofar as
standard terms and conditions contain
any such requirement, it must be
reasonable and relevant to the pharmacy
practice functions performed by the
pharmacy’s business and service
delivery model, and particularly with
regard to a standard held out to promote
quality, as the ‘‘floor,’’ we would expect
it to be applied consistently.
Comment: Several commenters
provided that accreditation is best
performed by an independent, thirdparty actor, and that accreditation serves
as an independent validation of
excellence. A commenter contended
that hundreds of pharmacies that have
obtained their pharmacy accreditation
certifications are small, community, and
regional pharmacies, however, a number
of pharmacies commented that they
have achieved accreditation, but have
done so through other accrediting
bodies that Part D plan sponsors would
not recognize or because they were
forced to do so. A number of
commenters contended that if
accreditation is to be required, the
accreditation standards must be public,
transparent, and/or consensus based.
Several commenters believed that CMS
should establish accreditation
standards, and that CMS approval
should be the only requirement for
acceptance of accreditation, similar to
LTC pharmacies and DMEPOS
providers. Some commenters contended
that our allowance of pharmacy
accreditation in the Part D program
requires CMS to communicate standard
criteria to Part D plan sponsors and
PBMs. Many commenters contended
neither Part D plan sponsors nor PBMs
may arbitrarily exclude pharmacies
utilizing other nationally recognized
accreditation organizations, and that
Part D plan sponsors/PBMs should not
be able to mandate the use of particular
accreditation organizations. A
commenter offered an extensive edit to
§ 423.505 to this effect.
Response: Small, community and
regional pharmacies have complained to
us about excessive barriers to entry, and
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16598
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
alleged that they only underwent
accreditation because they were forced
to do so. Otherwise, they would have
been cut out of approximately 75 to 80
percent of the market. While we support
the use of third party accreditation, we
are concerned that Part D plan sponsors
may require or do not recognize one
accreditation certification versus
another when pharmacies have already
obtained an accreditation certification
from a different organization,
voluntarily or as a requirement from
another plan sponsor or PBM. We
believe it is unrealistic to expect
pharmacies to obtain multiple
accreditation certifications, which
would be required if multiple Part D
sponsors require accreditation by a
specific accrediting organization.
We expressed concern in the
proposed rule that inconsistent and/or
duplicative application of such
requirements held out to promote
quality may be circumventing the any
willing pharmacy requirements and
does not, in fact, represent the ‘‘floor.’’
However, we reiterate here that we
support Part D plan sponsors that want
to negotiate an accreditation
requirement in exchange for, for
example, designating a pharmacy with a
special label such as a ‘‘specialty’’
pharmacy or as a preferred pharmacy in
the Part D plan sponsor’s contracted
pharmacy network. While we did not
propose specific accreditation
standards, we will consider it in the
future if we find that our current
requirements are no longer sufficient to
implement the statutory any willing
pharmacy requirement as a result of
accreditation requirements imposed by
Part D plan sponsors. Similar to our
work with the Pharmacy Quality
Alliance, CMS generally supports the
adoption of quality standards that are
public, transparent, and consensusbased. While CMS appreciates the
commenters’ concerns that accreditation
is best performed by an independent,
third-party actor, we did not consider
such a policy change in the proposed
rule and would need to consider the
issue further.
We also thank the commenter for their
suggested edits to § 423.505 and may
consider them for future policy making.
Comment: Some commenters objected
to our use of the term ‘‘credentialing,’’
contending that credentialing and
accreditation are different things and
accreditation picks up where
credentialing leaves off. Some
commenters provided that, as a tool of
quality assurance, PBMs look to
accreditation as a validation of
excellence to ensure that their network
has the capacity to fully provide highly
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
specialized services, and rejected any
suggestions that the value or impact of
accreditation in promoting quality
assurance is mitigated by the manner of
a network agreement deployed by a Part
D plan sponsor.
Response: While some Part D plan
sponsors or PBMs may use alternate
terminology, we have seen documents
that label such additional Part D plan
sponsor- or PBM-specific criteria as
‘‘credentialing.’’ Nonetheless, we have
attempted to clarify the terminology in
this final rule by also incorporating
‘‘other network criteria.’’ We reiterate
that while the Part D program does not
define ‘‘specialty pharmacy’’ or
‘‘specialty network,’’ any such
requirements in Part D plan sponsors’
standard terms and conditions must be
reasonable and relevant to the pharmacy
practice functions performed by the
specific pharmacy’s business and
service delivery model, and particularly
with regard to standard terms and
conditions held out to promote quality,
which, as the ‘‘floor,’’ must be applied
consistently.
Comment: A commenter provided
that North Dakota and New Hampshire
have enacted laws prohibiting PBMs
from requiring additional accreditation
other than the requirement of the
applicable state board of pharmacy.
Another commenter offered that they
have seen situations where state
standards are insufficient, unenforced,
or unmonitored.
Response: CMS thanks the
stakeholder for this information, and
encourages commenters to keep us
apprised of such examples. However, at
present, we continue to believe state
pharmacy practice acts represent a
reasonably consistent minimum
standard of practice.
Comment: Some commenters believed
that our rule would limit the dispensing
of specialty drugs only to drugs for
which there are FDA-mandated REMS
processes, which is such a small
proportion of drugs that it is insufficient
as a quality standard for the growing
number of Part D enrollees treated by
specialty drugs.
Response: This was not our intent. As
we discussed in the proposed rule,
because a pharmacy’s ability to dispense
certain drugs is not dependent on it
having the ability to dispense other
drugs, it is not relevant for Part D plan
sponsors to require pharmacies to
dispense a particular roster of certain
drugs or drugs for certain disease states
in order to receive standard terms and
conditions for network participation as
a contracted network pharmacy for that
Part D plan sponsor. Beyond drugs
whose dispensing is limited by FDA-
PO 00000
Frm 00160
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
mandated REMS processes or applicable
state law(s), Part D plan sponsors may
limit, on a drug-by-drug basis, the
dispensing of additional Part D drugs
which require extraordinary special
handling, provider coordination, or
patient education, when appropriate
dispensing cannot be performed by a
network pharmacy (that is, a contracted
network pharmacy that has not agreed,
is not capable, or is not appropriately
licensed to provide this level of service
for such drugs, individually, or in
combination). (For operational guidance
on this policy, see Section 50.3 of
Chapter 5 of the Medicare Prescription
Drug Benefit available at https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/PrescriptionDrug-Coverage/Prescription
DrugCovContra/Downloads/MemoPDB
ManualChapter5_093011.pdf) A Part D
plan sponsor may, however, require
pharmacies to dispense a roster of
certain drugs or drugs for certain disease
states in order to participate in the Part
D plan sponsor’s preferred pharmacy
network or be designated as belonging
to a specially-labeled subset of the Part
D plan sponsor’s contracted pharmacy
network (for example, the Part D plan
sponsor’s ‘‘specialty network’’).
As an example, a pharmacy which
identifies as a ‘‘specialty pharmacy’’
approaches a Part D plan sponsor to
participate in the Part D plan sponsor’s
contracted pharmacy network. The Part
D plan sponsor must provide the
pharmacy with standard terms and
conditions that are reasonable and
relevant to the pharmacy practice
functions performed by the specific
pharmacy’s business and service
delivery model (including consistently
applied terms and conditions held out
to promote quality). The Part D plan
sponsor may have additional terms and
conditions for that pharmacy to
secondarily participate in either the Part
D plan sponsor’s preferred pharmacy
network or ‘‘specialty network.’’ Even if
the pharmacy holds itself out as a
‘‘specialty pharmacy,’’ if the pharmacy
is not capable or does not agree to meet
such additional terms and conditions,
the Part D plan sponsor may preclude
that pharmacy from participating in the
Part D plan sponsor’s preferred
pharmacy network or ‘‘specialty
network.’’ However, the Part D plan
sponsor may not preclude the pharmacy
from participating in the broader
contracted pharmacy network, so long
as it is willing and able to meet
reasonable and relevant standard terms
and conditions. Additionally, consistent
with our longstanding policy, we would
not expect Part D plan sponsors to limit
the dispensing of certain drugs
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
(including, but not limited to, drugs on
the ‘‘specialty/high cost tier’’) or drugs
for certain disease states, individually,
or in combination, to a subset of
network pharmacies if a contracted
network pharmacy not belonging to
such subset: (1) Is capable of and
appropriately licensed under applicable
state and Federal law(s), including FDAmandated REMS processes, for doing so,
and (2) agrees to meet the Part D plan
sponsor’s reasonable and relevant
extraordinary special handling, provider
coordination, or patient education
requirements in standard terms and
conditions.
Comment: A commenter contended
that, since there is no entity that
accredits LTC pharmacies specifically,
Part D plan sponsor/PBM accreditation
requirements are particularly onerous
for LTC pharmacies.
Response: CMS thanks the
commenter. In 2005, CMS published
Long Term Care guidance, which
included Long Term Care Pharmacy
Performance and Service Criteria
(available at https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Prescription-Drug-Coverage/
PrescriptionDrugCovContra/downloads/
LTCGuidance.pdf). As discussed
previously, CMS would not expect Part
D plan sponsors or PBMs to impose
accreditation requirements beyond CMS
Long Term Care Pharmacy Performance
and Service Criteria.
d. Timing of Contracting Requirements
CMS has received complaints over the
years from pharmacies that have sought
to participate in a Part D plan sponsor’s
contracted network but have been told
by the Part D plan sponsor that its
standard terms are not available until
the Part D plan sponsor has completed
all other network contracting. In other
instances, pharmacies have told us that
Part D plan sponsors delay sending
them the requested terms and
conditions for weeks or months or
require pharmacies to complete
extensive paperwork demonstrating
their eligibility to participate in the Part
D plan sponsor’s network before the
sponsor will provide a document
containing the standard terms and
conditions. CMS believes such actions
have the effect of frustrating the intent
of the any willing pharmacy
requirement, and as a result, we believe
it is necessary to codify specific
procedural requirements for the delivery
of pharmacy network standard terms
and conditions.
To this end, we proposed to establish
deadlines by which Part D plan
sponsors must furnish their standard
terms and conditions to requesting
pharmacies. The first deadline we
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
proposed to establish is the date by
which Part D plan sponsors must have
standard terms and conditions available
for pharmacies that request them. By
mid-September of each year, Part D plan
sponsors have signed a contract with
CMS committing them to delivering the
Part D benefit through an accessible
pharmacy network during the upcoming
year and have provided information
about that network to CMS for posting
on the Medicare Plan Finder website. At
that point, Part D plan sponsors should
have had ample opportunity to develop
standard contract terms and conditions
for the upcoming plan year. Therefore,
we proposed to require at
§ 423.505(b)(18)(i) that Part D plan
sponsors have standard terms and
conditions readily available for
requesting pharmacies no later than
September 15 of each year for the
succeeding benefit year.
The second deadline we proposed
concerns the promptness of Part D plan
sponsors’ responses to pharmacy
requests for standard terms and
conditions. As discussed previously, we
proposed to require all Part D plan
sponsors to have standard terms and
conditions developed and ready for
distribution by September 15. Therefore,
we proposed to require at
§ 423.505(b)(18)(ii) that, after that date
and throughout the following plan year,
Part D plan sponsors must provide the
applicable standard terms and
conditions document to a requesting
pharmacy within two business days of
receipt of the request. Part D plan
sponsors will be required to clearly
identify for interested pharmacies the
avenue (for example, phone number,
email address, website) through which
they can make this request. In instances
where the Part D plan sponsor requires
a pharmacy to execute a confidentiality
agreement with respect to the terms and
conditions, the Part D plan sponsor will
be required to provide the
confidentiality agreement within two
business days after receipt of the
pharmacy’s request and then provide
the standard terms and conditions
within 2 business days after receipt of
the signed confidentiality agreement.
While Part D plan sponsors may ask
pharmacies to demonstrate that they are
qualified to meet the Part D plan
sponsors’ standard terms and conditions
before executing the contract, Part D
plan sponsors will be required to
provide the pharmacy with a copy of the
contract terms for its review within the
two-day timeframe. This requirement
will permit pharmacies to do their due
diligence with respect to whether a Part
D plan sponsor’s standard terms and
PO 00000
Frm 00161
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16599
conditions are acceptable at the same
time Part D plan sponsors are
conducting their own review of the
qualifications of the requesting
pharmacy. We specifically solicited
comment on whether these timeframes
are the right length to address our goal
but are operationally realistic. We also
request examples of situations where a
longer timeframe might be needed.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: Many commenters
expressed support for our proposal to
establish timeframes for the delivery of
standard contracting terms and
conditions to requesting pharmacies.
Response: CMS appreciates the
supportive comments.
Comment: Some commenters
recommended changes to the date we
proposed as the deadline by which all
Part D plan sponsors would be required
to have standard terms and conditions
available for requesting pharmacies. We
proposed a September 15 deadline for
making available contracts with an
effective date of the following January 1.
Some commenters recommended earlier
deadlines of July 15 or September 1,
maintaining that such dates would
afford more time for pharmacies to
review and execute contracts and have
their network participation reflected in
the Medicare Plan Finder (MPF) display
of the sponsor’s plan information for the
upcoming year. This information is
posted on October 1 to support the
annual election period (AEP), which
begins on October 15. The commenters
noted that sponsors must submit their
Part D bids by early June each year,
which they claim includes a
certification of their networks, and
therefore they should be in a position
after that date to develop standard terms
and conditions that support the benefit
plans they proposed to CMS. Another
commenter suggested that the deadline
be set at 30 days prior to the start of the
upcoming plan year (for example,
approximately December 1 of each
year).
Response: In setting the deadline by
which Part D plan sponsors must have
standard terms and conditions available
for requesting pharmacies, we must
strike a balance between a date by
which Part D plan sponsors can be
reasonably certain of their plan pricing
for the coming year and a date by which
pharmacies must start the contracting
process so that they can participate
meaningfully in a sponsor’s Part D
network, including the beneficiary
election process, for a particular plan
year. To do that, we selected September
15 because it was a date by which we
could be certain that the annual bid
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16600
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
review process would be completed. It
was also a date that would afford
pharmacies seeking standard contracts
the opportunity to have their
participation in a Part D plan sponsor’s
network made public during the annual
election period since sponsors can make
five MPF data submissions after
September 15 that will be reflected in
the five MPF display updates CMS
makes during the AEP.
We believe the proposed July 15 and
September 1 deadlines are too early.
The bid review and negotiation process
following the bid submission deadline
in early June usually does not conclude
until the end of August. Before this date,
the pricing and formularies associated
with a Part D plan sponsor’s Part D bids
may vary, and it would be a burden on
Part D plan sponsors to require them to
develop standard terms and conditions
in an uncertain pricing environment.
Also, Part D plan sponsors are not
required to certify their pharmacy
network as part of their bid submission,
and it is common for sponsors to
continue to build their pharmacy
networks after the bid deadline. The
suggested December 1 deadline would
tilt too far in the other direction, giving
Part D plan sponsors more time to
develop standard terms and conditions
but effectively locking pharmacies
seeking such contracts out of the AEP,
to the detriment of the pharmacies as
well as their potential Part D customers.
Based on our review of the many
comments in support of the September
15 deadline we proposed and our
consideration of the alternative dates
suggested by some commenters, we
believe September 15 effectively allows
us to administer the any willing
pharmacy requirement in a way that
best balances the needs of Part D plan
sponsors and pharmacies. Therefore, we
will finalize the date as proposed.
Comment: Several commenters
addressed our proposal to establish a
requirement that Part D plan sponsors
respond within 2 business days to a
pharmacy’s request for standard terms
and conditions. Many agreed with our
proposed deadline, while others
recommended longer time frames,
ranging from 5 to as many as 15
business days. Most commenters
recommending a deadline of more than
2 days noted that we had proposed a
particularly tight timeframe which left
little time to accommodate unforeseen
or extenuating circumstances that might
arise related to responding to a
pharmacy’s request. These included
difficulties in verifying contact
information and in determining the type
of contract (for example, retail, mail
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
order) a requesting pharmacy should be
provided.
Response: CMS originally proposed
the 2-day response deadline in an effort
to ensure that Part D plan sponsor’s
responses to requests from pharmacies
for standard terms and conditions are
not met with undue delays, so that the
pharmacies can begin their review of the
terms at the same time sponsors are
conducting their due diligence on the
requesting pharmacies. We appreciate
that many commenters with significant
experience in building contracted Part D
pharmacy networks have explained how
the 2-day timeframe leaves little room
for any foreseeable communication or
processing glitches and how a longer
timeframe would be more practical to
implement. While we see the need for
a longer timeframe, we also do not want
to establish a new deadline that reduces
the sense of urgency that sponsors
should bring to their compliance with
their obligations under the any willing
pharmacy requirement. After
considering the range of recommended
response deadlines, we believe that 7
business days are sufficient to allow
Part D plan sponsors time to address
any extenuating circumstances that may
arise from a contract request and is a
reasonable maximum period for
pharmacies to have to wait to receive
the contracting documents they
requested. The 7-day timeframe
provides a more forgiving margin within
which a sponsor can resolve its own or
a pharmacy’s error related to a request
for standard terms and conditions. Such
errors could include a lack of clarity in
a pharmacy’s initial request or the
submission of a request to a part of the
sponsor’s organization unrelated to its
Part D administration, making it
necessary to re-assign the request to the
correct department for response. Any of
these issues would likely take
additional days to address, placing the
sponsor out of compliance with the
stricter 2-day timeframe. Given the
range of potential missteps in the
contracting process, it is important to
establish a timeframe broad enough to
accommodate the resolution of most
types of issues. We believe that 7
business days, a period of a little more
than a calendar week, is a long enough
period for sponsors to respond to all
forms of pharmacy requests for standard
terms and conditions. Any longer
timeframe would diminish requesting
pharmacies’ opportunity to have
contracts in place during the AEP.
Under the 7-day timeframe, a pharmacy
requesting standard terms and
conditions in mid-September should
expect to receive the documents by late
PO 00000
Frm 00162
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
September or early October, assuming
that the sponsor requires takes the
maximum 7 business days to provide
both a non-disclosure agreement and the
actual contracting terms. This timeframe
could permit a pharmacy to enter into
a contract by the start of the AEP on
October 15 and have information about
its participation in the sponsor’s Part D
network made public through its own
notices to its customers as well as
through sponsor marketing materials
and the MPF. A timeframe longer than
7 business days would likely push
pharmacies’ opportunity to contract into
November, thus excluding them from
the critical early weeks of the AEP.
Comment: Some commenters noted
that they recommended a required
response time of more than two days to
allow time for sponsors to determine the
type of contract for which the requesting
pharmacy qualifies. For some
commenters, this process involves
requiring a pharmacy to complete a
questionnaire before the requested terms
and conditions are provided.
Commenters also expressed concern
that a required response time would
compromise Part D plan sponsors’
ability to conduct background checks on
requesting pharmacies as part of
necessary fraud prevention efforts.
Response: In our proposal, we made
a distinction between sponsors
providing requested copies of standard
terms and conditions and sponsors
executing such agreements. We noted
that Part D plan sponsors could ask
pharmacies to demonstrate that they are
qualified to enter into a particular
contract before executing the contract.
Our goal in proposing required
timeframes for responses to requests for
standard terms and conditions was to
ensure that pharmacies have the same
opportunity that Part D plan sponsors
have to conduct due diligence prior to
entering into a contractual relationship.
We took this step in an effort to remove
the roadblock that some requesting
pharmacies have faced when sponsors
have required pharmacies to apply for a
contract before they are even permitted
to see the terms. We do not propose to
mandate that Part D plan sponsors
contract with pharmacies that do not
meet reasonable and relevant
requirements.
In particular, we emphasize that the
requirements related to the deadline for
responding to contract requests do not
in any way preclude sponsors from
applying to pharmacies requesting
standard terms and conditions the same
fraud prevention review protocols that
they already use to evaluate other
pharmacies seeking a Part D contract. As
noted above, Part D plan sponsors may
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
conduct their regular fraud prevention
review of a pharmacy prior to executing
a standard contract and may decline to
enter into the contract if the review
indicates that the pharmacy poses a
legitimate fraud risk.
Comment: Some commenters
expressed concern that if Part D plan
sponsors are not permitted to evaluate
whether a pharmacy qualifies for a
certain type of standard terms and
conditions, sponsors may be required in
some instances to disclose proprietary
information to parties to whom it
should not be shown. The commenters
fear that some pharmacies might abuse
this process by requesting sets of
standard terms and conditions for
which they know they are not qualified
just to collect sets of such documents to
share with other sponsors or
pharmacies.
Response: We note in our proposed
rule that Part D plan sponsors could
require requesting pharmacies to enter
into non-disclosure agreements prior to
the delivery of standard terms and
conditions. In that situation, the
deadline for responding to the
pharmacy would first apply to the
delivery of the non-disclosure
agreement. Once the pharmacy returned
the executed agreement, the clock on
the deadline would re-set, and the Part
D plan sponsor would be required to
deliver the terms and conditions to the
pharmacy within the required
timeframe. The use of appropriate nondisclosure agreements by sponsors
should substantially reduce the risk that
pharmacies would request contract
terms just to develop a ‘‘contract
library’’ to share with others.
As we noted above, Part D plan
sponsors’ use of questionnaires or other
methods to evaluate a pharmacy’s
eligibility for a particular type of
contract before the Part D plan sponsor
provides the requested document is one
of the specific issues we intended to
address with this proposal. Therefore, to
comply with this proposed timing
requirement, Part D plan sponsors will
be required to provide pharmacies with
any set of standard terms and conditions
a pharmacy requests. As we noted
above, Part D plan sponsors may
evaluate a pharmacy’s eligibility for a
particular contract during the period
after the delivery of the requested
document but before executing the
contract. We expect both parties, Part D
plan sponsors and pharmacies, to
operate in good faith in carrying out the
contracting process under the any
willing pharmacy provisions. Therefore,
pharmacies should only request
contracts for the types of services they
truly believe they are qualified to offer
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
and to be forthcoming in describing
their range of operations as part of their
request. In turn, Part D plan sponsors
will be expected to work cooperatively
with pharmacies in identifying the types
of Part D services the pharmacies can
effectively provide to their plan
enrollees.
Comment: A commenter noted that
CMS was not proposing to establish a
deadline by which a pharmacy and a
Part D plan sponsor would need to
execute a contract containing standard
terms and conditions but that CMS’s
expectation is that Part D plan sponsors
should not cause undue delay to
completion of the contracting process.
Response: The commenter is correct.
We did not propose to establish a
deadline for the execution of a contract
containing a set of standard terms and
conditions. The appropriate timing in
each instance would be influenced by
the facts surrounding each request,
including the type of requesting
pharmacy, the complexity of its
operations, and the regular process for
conducting due diligence adopted by
the relevant Part D plan sponsor.
After consideration of the public
comments received, we are finalizing
§ 423.505(b)(18)(i) as proposed and
finalizing a change to
§ 423.505(b)(18)(ii) by deleting ‘‘2
business days’’ and replacing it with ‘‘7
business days.’’
13. Changes to the Days’ Supply
Required by the Part D Transition
Process (§ 423.120)
We promulgated regulations under
the authority of section 1860D–
11(d)(2)(B) of the Act to require Part D
sponsors to provide for an appropriate
transition process for enrollees
prescribed Part D drugs that are not on
the prescription drug plan’s formulary
(including Part D drugs that are on a
sponsor’s formulary but require prior
authorization or step therapy under a
plan’s utilization management rules).
Section 423.120(b)(3) requires that a
Part D sponsor provide certain enrollees
access to a temporary supply of drugs
within the first 90 days of a new plan
enrollment by ensuring a temporary fill
when an enrollee requests a fill of a
non-formulary drug during this time
period. In the outpatient setting, the
supply must be for at least 30 days of
medication. In the long-term care (LTC)
setting, this supply must be for at least
91 days and may be up to 98 days,
consistent with the 14-day-or-less
dispensing increment for brand drugs
required by our April 15, 2011 final rule
(76 FR 21460 and 21526).
We proposed to make two changes to
these regulations. First, we proposed to
PO 00000
Frm 00163
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16601
shorten the required transition days’
supply in the long-term care (LTC)
setting to the same supply currently
required in the outpatient setting.
Second, we proposed a technical change
to the current required days’ transition
supply in the outpatient setting to be a
month’s supply.
In discussing previous revisions to
our transition regulations, we noted that
in requiring multiple fills for the entire
length of the 90-day transition period in
our April 15, 2010 final rule, we had
pointed out that the often complex
needs of LTC residents frequently
involved multiple drugs and
necessitated longer periods in order to
successfully transition to new drug
regimens. (CMS–4085–F, 75 FR 19678).
However, in proposing to revise the
transition days’ supply in the LTC
setting to be the same as for outpatient
setting, we observed that, after more
than 10 years of experience with Part D
in LTC facilities, we had not seen the
concerns that we expressed in the 2010
final rule materialize, and were not
aware of any evidence that transition for
a Part D beneficiary in the LTC setting
necessarily takes any longer than it does
for a beneficiary in the outpatient
setting. We also observed that LTC
facilities often contract with a single
LTC pharmacy, as well staff or visiting
physicians, and they would be readily
available to address transition drug
needs. Further, we noted that LTC
facilities had many years’ experience
with the Medicare Part D program
generally and transition specifically.
Lastly, we stated that we had continuing
concerns about drug waste and the costs
associated with such waste in the LTC
setting.
We also proposed to change the
current requirement for a 30 days’
transition supply to a ‘‘month’s supply’’,
currently codified for outpatient supply
at § 423.120(b)(3)(iii)(A). We observed
that we had received a number of
inquiries from Part D sponsors regarding
scenarios involving medications that do
not easily add up to a 30 days’ supply
when dispensed. (For example, for
drugs that typically are dispensed in 28day packages, we noted that we
historically required plans to dispense
more than one package to comply with
the 30 day requirement in the text of the
regulation.) We noted that, if finalized,
this change would mean that the
regulation would require that a
transition fill be for a supply of at least
a month of medication, unless the
prescription is written by the prescriber
for less. We further noted the supply
would be for at least the days’ supply
that the applicable Part D prescription
drug plans has approved in its plan
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16602
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
benefit package submitted to CMS for
the relevant plan year, unless the
prescription was written by the
prescriber for less.
We stated that together, our two
proposals—if finalized—would mean
that § 423.120(b)(3)(iii)(A) would be
consolidated into § 423.120(b)(3)(iii) to
read that the transition process must
‘‘[e]nsure the provision of a temporary
fill when an enrollee requests a fill of a
non-formulary drug during the time
period specified in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)
of this section (including Part D drugs
that are on a plan’s formulary but
require prior authorization or step
therapy under a plan’s utilization
management rules) by providing a onetime, temporary supply of at least a
month’s supply of medication. When
the prescription is written by a
prescriber for less than a month’s
supply the Part D sponsor must allow
multiple fills to provide up to a total of
a month’s supply of medication.’’
Section 423.120(b)(3)(iii)(B) would be
eliminated.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: Commenters offered
support for the transition proposal on
the basis that it would eliminate
additional drug waste and costs, require
minimal information technology effort,
and make operations more efficient by
providing uniformity across settings. A
commenter suggested the impact on
beneficiaries would be minimal.
Another commenter noted that setting
the LTC supply to the same required in
outpatient and changing the supply to
be a month’s supply would provide
easier explanations of rejected claims on
CMS auditing and monitoring projects.
A commenter suggested the extended
LTC days supply was no longer
necessary because CMS had additional
beneficiary protections in place to
handle the coverage of non-formulary
drugs. A commenter requested that we
include information about this change
in the transition fill letter and Annual
Notice of Change (ANOC) document,
and another commenter encouraged
CMS to conduct educational outreach to
ensure successful implementation.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ support. We will update
our model ANOC, Evidence of Coverage
(EOC), formulary, and model transition
letters to reflect that fact that Part D
sponsors are now required to provide as
a minimum (unless prescriptions are
written for fewer days) an approved
month’s supply for enrollees in both the
outpatient and LTC settings. We will
also consider other ways to educate LTC
facilities on the policy change.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Comment: Commenters opposed the
proposal to reduce the transition supply
for the LTC setting from 90 days to
conform to the supply offered in the
outpatient setting. Pointing to the
complex needs of LTC beneficiaries who
often have concurrent chronic diseases
and take many drugs (10 or more),
commenters expressed concern that
changing formulary prescriptions for
medical conditions could potentially
harm LTC beneficiaries who are some of
the most vulnerable patients in the Part
D program. Other commenters pointed
out that a month was not long enough
because providers and pharmacists need
to transition multiple formulary
alternatives in a sequence rather than all
at once in order to pinpoint which drugs
caused adverse reactions. Commenters
pointed to specific drug challenges,
such as overdoses or the fact that
changes to hypertension medications
could lead to falls, as the cause for
necessity of more gradual transitions for
certain drugs or therapeutic drug
classes. A commenter recommended
that CMS require a 90 day supply of
certain therapeutic drug classes (for
instance, antidepressants, beta-blockers
for cardiovascular disease; and
Parkinson’s disease) to reduce the risk
of adverse events.
Another commenter stated a month’s
supply was not adequate because Part A
nursing facility (NF) regulations on
physician services at 42 CFR 483.30(b)
require a physician to visit residents
only a minimum of once every 60 to 70
days after the first 90 days of admission,
while another commenter stated that
LTC facilities needed to reach the same
professionals who wrote the
prescription for the medication no
longer on formulary rather than any
other prescriber. Some commenters
provided specific examples and
anecdotal experience with the LTC
transition policy. A commenter stated
that it took longer than 30 days to
arrange for transition changes of
beneficiaries typically on large numbers
of drugs at times, such as when dual
eligibles were reassigned to new zeropremium plans. Commenters expressed
concern that delays in acquiring
medications could result in increased
healthcare expenses, such as emergency
room visits, hospitalizations, or
readmissions, and several commenters
requested that we limit the transition
supply to 60 days rather than a month’s
supply.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ concerns on ensuring and
promoting health, but believe that a
month’s supply is adequate to achieve
this goal. As to the comments that
sequential introduction of medications
PO 00000
Frm 00164
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
would be necessary, we appreciate that
beneficiaries in LTC facilities often take
large numbers of drugs. However, we do
not believe that beneficiaries would
often require transition supplies for all
the drugs they are taking. Rather, we
believe that our robust formulary
requirements make it unlikely that, for
instance, a beneficiary taking 10 drugs
who transitions to a new Part D plan
would find all 10 of those drugs are now
non-formulary drugs which would
require a transition supply. We decline
to carve out exceptions for drug classes
to avoid creating further complications.
In addition, we also do not believe
that only the prescriber who originates
a prescription can address drug changes.
And while Part A regulations only
require physician visits every 60 to 70
days, we do not believe this would
result in an inability to arrange for
alternative prescriptions when
necessary during a 30 day transition
time frame. It is our understanding that
LTC facilities frequently call physician
offices to update prescriptions. And the
regulation itself is not limited to
specifying the frequency of physician
visits, but requires that individuals
admitted to facilities remain under the
care of a physician. There is no time
limit on 42 CFR 483.30(a), which
requires NFs to ensure that the medical
care of each resident is supervised by a
physician—a service we believe would
include prescribing drugs. Further,
under § 483.30(d), facilities must
provide physician services 24 hours a
day in case of emergency. In the event
that a beneficiary needed medication on
an emergency basis, we believe these
rules would require the physician to be
available to prescribe it.
In response to comments on
operational challenges, we note that in
some cases LTC facilities will have the
information to anticipate and plan for
some transition changes ahead of time—
for instance, beneficiaries are informed
about prospective plan changes well in
the advance of effective dates.
Additionally, beneficiaries concerned
about losing access to drugs formerly on
their formularies may request coverage
through the exception and appeals
process. For these reasons, we decline to
adopt the commenters’
recommendations.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that the reason CMS had not
seen evidence of problems in LTC
facilities was partly because CMS had
the appropriate longer transition fill
policy in place. Commenters urged CMS
not to finalize the proposal in the
absence of new information indicating
concerns CMS noted in 2010 no longer
exist. A commenter noted it was likely
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
polypharmacy (which we interpret to
mean the concurrent use of multiple
medications) had increased among LTC
beneficiaries over the last decade.
Response: Based on the maturity of
the Part D program and increase in the
knowledge and experience that health
care professionals have gained over the
decade managing medication
prescribing with formulary adherence
has led us to believe this change will
not harm beneficiaries. Additionally,
through our audit and monitoring
processes CMS continues to oversee Part
D sponsors adherence to the coverage
determination process requirements for
timeliness.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that changing the LTC
transition fill to a month’s supply would
have a minimal impact on reducing
drug cost and waste. A commenter
noted that Part D sponsors do not
receive the 90 day supply at once and
are limited to dispensing 14 day (or less)
increments in the LTC setting. Another
commenter suggested there was no
reason the current policy would create
waste because substitutions typically
occurred when the transition supply of
the non-formulary drug was exhausted,
with LTC beneficiaries’ physicians
generally substituting a new onformulary drug for the non-formulary
drug at the end of the transition period.
Another commenter suggested that
limiting the 90 day supply to three 30
day supplies could eliminate potential
waste.
Response: We agree that Part D
sponsors cannot dispense more than a
14 day supply at a time. However, we
remain concerned that LTC facilities are
relying on the provision of 90 day
supplies rather than transitioning Part D
beneficiaries to their new plan
formularies sooner. This delay may lead
to prolonged use of less cost effective
formulary alternatives which may lead
to an overall increase to program
expenditures.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that LTC pharmacies that bill on a ‘‘post
consumption’’ method (in which the
claims are submitted at the end of the
month to reflect drugs actually taken by
beneficiaries) would as a practical
matter often receive much less than a
month’s notice that the transition
supply was exhausted.
Response: The current transition
period for new enrollees and continuing
enrollees affected by negative new
benefit year changes is 90 days post
enrollment or the start of a new year.
CMS expects that LTC pharmacies
utilize processes currently in place for
formulary and benefit adherence when
medications are prescribed and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
provided outside of the transition
period.
Comment: Commenters, including
many who otherwise supported the
proposal, suggested that referring to a
‘‘month’’ was vague and could create
uncertainty for Part D sponsors and
confuse beneficiaries—possibly leading
to interruptions in coverage. To address
their concerns, some commenters
requested that CMS set a minimum
number of days’ supply that would
constitute a month’s transition supply.
Other commenters requested that CMS
add language to the regulatory text to
clarify that a month’s transition supply
corresponds to the number of days the
Part D sponsor designated as its
applicable month’s supply in its plan
benefit package submitted to CMS for
the relevant plan year. A commenter
asserted that the policy to state that the
month’s supply will be what was
submitted in the PBP or what the
provider prescribes, whichever is less, is
confusing.
Response: We agree with the
commenters’ suggestion that we clarify
in the regulatory text at
§ 423.120(b)(3)(iii) that a month’s
supply means the month’s supply
approved in a plan’s bid. Specifically,
we refer to an ‘‘approved month’s
supply’’ at § 423.120(b)(3)(iii), which is
the terminology also used in the daily
cost sharing regulatory text at § 423.153
and the definition of daily cost sharing
rate found in § 423.100.
This change to the regulatory text
defines that a month’s supply is what
the Part D plan sponsor designates as
the applicable month’s supply in its
plan benefit package (PBP) submitted to
CMS for the relevant plan year. For
example, if the Part D sponsor
submitted ‘‘30 days’’ in the PBP as its
month’s supply at retail, and the
transition supply is dispensed at retail,
then 30 days is also considered the
applicable month’s supply for the
transition supply. If the Part D sponsor
had designated 31 days as its month
supply at retail in the PBP, then the
applicable month’s supply for the retail
transition supply would be 31 days.
Similarly, if the Part D sponsor had
designated 31 (or 32) days as its LTC
month’s supply in the PBP, then the
applicable month’s supply for the LTC
transition supply would be 31 (or 32)
days. We do not believe this will cause
confusion. We note that this is how a
month’s supply is applied for Part D
plans outside of the transition supply
requirement; meaning, the days in a
month’s supply can vary from plan to
plan and are included in plan
documents that beneficiaries receive.
(We additionally are conforming the
PO 00000
Frm 00165
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16603
requirements related to formulary
changes to reflect an approved month’s
supply in § 423.120(b)(5). See Section
II.A.14, Expedited Substitutions of
Certain Generics and Other Midyear
Formulary Changes.)
In addition, transition policy
currently found in § 423.120(b)(3)(iii)(A)
provides that, among other things, the
transition supply ‘‘must be for at least
30 days of medication, unless the
prescription is written by a prescriber
for less than 30 days’’. We so limit this
supply because pharmacies cannot
dispense more medication than the
amount specified in the prescription by
the prescriber. A pharmacy could not
dispense more than a 10 day transition
supply to an enrollee whose prescriber
only writes a prescription for a 10 day
supply of medication. The enrollee
could only receive more medication if
he or she received another prescription
from a prescriber. Under the finalized
regulation, the Part D sponsor would be
required to provide at a minimum a
total transition supply equal to the
month’s supply specified in the PBP.
Comment: Commenters submitted a
number of questions about
prepackaging, for example, a commenter
suggested that CMS clarify that a
month’s supply would be considered 30
days unless packaging dictated. In
another example, a commenter
recommended that CMS confirm that a
drug package in an unbreakable 28 day
supply would meet the one month
supply requirement for transition fill.
Other commenters requested that CMS
provide specific examples of how the
transition policy would apply or
confirm their understanding of the
policy as set forth in the examples the
commenters provided with different
quantities (such as 17 or 21 day
supplies) and types of drugs (such as
insulin or creams).
Response: We appreciate the requests
for more direction; however, the very
nature of these disparate inquiries and
suggestions has lead us to conclude that
we cannot provide bright line guidance
at this level of detail that could address
all the different scenarios. Part D plans
have been administering prepackaged
drug supplies since 2006 outside of
transition, and we believe they have
established policies and procedures to
determine what constitutes at least a
month’s supply of prepackaged drugs to
be dispensed as a transition supply. For
this reason, we believe the requested
clarification is unnecessary.
Comment: A commenter suggested
CMS permit the proposed changes to the
transition policy only if patient costs
would remain the same or less than
previously. Another asserted that the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16604
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
change to a month’s supply would save
money for Part D sponsors at the
expense of beneficiaries.
Response: The proposal would not
increase beneficiary costs because it
provides a sufficient supply for
beneficiaries and prescribers to
transition to formulary alternatives or to
request a formulary exception.
Comment: A commenter noted that
the transition from the home to an LTC
facility can be extremely stressful for
elderly patients, which presents a risk to
patient safety, for example due to the
risk of falls from hypertension
medication changes. This commenter
asserted that rushing to change their
drug regimens would heighten these
concerns. Another commenter noted the
need to wholesale switch multiple
medications simultaneously to meet a
new Part D formulary requirements
when beneficiaries are transitioned into
a nursing home or other LTC facility is
fraught with danger, and risks
overdosing of patients, which poses a
significant health risk. A commenter
urged CMS to instead increase the
transition days’ supply of medication
from 90 to 120 days when an LTC
patient’s payer status transfers from
Medicare Part A to Medicare Part D.
Response: CMS acknowledges the
concerns of the commenters.
Understanding these risks before the
implementation of the Medicare Part D
program led CMS to require that each
Part D sponsor maintain a uniform
formulary regardless of the treatment
setting, for example, outpatient or LTC.
Therefore, beneficiaries stabilized on
certain medication regimens at home
would be able to continue on the same
regimen, without disruption, when
admitted to an LTC facility. This
proposal pertains to our transition
policy which, as always, applies to
situations involving either a new plan
enrollee or continuing enrollee of a Part
D plan affected by a negative formulary
change in a new benefit year. Our
specific proposal with regard to Part D
beneficiaries in LTC facilities who
qualify for a transition supply (that we
did not propose to and are not changing)
was to change the supply that Part D
sponsors are required to dispense from
91–98 days’ supply to a month’s supply.
We note that no change is being
proposed to current policy addressing
the need for at least a 31-day emergency
supply for current enrollees in the LTC
setting found in the Medicare
Prescription Drug Benefit Manual,
Chapter 6, § 30.4.6, as we believe that
many of the commenters are referring to
medication change issues in an LTC
facility when a Part D beneficiary is
discharged from a hospital or other
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
skilled setting that was not dispensing
medications under the beneficiary’s Part
D benefit.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that there was no justification to require
multiple fills to provide for up to a total
month’s supply of medication and that
CMS use this opportunity to restate its
proposed change to require that a
transition fill in the outpatient setting be
a one-time, temporary supply of a least
a month of medication, unless the
prescription is written by a prescriber
for less than a month’s supply.
Response: We did not propose to
change our existing policy that requires
multiple fills to provide for up to a full
transition supply, and we therefore
decline to adopt such a change in this
final rule.
After consideration of the public
comments received, we are finalizing
our transition proposal with the
modifications to the regulation text
discussed below.
In § 423.120(b)(3)(iii), we are inserting
reference to an ‘‘approved month’s
supply’’ to replace a ‘‘month’s supply’’
in three places.
The transition fill policy is being
finalized with modifications. To
summarize, the final transition fill
supply policy effective for plan year
2019 is to require Part D sponsors to
provide as a minimum (unless
prescriptions are written for fewer days)
an approved month’s supply for
enrollees in both the outpatient and LTC
settings. Please note that we also are
finalizing a revision to
§ 423.120(b)(3)(i)(B) to state that the
transition process is not applicable in
cases in which a Part D sponsor
substitutes a generic drug for a brand
name drug as specified under paragraph
§ 423.120(b)(3)(iv). See II.A.14
Expedited Substitutions of Certain
Generics and Other Midyear Formulary
Changes.
14. Expedited Substitutions of Certain
Generics and Other Midyear Formulary
Changes (§§ 423.100, 423.120, and
423.128)
Section 1860D–4(b)(3)(E) of the Act
requires Part D sponsors to provide
‘‘appropriate notice’’ to the Secretary,
affected enrollees, authorized
prescribers, pharmacists, and
pharmacies regarding any decision to
either: (1) Remove a drug from its
formulary, or (2) make any change in the
preferred or tiered cost-sharing status of
a drug. Section 423.120(b)(5)
implements that requirement by
defining appropriate notice as that given
at least 60 days prior to such change
taking effect during a given contract
year. Under § 423.128(d)(2)(iii), Part D
PO 00000
Frm 00166
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
sponsors must also have an internet
website that provides current and
prospective Part D enrollees with at
least 60 days’ notice regarding the
removal or change in the preferred or
tiered cost-sharing status of a Part D
drug on its Part D plan’s formulary. The
general notice requirements and burden
are currently approved by OMB under
control number 0938–0964 (CMS–
10141).
In our proposed rule, we noted that
while MedPAC had observed that the
continuity of a plan’s formulary is very
important to all beneficiaries in order to
maintain access to the medications that
were offered by the plan at the time the
beneficiaries enrolled, the commission
had also pointed out in the same report
that, among other things, CMS could
provide Part D sponsors with greater
flexibility to make changes such as
adding a generic drug and removing its
brand name version without first
receiving agency approval. (MedPAC,
Report to the Congress: Medicare and
the Health Care Delivery System, June
2016, page 192 (hereafter June 2106
MedPAC Report).)
We stated in our preamble that this
proposed rule would implement
MedPAC’s recommendation by
permitting generic substitutions without
advance approval and discussed other
ways we could better facilitate midyear
changes. We described the specific
changes listed below and explained how
they would work with current
requirements (in related areas such as
beneficiary communications and the
exceptions and appeals process) to
maintain beneficiary protections.
Specifically, we proposed:
(1) Adding new paragraph (b)(5)(iv) to
§ 423.120 to permit Part D sponsors
meeting all requirements to immediately
remove brand name drugs (or to make
changes in their preferred or tiered costsharing status), when those Part D
sponsors replace the brand name drugs
with (or add to their formularies) newly
approved generics rated therapeutically
equivalent by the Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) to the brand
name drug—rather than having to wait
until the direct notice and formulary
change request requirements have been
met.
(2) Revising § 423.120(b)(6) to allow
sponsors to make those specified
generic substitutions at any time of the
year rather than waiting for them to take
effect two months after the start of the
plan year.
(3) Adding § 423.120(b)(5)(iv)(C)
through (E) to require advance general
and retrospective direct notice to
enrollees and notice to entities.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
(4) Revising § 423.128(d)(2)(iii) to
clarify the timing of online notice
requirements.
(5) Revising § 423.120(b)(3)(i)(B) to
except specified generic substitutions
from our transition policy.
(6) Revising § 423.100 to clarify that
our definition of ‘‘affected enrollees’’
applies to changes affecting enrollee
access in the current plan year.
We further stated that we were
addressing stakeholder requests for
greater flexibility to make midyear
formulary changes in general by
proposing to change the
§ 423.120(b)(5)(i) notice requirement
when (aside from expedited generic
substitutions and drugs deemed unsafe
or withdrawn from the market) drug
removal or changes in cost-sharing
would affect enrollees. Specifically, we
proposed to change the minimum 60
days’ notice to all entities prior to the
effective date of changes and at least 60
days’ direct notice to affected enrollees
or a 60 day refill upon the request of an
affected enrollee, to at least 30 days’
notice to all entities prior to the
effective date of changes and at least 30
days’ direct notice to affected enrollees
or a one month refill upon the request
of an affected enrollee.
(We also noted that we were
proposing to amend the refill amount to
months (namely a month) rather than
days (it was 60 days previously) to
conform to a proposed revision to the
transition policy regulations at
§ 423.120(b)(3).) For further discussion,
see section II.A.13 of this proposed rule,
Changes to the Days’ Supply Required
by the Part D Transition Process
(§ 423.120) (hereafter referred to as
section II.A.13. Transition Process).
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
a. Issues Related to Expediting Certain
Generic Substitutions and Other
Midyear Formulary Changes
Comment: Commenters voiced
general support for the entire proposal
and its flexibilities. Many commenters
supported—often strongly—the
proposal to permit certain immediate
generic substitutions for a variety of
reasons. They stated that increasing and
accelerating access to generic
medications could lead to greater
competition, more options, and lower
costs for Medicare beneficiaries and the
program. They favored the proposal for
aligning Part D policy to Medicaid and
commercial insurance practices, and
noted that the majority of State
pharmacy boards supported mandatory
generic substitution when available.
Several observed that the proposal
would decrease inventory carrying costs
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
of brand name drugs for retail
pharmacies.
While many commenters underscored
their support for the general concept of
generic substitutions, some provided
support at a more granular level. We
received specific support for permitting
certain generic substitutions any time
during the plan year; conforming the
definition of an affected enrollee to
mean enrollees taking the drug who will
be affected during the current plan year;
not requiring a transition for immediate
generic substitutions; requiring advance
general notice followed by retrospective
direct notice; and encouraging, but not
requiring, Part D sponsors to provide
retrospective notice no later than by the
end of the month after which the change
becomes effective. A commenter
recommended that we continue not to
require Part D sponsors to implement
generic substitutions in order to provide
them flexibility so they can administer
brand name drugs to patients who may
medically require them.
A commenter specifically concurred
that robust CMS requirements provided
the necessary beneficiary protections
and that 30 days provided enough time
for the time for an enrollee to change to
an alternative drug or obtain a formulary
exception.
Response: We thank those
commenters for their support of both
our proposed policies.
Comment: While often stating that
they supported the concept of providing
Part D sponsors with more formulary
flexibilities many commenters
opposed—often strongly—the specifics
of our proposal for various reasons
bulleted below. The bulk of specific
comments focused on the proposal to
permit immediate generic substitutions
under § 423.120(b)(5)(iv) and related
proposals. However, many of the
same—as applicable—points were
directed towards our proposal to reduce
the advance notice and refill supply for
other midyear formulary changes
required under § 423(b)(5)(i) from 60 to
30 days and from 60 days to a month.
(For purposes of this preamble, we will
refer to these changes as ‘‘other midyear
formulary changes’’. This section a. of
comments and responses discusses
comments covering other midyear
formulary changes in addition to
comments focusing on immediate
generic substitutions. Section b. covers
comments that only discussed
immediate generic substitutions and
section c. covers an issue specific to
other midyear formulary changes.)
• Commenters voiced concerns that
beneficiaries with no (or less) advance
notice would have no opportunity to
discuss the transition and therapeutic
PO 00000
Frm 00167
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16605
options with their providers before
taking a new medication. Commenters
suggested that patients require quality
information and that without such
knowledge, beneficiaries might be
confused to receive drugs at point of
sale that did not have the same brand
name, shape, or color as their earlier
drug and possibly decide not to take
them.
• Many observed that failure to
adhere to a prescribed drug could
adversely affect beneficiary health, and
stated that this could also lead to
increased costs elsewhere in the health
care system.
• Some commenters professed
concern that the changes would
promote ‘‘bait and switch’’ situations in
which beneficiaries enrolled in plans
believing they would have access to
certain medications only to find out
midyear (with no or little notice) that
the plan no longer covers those
medications.
• Commenters contended that
removing advance notice for generic
substitutions (and reducing notice of
other midyear formulary changes)
eliminated an important beneficiary
protection. They stated that advance
general notice in the Evidence of
Coverage (EOC) did not offer sufficient
information to determine whether a
change in medicine was appropriate and
was ineffective given the increasingly
complex and confusing nature of plan
benefit designs and drug formularies.
Commenters also opined that direct
notice after the fact would be
inadequate to satisfy the intent of the
Part D statutory provisions concerning
beneficiary access to medically
necessary medications.
• Many commenters contended that
generic drugs could not always
substitute for brand name drugs because
not all drugs are bioequivalent, and
recommended that we provide
beneficiaries with more time to speak to
health care providers before switching
certain medications to avoid adverse
results including death. Commenters
suggested that we except specific drugs
or classes or types of drugs such as
drugs treating hematologic diseases and
disorders, epilepsy, and cancer and
drugs with a narrow therapeutic range.
Others noted that inactive ingredients
could be harmful for patients with
allergies or conditions such as certain
autoimmune diseases and that
switching medications could be
antithetical to the overall treatment
regimen for people taking a variety of
drugs. A commenter requested that we
acknowledge the unique differences of
complex generic drugs as compared to
simple generics as recognized under
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16606
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
existing FDA guidance, while another
urged us not only to ensure that experts
reviewing midyear changes for Part D
sponsors had the expertise to
understand molecular and genetic
diagnostics and targeted precision
medicine therapeutics but also to
require that their credentials be
provided to the public. Others generally
objected to midyear formulary changes
that, for instance, were not medically
necessary.
Response: We appreciate concerns
about beneficiary health and the
importance of continuity of care.
However, we believe that the policy as
proposed strikes the right balance
between providing beneficiaries with
access to needed drugs and Part D
sponsors with flexibility to administer
their formularies. Given the context of
strong Medicare beneficiary
protections—including the availability
of the formulary exceptions process—
and the workings of the pharmacy
market, we believe beneficiaries will not
be harmed by these changes and
possibly might benefit if the added
formulary flexibility permits their plans
to maintain high quality formularies
with lower costs.
The policies we are finalizing in this
rule provide more flexibility with
respect to when certain formulary
changes, including generic
substitutions, can be made but do not
change what formulary changes we
permit. As noted in the information
collection requirements section of this
rule, our long-standing practice has
been to approve all generic substitutions
that would meet the requirements of
this proposed provision—which again
means that the proposed provisions will
just permit the same allowable
substitutions to take place sooner. And,
rather than try to parse out the
equivalency of specific drugs, as was
discussed in the preamble to the
proposed rule, we rely on Food and
Drug Administration (FDA)
determinations that the generic
equivalents are interchangeable. Our
proposal also does not change the types
of other midyear formulary changes that
we permit.
We also believe that consumers have
a general familiarity with generic drugs
that further mitigates against possible
confusion. At this time, many people
understand that generics are commonly
substituted for brand name drugs and
that they may look different from the
drugs they are replacing. We do not
believe that Medicare beneficiaries
would be any more surprised by their
different appearance or name or likely
to stop taking the drug as a result than
enrollees in commercial drug plans. We
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
believe that Medicare beneficiaries
generally would understand they could
contact their pharmacists (who are
trained to answer such questions) or
their providers for assistance.
Beneficiaries who have more recently
transitioned from employer plans may,
in fact, already be familiar with
automatic generic substitutions, which
may have occurred under their prior
plans with no advance notice. Under
our proposal, which we are finalizing in
this final rule, all beneficiaries would
receive advance general notice that such
certain generic substitutions could take
place immediately. Section
423.120(b)(5)(iv) requires the notice to
appear in the formulary and other
applicable beneficiary communication
materials, which as discussed in the
proposed rule, would include the EOC.
Beneficiaries currently taking the drug
would receive direct notice afterward.
Enrollees who are affected by other
midyear formulary changes would
receive 30 days’ advance notice before
the change takes effect, or as applicable,
notice of the change and an approved
month’s refill. They could use that time
before the change takes effect to contact
their providers or request an exception.
Lastly, as we discussed in the
proposed rule, we believe beneficiaries
affected by either proposal will be
sufficiently protected by the robust
coverage determination and appeal
process, including the right of an
enrollee or his or her prescriber to
request an exception to their plan’s
utilization management (UM) criteria,
tiered cost-sharing structure, or
formulary. We are not proposing to
change our exceptions and appeals
processes. Beneficiaries who, for
instance, try a generic drug or other
drug added as a result of other midyear
formulary changes and find out the drug
is less effective or causes adverse
effects, have the right to request an
exception to obtain coverage of another
drug based on medical necessity.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that if we were to finalize the
proposed changes, that we require at
least some more notice—for instance, 45
or 30 days’ notice before permitting
generic substitutions. Commenters
pointed out that the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners
(NAIC) model guidelines on
Prescription Drug Benefit Management
Model Act (#22) required a minimum
60-day advance notice for both generic
and non-generic substitutions. (A
commenter pointed out that an NAIC
subgroup recently recommending
revisions to the section did not change
the 60 day notice.) Others noted that the
June 2016 MedPAC report, which we
PO 00000
Frm 00168
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
cited for support in our preamble, did
not recommend that we remove the
advance notice for generic substitutions,
but rather envisioned that the 60-day
advance written notice to beneficiaries
would stay in place along with any
formulary flexibilities. (June 2016
MedPAC Report, page 195).
Response: We appreciate that the June
2016 MedPAC report assumed we
would not change our beneficiary
advance notice. And, we acknowledge
that when we first finalized the 60 days
advance notice in our January 2005
preamble, we referenced the NAIC
model guidelines (January 28, 2005, 70
FR 4265). However, the fact that the
NAIC subgroup did not recently
recommend a change does not mean
that a change is inappropriate. Not only
has the pharmaceutical marketplace
changed since 2005, but also our
experience with the Part D program
since then indicates that other
beneficiary protections to address
formulary changes including the
exceptions process are sufficient.
Under the generic substitutions
policies that we are finalizing,
beneficiaries will receive advance
general notice that certain generic
substitutions may occur immediately, as
well as direct notice thereafter. We
released our proposed rule after the
NAIC and MedPAC materials were
published, which means that at the time
they recommended 60 days’ advance
notice these entities could not have
taken into account that we would
require the additional beneficiary
protection of advance general notice.
We believe that this advance general
notice for generic substitutions, for
reasons stated elsewhere in this
preamble, sufficiently balances
beneficiaries’ needs with the need for
additional formulary flexibility.
Regardless of when they receive their
notices of formulary changes,
beneficiaries have the right to request an
exception. Again, we are mindful of
beneficiary impact and take this step
only with the knowledge that we would
permit Part D sponsors to only
substitute equivalent generic drug
products that the FDA has determined
to be interchangeable; that our program
provides strong beneficiary protections;
and we are not aware that this
longstanding commercial practice has
harmed patients.
We also believe that 30 days’ notice,
and an approved month’s supply as
required, are sufficient for other
midyear formulary changes. In generally
recommending a 60 day advance notice
period, MedPAC and NAIC did not
specifically analyze whether 30 days
might provide enough notice for the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
limited number of particular changes
falling under the notice provisions of
§ 423.120(b)(5)(i). Furthermore, the
same beneficiary protections that apply
for permitted generic substitutions
would apply in the case of other
midyear formulary changes. As we
noted in our proposed rule, the
reduction to 30 days and an approved
month’s supply would align these
requirements with the timeframes for
transition fills, and we have seen no
evidence to suggest that 30 days has
been an insufficient days’ supply for
transition fills.
Comment: Several commenters
requested that we consider more ways
to provide formulary flexibility by, for
instance, looking to employer practices
or developing more midyear changes to
prevent fraud, waste, and abuse.
Another commenter suggested that
requiring enrollee notifications when a
drug becomes generically available
could defeat the cost-savings potential.
Response: We believe that the
flexibilities currently available (such as
utilization management (UM) criteria)
along with both our proposals (to permit
immediate generic substitutions and
expedite notice of other midyear
formulary changes) include those
flexibilities that would work best within
the requirements of the current Part D
program. To the extent not prohibited,
Part D sponsors may also use strategies
implemented by employers in the
commercial world. As to fraud, waste,
and abuse, we believe that permitting
immediate generic substitutions as
specified would assist Part D sponsors
to preventing waste of unnecessary
expenditures by allowing them to
substitute less expensive generics for
brand name drugs sooner. We did not
intend to address fraud or abuse
concerns with our proposal to expedite
midyear formulary changes. Given that
Part D sponsors are statutorily required
to provide appropriate notice before
removing a drug from its formulary or
making any change in a drug’s preferred
or tiered cost-sharing status, we decline
to dispense entirely with notice
requirements for generic substitutions.
Instead, the revised notice requirements
that we are finalizing in this rule are
intended to reduce burden and increase
formulary flexibility within the confines
of the statutory requirements.
Comment: Several commenters sought
clarification regarding the relationship
between our regulatory proposal and
maintenance and non-maintenance
formulary changes outlined in our
guidance. A commenter requested that
we identify the specific maintenance
and non-maintenance other midyear
formulary changes that do not fall
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
within the requirements for immediate
generic substitutions and that would
require a 30 day prospective notice and
a month’s fill, as applicable, while
another queried whether current timing
limitations still applied to the other
midyear formulary changes that did not
fall within the requirements for
immediate generic substitutions or if
they could be implemented at any time
of the year. A commenter encouraged us
to consider modifying notice
requirements depending on the
application of our proposal to nonmaintenance changes.
Response: Section 423.120(b)(5) did
not, and with the changes we are
finalizing in this rule, does not,
differentiate between maintenance or
non-maintenance formulary changes;
rather, those terms are used in our
formulary guidance to describe different
types of midyear formulary changes.
With our proposed revisions, the
regulation establishes different notice
requirements for three types of midyear
changes: (i) Substitutions of newer
generics that meet the requirements of
§ 423.120(b)(5)(iv) as proposed; (ii)
drugs removed from formularies on the
basis that they are deemed unsafe by the
FDA or withdrawn by their
manufacturer consistent with current
§ 423.120(b)(5)(iii); and (iii) all other
midyear formulary changes that do not
fall into one of the first two types,
which are governed by § 423.120(b)(5)(i)
and, as finalized, would require 30 days
advance notice to affected enrollees (as
defined in § 423.100) and, as applicable,
an approved month’s fill for affected
enrollees (as defined in § 423.100).
While the changes we are finalizing to
§ 423.120(b)(5) reduce the number of
days’ direct advance notice required for
other midyear formulary changes from
60 to 30 days, they do not otherwise
change requirements or guidance
applicable to these other midyear
formulary changes. Thus, consistent
with the changes we are finalizing in
this rule, Part D sponsors are required,
for example, to provide current and
prospective Part D enrollees with at
least 30 days’ prior notice on their
websites of other midyear formulary
changes (§ 423.128(d)(2)(iii)).
Comment: Commenters expressed
concerns that lack of advance direct
notice for certain generic substitutions
would harm pharmacies because,
without sufficient opportunity to stock
the new generics, they could be
obligated to dispense brand name drugs
without reimbursement from Part D
sponsors. Some commenters expressed
particular concerns about home infusion
and LTC pharmacies by, for instance,
pointing out that LTC pharmacies might
PO 00000
Frm 00169
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16607
not have access to wholesalers at night
and during the weekend, and asking
that we require Part D sponsors to notify
network LTC pharmacies before
implementing formulary changes. A
commenter also pointed out that
reducing the notice from 60 to 30 days
for other midyear formulary changes
would provide problems unique to LTC
facilities. Because they do not always
have immediate access to guardians or
the ability to open resident mail, the
time frame for making decisions about
drugs or moving from plans would be
very compressed.
Response: While we understand the
commenters’ concerns, we do not
believe immediate generic substitution
is unique to Medicare policy, and so
therefore are not persuaded that we
need special rules for Part D. Many
commercial insurers and states require
immediate generic substitutions, and we
are not aware that this has posed
significant problems for pharmacies
serving commercial or Medicaid
enrollees, and so we have no reason to
believe the problems the commenters
identify would be any more prevalent in
Medicare. We assume manufacturers
want to move their drugs to pharmacies
as soon as possible. It is also our
understanding that wholesalers send out
alerts and literature about new generics
to alert pharmacies that they are about
to enter the market—which means it is
less likely they will be caught unawares.
As such, we do not see any reason that
LTC pharmacies would merit a different
approach. For the above reasons, we
decline to adopt the commenters’
suggestions. We encourage Part D
sponsors to be mindful of drug
availability when setting effective dates
for generic substitutions.
As for other midyear formulary
changes, we currently do not find it is
necessary to carve out an exception for
LTC facilities. Pharmacies—including
LTC pharmacies–presumably will still
receive notice timely and have the
opportunity to reach out to
beneficiaries, providers, and LTC
facilities regarding those midyear
formulary changes.
Comment: A commenter requested
that we clarify that online postings
would be considered sufficient notice
for SPAPs, entities providing other
coverage, authorized prescribers,
network pharmacies, and pharmacists
for all types of midyear negative
formulary changes.
Response: Online postings that are
otherwise consistent with our
requirements for notice to specified
entities may constitute sufficient notice
of both immediate generic substitutions
and other midyear formulary changes.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16608
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Comment: A commenter suggested
that requiring errata sheets for generic
substitutions could defeat the costsavings potential, while another
requested that we generally change the
timing of errata sheet distributions.
Response: We did not make any
proposals with respect to errata sheets,
and therefore decline to make any
policy changes with respect to them at
this time.
b. Comments Specific to Immediate
Generic Substitutions
Comment: A number of commenters
urged us not to limit immediate
substitutions of certain generics to those
new to the market. They noted that Part
D sponsors may not immediately place
new drugs on formularies for a variety
of reasons. For instance, there might
only be a limited supply of drugs or the
drug might not yet be available in all
markets, such as in United States
territories. A few noted that generic
drugs may not initially be priced much
lower than brand name drugs.
Commenters suggested we permit
immediate generic substitutions to
occur any time within a year after a
generic is available on the market or
until the first day of the month
following the end of patent challenge
exclusivity. Another commenter stated
it would be reasonable to require Part D
sponsors to provide CMS with the
reasons for the delay. Conversely, other
commenters supported the proposal to
permit Part D sponsors only to
immediately substitute newly marketed
generics.
Response: We are persuaded that we
should not limit immediate
substitutions to generic drugs based
upon the availability of limited
formulary update windows after initial
formulary submission because there are
many reasons that Part D sponsors
might not make (or in some cases not be
able to make) substitutions as soon as a
generic drug is released. We appreciated
and considered the different suggestions
offered. However, we believe an
approach that relies on tracking a
generic approval or marketing date to
this extent could be overly burdensome
for us and plans, and confusing for
beneficiaries. Additionally,
implementing a policy that parses out
detailed scenarios in which we would
permit immediate generic substitutions
would seem to defeat our goal of
creating easier formulary flexibility, and
requiring Part D sponsors to explain
reasons for each delay they might make
would increase burden.
Rather, to simplify policy and to
encourage Part D sponsors to substitute
generic drugs more often, we plan to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
limit market availability to the time of
the initial formulary submission.
Specifically, we are revising
§ 423.120(b)(5)(iv)(B) to provide that: A
Part D sponsor that otherwise meets our
requirements may immediately remove
a brand name drug if it previously could
not have included the brand name
drug’s therapeutically equivalent
generic because the generic drug was
not available on the market at the time
the Part D sponsor submitted its initial
formulary for approval. Part D sponsors
that otherwise meet our requirements at
§ 423.120(b)(5)(iv) do not need to submit
their formulary changes to CMS before
they make a generic substitution. Part D
sponsors can immediately substitute
generic drugs for brand name drugs at
the time that they submit their
formulary changes to CMS, or
alternatively, substitute generic drugs
on their formularies and submit their
changes to CMS during the next
available update window that occurs
after they have made any changes.
Consistent with the policy we are
finalizing in this rule, Part D sponsors
that follow our requirements can
substitute generic drugs released to
market after their initial formulary
submissions for the next year.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested that failure to provide
advance notice of generic drug
substitutions might mean an unexpected
change in copay or coinsurance could
stress beneficiaries or cause them not to
take their drugs. Noting that generics
could have higher cost-sharing than
brand products during the coverage gap,
a commenter recommended that we
amend the policy to ensure a beneficiary
in the coverage gap who is prescribed a
generic drug would not pay more than
he or she would for the brand name
drug.
Response: As we discussed earlier in
these responses, this regulation is not
changing the standards applied
regarding generic substitutions, but
rather changing notice requirements in
order to permit the those substitutions
to take place sooner. That said, we
acknowledge that there could be an
unexpected increase in cost sharing, but
believe that such an occurrence
generally would be limited to the
coverage gap in 2019. Our intent was
that Part D sponsors only be permitted
to immediately substitute generic drugs
if in addition to all other requirements
(including application of the same or
less restrictive UM criteria), the more
recently released therapeutically
equivalent generic drug is on the same
or lower cost-sharing tier—not simply
the same or lower cost-sharing. To make
this clearer, are revising
PO 00000
Frm 00170
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 423.120(b)(5)(iv)(A) to require that Part
D sponsors add a therapeutically
equivalent generic drug to its formulary
‘‘on the same or lower cost-sharing tier’’
rather than ‘‘with the same or lower
cost-sharing’’.
Beneficiaries will pay the same or less
out of pocket in instances in which
enrollees pay a set copay because
§ 423.120(b)(5)(iv)(A) would require that
a generic drug appear on the same or a
less costly tier than the brand name
drug it replaces. In contrast, in cases of
coinsurance, the amount paid out of
pocket by an enrollee for a generic drug
theoretically could increase if the
negotiated price for the generic drug is
more than the brand name drug. But,
although generics might initially have
negotiated prices that are not much
lower than the brand name drug, we are
not aware of situations in which such
generic drugs actually have higher
negotiated prices. Therefore, with the
exception of the defined standard cost
sharing in the coverage gap in 2019, we
do not believe beneficiaries will pay
higher cost sharing for these generic
substitutions.
We acknowledge that because
beneficiaries currently pay a larger
percentage for generics than for brand
name drugs during the coverage gap
under the defined standard benefit, (up
until 2020), the cost sharing for generics
could be higher than that of brand name
drugs during that benefit phase.
However, this dynamic has existed
since the beginning of the coverage gap
closing in 2011 when beneficiaries
began paying 50 percent for brand name
drugs and 93 percent for generic drugs
in the gap. The generic cost sharing
percentage has been decreasing each
year and will be the same 25 percent
cost sharing as brand name drugs
beginning in 2020.
Comment: A commenter requested
that we confirm that the proposal to
permit specified immediate generic
substitutions would also apply to
protected class generics, while another
contended that because we did not
consider the six protected classes, our
proposal was contrary to the statutory
requirement of section 1860D–4(b)(3)(G)
of the Act requiring Part D sponsors to
offer access to ‘‘all’’ drugs in those
specified categories.
Response: We disagree that our
proposal is contrary to section 1860D–
4(b)(3)(G) of the Act, which expressly
permits the Secretary to establish
exceptions to permit Part D sponsors to
exclude from their formularies, or
otherwise limit access to, Part D drugs
that are otherwise required to be
included in the formulary as drugs of
clinical concern. We established an
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
exception through rulemaking at
§ 423.120(b)(2)(vi)(A), which specifies
that drug products rated as
therapeutically equivalent by the FDA
are excepted from the six classes of
clinical concern specified in section
1860D–4(b)(3)(G)(iv) of the Act.
Therefore, if a new generic in one of the
protected classes enters the market, plan
sponsors would be able to make an
immediate generic substitution,
consistent with the requirements we are
finalizing at § 423.120(b)(5)(iv).
Comment: Noting, for instance, that it
would create significant savings,
commenters urged us to allow in the
future, or even clarify that we currently
meant to allow, Part D sponsors to
substitute new to market biosimilars or
at least interchangeable biological
products. Conversely, others stated that
they supported the fact that our
proposal currently did not apply to
biosimilar biologics. Several
commenters, including one who was
concerned that our provision would
pave the way for such an expansion,
requested that we ensure that
biosimilars be excluded from future
generic substitutions. They suggested,
for instance, that they were not
therapeutically equivalent and that
applying this policy would result in
third parties other than physicians
taking beneficiaries off of stable
medications. A number of commenters
urged CMS to revisit treatment of
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products with regard to midyear formulary changes at such time as
the FDA approves the first
interchangeable biological product.
Response: Our proposal to permit
certain immediate generic substitutions
did not apply to biological products.
Rather, § 423.120(b)(5)(iv)(A) permits
these substitutions only when the new
generic drug is therapeutically
equivalent (as defined in § 423.100).
That said, as interchangeable biological
products become available, we would
consider whether additional regulatory
changes would be warranted.
Comment: Noting that we stated we
did not believe that the transition policy
is appropriate for immediate generic
substitutions, a commenter requested
that we clarify whether it would apply
for generic substitutions that do not
meet the requirements of
§ 423.120(b)(5)(iv). A commenter
queried as to whether the exemption of
immediate generic substitutions from
the transition fill policy would only
apply to those drugs removed based on
this process, and whether new enrollees
joining a plan during the plan year
would be subject to the same
requirement.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Response: We proposed to revise only
the transition policy as regards
immediate generic substitutions: under
§ 423.120(b)(3)(i)(B), the transition
requirements do not apply for Part D
sponsors that make such substitutions
consistent with § 423.120(b)(5)(iv). The
proposed regulation would not
otherwise change the application of
transition policy to other instances.
Comment: Commenters pointed out
that there was no need to permit
immediate generic substitutions because
Part D sponsors had numerous other
UM controls such as step therapy and
prior authorization, which they had
successfully used to influence
beneficiary choices. A commenter also
opined that there was no reason to
eliminate advance notice aside from
reducing plan administrative tasks
because Part D sponsors know about the
timing of generic releases well in
advance.
Response: We agree that Part D
sponsors currently have other UM
controls that provide some flexibility;
however, our goal is to provide even
more flexibility in addition to those
tools to promote and permit Part D
sponsors to switch to generic drugs even
sooner after their release date than we
currently permit. And a central goal of
this proposal is to reduce plan
administrative tasks—albeit while still
maintaining beneficiary protections.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS codify the
requirement that plans must give direct
notice to affected beneficiaries by the
end of the month in which the changes
take place. Another commenter
recommended that we require Part D
sponsors to notify enrollees of generic
substitutions as soon as they occur
including providing notice at the point
of sale (POS) before prescriptions are
filled if that is the earliest opportunity
for notice.
Response: While we appreciate the
idea, we do not currently have in place
the means to provide this POS notice
and believe implementing such a system
would create a burden at odds with our
goal of promoting more flexible
formulary administration because of the
resources and time required to build
such a system. We also decline at this
time to set hard deadlines because we
believe that Part D sponsors have an
incentive to provide beneficiaries with
information on specific changes timely
and, as noted earlier may, for generic
substitutions that take place before the
start of the next plan year, be able to
provide notice before the change takes
effect.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested that if we were to still require
PO 00000
Frm 00171
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16609
direct notice, that we remove
information from the direct notice about
how to request exceptions to avoid
creating the expectation that enrollees
could qualify for exceptions without
trying generics. Another commenter
voiced concern about the fact that our
preamble stated that enrollees could not
be certain that they ‘‘would be better
served by taking no medication’’ unless
they first tried the generic equivalent.
Noting that there could be sound
medical reasons to believe alternatives
could cause particular beneficiaries
harm, the commenter requested that we
clarify that no appeals standard applied
to require an enrollee to try an
alternative drug before an exception can
or must be provided.
Response: We disagree that retaining
information in the direct notice about
the availability of the exceptions
process would create undue
expectations, particularly given that this
information already is required at
§ 423.120(b)(5)(i)(E), which we did not
propose to change. In discussing our
reasoning for proposing to permit
immediate generic substitutions without
requiring that the plan provide a
transition fill, we did not intend to
suggest that the standards for exceptions
(which are described in the statute)
would change. Exceptions will remain
subject to the standards set forth in
§ 423.578.
Comment: Suggesting that the direct
notice repeats information already
included in the EOB, a few commenters
recommended that we remove the direct
notice requirement for immediate
generic substitutions. Another
commenter requested that we confirm
that we meant to apply the EOB
timeframe when we encouraged Part D
sponsors to provide retrospective direct
notice of immediate generic
substitutions ‘‘no later than by the end
of the month after which the change
becomes effective’’ such that a Part D
sponsor making a generic substitution
effective in April would have until the
end of May to notify affected members.
Response: We did not propose to
remove the direct notice requirements
for specified generic substitutions but
rather to remove the requirement that
they be provided in advance of the
permitted substitutions, and we
therefore decline to eliminate them
now. We did not intend to apply the
EOB timeframe specified at
§ 423.128(e)(6) to the requirement to
provide direct retrospective notice of
immediate generic substitutions, but if
Part D sponsors wish to include the
direct retrospective notice in their
EOBs, they could do so. Those so
choosing must make sure the EOB
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16610
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
contents comply with the notice
requirements of § 423.120(b)(5)(iv). (We
intend to update our model EOB in this
regard.) And while we currently intend
to permit this flexibility, we continue to
encourage Part D sponsors to provide
direct and other notice as soon as
possible. For instance, we see no
impediments to providing online notice
of changes if not before or on the
effective date of a generic substitution,
at least shortly thereafter.
Comment: A commenter noted that
we had not proposed any requirements
for Part D sponsors to update the
content of formularies available to
beneficiaries after making immediate
generic substitutions.
Response: While we did not propose
new beneficiary communications
requirements specific to the content of
formularies posted online or provided
on paper, current regulations continue
to apply. However, as noted in our
proposed rule, we decided not to
require a regulatory deadline because
we anticipate that Part D sponsors will
be promptly updating the formularies
posted online. At a minimum, Part D
sponsors must comply with
§ 423.128(d)(2)(ii) which still requires
Part D sponsors to update their websites
to reflect their current formularies at
least monthly. Additionally, we are
finalizing revisions to
§ 423.128(d)(2)(iii), which currently
requires Part D sponsors to provide
notice online to current and prospective
enrollees regarding midyear formulary
changes, to require that the notice be
provided timely under
§ 423.120(b)(5).We further believe that
Part D sponsors would have the
incentive to update their formularies
timely to encourage beneficiaries to
move to the newly substituted drugs
and to avoid beneficiary confusion.
Comment: A commenter queried: if a
generic is released in October and the
brand is on both the current year and
the next year’s formulary, could the
sponsor remove the brand from
following year’s formulary, but leave the
current year formulary unchanged?
Response: A Part D sponsor that met
all requirements of § 423.120(b)(5)(iv)
would be able to substitute the generic
for the brand drug in the following
year’s formulary, but leave the brand
drug on the current year’s formulary.
Alternatively, the Part D sponsor could
substitute the generic for the brand
name drug on both formularies at the
same time, consistent with the
requirements we are finalizing in this
rule for immediate generic substitutions.
Comment: Characterizing the proposal
as a major policy change, a commenter
recommended that we test its
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
implementation before shortening the
notice provisions. Another commenter
requested that we monitor the rate at
which formularies are updated to reflect
changes in coverage.
Response: We do not believe it is
necessary for us to test implementation
of this provision. We do not view it as
a major policy change because, as
discussed above, we have permitted Part
D sponsors to make midyear formulary
changes for some time and are merely
changing the timing of implementation
and notice rather than the kinds of
changes that can be made. Lastly, given
that we currently audit formulary
administration and maintain a robust
formulary monitoring program, we do
not see the need to implement a model
test.
Comment: A few commenters were
concerned that generic drugs would not
be timely added to our Formulary
Reference File (FRF). We also received
detailed questions regarding how the
proposed change would affect
operations related to matters such as
pharmacy information systems, HPMS
negative change requests, and FRF
release dates and UM criteria.
Response: Part D sponsors are
permitted to cover drugs that are not on
the FRF, so long as they have
determined that the drug product meets
the definition of a Part D drug. We
appreciated the operational inquiries
and plan to update guidance as
appropriate.
c. Issue Related to Other Midyear
Formulary Changes
Comment: Commenters responding to
another section of the proposed rule,
II.A.13 Changes to the Days’ Supply
Required by the Part D Transition
Process, suggested that referring to a
‘‘month’s’’ supply rather than a ‘‘30
day’’ transition supply was vague and
could create uncertainty for Part D
sponsors and confuse beneficiaries—
possibly leading to interruptions in
coverage.
Response: To address the concerns, in
finalizing the change to our transition
requirements, we plan to revise
§ 423.120(b)(3)(iii) to refer to ‘‘an
approved month’s supply’’ rather than
‘‘a month’s supply’’ so that it would be
clear that we mean a month’s supply in
accordance with the month’s supply
approved in a plan’s bid. (See section
II.A.13 Transition Process for more
discussion of that issue.) In our
provision on notice of formulary
changes, we originally proposed to
revise the days’ supply referenced in
formulary changes to conform to that of
the proposed transition provision, from
a 30 day supply to a month’s supply in
PO 00000
Frm 00172
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 423.120(b)(5)(i)(B). However, for the
same reasons we noted with respect to
the transition requirements, we believe
it is appropriate to conform the
reference to supply for notice of
formulary changes to that used for
transition supply. Therefore, in
§ 423.120(b)(5)(i)(B) rather than
requiring ‘‘a month’s supply’’ at the
time an affected enrollee requests a refill
of the Part D drug, we will require ‘‘an
approved month’s supply’’.
After consideration of the public
comments received, we are finalizing
our proposal on expedited substitutions
of certain generics and other midyear
formulary changes with the following
modification as discussed and as
follows:
In § 423.120(b)(3)(i)(B), we are
removing an extraneous reference to
‘‘and (b)(6)’’.
In § 423.120(b)(5)(i)(B), we are
removing the phrase ‘‘a month’s
supply’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘an approved month’s supply’’.
In § 423.120(b)(5)(iv)(A), we are
removing the phrase ‘‘formulary with
the same or lower cost-sharing’’ and
adding in its place the phrase
‘‘formulary on the same or lower-costsharing tier’’.
In § 423.120(b)(5)(iv)(B), we are
removing the phrase ‘‘requested CMS
formulary approval’’ and replacing it
with ‘‘submitted its initial formulary for
CMS approval’’.
15. Similar Treatment of Biosimilar and
Interchangeable Biological Products and
Generic Drugs for Purposes of LIS Cost
Sharing
Similar to the introduction of an
abbreviated approval pathway for
generic drugs provided by the HatchWaxman Amendments in 1984 to spur
more competition through quicker
approvals and introduction of lower
cost therapeutic alternatives in the
marketplace, Congress enacted the
‘‘Biologics Price Competition and
Innovation Act of 2009’’ to balance
innovation and consumer interests.
Specifically, section 7002 of the PPACA
amended section 351 of the Public
Health Service Act (PHSA) (42 U.S.C.
262), adding a subsection (k) to create
an abbreviated licensure pathway for
biological products that are
demonstrated to be either ‘‘biosimilar’’
to or ‘‘interchangeable’’ with a United
States Food and Drug Administration
(FDA) licensed reference biological
product. According to the FDA, ‘‘a
biosimilar product is a biological
product that is approved based on a
showing that it is highly similar to an
FDA-approved biological product,
known as a reference product, and has
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
no clinically meaningful differences in
terms of safety and effectiveness from
the reference product. Only minor
differences in clinically inactive
components are allowable in biosimilar
products.’’ However, ‘‘an
interchangeable biological product is
biosimilar to an FDA-approved
reference product and meets additional
standards for interchangeability. An
interchangeable biological product may
be substituted for the reference product
by a pharmacist without the
intervention of the health care provider
who prescribed the reference product.’’
(See https://www.fda.gov/Drugs/
DevelopmentApprovalProcess/
HowDrugsareDevelopedandApproved/
ApprovalApplications/
TherapeuticBiologicApplications/
Biosimilars/) Biological products
approved under section 351 of the
PHSA (42 U.S.C. 262) are listed in the
FDA’s Purple Book: Lists of Licensed
Biological Products with Reference
Product Exclusivity and Biosimilarity or
Interchangeability Evaluations,
available at https://www.fda.gov/Drugs/
DevelopmentApprovalProcess/
HowDrugsareDevelopedandApproved/
ApprovalApplications/Therapeutic
BiologicApplications/Biosimilars/
ucm411418.htm. Part D plan sponsors
are also encouraged to monitor the
FDA’s website for new biologics license
application (BLA) approvals at https://
www.accessdata.fda.gov/scripts/cder/
drugsatfda/index.cfm?fuseaction
=Reports.ReportsMenu.
Sections 1860D–2(b)(4) and 1860D–
14(a)(1)(D)(ii–iii) of the Act specify
lower Part D maximum copayments for
individuals who do not receive the lowincome subsidy (LIS) and are in the
catastrophic phase of the benefit and for
LIS-eligible individuals, respectively,
for generic drugs and preferred drugs
that are multiple source drugs (as
defined in section 1927(k)(7)(A)(i) of the
Act) than are available for all other Part
D drugs. Because biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products do
not meet the section 1927(k)(7)
definition of a multiple source drug or
the CMS definition of a generic drug at
§ 423.4, biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products are subject to the
higher Part D maximum copayments for
non-LIS Part D enrollees in the
catastrophic portion of the benefit and
for LIS eligible individuals in any phase
of the benefit applicable to all other Part
D drugs. Consequently, treatment of
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products, which are generally
high-cost, specialty drugs, as brands for
the purposes of LIS cost sharing and
non-LIS catastrophic cost sharing
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
generated a great deal confusion and
concern for Part D plan sponsors and
advocates alike, and CMS received
numerous requests to redefine generic
drug at § 423.4. Advocates expressed
concerns that LIS enrollees were
required to pay the higher brand
copayment for biosimilar biological
products. Stakeholders who contacted
us asserted treatment of biosimilar
biological products as brands for
purposes of LIS cost-sharing creates a
disincentive for LIS enrollees to choose
lower cost alternatives. Some of these
stakeholders also expressed similar
concerns for non-LIS enrollees in the
catastrophic portion of the benefit.
Consequently, we proposed to revise
the definition of generic drug at § 423.4
to include biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products
approved under section 351(k) of the
PHSA solely for purposes of costsharing under sections 1860D–2(b)(4)
and 1860D–14(a)(1)(D)(ii–iii) of the Act
by:
(1) Redesignating the existing
definition as paragraph (i), and
(2) Adding a new paragraph (ii) to
state ‘‘for purposes of cost sharing under
sections 1860D–2(b)(4) and 1860D–
14(a)(1)(D) of the Act only, a biological
product for which an application under
section 351(k) of the Public Health
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 262(k)) is
approved.’’
We solicited comment on this
proposed change to the definition of
generic drug at § 423.4.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A number of commenters
expressed strong support for CMS’
proposed change to the definition of
generic drug, noting that it would spur
greater price competition, expand access
for Part D enrollees, help restrain
growth in Part D program spending,
reduce costs when medically
appropriate, and improve the overall
biologic marketplace. Some commenters
expressed support of this proposal,
contending that it would help non-LIS
Part D enrollees in the coverage gap.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their support. With regard to
commenters who suggested the proposal
would be beneficial to non-LIS Part D
enrollees in the coverage gap since, we
believe these commenters may have
misunderstood our proposal. Our
proposal would affect non-LIS cost
sharing for enrollees who are in the
catastrophic portion of the benefit.
Further discussion of CMS treatment of
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products during the coverage
gap is discussed later in this comment
and response.
PO 00000
Frm 00173
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16611
Comment: A commenter requested
clarification on whether CMS’ usage of
the term ‘‘biosimilar’’ means ‘‘noninterchangeable biosimilar.’’
Response: When CMS uses the term
‘‘biosimilar’’ or ‘‘biosimilar biological
product,’’ we mean a biological product
licensed under section 351(k) of the
PHSA that has not been determined by
the FDA to be ‘‘interchangeable’’ to the
reference biological product. However,
biological products licensed under
section 351(k) of the PHSA are inclusive
of biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products. Consequently,
because we proposed to apply our
policy with regard to cost-sharing to
biological products licensed under
section 351(k) of the PHSA, it would
apply equally to biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products.
Comment: A commenter contended
that CMS’ proposal would require Part
D plan sponsors to place biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products
within their generic tier. In contrast,
other commenters suggested that
because biosimilar biological products
are usually specialty drugs, the proposal
was not necessary because most Part D
plan sponsors’ formularies include a
specialty tier. Other commenters
suggested that CMS should work with
Part D plan sponsors to address costsharing issues through their benefit
design and cost-sharing structure.
Finally, another commenter suggested
that our policy would diminish the
ability of Part D plans and
manufacturers to negotiate.
Response: We disagree with
commenters that the proposal would
require plan sponsors to place
biosimilar or interchangeable biological
products on certain tiers. While
biosimilar biological products are likely
to be placed on a Part D plan sponsor’s
specialty tier, we explicitly stated in our
proposed regulatory language that this
change only applies to statutory costsharing for certain Part D enrollees and
would not impact which tier Part D plan
sponsors place a particular biosimilar
biological product. Moreover, since the
start of the Part D program, with few
exceptions, CMS has generally left
tiering assignments to Part D plan
sponsors. Consequently, because the
provision applies to statutory costsharing and not tier placement, we do
not believe that Part D plan sponsors’ or
manufacturers’ ability to negotiate
preferable terms for formulary
placement will be impacted.
Comment: A commenter suggested
CMS exceeded its statutory authority to
redefine generic drug in the manner we
proposed, adding that the terms
‘‘multiple source drug’’ and ‘‘generic
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16612
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
drug’’ have specific meanings in the Part
D statute that do not encompass
biosimilar biological products.
Response: We disagree with the
commenter. While the statute defines
multiple-source drug at section
1927(k)(7) of the Act, the statute does
not include a definition of generic drug
for purposes of the Part D program.
Consequently, through notice and
comment rulemaking, CMS finalized the
definition of generic drug at § 423.4 in
the January 2005 final rule (70 FR 4194).
Comment: Although a number of
commenters thanked us for resolving
confusion relative to all LIS Part D
enrollee cost-sharing and non-LIS
catastrophic cost sharing, commenters
opposed to our proposal uniformly
contended that our policy would create
confusion in the marketplace on a
number of grounds, which they added
could ultimately jeopardize Part D
enrollee safety.
Commenters contended that our
proposal inappropriately equates
biosimilar biological products with
generic drugs for purposes of their
scientific and clinical applications.
Commenters stated that biosimilar
biological products are not
interchangeable like therapeutically
equivalent generic drugs, and that CMS
should make clear that generic drugs are
different from biosimilar biological
products. A commenter requested
clarification on how our proposal affects
formulary requirements, specifically
with regard to the requirement at
§ 423.120(b)(2)(i) that each formulary
have at least two Part D drugs for each
category and class submitted on the
formulary file (except as noted in
§ 423.120(b)(2)(ii)).
In addition, commenters contended
that it would contribute to confusion
regarding variable rules for treatment of
biosimilar biological products across
CMS programs, including case-by-case
determinations for formulary
requirements, treatment as branded
products for the Medicaid Drug Rebate
program, treatment as multi-source
generic drugs for purposes of Medicare
Part B, and similar to generic drugs,
treatment as non-applicable drugs for
purposes of the Coverage Gap Discount
Program (Discount Program). Similarly,
a number of commenters urged CMS to
categorize biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products
approved under section 351(k) of the
PHSA as applicable drugs for purposes
of the Discount Program. Some
commenters suggested that CMS could
accomplish this by using waiver
authority under section 1860D–
14A(g)(2)(A) to exempt biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
from their statutory treatment as nonapplicable drugs under the Discount
Program.
Response: We stated in the proposed
rule that this change would only apply
to cost-sharing for certain Part D
enrollees. This policy does not change
or supersede our existing formulary
requirements for biosimilar biological
products that we addressed in the
March 30, 2015 Health Plan
Management (HPMS) memorandum
entitled ‘‘Part D Requirements for
Biosimilar Follow-On Biological
Products’’ which is available on the
CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/
Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/
Computer-Data-and-Systems/HPMS/
HPMS-Memos-Archive-Annual-Items/
SysHPMS-Memo-Archive-%E2%80%932015-Qtr1.html.
We appreciate the concerns about
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products being treated
differently under different CMS
programs. However, to serve different
purposes, CMS’ statutory authority
treats biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products differently across
CMS programs. Since the proposed rule
was published, CMS notes that section
53113 of the Bipartisan Budget Act of
2018 (Pub. L. 115–123) amended section
1860D–14A(g)(2)(A) of the Act to sunset
the exclusion of biological products
approved under section 351(k) of the
PHSA from the Discount Program. We
further note that since the proposed rule
was published, Medicare Part B policy
changes for biosimilar biological
products that were discussed in the CY
2018 PFS final rule (see CMS–1676–F,
82 FR 52976) took effect January 1,
2018. As a result, newly approved
biosimilar biological products with a
common reference product will no
longer be grouped into the same
Medicare Part B billing code. These two
policy changes, when taken together
with the policy we are finalizing now
provide for greater alignment of
biological products approved under
section 351(k) of the PHSA across CMS
programs and encourage the use and
development of these products.
Although we attempted to clarify that
we were not equating biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products to
generic drugs for any other purpose than
cost sharing intended to encourage
utilization of lower-cost alternatives, we
are persuaded by comments that our
proposed approach to include
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products in our definition of
generic drug still could be
misinterpreted and create further
confusion about the broader treatment
of biosimilar and interchangeable
PO 00000
Frm 00174
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
biological products under the Part D
program. In consideration of comments
regarding the definition of generic drug,
we are not finalizing our proposal at
§ 423.4 to revise the definition of
generic drug.
Section 1860D–14(a)(1)(D)(ii)–(iii) of
the Act establishes that the copayment
amount cannot exceed the higher
statutory threshold ($3 in 2006 as
increased by Consumer Price Index
percentage increase) for drugs other
than generic drugs or preferred drugs
that are multiple source (as defined in
1927(k)(7)(A)(i) of the Act). However,
the statute does not prohibit CMS from
establishing a lower maximum copay
amount for other drugs since, by
definition, such copay would not
exceed the statutory maximum. By
establishing a lower maximum copay for
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products that is equivalent to
the lower copay required for generic and
preferred multiple source drugs, CMS
achieves the same goal intended by our
original proposal, but now does so
without the confusion that would result
from defining biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products as
generic drugs for this limited purpose.
We believe this approach should avoid
any confusion that would cause
stakeholders to misinterpret this policy
as applying more broadly.
While the statutory authority under
section 1860D–14(a)(1)(D)(ii)–(iii) of the
Act establishes a maximum statutory
copay for LIS enrollees, thereby
providing us with the flexibility to
establish a lower copay amount for
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products, section 1860D–
2(b)(4) of the Act specifies a copayment
threshold that is ‘‘equal to’’ the higher
amount for any other drug that is not a
generic drug or preferred drug that is a
multiple source drug (as defined under
section 1927(k)(7)(A)(i) of the Act).
Therefore, CMS does not have the
flexibility to establish a lower copay
amount for biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products for
non-LIS enrollees that have reached the
catastrophic phase of the benefit.
Nevertheless, as illustrated by some
comments below, we do not anticipate
this will have any practical effect on
non-LIS cost sharing in the catastrophic
phase because such enrollees are
required to pay cost sharing that is equal
to the greater of the applicable copay
amount ($3.35/$8.35 in 2018) or 5
percent. Given the high cost of
biological products in general, the nonLIS catastrophic cost sharing will almost
certainly be 5 percent.
In light of the comments, we now
believe the better approach to encourage
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
utilization of biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products via
LIS cost sharing is to include them in
§ 423.782(a)(2)(iii)(A) and
§ 423.782(b)(3). The revised paragraphs
will specify the following:
• A copayment amount of not more
than $1 for a generic drug, biological
product for which an application under
section 351(k) of the Public Health
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 262(k)) is
approved, or preferred drugs that are
multiple source (as defined under
section 1927(k)(7)(A)(i) of the Act) or $3
for any other drug in 2006, or for years
after 2006 the amounts specified in this
paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(A) for the
percentage increase in the Consumer
Price Index, rounded to the nearest
multiple of 5 cents or 10 cents,
respectively; or’’
• For covered Part D drugs above the
out-of-pocket limit (under
§ 423.104(d)(5)(iii)) in 2006, copayments
not to exceed $2 for a generic drug,
biological product for which an
application under section 351(k) of the
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
262(k)) is approved, or preferred drugs
that are multiple source drugs (as
defined under section 1927(k)(7)(A)(i) of
the Act) and $5 for any other drug. For
years beginning in 2007, the amounts
specified in section (b)(3) for the
previous years increased by the annual
percentage increase in average per
capita aggregate expenditures for
covered Part D drugs, rounded to the
nearest multiple of 5 cents, respectively.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that the cost-sharing
reduction for LIS Part D enrollees ($1.25
versus $3.35 for dually eligible enrollees
and $3.70 versus $8.35 for non-dually
eligible enrollees) is insignificant and
does not warrant the change.
Response: We disagree. While
differences in cost-sharing of $1.10, and
$4.65 may be inconsequential to many
Part D enrollees, we believe this change
promotes medication adherence in the
LIS enrollee population, in addition to
encouraging the use of biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products in
the market.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to work with the FDA to create different
approval pathways for biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products.
The commenter added approval of
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products is fundamentally
different from the FDA’s distinct
approval pathways for other types of
drugs and biological products which
address only one category of follow-on
product compared to the reference
product (for example, section 505(b)(1)
versus section 505(b)(2) of the Federal
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA),
New Drug Application (NDA) versus
Abbreviated New Drug Application
(ANDA), whereas the approval pathway
under section 351(k) of the PHSA
addresses two different categories of
biological products (that is, biosimilar
and interchangeable biological
products) when compared to a reference
biological product approved under
section 351(a) of the PHSA, and all three
categories of biological products receive
a Biologics License Application (BLA)
approval.
Commenters stated that biological
products currently approved through
the pathway described by section
505(b)(2) of the FDCA are currently
treated as applicable drugs for purposes
of the Discount Program. In March 2020,
an approved application for a biological
product under section 505 of the FDCA
will be deemed to be a license for the
biological product under section 351 of
the PHSA. FDA has not yet described
whether an approved application for a
biological product under section 505 of
the FDCA will be deemed to be a license
for the biological product under section
351(a) or 351(k) of the PHSA. As such,
some commenters urged CMS to
preemptively classify biological
products approved under section
505(b)(2) of the FDCA as non-applicable
drugs for the Discount Program, while
other commenters urged CMS to take
the position that they will remain
classified as applicable drugs for
purposes of the Discount Program.
Finally, some commenters suggested
that, similar to generic utilization rate,
CMS should begin to actively monitor
usage of follow-on biological products
across CMS programs by setting up
appropriate infrastructure as a policy
priority for the Agency.
Response: We thank the commenters.
While we may consider them for future
policy making, these comments are
beyond the scope of this rule. However,
CMS notes that since the proposed rule
was published, section 53113 of the
Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 (Pub. L.
115–123) amended section 1860D–
14A(g)(2)(A) of the Act to sunset the
exclusion of biological products
licensed under section 351(k) of the
PHSA from the Discount Program.
In summary, in consideration of the
comments received, we are not
finalizing our proposal to revise the
definition of generic drug. Instead, in
this final rule, we are revising
§ 423.782(a)(2)(iii)(A) and
§ 423.782(b)(3) by adding ‘‘, biological
products for which an application under
section 351(k) of the Public Health
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 262(k)) is
approved,’’.
PO 00000
Frm 00175
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16613
16. Eliminating the Requirement To
Provide PDP Enhanced Alternative (EA)
to EA Plan Offerings With Meaningful
Differences (§ 423.265)
CMS has the authority under section
1857(e)(1) of the Act, incorporated for
Part D by section 1860D–12(b)(3)(D) of
the Act, to establish additional contract
terms that CMS finds ‘‘necessary and
appropriate,’’ as well as authority under
section 1860D–11(d)(2)(B) of the Act to
propose regulations imposing
‘‘reasonable minimum standards’’ for
Part D sponsors. Using this authority we
issued regulations in 2010, at
§ 423.265(b)(2), that established our
authority to deny bids that are not
meaningfully different from other bids
submitted by the same organization in
the same service area. Our application
of this authority has eliminated PDP
sponsors’ ability to offer more than one
basic plan in a PDP region since all
basic plan benefit packages must be
actuarially equivalent to the standard
benefit structure discussed in the
statute, and in guidance we have also
limited to two the number of enhanced
alternative plans that we approve for a
single PDP sponsor in a PDP region.
One of the underlying principles in
the establishment of the Medicare Part
D prescription drug benefit is that both
market competition and the flexibility
provided to Part D sponsors in the
statute will result in the offering of a
broad array of cost effective prescription
drug coverage options for Medicare
beneficiaries. We wish to continue the
trend of using transparency, flexibility,
program simplification, and innovation
to transform the MA and Part D
programs for Medicare enrollees to have
options that fit their individual health
needs. To that end, we have
reconsidered the position that two
enhanced plans offered by a plan
sponsor could vary with respect to their
plan characteristics and benefit design,
such that they might appeal to different
subsets of Medicare enrollees, but in the
end have similar out-of-pocket
beneficiary costs. We do however
continue to believe that a meaningful
difference, that takes into account outof-pocket costs, be maintained between
basic and enhanced plans to ensure that
there is a meaningful value for
beneficiaries given the supplemental
Part D premium associated with the
enhanced plans. Therefore, effective for
Contract Year (CY) 2019, we proposed
to revise the Part D regulations at
§ 423.265(b)(2) to eliminate the PDP EA
to EA meaningful difference
requirement, while maintaining the
requirement that enhanced plans be
meaningfully different from the basic
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16614
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
plan offered by a plan sponsor in a
service area. We believe these proposed
revisions will help us accomplish the
balance we wish to strike with respect
to encouraging competition and plan
flexibilities while still providing PDP
choices to beneficiaries that represent
meaningful choices in benefit packages.
We also announced our future intent
to reexamine, with the benefit of
additional information, how we define
the meaningful difference requirement
between basic and enhanced plans
offered by a PDP sponsor within a
service area. We recognize that the
current OOPC methodology is only one
method for evaluating whether the
differences between plan offerings are
meaningful, and will investigate
whether the current OOPC model or an
alternative methodology should be used
to evaluate meaningful differences
between PDP offerings. While we intend
to conduct our own analyses, we also
solicited stakeholder input on how to
define meaningful difference as it
applies to basic and enhanced Part D
plans. CMS will continue to provide
guidance for basic and enhanced plan
offering requirements in the annual Call
Letter.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: Commenters opposed to
this proposal expressed concerns that
Medicare beneficiaries will be faced
with even more plans to choose from,
resulting in ‘‘choice overload’’ and
beneficiary confusion when trying to
distinguish between plan options.
Several of these commenters were at
least encouraged to see that CMS
intends to maintain the meaningful
difference requirement between basic
and enhanced PDP offerings.
Response: We appreciate the concerns
raised about potential beneficiary
confusion. We believe that the tools
CMS provides for beneficiaries to make
decisions (for example, Medicare Plan
Finder, Medicare and You Handbook,
1–800–MEDICARE) and our
enforcement of communication and
marketing requirements address these
concerns. The current approach to
define meaningful difference is based on
a model tool that takes into account a
cohort of Medicare beneficiaries in
aggregate and is intended to identify a
meaningful value between plan
comparisons based on that cohort’s
utilization run through a plan’s benefit
design and formulary. An individual
beneficiary’s utilization may not mirror
that of the model cohort, so we continue
to strongly encourage individual
beneficiaries to use the Medicare Plan
Finder tool and the many other
resources that CMS makes available to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
assist them in finding the plan that best
meets their unique needs. In proposing
to maintain the meaningful difference
requirement between basic and
enhanced plans, our intent is to ensure
that a meaningful value continues to
exist for those beneficiaries choosing an
enhanced plan that has an associated
supplemental Part D premium. We
anticipate another positive outcome of
this proposed change will be a potential
reduction in Part D supplemental
premiums, as sponsors will not be
forced to make benefit changes to
comply with a requirement that
ultimately results in higher
supplemental premiums for
beneficiaries.
Comment: A subset of commenters
who opposed this proposal stated that a
quantifiable measure provides valuable
information to beneficiaries and ensures
substantial differences between plans.
While the commenters believe using the
OOPC model as the only measure of
meaningful difference is a flawed
approach, they believe CMS should
maintain the requirement between
enhanced plans but allow plan sponsors
to seek waivers by providing alternate
evidence of meaningful difference if the
meaningful difference threshold is not
met.
Response: We disagree with the
commenter’s suggested approach to
maintain the PDP EA to EA meaningful
difference requirement but allow
sponsors to seek waivers if the
meaningful difference threshold(s) are
not met. The use of a waiver or
justification process introduces
additional subjectivity into the benefit
review.
Comment: A commenter stated that it
is crucial that CMS continue to limit
plan sponsors to offering no more than
two EA plans in each region.
Response: We agree and wish to
clarify that the proposed changes to the
meaningful difference requirement for
PDP plan offerings does not change
CMS’s intention to use our bid
negotiation authority to limit to three,
the number of plans approved within a
PDP region by a parent organization
(one required basic plan and no more
than two enhanced plans). The potential
increase in plan offerings that we
discuss takes into account only the
addition of a second enhanced plan by
any parent organization that currently
offers a single enhanced plan within a
PDP region. It is CMS’s intent to
maintain a balance with respect to
encouraging competition and plan
flexibilities while still providing PDP
choices to beneficiaries that represent
meaningful choices in benefit packages.
To the extent that CMS finds the
PO 00000
Frm 00176
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
elimination of the EA to EA meaningful
difference requirement results in
potential beneficiary confusion or harm,
CMS will consider reinstating the
requirement between EA plans through
future rulemaking or consider taking
some other action.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to share data that suggests the
meaningful difference requirement is in
fact preventing innovation by plans.
Response: We do not have data that
this requirement specifically hinders
innovation. However, for a number of
years we have heard from plan sponsors
their belief that this requirement is
arbitrary, potentially harmful to the
competitive Part D market, and results
in plans that are becoming increasingly
unaffordable for many beneficiaries.
This proposal aims to combat these
concerns, with the added benefit of
allowing for flexibility in benefit design.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the proposal to eliminate the
PDP EA to EA meaningful difference
requirement, applauding CMS efforts to
increase innovation and plan
flexibilities. In addition to those
flexibilities, a few commenters noted
the potential this proposal has to
decrease total Part D premiums, due to
lower supplemental Part D premiums
associated with enhanced plans not
needing to meet this requirement, and to
increase beneficiaries’ choice of
coverage options. Comments supportive
of the proposed change suggested it will
eliminate unneeded disruption and
provide more plan stability to
beneficiaries currently enrolled in
second EA plans, as sponsors will not
be forced to adjust benefits to comply
with changing requirements.
Response: We appreciate the
comments received in support of this
proposal to eliminate the PDP EA to EA
meaningful difference requirement. The
closure of the coverage gap has
introduced challenges for plan sponsors
to meet the EA to EA meaningful
difference requirement, as the provision
of additional coverage in the gap has
been a key approach sponsors have used
to meet the meaningful difference
requirement. We agree with the concern
that continued enforcement of this
requirement could result in disruption
and instability for beneficiaries as it
may necessitate Part D sponsors to
significantly modify their benefit
structure from year-to-year or even
require them to non-renew a plan if
unable to attain the out-of-pocket
threshold that has been set annually.
The proposal could also result in plan
offerings that are more competitive and
market-driven within a less restrictive
regulatory framework. We agree that
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
elimination of this requirement may
offer plan sponsors additional
flexibilities in terms of their plan benefit
designs. As previously noted in the
NPRM, we agree that it is possible for
plan sponsors to offer unique benefit
designs that attract different subsets of
Medicare beneficiaries but have similar
estimated out-of-pocket costs. Arguably,
an EA plan that completely waives the
deductible could be attractive to one
subset of enrollees, while another EA
plan that instead offers reduced costsharing or provides supplemental
coverage of drugs that are excluded
under Part D might attract a different
subset of enrollees. While providing for
different benefit designs, these two
plans could have similar estimated outof-pocket costs.
Comment: Some commenters urged
the agency to eliminate the meaningful
difference test in all instances for PDPs
(that is, also between basic to EA plans),
and pursue a suitable replacement that
would provide more meaningful
decision support for beneficiaries
during open enrollment. A commenter
claimed that the meaningful difference
requirement may stifle innovation,
reduce consumer choice, and impose
additional costs on plans. The
commenter further asserted that the
current OOPC difference between basic
and EA PDP offerings remains too high,
which may make enhanced plans very
expensive and cost prohibitive for many
beneficiaries, further limiting consumer
choice.
Response: We disagree with
completely eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement across all PDP
offerings. While we support the
flexibility and competition that this
proposal to eliminate the meaningful
difference requirement between
enhanced plans will stimulate, we
believe it is important to balance this
with a need to ensure beneficiaries have
a meaningful choice between plans,
especially when some of those plans
include an additional supplemental Part
D premium. Eliminating the meaningful
difference requirements between the
basic and enhanced plan offerings could
result in sponsor behaviors that
adversely affect the program, such as the
creation of enhanced plan options
designed solely to engage in risk
segmentation. Healthier beneficiaries
may be increasingly incentivized to
enroll in enhanced plans, leading to a
higher risk pool in the basic plans. This
could ultimately result in increasing
bids and premiums for basic plans,
given that LIS auto-enrollment is
limited to basic plans. The fact that
CMS pays most of the premium for LIS
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
beneficiaries means that total
government cost would likely increase.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that the meaningful difference rules also
be relaxed in the case of acquisitions/
mergers so that multiple plan options
can exist between the two merged
entities for multiple years.
Response: Current regulations at
§ 423.272(b)(3)(ii) offer this flexibility,
providing a two-year transition period
following a new acquisition before a
PDP plan sponsor will be held to the
requirement that its bids be
substantially different. Revisions to
§ 423.272(b)(3)(ii) will be made to better
align the requirements with the
proposed change for § 423.265(b)(2),
specifically to remove the reference that
benefit package or plan costs being
substantially different from ANY
(emphasis added) other bid submitted
by the same Part D sponsor and to refer
the reader to § 423.265(b)(2) that will
reflect the provision change which
identifies which plan benefit types are
expected to be substantially different.
Comment: A commenter interpreted
the proposal as rescinding CMS’s policy
that a second EA plan provide brand
gap coverage, and noted that removing
this policy also has the capability to
increase plan flexibilities and increase
beneficiary plan choice.
Response: As part of our application
of the meaningful difference
requirement to stand-alone PDPs, CMS
reviewed additional enhanced PDPs
within a service area with the
expectation that they represent a higher
value than the first enhanced plan and
as such would include additional gap
cost-sharing reductions for at least 10
percent of their formulary brand drugs.
We confirm that elimination of the
meaningful difference requirement
between PDP enhanced plans would
also eliminate this expectation.
Comment: With respect to our request
for stakeholder input on how to redefine
the meaningful difference requirement
between basic and enhanced PDP
offerings, we received very few detailed
proposals, but many responses
encouraged transparency and
stakeholder input on any contemplated
changes. With respect to potential
modifications to the current OOPC
model, two suggestions were received.
One recommendation is for CMS to
reconsider the approach to have nonformulary drugs be priced at the costsharing of the Part D sponsor’s
formulary exceptions tier rather than
priced at the retail cash price. The other
recommended that CMS set a consistent
and reasonable OOPC differential that
does not change from year to year,
suggesting that this approach would
PO 00000
Frm 00177
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16615
afford sponsors more predictability and
could reduce unnecessary changes,
while still ensuring beneficiaries receive
meaningful value.
With respect to potential alternatives
to the OOPC model, two suggestions
were received. One recommendation
was for CMS to establish a minimum
actuarial difference between basic and
enhanced plans (for example, 20 percent
average member cost-sharing for an
enhanced plan vs. 25 percent average
member cost-sharing for a basic plan).
Another commenter suggested that CMS
allow plans to demonstrate a
meaningful difference between plan
offerings by providing an actuarial
attestation as to their actuarial value
differences, while allowing actuaries to
use a utilization profile that is
representative of their population for
quantifying differences in actuarial
value (without the impact of selection
effect or risk score differential).
Response: We appreciate the
thoughtful input on how to redefine
what constitutes a meaningful
difference between basic and enhanced
PDP offerings. Both the
recommendations to improve upon the
OOPC model and the alternative
approaches will be carefully considered
by CMS as we evaluate options moving
forward. For CY 2019, CMS intends to
maintain the current methodology to set
a basic to enhanced OOPC differential
threshold.
Comment: A significant number of
commenters strongly believe that
significant efforts need to be made to
ensure beneficiary information tools are
enhanced to improve upon the plan
election experience. Some commenters
recommended research focusing on
understanding beneficiary perceptions
of value and meaningful difference.
Several commenters provided specific
recommendations to enhance the
Medicare Plan Finder (MPF); one such
suggestion is to add flags within the
system to highlight benefit
enhancements, such as reduced cost
sharing, additional coverage in the gap,
reduced deductible or coverage of
excluded Part D drugs. Another
commenter suggested CMS modify the
MPF to allow beneficiaries to filter and/
or sort plans by enhanced features (for
example, ‘‘Show me plans in my area
that offer no deductible’’). Some
commenters suggested that if CMS
intends to finalize this proposal, it be
postponed until those enhancements to
beneficiary tools have been
implemented.
Response: These recommendations
are outside of the scope of this final rule
provision. We do however agree with
the need for clear and complete
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16616
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
information and intend to continue
improving the MPF to make it as user
friendly as possible. We encourage third
party organizations that support
beneficiaries in their decision-making to
take advantage of existing resources (for
example, public use files (PUF)
available for the Part D program).
After consideration of all of the
comments received, we are finalizing
our proposal to revise § 423.265(b)(2) to
eliminate the PDP EA to EA meaningful
difference requirement, while
maintaining the requirement that
enhanced plans be meaningfully
different from the basic plan offered by
a plan sponsor in a service area. We are
also modifying the language of
§ 423.272(b)(3)(ii) to make the
provisions governing the meaningful
difference transition period following a
plan sponsor acquisition consistent with
the new requirements stated at
§ 423.265(b)(2).
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
17. Request for Information Regarding
the Application of Manufacturer Rebates
and Pharmacy Price Concessions to
Drug Prices at the Point of Sale
In this proposed rule, we solicited
comment on potential policy
approaches for applying some
manufacturer rebates and all pharmacy
price concessions to drug prices at point
of sale under Part D. We received over
1,400 responses to this request for
information. We thank the commenters
for the thought, time, and effort that
went into developing these detailed
responses. We will carefully review all
input received from stakeholders as we
continue our efforts to meaningfully
address rising prescription drug costs
for beneficiaries.
We further note that the President’s
Fiscal Year 2019 Budget included a
proposal similar to the point-of-sale
rebate policy considered in this request
for information. As explained in the
request for information, we believe the
statute provides us with discretion to
require that Part D sponsors apply at
least a portion of the manufacturer
rebates and all pharmacy price
concessions they receive to the price of
a Part D drug at the point of sale. Any
new requirements regarding the
application of rebates at the point of sale
would be proposed through notice and
comment rulemaking, in the future.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
B. Improving the CMS Customer
Experience
1. Restoration of the Medicare
Advantage Open Enrollment Period
(§§ 422.60, 422.62, 422.68, 423.38 and
423.40)
Section 17005 of the 21st Century
Cures Act (the Cures Act) modified
section 1851(e)(2) of the Act to
eliminate the Medicare Advantage
Disenrollment Period (MADP) and to
establish, beginning in 2019, a new
open enrollment period (OEP) to be held
from January 1 to March 31 each year.
Subject to the MA plan being open to
enrollees as provided under
§ 422.60(a)(2), the OEP allows
individuals enrolled in an MA plan to
make a one-time election during the first
3 months of the calendar year to switch
MA plans or to disenroll from an MA
plan and obtain coverage through
Original Medicare. In addition, this
provision affords newly MA-eligible
individuals (those with Part A and Part
B) who enroll in a MA plan, the
opportunity to also make a one-time
election to change MA plans or drop
MA coverage and obtain Original
Medicare.
Pursuant to the statute, newly eligible
MA individuals can only use the OEP
during the first 3 months in which they
have both Part A and Part B. Under
existing regulation (§ 422.68(c)),
enrollments made using the OEP are
effective the first of the month following
the month in which the enrollment is
made. In addition, an MA organization
has the option under section 1851(e)(6)
of the Act to voluntarily close one or
more of its MA plans to OEP enrollment
requests. If an MA plan is closed for
OEP enrollments, then it is closed to all
individuals in the entire plan service
area who are making OEP enrollment
requests. All MA plans must accept OEP
disenrollment requests, regardless of
whether or not it is open for enrollment.
The OEP, as enacted, permits changes
to Part D coverage for individuals who,
prior to the change in election during
the OEP, were enrolled in an MA plan.
As eligibility to use the OEP is available
only for MA enrollees, the ability to
make changes to Part D coverage is
limited to any individual who uses the
OEP; however, the OEP does not
provide enrollment rights to any
individual who is not enrolled in an MA
plan during the applicable 3-month
period. Individuals who use the OEP to
make changes to their MA coverage may
also enroll in or disenroll from Part D
coverage. For example, an individual
enrolled in an MA–PD plan may use the
OEP to switch to: (1) Another MA–PD
plan; (2) an MA-only plan; or (3)
PO 00000
Frm 00178
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Original Medicare with or without a
PDP. The OEP will also allow an
individual enrolled in an MA-only plan
to switch to—(1) another MA-only plan;
(2) an MA–PD plan; or (3) Original
Medicare with or without a PDP.
However, this enrollment period does
not allow for Part D changes for
individuals enrolled in Original
Medicare, including those with
enrollment in stand-alone PDPs.
In addition, individuals with
enrollment in Original Medicare or
other Medicare health plan types, such
as cost plans, are not able use the OEP
to enroll in an MA plan, regardless of
whether or not they have Part D.
Furthermore, unsolicited marketing is
prohibited by statute during this period,
and is discussed in section II.B.5.c of
this final rule.
To implement the changes required
by the Cures Act, we proposed the
following revisions:
• Amend current § 422.62(a)(5) and
add §§ 423.38(e) and 423.40(e) to
establish the new OEP starting 2019 and
the corresponding limited Part D
enrollment period.
• Amend §§ 422.62(a)(7), 422.68(f),
423.38(d) and 423.40(d) to end the
MADP at the end of 2018.
• Remove current regulations in
§ 422.62(a)(3) and (a)(4) that outline
historical OEPs which are no longer in
effect and renumber the enrollment
periods which follow them. As such, we
proposed that § 422.62(a)(5) become
§ 422.62(a)(3), and both §§ 422.62(a)(6)
and (a)(7) be renumbered as
§§ 422.62(a)(4) and (a)(5), respectively.
• Amend new redesignated paragraph
(a)(4) (proposed to be redesignated from
(a)(6)) to make two technical changes to
replace the phrase ‘‘as defined by CMS’’
with ‘‘as defined in § 422.2’’ and to
capitalize ‘‘original Medicare.’’
• As discussed in section II.B.5.c,
§§ 422.2268 and 423.2268 will be
revised to prohibit marketing to MA
enrollees during the OEP.
• Conforming technical edits to
update cross references in
§§ 422.60(a)(2), 422.62(a)(5)(iii), and
422.68(c).
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: We received a number of
comments supporting the restoration of
the Medicare Advantage OEP.
Commenters noted that the OEP reflects
the Administration’s focus on consumer
choice and competition, provides
additional time for beneficiaries to make
health plan decisions and ensures
beneficiaries are enrolled in plans that
best suits their needs and budgets, by
affording an opportunity to make a
change from the MA plan previously
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
chosen during the Annual Election
Period (AEP).
Response: We thank commentators for
their support of this proposal.
Comment: A couple of commenters
requested clarification on the ability to
use other election periods such as the 5Star special enrollment period (SEP) or
the SEP for individuals in the Program
of All-inclusive Care for the Elderly
(PACE) to make changes outside the
OEP.
Response: We note that the OEP has
no effect on other valid election periods,
except that the Cures Act eliminates the
Medicare Advantage Disenrollment
Period (MADP) after 2018. The OEP is
an additional statutory enrollment
period that allows individuals enrolled
in an MA plan to make a one-time
election during the first 3 months of the
calendar year.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether the OEP was applicable to cost
plans. The commenter further
questioned if CMS intends to revise the
current SEP to enroll in a PDP, or
provide a corresponding SEP for cost
plans with Part D to accept new
enrollees.
Response: An individual enrolled in a
cost plan may not use the OEP to make
a change. Additionally, an individual
cannot use the OEP to disenroll from an
MA plan and enroll in a cost plan. As
noted in statute, an individual is solely
able to switch from one MA plan to
another MA plan or from an MA plan
to Original Medicare. As part of that
enrollment change, the individual may
add, drop, or keep Part D coverage;
those enrolling in Original Medicare
may enroll in a stand-alone Part D plan.
If an individual makes a change from an
MA plan to Original Medicare during
the OEP, he or she can enroll in a cost
plan if the cost plan is open for
enrollment. They would not, however,
be able to enroll in Part D without
another valid enrollment period. Open
enrollment periods for cost plans are
outlined in § 417.426.
Comment: A commenter wanted to
understand whether the OEP allowed
only for changes from one contract to
another, or if it allowed for changes
within a contract (that is, from one Plan
Benefit Package (PBP) to another PBP).
Response: The OEP permits
individuals to switch to any MA plan in
which they are eligible to join (that is,
lives in service area, etc.). This includes
switches from PBP to PBP, contract to
contract under a MA organization, or
from one MA organization to another.
Comment: We received a comment
suggesting CMS exercise discretionary
authority and expand the MA OEP to all
beneficiaries.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Response: While the MA OEP, as
enacted, provides a 3-month window for
beneficiaries in an MA plan to make a
change in their enrollment if they are
dissatisfied with their choice during the
AEP, we do not have the discretionary
authority of expanding the scope to all
beneficiaries. In our view, broadening
the scope of this election period would
contradict the intent of the statute.
Comment: A few commenters
recommended CMS conduct robust
beneficiary outreach and education on
the OEP to ensure beneficiaries are
aware of the enrollment changes,
including their rights and
responsibilities, in order to mitigate
confusion and potential disruption.
Response: We appreciate the
comments. We will take the necessary
steps to ensure that beneficiaries are
made aware of the new OEP and its
timeframe. We believe that through
education efforts directed to
beneficiaries by CMS and plans (that is,
2019 Medicare & You handbook,
Medicare.gov, member materials),
beneficiaries will have sufficient
notification to make their health plan
decisions.
Comment: A couple commenters
requested CMS issue clear expectations
and guidance as soon as possible to
detail the changes afforded by the MA
OEP, including the ability to make
changes to Part D coverage, and the
effective dates for OEP elections to
adequately prepare MA organizations
for enrollees.
Response: CMS will issue guidance in
a timely manner to provide plans time
to implement. However, the discussion
and regulation changes in this final rule
should provide plans the information
and guidance necessary to proceed and
implement changes during the OEP.
Comment: Several commenters
opposed the establishment of the OEP
and requested narrowing those eligible
to use it. A commenter indicated
narrowing the eligibility requirements
would prevent ‘‘gaming’’ (that is,
allowing MA beneficiaries, already
enrolled in an MA plan for the previous
year, to use a secondary open
enrollment period). Many commenters
suggested limiting its use to only permit
individuals to return to their prior plan
or Original Medicare. They indicate
such change would allow enrollees to
‘‘correct’’ coverage decisions with
which the beneficiary may not be
satisfied and would reduce the
opportunity for agents to market
coverage that may not meet the needs of
the beneficiary. The commenters believe
that allowing beneficiaries who are
already enrolled in an MA plan for the
entire previous year to use a secondary
PO 00000
Frm 00179
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16617
open enrollment period could result in
inappropriate ‘‘gaming’’; the
commenters urged CMS to consider a
more narrow interpretation of the
eligibility and/or mechanisms to
monitor abuse of this provision.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their suggestions. We disagree with
narrowing the scope of those eligible or
limiting the MA choices in the OEP to
only the previous MA plan in which the
beneficiary was enrolled, as the
individual may have different needs
than the previous year. In our view,
Congress intended for enrollees to be
able to select any MA plan that best
meets their needs or select Original
Medicare, if they prefer that healthcare
option. Further, we believe the statute is
clear on the scope of choices permitted
to enrollees during the OEP.
Comment: A commenter opposed the
restoration of the MA OEP to all MA
enrollees. The commenter believed it
would create a new special enrollment
period for all MA–PD beneficiaries and
offer an unlimited ability to switch MA
plans or disenroll from MA, which
conflicts with the proposed changes to
limit SEP enrollments for those duallyeligible for Medicare and Medicaid. The
commenter recommended CMS
consider retaining the current MADP
and offer the OEP through March 31 of
each year solely for dually eligible
individuals in conjunction with the
proposed rule to limit Part D SEP for the
remainder of the year.
Response: Under the new statutory
provisions in section 1851(e)(2),
individuals enrolled in MA plans may
make one change during the first 3
months of the plan year to switch to
another MA plan or select Original
Medicare coverage. Individuals that use
the OEP to make a change would
generally retain that coverage for the
remainder of the coverage year unless
they qualify for another SEP. While we
appreciate the commenter’s suggestions,
the statute mandates the establishment
of the OEP and the discontinuation of
the MADP.
Comment: Another commenter
opposed the law change from the MADP
to the OEP but acknowledged the
requirements are set forth by Congress.
The commenter asked for clarification
on who is eligible for the new OEP and
how this change affects a new
enrollment in Part D if the beneficiary
returns to FFS. The commenter further
requested CMS clarify whether the OEP
is open to all MA enrollees, including
those who had an opportunity to make
changes during the previous AEP and
elected not to.
Response: The OEP is open to all MA
enrollees, even if they chose to remain
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16618
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
in their current MA plan during the
previous AEP. As noted earlier, during
the OEP, individuals who disenroll from
an MA plan and obtain coverage
through Original Medicare may also
enroll in stand-alone Part D coverage.
Comment: A few commenters stated
that the OEP could inadvertently
degrade the value of MA plans with 5Star ratings as high-quality MA
organizations are granted year-round
enrollment. A commenter asked CMS to
identify a comparable opportunity for
plans achieving 5-Star status in order to
maintain incentives for these plans.
Response: While the new MA OEP
provides individuals with an
opportunity to switch to another MA
plan, it is limited to, the first 3 months
of the year (or of the enrollment for
newly eligible beneficiaries), unlike the
year-round special enrollment period
available to enroll in a 5-Star MA plan.
As discussed in section II.B.5.c, plans
may not conduct targeted marketing to
those in the OEP. We believe that the
benefit provided to a 5-Star MA plan—
that they may market and enroll the rest
of the year—is a valuable incentive to
achieve a high quality rating. We note
that the MA OEP provides an
opportunity for individuals who may
not be satisfied with their plan choice
for the new year, regardless of the plan’s
rating, to find another MA plan that
meets their needs or to select original
Medicare. CMS continues to encourage
plans to strive for the highest quality.
Comment: We received numerous
comments related to the ability to
conduct marketing during the OEP.
Response: We appreciate and
acknowledge all comments. A
discussion related to marketing during
the OEP and responses to those specific
comments can be found in section
II.B.5.c.
We thank all the commenters for their
feedback and suggestions. We note that
there was a technical error in the
language proposed in § 423.40(e). This
new section should have been titled
‘‘PDP enrollment period to coordinate
with the MA open enrollment period.’’
We have made this correction in this
final rule.
After review and consideration of all
comments on the restoration of the OEP,
we are finalizing the revisions to
§§ 422.60(a), 422.62(a), 422.68,
423.38(d) and (e), and 423.40(d) and (e)
as proposed, with the technical
modification noted above.
2. Reducing the Burden of the
Compliance Program Training
Requirements (§§ 422.503 and 423.504)
Sections 1857(e) and 1860D–
12(b)(3)(D) of the Act specify that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
contracts with MA organizations and
Part D sponsors shall contain other
terms and conditions that the Secretary
may find necessary and appropriate. We
have previously established that all Part
C and Part D sponsoring organizations
must have the necessary administrative
and management arrangements to have
an effective compliance program, as
reflected in § 422.503(b)(4)(vi) and
§ 423.504(b)(4)(vi). Effective compliance
programs are those designed and
implemented to prevent, detect and
correct Medicare non-compliance, fraud
waste and abuse and address improper
conduct in a timely and welldocumented manner. Medicare noncompliance may include inaccurate and
untimely payment or delivery of items
or medical services, complaints from
providers and enrollees, illegal activities
and unethical behavior. While there is
no ‘‘one-size fits all’’ program for every
sponsoring organization, there are seven
core elements that must exist to have an
effective compliance program that is
tailored to the organization’s unique
operations, compliance risks, resources
and circumstances. These 7 core
elements are codified in current
regulations at §§ 422.503(b)(4)(vi)(A)
through (G) and 423.504(b)(4)(vi)(A)
through (G). One of the 7 core elements
is training and education. Current
regulations require compliance
programs for Part C and Part D
sponsoring organizations that must
include training and education between
the compliance officer and the
sponsoring organization’s employees,
senior administrators, governing body
members as well as their first-tier,
downstream and related entities (FDRs).
FDRs have long complained of the
burden of having to complete multiple
sponsoring organizations’ compliance
trainings and the amount of time it can
take away from providing care to
beneficiaries. In the May 23, 2014 final
rule (79 FR 29853 and 29855)), we
attempted to resolve this burden by
developing our own web-based
standardized compliance program
training modules and establishing, that
FDRs were required to complete the
CMS training to satisfy the compliance
training requirement. This requirement
was applicable beginning January 1,
2016. The mandatory use of the CMS
training by FDRs was designed to ensure
that FDRs will only have to complete
the compliance training once on an
annual basis. The FDRs could then
provide the certificate of completion to
all Part C and Part D sponsoring
organizations they served, hence,
eliminating the prior duplication of
effort that so many FDRs stated was
PO 00000
Frm 00180
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
creating a huge burden on their
operation.
However, after implementation of the
new CMS training, we continued to
receive hundreds of inquiries and
concerns from sponsors and FDRs
regarding their difficulties with
adopting CMS’ compliance training to
satisfy the compliance program training
requirement. While CMS’ previous
market research indicated that this
provision would mitigate the problems
raised by FDRs who held contracts with
multiple sponsors and who completed
repetitive trainings for each sponsor
with which they contract, in practice,
we learned that the problems persisted.
Many sponsoring organizations required
their own plan specific training, as part
of their contract with their FDRs, in
addition to the CMS training. Also,
sponsoring organizations were
unwilling to identify which critical
positions within the FDR were subject
to the training requirement. As a result,
FDRs were still being subjected to
multiple sponsors’ specific training
programs. Furthermore, stakeholders
have indicated that the requirement has
increased the burden for various Part C
and Part D program stakeholders,
including hospitals, suppliers, health
care providers, pharmacists and
physicians, all of which may be
considered FDRs. Since the
implementation of the mandatory CMSdeveloped training has not achieved the
efficiencies intended, we proposed to
delete the provisions from the Part C
and Part D regulations that require use
of the CMS-developed compliance
training.
In addition, we believe that the
broader requirement that sponsoring
organizations provide compliance
training to their FDRs no longer
promotes the effective and efficient
administration of the Medicare
Advantage and Prescription Drug
programs. Part C and Part D sponsoring
organizations have evolved greatly and
their compliance program operations
and systems are well established. Many
of these organizations have developed
effective training and learning models to
communicate compliance expectations
and ensure that employees and FDRs are
aware of the Medicare program
requirements. Also, the attention
focused on compliance program
effectiveness by CMS’ Part C and Part D
program audits has further encouraged
sponsors to continually improve their
compliance operations.
CMS does not generally interfere in
private contractual matters between
sponsoring organizations and their
FDRs. Pursuant to § 422.504(i)(1) and
§ 423.505(i)(1), sponsoring organizations
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
maintain ultimate responsibility for
adhering to and otherwise fully
complying with all terms and
conditions of its contract with CMS. Our
contract is with the sponsoring
organization, and sponsoring
organizations are ultimately responsible
for compliance with all applicable
statutes, regulations and sub-regulatory
guidance, regardless of who is
performing the work. Additionally,
delegated entities range in size,
structure, risks, staffing, functions, and
contractual arrangements which
necessitates the sponsoring organization
have discretion in its method of
oversight to ensure compliance with
program requirements. This may be
accomplished through routine
monitoring and implementing corrective
action, which may include training or
retraining as appropriate, when noncompliance or misconduct is identified.
We will continue to hold sponsoring
organizations accountable for the
failures of their FDRs to comply with
Medicare program requirements, even
with these proposed changes. Existing
regulations at § 422.503(b)(4)(vi) and
§ 423.504(b)(4)(vi) require that every
sponsoring organization’s contract must
specify that FDRs must comply with all
applicable federal laws, regulations and
CMS instructions. Additionally, we
audit sponsoring organizations’
compliance programs when we conduct
routine program audits, and our audit
process includes evaluations of
sponsoring organizations’ monitoring
and auditing of their FDRs as well as
FDR oversight. Our audits also evaluate
formulary administration and
processing of coverage and appeal
requests in the Part C and Part D
programs. FDRs often perform some or
all of these functions for sponsoring
organizations, so if they are noncompliant, it will come to light during
the program audit and the sponsoring
organization will ultimately be held
responsible for the FDRs’ failure to
comply with program requirements.
Given that compliance programs are
very well established and have grown
more sophisticated since their
inception, coupled with stakeholders’
desire to perform well on audit, the
CMS training requirement is not the
driver of performance improvement or
FDR compliance with key CMS
requirements. Given this accumulated
program experience and the growing
sophistication of stakeholders’
compliance operations, as well as our
continuing requirements on sponsoring
organizations for oversight and
monitoring of FDRs, we no longer
believe requiring sponsoring
organizations to impose the compliance
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
training requirements on their FDRs is
the best way to achieve compliance.
Specifically, we proposed to remove the
phrases in paragraphs (C)(1) and (C)(2)
that refer to first tier, downstream and
related entities and remove the
paragraphs specific to FDR training at
§§ 422.503(b)(4)(vi)(C)(2) and (3) and
423.504(b)(4)(vi)(C)(3) and (4). Those
proposed changes include restructuring
§ 422.503(b)(4)(vi)(C)(1) (with the
proposed revisions) into two paragraphs
(that is, paragraph (C)(1) and (C)(2)) to
separate the scope of the compliance
training from the frequency with which
the training must occur, as these are two
distinct requirements. With this
proposed revision, the organization of
§ 422.503(b)(4)(vi)(C) will mirror that of
§ 423.504(b)(4)(vi)(C). Further, we
proposed to revise the text in
§ 423.504(b)(4)(vi)(C)(2) to track the
phrasing in § 422.503(b)(4)(vi)(C)(2), as
reorganized. The technical changes were
designed to eliminate any potential
ambiguity created by different phrasing
in what we intend to be identical
requirements as to the timing
requirements for the training. We also
believe these technical changes make
the requirements easier to understand.
Compliance training will still be
required of MA and Part D sponsoring
organizations, their employees, chief
executives or senior administrators,
managers, and governing body
members. The primary goal of deleting
the compliance training requirement for
FDRs is to reduce administrative burden
on both sponsors and FDRs, but also
allow MA and Part D sponsoring
organizations the flexibility to oversee
FDR compliance with Medicare Part C
and D requirements in a way that is
tailored to its organization, operations,
resources and risks. We believe
sponsoring organizations are in the best
position to determine the most effective
way to monitor and track compliance
and fraud, waste and abuse (FWA)
responsibilities and contractual
obligations amongst their FDRs. We
requested comments concerning these
proposals and suggestions on other
options we could implement to
accomplish the desired outcome.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A few commenters stated
the current training requirements and
process meet their needs because they
had already invested resources to
develop efficient systems for ensuring
their FDRs satisfied the general
compliance requirement. They
expressed that eliminating the CMS
compliance training for FDRs will add
new administrative burden on sponsors
to ensure CMS standards are met and
PO 00000
Frm 00181
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16619
holding FDRs accountable will be more
challenging.
Response: While we recognize some
sponsors were able to utilize our
training requirements as a means to
ensure FDRs at least completed
compliance training, we believe by
deleting this requirement we are
affording sponsors much greater
flexibility in designing an FDR oversight
structure that best suits the needs of
each sponsors’ organization. Sponsoring
organizations are free to choose the most
effective and efficient method for
ensuring that all their FDRs are in
compliance with all applicable laws,
rules, and regulations, and Medicare
requirements (for example, training,
attestations, reports, routine monitoring
and auditing, and/or corrective actions).
Additionally, sponsoring organizations
should continue to evaluate their
contractual arrangements with their
FDRs to ensure appropriate levels of
accountability for compliance are in
place.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that FDRs should be held to
the same compliance program training
requirements as sponsoring
organizations.
Response: CMS does not interfere in
private contractual matters or written
arrangements between sponsoring
organizations and their FDRs. CMS’
contract is with the sponsoring
organization and sponsoring
organizations are ultimately accountable
for the performance of their FDRs
compliance with applicable statutes,
regulations and standards. Sponsoring
organizations are required to develop an
effective oversight structure for their
FDRs. As part of routine monitoring
activities, sponsoring organizations
should evaluate whether regulatory
requirements and accountability
measures are included in contractual
agreements. The burden of monitoring
and documenting an FDR’s compliance
with applicable standards ultimately
rests with the sponsoring organization.
Comment: A few commenters stated
that sponsoring organizations and FDRs
may incorrectly interpret the new
proposed rule to mean compliance
training is not required. A commenter
suggested that not requiring training
will lead to confusion, reduce provider
compliance and increase compliance
risks across the Medicare program.
Response: This change eliminates the
CMS requirement for FDRs to complete
compliance program training. However,
FDRs are still required to comply with
all statutes, regulations, and CMS
program specific requirements. CMS
recognizes that sponsoring organizations
may continue to have requirements in
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16620
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
their contracts setting out their
expectations with respect to oversight of
FDRs’ compliance with statutes,
regulations, and CMS program specific
requirements. If sponsors choose to
include a compliance program training
requirement as part of their contract
with FDRs that is a private contractual
matter between the FDR and sponsoring
organization. Such training would not
be prohibited by these rules as
amended.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS create user-friendly
compliance training content for FDRs.
Response: CMS did develop a
generalized training that was available
24/7 on the CMS Medicare Learning
Network Learning Management System.
The overwhelming feedback we
received was that the training content
did not alleviate the large administrative
burden associated with compliance
training and, that the training was too
generic to be helpful to most FDRs.
Comment: A commenter requested
clarification on whether FDRs who are
enrolled in Medicare will continue to
receive the ‘‘deemed’’ status for FWA
training. Commenters also requested
clarification on who was deemed for
purposes of the FWA training
requirement (for example, whether
deeming was limited to just the hospital
participating in Medicare FFS or
extends to their hospital’s employees)?
Response: This provision eliminates
Parts C and D compliance program and
FWA training for FDRs. Therefore,
deeming of these training requirements
is no longer relevant for the Part C and
D program.
Comment: A commenter questioned
how this provision affects PACE
organizations.
Response: This provision does not
directly apply to all PACE
organizations. However, PACE
organizations that offer qualified
prescription benefits are Part D plan
sponsors that must comply Part D
requirements and regulations in part
423 unless they are waived.
Comment: A commenter questioned
how this provision affects agents and
brokers.
Response: If FDRs, agents and brokers
would be subject to the contract
requirements sponsoring organizations
have for FDRs. As this final rule would
remove a specific CMS compliance
training requirement for FDRs, agents
and brokers would not be required to
take this specific CMS compliance
training either. Other regulations and
requirements applicable to agents and
brokers are outside of the scope of this
proposal.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Comment: Several commenters
inquired if FDR oversight requirements
and expectations will be updated in
Chapter 9 of Pub. 100–18, Medicare
Prescription Drug Manual, and Chapter
21 of Pub. 100–16 of the Medicare
Advantage Manual immediately
following the implementation of the
final rule. The commenters suggested
that feedback should be solicited from
sponsoring organizations to assist with
providing industry best practices for
communicating and monitoring FDR
compliance.
Response: We always welcome
feedback from sponsoring organizations
and FDRs with respect to improving our
sub-regulatory guidance and
communicating expectations. We
acknowledge that policy, technology
and Medicare business practices
continue to evolve. We intend to update
Chapters 9 and 21, respectively and
issue a draft to obtain public comment.
Comment: Multiple commenters
recommended that CMS continue to
maintain the CMS standardized training
modules and make them available on
the CMS Medicare Learning Network
(MLN) as an acceptable form of training
for situations where sponsoring
organizations choose to require FDRs to
complete compliance training or where
FDRs found the CMS training to be more
convenient to complete. Additionally,
commenters stated that CMS should
increase the MLN’s tracking and
reporting capabilities (that is to create a
searchable database to confirm who has
taken the training and reports that could
be issued to sponsoring organizations)
for compliance training requirements.
Response: CMS is unable, at this time,
to provide the capacity for a searchable
database of users who have completed
training or a system that would allow
reports to be sent to sponsoring
organizations regarding the training
status of various FDR organizations. We
also believe that leaving the compliance
training on the MLN website could
create confusion among sponsoring
organizations and FDRs. Therefore, this
training course may be removed from
the Medicare Learning Network website.
Comment: Sponsoring organizations,
FDRs (that is, hospitals, physicians,
pharmacies and health care providers)
and other stakeholders wrote in support
of the provision, agreeing that it would
significantly reduce burden on FDRs.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their support.
After careful consideration of all the
comments received, we are finalizing
this proposal without modification.
PO 00000
Frm 00182
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3. Medicare Advantage Plan Minimum
Enrollment Waiver (§ 422.514(b))
Under section 1857(b) of the Act,
CMS may not enter into a contract with
an MA organization unless the
organization complies with the
minimum enrollment requirement.
Under the basic rule at § 422.514(a), to
provide health care benefits under the
MA program, MA organizations must
demonstrate that they have the
capability to enroll at least 5,000
individuals, and provider sponsored
organizations (PSOs) must demonstrate
that they have the capability to enroll at
least 1,500 individuals. If an MA
organization intends to offer health care
benefits outside urbanized areas as
defined in § 422.62(f), then the
minimum enrollment level is reduced to
1,500 for MA organizations and to 500
for PSOs. The statute permits CMS to
waive this requirement in the first 3
years of the contract for an MA contract
applicant. We previously codified this
authority at § 422.514(b) and limited it
to circumstances where the MA contract
applicant is capable of administering
and managing an MA contract and is
able to manage the level of risk required
under the contract. 63 FR 35099, June
26, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 40328,
June 29, 2000. We proposed to revise
§ 422.514 regarding the minimum
enrollment requirements to improve
program efficiencies.
Currently, MA organizations,
including PSOs, with an approved
minimum enrollment waiver for their
first contract year have the option to
resubmit the waiver request for CMS in
the second and third year of the
contract. In conjunction with the waiver
request, the MA organization must
continue to demonstrate the
organization’s ability to operate and
demonstrate that it has and uses an
effective marketing and enrollment
system, despite continued failure to
meet the minimum enrollment
requirement. In addition, the current
regulation limits our authority to grant
the waiver in the third year to situations
where the MA organization has at least
attained a projected number of enrollees
in the second year. Since 2012, we have
not received any request for waiver to
the minimum enrollment requirement
during the second and third year of the
contract. Rather, we only received
minimum enrollment waiver requests
through the initial application process.
We believe the current requirement to
resubmit the waiver in the second and
third year of the contract is unnecessary.
The statute does not require a
reevaluation of the minimum
enrollment standard each year and
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
plainly authorizes a waiver ‘‘during the
first 3 contract years with respect to an
organization.’’ The current minimum
enrollment waiver review in the initial
MA contract application provides CMS
the confidence to determine whether an
MA organization may operate for the
first 3 years of the contract without
meeting the minimum enrollment
requirement. CMS currently monitors
low enrollment at the plan benefit
package (PBP) level. We note that a
similar provision in current
§ 422.506(b)(1)(iv) permits CMS to
terminate an MA contract (or terminate
a specific plan benefit package) if the
MA plan fails to maintain a sufficient
number of enrollees to establish that it
is a viable independent plan option for
existing or new enrollees. In addition,
compliance with § 422.514 is required
under § 422.503(a)(13). If an
organization’s PBP does not achieve and
maintain enrollment levels in
accordance with the applicable low and
minimum enrollment policies in
existing regulations, CMS may move to
terminate the PBP absent an approved
waiver from CMS during the first 3
years of the contract pursuant to
§ 422.510(a).
We proposed to only review and
approve waivers through the MA
application process as opposed to the
current practice of reviewing annual
requests and, potentially, requests from
existing MA organizations that fail to
maintain enrollment in the second or
third year of operation.
We proposed to revise the text in
§ 422.514(b) to provide that the waiver
of the minimum enrollment requirement
may be in effect for the first 3 years of
the contract. Further, we proposed to
delete all references to ‘‘MA
organizations’’ in paragraph (b) to reflect
our proposal that we will only review
and approve waiver requests during the
contract application process.
We also proposed to delete current
paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) in their
entirety to remove the requirement for
MA organizations to submit an
additional minimum enrollment waiver
annually for the second and third years
of the contract. Finally, the proposed
text also included technical changes to
redesignate paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through
(iii) as (b)(1) through (3), consistent with
regulation style requirements of the
Office of the Federal Register.
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: We received several
comments, primarily from plans,
expressing support for the proposal to
remove the requirement for MA
organizations to resubmit the minimum
enrollment waiver requests during the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
second and third year of a contract.
These commenters also support the
proposal to approve the minimum
enrollment waiver for 3 years in year 1
of the contract as part of the initial
application process. Several
commenters noted that the requirement
to resubmit the waiver in the second
and third year of the contract created
unnecessary burden on organizations,
with a commenter noting that
organizations already demonstrate their
capacity to bear risk during the waiver
submission for the first year in the
application process. A commenter
expressed support for this proposal
because an approved 3-year minimum
enrollment waiver encourages entry into
the MA–PD market from smaller
organizations that require more time to
ramp up their operations.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ support for the proposal
and agree that removing the
resubmission of the minimum
enrollment waiver in the second and
third year of the contract eliminates an
unnecessary burden for organizations.
We also agree that approving the
minimum enrollment waiver for
organizations for a 3-year period
supports market entry for smaller
organizations.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern that the proposal to remove the
requirement to resubmit the minimum
enrollment waiver in the second and
third years of the contract would
discourage MA organizations from
engaging in market strategies to increase
their enrollment.
Response: We disagree that removing
our requirement to re-submit the
minimum enrollment waiver in the
second and third year of the contract
would discourage organizations from
increasing their market share in the
MA–PD program. As stated in our
proposal, CMS monitors low enrollment
at the plan benefit package (PBP) level.
After the third contract year, the
provision at § 422.506(b)(1)(iv) allows
CMS to terminate an MA contract (or
terminate a specific plan benefit
package) if the MA plan fails to
maintain a sufficient number of
enrollees to establish that it is a viable
independent plan option for existing or
new enrollees. We believe that our
ability to terminate the contract or plan
for low enrollment after the third year
provides sufficient incentive for new
organizations to market and grow their
enrollment during years 2 and 3 of the
contract.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern that low contract enrollment
can impact an organization’s financial
capability and that financial problems
PO 00000
Frm 00183
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16621
could result in disruption of services to
their enrollees. The commenter
recommended that CMS retain the
existing policy to review waiver
requests on an annual basis to protect
beneficiaries from disruptions in their
care.
Response: We disagree that the review
of waiver requests on an basis is
necessary to monitor the financial
stability of organizations or compliance
with other MA requirements (such as
benefit administration). CMS requires
that organizations meet all applicable
state licensure and fiscal soundness
requirements or compliance with other
MA requirements (such as benefit
administration). According to
§§ 422.504(a)(14) and 422.516(a)(5),
CMS monitors an organization’s
compliance with fiscal soundness
requirements, primarily through
independently audited annual financial
statements and other required
documentation for the legal entity. All
organizations must submit audited
annual financial statements and some
organizations may also be required or
notified by CMS to submit quarterly
financial statements in certain
situations. CMS believes that these
requirements provide adequate
assurance that organizations contracting
with CMS are financially viable while
protecting Medicare beneficiaries from
disrupted access to care.
After considering these comments, we
are finalizing the revisions to § 422.514
as proposed.
4. Revisions to Timing and Method of
Disclosure Requirements (§§ 417.427,
422.111 and 423.128)
As provided in sections 1852(c)(1)
and 1860D–4(a)(1)(A) of the Act,
Medicare Advantage (MA) organizations
and Part D sponsors must disclose
detailed information about the plans
they offer to their enrollees ‘‘at the time
of enrollment and at least annually
thereafter.’’ The Act specifies this
detailed information in section
1852(c)(1), and also requires additional
information specific to the Part D
benefit under section 1860D–4(a)(1)(B).
Under § 422.111(a)(3), CMS requires MA
plans to disclose this information to
each enrollee ‘‘at the time of enrollment
and at least annually thereafter, 15 days
before the annual election period.’’ A
similar rule for Part D sponsors is found
at § 423.128(a)(3). Additionally,
§ 417.427 directs 1876 cost plans to
follow the disclosure requirements in
§ 422.111 and § 423.128. In making the
changes proposed here, we will also
affect 1876 cost plans, though it is not
necessary to change the regulatory text
at § 417.427.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16622
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Sections 422.111(b) and 423.128(b) of
the Part C and Part D program
regulations, respectively, describe the
information plans must disclose. The
content listed in § 422.111(b) is found in
an MA plan’s Evidence of Coverage
(EOC) and provider directory. The
content listed in § 422.111(b) is found in
an MA plan’s Evidence of Coverage
(EOC), summary of benefits, and
provider directory. The content listed in
§ 423.128(b) is found in a Part D
Sponsor’s EOC, summary of benefits,
formulary, and pharmacy directory.
Section 422.111(h)(2)(i) requires that
plans must maintain an internet website
that contains the information listed in
§ 422.111(b) and also states that posting
the EOC, Summary of Benefits, and
provider network information on the
plan’s website ‘‘does not relieve the MA
organization of its responsibility under
§ 422.111(a) to provide hard copies to
enrollees.’’
We initially proposed, and will
finalize, two changes to the disclosure
requirements, but will also finalize a
third change in response to comments
received. First, we proposed to revise
§§ 422.111(a)(3) and 423.128(a)(3) to
require MA organizations and Part D
sponsors to provide the information in
paragraph (b) of the respective
regulations by the first day of the annual
enrollment period, rather than 15 days
before. Second, we proposed to add the
phrase ‘‘in the manner specified by
CMS’’ to § 422.111(a) and to modify the
sentence in § 422.111(h)(2)(ii) which
states that posting documents on the
plan’s website does not relieve the plan
of responsibility to provide hard copies
to enrollees in order to provide
authority for CMS to permit MA plans
to provide these documents by directing
enrollees to the website posting of the
documents. We proposed to revise the
sentence to add ‘‘upon request’’ to the
existing regulatory language to make it
clear when any document that is
required to be delivered under
paragraph (a) in a manner that includes
provision of a hard copy upon request,
posting the document on the website
(whether that document is the EOC,
directory information or other materials)
does not relieve the MA organization of
the responsibility to deliver hard copies
upon request. Finally, in response to a
comment we received with which we
agreed, we intend to further revise
§ 422.111(h)(2)(ii) and to add new
§ 422.111(h)(2)(iii) to make explicit that
the Summary of Benefits be provided in
hard copy when directed to do so by
CMS. We intend the final rule to
authorize CMS to direct the manner in
which plans provide the documents and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
information subject to paragraph (a) to
enrollees; as discussed in the proposed
rule, we intend to use that authority to
provide MAOs the flexibility to deliver
certain required documents—such as
the EOC and provider directory but not
the Summary of Benefits—through
electronic delivery or posting on the
website in conjunction with delivery of
a hard copy notice (describing how the
information and materials are available)
and provision of a hard copy upon
request. We believe this final rule will
allow plans to take advantage of
technological developments and reduce
the amount of mail enrollees receive
from plans.
Prior to the 2009 contract year,
§§ 422.111(a) and 423.128(a) required
the provision of the materials in their
respective paragraphs (b) at the time of
enrollment and at least annually
thereafter, but did not specify a
deadline. In the September 18, 2008,
final rule, CMS required MA
organizations to send this material to
current enrollees 15 days before the
annual election period (AEP) (73 FR
54216). The rationale for this
requirement was to provide
beneficiaries with comprehensive
information prior to the AEP so that
they could make informed enrollment
decisions.
However, we have found through
consumer testing that the large size of
these mailings overwhelmed enrollees.
In particular, the EOC is a long
document that enrollees found difficult
to navigate. Enrollees were more likely
to review the Annual Notice of Change
(ANOC), a shorter document
summarizing any changes to plan
benefits beginning on January 1 of the
upcoming year, if it was separate from
the EOC. Current sections 422.111(d)
and 423.128(g)(2) require MA
organizations and Part D sponsors to
provide the ANOC to all enrollees at
least 15 days before the AEP.
The ANOC is intended to convey all
of the information essential to an
enrollee’s decision to remain enrolled in
the same plan for the following year or
choose another plan during the AEP.
CMS’s research and experience have
indicated that the ANOC is particularly
useful to and used by enrollees.
Therefore, we did not propose to change
the §§ 422.111(d) and 423.128(g)
requirements that the ANOC be received
15 days prior to AEP.
Unlike the ANOC, the EOC is a
document akin to a contract that
provides enrollees with exhaustive
information about their medical
coverage and rights and responsibilities
as members of a plan. The provider
directory, pharmacy directory, and
PO 00000
Frm 00184
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
formulary also contain information
necessary to access care and benefits. As
such, CMS requires MA organizations
and Part D sponsors to make these
documents available at the start of the
AEP, so CMS proposed to amend
§§ 422.111(a)(3) and 423.128(a)(3) to
remove the current deadline and insert
‘‘by the first day of the annual election
period.’’ To the extent that enrollees
find the EOC, provider directory,
pharmacy directory, and formulary
useful in making informed enrollment
decisions, CMS believes that receipt of
these documents by the first day of the
AEP is sufficient. Any changes in the
plan rules reflected in these documents
for the next year must be adequately
described in the ANOC (per
§ 422.111(d)), which is provided at least
15 days before the AEP.
This change will also provide an
additional 2 weeks for MA organizations
and Part D plan sponsors to prepare,
review, and ensure the accuracy of the
EOC, provider directory, pharmacy
directory, and formulary documents.
CMS considers the additional time for
the EOC important due to the high
number of errors that plans self-identify
in the document through errata sheets
they submit to CMS and mail to
beneficiaries. In late-2016 and early2017 for the 2017 plan year, MA and
Part D plans overall submitted 166
ANOC/EOC errata, which identified 221
ANOC errors and 553 EOC errors in the
2017 plan materials. Additional time to
produce the EOC will give plans more
time to conduct quality assurance and
improve accuracy and result in fewer
errata sheets in the future.
In addition to the proposed changes
in §§ 422.111(a)(3) and 423.128(a)(3), we
also proposed that we would use the
authority to direct the manner of
delivery under paragraph (a) to give
plans more flexibility to provide certain
materials specified in § 422.111(b)
electronically. The language in
§ 422.111(h)(2)(ii) requiring hard copies
of the specified documents first
appeared in the January 28, 2005, final
rule (70 FR 4587) in § 422.111(f)(2). At
that time, MA plans were not required
to maintain a website, but if they chose
to they were required to include the
EOC, Summary of Benefits, and
provider network information on the
website. However, plans were
prohibited from posting these
documents online as a substitute for
providing hard copies to enrollees. A
subsequent final rule, published April
15, 2011, established that MA plans are
required to maintain an internet website
at § 422.111(h)(2) and moved the
requirement that posting documents on
the plan website did not substitute for
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
hard copies from § 422.111(f)(12) to
§ 422.111(h)(2)(ii) (76 FR 21502).
There is no parallel to
§ 422.111(h)(2)(ii) in § 423.128. Instead,
§ 423.128(a) states that Part D sponsors
must disclose the information in
paragraph (b) in the manner specified by
CMS. Section 423.128(d)(2)(i) requires
Part D sponsors to maintain an internet
website that includes information listed
in § 423.128(b). CMS sub-regulatory
guidance has instructed plans to
provide the EOC in hard copy, but we
believe that the proposed regulatory text
for § 422.111(a) will permit delivery by
notifying enrollees of the internet
posting of the documents, subject to the
right to request hard copies.71 As
explained in the proposed rule
regarding the changes to § 422.111, we
intend to use the authority provided by
this rule to give plans the flexibility to
provide certain documents such as the
EOC and the provider network
information in an electronic manner and
format. We intend to change the
relevant sub-regulatory guidance to
coincide with this as well.
In the preamble to the 2005 final rule,
we noted that the prohibition on
substituting electronic posting on the
MA plan’s internet site for delivery of
hardcopy documents was in response to
comments recommending this change
(70 FR 4623). At the time, we did not
believe enough Medicare beneficiaries
used the internet to permit posting the
documents online in place of mailing
them.
In the 12 years since the rule was
finalized, research indicates that
internet use has increased significantly
among Medicare beneficiaries. Drawing
on nationally representative surveys, the
Pew Research Center found that 67
percent of American adults age 65 and
older use the internet. Half of seniors
have broadband available at home.
Internet use increases even more among
seniors age 65–69, of which 82 percent
use the internet and 66 percent have
broadband at home.72 Electronic
documents include advantages such as
word search tools, the ability to magnify
text, screen reader capabilities, and
bookmarks or embedded links, all of
which make documents easier to
navigate. Given that the younger range
of Medicare beneficiaries have a higher
rate of internet access, we believe the
71 Medicare Marketing Guidelines, section 60.6,
issued July 20, 2017, https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Health-Plans/ManagedCareMarketing/
Downloads/CY-2018-Medicare-MarketingGuidelines_Final072017.pdf.
72 Pew Research Center, May 2017, ‘‘Tech
Adoption Climbs Among Older Adults’’, https://
www.pewinternet.org/2017/05/17/tech-adoptionclimbs-among-older-adults/.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
number of beneficiaries who ‘‘use the
internet’’ will only continue to grow
with time. Posted electronic documents
can also be accessed from anywhere the
internet is available.
As mentioned previously, the EOC
sometimes contains errors. To correct
these, MA and Part D plans currently
have to mail errata sheets and post an
updated version online. The hardcopy
version of the EOC is then out-of-date.
Beneficiaries either have to refer to
errata sheets in addition to the hardcopy
EOC or go online to access a corrected
EOC. Increasing beneficiary use of the
electronic, online EOC ensures that
beneficiaries are using the most accurate
information. Under this proposal to
permit flexibility for us to approve nonhard-copy delivery in some cases, we
intend to continue requiring hardcopy
mailings of any ANOC or EOC errata.
Plans have also continued to request
CMS give plans the flexibility to provide
the EOC electronically. They have
frequently cited the expense of printing
and mailing large documents. Medicaid
managed care plans already have the
flexibility to provide directories,
formularies, and member handbooks
(similar to the EOC) electronically, per
§§ 438.10(h)(1), 438.10(h)(4)(i), and
438.10(g)(3) respectively.
To begin addressing this, in the
Medicare Marketing Guidelines released
July 2, 2015, CMS notified plans that
they could mail either a hardcopy
provider and/or pharmacy directory or a
hardcopy notice to enrollees instructing
them where to find the directories
online and how to request a hard copy.
That guidance has been moved to
Chapter 4, section 110.2.3, of the
Medicare Managed Care Manual. If
plans choose to mail a notice with the
location of the online directory rather
than a hard copy, the notice must
include: A direct link to the online
directory, the customer service number
to call and request a hard copy, and if
available the email address to request a
hard copy. The notice must be distinct,
separate, and mailed with the ANOC/
EOC.73 Section 60.4 of the Medicare
Marketing Guidelines released July 20,
2017, extends the same flexibility to
formularies, with the same required
content in the notice identifying the
location of the online formulary. As
CMS has received few complaints from
any source about this new process, we
believe allowing plans the option to use
a similar strategy for additional
materials is appropriate. In addition, we
73 Medicare Managed Care Manual Chapter 4—
Benefits and Beneficiary Protections, Rev. 121,
issued April 22, 2016, https://www.cms.gov/
Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/
downloads/mc86c04.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00185
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16623
believe that it is appropriate to codify
the authority to permit this flexibility in
the applicable regulation.
We intend to issue sub-regulatory
guidance to identify permissible
manners of disclosure under this final
rule; we expect such guidance will be
similar to the current guidance for the
provider directory, pharmacy directory,
and formulary regarding dissemination
of the EOC. Importantly, neither the
proposal nor this final rule eliminate the
requirement for plans to provide
accessible formats of required
documents. As recipients of federal
funding, plans are obligated to provide
materials in accessible formats upon
request, at no cost to the individual, to
individuals with disabilities, under
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 and Section 1557, and to take
reasonable steps to provide meaningful
access, including translation services, to
individuals who have limited English
proficiency under Title VI of the Civil
Rights Act of 1964 and Section 1557.
To create the flexibility for delivery of
required materials, CMS proposed to
modify § 422.111(h)(2)(ii) and to revise
§ 422.111(a). The proposed changes will
align §§ 422.111(a) and 423.128(a) to
authorize CMS to provide flexibility to
MA plans and Part D sponsors to use
technology to provide beneficiaries with
information. As the current version of
§ 422.111(a) and (h)(2) require hard
copies, we believe this proposal will
ultimately result in reducing burden
and providing more flexibility for
sponsoring organizations.
We received the following comments
on our proposals regarding the time and
manner of delivery of required materials
to MA and Part D plan enrollees, and
our response follows:
Comment: Many commenters
indicated unequivocal support for the
provision as proposed.
Response: We appreciate the support
of the proposed change.
Comment: Many commenters
indicated that they did not support the
proposal to allow plans to deliver
certain required documents
electronically and only provide hard
copy versions of those required
documents upon request. These
commenters expressed concern that
there are still many beneficiaries who
do not have easy access to electronic
documents, especially those in rural
areas and those who are of advanced
age.
Response: We appreciate the concern
that these commenters have about
Medicare beneficiaries’ ability to access
electronic documents. We believe that
the hard copy notification of the ability
to request a hard copy as well as the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16624
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
electronic status and availability of the
documents should mitigate this as
enrollees who want or need hard copies
will be able to call the plan to request
them. Additionally, we know from our
experience administering the program
that many of these beneficiaries rely on
family members and friends to review
important documents for them, and that
these family members and friends will
be more likely to have access to
electronic versions of the required
documents. As an additional measure,
we intend to suggest in our
subregulatory guidance regarding use of
electronic delivery, that when a
beneficiary requests hard copy delivery
of a required document in place of
electronic delivery, the plan may wish
to continue to provide hard copies to
that beneficiary on an ongoing basis, so
that the beneficiary does not have to
request hard copy format again. Finally,
as we indicated earlier, the number of
beneficiaries who have access to
electronic mediums such as broadband
internet access is growing every year.
We believe we have placed sufficient
protections in place and have addressed
the growing desire for electronic
versions of required documents.
Comment: A commenter requested
that we exclude the Summary of
Benefits from electronic delivery citing
the importance of hard copy for this
document in the beneficiary’s process of
choosing to remain in a current plan or
choose a new plan.
Response: We agree with this
comment and are finalizing additional
revisions to § 422.111(h)(2)(ii) and new
text in § 422.111(h)(2)(iii). The new
paragraph (h)(2)(iii) provides that
posting the Summary of Benefits does
not relieve the obligation to provide
hard copies of the document to
enrollees when CMS determines that it
is in the best interest of the beneficiary.
CMS considers the Summary of
Benefits, unlike the EOC, to be a
marketing material because its primary
purpose is to influence a prospective
enrollee’s decision to enroll in a plan.
For example, agents use the Summary of
Benefits as a tool to help sell plans to
prospective enrollees. It indicates key
benefits in a standardized arrangement,
providing the beneficiary with a
safeguard to confirm what the agent has
presented. On the other hand, the EOC
is a document delivered after a
beneficiary has made an enrollment
decision and is, in essence, a contract
between a current enrollee and the plan,
articulating rights and responsibilities,
as well as detailed guidance on how to
interact with the plan. CMS believes
that enrollees should not have to take an
extra step to find the Summary of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Benefits when enrolling in a plan.
Because plans provide the Summary of
Benefits with an enrollment mechanism,
to avoid an extra step, the Summary of
Benefits must be available in the same
format as the enrollment mechanism. To
that end, when plans provide a paper
application to a prospective enrollee,
CMS instructs the plan to also provide
a paper Summary of Benefits along with
the paper application.
Comment: Many commenters
indicated support for the proposed
changes, but also requested additional
considerations that mainly fell into two
areas: (1) A request to allow plans the
option to include the hard copy
notification about electronic posting of
the EOC and provider directories along
with the ANOC; and (2) a request to
allow plans the option to include other
information with the ANOC, especially
additional benefit information (for
example, supplemental benefits) as,
while CMS requires plans to provide
this information, CMS currently
prohibits plans from providing this
information with the ANOC.
Response: We also agree with both
suggestions regarding the ANOC. We are
revisiting our prior guidance (section
60.6 in the 2018 Medicare Marketing
Guidelines document) prohibiting plans
from providing other materials along
with the ANOC as we make the changes
to align our subregulatory guidance with
this final rule.
As discussed earlier, we are finalizing
as proposed revisions to § 422.111(a)(3)
and § 423.128(a)(3) to require delivery
by the beginning of the Annual
Coordinated Election Period of the
Evidence of Coverage and other
materials and information described in
paragraph (b) of each regulation. In
addition, we are finalizing revisions to
the regulation text as follows:
—In § 422.111(a), the proposed revision
to add ‘‘in the manner specified by
CMS’’ at the end of the introductory
sentence;
—in § 422.111(h)(2)(ii), the proposed
revision to specify that posting of the
EOC and provider directory—but not
the summary of benefits—on the
plan’s website does not relieve the
plan of the obligation to provide hard
copies of those materials upon request
under paragraph (a) when requested
by the beneficiary;
—in § 422.111(h)(2)(iii), new text to
move the requirement to post the
Summary of Benefits on the plan’s
website from paragraph (h)(2)(ii) to
this new paragraph and a provision
clarifying that posting does not relieve
the plan of the obligation to deliver
hard copies of the Summary of
PO 00000
Frm 00186
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Benefits when CMS determines that it
is in the best interest of beneficiaries.
These revisions authorize CMS to
specify the manner of delivery of
materials described in paragraph (b) of
both §§ 422.111 and 423.128, and to
clarify that posting of certain
information or materials on the MA
organization’s website does not relieve
the organization of the obligation to
provide information in hard copy when
beneficiaries request hard copy.
5. Revisions to Parts 422 and 423,
Subpart V, Communication/Marketing
Materials and Activities
Section 1851(h) of the Act prohibits
Medicare Advantage (MA) organizations
from distributing marketing materials
and application forms to (or for the use
of) MA eligible individuals unless the
document has been submitted to the
Secretary at least 45 days (10 days for
certain materials) prior to use and the
document has not been disapproved.
Further, in section 1851(j), the Secretary
is authorized to adopt standards
regarding marketing activities, and the
statute identifies certain prohibited
activities. While the Act requires the
submission and review of the marketing
materials and applications, it does not
provide a definition of what materials
fall under the umbrella term
‘‘marketing.’’ Sections 1806D–
1(d)(3)(B)(iv) and 1860D–4(l) of the Act
provide similar restrictions on use of
marketing and enrollment materials and
activities to promote enrollment in Part
D plans.
Section 1876(c)(3)(C) of the Act states
that no brochures, application forms, or
other promotional or informational
material may be distributed by cost plan
to (or for the use of) individuals eligible
to enroll with the organization under
this section unless (i) at least 45 days
before its distribution, the organization
has submitted the material to the
Secretary for review, and (ii) the
Secretary has not disapproved the
distribution of the material. As
delegated this authority by the
Secretary, CMS reviews all such
material submitted and disapproves
such material upon determination that
the material is materially inaccurate or
misleading or otherwise makes a
material misrepresentation. Similar to
1851(h) of the Act, section 1876(c)(3)(C)
of the Act focuses more on the review
and approval of materials as opposed to
providing an exhaustive list of materials
that will qualify as marketing or
promotional information and materials.
As part of the implementation of section
1876(c)(3)(C) of the Act, the regulation
governing cost plans at § 417.428(a)
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
refers to Subpart V of part 422 for
marketing prohibitions and
requirements. Throughout this proposal,
the changes discussed for MA
organizations/MA plans and
prescription drug plan (PDP) sponsors/
Part D plans apply as well to cost plans
subject to the same requirements as a
result of this cross-reference.
Section 422.2260(1)–(4) of the Part C
program regulations currently identifies
marketing materials as any materials
that: (1) Promote the MA organization,
or any MA plan offered by the MA
organization; (2) inform Medicare
beneficiaries that they may enroll, or
remain enrolled in, an MA plan offered
by the MA organization; (3) explain the
benefits of enrollment in an MA plan, or
rules that apply to enrollees; and (4)
explain how Medicare services are
covered under an MA plan, including
conditions that apply to such coverage.
Section 423.2260(1)–(4) applies
identical regulatory provisions to the
Part D program.
Sections 422.2260(5) and 423.2260(5)
provide specific examples of materials
under the ‘‘marketing materials’’
definition, which include: General
audience materials such as general
circulation brochures, newspapers,
magazines, television, radio, billboards,
yellow pages, or the internet; marketing
representative materials such as scripts
or outlines for telemarketing or other
presentations; presentation materials
such as slides and charts; promotional
materials such as brochures or leaflets,
including materials for circulation by
third parties (for example, physicians or
other providers); membership
communication materials such as
membership rules, subscriber
agreements, member handbooks and
wallet card instructions to enrollees;
letters to members about contractual
changes; changes in providers,
premiums, benefits, plan procedures
etc.; and membership activities (for
example, materials on rules involving
non-payment of premiums,
confirmation of enrollment or
disenrollment, or no claim specific
notification information).
Finally, §§ 422.2260(6) and
423.2260(6) provide a list of materials
that are not considered marketing
materials, including materials that are
targeted to current enrollees; are
customized or limited to a subset of
enrollees or apply to a specific situation;
do not include information about the
plan’s benefit structure; and apply to a
specific situation or cover claims
processing or other operational issues.
We proposed several changes to
Subpart V of the part 422 and 423
regulations. To better outline these
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
proposed changes, they are addressed in
four areas of focus: (a) Including
‘‘communication requirements’’ in the
scope of Subpart V or parts 422 and 423,
which will include new definitions for
‘‘communications’’ and
‘‘communication materials’’ in
§§ 422.2260 and 423.2260; (b) amending
§§ 422.2260 and 423.2260 to add a
definition of ‘‘marketing’’ in place of the
current definition of ‘‘marketing
materials’’ and to provide lists
identifying marketing materials and
non-marketing materials; (c) adding new
regulation text to prohibit marketing
during the Open Enrollment Period
proposed in section II.B.1 of this
proposed rule; (d) technical changes to
other regulatory provisions as a result of
the changes to Subpart V. To the extent
necessary, CMS relies on its authority to
add regulatory and contract
requirements to the cost plan, MA, and
Part D programs to propose and
(ultimately) adopt these changes. In
addition, section 1876(c)(3)(C)
authorizes CMS to adopt conditions and
procedures under which a cost plan
informs potential enrollees about the
cost plan, which would clearly cover
the scope of regulations proposed in this
section that will be applicable to cost
plans. We note as well that sections
1851(h) and (j) of the Act (crossreferenced in sections 1860D–1 and
1860D–4(l)) of the Act address activities
and direct that the Secretary adopt
standards limiting marketing activities,
which CMS interprets as permitting
regulation of communications about the
plan that do not rise to the level of
activities and materials that specifically
promote enrollment.
a. Revising the Scope of Subpart V To
Include Communications and
Communications Materials
The current version of Subpart V of
parts 422 and 423 focuses on marketing
materials, as opposed to other materials
currently referred to as ‘‘non-marketing’’
in the sub-regulatory Medicare
Marketing Guidelines. This leaves a
regulatory void for the requirements that
pertain to those materials that are not
considered marketing. Historically, the
impact of not having regulatory
guidance for materials other than
marketing has been muted because the
current regulatory definition of
marketing is so broad, resulting in most
materials falling under the definition.
The overall effect of this combination—
no definition of materials other than
marketing and a broad marketing
definition—is that marketing and
communications with enrollees became
synonymous.
PO 00000
Frm 00187
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16625
With this CMS proposal to narrow the
marketing definition, we believe there is
a need to continue to apply the current
standards to and develop guidance for
those materials that fall outside of the
proposed definition. We proposed
changing the title of each Subpart V by
replacing the term ‘‘Marketing’’ with
‘‘Communication.’’ We proposed to
define in §§ 422.2260 and 423.2260 the
terms ‘‘communications’’ (activities and
use of materials to provide information
to current and prospective enrollees)
and ‘‘communications materials’’
(materials that include all information
provided to current members and
prospective enrollees). We proposed
that marketing materials (discussed later
in this section) will be a subset of
communications materials. In many
ways, the proposed definition of
communications materials is similar to
the current definition of marketing
materials; the proposed definition has a
broad scope and will include both
mandatory disclosures that are
primarily informative and materials that
are primarily geared to encourage
enrollment.
In addition to these proposals related
to defined terms and revising the scope
of Subparts V in parts 422 and 423, we
proposed changes to the current
regulations at §§ 422.2264 and 423.2264
and §§ 422.2268 and 423.2268 that are
related to our proposal to distinguish
between marketing and
communications.
CMS proposed, through revisions to
§§ 422.2268 and 423.2268, to apply
some of the current standards and
prohibitions related to marketing to all
communications and to apply others
only to marketing. Marketing and
marketing materials will be subject to
the more stringent requirements,
including the need for submission to
and review by CMS. Under this
proposal, we stated in the proposed
rule, those materials that are not
considered marketing, per the proposed
definition of marketing, will fall under
the less stringent communication
requirements.
With regard to §§ 422.2264 and
423.2264, we specifically proposed the
following changes:
• Deletion of paragraph (a)(3), which
currently provides for an adequate
written explanation of the grievance and
appeals process to be provided as part
of marketing materials. In our view
grievance and appeals communications
will not be within the scope of
marketing as proposed in this rule.
• Deletion of paragraph (a)(4), which
provides for CMS to determine that
marketing materials include any other
information necessary to enable
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16626
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
beneficiaries to make an informed
decision about enrollment. The intent of
this section was to ensure that materials
which include measuring or ranking
mechanisms such as Star Ratings were
a part of CMS’s marketing review. We
proposed deleting this section as the
exclusion list to be codified at
§ 422.2260(c)(2)(ii) ensures materials
that include measuring or ranking
standards will be considered marketing,
thus making §§ 422.2264(a)(4) and
§ 423.2264(a)(4) duplicative.
• Deletion of paragraph (e), which
requires sponsoring organizations to
provide translated materials in certain
areas where there is a significant nonEnglish speaking population. We
proposed to recodify these requirement
as a general communication standard in
§§ 422.2268 and 423.2268, at new
paragraph (a)(7). As part of the
redesignation of this requirement as a
standard applicable to all
communications and communication
materials, we also proposed revisions.
First, we proposed to revise the text so
that it is stated as a prohibition on
sponsoring organizations: Sponsoring
organizations may not, for markets with
a significant non-English speaking
population, provide materials, as
defined by CMS, unless in the language
of these individuals. We proposed
adding the statement of ‘‘as defined by
CMS’’ to allow the agency the ability to
define the significant materials that will
require translation. We proposed
deleting the word ‘‘marketing’’ so the
second sentence now reads as
‘‘materials,’’ to make it clear that the
updated section applies to the broader
term of communications rather than the
more narrow term of marketing.
In addition, we proposed to revise
§§ 422.2262(d) and 423.2262(d) to delete
the term ‘‘ad hoc’’ from the heading and
regulation text in favor of referring to
‘‘communication materials’’ to conform
to the addition of communication
materials under Subpart V.
Current regulations at §§ 422.2268
and 423.2268 list prohibited marketing
activities. These activities include items
such as providing meals to potential
enrollees, soliciting door to door, and
marketing in provider settings. With the
proposal to distinguish between overall
communications and marketing
activities, we proposed to break out the
prohibitions into categories: Those
applicable to all communications
(activities and materials) and those that
are specific to marketing and marketing
materials. In reviewing the various
standards under the current regulations
to determine if they will apply to
communications or marketing, we
looked at the each standard as it applied
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
to the new definitions under Subpart V.
Prohibitions that offer broader
beneficiary protections and are
currently applicable to a wide variety of
materials are proposed here to apply to
communications activities and
communication materials; this list of
prohibitions is proposed as paragraph
(a). Conversely, prohibitions that are
currently targeted to activities and
materials that are within the narrower
scope of marketing and marketing
materials are proposed at paragraph (b)
as prohibitions on marketing. We did
not propose to expand the list of
prohibitions, but proposed to notate
which prohibitions are applicable to
which category. The only substantive
change proposed is in connection with
paragraph (a)(7), which we discuss
earlier in this section. We solicited
comment on our proposed distinctions
between these types of prohibitions and
whether certain standards or
prohibitions from current §§ 422.2268
and 423.2268 should apply more
narrowly or broadly than we have
proposed.
b. Amending the Regulatory Definition
of Marketing and Marketing Materials
In conjunction with adding new
proposed communication requirements,
we also proposed a definition of
‘‘marketing’’ to be codified in
§§ 422.2260 and 423.2260. We proposed
to delete the current text in that section
defining only ‘‘marketing materials’’ to
add a new definition of ‘‘marketing’’
and lists of materials that are
‘‘marketing materials’’ and that are not.
Specifically, the term ‘‘marketing’’ was
proposed as the use of materials or
activities by the sponsoring organization
(that is, the MA organization, Part D
Sponsor, or cost plan, depending on the
specific part) or downstream entities
that are intended to draw a beneficiary’s
attention to the plan or plans and
influence a beneficiary’s decision
making process when making a plan
selection; this last criterion would also
be met when the intent is to influence
an enrollee’s decision to remain in a
plan (that is, retention-based marketing).
The current regulations address both
prohibited marketing activities and
marketing materials. The prohibited
activities are directly related to
marketing activities, but the current
definition of ‘‘marketing materials’’ is
overly broad and has resulted in a
significant number of documents being
classified as marketing materials, such
as materials promoting the sponsoring
organization as a whole (that is, brand
awareness) rather than materials that
promote enrollment in a specific
Medicare plan. We believe that
PO 00000
Frm 00188
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Congress’ intent was to target for prior
CMS review and approval those
materials that could mislead or confuse
beneficiaries into making an adverse
enrollment decision. Since the original
adoption of §§ 422.2260 and 423.2260,
CMS has reviewed thousands of
marketing materials, tracked and
resolved thousands of beneficiary
complaints through the complaints
tracking module (CTM), conducted
secret shopping programs of MA plan
sales events, and investigated numerous
marketing complaints. These efforts
have provided CMS insight into the
types of plan materials that present the
greatest risk of misleading or confusing
beneficiaries. Based on this experience,
we believe that the current regulatory
definition of marketing materials is
overly broad. As a result, materials that
pose little to no threat of a detrimental
enrollment decision fall under the
current broad marketing definition and
are required to follow the associated
marketing requirements, including
submission to CMS for potential review
under limited statutory timeframes.
CMS believes that the level of scrutiny
required on numerous documents that
are not intended to influence an
enrollment decision, combined with
associated burden to sponsoring
organizations and CMS, is not justified.
By narrowing the scope of materials that
fall under the scope of marketing, we
stated that the proposal would allow us
to better focus review on those materials
that present the greatest likelihood for a
negative beneficiary experience.
We proposed to more appropriately
implement the statute by narrowing the
definition of marketing to focus on
materials and activities that aim to
influence enrollment decisions. We
believe this is consistent with
Congress’s intent. Moreover, the new
definition differentiates between
providing factual information about the
plan or benefits (that is, the Evidence of
Coverage (EOC)) versus persuasively
conveying information in a manner
designed to prompt the beneficiary to
make a new plan decision or to stay
with their current plan (for example, a
flyer that touts a low monthly
premium). As discussed later, the
majority of member materials will no
longer fall within the definition of
marketing under the proposal. The EOC,
subscriber agreements, and wallet card
instructions are not developed nor
intended to influence enrollment
decisions. Rather, they are utilized for
current enrollees to understand the full
scope of and the rules associated with
their plan. We believe the proposed new
marketing definition appropriately
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
safeguards potential and current
enrollees while not placing an undue
burden on sponsoring organizations.
Moreover, those materials that will be
excluded from the marketing definition
will fall under the proposed definition
of communication materials, with what
we believe are more appropriate
requirements. Enrollment and
mandatory disclosure materials
continue to be subject to requirements
in §§ 422.60(c), 422.111, 423.32(b), and
423.128.
Second, we proposed to revise the list
of marketing materials, currently
codified at §§ 422.2260(5) and
423.2260(5), and to include it in the
proposed new §§ 422.2260 and
423.2260. The current list of examples
includes: Brochures; advertisements in
newspapers and magazines, and on
television, billboards, radio, or the
internet; social media content;
marketing representative materials, such
as scripts or outlines for telemarketing
or other presentations; and presentation
materials such as slides and charts. In
conjunction with the proposed new
definition of marketing, we proposed to
remove from the list of examples items
such as membership communication
materials, subscriber agreements,
member handbooks, and wallet card
instructions to enrollees, as they did not
fall under the proposed regulatory
definition of marketing. The proposed
text complements the new definition by
providing a concise non-exhaustive list
of example material types that will be
considered marketing.
Third, we proposed to revise the list
of exclusions from marketing materials,
currently codified at §§ 422.2260(6) and
423.2260(6), and to include it in the
proposed new §§ 422.2260 and 423.2260
to identify the types of materials that
will not be considered marketing.
Materials that do not include
information about the plan’s benefit
structure or cost sharing or do not
include information about measuring or
ranking standards (for example, star
ratings) will be excluded from
marketing. In addition, materials that do
mention benefits or cost sharing, but do
not meet the definition of marketing as
proposed here, will also be excluded
from marketing. We also proposed, in
the preamble, that required materials in
§ 422.111 and § 423.128 not be
considered marketing, unless otherwise
specified, and, separately, materials
specifically designated by us as not
meeting the definition of the proposed
marketing definition based on their use
or purpose; however, the proposed
regulation text (82 FR 56505–06 and
52525) combined these categories
inadvertently so that the proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
regulation text excluded from the
definition of marketing materials those
that are required by §§ 422.111 or
423.128 unless CMS specified otherwise
because of the use or purpose of the
materials. We proposed to revise the list
of exclusions from marketing materials
to maintain the current beneficiary
protections that apply to marketing
materials but to narrow the scope of
CMS’s review and approval
responsibilities to exclude materials that
are unlikely to lead to or influence an
enrollment decision.
Our proposal was intended to exclude
from marketing any materials that do
not include information about the plan’s
benefit structure or cost-sharing. We
believe that materials that do not
mention benefit structure or cost sharing
will not be used to make an enrollment
decision in a specific Medicare plan,
rather they will be used to drive
beneficiaries to request additional
information that will fall under the new
definition of marketing. Similarly, we
want to be sure it is clear that the use
of measuring or ranking standards, such
as the CMS Star Ratings, even when not
accompanied by other plan benefit
structure or cost sharing information,
could lead a beneficiary to make an
enrollment decision; we therefore
proposed to exclude materials that do
not have such rankings or
measurements from marketing. In
addition, we proposed to exclude
materials that mention benefits or cost
sharing but do not otherwise meet the
proposed definition of marketing. The
goal of this proposal is to exclude
member communications that convey
important factual information that is not
intended to influence the enrollee’s
decision to make a plan selection or to
stay enrolled in their current plan. An
example is a monthly newsletter to
current enrollees reminding them of
preventive services at $0 cost sharing.
In addition, proposed to exclude
those materials required under
§ 422.111 (for MA plans) and § 423.128
(for Part D sponsors), unless otherwise
specified by CMS because of their use
or purpose. This proposal is intended to
exclude post-enrollment materials that
we require be disclosed and distributed
to enrollees, such as the EOC. Such
materials convey important plan
information in a factual manner rather
than to entice a prospective enrollee to
choose a specific plan or an existing
enrollee to stay in a specific plan. In
addition, either these materials use
model formats and text developed by us
or are developed by plans based on
detailed instructions on the required
content from us; this high level of
standardization by us on the front-end
PO 00000
Frm 00189
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16627
provides the necessary beneficiary
protections and negates the need for our
review of these materials before
distribution to enrollees.
The proposed changes do not release
cost plans, MA organizations, or Part D
sponsors from the requirements in
sections 1876(c)(3)(C), 1851(h), and
1860D–1(b)(1)(B)(vi) of the Act to have
application forms reviewed by CMS as
well. To clarify this requirement, we
proposed to revise § 417.430(a)(1) and
§ 423.32(b), which pertain to application
and enrollment processes, to add a cross
reference to §§ 422.2262 and 423.2262,
respectively. The cross references
directly link enrollment applications
back to requirements related to review
and distribution of marketing materials.
These proposed changes update an old
cross-reference, codify existing
practices, and are consistent with
language already in § 422.60(c).
c. Prohibition of Marketing During the
Open Enrollment Period
The 21st Century Cures Act (the Cures
Act) amended section 1851(e)(2) of the
Act by adding a new continuous open
enrollment and disenrollment period
(OEP) for MA and certain PDP members.
Elsewhere in this final rule (section
II.B.1 (Restoration of the Medicare
Advantage Open Enrollment Period
(§§ 422.60, 422.62, 422.68, 423.38 and
423.40)), we finalize that revision to the
MA regulations. As part of establishing
this OEP, the Cures Act prohibits
unsolicited marketing and mailing
marketing materials to individuals who
are eligible for the new OEP. We
proposed to add a new paragraph
(b)(10) 74 to both proposed §§ 422.2268
and 423.2268 to apply this prohibition
on marketing. We also requested
comment on how the agency could
implement the statutory requirement.
The new OEP is not available for
enrollees in Medicare cost plans;
therefore, these limitations apply to MA
enrollees and to any PDP enrollee who
was enrolled in an MA plan the prior
year. CMS expressed concern in the
proposed rule that it may be difficult for
a sponsoring organization to limit
marketing to only those individuals who
have not yet enrolled in a plan during
the OEP. We noted that one mechanism
could be to limit marketing entirely
during that period, but were concerned
that such a prohibition would be too
broad. We proposed a ‘‘knowing’’
standard instead, believing that it would
both effectuate the statutory provision
and avoid against overly broad
74 The proposed rule, at 82 FR 56436, mistakenly
referred to paragraph (b)(9) as the location of this
new proposed text.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16628
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
implementation. We solicited comment
on how a sponsoring organization could
appropriately control who would or
should be marketed to during the new
OEP, such as through as mailing
campaigns aimed at a more general
audience.
d. Technical Changes to Other
Regulatory Provisions as a Result of the
Changes to Subpart V
As previously stated, because of the
broad regulatory definition of
marketing, the term marketing became
synonymous with communications from
the plan to enrollees or potential
enrollees. As a result of our proposal to
define both ‘‘marketing’’ and
‘‘communications,’’ we proposed a
number of technical changes that we
believe are necessary to update
regulation text that uses the term
marketing throughout parts 422 and
423. Accordingly, we proposed the
following technical changes in Part C:
• In § 422.54, we proposed to update
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (d)(4)(ii) to
replace ‘‘marketing materials’’ with
‘‘communication materials.’’
• In § 422.62, we proposed to update
paragraph (b)(3)(B)(ii) by replacing ‘‘in
marketing the plans to the individual’’
with ‘‘in communication materials.’’
• In § 422.102(d), we proposed to use
‘‘supplemental benefits packaging’’
instead of ‘‘marketing of supplemental
benefits.’’
• In § 422.206(b)(2)(i), we proposed to
replace ‘‘§ 422.80 (concerning approval
of marketing materials and election
forms)’’ with ‘‘all applicable
requirements under subpart V’’.
• In § 422.503(b)(4)(ii), we proposed
to replace the term ‘‘marketing’’ with
the term ‘‘communication.’’
• In § 422.510(a)(4)(iii), we proposed
to remove the word ‘‘marketing’’ so that
the reference is to the broader
Subpart V.
CMS has had longstanding authority
to initiate ‘‘marketing sanctions’’ in
conjunction with enrollment sanctions
as a means of protecting beneficiaries
from the confusion that stems from
receiving information provided by a
plan that is—as a result of enrollment
sanctions—unable to accept
enrollments. In this rulemaking, CMS
proposed to replace the term
‘‘marketing’’ with ‘‘communications’’ in
§ 422.750 and 422.752 to reflect its
proposal for Subpart V. The proposal to
change the terminology was not
intended or designed to expand the
scope of CMS’s authority with respect to
sanction regulations. Rather, CMS
sought to preserve the existing reach of
the sanction authority it currently has—
to prohibit any communications under
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
the current broad definition of
‘‘marketing materials’’ from being issued
by a sponsoring organization while that
entity is under sanction. For this reason,
CMS proposed the following changes to
§§ 422.750 and 422.752:
• In § 422.750, we proposed to revise
paragraph (a)(3) to refer to suspension of
‘‘communication activities.’’
• In § 422.752, we proposed to
replace the term ‘‘marketing’’ in
paragraph (a)(11) and the heading for
paragraph (b) with the term
‘‘communications.’’
We did not propose any changes to
the use of the term ‘‘marketing’’ in
§§ 422.384, 422.504(a)(17),
422.504(d)(2)(vi), or 422.514, as those
regulations use the term in a way that
is consistent with the proposed
definition of the term ‘‘marketing,’’ and
the underlying requirements and
standards do not need to be extended to
all communications from an MA
organization.
We also proposed the following
technical changes in Part D:
• In § 423.38(c)(8)(i)(C), we proposed
to revise the paragraph to read: ‘‘The
organization (or its agent,
representative, or plan provider)
materially misrepresented the plan’s
provisions in communication
materials.’’
• In § 423.504(b)(4)(ii), we proposed
to replace ‘‘marketing’’ with
‘‘communications’’ to reflect the change
to Subpart V.
• In § 423.505(b)(25), we proposed to
replace ‘‘marketing’’ with
‘‘communications’’ to reflect the change
to Subpart V.
• In § 423.509(a)(4)(V)(A), we
proposed to delete the word
‘‘marketing’’ and instead simply refer to
Subpart V.
For the reasons explained in
connection with our proposal to revise
the Part C sanction regulations, we also
proposed the following changes: 75
• In § 423.750, we proposed to revise
paragraph (a)(3) to refer to suspension of
‘‘communication activities.’’
• In § 423.752, we proposed to
replace the term ‘‘marketing’’ in
paragraph (a)(9) and the heading for
paragraph (b) with the term
‘‘communications.’’
We did not propose any changes to
the use of the term ‘‘marketing’’ in
§§ 423.505(d)(2)(vi), 423.871(c), or
423.756(c)(3)(ii), as those regulations
75 We note that the proposed rule preamble (82
FR 56437) mistakenly did not include a discussion
of the specific Part D regulation sections that we
proposed to revise in connection with CMS
sanction authority; however, the proposed
regulation text (82 FR 56524) did include the
proposed change.
PO 00000
Frm 00190
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
use the term in a way that is consistent
with the proposed definition of the term
‘‘marketing,’’ and the underlying
requirements and standards do not need
to be extended to all communications
from a PDP sponsor.
We solicited comment on the
proposed technical changes, particularly
whether a proposed revision would be
more expansive than anticipated or have
unintended consequences for
sponsoring organizations or for CMS’s
oversight and monitoring of the MA and
Part D programs.
In conclusion, we stated our belief
that our proposals would maintain the
appropriate level of beneficiary
protection and facilitate and focus our
oversight of marketing materials, while
appropriately narrowing the scope of
what is considered marketing. We
believe beneficiary protections are
further enhanced by adding
communication materials and
associated standards under Subpart V.
These changes would allow CMS to
focus its oversight efforts on plan
marketing materials that have the
highest potential for influencing a
beneficiary to make an enrollment
decision that is not in the beneficiary’s
best interest. We solicited comment on
these proposals and whether the
appropriate balance is achieved with the
proposed regulation text.
e. Comments and Reponses on
Proposals Related to Communications
and Marketing
CMS was pleased to see a large
number of comments in support of
using the narrower definition for
‘‘marketing,’’ and the new term
‘‘communications’’ in Subpart V.
Commenters in favor of the proposed
changes indicated that the proposed
new definitions appropriately safeguard
prospective and current enrollees, while
not placing an undue burden on MA
plans and Part D plan sponsors. In that
same vein, commenters expressed that
the proposed changes allow for a less
burdensome approach to
communicating with beneficiaries.
Other commenters said that the new
definition of marketing was logical and
aligns with the layman’s definition of
‘‘marketing.’’
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: Many commenters in favor
of the proposed changes to Subpart V
asked CMS to provide more information
on what materials would fall under the
definition of marketing and what
materials would fall under the
definition of communications, but not
marketing. Moreover, commenters
requested additional information on
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
whether or not communication
materials that are not marketing
materials would still be submitted to
CMS for review. Several commenters
suggested materials, such as
standardized models, be considered
communications, but not marketing.
Many of these comments acknowledged
that they expected such detail to be
captured in sub-regulatory guidance,
such as the MMG. Additionally, a subset
of commenters reiterated the importance
of CMS working with industry to
develop updated sub-regulatory
guidance for marketing and
communications.
Response: CMS agrees that subregulatory guidance is the more
appropriate vehicle for applying the
definitions and identifying what types
of materials are marketing and what
types are communications. As such, we
intend to develop a successor to the
current MMG that will include guidance
for both communications and
marketing. CMS will seek comment as a
part of the development of the new
guidelines.
Comment: A commenter who
supported the updates to Subpart V
urged CMS to further refine the
definition of marketing to include
materials or activities targeting
‘‘prospects’’ and not current enrollees.
Response: CMS disagrees with this
suggestion and believes that the
definition of marketing, as proposed and
finalized, correctly focuses on all
beneficiaries, including existing, new
and potential enrollees of a plan, when
the intent is to draw attention to the
plan and influence the individual’s plan
selection. Plans market to their current
members for the purposes of
‘‘upselling’’ or retention and such efforts
are appropriately subject to our
marketing oversight and regulations.
Additionally, we note that this final rule
includes a provision (in finalized
§ 422.2260 and § 423.2260) that
authorizes CMS to characterize
materials that fall under § 422.111 and
§ 423.128 as not marketing materials
based on their use and purpose;
therefore, many required materials will
fall under the broad communication
definition.
We generally agree with the
commenter(s) that required and
standardized materials, such as the
EOC, directories, and materials required
under §§ 422.111 and 423.128, should
generally fall under communications
rather than marketing materials under
the definition we proposed and are
finalizing here. We are finalizing an
exclusion from marketing materials that
provides that unless CMS provides
otherwise, materials required under
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
§§ 422.111 and 423.128 are not
marketing materials. To the extent that
a document (or materials) required by
those regulations appears to serve a
marketing purpose, meaning that it is
promotional materials or designed to
influence an enrollment decision
instead of providing factual information
that is required to be disclosed under
the Medicare program, we believe it is
important that the regulation text
provide CMS the authority to designate
the document as a marketing material
subject to the higher level of scrutiny.
Comment: Several commenters were
not in favor of the changes to Subpart
V and expressed concern that CMS is
reducing oversight of important plan
materials while proposing to give plans
more flexibility on plan design and in
the types of benefits that can be offered.
The majority of these comments focused
on concerns regarding CMS’s proposal
to no longer designate and review the
EOC as a marketing material. These
commenters believed this proposal
suggested CMS was stepping back from
its oversight responsibilities.
Response: CMS understands the
concern and assures the commenters
that our oversight of the EOC will not
change for a few reasons. First, the EOC
is based on a model material created by
CMS and therefore is a document over
which CMS already has a high level of
oversight and monitoring. Second, the
benefits information used to populate
the EOC is derived from the plan’s bid
submission, which goes through its own
CMS-based review.
Third, for over 10 years, EOCs have
been submitted to CMS as a marketing
material under ‘‘File and Use.’’ As a
result, the EOCs have not been
prospectively reviewed upon
submission but CMS has historically
exercised oversight of the accuracy of
EOCs through retrospective reviews,
timeliness monitoring studies, and by
collecting and analyzing EOC-based
errata reported by the plans. The vast
majority of EOC errors have been
identified through these retrospective
processes. We do not expect these
oversight and enforcement processes to
change with the regulation changes in
this final rule. In addition, with this
regulatory change, CMS will retain
oversight authority over any current
marketing material that will become a
communication material as a result of
the changes to Subpart V, principally
the changes to §§ 422.2262, 422.2264,
422.2268, 423.2262, 423.2264 and
423.2268. In particular, we proposed
and are finalizing, with slight
grammatical revisions, text to
§§ 422.2262(d) and 423.2262(d) to
provide authority for CMS to review
PO 00000
Frm 00191
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16629
materials—whether communications or
marketing—after release and use of the
materials by the sponsoring
organization. The regulation authorizes
CMS to direct modification or stopped
use of the materials to clarify that CMS’s
ability to oversee and enforce
compliance with the limits on
communications and marketing is not
limited to the pre-use review and
approval required for marketing
materials.
Comment: Some commenters
expressing concern with the changes to
Subpart V asked that CMS monitor the
impact of this change and revisit or
reverse course if there is clear evidence
that beneficiaries are receiving
inaccurate or incomplete plan materials.
Response: CMS agrees that monitoring
and evaluation are critical parts of the
oversight process and that protection of
beneficiaries is a primary goal. The
authority outlined earlier will keep CMS
well-equipped to monitor any
communication issues and to act as
needed without additional regulatory
changes. In addition to the more formal
processes, CMS may act on any
information received from Medicare
beneficiaries, typically through our
Complaints Tracking Module (CTM), as
well as complaints received from
competing plans.
Comment: CMS received several
comments asking how the changes to
Subpart V will impact D–SNPs whose
materials are also reviewed by the state.
A reviewer suggested that CMS work
with the states to develop joint
guidance.
Response: In general, CMS does not
believe that the changes to Subpart V
will have an impact on D–SNPs that is
different from the impact on other MA
plans and Part D plan sponsors.
Currently, most marketing reviews are
conducted separately by both CMS and
the states for materials used by D–SNPs.
The changes to Subpart V will result in
some materials currently defined as
marketing not being subject to prior
review and approval by CMS. This,
however, should have no bearing on any
state requirements that may necessitate
state review. Additionally, states retain
authority to control and supervise
Medicaid managed care plans, even if
those plans also have Part C or Part D
contracts. State Medicaid agencies also
may establish or modify requirements
with respect to review of D–SNP
materials as part of the contract required
under § 422.107.
Comment: CMS also received several
provider-focused comments expressing
an overarching concern with how the
restriction of marketing in the health
care setting impacts a provider’s ability
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16630
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
to counsel patients about coverage
options, particularly if a patient can
benefit from coordinated, accountable
care in MA. A commenter suggested that
CMS exclude from the definition of
marketing materials under section
422.2260 any communications from
providers or MAOs to their patients
regarding their care, including
communications regarding cost-sharing
responsibilities or listing the plans in
which a provider participates. The same
commenter noted that CMS does not
generally require providers to seek
CMS’s approval for communications
with patients who are enrolled in
traditional Medicare. Further, they
expressed that as long as the providerpatient or MAO-patient communication
does not serve to ‘‘influence a
beneficiary’s decision-making process
when making a MA plan selection or
influence a beneficiary’s decision to stay
enrolled in a plan,’’ then such
communications regarding cost-sharing
obligations should not be subject to
CMS review simply because the patient
receives Medicare benefits through an
MAO.
Response: CMS’s restrictions on sales
and marketing in the health care setting,
which are required by section
1851(j)(1)(D) of the Act, were never
intended to preclude a doctor from
discussing MA with patients. Rather,
the requirements prohibit a sponsoring
organization (including its officials,
employees, contractors, participating
providers, the agents, brokers, and other
third parties representing such
organization) from marketing to a
Medicare beneficiary in the health care
setting. Based on the examples
provided, combined with the changes
made to Subpart V, CMS does not
believe that discussions about costsharing responsibilities of a patient,
identifying the plans with which a
provider participates, or about patient
care are considered marketing. As the
commenter points out, such discussions
are intended to educate a beneficiary
about the merits of the MA program and
the respective responsibilities of the
patient and the provider under MA
coverage, not to influence a
beneficiary’s decision-making process.
However, certain activities or
discussions undertaken by a provider
could be marketing, such as distribution
of brochures or appointment forms for
specific plans or attempting to persuade
a beneficiary to select a specific plan.
Based on the comments received, we
will clarify this distinction in subregulatory guidance.
Comment: Another commenter stated
that any attempts to use information to
intentionally mislead beneficiaries
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
when selecting a plan or choosing to
utilize a specific pharmacy (including
the use of the term ‘‘preferred’’) should
be expressly prohibited. The commenter
continued that all information provided
to beneficiaries should be inclusive,
complete, and accurate to allow the
beneficiary to make their own decisions
regarding which plan to select and
which pharmacy to use.
Response: CMS agrees with the
commenter that all information
provided to beneficiaries should be
inclusive, complete, and accurate to
allow the beneficiary to make their own
decisions regarding which plan to select
and which pharmacy to use. The
regulations finalized today, as do the
current regulations, explicitly prohibit
the provision or information or other
activities that mislead beneficiaries at
paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of §§ 422.2268
and 423.2268. However, we disagree
with the commenter’s suggestion that
the use of the term ‘‘preferred’’ should
not be allowed. CMS allows for
preferred pharmacies where the copay
may be lower for the beneficiary
(§ 423.120(a)(9)) and we believe that
conveying this potential cost savings to
enrollees is important.
Comment: CMS received a comment
outlining the unique challenges of ESRD
beneficiaries and that treatment area is
an ideal location for clinical and nonclinical staff to help beneficiaries assess
their coverage choices.
Response: CMS appreciates the realworld insight that this example
provides. However, the restriction on
marketing in the health care setting is
statutory. By contrast, any activities that
would fall under the new definition of
communications, but not marketing, are
allowed in the health care setting, so
long as the communication activity
complies with new §§ 422.2268(a) and
423.2268(a). Plan-specific materials that
are still considered marketing may not
be distributed in areas where care is
delivered. But a provider may discuss
the MA program with the patient and
make the plan’s marketing materials
available in common areas.
CMS received overwhelming support
for extending the translation
requirement proposed at
§§ 422.2268(a)(7) and 423.2268(a)(7).
Comment: Several commenters
expressed that they were pleased that
CMS proposed to extend its current
document translation requirement to
‘‘communications’’ designated by CMS
rather than limiting it to certain
marketing documents. The commenters
asked that CMS adopt this change and,
in implementation, expand the list of
specific documents that are subject to
translation rules. The commenters
PO 00000
Frm 00192
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
continued that, currently, many
important documents are not translated,
such as notices that beneficiaries are
being denied services or will be
disenrolled for failure to pay premiums.
Response: CMS appreciates the
supportive feedback. We are finalizing
the regulatory language at
§ 422.2268(a)(7) and § 423.2268(a)(7) to
require translation of ‘‘vital materials’’
as opposed to materials ‘‘as defined by
CMS’’. We believe that this standard
will provide sufficient flexibility to
sponsoring organizations in connection
with mere marketing materials as well
as provide beneficiaries with access to
the information and materials that are
vital to coverage. In conjunction with
the final regulation, CMS intends to
develop a successor to the current MMG
that will include guidance for both
communications and marketing. In this
sub-regulatory guidance, we intend to
provide additional guidance explaining
which documents and materials are
vital materials that must be translated.
We also remind commenters and plans
that this regulation is not the only legal
obligation for MA organizations and
Part D sponsors with regard to Medicare
beneficiaries who have limited English
proficiencies. As recipients of federal
funding, plans are obligated to provide
materials in accessible formats upon
request, at no cost to the individual, to
individuals with disabilities, under
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 and Section 1557, and to take
reasonable steps to provide meaningful
access, including translation services, to
individuals who have limited English
proficiency under Title VI of the Civil
Rights Act of 1964 and Section 1557.
Guidance about obligations under these
other statutes is available from the
Office for Civil Rights. Further, we note
that § 422.111(h)(1)(iii) and
§ 423.128(d)(1)(iii) require the call
centers of sponsoring organizations to
provide interpreters to enrollees who
are LEP or do not speak English,
without limitation based on the number
of enrollees in a service area that are
LEP or do not speak English.
Comment: Several commenters asked
that CMS change the current translation
standard, which only covers languages
spoken by five percent or more of the
population in the service area. The
commenters expressed concern that the
current rule means that, except for a
couple small pockets, the only required
language for translation is Spanish.
Response: CMS uses U.S. Census
Bureau’s American Community Survey
data to determine which PBPs must
provide translated materials and has
determined that five percent of a
language spoken in service area is an
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
appropriate threshold for translation
requirements. We reiterate that other
laws also apply to sponsoring
organizations and this marketing and
communication regulation is not the
only applicable provision for ensuring
access for beneficiaries with limited
English proficiency. For example, as
recipients of federal financial assistance,
MA plans and Part D prescription drug
plans are subject to the
nondiscrimination requirements under
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and Section 1557 and their
implementing regulations (45 CFR parts
80 and 92).
Comment: A commenter asked if the
language used in §§ 422.2268(a)(7) and
423.2268(a)(7) was error in the wording,
as the commenter found it unclear.
Response: The language is correct. It
is written in the context of what plans
cannot do. Paragraph (a)(7), as proposed
and finalized, prohibits plans from
providing materials in markets with
significant non-English speaking
populations unless the communications
are in the language of the non-English
speaking populations. We believe that
this is a clear statement of the intended
prohibition.
We received a number of comments
based on the updates to §§ 422.2268 and
423.2268 to address section 1851(e)(2)
of The 21st Century Cures Act (the
Cures Act). Overall, comments were
evenly split among those in favor of
CMS’s proposed language and those
commenters who suggested alternative
methods of addressing the Cures Act
prohibition on marketing during the
new OEP. There were no commenters in
favor of a broader prohibition on
marketing during the OEP.
Comment: Several commenters were
in favor of CMS’s use of the term
‘‘knowingly’’ stating that it would
protect a plan from the marketing
prohibition when the plan does not
know that the beneficiary is enrolled in
an MA plan at the time.
Response: CMS appreciates feedback
and concurrence.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that, during the OEP,
marketing could be acceptable if it did
not include any reference to the OEP.
Response: CMS appreciates the
suggestion; however, using the term
‘‘knowingly’’ takes into account the
recipient as well as the content of the
message so we believe that a prohibition
that only addressed the term ‘‘OEP’’
would be too narrow to satisfy the
statute. For example, if a plan were to
send messaging specifically calling out
the OEP, that would be knowingly
targeting. Likewise, if a plan was aware
that an individual had already made an
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
enrollment decision during the AEP,
sending unsolicited marketing materials
to that individual, even if the OEP was
not mentioned, would be considered
‘‘knowingly targeting’’. To that point, as
finalized, the regulation accomplishes
what the commenters have suggested, as
well as addresses marketing to specific
individuals that are able to make a plan
selection during the OEP.
Comment: Another commenter stated
that marketing often takes the form of
educating beneficiaries about their
options and their rights to change plans,
or remain in their plan if they are
satisfied. Restricting such marketing
will effectively undo much of the
‘‘good’’ that was established under OEP,
discouraging beneficiaries from
exploring various plan options and
selecting the plan that is best for them,
and their families. The commenter
supported a policy which would allow
marketing to all beneficiaries during
OEP, including those beneficiaries
eligible for OEP. In particular, the
commenter asserted that it would be
largely unworkable to limit marketing
only to a subset of individuals who have
not yet enrolled in a plan during OEP.
The commenter offered that one
potential option is to only prohibit
direct marketing communications to
OEP beneficiaries, but permit broader
communications including: Television
ads, general mailing campaigns, internet
marketing, and radio ads during the
OEP.
Response: The statute prohibits
unsolicited marketing and the final
regulation has been updated to reflect
this. Neither the statute nor regulation
restricts a plan from providing
educational materials or marketing
materials if and when the beneficiary
proactively reach out looking for OEP
help. To that end, CMS supports each
plan’s ability to reactively respond to
beneficiaries when it comes to the OEP.
CMS disagrees that plans should be able
to market its coverage under the guise
of help.
CMS believes that the intent of
Congress was to allow beneficiaries to
make an enrollment decision during the
OEP, but not for it to be a second
opportunity for plans to proactively
persuade or attempt to persuade
beneficiaries to switch plans.
Prohibiting plans from knowingly
targeting beneficiaries during the OEP
addresses Congress’s intent while
affording plans with the flexibility to
still conduct marketing to other
potential enrollees, such as age-ins.
Upon review of the proposed rule, in
light of these comments, we are
finalizing the proposed regulation text
with the addition of the word
PO 00000
Frm 00193
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16631
‘‘unsolicited’’ to modify ‘‘marketing
materials’’ to be consistent with the
statute and to clarify that responses to
inquiries from beneficiaries is not
prohibited.
Comment: A commenter suggested the
‘‘knowing’’ standard would unfairly
disadvantage MA plans where a
beneficiary might already be enrolled,
since that plan would be more likely to
know that the enrollee was enrolled in
an MA plan during the previous year. If
another MA plan does not know that
enrollees are already enrolled, that MA
plan could market to those enrollees,
potentially influencing enrollees to
switch plans. This standard would not
be in the best interest of beneficiaries
and could cause market disruption. The
commenter recommended that CMS
create a standard where marketing
during OEP is not targeted to specific
enrollees, thus plans would be
permitted to run general marketing
campaigns (plan-specific or on the MA
and/or Part D program). This type of
standard would satisfy statutory
requirements, would reduce beneficiary
confusion, and would ensure that plans
are on a level playing field.
Response: CMS appreciates the
commenter sharing this concern. Our
goal is to implement the Congressional
intent without creating an additional
undue burden to plans. In addition, the
OEP does not impact those beneficiaries
who are aging into the Medicare
program and have not yet made an
enrollment decision, as they are still in
their the Initial Coverage Election
Period (ICEP). We believe that tying the
marketing prohibition to a ‘‘knowingly’’
standard implements the statute while
avoiding an unnecessary burden on
plans and sponsoring organizations. It is
true that a plan that just processed an
enrollment may have more knowledge
of the status of a beneficiary, yet we
believe that ‘‘knowingly’’ also address
the content of the message, which
should mitigate the concern by not
permitting other organizations to
specifically target such individuals with
marketing that touts the ability to make
another plan choice via the OEP.
Comment: A commenter stated that
implementing these marketing
limitations could prevent a plan from
sending marketing mailings to
individuals who are not enrolled in a
plan, but would otherwise be eligible
(for example, age-ins). The commenter
states that it is important to note that a
purchased mail list could not accurately
exclude individuals already enrolled in
a Medicare Advantage plan. The
commenter also asked if there could be
exceptions to such a prohibition for
marketing mailings intended to reach
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16632
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
individuals eligible to enroll in an MA
plan outside of using the OEP election
period (for example, a targeted age-in
mailing).
Response: The intent of the guidance
is not to restrict plans’ ability to use
mailings or other marketing aimed at
individuals aging into the Medicare
program who have not yet made an
enrollment decision. Such marketing
would focused on the fact that these
age-ins are a entering (or have entered)
the Initial Coverage Election Period. In
this instance, if a plan buys a list of ageins and sends general marketing mailers
to all on the list, but some of those on
the list have already selected an MA
plan during their Initial Coverage
Election Period, CMS would not
consider it knowingly targeting based on
the content of the message combined
with the fact that the plan would have
no way of knowing that an enrollment
decision had already been made. In this
instance, the content of the marketing
must not address or include a reference
to the OEP or the opportunity to make
an additional enrollment change during
their first 3 months of coverage.
Comment: A commenter asked how
OEP marketing restrictions will impact
access for dually-eligible members who
want to move during that time to a FIDE
or other highly integrated D–SNP. The
commenter stated that CMS should also
allow marketing to dually eligible
beneficiaries for integrated FIDE and
D–SNPs during the OEP.
Response: CMS does not intend the
restriction of OEP marketing to impact
any D–SNP marketing. Barring
information to the contrary, such
marketing appears aimed at dually
eligible individuals who are using the
Part D SEP that is available to duallyeligible beneficiaries other LIS eligible
individuals, rather than use of the OEP,
for changing enrollment. This would
indicate that the plan is not knowingly
targeting those in the OEP, which is
what the rule, as proposed and
finalized, prohibits.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern that an organization could use
their Medigap line of business using a
generic marketing line of, ‘‘not happy
with your plan, change now’’ to
generate leads. This would generate
inquiries from those in a MA plan, at
which point the company can steer the
conversation to their MA products. The
commenter suggested that, if CMS is
going to offer the open enrollment
window, CMS should allow marketing
in order to keep the playing field equal.
Response: While veiled by the use of
Medigap, CMS would still consider the
situation described by the commenter as
targeted marketing performed by the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
MA organization, if the intent is to get
those in the OEP to switch MA plans
rather than actually marketing a
Medigap plan. CMS does not believe the
answer is to allow marketing across the
board, as that would only exacerbate the
concern and conflict with the statute.
Comment: A commenter asked if it is
possible that during the Open
Enrollment Period a beneficiary may
request marketing materials from
different plans if they were unhappy
with their plan and wanted to switch.
This information would inform them
about their choices.
Response: The statute clearly
prohibits unsolicited marketing. CMS
agrees that providing marketing
materials and other information in
response to a request from a beneficiary
is allowed under this final rule as it is
at the beneficiary’s request and hence
not unsolicited. To address this, we
have updated the regulatory language in
the final rule to specifically state
unsolicited.
Comment: A commenter requested a
clarification if this also includes
marketing to beneficiaries aging into
Medicare.
Response: The exclusion is directed to
those eligible for the OEP, including
newly eligible enrollees. For more
information about the OEP, we direct
readers to section II.B.1 of this final
rule.
Comment: A commenter asked if
Medicare Advantage plans that have
achieved a 5-Star plan rating are
allowed to market to beneficiaries all
year round. The commenter also asked
if CMS will be allowing an exception to
the statutory requirements of The 21st
Century Cures Act to allow 5-Star plans
year round marketing.
Response: With the exception of
targeted marketing to those in the OEP
and marketing prior to October 1 for the
next contract year, all plans may market
year round. What distinguishes 5-Star
plans is that they may also enroll year
round pursuant to the SEP we have
adopted under our authority at
§§ 422.64(b)(4) and 423.38(c), which
could make marketing year round more
advantageous and effective. However, 5Star plans may not target those in the
OEP; we believe that 5-star plans would
not need to target enrollees in the OEP,
however, because the beneficiary could
enroll in a 5-star plan at any time during
the year as a result of the plan’s 5-Star
status. To that point, CMS believes that
a 5-Star plan marketing its 5-Star status
and the ability to enroll year round does
not prove that the MA organization is
knowingly targeting those who may also
be eligible for the OEP.
PO 00000
Frm 00194
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern with brokers’
activities, with a commenter stating the
OEP should not be a time for aggressive
marketing tactics or a time in which
brokers are incentivized to promote
beneficiaries to switch plans. Several
commenters suggested that CMS should
consider monitoring for churn of
beneficiaries among multiple plans and
possible beneficiary confusion during
the OEP. Similarly, another commenter
asked how this will be enforced and
where a beneficiary should report
marketing abuse.
Response: CMS agrees with the
commenter that the OEP should not be
a time for plans and brokers to
aggressively market. Further, CMS
believes this very concern is what
prompted Congress to include the OEP
marketing restrictions in the statute.
CMS will monitor for violations of the
prohibition of knowingly marketing to
beneficiaries in the OEP and take
appropriate compliance or enforcement
action. CMS encourages beneficiaries to
report any abusive, confusing or
misleading marketing practices by
plans, agents and brokers by contacting
contact 1–800–Medicare. In addition,
we encourage reports of potential
violations of this requirement.
Comment: A commenter asked that
education about this prohibition to be
targeted to all related industries and
interest groups so that all entities that
may target this vulnerable population
will understand the law and the
consequences for knowing violations.
Response: CMS agrees that
compliance with this provision is the
responsibility of plans and their first
tier, related and downstream entities,
including agents and brokers. CMS will
include additional sub-regulatory
guidance on this change in the law and
reminds plans that they are responsible
for the activities of their downstream
entities, including agents and brokers.
Comment: CMS received a number of
comments requesting the agency to
define ‘‘unsolicited marketing’’ as it
appears in the statute.
Response: We do not believe that is
necessary and do not adopt a definition
of the phrase in this final rule. CMS
believes the intent of Congress was for
plain and ordinary meaning of those
words to apply, consistent with CMS’s
existing guidance on the prohibition on
unsolicited direct contact required by
section 1851(j)(1)(A) of the Act.
After considering these comments, we
are finalizing the proposed changes
related to marketing and
communications requirements as
proposed with some modifications:
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
We are finalizing the new definitions
proposed at §§ 422.2260 and 423.2260
with corrections to the list of exclusions
from marketing materials (as noted in
section II.B.5.b) to exclude disclosures
required by §§ 422.111 and 423.128
unless CMS directs otherwise and to
exclude materials specifically
designated by CMS as not meeting the
definition of the proposed marketing
definition based on their use or purpose.
We are also finalizing technical and
editorial corrections to the text,
including the removal of the incorrect
paragraph designations in § 423.2260
and alignment of the text in §§ 422.2260
and 423.2260.
We are finalizing the amendment to
§§ 422.2262(d) and 423.2262(d), the
revisions to §§ 422.2264 and 423.2264,
and the revisions to §§ 422.2268 and
423.2268 as substantially as proposed,
with modifications in paragraph (a)(7)
that the translation provision is
applicable to ‘‘vital documents’’ instead
of to documents specified by CMS and
in paragraph (b)(10) to add the modifier
‘‘unsolicited’’ before the phrase
‘‘marketing materials.’’
We are finalizing as proposed the
technical amendments described in
section II.B.5.d of this final rule with
modifications in §§ 422.62(b)(3)(B)(ii)
and § 423.38(c)(8)(i)(C) to clarify that the
special enrollment period is available
when the sponsoring organization ‘‘(or
its agent, representative, or plan
provider) materially misrepresented the
plan’s provisions in communications as
outlined in subpart V of this part.’’
These technical amendments are
necessary because after we published
the proposed rule, we discovered that
our proposed change limited this
authority to only written
communications. This was not our
intent. In addition, among the minor
edits to improve the regulation text in
subpart V of parts 422 and 423, we are
finalizing a correction to the internal
cross-reference in §§ 422.2274 and
423.2274 to cite to paragraph
‘‘(b)(2)(iii)’’ instead of ‘‘(b)(3)(iii)’’ in
newly redesignated paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A).
6. Lengthening Adjudication
Timeframes for Part D Payment
Redeterminations and IRE
Reconsiderations (§§ 423.590 and
423.636)
Sections 1860D–4(g) and (h) of the
Act require the Secretary to establish
processes for initial coverage
determinations and appeals similar to
those used in the Medicare Advantage
program. In accordance with section
1860D–4(g) of the Act, § 423.590
establishes Part D plan sponsors’
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
responsibilities for processing
redeterminations, including
adjudication timeframes. Pursuant to
section 1860D–4(h) of the Act, § 423.600
sets forth the requirements for an
independent review entity (IRE) for
processing reconsiderations.
We proposed changes to the
adjudication timeframe for Part D
standard redetermination requests for
payment at § 423.590(b) and the related
effectuation provision § 423.636(a)(2).
Specifically, we proposed to change the
timeframe for issuing decisions on
payment redeterminations from 7
calendar days from the date the plan
sponsor receives the request to 14
calendar days from the date the plan
sponsor receives the request. This
proposed 14-day timeframe for issuing a
decision related to a payment request
will also apply to the IRE
reconsideration pursuant to
§ 423.600(d). We did not propose to
make changes to the existing
requirements for making payment.
When applicable, the Part D plan
sponsor must make payment no later
than 30 days from receipt of the request
for redetermination, or the IRE
reconsideration notice, respectively.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received many
comments, primarily from plans,
expressing support for the proposed
change to the payment adjudication
timeframe from 7 to 14 calendar days at
the redetermination and reconsideration
levels. Commenters noted that, because
payment requests involve an enrollee
who has already received the
medication, allowing the plan 14
calendar days (instead of 7 calendar
days) to process the payment request
would allow the plan to prioritize
requests for coverage where the enrollee
has not yet accessed the prescription
drug, particularly during times when
the plan sponsor is experiencing a high
volume of requests. Commenters noted
that this would ensure adequate
resources are directed to processing
more time-sensitive pre-service requests
where the beneficiary has not yet
obtained the drug. Commenters also
expressed support for this proposal for
the reason that it could reduce the
number of unfavorable decisions made
due to insufficient information to
support the request. Some of these
commenters requested that CMS
consider lengthening the timeframe for
other decisions, such as coverage
determinations.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ support for the proposal
and agree that allowing an additional 7
calendar days to process payment
PO 00000
Frm 00195
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16633
requests will result in a more thorough
review of the payment request which
may lead to fewer unfavorable decisions
due to insufficient information to
support the request. We also agree that
affording more time for payment
requests will permit plan sponsors to
better prioritize requests for coverage;
this will help plan sponsors efficiently
allocate resources to more time-sensitive
pre-service requests where the
beneficiary has not yet obtained the
drug.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern about the effect of
this proposed change on beneficiaries
and encouraged CMS to keep the
existing adjudication deadline for plan
sponsors and the IRE. Some commenters
noted concern about the increased
financial burden this proposal would
place on enrollees given that many
Medicare beneficiaries are on limited
budgets. A commenter noted that
enrollees who wait up to a month to
learn that their case has been decided
against them would have to either pay
for the drug out of pocket again or get
a prescription for an alternative drug
within a short time period. Commenters
believed these options jeopardize
enrollees’ access to needed drugs. A
commenter asked for clarification on
when payment must be made to an
enrollee if a favorable decision is issued.
Response: We’d like to clarify that,
contrary to the statement of a
commenter, enrollees will not have to
wait ‘‘up to a month’’ to receive a plan
sponsor’s redetermination decision on a
request for payment. Our proposal was
to extend the adjudication timeframe for
payment cases from 7 to 14 calendar
days. While we acknowledge that
extending the adjudication timeframe
for 7 calendar days at the
redetermination and IRE level increases
the length of time the enrollee will wait
for a decision, we do not believe that an
additional 7 calendar days to receive
notice on a payment request will create
access issues for enrollees, given that
the enrollee has already received the
drug. We believe the additional 7
calendar days plan sponsors and the IRE
will have to gather information and
process these requests could be
beneficial to enrollees because decisions
are likely to be informed which, in turn,
will potentially result in fewer payment
decisions being denied and subject to
further appeal.
The change we proposed is limited to
payment requests where the enrollee
has already received the drug, so we
believe there is minimal to no risk that
an additional 7 calendar days to process
these requests will adversely affect the
health of an enrollee who has requested
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16634
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
reimbursement. As we noted in the
proposed rule, when coverage is
approved, the plan must make payment
to the affected enrollee no later than 30
calendar days after the date the plan
sponsor receives the redetermination
request. In other words, the change to a
14 calendar day adjudication timeframe
will not change the time in which the
plan sponsor has to issue payment to
the enrollee.
We believe the proposed change to a
14 calendar day timeframe is an
appropriate balance between plan
sponsors’ need to obtain information to
thoroughly evaluate a payment request
and the interest of enrollees in receiving
prompt notice on a payment request. We
believe the proposed change will
enhance efficiency in the adjudication
of these types of cases, reduce adverse
payment decisions, and reduce the
number of late cases that have to be
auto-forwarded to the IRE. As
previously noted, the proposed change
to a 14-calendar day adjudication
timeframe will also apply to payment
requests processed by the Part D IRE.
Because the enrollee has received the
prescription drug that is subject to the
payment request, we disagree with
commenters who believe the additional
time will needlessly delay access to
treatment. We believe that allowing plan
sponsors and the IRE additional time to
obtain necessary documentation and
thoroughly review the case will be
beneficial overall and that the
advantages offset the additional 7
calendar days an enrollee may have to
wait for a decision on a payment
request.
Comment: A commenter noted that
there’s no evidence to support the
proposed change and that, instead of
increasing the timeframe, CMS should
enforce current timeframes and delay
implementation of this change until the
extended timeframe can be tied to
specific enhanced performance
standards, with substandard
performance resulting in financial
consequences for plans. Another
commenter noted that new protocols
will need to be issued and that
timeliness calculations for data universe
fields will need to be adjusted.
Response: CMS has received
significant feedback from plan sponsors
regarding the difficulties encountered
with receiving information necessary to
process requests in a timely manner.
CMS has also received feedback that
there should be greater consistency in
the appeals process. As noted in the
proposed rule, implementing a 14
calendar day timeframe for
redeterminations and IRE
reconsiderations involving payment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
requests will establish consistency with
the timeframe for coverage
determinations that involve a request for
payment. Since these are cases where
the enrollee has already obtained the
drug, we believe it’s reasonable to afford
plan sponsors and the IRE additional
time to obtain the documentation
necessary to support a favorable
decision on the request. We
acknowledge that audit protocols and
related materials will need to be
modified to comport with the new 14
calendar day payment timeframe for
redeterminations in order to measure
plan performance in meeting this
timeframe. We agree with the
commenter that plan sponsors’
performance in meeting this new
timeframe for payment redeterminations
should be evaluated, but disagree that
implementation of the new timeframe
should be delayed.
Comment: A commenter that
expressed support for the proposal
noted that CMS should align the
coverage determination payment
timeline with the existing
redetermination timeline of 30 calendar
days.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s support for the proposal,
but wish to clarify that the existing
redetermination timeframe is 72 hours
for expedited requests and 7 calendar
days for standard redetermination
requests.
After consideration of the public
comments received, we are finalizing
this provision as proposed.
7. Elimination of Medicare Advantage
Plan Notice for Cases Sent to the IRE
(§ 422.590)
In accordance with section 1852(g) of
the Act, our current regulations at
§§ 422.578, 422.582, and 422.584
provide MA enrollees with the right to
request reconsideration of a health
plan’s initial decision to deny Medicare
coverage. Pursuant to § 422.590, when
the MA plan upholds initial payment or
service denials, in whole or in part, it
must forward member case files to an
independent review entity (IRE)
contracted with CMS to review planlevel appeals. Pursuant to § 422.590(f),
MA plans must notify enrollees upon
forwarding cases to the IRE.
We proposed to revise § 422.590 to
remove paragraph (f) to delete the
requirement for plans to notify enrollees
upon forwarding cases to the IRE. The
Part C IRE will continue to be
contractually responsible for notifying
enrollees upon receipt of cases from MA
plans. We proposed this change to ease
burden on MA plans without
compromising notice to the enrollee (or
PO 00000
Frm 00196
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
other party) of the progress of the appeal
and to allow MA plans to redirect
resources to time-sensitive activities,
such as review of coverage requests and
improved efficiency in appeals
processing and provision of health
benefits.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received many
comments expressing strong support for
our proposal to eliminate the MA notice
when plans forward cases to the Part C
IRE. A majority of commenters agreed
that the current MA plan notice
requirement is duplicative and
unnecessary, as the Part C IRE also is
responsible for notifying an enrollee
that it has received the case. These
commenters indicated that the
redundant notice is costly, elimination
of this unnecessary notice will reduce
beneficiary confusion, and the proposed
change is in line with current
paperwork reduction initiatives.
Response: We agree with the
commenters that this proposal will ease
unnecessary administrative burden on
MA plans while favorably impacting
enrollees. We expect this change to
increase beneficiary understanding and
allow plans to redirect resources
previously allocated to issuing this
notice to more patient-care related,
time-sensitive activities. We appreciate
the comment that this proposal is
consistent with the agency’s Patients
Over Paperwork initiative to reduce
paperwork and agree the change will
benefit beneficiaries, plans and
providers.
Comment: A few commenters
suggested CMS implement additional
measures related to the proposal—such
as setting a timeframe by which the IRE
must acknowledge receipt of a member’s
case (for example, within 5 days).
Response: CMS agrees an enrollee
must receive timely notice when his or
her case is forwarded to the Part C IRE.
We will continue analyzing notification
timeframes as we endeavor to ensure the
IRE’s notification process is timely and
efficient. We note that a regulatory
change would not be necessary as CMS
contracts with the Part C IRE and may
implement changes to certain parts of
the IRE’s workload and deadlines
through that contract.
Comment: Some commenters
recommended other programmatic
improvements—including issuance of
new protocols used during program
audits or the timeliness monitoring
project to delete the applicable
timeliness calculations for this notice.
Other commenters recommended we
consider electronic issuance of IRE
notifications to enrollees.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Response: While the commenter’s
suggestions are outside the scope of this
rule, we appreciate these comments and
will ensure the suggestions are
appropriately conveyed.
Comment: Some commenters
generally support this change, but
requested additional clarification. For
example, a few commenters inquired
whether MA plans may voluntarily
continue the current practice of
notifying their members upon
forwarding cases to the IRE. These
commenters indicated providing notices
to members on an optional basis could
prevent increased member inquiries.
Another commenter sought clarification
regarding Appendix 10 of Chapter 13 of
the Medicare Managed Care manual—a
sample (model) notice (‘‘Notice of
Appeal Status’’) provided to plans for
the purpose of informing enrollees
whose cases are forwarded to the IRE for
review. Another commenter indicated
Appendix 10 includes redundant
information the IRE is expected to
provide. While another commenter
inquired whether MA plans would
continue to have the full adjudication
timeframe to forward the denied case to
the IRE or if the MAO’s processing
timeframe would be reduced.
Response: We would like to clarify
that this change does not preclude plans
from continuing to notify enrollees
upon forwarding cases to the IRE; plans
are permitted to continue the current
practice of notifying members upon
forwarding case files to the IRE if they
choose to do so. We will no longer
expect plans to use CMS’ Model Notice
of Appeal Status (Appendix 10 of
Chapter 13 of the Medicare Managed
Care manual) after the end of the 2018
plan year. By removing the requirement
that MA plans must notify beneficiaries
upon forwarding cases to the Part C IRE,
we no longer expect plans to use CMS’
Model Notice of Appeal Status; thus,
inclusion of duplicative language on the
model notice is unnecessary as well as
moot. While plans opting to notify
members upon forwarding cases to the
IRE may continue using CMS’ model
notice, CMS will no longer expect MA
plans to utilize the current model
notice. Changes to processing
timeframes are outside the scope of this
rule but we note that § 422.590(a), (b)
and (d), which control the timeframe for
service, payment and expedited
reconsiderations, are not being amended
in this rule; those provisions require
that an MA plan prepare a written
explanation and send the case file to the
independent entity contracted by CMS
as expeditiously as the enrollee’s health
condition requires, but no later than the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
timeframe specific to the type of
reconsideration.
Comment: A few commenters
objected to this proposal, indicating that
MA enrollees expect to receive notices
from their plans and would find notices
from the IRE confusing. Another
commenter asserted the provision of
this notice is not a burden on MA plans.
A commenter anticipated the Part C
IRE’s notification would not be as
timely as plan notification and some
asked CMS to eliminate IRE notice
instead of eliminating MA plan notice.
Response: We disagree with the
commenters. While MA enrollees expect
to receive material from their plans, we
believe that enrollees who are awaiting
appeals decisions anticipate notification
from the Medicare IRE to confirm the
IRE has actually received the case and
what the beneficiary can expect next.
Mandatory materials sent by MA plans
to enrollees, such as Medicare’s
integrated denial notice, describe the
IRE-level of review following denial at
the MA plan reconsideration stage.
Additionally, even before this change
was proposed, the IRE was required to
provide a notice to enrollees. We also
believe beneficiaries welcome knowing
an independent, outside entity, under
contract with Medicare, is reviewing
their health plan’s initial coverage
denial. As set forth in our regulatory
impact analysis, we believe that
providing this notice is a burden for MA
plans and an unnecessary one at that.
Eliminating this duplicative notice will
relieve an unnecessary burden on MA
plans. We will continue to work closely
with the IRE—through CMS’ contract
oversight and evaluation efforts and by
promulgating additional contractor
guidance, as needed—to ensure
Medicare beneficiaries nationwide
receive timely notice in a consistent
form and manner.
After consideration of the public
comments received, we are finalizing
this amendment to delete paragraph (f)
and redesignate the subsequent
paragraphs of § 422.590 as proposed.
8. E-Prescribing and the Part D
Prescription Drug Program; Updating
Part D E-Prescribing Standards
a. Legislative Background
Section 101 of the Medicare
Prescription Drug, Improvement, and
Modernization Act of 2003 (MMA) (Pub.
L. 108–173) amended title XVIII of the
Act to establish a voluntary prescription
drug benefit program at section 1860D–
4(e) of the Act. Among other things,
these provisions required the adoption
of Part D e-prescribing standards.
Prescription Drug Plan (PDP) sponsors
PO 00000
Frm 00197
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16635
and Medicare Advantage (MA)
organizations offering Medicare
Advantage-Prescription Drug Plans
(MA–PD) are required to establish
electronic prescription drug programs
that comply with the e-prescribing
standards that are adopted under this
authority. There is no requirement that
prescribers or dispensers implement eprescribing. However, prescribers and
dispensers who electronically transmit
prescription and certain other
information for covered drugs
prescribed for Medicare Part D eligible
beneficiaries, directly or through an
intermediary, are required to comply
with any applicable standards that are
in effect.
For a further discussion of the
statutory basis for this rule and the
statutory requirements at section
1860D–4(e) of the Act, please refer to
section I. (Background) of the EPrescribing and the Prescription Drug
Program proposed rule, published
February 4, 2005 (70 FR 6256).
b. Regulatory History
Transaction standards are periodically
updated to take new knowledge,
technology, and other considerations
into account. As CMS adopted specific
versions of the standards when it
adopted the foundation and final eprescribing standards, there was a need
to establish a process by which the
standards could be updated or replaced
over time to ensure that the standards
did not hold back progress in the
industry. We discussed these processes
in the November 7, 2005 final rule (70
FR 67579).
The discussion noted that the
rulemaking process will generally be
used to retire, replace, or adopt a new
e-prescribing standard, but it also
provided for a simplified ‘‘updating
process’’ when a non-HIPAA standard
could be updated with a newer
‘‘backward-compatible’’ version of the
adopted standard. In instances in which
the user of the later version can
accommodate users of the earlier
version of the adopted non-HIPAA
standard without modification, it noted
that notice and comment rulemaking
could be waived, and the use of either
the new or old version of the adopted
standard would be considered
compliant upon the effective date of the
newer version’s incorporation by
reference in the Federal Register. We
utilized this streamlined process when
we published an interim final rule with
comment on June 23, 2006 (71 FR
36020). That rule recognized NCPDP
SCRIPT 8.1 as a backward compatible
update to the NCPDP SCRIPT 5.0 for the
specified transactions, thereby allowing
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16636
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
for use of either of the two versions in
the Part D program. Then, on April 7,
2008, we used notice and comment
rulemaking (73 FR 18,918) to finalize
the identification of the NCPDP SCRIPT
8.1 as a backward compatible update of
the NCPDP SCRIPT 5.0, and, effective
April 1, 2009, retire NCPDP SCRIPT 5.0
and adopt NCPDP SCRIPT 8.1 as the
official Part D e-prescribing standard for
the specified transactions. On July 1,
2010, CMS utilized the streamlined
process to recognize NCPDP SCRIPT
10.6 as a backward compatible update of
NCPDP SCRIPT 8.1 in an interim final
rule (75 FR 38026). We finalized the
NCPDP SCRIPT 10.6 as a Backward
Compatible Version of NCPDP SCRIPT
8.1, and retired NCPDP SCRIPT 8.1 and
adopted the NCPDP SCRIPT 10.6 as the
official Part D e-Prescribing Standard for
the specified transactions in the CY
2013 Physician Fee Schedule, effective
November 1, 2013. For a more detailed
discussion, see the CY 2013 PFS final
rule (77 FR 69329 through 69333).
c. Proposed Adoption of NCPDP SCRIPT
Version 2017071 as the Official Part D
E-Prescribing Standard for Certain
Specified Transactions, Retirement of
NCPDP SCRIPT 10.6, Proposed
Conforming Changes Elsewhere in
§ 423.160, and Correction of a Historic
Typographical Error in the Regulatory
Text Which Occurred When NCPDP
SCRIPT 10.6 Was Initially Adopted
We proposed to adopt the NCPDP
SCRIPT 2017071 as the official Part D eprescribing standard for certain
specified transactions, and to retire the
current standard (NCPDP SCRIPT
version 10.6). Unlike past updates to the
part D e-prescribing standards, as
version 2017071 is not fully backward
compatible with version 10.6, we were
unable to propose a transition period in
which use of either the new or old
version of the adopted standard would
be considered compliant upon the
effective date of the newer version’s
incorporation by reference in the
Federal Register. While moving directly
from one version to another may present
challenges, we believe that the new
version provides the opportunity to
standardize additional transactions over
what was possible with the current
version, and, as noted in our proposed
rule, we believe that those added
transactions and the improvements to
the existing transactions would, among
other things, improve communications
between the prescriber and dispensers.
Specifically, in addition to the
transactions for which prior versions of
NCPDP SCRIPT were adopted (as
reflected in the current regulations at
423.160(b)), we proposed to require use
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
of NCPDP SCRIPT 2017071 for the
following new transactions:
• Prescription drug administration
message,
• New prescription requests,
• New prescription response denials,
• Prescription transfer message,
• Prescription fill indicator change,
• Prescription recertification,
• Risk Evaluation and Mitigation
Strategy (REMS) initiation request,
• REMS initiation response, REMS
request, and
• REMS response.
To implement these proposed
policies, we proposed to revise
§ 423.160(b)(1)(iv) so as to limit its
application to transactions before
January 1, 2019 and add a new
§ 423.160(b)(1)(v). As amended, the
requirement at § 423.160(b)(1)(v) would
identify the standards that will be in
effect for the named transactions on or
after January 1, 2019.
We also proposed adoption of NCPDP
SCRIPT 2017071 as the official Part D eprescribing standard for the medication
history transaction at § 423.160(b)(4)
and proposed to retire NCPDP SCRIPT
versions 8.1 and 10.6 for medication
history transactions transmitted on or
after January 1, 2019. Furthermore, we
proposed to amend § 423.160(b)(1) by
modifying § 423.160(b)(1)(iv) to limit
usage of NCPDP SCRIPT version 10.6 to
transactions before January 1, 2019, and
proposed to add § 423.160(b)(1)(v) to
require use of NCPDP SCRIPT Version
2017071 on or after January 1, 2019.
Furthermore, we proposed to amend
§ 423.160(b)(2) by adding
§ 423.160(b)(2)(iv) to name NCPDP
SCRIPT Version 2017071 for the
applicable transactions. Finally, we
proposed to incorporate NCPDP SCRIPT
version 2017071 by reference in our
regulations at 42 CFR 423.160(c)(1)(vii).
We also solicited comments regarding
the impact of these proposed effective
dates on industry and other interested
stakeholders, and proposed a technical
correction of a prior regulation. On July
30, 2012, we published a regulation
(CMS–1590–P), which established
version 10.6 as the Part D e prescribing
standard effective March 1, 2015 for the
electronic transactions listed in
§ 423.160(b)(2)(iii). However, despite
the preamble discussion’s clear
adoption of NCPDP SCRIPT 10.6 as the
Part D e-prescribing standard for the
listed transactions, due to a
typographical error, § 423.160(b)(1)(iv)
of the regulation text erroneously crossreferenced the standard named in
(b)(2)(ii) (NCPDP SCRIPT 8.1), rather
than that named in (b)(2)(iii) (NCPDP
SCRIPT 10.6). We proposed a correction
of this typographical error by changing
PO 00000
Frm 00198
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the reference at § 423.160(b)(1)(iv) to
reference (b)(2)(iii) instead of (b)(2)(ii).
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: Many commenters urged
CMS to adopt the NCPDP SCRIPT
electronic Prior Authorization (ePA)
transaction for the Part D program. They
note that ePA is more efficient for
prescribers, pharmacies, plans, and
patients.
Response: We understand that Part D
plans are anxious to adopt the NCPDP
SCRIPT ePA standard. However, the
HIPAA standard transaction for prior
authorization does not accept the
NCPDP SCRIPT ePA standard. In order
for CMS to adopt the 2017071 for use in
the Part D e-prescribing program, the
HIPAA standard transaction would need
to be modified to allow for use of an
NCPDP SCRIPT ePA standard. Such
HIPAA changes will need to occur in a
Departmental regulation, and cannot be
effectuated in a CMS regulation. If the
HIPAA regulations are modified, CMS
will be able to propose adoption of the
NCPDP SCRIPT ePA for use in the Part
D e-prescribing program.
Comment: We received a variety of
comments concerning the amount of
lead time needed to adopt a new
standard. Some commenters requested
that CMS’ proposed time frame for
implementing the new NCPDP SCRIPT
version be extended. Several
commenters expressed the desire to
begin using the new standard
immediately after the rule is finalized
but wanted to accommodate other plans
who were not ready to adopt the
standard. These commenters favored a
gradual transition whereby plans could
opt to adopt Version 2017017
voluntarily when the final rule is
published or be permitted to use
Version 10.6 for 18 to 24 months
thereafter. A commenter asked CMS not
to require implementation of the new
NCPDP SCRIPT version on a Federal
holiday or in January, since plans would
be in the midst of open season.
Response: Comments have persuaded
us that it will take some plans more
time to update the standard than we had
previously anticipated. We also
appreciate that many plans would like
to begin using the new standard
immediately. Given these two
viewpoints we would have liked to have
proposed a phased-in transition for
plans to use when implementing the
new NCPDP SCRIPT version. However,
because we understand that Version
2017017 is not backwards compatible to
Version 10.6, this is not a feasible
option, necessitating a hard cut off
point. We also understand that some
industry partners would prefer not to
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
implement the new NCPDP SCRIPT
version on January 1 however, Section
1860D–12(f)(2) prohibits the
implementation of ‘‘significant’’
regulatory requirements on a
prescription drug plan other than at the
beginning of the year. Therefore, in
order to ensure that all Part D plans,
prescribers and dispensers are able to
make a successful transition to the new
part D e-prescribing standard, and that
the transition is compliant with
statutory requirements, we are delaying
the implementation date until January 1,
2020 subject to the additional
conditions regarding certain ONC
standards discussed infra. This will
provide affected organizations
additional time to develop and test the
new requirements.
Comment: A few commenters noted
that the use of medication history
transactions would help the industry
address opioid overuse and asked that
CMS add them to the list of named
transactions.
Response: The adoption of the
2017071 version of the NCPDP SCRIPT
medication history transaction was
proposed in the final rule, but, as was
done historically, we proposed to codify
it separately from the other transactions
at § 423.160(c)(1)(vii). Furthermore, we
proposed to incorporate the 2017071
proposed transactions at
§ 423.160(b)(4)(ii), which we believe
would include RxHistory Request and
RxHistory Response. As a result of
positive feedback to these proposals,
subject to the additional conditions
regarding certain ONC standards
discussed infra, we do intend to finalize
these proposals effective January 1,
2020.
Comment: A commenter stated that
although the Password Change
Transaction remains in the 2017017
NCPDP SCRIPT Standard, its use is not
universally supported and that some
payers have replaced these transactions
with alternative enhanced security
authentication measures. The
commenter asked CMS to remove the
Password Change Transaction from the
final rule.
Response: We appreciate the
comment, and understand that some
industry partners are exploring different
procedures for processing password
resets which may obviate the need for
the NCPDP SCRIPT standard Password
Change Transaction. Given the
evolution of these processes and the
importance of ensuring up-to-date
security processes for sensitive health
information, we have removed the
Password Change Transaction from the
final rule pending further review.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Comment: A commenter correctly
noted that the proposed rule mentions
some of the changes in the new
standard, but it doesn’t mention all of
them. Specifically, the commenter asked
whether a new field for language access
is included in the transactions we are
adopting from version 2017071.
Response: The language field was
added to a prior NCPDP SCRIPT
standard, Version 10.11, and has not
been removed in any subsequent
updates. Therefore the language field
continues to be included in all versions
after 10.11 including Version 2017017.
That said, we did not propose to adopt
NCPDP SCRIPT 2017071 for that
transaction in the context of the part D
e-prescribing program, so the public is
free absent other program standards to
the contrary to convey such content
using whatever standard or means they
wish to use.
Comment: A few commenters noted
that this NPRM proposed use of a
different version of the NCPDP SCRIPT
standard in Part D than is used in other
programs managed by HHS. These
commenters expressed concern that this
may create confusion in the industry.
Specifically, commenters noted ONC’s
Electronic Health Record Certification
Program which currently utilizes the
NCPDP SCRIPT Version 10.6.
Response: HHS has a history of
harmonizing NCPDP SCRIPT versions
across the various programs which it
manages. For example, please see the
final rule titled, ‘‘Health Information
Technology: Standards, Implementation
Specifications, and Certification Criteria
for Electronic Health Record
Technology, 2014 Edition; Revisions to
the Permanent Certification Program for
Health Information Technology’’ (77 FR
54163, 54198–54200), in which HHS
aligned its programs to prior versions of
the part D e-prescribing standard. We
anticipate similar action in this context,
and are confident that the necessary
proposals are currently under
development. Each Agency and Office
within the Department adheres to a
different regulatory schedule so that
regulations are published at different
intervals. Nevertheless, with the
adoption of this version of the NCPDP
SCRIPT standard for Part D prescribing,
HHS remains committed to continued
agency coordination to ensure
alignment, interoperability, and the
adoption of the most appropriate
standard and version for each use case.
We are therefore modifying our proposal
to adopt NCPDP SCRIPT 20170171 by
conditioning the effective date of our
adoption of the proposed on
corresponding regulatory action being
taken to update the Health IT
PO 00000
Frm 00199
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16637
Certification Criteria to NCPDP SCRIPT
2017071 for the named transactions
effective the January 1, 2020
implementation date.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether stakeholders are required to
adopt all transactions within the NCPDP
SCRIPT standard or only those which
are applicable to their business purpose.
Response: PDP sponsors and MA
organizations offering MA–PD are
required to establish electronic
prescription drug programs that comply
with adopted e-prescribing standards.
Other organizations such as prescribers
or dispensers only need to implement
the adopted transactions under that
standard that they use in their part D eprescribing operations. If there are any
questions on which transactions apply
to a business case, organizations should
consult the Business process
descriptions documented within the
version 2017071 NCPDP SCRIPT
standard implementation guide.
Comment: A commenter pointed out
that the named transactions are
inconsistent with the current
implementation guide Version
20170171. The commenter asked that
CMS reflect the updated nomenclature
and transaction types throughout.
Response: We appreciate this
comment, and acknowledge that NCPDP
made what we understand to be nonsubstantive changes to their
nomenclature. The final regulatory text
therefore reflects those non-substantive
changes to the names of the transactions
from those which appeared in our
proposed regulation. We have amended
the regulatory text in the final rule to
adopt the updated names.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that we defer naming the REMS-related
transactions until the Risk Evaluation
and Mitigation Strategies (REMS)
program transactions are proven
compared to other standards before
mandating the 2017071 version of the
NCPDP SCRIPT standard for REMS
usage.
Response: We disagree, and have
included the REMS-related transactions
in our final rule. The FDA designed the
REMS program to mitigate serious drugrelated risks associated with the some
medications, a goal which CMS whole
heartedly supports. Use of the REMS
transactions will allow REMS
requirements to be completed within
existing healthcare workflows, which
will be critical as the REMS program
includes more medications. Absent
these transactions the successful
management of the REMS would require
manual intervention for pharmacists
and prescribers. Manual maintenance of
REMS program data would be
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16638
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
particularly difficult because each
REMS has specific safety measures
unique to the risks associated with a
particular drug. For these reasons CMS
strongly supports using electronic
processes to support this important drug
safety initiative.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS immediately
adopt the updated NCPDP
Telecommunication Standard D.0 which
allows the conditional use of the field
‘‘Quantity Prescribed’’ to communicate
the actual quantity prescribed by the
provider. The commenter stated that
adoption of the field would promote
more appropriate beneficiary access to
controlled substances, reduce the
industry’s administrative burden, and
eliminate the misidentification of
partially-filled prescriptions as refills.
Response: CMS is aware of the
concerns noted. The NCPDP
Telecommunications Standard D.0 was
adopted to include specific
implementation guides, and it is a
HIPAA standard, so we’d need to await
the HIPAA standard changing. As noted
above, proposals to modify HIPAA
transactions are promulgated by the
Department, not CMS, under a different
rule-making authority. This suggestion
is therefore outside the scope of this
rule.
We received broad support for
updating the NCPDP SCRIPT standard
to Version 2017071, along with
concerns about the implementation date
and technical concerns about the
transactions named. Based on comments
received we are finalizing this provision
with modifications and have
conditionally moved the effective date
to January 1, 2020, to give ONC time to
update its Electronic Health Record
certification program to the NCPDP
SCRIPT 2017071 standard.
Summary and Availability of
Incorporation by Reference Material
The Office of the Federal Register
(OFR) has regulations concerning
incorporation by reference. 1 CFR part
51. For a final rule, agencies must
discuss in the preamble to the NPR
ways that the materials the agency
proposes to incorporate by reference are
reasonably available to interested
persons or how the agency worked to
make the materials reasonably available.
In addition, the preamble to the final
rule must summarize the materials.
Consistent with those requirements
CMS has established procedures to
ensure that interested parties can review
and inspect relevant materials. The
updates to the Part D prescribing
standards has relied on the NCPDP
SCRIPT Implementation Guide Version
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
2017071 approved July 28, 2017.
Members of the NCPDP may access
these materials through the member
portal at www.ncpdp.org; non-NCPDP
members may obtain these materials for
information purposes by contacting the
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services (CMS), 7500 Security
Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21244,
Mailstop C1–26–05, or by calling (410)
786–3694.
This regulation codifies adoption of
the NDPDP SCRIPT Standard Version
2017071, and retirement of the current
NCPDP SCRIPT Version 10.6, as the
official electronic prescribing standard
for transmitting prescriptions and
prescription-related information using
electronic media for covered Part D
drugs for Part D eligible individuals.
The NCPDP SCRIPT standards are
used to exchange information between
prescribers, dispensers, intermediaries
and Medicare prescription drug plans.
Although e-prescribing is optional for
physicians and pharmacies, the
Medicare Part D statute and regulations
require drug plans participating in the
prescription benefit to support
electronic prescribing, and physicians
and pharmacies who elect to transmit
e prescriptions and related
communications electronically must
utilize the adopted standards. The
updated NCPDP SCRIPT standards have
been requested by the industry and
include electronic standards for
transactions that are commonly used
such as the transmittal of new
prescriptions, changes to existing
prescriptions, requests for renewals, and
transfers of prescriptions between
pharmacies. These enhancements will
provide a number of efficiencies which
the industry and CMS supports.
9. Reduction of Past Performance
Review Period for Applications
Submitted by Current Medicare
Contracting Organizations (§§ 422.502
and 423.503)
In April 2010, we clarified our
authority to deny contract qualification
applications from organizations that
have failed to comply with the
requirements of a Medicare Advantage
or Part D plan sponsor contract they
currently hold, even if the submitted
application otherwise demonstrates that
the organization meets the relevant
program requirements. 75 FR 19677. As
part of that rulemaking, we established,
at § 422.502(b)(1) and § 423.503(b)(1),
that we will review an applicant’s prior
contract performance for the 14-month
period preceding the application
submission deadline (see 75 FR 19684
through 19686). We conduct that review
in accordance with a methodology we
PO 00000
Frm 00200
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
publish each year; 76 to the methodology
scores each applicant’s performance by
assigning weights based on the severity
of its non-compliance in several
performance categories. Under the
annual contract qualification
application submission and review
process we conduct, applicants and
renewing organizations must submit the
application by a date, usually in midFebruary, announced by us. We
proposed to reduce the past
performance review period from 14
months to 12 months after consideration
of our experience.
We originally established the 14month review period because it covered
the time period from the start of the
preceding contract year through the date
on which CMS receives contract
applications for the upcoming contract
year. We believed at the time that the
combination of the most recent
complete contract year and the 2
months preceding the application
submission provided us with the most
complete picture of the most relevant
information about an applicant’s past
contract performance. Our application
of this authority since its publication
has prompted comments from
contracting organizations that the 14month period is too long and is unfair
as it is applied. In particular,
organizations have noted that noncompliance that occurs during January
and February of a given year is counted
against an organization in 2 consecutive
past performance review cycles while
non-compliance occurring in all other
months is counted in only one review
cycle. The result is that some noncompliance is ‘‘double counted’’ based
solely on the timing of the noncompliance and can, depending on the
severity of the non-compliance, prevent
an organization from receiving CMS
approval of its application for 2
consecutive years. Rather than creating
a gap in the look-back period, as we
were concerned in 2010, 75 FR 19685,
we now believe a 12-month look-back
period provides a more accurate period
to consider. When we established the
14-month review period, we did so
based in part on the belief that it was
necessary to include in the period a full
contract year (that is, January through
December) of performance to be certain
that our review captured an applicant’s
most recent full cycle of performance in
order to capture all relevant aspects of
an organization’s performance. As we
have implemented the 14-month review
76 https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Complianceand-Audits/Part-C-and-Part-D-Compliance-andAudits/Downloads/Final_2018_Application_Cycle_
Past_Performance_Methodology.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
period, we have learned that the
contract year, as a unit of measure, adds
little value to our annual analysis. The
January-through-December period is
most significant because it covers the
period during which the organization
must provide approved benefits to its
enrollees, but it does not truly reflect
the schedule under which we make the
contract compliance and performance
determinations that we have adopted as
factors in the past performance
methodology. For example, compliance
notices, audit reports and star ratings
are often by necessity issued following
the conclusion of a particular contract
year. Therefore, an accurate review of a
contract’s past performance, conducted
as part of the annual application review
cycle, does not depend on our being
certain that the review period covers a
full contract year that begins two
Januarys before an application deadline.
As part of an annual process, the period
need cover only 12 months.
We continue to believe that an
applicant’s most recent contract
performance is important to consider in
each review cycle. Therefore, we
proposed to revise § 422.502(b)(1) and
§ 423.503(b)(1) to reduce the review
period from 14 to 12 months. This will
effectively establish a new review
period for every application review
cycle of March 1 of the year preceding
the application submission deadline
through February 28 (February 29 in
leap years) of the year in which the
application is submitted and will
eliminate the counting of instances of
non-compliance in January and
February of each year in 2 separate
application cycles. We also proposed to
have this review period change reflected
consistently in the Part C and D
regulation by revising both
§ 422.502(b)(2) and § 423.503(b)(2) to
state that CMS may deny an application
from an existing Medicare Advantage or
Part D plan sponsor in the absence of a
record of at least 12, rather than 14,
months of Medicare contract
performance by the applicant. We
clarified in the proposed rule that our
proposal would not change any other
aspect of our consideration of past
performance in the application process.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: All commenters expressed
support for the reduction of the past
performance review period from 14 to
12 months.
Response: We appreciate the
statements of support for our proposal.
Comment: Some commenters urged
that the proposed 12-month period
cover a calendar year (that is, January
through December) rather than the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
March through February period that
immediately precedes the application.
These commenters noted that the
calendar year review period would
allow CMS to let potential contract
applicants know whether CMS would
deny their applications based on poor
past performance before they committed
resources to preparing and submitting
applications.
Response: As we discussed when we
proposed this change, we believe it is
critical that CMS consider an
applicant’s most recent record of
contract performance at the time of the
submission of the application to CMS in
February. The adoption of a calendar
year past performance period would
create an unacceptable gap between the
end of the review period and the
application deadline. Therefore, we will
not accept this recommendation.
While we cannot accommodate the
recommendation that we adopt a
calendar year review period, we note
that CMS makes past performance
resources available to organizations that
they can use in making the decision to
invest resources in preparing an
application. Each year, CMS conducts
mid-year performance reviews of
contracting organizations and share
those results with the organizations.
While the results of such reviews are
not final, they give organizations a real
sense of how CMS views their contract
performance to that point in the year.
We also draft the annual past
performance methodology in a way that
allows organizations to track their own
past performance scores throughout the
year, allowing the organizations to
determine, as the year goes on, the
likelihood that CMS will deny their
planned application.
Comment: A commenter provided a
series of recommendations for
modifications to the methodology CMS
adopts each year to evaluate applicants’
past performance record (for example,
changes in weights assigned to certain
areas of performance, evaluation of
performance at the contract, rather than
organization, level).
Response: Since these comments do
not address the duration of the past
performance review period, they are
outside the scope of our proposal. We
will take the comments under
consideration for review of the
methodology in the future.
Based on our review of comments
expressing broad support for the
reduction of the past performance
review period, we are finalizing the
amendments to §§ 422.502(b)(1) and (2)
and 423.503(b)(1) and (2) as proposed.
PO 00000
Frm 00201
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16639
10. Preclusion List Requirements for
Prescribers in Part D and Individuals
and Entities in MA, Cost Plans, and
PACE
a. Part D Provisions
(1) Background
(a) 2014 Final Rule
On May 23, 2014, we published a
final rule in the Federal Register titled
‘‘Medicare Program; Contract Year 2015
Policy and Technical Changes to the
Medicare Advantage and the Medicare
Prescription Drug Benefit Programs’’ (79
FR 29844). Among other things, this
final rule implemented section 6405(c)
of the Affordable Care Act, which
provides the Secretary with the
authority to require that prescriptions
for covered Part D drugs be prescribed
by a physician enrolled in Medicare
under section 1866(j) of the Act (42
U.S.C. 1395cc(j)) or an eligible
professional as defined at section
1848(k)(3)(B) of the Act (42 U.S.C.
1395w–4(k)(3)(B)). More specifically,
the final rule revised § 423.120(c)(5) and
added new § 423.120(c)(6), the latter of
which stated that for a prescription to be
eligible for coverage under the Part D
program, the prescriber must have (1) an
approved enrollment record in the
Medicare fee for service program (that
is, original Medicare); or (2) a valid opt
out affidavit on file with a Part A/Part
B Medicare Administrative Contractor
(A/B MAC).
The purpose of this change was to
help ensure that Part D drugs are
prescribed only by qualified prescribers.
In a June 2013 report titled ‘‘Medicare
Inappropriately Paid for Drugs Ordered
by Individuals Without Prescribing
Authority’’ (OEI–02–09–00608), the
Office of Inspector General (OIG) found
that the Part D program improperly paid
for drugs prescribed by persons who did
not appear to have the authority to
prescribe. We also noted in the final
rule the reports we received of
prescriptions written by physicians with
suspended licenses having been covered
by the Part D program. These reports
raised concerns within CMS about the
propriety of Part D payments and the
potential for Part D beneficiaries to be
prescribed dangerous or unnecessary
drugs by individuals who lack the
authority or qualifications to prescribe
medications. Given that the Medicare
FFS provider enrollment process, as
outlined in 42 CFR part 424, subpart P,
collects identifying information about
providers and suppliers who wish to
enroll in Medicare, we believed that
forging a closer link between Medicare’s
coverage of Part D drugs and the
provider enrollment process would
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16640
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
enable CMS to confirm the
qualifications of the prescribers of such
drugs. That is, requiring Part D
prescribers to enroll in Medicare would
provide CMS with sufficient
information to determine whether a
physician or eligible professional is
qualified to prescribe Part D drugs.
We stated in the May 23, 2014 final
rule that the compliance date for our
revisions to new § 423.120(c)(6) would
be June 1, 2015. We believed that this
delayed date would give physicians and
eligible professionals who would be
affected by these provisions adequate
time to enroll in or opt-out of Medicare.
It would also allow CMS, A/B MACs,
Medicare beneficiaries, and other
impacted stakeholders sufficient
opportunity to prepare for these
requirements.
(b) 2015 Interim Final Rule
On May 6, 2015, we published in the
Federal Register an interim final rule
with comment period (IFC) titled
‘‘Medicare Program; Changes to the
Requirements for Part D Prescribers’’ (80
FR 25958). This IFC made changes to
certain requirements outlined in the
May 23, 2014 final rule related to
beneficiary access to covered Part D
drugs.
First, we changed the compliance date
of § 423.120(c)(6) from June 1, 2015 to
January 1, 2016. This was designed to
give all affected parties more time to
prepare for the additional provisions
included in the IFC.
Second, we revised paragraph
§ 423.120(c)(6)(ii) to address a gap in
§ 423.120(c)(6) regarding certain types of
prescribers. Revised paragraph (c)(6)(ii)
stated that pharmacy claims and
beneficiary requests for reimbursement
for Part D prescriptions written by
prescribers other than physicians and
eligible professionals who are
nonetheless permitted by state or other
applicable law to prescribe medications
(defined in § 423.100 as ‘‘other
authorized prescribers’’) will not be
rejected or denied, as applicable, by the
pharmacy benefit manager (PBM) if all
other requirements are met. This meant
that the enrollment requirement
specified in § 423.120(c)(6) would not
apply to other authorized prescribers—
that is, to individuals who are ineligible
to enroll in or opt out of Medicare
because they do not meet the statutory
definition of ‘‘physician’’ or ‘‘eligible
professional’’ yet who are otherwise
legally authorized to prescribe drugs.
Third, and to help ensure that
beneficiaries would not experience a
sudden lapse in Part D prescription
coverage upon the January 1, 2016
effective date, we added a new
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
paragraph § 423.120(c)(6)(v). This
provision stated that a Part D sponsor or
its PBM must, beginning on January 1,
2016 and upon receipt of a pharmacy
claim or beneficiary request for
reimbursement for a Part D drug that a
Part D sponsor or PBM would otherwise
be required to reject or deny, as
applicable, under § 423.120(c)(6):
• Provide the beneficiary with:
++ A 3-month provisional supply of
the drug (as prescribed by the prescriber
and if allowed by applicable law); and
++ Written notice within 3 business
days after adjudication of the claim or
request in a form and manner specified
by CMS; and
• Ensure that reasonable efforts are
made to notify the prescriber of a
beneficiary who was sent the notice
referred to in the previous paragraph.
The 3-month provisional supply and
written notice were intended to (1)
notify beneficiaries that a future
prescription written by the same
prescriber would not be covered unless
the prescriber enrolled in or opted-out
of Medicare, and (2) give beneficiaries
time to make arrangements to continue
receiving the prescription if the
prescriber of the medication did not
intend to enroll in or opt-out of
Medicare.
(c) Preparations for Enforcement of Part
D Prescriber Enrollment Requirement
Immediately after the publication of
the previously mentioned May 23, 2014
final rule, we undertook major efforts to
educate affected stakeholders about the
forthcoming enrollment requirement.
Numerous prescribers have, in
preparation for the enforcement of
§ 423.120(c)(6), enrolled in or opted out
of Medicare. However, we noted in the
November 28, 2017 proposed rule that
based on internal CMS data as of July
2016, approximately 420,000
prescribers—or 35 percent of the total
1.2 million prescribers of Part D drugs—
whose prescriptions for Part D drugs
would be affected by the requirements
of § 423.120(c)(6) have yet to enroll or
opt out. Several provider organizations,
moreover, expressed concerns about the
enrollment requirements. They
contended that (1) most prescribers pose
no risk to the Medicare program; and (2)
certain types of physicians and eligible
professionals prescribe Part D drugs
only very infrequently. Their general
position, in short, was that the burden
to the prescriber community would
outweigh the payment safeguard
benefits of § 423.120(c)(6). After the
publication of the IFC, and based on our
desire to give prescribers and other
stakeholders more time to prepare for
the enrollment requirements, we
PO 00000
Frm 00202
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
announced a phased-in enforcement of
the enrollment requirements and stated
that full enforcement would be delayed
until January 1, 2019. However, the
concerns of these provider organizations
remained.
Recognizing these concerns, and
wanting to reduce as much burden as
possible for providers without
compromising our program integrity
objectives, we proposed in the
November 28, 2017 proposed rule
several changes to § 423.120(c)(6) as
well as to several other provisions,
which we describe below.
(2) Proposed Provisions
In accordance with section 1871 of
the Act, within 3 years of the
publication of the May 6, 2015 IFC, we
must either publish a final rule or
publish a notice of a different timeline.
If we were to finalize the proposals
described in the November 28, 2017
proposed rule, we would not finalize
the provisions of the IFC. Instead, the
regulations contained in this final rule
would supersede our earlier rulemaking.
We proposed an effective date for our
proposed provisions in § 423.120(c)(5)
of 60 days after the publication of a final
rule. We proposed an effective date of
our proposed revisions to
§ 423.120(c)(6) of January 1, 2019.
(a) Prescriber NPI Validation on Part D
Claims
In the May 6, 2015 IFC, we revised
§ 423.120(c)(5), which addresses the
submission and validation of National
Provider Identifiers (NPIs) of Part D
prescribers, to state that before January
1, 2016, the following are applicable:
• In paragraph (c)(5)(i), we stated that
a Part D sponsor must submit to CMS
only a prescription drug event (PDE)
record that contains an active and valid
individual prescriber NPI.
• In paragraph (c)(5)(ii), we stated
that a Part D sponsor must ensure that
the lack of an active and valid
individual prescriber NPI on a network
pharmacy claim does not unreasonably
delay a beneficiary’s access to a covered
Part D drug, by taking the steps
described in paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this
section.
• In paragraph (c)(5)(iii), we stated
that the sponsor must communicate at
point-of-sale whether or not a submitted
NPI is active and valid in accordance
with this paragraph (c)(5)(iii).
++ In paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(A), we
stated that if the sponsor communicates
that the NPI is not active and valid, the
sponsor must permit the pharmacy to
(1) confirm that the NPI is active and
valid; or (2) correct the NPI.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
++ In paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(B), we
stated that if the pharmacy:
++ Confirms that the NPI is active
and valid or corrects the NPI, the
sponsor must pay the claim if it is
otherwise payable; or
++ Cannot or does not correct or
confirm that the NPI is active and valid,
the sponsor must require the pharmacy
to resubmit the claim (when necessary),
which the sponsor must pay, if it is
otherwise payable, unless there is an
indication of fraud or the claim involves
a prescription written by a foreign
prescriber (where permitted by State
law).
• In paragraph (c)(5)(iv), we stated
that a Part D sponsor must not later
recoup payment from a network
pharmacy for a claim that does not
contain an active and valid individual
prescriber NPI on the basis that it does
not contain one, unless the sponsor—
++ Has complied with paragraphs
(c)(5)(ii) and (iii) of this section;
++ Has verified that a submitted NPI
was not in fact active and valid; and
++ The agreement between the
parties explicitly permits such
recoupment.
• In paragraph (c)(5)(v), we stated that
with respect to requests for
reimbursement submitted by Medicare
beneficiaries, a Part D sponsor may not
make payment to a beneficiary
dependent upon the sponsor’s
acquisition of an active and valid
individual prescriber NPI, unless there
is an indication of fraud.
We noted in the November 28, 2017
proposed rule that these provisions,
which focused on NPI submission and
validation, were no longer effective
because the January 1, 2016 end-date for
their applicability had passed. We
further explained that prior to the
January 1, 2016 date, the Medicare
Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of
2015 (MACRA) was signed into law on
April 16, 2015 (shortly before the IFC
was finalized). Section 507 of MACRA
amended section 1860D–4(c) of the Act
(42 U.S.C. 1395w–104(6)) by requiring
that pharmacy claims for covered Part D
drugs include prescriber NPIs that are
determined to be valid under
procedures established by the Secretary
in consultation with appropriate
stakeholders, beginning with plan year
2016.
In light of the enactment of MACRA,
we issued a guidance memo on June 1,
2015 titled, ‘‘Medicare Prescriber
Enrollment Requirement Update’’
(memo). The memo noted that
§ 423.120(c)(5) would no longer be
applicable beginning January 1, 2016
due to the IFC we had published, but
that its several of its provisions reflected
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
certain existing Part D claims
procedures established by the Secretary
that would comply with section 507 of
MACRA. The provisions in
§ 423.120(c)(5) that reflected the
procedures that would comply with
section 507 were the following:
• Paragraph (c)(5)(iii).
• Paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(A).
• Paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(B)(1).
(Paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(B)(2) would not
comply with section 507 because the
sponsor has no evidence that the NPI is
active or valid.)
• Paragraph (c)(5)(iv).
• Paragraph (c)(5)(v).
Given this, we proposed in the
November 28, 2017 proposed rule to
include these provisions in new
paragraph (c)(5). They were to be
enumerated as, respectively, new
paragraphs (c)(5)(ii), (c)(5)(ii)(A),
(c)(5)(ii)(B), (c)(5)(iii), and (c)(5)(iv).
Paragraphs (c)(5)(i), (c)(5)(ii), and
(c)(5)(iii)(B)(2) were not to be included
in new paragraph (c)(5). We also noted
in the November 28, 2017 proposed rule
that in the May 6, 2015 IFC, we revised
§ 423.120(c)(6)(i) to require a Part D plan
sponsor to reject, or require its
pharmaceutical benefit manager (PBM)
to reject, a pharmacy claim for a Part D
drug, unless the claim contained the
NPI of the prescriber who prescribed the
drug. This provision, too, reflected
existing Part D claims procedures and
policies that comply with section 507 of
MACRA. We therefore proposed to
retain this provision and sought
comment on associated burdens or
unintended consequences and
alternative approaches. However, we
proposed to move it from paragraph
(c)(6) to paragraph (c)(5) so that most of
the NPI provisions in § 423.120 were
included in one paragraph. We stated in
the proposed rule that these new
provisions would not only effectively
implement section 507 of MACRA but
also enhance Part D program integrity
by streamlining and strengthening
procedures for ensuring the identity of
prescribers of Part D drugs.
(b) Targeted Approach to Part D
Prescribers and Provisional Supply
We outlined in the proposed rule our
belief that the most effective means of
reducing the burden of the Part D
enrollment requirement on prescribers,
Part D plan sponsors, and beneficiaries
without compromising our payment
safeguard aims would be to concentrate
our efforts on preventing Part D
coverage of prescriptions written by
prescribers who pose an elevated risk to
Medicare beneficiaries and the taxpayerfunded Trust Funds. In other words,
rather than require the enrollment of
PO 00000
Frm 00203
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16641
Part D prescribers regardless of the
possible level of risk posed, we
proposed to focus on preventing
payment for Part D drugs prescribed by
demonstrably problematic prescribers.
We therefore proposed to establish a
‘‘preclusion list’’ that would include
such individuals and would deny
payment for Part D drugs they prescribe.
That is, we proposed to replace the
prescriber enrollment requirement
outlined in § 423.120(c)(6) with a claims
payment-oriented approach. The
specific provisions we proposed are as
follows:
• In § 423.100, we proposed to delete
the definition of ‘‘other authorized
prescriber’’ and add the following:
++ Preclusion List means a CMS
compiled list of prescribers who:
++ Meet all of the following
requirements:
++ The prescriber is currently
revoked from the Medicare program
under § 424.535.
++ The prescriber is currently under
a reenrollment bar under § 424.535(c).
++ CMS determines that underlying
conduct that led to the revocation is
detrimental to the best interests of the
Medicare program. In making this
determination under this paragraph,
CMS considers the following factors: (1)
The seriousness of the conduct
underlying the prescriber’s revocation;
(2) the degree to which the prescriber’s
conduct could affect the integrity of the
Part D program; and (3) any other
evidence that CMS deems relevant to its
determination; or
++ Meet both of the following
requirements:
++ The prescriber has engaged in
behavior for which CMS could have
revoked the prescriber to the extent
applicable if he or she had been
enrolled in Medicare.
++ CMS determines that the
underlying conduct that would have to
the revocation is detrimental to the best
interests of the Medicare program. In
making this determination under this
paragraph, CMS considers the following
factors: (1) The seriousness of the
conduct involved; (2) the degree to
which the prescriber’s conduct could
affect the integrity of the Part D
program; and (3) any other evidence that
CMS deems relevant to its
determination
• In paragraph (c)(6)(i), we proposed
to state: ‘‘Except as provided in
paragraph (c)(6)(iv) of this section, a
Part D sponsor must reject, or must
require its PBM to reject, a pharmacy
claim for a Part D drug if the individual
who prescribed the drug is included on
the preclusion list, defined in
§ 423.100.’’ This will ensure that Part D
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16642
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
sponsors comply with our proposed
requirement that claims involving
prescribers who are on the preclusion
list should not be paid.
• In paragraph (c)(6)(ii), we proposed
to state as follows: ‘‘Except as provided
in paragraph (c)(6)(iv) of this section, a
Part D sponsor must deny, or must
require its PBM to deny, a request for
reimbursement from a Medicare
beneficiary if the request pertains to a
Part D drug that was prescribed by an
individual who is identified by name in
the request and who is included on the
preclusion list, defined in § 423.100.’’
As with paragraph (c)(6)(i), this will
ensure that Part D sponsors comply with
our proposed requirement that
payments not be made for prescriptions
written by prescribers who are on the
preclusion list.
• In paragraph (c)(6)(iii), we proposed
to state: ‘‘A Part D plan sponsor may not
submit a prescription drug event (PDE)
record to CMS unless it includes on the
PDE record the active and valid
individual NPI of the prescriber of the
drug, and the prescriber is not included
on the preclusion list, defined in
§ 423.100, for the date of service.’’ This
is to help ensure that—(1) the prescriber
can be properly identified, and (2)
prescribers who are on the preclusion
list are not included in PDEs.
• In paragraph (c)(6)(iv), we proposed
to address the provisional coverage
period and notice provisions, which we
previously referred to, as follows:
++ A Part D sponsor or its PBM must
not reject a pharmacy claim for a Part
D drug under paragraph (c)(6)(i) or deny
a request for reimbursement under
paragraph (c)(6)(ii) unless the sponsor
has provided the provisional coverage of
the drug and written notice to the
beneficiary required by paragraph
(c)(6)(iv)(B).
++ Upon receipt of a pharmacy claim
or beneficiary request for
reimbursement for a Part D drug that a
Part D sponsor would otherwise be
required to reject or deny in accordance
with paragraphs (c)(6)(i) or (ii), a Part D
sponsor or its PBM must do the
following:
—Provide the beneficiary with the
following, subject to all other Part D
rules and plan coverage requirements:
—A 90-day provisional supply coverage
period during which the sponsor must
cover all drugs dispensed to the
beneficiary pursuant to prescriptions
written by the individual on the
preclusion list. The provisional
supply period begins on the date-ofservice the first drug is dispensed
pursuant to a prescription written by
the individual on the preclusion list.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
—Written notice within 3 business days
after adjudication of the first claim or
request for the drug in a form and
manner specified by CMS.
—Ensure that reasonable efforts are
made to notify the prescriber of a
beneficiary who was sent a notice
under paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(B)(1)(ii).
• In new § 423.120(c)(6)(v), we
proposed that CMS would send written
notice to the prescriber via letter of his
or her inclusion on the preclusion list.
The notice would contain the reason for
the inclusion on the preclusion list and
would inform the prescriber of his or
her appeal rights. A prescriber may
appeal his or her inclusion on the
preclusion list in accordance with 42
CFR part 498.
• In new § 423.120(c)(6)(vi), we
proposed that CMS has the discretion
not to include a particular individual on
(or, if warranted, remove the individual
from) the preclusion list should it
determine that exceptional
circumstances exist regarding
beneficiary access to prescriptions. In
making a determination as to whether
such circumstances exist, CMS will take
into account—(1) the degree to which
beneficiary access to Part D drugs would
be impaired; and (2) any other evidence
that CMS deems relevant to its
determination.
We also stated in the proposed rule
the following:
• We proposed to keep an unenrolled
prescriber on the preclusion list for the
same length of time as the reenrollment
bar that we could have imposed on the
prescriber had he or she been enrolled
and then revoked.
• Prescribers who were revoked from
Medicare or, for unenrolled prescribers,
engaged in behavior that could serve as
a basis for an applicable revocation
prior to the effective date of this rule (if
finalized) could, if the requirements of
§ 423.120(c)(6) are met, be added to the
preclusion list upon said effective date
even though the underlying action (for
instance, felony conviction) occurred
prior to that date. However, the Part D
claim rejections by Part D sponsors and
their PBMs under § 423.120(c)(6) would
only apply to claims for Part D
prescriptions filled or refilled on or after
the date he or she was added to the
preclusion list; that is, sponsors and
PBMs would not be required to
retroactively reject claims based on the
effective date of the revocation or, for
unenrolled prescribers, the date of the
behavior that could serve as a basis for
an applicable revocation regardless of
whether that date occurred before or
after the effective date of this rule.
We also solicited comment on the
following:
PO 00000
Frm 00204
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
• An alternative by which we would
first identify, through PDE data, those
providers who are prescribing drugs to
Medicare beneficiaries. This would
significantly reduce the universe of
prescribers who are on the preclusion
list and reduce the government’s
surveillance of prescribers that are not
prescribing to Part D beneficiaries. We
anticipated that this could create delays
in our ability to screen providers due to
data lags and may introduce some
program integrity risks. We were
particularly interested in hearing from
the public on the potential risks this
could pose to beneficiaries, especially in
light of our efforts to address the opioids
epidemic.
• Whether the actions referenced in
§ 424.535(a) are appropriate grounds for
inclusion on the preclusion list.
• Whether actions other than those
referenced in § 424.535(a) should
constitute grounds for inclusion on the
preclusion and, if so, what those
specific grounds are.
• Suggestions for means of
monitoring abusive prescribing
practices and appropriate processes for
including such prescribers on the
preclusion list.
• A reasonable time period for Part D
sponsors/PBMs to incorporate the
preclusion list into their claims
adjudication systems, and whether and
how our proposed regulatory text needs
to be modified to accommodate such a
time period.
• What limits or other guardrails CMS
should set with respect to number of
doses, initial dosing, and type of
product for opioid prescriptions for
particular clinical presentations
(including acute pain, chronic pain,
hospice setting and so forth).
• An alternative method of ensuring
beneficiaries have access to opioids as
necessary would be to require the
sponsor immediately provide a transfer
to a new provider when the first
provider is on the preclusion list.
(c) Appeals
In our revisions to § 423.120(c)(6), we
proposed to permit prescribers who are
on the preclusion list to appeal their
inclusion on this list in accordance with
42 CFR part 498. We believed that given
the aforementioned pharmacy claim
rejections that would be associated with
a prescriber’s appearance on the
preclusion list, due process warranted
that the prescriber have the ability to
challenge this via appeal. Any appeal
under this proposed provision,
however, would be limited strictly to
the individual’s inclusion on the
preclusion list. The proposed appeals
process would neither include nor affect
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
appeals of payment denials or
enrollment revocations, for there are
separate appeals processes for these
actions. In addition, we would send
written notice to the prescriber of his or
her inclusion on the preclusion list. The
notice would contain the reason for the
inclusion and would inform the
prescriber of his or her appeal rights.
This was to ensure that the prescriber is
duly notified of the action, why it was
taken, and his or her ability to challenge
our determination.
Consistent with our proposed
provision in § 423.120(c)(6) regarding
appeal rights, we proposed to update
several other regulatory provisions
regarding appeals:
• We proposed to revise § 498.3(b) to
add a new paragraph (20) stating that a
CMS determination to include a
prescriber on the preclusion list
constitutes an initial determination.
This revision would help enable
prescribers to utilize the appeals
processes described in § 498.5.
• In § 498.5, we proposed to add a
new paragraph (n) that would state as
follows:
++ In paragraph (n)(1), we proposed
that any prescriber dissatisfied with an
initial determination or revised initial
determination that he or she is to be
included on the preclusion list may
request a reconsideration in accordance
with § 498.22(a).
++ In paragraph (n)(2), we proposed
that if CMS or the prescriber under
paragraph (n)(1) is dissatisfied with a
reconsidered determination under
§ 498.5(n)(1), or a revised reconsidered
determination under § 498.30, CMS or
the prescriber is entitled to a hearing
before an administrative law judge
(ALJ).
++ In paragraph (n)(3), we proposed
that if CMS or the prescriber under
paragraph (n)(2) is dissatisfied with a
hearing decision as described in
paragraph (n)(2), CMS or the prescriber
may request review by the Departmental
Appeals Board (DAB) and the prescriber
may seek judicial review of the DAB’s
decision.
In addition, given that a beneficiary’s
access to a drug may be denied because
of the application of the preclusion list
to his or her prescription, we believe the
beneficiary should be permitted to
appeal alleged errors in applying the
preclusion list.
We also solicited comment on
whether a different appeals process is
warranted and, if so, what its
components should be.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
b. Part C/Medicare Advantage Cost Plan
and PACE Provisions
(1) Background
(a) 2016 Final Rule
On November 15, 2016, CMS
published a final rule in the Federal
Register titled ‘‘Medicare Program;
Revisions to Payment Policies Under the
Physician Fee Schedule and Other
Revisions to Part B for CY 2017;
Medicare Advantage Bid Pricing Data
Release; Medicare Advantage and Part D
Medical Loss Ratio Data Release;
Medicare Advantage Provider Network
Requirements; Expansion of Medicare
Diabetes Prevention Program Model;
Medicare Shared Savings Program
Requirements’’ (81 FR 80169). This rule
contained a number of requirements,
foremost of which was the addition of
new § 422.222 to require providers and
suppliers that furnish health care items
or services to a Medicare enrollee who
receives his or her Medicare benefit
through an MA organization to be
enrolled in Medicare and be in an
approved status no later than January 1,
2019. (The term ‘‘MA organization’’
refers to both MA plans and MA plans
that provide drug coverage, otherwise
known as MA–PD plans.) We also added
a requirement in new § 422.204(b)(5)
that required MA organizations to
comply with the provider and supplier
enrollment requirements referenced in
§ 422.222. Other provisions were also
added or revised to reflect the
requirements in § 422.222.
We believed that these new
requirements, as they pertained to MA,
were necessary to help ensure that
Medicare enrollees receive items or
services from providers and suppliers
that are fully compliant with the
requirements for Medicare enrollment.
We also believed they would, as with
the previously mentioned Part D
requirement, assist our efforts to prevent
fraud, waste, and abuse, and to protect
Medicare enrollees, by allowing us to
carefully screen all providers and
suppliers (especially those that
potentially pose an elevated risk to
Medicare) to confirm that they are
qualified to furnish Medicare items and
services. Indeed, although § 422.204(a)
required MA organizations to have
written policies and procedures for the
selection and evaluation of providers
and suppliers that conform with the
credentialing and recredentialing
requirements in § 422.204(b), CMS has
not historically had direct oversight
over all network providers and
suppliers under contract with MA
organizations. While there are CMS
regulations governing how and when
PO 00000
Frm 00205
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16643
MA organizations can pay for covered
services, those are tied to statutory
provisions. We concluded that requiring
Medicare enrollment in addition to the
existing MA credentialing requirements
will permit a closer review of MA
providers and suppliers, which could,
as warranted, involve rigorous screening
practices such as risk-based site visits
and, in some cases, fingerprint-based
background checks, an approach we
already take in the Medicare Part A and
Part B provider and supplier enrollment
arenas.
(b) Preparations for Part C Enrollment
As with our Part D enrollment
requirement, we promptly commenced
outreach efforts after the publication of
the November 15, 2016 final rule. We
communicated with Part C provider
associations and MA organizations
regarding, among other things, the
general purpose of the enrollment
process, the rationale for § 422.222, and
the mechanics of completing and
submitting an enrollment application.
According to recent CMS internal data,
approximately 933,000 MA providers
and suppliers are already enrolled in
Medicare and meeting the MA provider
enrollment requirements. However, as
of April 2017, roughly 120,000 MA-only
providers and suppliers remain
unenrolled in Medicare. This is
approximately 11% of all MA providers
and suppliers. While there may be
overlap between the Part C and D
provider and prescriber populations, it
is minor at approximately 25,000
providers. Concerns have been raised by
the MA community over the enrollment
requirement, principally over the
burden involved in enrolling in
Medicare while having to also undergo
credentialing by their respective health
plans.
We recognized and shared these
concerns. We believed that the Medicare
enrollment requirement could result in
a duplication of effort and,
consequently, impose a burden on MA
providers and suppliers. While we
maintained that Medicare enrollment, in
conjunction with MA credentialing, is
the most thorough means of confirming
a provider’s compliance with Medicare
requirements and of verifying the
provider’s qualifications to furnish
services and items, we believe that an
appropriate balance can be achieved
between this program integrity objective
and the desire to reduce the burden on
the provider and supplier communities.
Given this, we proposed in the
November 28, 2017, to utilize the same
‘‘preclusion list’’ concept in MA that we
are proposing for Part D and to
eliminate the current enrollment
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16644
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
requirement in § 422.222. We believe
this approach will allow us to
concentrate our efforts on preventing
MA payment for items and services
furnished by providers and suppliers
that could pose an elevated risk to
Medicare beneficiaries and the Trust
Funds, an approach, as previously
mentioned, similar to the risk-based
process in § 424.518.
To this end, we proposed the
following provisions, which included
those permitting provider and
beneficiary appeals similar those we
previously mentioned for Part D.
(2) Specific Regulatory Changes
Given the foregoing discussion, we
proposed the following regulatory
changes. We note that many of the
revisions below merely involved
changing references to ‘‘enrollment’’ to
‘‘preclusion list’’ to reflect the proposed
replacement of the former requirement
with the latter. We also proposed the
deletion of several sections that we
believed were no longer needed because
of our proposed preclusion list policy.
• In § 417.478, we proposed to revise
paragraph (e) as follows:
++ In new paragraph (e)(1), we
proposed to state that the prohibitions,
procedures and requirements relating to
payment to individuals and entities on
the preclusion list (defined in § 422.2 of
this chapter) apply to HMOs and CMPs
that contract with CMS under section
1876 of the Act.
++ In new paragraph (e)(2), we
proposed to state that in applying the
provisions of §§ 422.2, 422.222, and
422.224 under paragraph (e)(1) of this
section, references to part 422 of this
chapter must be read as references to
this part, and references to MA
organizations as references to HMOs
and CMPs.
• In § 417.484, we proposed to revise
paragraph (b)(3) to state: ‘‘That
payments must not be made to
individuals and entities included on the
preclusion list, defined in § 422.2.’’
• In § 422.2, we proposed to add a
definition of ‘‘preclusion list’’ that reads
as follows:
++ Preclusion list means a CMS
compiled list of individuals and entities
that:
++ Meet all of the following
requirements:
++ The individual or entity is
currently revoked from Medicare under
§ 424.535.
++ The individual or entity is
currently under a reenrollment bar
under § 424.535(c).
++ CMS determines that the
underlying conduct that led to the
revocation is detrimental to the best
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
interests of the Medicare program. In
making this determination under this
paragraph, CMS will consider the
following factors: (1) The seriousness of
the conduct underlying the individual’s
or entity’s revocation; (2) the degree to
which the individual’s or entity’s
conduct could affect the integrity of the
Medicare program; (3) any other
evidence that CMS deems relevant to its
determination; or
++ Meet both of the following
requirements:
++ The individual or entity has
engaged in behavior for which CMS
could have revoked the individual or
entity to the extent applicable had they
been enrolled in Medicare.
++ CMS determines that the
underlying conduct that would have led
to the revocation is detrimental to the
best interests of the Medicare program.
In making this determination under this
paragraph, CMS considers the following
factors: (1) The seriousness of the
conduct involved; (2) the degree to
which the individual’s or entity’s
conduct could affect the integrity of the
Medicare program; and (3) any other
evidence that CMS deems relevant to its
determination.
• We proposed to delete
§ 422.204(b)(5).
• We proposed to establish a new
§ 422.204(c) that will require MA
organizations to follow a documented
process that ensures compliance with
the preclusion list provisions in
§ 422.222.
• We proposed to delete the existing
version of § 422.222(a) and replace it
with the following:
++ In § 422.222, we proposed to
change the title thereof to ‘‘Preclusion
list’’.
++ In paragraph (a)(1), we proposed
to state that an MA organization shall
not make payment for a health care item
or service furnished by an individual or
entity that is included on the preclusion
list, defined in § 422.2.
++ In paragraph (a)(2), we proposed
to replace the existing language therein
with a provision stating that CMS will
send written notice to the individual or
entity via letter of their inclusion on the
preclusion list. The notice will contain
the reason for the inclusion and will
inform the individual or entity of their
appeal rights. An individual or entity
may appeal their inclusion on the
preclusion list, defined in § 422.2, in
accordance with Part 498.
++ In paragraph (b), we proposed to
state that an MA organization that does
not comply with paragraph (a) of
§ 422.222 may be subject to sanctions
under § 422.750 and termination under
§ 422.510.
PO 00000
Frm 00206
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
• In § 422.224, we proposed to:
++ Change the title thereof to
‘‘Payment to individuals and entities
excluded by the OIG or included on the
preclusion list.’’
++ Revise paragraph (a) to state that
an MA organization may not pay,
directly or indirectly, on any basis, for
items or services (other than emergency
or urgently needed services as defined
in § 422.113) furnished to a Medicare
enrollee by any individual or entity that
is excluded by the Office of the
Inspector General (OIG) or is included
on the preclusion list, defined in
§ 422.2’’.
++ Revise paragraph (b) to state that
if an MA organization receives a request
for payment by, or on behalf of, an
individual or entity that is excluded by
the OIG or an individual or entity that
is included on the preclusion list,
defined in § 422.2, the MA organization
must notify the enrollee and the
excluded individual or entity or the
individual or entity included on the
preclusion list in writing, as directed by
contract or other direction provided by
CMS, that payments will not be made.
Payment may not be made to, or on
behalf of, an individual or entity that is
excluded by the OIG or is included on
the preclusion list.’’
• In § 422.501(c), we proposed to do
the following:
++ Revise paragraph (c)(1)(iv) to read:
‘‘Documentation that payment for health
care services or items is not being and
will not be made to individuals and
entities included on the preclusion list,
defined in § 422.2.’’
++ Revise paragraph (c)(2) to replace
the language beginning with ‘‘including
providing documentation . . .’’ with
‘‘including providing documentation
that payment for health care services or
items is not being and will not be made
to individuals and entities included on
the preclusion list, defined in § 422.2.’’
• In § 422.504, we proposed to do the
following:
++ Replace the language in paragraph
(a)(6) that reads ‘‘Medicare provider and
supplier enrollment requirements’’ with
‘‘the preclusion list requirements in
§ 422.222 and § 422.224.’’
++ Revise paragraph (i)(2)(v) to read,
‘‘they will ensure that payments are not
made to individuals and entities
included on the preclusion list, defined
in § 422.2.’’
• In § 422.510(a)(4), we proposed to
revise paragraph (xiii) to read: ‘‘Fails to
meet the preclusion list requirements in
accordance with §§ 422.222 and
422.224.’’
• In § 422.752, we proposed to revise
paragraph (a)(13) to read: ‘‘Fails to
comply with §§ 422.222 and 422.224,
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
that requires the MA organization not to
make payment to excluded individuals
and entities, nor to individuals and
entities included on the preclusion list,
defined in § 422.2.’’
• In § 460.40, we proposed to revise
paragraph (j) to state: ‘‘Makes payment
to any individual or entity that is
included on the preclusion list, defined
in § 422.2 of this chapter.’’
• In § 460.50, we proposed to revise
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) by changing the
current language following ‘‘including’’
to read ‘‘making payment to an
individual or entity that is included on
the preclusion list, defined in § 422.2 of
this chapter.’’
• We proposed to delete
§ 460.68(a)(4).
• We proposed to delete
§ 460.70(b)(1)(iv).
• We proposed to delete
§ 460.71(b)(7).
• In § 460.86, we proposed to revise
paragraphs (a) and (b) to state as
follows:
++ Paragraph (a) would specify that a
PACE organization may not pay,
directly or indirectly, on any basis, for
items or services (other than emergency
or urgently needed services as defined
in § 460.100) furnished to a Medicare
enrollee by any individual or entity that
is excluded by the OIG or is included on
the preclusion list, defined in § 422.2.
++ Paragraph (b) will specify that if a
PACE organization receives a request for
payment by, or on behalf of, an
individual or entity excluded by the
OIG or on the preclusion list, the
organization must notify the enrollee
that is included on the preclusion list in
writing, that payments will not be made.
Payment may not be made to, or on
behalf of, an individual or entity
excluded by the OIG or is included on
the preclusion list.
++ We also proposed to change the
title of § 460.86 to ‘‘Payment to
individuals and entities that are
excluded by the OIG or are included on
the preclusion list.’’
• In § 498.3(b), we proposed to add a
new paragraph (20) stating that a CMS
determination that an individual or
entity is to be included on the
preclusion list constitutes an initial
determination.
• In § 498.5, we proposed to add a
new paragraph (n) that would state as
follows:
++ In paragraph (n)(1), we proposed
that any individual or entity dissatisfied
with an initial determination or revised
initial determination that they are to be
included on the preclusion list may
request a reconsideration in accordance
with § 498.22(a).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
+ In paragraph (n)(2), we proposed
that if CMS or the individual or entity
under paragraph (n)(1) is dissatisfied
with a reconsidered determination
under (n)(1), or a revised reconsidered
determination under § 498.30, CMS or
the individual or entity would be
entitled to a hearing before an ALJ.
++ In paragraph (n)(3), we proposed
that if CMS or the individual or entity
under paragraph (n)(2) is dissatisfied
with a hearing decision as described in
paragraph (n)(2), CMS or the individual
or entity may request review by the DAB
and the individual or entity may seek
judicial review of the DAB’s decision.
In addition, given that a beneficiary’s
access to health care items or services
may be impaired because of the
application of the preclusion list to his
or her item or service, we believed the
beneficiary should be permitted to
appeal alleged errors in applying the
preclusion list. We solicited comment
whether additional beneficiary
protections, such as notices to enrollees
when an individual or entity that has
recently furnished services or items to
the enrollee is placed on the preclusion
list or a limited and temporary coverage
approval when an individual or entity is
first placed on the preclusion list but is
in the middle of a course of previously
covered treatment, should also be
included these rules upon finalization.
• We proposed to revise § 422.310 to
add a new paragraph (d)(5) to require
that, for data described in paragraph
(d)(1) as data equivalent to Medicare
fee-for-service data (which is also
known as MA encounter data), MA
organizations must submit a National
Provider Identifier in a Billing Provider
field on each MA encounter data record,
per CMS guidance. While the NPI is a
required data element for the X12 837
5010 format (as set forth in the TR3
guides cited in the Background), CMS
has not codified a regulatory
requirement that MA organizations
include the Billing Provider NPI in
encounter data records. The proposed
amendment would implement that
requirement. We also proposed to
include the phrase ‘‘per CMS guidance’’
to allow CMS to take into account
situations where there is no bill (no
claim for payment) in an MA
organization’s system.
• We also proposed that both basic
and supplemental benefits should be
subject to the payment prohibition that
is tied to the preclusion list. We
believed that restricting the payment
prohibition to only one of these two
categories will undercut the
effectiveness of our preclusion list
proposal.
PO 00000
Frm 00207
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16645
• We noted that while there would be
separate regulatory provisions for Part C
and Part D, there would not be two
separate preclusion lists: one for Part C
and one for Part D. Rather, there would
be a single preclusion list that included
all affected individuals and entities.
Having one joint list, we believed, will
make the preclusion list process easier
to administer.
We also solicited comment on the
following matters:
• An alternative by which CMS
would first identify through encounter
data those providers or suppliers
furnishing services or items to Medicare
beneficiaries.
• Whether the actions referenced in
§ 424.535(a) are appropriate grounds for
inclusion on the preclusion list.
• Whether actions other than those
referenced in § 424.535(a) should
constitute grounds for inclusion on the
preclusion and, if so, what those
specific grounds are.
• Suggestions for means of
monitoring potentially abusive MA
practices involving providers and
suppliers, and appropriate processes for
including such providers and suppliers
on the preclusion list.
c. Comments Received
We received 74 comments and our
responses follows. We note that many
comments concerning the overall
preclusion list did not clearly
distinguish between the Part D and MA
provisions of the proposed rule. We are
therefore grouping these comments
together without delineating between
the two programs. Comments
concerning other topics, however, such
as provisional supply and appeals, are
clearly denoted as such.
(1) General Comments Concerning the
Preclusion List Concept
Comment: A number of commenters
expressed support for our preclusion list
proposal. Some commenters stated that
the proposal will accomplish CMS’
objective of ensuring that only qualified
providers and suppliers provide
services to Medicare beneficiaries, but
in a significantly less burdensome way.
Other commenters stated that basing
prescription coverage on Medicare
enrollment added duplicative and
burdensome requirements on physicians
and providers, leading to more waste
and cost.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ support.
Comment: A number of commenters
opposed our proposed preclusion list
requirement. A commenter stated that
while the proposed rule described the
preclusion list as an effort to reduce the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16646
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
burden on providers, the commenter
believed it would actually be more
inefficient to maintain two systems—
specifically, the preclusion list and the
traditional Medicare enrollment
system—than to simply require all
providers that seek to serve Medicare
beneficiaries to enroll in traditional
Medicare. The commenter believed this
would be particularly onerous on CMS
and providers given that nearly half of
providers who serve MA enrollees are
already enrolled in traditional Medicare.
The commenter, as well as others, urged
CMS to retain the current enrollment
requirement, believing it to be, as stated
in the proposed rule, the most thorough
means of confirming a provider’s
compliance with Medicare requirements
and of verifying the provider’s
qualifications to furnish services and
items. Commenters added that Medicare
enrollment remains the most effective
way to protect all Medicare
beneficiaries.
Response: We recognize the
commenters’ concerns about the
removal of the Part D and MA
enrollment requirements and whether
CMS would, consequently, remain able
to confirm a prescriber’s or provider’s
compliance with Medicare
requirements. However, we respectfully
decline to adopt the commenters’
recommendation that we retain these
enrollment requirements. We continue
to believe that the most effective means
of reducing the burden of the Part D and
MA enrollment requirement on
prescribers and providers would be to
concentrate our efforts on preventing
Part D coverage of prescriptions written
by prescribers who pose an elevated risk
to Medicare beneficiaries and the Trust
Funds, and preventing MA payment for
items and services furnished by
providers and suppliers who pose an
elevated risk to Medicare beneficiaries
and the Trust Funds. Such an approach
enables CMS to focus on prescribers and
providers who pose threats to the
Medicare program and its beneficiaries,
while minimizing the burden on those
who do not. We believe the criteria
warranting a prescriber’s or provider’s
addition to the preclusion list are
sufficiently comprehensive such that
this approach will effectively protect
Medicare from making payments
associated with Part D drugs prescribed
by, or MA services provided by,
problematic parties and prohibit such
problematic parties from directing the
care of program beneficiaries.
While enrolling such prescribers and
providers gives Medicare a greater
degree of scrutiny in determining a
prescriber’s or provider’s qualifications,
we note that the perceived burden
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
associated with this process could cause
some prescribers and providers not to
enroll in Medicare, thus possibly
leading to access to care issues. For
instance, according to a CMS analysis of
prescriber enrollment trends, as of
January 2017 there are close to 340,000
active Part D prescribers based on 2016
PDE data who are not enrolled in or
opted-out of Medicare. The number of
prescribers who are unenrolled
constitutes an estimated 25 percent of
all identified Medicare prescribers
nationwide in 2016. Further data
suggests that an additional 18,000 new
non-enrolled prescribers are identified
each month. This amount of incoming
prescribers, coupled with the 120,000
unenrolled MA providers referenced
above, creates operational challenges
that have led to delays in CMS’
implementation of such an enrollment
requirement.
Also, we are unclear as to what the
commenter means by provider burden.
There is no provider burden associated
with the preclusion list, except to the
extent that we place a prescriber or
provider on the preclusion list and the
provider wishes to challenge that
designation.
Comment: A commenter noted that,
according to a Government
Accountability Office (GAO) study
published in 2015, CMS currently
furnishes insufficient oversight of MA
provider networks. The commenter
stated that there is no mechanism in
place to assess the accuracy of the
information submitted by or about MA
plans to CMS and that CMS does not
require MA plans to routinely submit
updated network information for
review. The commenter stated that FFS
provider enrollment may provide a
mechanism to assist CMS with ensuring
the important beneficiary protection of
network adequacy.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback. We clarify,
however, that the MA program does
have network adequacy requirements to
ensure that network based MA plans
have adequate providers under contract
to furnish Part A and B services.
Detailed information on the MA
network adequacy requirements can be
found in the health service delivery
reference file located at the bottom of
the CMS web page at the web link
below: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-dvantage/MedicareAdvantage
Apps/. We do not believe it
would be appropriate to add an
enrollment requirement for network
providers merely for CMS to oversee the
accuracy of network directories or to
monitor network adequacy. CMS has
PO 00000
Frm 00208
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
developed other systems for those
purposes.
Comment: A commenter stated that
based on CMS’s estimates,
approximately 10 percent of MA
providers would be negatively impacted
by a requirement to be enrolled in FFS
Medicare. The commenter contended
that CMS in the proposed rule did not
(1) disclose in the proposed rule if
losing 10 percent of providers would
cause an access issue for Medicare
beneficiaries, or (2) include additional
rationale and justification for
eliminating the requirement for
enrollment. Without such additional
justification, the commenter stated, it
would be inappropriate to remove the
enrollment requirement at this time.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback on the
clarification needed in the final rule.
With an estimated 1,053,000 providers
currently furnishing services and items
to beneficiaries through MA plans, we
currently estimate that at least 120,000
remain unenrolled in Medicare. While
this may not seem significant on a
national scale, it could negatively
impact areas where the current
provider-to-beneficiary ratio is
disproportionate, especially noting the
results of CMS’ Part D enrollment
efforts, as mentioned earlier. We would
expect similar results if we were to
undertake efforts to enroll Part C
providers and suppliers. Considering
the number of prescribers and providers
that have not yet enrolled across both
Part C and D and our concerns regarding
the potential for access to care issues,
we disagree with the commenter’s
suggestion that we continue the
enrollment requirement and we decline
to adopt changes to the proposal based
on this feedback.
Comment: A commenter stated that
requiring providers to enroll in
Medicare in order to serve MA plan
enrollees ensures that all Medicare
beneficiaries are served by providers
that satisfy CMS’s rigorous criteria. The
commenter stated that removing the
requirement that providers enroll in
traditional Medicare in order to serve
MA plan enrollees would eliminate a
strong incentive for providers that serve
MA enrollees to indeed enroll in
traditional Medicare. The commenter
believed that enrolling in traditional
Medicare is an effective tool for
protecting Medicare beneficiaries and
saw no reason for CMS to abandon it.
If, the commenter added, CMS decides
to finalize the preclusion list
requirement, the commenter urged that
CMS make clear that any provider that
is currently enrolled in traditional
Medicare could not be placed on the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
preclusion list. This guarantee, the
commenter explained, would not apply
to any providers that are revoked from
Medicare or under a reenrollment bar;
rather, it would simply establish that
participation in traditional Medicare is
sufficient for a provider to serve MA
plan enrollees.
Response: While we appreciate the
commenter’s concern, we reiterate our
view that the criteria warranting a
prescriber’s or provider’s addition to the
preclusion list are comprehensive
enough that this approach will provide
sufficient program safeguards.
Prescribers and providers currently
enrolled in Medicare (and, therefore, not
revoked) cannot also be included on the
preclusion list because they would not
meet the applicable criteria under,
respectively, §§ 423.100 and 422.2.
Comment: Several commenters stated
that the preclusion list would not
protect beneficiaries to the extent that
the current enrollment requirement
would. The commenters explained that
the enrollment process, through
investigating applicants and preventing
problems before they occur, ensures that
Part D drugs are prescribed only by
qualified prescribers. With the
preclusion list, however, CMS would be
relying on a retroactive approach such
that it is only after a prescriber has
already engaged in inappropriate
activities that he or she would be put on
the preclusion list. Reactive provisions
such as the preclusion list, the
commenters contended, must by their
very nature lag behind proactive
provisions such as enrollment
requirements. The preclusion list
proposal, therefore, may put
beneficiaries at risk for inappropriate
prescribing practices from physicians
and eligible professionals who would
not have successfully completed the
enrollment process. Another commenter
expressed serious concerns about
implementing the preclusion list
proposal in lieu of the current
enrollment requirement. The
commenter believed that the careful
screening involved with the enrollment
process is the best means of: (1)
Ensuring that providers and suppliers
are qualified to furnish services and are
fully compliant with Medicare rules;
and (2) preventing fraud, waste, and
abuse.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ concerns. While
enrollment may provide more robust
data we believe the preclusion list
approach provides sufficient program
safeguards to balance program integrity
initiatives, provider burden, and our
concerns regarding a potential access to
care issue. Specifically, we will not
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
limit our review or screening to only
those prescribers present on PDE data
but will also include those who
potentially could prescribe based on
other data in our internal systems.
Therefore, we are not restricting our
ability to preclude only those parties
that are currently furnishing items and
services for program beneficiaries.
Under § 423.120(c)(6), for instance, we
will have the ability to preclude any
prescriber, even prior to the prescriber
showing up on PDE data, who meets the
criteria for being placed on the
preclusion list.
Comment: A commenter stated that,
according to the proposed rule,
approximately 65 percent of those who
were required to enroll or opt-out under
the May 23, 2014 final rule have done
so. The commenter believed that this is
an impressive figure and that, rather
than eliminating the enrollment
requirement altogether and relying on
the complaints of those prescribers who
found the process burdensome, CMS
should proceed with the enrollment
requirements and provide additional
outreach regarding the enrollment
process.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation. As
mentioned previously, however, and
even after CMS undertook vigorous
outreach activities after the May 23,
2014 final rule regarding the need to
enroll, approximately 340,000 active
Part D prescribers have neither enrolled
in nor opted-out of Medicare. The loss
of 340,000 prescribers could potentially
prove troublesome in areas where the
prescriber population is already low and
access to care is a serious concern. More
specifically, even with a provisional fill
option approximately 2.5 million Part D
beneficiaries (based on analysis
performed on 2015 and 2016 PDE data)
could lose access to needed
prescriptions if full enforcement of the
enrollment requirement were to take
effect on the scheduled date. Based on
these figures, and our concerns for
potential access issues we believe the
preclusion approach would be more
appropriate. We note again that an
additional 18,000 new prescribers are
identified each month. These incoming
prescribers, coupled with the previously
mentioned 340,000 unenrolled
prescribers and 120,000 unenrolled MA
providers, creates a significant
workload.
Comment: A commenter stated that in
proposing to eliminate the enrollment
requirement, CMS failed to consider or
address continuity of and access to care
issues. The commenter stated that the
choice of Medicare options has serious
consequences for access to services and
PO 00000
Frm 00209
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16647
physicians, and it is important that the
impact on beneficiaries be considered.
Not requiring MA providers to be
enrolled in Medicare is particularly
problematic for MA enrolled
beneficiaries who are patients of a
provider not enrolled in Medicare and
who disenroll from the MA plan and
elect traditional Medicare. Those
beneficiaries, the commenter stated,
would no longer be able to receive
services from their regular physician
and have them billed to fee-for-service
Medicare. Another commenter, too,
stated that not requiring MA providers
to enroll in Medicare can create
problems for beneficiaries who disenroll
from a MA plan and elect traditional
FFS Medicare.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback. In regard to
beneficiaries leaving the MA program
and defaulting to traditional Medicare,
we are not aware of this as a significant
issue nor was it a part of our rationale
for the enrollment requirement. MA
enrollees in particular are aware of the
need to assess whether their health care
providers are in a network of available
providers when selecting among
Medicare coverage options and therefore
we expect them to able to ask the
necessary questions of a treating
provider when contemplating whether
to switch to original FFS Medicare for
coverage. In addition, we have already
expressed our concerns regarding the
number of unenrolled prescribers and
providers and the access to care issues
that could result if the Part D and MA
enrollment requirements remain. We do
not agree with the commenters that this
issue arises with the frequency or scope
to outweigh the policies we have
articulated for our proposal and
decision in this final rule about the
enrollment requirement and preclusion
list.
Comment: Several commenters stated
that while CMS gave adequate
justification for why all applicable Part
D prescribers and MA providers and
suppliers should be enrolled in
Medicare, CMS failed in the proposed
rule to explain why earlier justifications
are now wrong; specifically, that
enrollment: (1) Ensures that Medicare
enrollees receive items or services from
providers and suppliers that are fully
compliant with the requirements for
Medicare enrollment; (2) assists in
efforts to prevent fraud, waste, and
abuse and to protect Medicare enrollees
by allowing CMS to carefully screen all
providers and suppliers to confirm that
they were qualified to furnish Medicare
items and services; (3) in addition to the
existing MA credentialing requirements,
permits ‘‘a closer review’’ of MA
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16648
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
providers and suppliers; and (4) is
necessary due to the fact that CMS has
access to information and data not
available to MA organizations.
Commenters also requested that CMS
articulate meaningful arguments in
favor of overturning the current
enrollment policies.
Response: The agency is updating its
policy to reflect its experiences meeting
the requirement of the aforementioned
final rules, updated data analysis, and
continued stakeholder engagement.
CMS has worked diligently to enroll
providers and suppliers in order to meet
the requirements of the May 23, 2014
and November 15, 2016 final rules. As
mentioned previously, enrollment can
permit a greater degree of scrutiny in
determining a prescriber or provider’s
qualifications. However, we are
concerned that the perceived burden
associated with enrollment may cause
some providers to not enroll for
purposes of furnishing items and
services under Part C or to prescribe
Part D drugs, which could potentially
lead to access to care issues. Indeed, the
significant number of prescribers and
providers that remain unenrolled bear
this out. Such a serious loss of
prescribers and providers, should the
enrollment requirements be enforced,
could potentially impact patient care,
especially for beneficiaries located in
areas already experiencing access to
care issues. Also, we reiterate our belief
that the criteria warranting a
prescriber’s or provider’s addition to the
preclusion list are comprehensive
enough to prohibit problematic
prescribers and providers from receiving
program dollars or directing the care of
Medicare beneficiaries. In short, given
the data analysis CMS has conducted
regarding the number of prescribers and
providers that remain unenrolled even
after a vigorous outreach campaign,
coupled with potential access to care
concerns, we believe the preclusion list
approach is a sufficient alternative to
screening prescribers and providers
given the concerns regarding a lack of
providers enrolling to meet the
enrollment requirement.
Comment: Noting our concerns in the
proposed rule about the potential
burden of the enrollment process, a
commenter stated that elimination of
the enrollment requirement will merely
transfer, rather than eliminate, this
burden. The commenter explained that
removing the enrollment requirement
will deny MAOs a valuable and reliable
data source when considering provider
credentialing and network participation,
meaning that MAOs may need to invest
additional resources in developing
fraud, waste, and abuse (FWA)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
investigations. The loss of prospective
MA plan review of providers will only
make the nature of credentialing and
FWA programs even more cumbersome,
and will create new incentives for plans
to fill the oversight void left by the loss
of MA program enrollment. As a result,
the commenter stated, the MA program
is likely to see little or no reduction in
total administrative burden; to the
contrary, a diversity of efforts among
plans seeking to compensate for the loss
of enrollment data may make program
participation more burdensome for
providers, who could be subject to new
and unique review or verification
requirements by plans. The commenter
(1) concluded that the risks associated
with elimination of current enrollment
requirements outweigh any modest
reduction to provider burden that may
result and (2) urged CMS to retain the
enrollment requirement.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback. However, we do
not believe the preclusion list approach
will require the plans to invest more
heavily in developing resources to
combat fraud, waste, and abuse, as the
plans would continue utilizing their
current resources and processes for
credentialing network providers and
fighting fraud, waste and abuse. We note
that the MA and Part D programs have
compliance and fraud, waste and abuse
monitoring requirements that exist
separate from the preclusion list (and
provider enrollment) policy; those
requirements are not being increased
under this final rule. Nor does this final
rule increase the burdens on MA plans
related to provider credentialing. If the
requirement to enroll were to remain,
Medicare health and drug plans would
adjudicate claims based on review of
Medicare’s enrollment data. Under the
preclusion list approach, plans are
completing the same task using
preclusion data in place of enrollment
data. The plans are not subject to any
more burden than they would have been
under the previous rule. CMS will
maintain the responsibility of reviewing
each provider and making the
determination to place them on the list
or not. Upon implementation of the
preclusion list, there may be an increase
in notification by plans to beneficiaries
regarding the preclusion status of a
provider they have received
prescriptions or services from within
the past 12-months. However, we
believe this is only minimally more than
the burden plans would have been
subject to under the previous rule.
Further, the preclusion list approach
will place no burden on providers or
prescribers as they will not need to take
any action, unless they choose to appeal
PO 00000
Frm 00210
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
being added to the preclusion list. If any
provider is concerned about burden for
themselves or beneficiaries, they retain
the option to enroll, and CMS is
continuing to allow plans to require
enrollment if they so choose. As long as
the provider’s enrollment is in good
standing, he or she will not appear on
the preclusion list.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern that the proposed rule would,
in actuality, result in increased
regulation contrary to (1) Presidential
Executive Order 13771 on Reducing
Regulation and Controlling Regulatory
Costs and (2) Presidential Executive
Order 13777 on Enforcing the
Regulatory Reform Agenda. The
commenter asked CMS to reconsider the
preclusion list provisions in light of
these executive orders.
Response: We believe that the
preclusion list concept complies with
these Executive Orders because it
reduces the burden on prescribers,
providers, and plans.
Comment: A commenter stated that
CMS did not consider the effect of its
preclusion list proposal on the
protection of Qualified Medicare
Beneficiaries (QMBs) from improper
billing by in-network providers. The
commenter stated that a provider’s
enrollment in Medicare gives CMS a
direct path to enforcement against a
provider that improperly bills a QMB.
While recognizing that, by regulation,
CMS requires plans to include billing
protections in a provider contract, the
commenter stated that this provision
does not afford the beneficiary the same
level of protection that is afforded by
CMS’s ability to enforce the Medicare
provider’s contract with the agency.
Response We believe the contract
provisions required between the MA
plan and a network provider pursuant to
§ 422.504(g)(1)(iii) are binding on
providers; such agreements specify that
QMBs must not be charged cost sharing
when the state is responsible for paying
such amounts under the Medicaid
program. Further, the regulation at
§ 422.504(g) contains broader
beneficiary protection requirements for
MA organizations, including a
requirement that the plan must
indemnify the beneficiary from any fees
that are the legal obligation of the MA
organization for services furnished by
providers that do not contract, or that
have not otherwise entered into an
agreement with the MA organization, to
provide services to the organization’s
enrollees.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS not eliminate
its enrollment requirement but instead
ascertain and attempt to address any
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
problems with the enrollment process.
As an illustration, the commenter
suggested that CMS inquire more deeply
into the facts behind the 120,000 MA
providers that are not enrolled, such as
determining whether non-enrollment is
concentrated among particular provider
types or specialties, particular
geographic regions, or particular plan
sponsors. If such concentrations exist,
the commenter stated, CMS could
consider extending the 2019 deadline
and undertaking a more targeted
outreach. Another commenter stated
that in eliminating the proactive
enrollment process that best protects
beneficiaries and the Medicare program
from fraud and abuse, CMS is proposing
to take a step back in time, rather than
a step forward. The commenter urged
CMS to keep the enrollment
requirements in place and to step up
outreach to those who could have
enrolled but have not.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ recommendations.
However, we disagree that more targeted
outreach would further reduce the
number of prescribers and providers not
yet enrolled. This is because CMS, as
previously stated, has already
completed a vigorous Part D and MA
enrollment campaign (including
targeted outreach), yet the number of
unenrolled prescribers and providers
remains comparatively high, thus
potentially creating significant access to
care issues. Moreover, it would be
inefficient to continue to pursue the
enrollment approach given the current
data and results from our Part D
outreach efforts.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to examine whether the enrollment
requirement has any substantial effect
on a plan’s ability to develop adequate
provider networks. The commenter’s
experience is that plans are narrowing
their networks as part of delivery
strategies and not because there are not
enough providers available. The
commenter stated that the trend toward
narrower networks increases the
importance of having participating
providers in those networks subject to
the Medicare enrollment process. The
commenter envisioned circumstances
where highly specialized providers are
needed and few within a specialty
choose to enroll in Medicare, and stated
that there may be other unique
circumstances that would merit an
exception to the general rule of
Medicare enrollment. The commenter
contended that CMS could develop an
authorization process that allows for
those special circumstances and permits
plans to bring providers into their
networks so that beneficiaries have
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
adequate access. This narrower
approach, the commenter believed,
would be preferable to the preclusion
list proposal.
Response: We disagree with the
commenter that the problems and
concerns we articulated about
implementation of the provider
enrollment requirements are incorrect. It
is our hope that by adopting a
replacement for the provider enrollment
requirements, a broader population of
highly specialized providers will be able
to provide services to MA beneficiaries,
while prohibiting payment to providers
that would typically be revoked from
the program based on our authorities at
§ 424.535. We believe the preclusion list
approach broadens the provider
population as we are no longer limiting
beneficiaries to providers who would be
Medicare enrolled and either in or out
of network, but are limiting the
population to only those who are not
precluded.
Further, with 120,000 MA network
providers not currently enrolled, we feel
the trend to narrower networks is not so
prevalent that such a high volume could
be explained as ‘‘network attrition.’’
Comment: A commenter stated that
CMS should take into account, in
further consultation with states, how its
proposed change from the enrollment
requirement to a preclusion list may
impact states given that: (1) State
Medicaid programs use Medicare
provider registration data as part of their
respective Medicaid provider database
and registration requirements; (2)
various agencies in the states use
Medicare certification of particular
provider types as part of their respective
provider licensure and registration
requirements (for example, home health
agencies, hospices); (3) states do not
provisionally address provider
circumstances of behavior that could
result in revocations (as stated in
proposed § 423.100) and how such
circumstances may be addressed
differently by provider type; and (4)
provider registration with state
Medicaid agencies may be considered to
be sufficient in representing effective
and valid Medicare program registration
by proxy, outside of any additional CMS
provider preclusion list development,
which also may be coordinated with the
states.
Response: We appreciate this
recommendation and note that the
impact on state Medicaid programs was
contemplated when we formulated our
preclusion list proposal. Concerning
those providers that would no longer be
required to enroll if the proposal is
finalized—specifically, those that are
not currently enrolled in Medicare fee-
PO 00000
Frm 00211
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16649
for-service—we believe that not
requiring enrollment will have little to
no impact on state Medicaid programs
that require Medicare enrollment as a
prerequisite to Medicaid enrollment
because their reluctance to enroll in
Medicare would extend to Medicaid as
well based on our experience. Regarding
providers that obtain Medicare
certification, they typically do so in
order to provide services in the
Medicare fee for service program; thus,
not requiring enrollment will have
minimal impact on those providers that
furnish covered services in states that
require Medicare certification in their
licensure or registration process.
Finally, reliance on Medicaid
registration would most likely pose a
similar issue given that, in CMS’
experience, providers who do not enroll
with Medicare are most likely not
enrolled or willing to enroll with
Medicaid.
(2) Operational Matters Pertaining to the
Preclusion List
Comment: Many commenters
expressed concern about the operational
complexities of the preclusion list
proposals and the lack of details thus far
given. They urged CMS to provide as
many operational details about how the
preclusion list will be tested, accessed,
updated, formatted, downloaded, etc.,
as early as possible to give all affected
parties sufficient time to implement
new processes.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s concern. However, we
believe these details would be best
addressed outside of rulemaking,
though we note our view that the
preclusion list will be simpler to
operationalize than an enrollment
requirement because far fewer service
and prescription claims will be
impacted under Parts C and D. The list
will be available via a secure server
from which plans will be able to
download the file.
Comment: A commenter stated that it
is not clear whether CMS proposed to
create two preclusions lists, one for Part
C and one for Part D. If CMS intends to
create two preclusion lists, the
commenter asked CMS (1) how it will
reconcile the appearance of a provider
on one list and not the other, and (2)
whether one list will take precedence
over the other.
Response: There will be only one
preclusion list, which both the Part D
and MA programs will utilize.
Comment: A number of commenters
sought clarification on the relationship
between the OIG exclusion list and the
CMS preclusion list. The principal
issues raised were as follows: (1)
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16650
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Whether all parties on the OIG list
would be included on the preclusion
list; (2) coordination between the
preclusion list, the OIG list, and other
lists similar to the OIG exclusion list,
such as the System for Award
Management (SAM); (3) how plans
should address situations where a
prescriber or provider is on one list but
not the other; (4) the hierarchical order
of processing when a prescriber or
provider appears on multiple lists (for
example, whether the preclusion list or
the OIG list takes precedence if a
provider appears on both lists); and (5)
whether the preclusion list criteria will
differ from the OIG exclusion list
criteria so as to ensure that prescribers
and providers are not included on both
lists.
In addition, several commenters
recommended that the preclusion list be
combined with the OIG exclusion list so
as to enhance efficiency and simplicity.
A commenter stated that combining the
lists would streamline implementation
of the preclusion list requirement by
allowing plans to leverage the current
OIG exclusion list process, while
another commenter expressed concern
that two different notices would have to
be sent to the beneficiary if the provider
appeared on the preclusion and OIG
lists, thus likely causing beneficiary
confusion. Another commenter stated
that if a provider were on both the
preclusion list and the OIG exclusion
list, this would present difficulties from
a plan sponsor’s operational standpoint,
for provider remittances and beneficiary
explanations of benefits can only report
a single denial reason; this commenter
recommended that CMS consider not
including OIG excluded providers on
the CMS preclusion list so that
providers and beneficiaries have a
singular reason for claims payment
denial. Another commenter, however,
recommended that the preclusion and
OIG exclusion lists remain separate and
distinct from one another with no
overlap; if this recommendation cannot
be realized, the commenter suggested
that the OIG exclusion list take
precedence over the preclusion list.
Response: As stated in the proposed
rule, the preclusion list will include
those prescribers and providers that
have engaged in behavior for which
CMS could have revoked the prescriber
or provider to the extent applicable if
they had been enrolled in Medicare. A
CMS revocation is based on § 424.535,
which includes the authority at
§ 424.535(a)(2)(i) to revoke an enrolled
party that is excluded or debarred (per
the SAM) from the Medicare program.
Therefore, if a prescriber or provider is
placed on the OIG exclusion list or the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
SAM list, they will also be placed on the
preclusion list. The only circumstance
in which a prescriber or provider would
show up on either one of the abovementioned lists and not the preclusion
list is if a delay occurs in including that
prescriber or provider on the preclusion
list after the party was added to the OIG
list or SAM; in that instance, the plan
should process in accordance with
existing procedures.
With respect to the commenter’s
concerns regarding notices, plans would
only need to send one notice to
beneficiaries notifying them of the
prescriber’s or provider’s exclusion or
preclusion.
In determining which list will take
precedence for the purpose of notifying
the beneficiary and/or provider/supplier
in the event of a payment denial, we
will address this issue in guidance
outside of rulemaking; in this guidance,
we will take into account the fact that
the plans do not currently check the
SAM list. CMS is unable to combine
both lists as they are implemented
under different statutory and regulatory
authorities. Plans will continue to check
the OIG list as they have done in the
past as the rule proposed no changes to
that process. A provider or prescriber
could be either excluded, precluded, or
both. In any event, the claim must deny
according to the procedures for each
list.
Comment: While expressing concerns
regarding the operational challenges of
enrolling prescribers that are not
‘‘typical’’ Medicare providers, a
commenter expressed even greater
concern about the preclusion list
concept. The commenter believed that
the preclusion list would overlap and
include additional providers not on the
OIG exclusion or SAM lists, thus
creating additional operational and
administrative challenges. The
commenter added that most
beneficiaries understand that if a
provider or supplier has been excluded
from receiving payment from all federal
programs, their services cannot be
covered by Medicare. Explaining to a
beneficiary that a case-by-case
determination has been made that his or
her provider is not eligible for Medicare
payment, the commenter contended, is
very confusing and more likely to result
in a beneficiary not receiving necessary
treatment than to result in the
prevention of fraud.
Response: While we appreciate the
commenter’s concerns, we do not
believe that administering the
preclusion list would be any more
difficult than the process currently used
in rejecting claims for services from
providers that are on the OIG exclusion
PO 00000
Frm 00212
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
list. Further, we do not believe that
payment denials due to a party’s
inclusion on the preclusion list will
cause confusion among beneficiaries;
beneficiaries are currently aware that
excluded provider claims will be
denied, and the preclusion list is a
similar concept.
Comment: In raising the question of
whether the preclusion list will be
independent of the OIG exclusion list or
if the OIG exclusion list will be
incorporated by reference, a commenter
also asked CMS to clarify whether the
process for reinstatement and waiver
applications will be identical for the
two lists.
Response: As already mentioned: (1)
If a prescriber or provider is placed on
the OIG exclusion list, they will also be
placed on the preclusion list; and (2) we
will address which list will take
precedence for the purpose of notifying
the beneficiary and/or provider/supplier
in the event of a payment denial in
guidance outside of rulemaking. CMS is
unable to combine both lists as they are
implemented under different statutory
and regulatory authorities.
The preclusion list will not employ a
waiver process in contrast to the OIG
list. In the case a provider or supplier
that was excluded and is subsequently
reinstated, unless enrolled in Medicare
and concurrently revoked for the
exclusion, the provider or supplier
would remain on the preclusion list
until the end of the enrollment bar
period or until they enroll with
Medicare. Medicare would not be made
aware of the reinstatement until the
provider attempted to enroll, at which
point, if successfully enrolled, would be
removed from the preclusion list.
Comment: A commenter urged that
CMS include precluded and excluded
prescribers in a single file that is made
available to the industry on a regular
basis, rather than maintain a two-file
approach.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation. From an
operational perspective, however, we
are unable to combine the two files, for
both are maintained under different
regulatory authorities. We will address
which list will take precedence for the
purpose of notifying the beneficiary
and/or provider/supplier in the event of
a payment denial in guidance outside of
rulemaking.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether the proposed preclusion list
would eliminate the requirement to
review the regional Medicare opt-out
lists for practitioners.
Response: The preclusion list concept
will not alter this requirement.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Comment: A commenter asked
whether the proposed preclusion list
will include the entire country.
Response: We believe the commenter
is seeking clarification as to the
population of prescribers and providers
that will be subject to the screening that
would determine if a provider is placed
on the preclusion list. Using CMS’
internal data and systems, which
includes but is not limited to, PECOS
and National Plan and Provider
Enumeration System (NPPES), we will
screen any prescriber or provider that
may or could potentially prescribe Part
D drugs or furnish MA services or items
to a Medicare beneficiary, through the
fee-for-service program or a Medicare
Advantage plan. The screening process
will include providers and suppliers
from the entire country.
Comment: A commenter stated that
while the preclusion list could help
CMS combat fraud, waste, and abuse,
the Part D preclusion list appears to
only apply to prescribers, not to
pharmacists or pharmacies. The
commenter added that some pharmacies
have been involved in fraud schemes
and that, in the current opioid
epidemic, pharmacies have occasionally
been integral to many schemes where
these medications are prescribed
without legitimate medical use. Similar
to the MA preclusion list provisions, the
commenter recommended that the Part
D preclusion list provisions apply to
both individuals and entities (such as
pharmacies).
Response: We appreciate this
recommendation and clarify that this is
our intent. The preclusion list will
prevent any individual or entity that is
able to prescribe or provide services
under the Medicare Part C and D
programs from prescribing or providing
those services, assuming they meet the
criteria for inclusion on the preclusion
list.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether (1) the preclusion list file will
include termination dates as well as
effective reinstatement dates, and (2) the
prescriber will be removed from the file
upon reinstatement.
Response: The preclusion list will be
updated once every 30 days. It is not
necessary for the update to include the
removal of any prescriber or provider’s
NPI whose reenrollment bar has
expired, for the file will contain time
periods for which each prescriber
provider is precluded (an expiration
date per se), similar to the OIG
exclusion list. The time period for
preclusion will be determined by CMS’
current reenrollment bar criteria and
will be applied to currently enrolled
revoked providers and those providers
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
who would have been revoked had they
been enrolled in Medicare. Further,
prescriptions ordered, or claims for
reimbursement submitted, by a
precluded provider will be denied based
upon the effective date indicated in the
list.
Comment: With respect to PDE
editing, a commenter asked whether
CMS will use the creation date of the
preclusion file or whether it will be
based on the active preclusion file when
the PDE is processed.
Response: We believe these dates are
insignificant given that claims will be
edited based on the time period for
which a provider is precluded as
indicated in the preclusion list file.
Comment: A commenter stated that
CMS must ensure that the preclusion
list is updated frequently and on a
regular basis to minimize the lag time
between when a provider is placed on
said list to the time that information is
available to health plans and other
providers; the greater the lag time
between preclusion and disclosure, the
greater the potential of unknowingly
filling a prescription written by such a
provider. The commenter added that
CMS must also ensure the preclusion
list contains the vital information
needed to properly identify a precluded
prescriber, such as an NPI and the
current practice address of the provider;
the commenter stated that lack of a
current address increases the difficulty
in finding a provider on the preclusion
list, especially when a provider has a
common name that yields many search
results.
Response: As already mentioned, the
preclusion list will be updated once
every 30 days, and prescriptions
ordered, or claims for reimbursement
submitted, by a precluded provider will
be denied according to the date
specified on the preclusion list. The list
will indicate the period for which the
provider is precluded. Additionally,
CMS will include the address data it has
available from its internal data sources.
We will also include the prescriber’s or
provider’s NPI, name, and tax
identification number, which will be
sufficient to confirm that a particular
prescriber or provider is on the
preclusion list.
Comment: Several commenters sought
clarification on how the preclusion list
information would be shared with
health plans. A commenter asked
whether the preclusion list will be
published on a public site or a restricted
site that only plan sponsors can access.
Another commenter requested that CMS
clarify when the file layout and location
of the preclusion list of prescribers will
be available.
PO 00000
Frm 00213
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16651
Response: The preclusion list will be
available on a monthly basis via a
secure website. As for making the file
publicly available, CMS does not intend
to make this information available to the
public except as required by law. CMS
notes that if the file were made public,
the information in it could be used in
an inappropriate manner and not for its
intended purpose. Plans will be
expected to download the monthly file,
which we intend to make available to
the plans by January 1, 2019. We will
address further operational details
concerning the preclusion list in subregulatory guidance.
Comment: Several commenters asked
whether beneficiary notices would be
required if the beneficiary’s provider
ended up on the preclusion list shortly
after the beneficiary had been assigned
or received care from the provider. If
beneficiary notice is required,
commenters asked whether distribution
of the notice is the responsibility of the
health plan or CMS.
Response: Notice will be provided to
beneficiaries at least 60 days prior to the
prescriber or provider being added to
the list. Whether the notice originates
from CMS or plans will be addressed in
guidance outside of rulemaking.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether a prescriber will be precluded
immediately after it is included on the
preclusion list or if CMS will permit
different dates of preclusion
effectiveness on a case-by-case basis.
Response: As stated in the proposed
rule, a prescriber’s or provider’s claims
will be denied based on the effective
date indicated in the preclusion list file.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether the preclusion list can be
integrated into pharmacy software
systems to ensure that medications are
not dispensed if the prescriber is on the
list.
Response: We believe plans will
integrate the list into their claims
adjudication process in order to
appropriately adjudicate pharmacy
claims in real-time at the point of sale.
We foresee this process as being similar
to how plans currently use the OIG
exclusion list.
Comment: A commenter asked that
CMS have specific administrative
procedures in place to ensure that
prescriptions dispensed without the
pharmacy knowing a prescriber is on
the preclusion list are adjudicated
appropriately.
Response: If a sponsor pays a
pharmacy claim involving a
prescription written by a precluded
prescriber in error, we would expect
that the sponsor would not recoup the
payment from the pharmacy since the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16652
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
pharmacy will not have access to the
preclusion list.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to consider updating the preclusion list
more frequently than monthly. The
commenter expressed concern that only
updating the preclusion list monthly
could lead to situations where CMS may
be aware that an individual should be
removed from the preclusion list (such
as the revocation ends on a day at the
beginning of the month but they will not
get off the preclusion list for an
additional month, therefore essentially
prolonging the revocation for longer
than permitted by current regulation),
but Part D sponsors have not yet been
notified and, as a result, claims will
reject and beneficiaries may not have
access to their Part D prescriptions.
Response: While we appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation, we note,
for the purpose of comparison, that any
enrolled provider revoked from
Medicare does not have their billing
privileges automatically restored upon
the expiration of their enrollment bar;
reinstated providers are required to
submit an application for initial
enrollment and are subject to the
enrollment and screening requirements
in 42 CFR part 424, subpart P as if they
were initially enrolling. If the provider
was not previously enrolled and does
not wish to enroll, the time period the
provider would have to wait for the list
to be updated—30 days or less—is
comparable to the time it may take a
previously enrolled but revoked
provider to re-enroll. Further, the OIG
exclusion list works in a similar manner
and is only updated once every 30 days.
If an excluded provider were reinstated
on the first of the month, the provider
would have to wait until the updated
OIG list is released. Ultimately, our
intent is to operationalize the preclusion
list similar to how the OIG exclusion list
is operationalized currently. We also
note the notification to providers that
they are on the preclusion list will
communicate the date on which the
provider’s reenrollment bar will end
and he or she will be eligible to begin
prescribing or furnishing services.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS publish the
preclusion list in the same format and
record layout as the current OIG
exclusion list and, more specifically, to
include the prescriber’s NPI number on
the preclusion list file so that the
individual prescriber is accurately
identified and appropriately included in
the claims adjudication systems. The
commenter also suggested the following:
(1) The file should include the file
extension (in other words, .csv); (2) the
file should be placed on a public
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
domain for download capability; and (3)
CMS should maintain a file that tracks
the history for those individuals and
entities that are reinstated on the
cumulative file, for this facilitates a
more efficient process for updating
provider records and processing claims.
Response: We appreciate this
feedback and will take it into
consideration. We will provide a file
extension upon making the file
available. As for making the file
publicly available, CMS does not intend
to make this information available to the
public except as required by law. CMS
notes that if the file were made public,
the information in it could be used in
an inappropriate manner and not for its
intended purpose.
Further, we do not believe it will be
necessary to create a historic tracking
file as the preclusion list will be
cumulative and as such will contain the
time period for which a provider is
precluded.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that each updated
preclusion list file be effective at least
five (5) business days after Part D
sponsors receive it to allow them time
to configure their claims adjudication
systems with the most current version.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback and are finalizing
the rule to include a period of at least
30 calendar days with which the plan
will have to intake into their system the
most current preclusion data.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether, if a claim for reimbursement is
received several months after the date of
service, CMS will require Part D
sponsors to go back and review the
preclusion list in effect at the time of the
date of service. Another commenter
sought clarification as to whether CMS
will maintain an archive of the
preclusion list files with the dates of
enforcement.
Response: We plan to make the
preclusion list a cumulative file that
will contain periods for which claims
should be denied, meaning the list will
contain start and end dates for
preclusion periods. Accordingly, we
believe that referring back to archived
files will not be necessary.
Comment: A commenter supported
CMS’ recommendation to leverage the
PDE data as the initial data source for
precluded provider analysis. The
commenter stated, however, that any
changes to the PDE layout to support
these efforts will need to be outlined in
technical guidance to ensure efficient
and effective data exchanges.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s support and agree any
changes to PDE layout will need to be
PO 00000
Frm 00214
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
outlined in technical guidance issued
outside of this rule.
Comment: A commenter requested
that all technical guidance related to
‘‘other authorized prescribers’’ be
removed.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback. All provider
types, including those that are not
eligible to enroll but who are eligible to
prescribe, will be subject to screening
for placement on the preclusion list.
Comment: A number of commenters
sought clarification as to who notifies
the beneficiary that their provider is on
the preclusion list.
Response: Plans will be responsible
for notifying beneficiaries of their
prescribers being placed on the
preclusion list as stated at
§ 423.120(c)(6). As for Part C
beneficiaries whose provider is
precluded, whether the notice originates
from CMS or plans will be addressed in
guidance outside of rulemaking.
Comment: Several commenters asked
for clarification on how to handle
situations where a claim for a dualeligible beneficiary comes from a
prescriber who is on the preclusion list
but is not excluded by Medicaid. Other
commenters also requested that CMS
explain how claims for dual-eligible
beneficiaries should be handled.
Response: If a Part D drug claim is
rejected by the Part D plan because the
prescriber is included on the preclusion
list, the drug cannot be covered by
Medicaid and eligible for federal
financial participation (FFP) under
Medicaid for dual eligible beneficiaries.
Comment: A commenter stated that
with new admissions, long-term care
pharmacies often dispense the
medication(s) without entering a claim
in real-time because the relevant
information received from the long-term
care facility on the patient is
incomplete. Should this occur with a
provider on the preclusion list, a longterm care pharmacy would either have
to spend resources to contest the denial
of payment or bear the cost. To avoid
undue costs and to prevent the
pharmacy in this situation from
inadvertently filling such prescriptions,
the commenter requested that there be
a standard process by which the plans
or CMS inform long-term care
pharmacies of providers included on the
preclusion list.
Response: We believe this is best
addressed by the contract between the
plan and the pharmacy.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that the final rule
maintain the proposed language that
payment denials would apply only to
health care items or services furnished
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
on or after the date the individual or
entity was added to the preclusion list.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation and
agree. We are maintaining the language
in the proposed rule that payment
denials or claim rejections occur only
after the date on which a provider is
placed on the preclusion list and are
effective the date indicated on the
preclusion list file. To clarify, the
preclusion list will include the
prospective specified time period for
which the provider is precluded.
Comment: With regard to beneficiary
notification, a commenter urged CMS to
consider permitting MA plans to follow
existing processes, including, but not
limited to, the termination of a
contracted MA plan provider and
subsequent notification to the
beneficiary. Upon submission of a claim
from an individual or entity that is on
the preclusion list, the commenter
explained, the claim would be denied
and the beneficiary would not have any
liability for the claim, yet the
beneficiary would receive an
explanation of benefits notifying the
beneficiary of the claim denial and
reason; if the claim is related to a
contracted provider who was then
terminated from a MA plan’s network,
the beneficiary would be notified of that
status and the reason.
Response: With respect to the process
that occurs upon a claim being
submitted for services furnished by a
contracting provider, if the MA plan
determines through its periodic review
of provider credentialing that a
contracting provider is no longer
eligible to treat Medicare beneficiaries
the MA plan will ensure that the
provider does not furnish services for
plan enrollees until such time as the
provider is either terminated by the plan
or the provider resolves the reason for
being on the preclusion list. If a
contracted precluded provider has
treated plan enrollees, the enrollee will
only be responsible for the plan allowed
cost sharing and will be notified that the
contracted provider is no longer
available.
Comment: A commenter requested
that CMS clarify how ‘‘entities’’ would
be identified on the preclusion list file
and whether individual providers
furnishing services under that entity
would also be precluded (for example,
if the individual providers under the
entity are also precluded, the affiliated
Type 1 NPIs will also be listed on
precluded provider file).
Response: Entities that provide health
care services will be eligible to be
placed on the preclusion list. Whether
or not the individuals providing
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
services under the entity depends on if
the individual met the criteria for being
placed on the list. Individuals under
precluded entities will not
automatically be precluded based on
their association with a precluded
entity.
Comment: A commenter stated that,
regardless of who furnishes notice to the
beneficiary, CMS will need procedures
in place to address beneficiary
questions. If plan sponsors must notify
the beneficiary, the commenter
explained, the plan sponsor will have
no access to the reason for the
preclusion to be able to answer
beneficiary questions.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback and will take into
consideration that the plan will not
have the specific reason. However, we
believe this is an operational detail best
addressed outside of rulemaking.
Comment: A commenter stated that
CMS should clarify whether the
preclusion list will be shared with state
Medicaid programs for inclusion in the
state’s Medicaid exclusion list. Another
commenter stated that the preclusion
list policies should apply to both the
Medicare and Medicaid benefits where
coordination occurs between these
programs under Medicare/Medicaid
Plans and Special Needs Plans. Another
commenter expressed concern that the
preclusion list will not be aligned with
state lists and that the impact on the
beneficiary at the point of sale will not
be aligned between state and federal
processes; the commenter stated that
this would be particularly relevant for
an MMP beneficiary. Another
commenter recommended that for
Medicare-Medicaid Plans and Special
Needs Plans involving situations where
the prescriber is listed on the preclusion
list, the beneficiary should not be
eligible for coverage under both plans.
The commenter believed that this would
eliminate confusion for beneficiaries
who have multiple prescriptions that
could apply to either the Medicare
benefit or the Medicaid benefit. Another
commenter asked whether, for dualeligible or Medicare-Medicaid Program
beneficiaries, the drug can be covered
under Medicaid or whether the final
rule applies to both lines of business.
Response: We appreciate the feedback
of these commenters. In our experience,
State Medicaid agencies do currently
construct their own exclusion lists
based on state-specific criteria. The
criteria they use may or may not be
consistent with the criteria used to
determine if a provider should be
placed on the preclusion list. At this
time, we are not requiring states to
utilize the preclusion as a means of
PO 00000
Frm 00215
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16653
excluding providers in the Medicaid
program but we intend to make the
preclusion list available to State
Medicaid programs in the future and are
exploring how best to share this
information with states. Also, for dual
eligible beneficiaries, if a Part D drug
claim is rejected by the Part D plan
because the prescriber is included on
the preclusion list, the drug cannot be
covered by Medicaid and eligible for
federal financial participation (FFP)
under Medicaid for dual eligible
beneficiaries.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to work closely with industry
stakeholders to define the minimum
necessary attributes of the preclusion
list file layout.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s suggestion and will take
this into consideration as we work to
operationalize these requirements.
Comment: A commenter asked that
CMS confirm that, similar to the OIG
excluded provider guidance, plan
sponsors will not return reject code 569
(‘‘Provide Notice: Medicare Prescription
Drug Coverage and Your Rights’’) on
claims that reject as a result of a
precluded provider.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s question and will take this
into consideration. However, we believe
this is an operational detail best
addressed outside of rulemaking.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to ensure that the list is available to
prescribers so they are able to confirm
their inclusion on the list independent
of notification by a plan sponsor.
Response: Prescribers will be notified
in advance of being placed on the
preclusion list as required by
§ 423.120(c)(6). The notification would
explain that the provider has met the
criteria for preclusion and has the right
to appeal that determination within 60
days. Once a provider has exhausted
their first level appeal process or has not
submitted an appeal within 60 days, an
additional 90-day period will lapse
prior to their addition to the preclusion
list. The 90-day period allows the plans
30-days to intake the preclusion data
and a 60-day beneficiary notification
period. Subsequent updates to the list
will provide any newly added provider
with a 60-day appeals window but will
not provide a 90-day period as
discussed above, thus after
implementation beneficiaries may not
be notified that they may have received
a prescription or services from a
provider that is now precluded.
We therefore believe it is unnecessary
to provide the list to prescribers. As for
making the file publicly available, CMS
does not intend to make this
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16654
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
information available to the public
except as required by law. CMS notes
that if the file were made public, the
information in it could be used in an
inappropriate manner and not for its
intended purpose.
Comment: A commenter stated that
CMS must notify prescribers when they
are placed on the preclusion list. The
commenter did not believe this
administrative function should be the
plan sponsors’ responsibility.
Response: We agree with the
commenter. As written in the regulation
text at § 423.120(c)(6)(v)(A), ‘‘CMS
sends written notice to the prescriber
via letter of his or her inclusion on the
preclusion list.’’
Comment: A commenter stated that
CMS should not duplicate exclusion
efforts already administered via the OIG.
Response: While we appreciate the
commenter’s feedback, we do not
believe we are duplicating efforts
currently undertaken by the OIG. We
note that the preclusion list uses
exclusion data from the OIG along with
other provider data to create an
alternative to enrollment. As previously
stated, the preclusion list will include
prescribers and providers who have
engaged in behavior for which CMS has
or could have revoked the prescriber or
provider to the extent applicable if he or
she had been enrolled in Medicare.
Further, the intent of the preclusion list
is to be broader than the OIG exclusion
list, for it can include prescribers and
providers who may not be excluded but
still pose a threat to the program and/
or beneficiaries.
Comment: In response to our
solicitation of comments, a commenter
did not recommend any opioid-specific
criteria for inclusion on the preclusion
list. The commenter believed that the
end result (for example, suspension/
termination of medical and/or DEA
license) should serve as the preclusion
criteria.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback. We note that
Medicare has the authority to revoke for
improper prescribing practices (42 CFR
424.535(a)(14)), which includes a
pattern or practice that is abusive or
represents a threat to the health and
safety of our beneficiaries. In screening
nonenrolled providers, we would apply
this authority in determining their
inclusion on the list. Further, CMS has
the ability to revoke providers for
suspension or revocation of their DEA
certification or registration, or loss of
prescribing authority (42 CFR
424.535(a)(13)).
Comment: A number of commenters
stated that monthly updates of the
preclusion list would be inadequate and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
that the list should be updated weekly
or no less than bi-monthly; a commenter
stated that a reasonable timeframe for
incorporating the preclusion list into its
claims adjudication system would be
within four (4) business days of the
file’s posting This commenter explained
that upon removal or resolution of a
provider’s preclusion, the industry will
need to be able to begin paying the
claims as soon as possible in order to
prevent beneficiary access issues. Even
if a new override mechanism for data
delays is created, the commenter
continued, most pharmacies will be
unwilling to override the rejection for
fear of audit risk and/or payment
recoupment. The commenter expressed
concern that claims would be rejected
for up to a month for prescribers whose
preclusion statuses have been resolved.
The same situation could happen with
newly precluded prescribers; if an event
occurs that warrants the prescriber’s
inclusion on the preclusion list, the
commenter expressed concern over the
prospect of paying claims for these
prescribers for up to a full month,
particularly if the prescriber’s behavior
places beneficiaries at risk. Other
commenters shared these concerns.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s concerns. We note,
however, that the OIG list is posted
every 30 days and plans are able to
integrate that file into their systems in
a reasonable amount of time. The
preclusion list will be designed to be
integrated in a similar manner and
claims adjudicated in a similar process.
We therefore believe that posting the list
once every 30 days is sufficient. Further,
the specific time period for which a
provider is precluded will be identified
on the file shared with plans.
Comment: A commenter requested
technical guidance for any PDE changes
that will be needed to support the
preclusion list process. Among the
specific questions the commenter raised
were: (1) Whether CMS could confirm
that plans will no longer need to
identify an exception for ‘‘other
authorized prescribers’’ on the PDE, and
that this field should be submitted with
spaces or blanks; and (2) whether CMS
anticipates any other changes to the PDE
file layout and/or processes related to
the preclusion list.
Response: We will issue any
necessary PDE guidance outside the
regulatory process. We note that the
regulatory text no longer refers to other
authorized prescribers. Such a
designation was necessary to identify
which claims should be paid under an
enrollment requirement since other
authorized prescribers could not enroll.
However, under the preclusion list
PO 00000
Frm 00216
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
requirement, only claims thatmust be
rejected need to be identified.
Comment: A commenter asked CMS
to clarify the conduct that would lead to
non-Medicare providers being included
on the preclusion list.
Response: As we stated in the
proposed rule, the preclusion list will
include those prescribers and providers
that have engaged in behavior for which
CMS could have revoked the prescriber
or provider to the extent applicable if he
or she had been enrolled in Medicare.
CMS revokes providers based on the
authorities located at 42 CFR 424.535. If
it is determined that a prescriber or
provider meets the criteria that would
cause them to be revoked if he or she
were enrolled in the program and the
underlying cause for revocation is
considered to be detrimental to the
program, the prescriber or provider will
be placed on the preclusion list. CMS
would not have the authority outside of
those listed at 42 CFR 424.535 to revoke
a provider or therefore add them to the
preclusion list.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS provide
sponsors with clarifications on the
process of creating and maintaining the
preclusion list, followed by an
opportunity to submit comments and
feedback.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s question and will take this
into consideration.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS require plan
sponsors to treat all precluded provider
claims in the same manner regardless of
the drug. If the CMS preclusion
warrants a discretionary effective date
based on the preclusion reason, the
commenter stated that this should be
managed by CMS.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation and
believe that it is consistent with our
proposal. If a provider is placed on the
preclusion list, any prescription drug
claims submitted with the provider
listed as the prescriber must be denied
or rejected regardless of the drug or
medication being prescribed.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether the range of providers defined
as ‘‘in scope’’ for purposes of complying
with the preclusion list requirement
will be made clear for purposes of
implementing the adjudication logic. As
an illustration, the commenter asked
whether providers (such as pharmacies)
under MAOs would be designated as
‘‘in scope’’ for this requirement. If so,
the commenter stated, CMS must
provide clear instructions for sponsors
to adjudicate claims (or not) involving
situations where a pharmacy on the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
preclusion list is in a position to fill a
prescription for a non-precluded
prescriber.
Response: We appreciate this
comment and clarify that the preclusion
list will include any prescriber or
provider that falls within the preclusion
list definition in, respectively,
§§ 423.100 and 422.2.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to define how individuals/entities
would be identified by CMS to add to
the preclusion list and how the list will
be created and maintained, followed by
a comment opportunity for the industry
to provide feedback.
Response: As already mentioned, the
preclusion list will include those
prescribers and providers that have
engaged in behavior for which CMS has
or could have revoked the prescriber or
provider to the extent applicable if the
prescriber or provider was or had been
enrolled in Medicare. CMS revokes
prescribers and providers based on the
authorities located at § 424.535. If it is
determined that a prescriber or provider
has met the criteria that would cause the
prescriber or provider to be revoked if
they were enrolled with the program, or
is revoked, and the underlying cause for
revocation is considered detrimental to
the Medicare program, the prescriber or
provider will be placed on the
preclusion list.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS clarify how and
in what instances CMS would apply
sanctions to a plan that pays an
individual/entity on the preclusion list.
Response: CMS will determine
appropriate compliance action on a
case-by-case basis. In doing so, CMS
will weigh key factors such as
beneficiary harm, and duration and
extent of compliance failure.
Comment: A commenter stated that a
pharmacy often needs to send out
medications for nursing home
beneficiaries. If the preclusion list is not
made readily available electronically,
the commenter sought clarification as to
which party would be responsible for
payment of these medications.
Response: As already mentioned,
CMS will make the preclusion list
available every 30 days via a secure
server from which plans will be able to
download the most up to date list. If the
plan fails to utilize the most up-to-date
version of the list, the plan is at risk of
paying for prescriptions written by
precluded prescribers.
Comment: A commenter stated
according to chapter 18, section 40.3.1
of CMS’ Prescription Drug Benefit
Manual and in previous technical
guidance, plans do not have to provide
beneficiaries s with the standardized
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
pharmacy notice (CMS–10147—
Medicare Prescription Drug Coverage
and Your Rights) if the reason for the
reject is due to a provider who has been
excluded from participation in the
Medicare program. The commenter
sought clarification that this policy will
also apply to claims rejected due to a
prescriber being on the preclusion list.
Response: Regarding this particular
technical guidance, it applies only to
those prescribers who have been
excluded by the OIG. Thus, if a
beneficiary’s prescribing provider is
both excluded and is on the preclusion
list, CMS will provide guidance on
which list should take precedence in
regard to how notification should be
made to beneficiaries.
(3) Miscellaneous Payment Issues
Comment: A number of commenters
urged CMS to: (1) Include language to
clearly identify the scope of the
payment prohibition to individuals/
entities on the preclusion list; and (2)
clarify which payments to individuals/
entities are permissible and which are
not (for example, health care services
only; administrative services also).
Response: Payment for covered
services or items furnished by a
precluded prescriber or provider is
prohibited under this rule, and the
screening process for the preclusion list
will apply to any prescriber or provider
and not those conducting administrative
services. However, we note that urgent
and emergency services as defined in
§ 422.113, are excluded as indicated in
the regulatory text at § 460.86(a) for Part
C covered services and § 422.224(a) for
Part D covered drugs.
Comment: A commenter noted that
proposed § 422.222(a) would prohibit
payment for health care items and
services. The commenter asked whether
a person or entity could still be paid for
administrative services furnished to the
sponsor. If the person or entity can be
paid for such services, the commenter
suggested that this be made clear
throughout the proposed preclusion list
provisions, for some provisions refer to
a general prohibition against
‘‘payments’’ while others reference a
prohibition against payment for ‘‘health
care items and services.’’ In this vein,
the commenter also cited § 422.224(a),
which the commenter stated, appears to
combine the payment prohibitions
arising from an OIG exclusion with a
party’s inclusion on the preclusion list.
The commenter found this confusing
because a sponsor is precluded from
paying a person who is excluded by the
OIG for both health care services and
administrative services, whereas CMS
seemingly intends for the preclusion list
PO 00000
Frm 00217
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16655
prohibition to only apply to health care
items and services. The commenter
urged CMS to explain this distinction in
§ 422.224.
Response: As mentioned in our
previous response, payment for covered
services or items furnished by a
precluded prescriber or provider is
prohibited under this rule, and the
screening process for the preclusion list
will apply to any prescriber or provider
and not those conducting administrative
services. Further, administrative
services may not be reimbursed via the
claims process and therefore may not be
subject to payment denials due to
preclusion.
Additionally, we note that urgent and
emergency services as defined in
§ 422.113, are excluded as indicated in
the regulatory text at § 460.86(a) for Part
C covered services and § 422.224(a) for
Part D covered drugs.
Comment: A commenter stated that
the proposed provision to § 422.224(a)
does not appear to exclude emergency
or urgently needed services from the
payment prohibition therein. The
commenter recommended that CMS
make clearer that such services are
indeed excluded from § 422.224(a)’s
purview.
Response: Ultimately, we do not
believe that even emergency or urgent
situations would warrant subjecting
beneficiaries to care provided by
providers who meet the preclusion list
criteria and therefore, decline to adopt
the commenter’s recommendation in
finalizing the rule.
Comment: A commenter noted that
§ 422.224(a) applies the preclusion list
payment prohibition to Medicare
enrollees of the MAO/Medicare cost
plan. An MAO or Medicare cost plan,
the commenter explained, commonly
offers other product lines besides the
MA program or Medicare cost plan
program that will cover Medicare
enrollees; an example is the offering of
commercial health plan coverage where
an enrollee is covered under Medicare
either as primary or secondary payer.
The commenter stated that the OIG
exclusion payment prohibitions extend
to payments for these persons as well
and asked whether CMS intended to
extend the preclusion list payment
prohibition to non-MA/cost enrollees of
an MAO or a Medicare cost plan.
Response: We do not believe we have
the authority to regulate commercial
health plans or other non-Medicare
product lines offered by the MAO.
(4) Application to Other Parties
Comment: Since PACE organizations
provide Medicare and Medicaid covered
services, a commenter asked how the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16656
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
preclusion list requirement will apply to
staff and contractual individuals and
entities that are not eligible to enroll in
Medicare (for example, nurses,
recreational therapists, drivers). The
commenter sought clarification that
such individuals and entities will not be
vetted for inclusion on the preclusion
list and that it will not be necessary to
check these individuals and entities
against the preclusion list. Another
commenter interpreted the proposed
preclusion list requirement (as well as
the OIG exclusion list) to apply to: (1)
The staff of the PACE organization
(whether employed directly by or under
contract with the organization); and (2)
entities with which a PACE organization
may contract to furnish care, such as
inpatient hospitals, nursing homes, and
post-acute care settings. The commenter
did not, however, believe that the
preclusion list proposal required the
PACE organization to verify whether
employees or contracted staff of a
hospital or other provider entity with
which the PACE organization contracts
are included on the preclusion list.
Likewise, the commenter did not
believe the preclusion list policy
included staff members of the PACE
interdisciplinary team who are not
eligible for Medicare provider or
supplier enrollment, such as nurses,
recreational therapists, and drivers. The
commenter urged that CMS clarify these
issues.
Response: PACE would follow the
same approach as MA organizations;
that is, PACE would verify that
contracted providers that furnish Part A
and B services and items are not on the
preclusion list. This would include
those providers that are not otherwise
eligible to enroll in Medicare. To
address the specific points raised by the
commenter, the administrative staff of
the PACE organization would not be
subject to the preclusion list
requirements. Further, to the extent a
PACE program contracts with a
precluded provider, the requirements
could only be applied if that entity or
provider is visible on the claim.
Regarding application of the preclusion
list, we will hold PACE organizations to
the same requirements as MAOs.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether CMS expects PACE
organizations to hold contracted entities
responsible for confirming that their
staffs (whether employed or contracted)
are not on the CMS preclusion list. The
commenter recommended that the
preclusion list requirements not extend
beyond those individuals and entities
with whom PACE organizations contract
directly unless a similar requirement is
implemented in fee-for-service Medicare
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
such that hospitals, nursing homes,
home health agencies, etc. are required
to check their staff against the
preclusion list. The commenter’s
concern is that by imposing an
additional contractual requirement on
PACE organizations, their ability to
secure contracts may be negatively
impacted. Also, the commenter urged
that any requirement on PACE
organizations for employees of
contracted entities to be vetted against
the CMS preclusion list be delayed until
such a requirement for these employees
exists in fee-for-service, at which time
such a requirement would be universal
and not applied distinctively by PACE
(and MA) organizations.
Response: As mentioned in our
previous response, PACE would follow
the same approach as MA organizations;
specifically, PACE would verify that
contracted providers that furnish Part A
and B services and items are not on the
preclusion list. This would include
those providers that are not otherwise
eligible to enroll in Medicare.
Comment: Regarding the requirement
to provide notice to PACE participants
if a PACE organization receives a
request for payment by an individual or
entity excluded by the OIG or included
on the preclusion list, a commenter
asked CMS to consider the differences
between PACE organizations and MA
plans in implementing the notice
requirement.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation and will
take this into consideration as we work
to operationalize this requirement.
(5) Preclusion List Criteria
Comment: Several commenters
believed that some of the criteria to be
used to make preclusion list
determinations lack objectivity. A
commenter cited the following
examples: (1) The seriousness of the
conduct underlying the prescriber’s
revocation; (2) the degree to which the
[physician’s] conduct could affect the
integrity of the Part D/MA program; and
(3) any other evidence that CMS deems
relevant to its determination. The
commenter stated that such criteria
hurts the program by potentially
limiting the pool of available clinicians
for Medicare beneficiaries and puts the
professional reputation of the physician
in jeopardy; the commenter stated that
once a clinician has been placed on the
list, there will be professional
consequences for him or her. The
commenter did not believe that CMS’
proposed appeals process is enough to
address this concern. The commenter
urged CMS to remove criteria that are
subjective in nature in the final rule.
PO 00000
Frm 00218
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s suggestion and believe the
appeals process addresses this concern
as no provider will be added to the
preclusion list until they have
exhausted their first level of CMS
appeal or if they fail to appeal their
addition to the list. Specifically,
beneficiaries and Part C and D plans
will not be notified of the provider’s
preclusion status until after this period
in order to avoid negative consequences
for a provider whose preclusion status
is not yet final. In regard to the
subjectivity of the preclusion list
standards, we believe it is necessary to
maintain this subjectivity given some
providers are revoked for reasons that
may not be considered detrimental to
the program. For example, a provider
may have failed to update an expired
license.
Ultimately, we believe the preclusion
list approach will broaden the pool of
available clinicians as they are no longer
restricted by the requirement that they
be enrolled in order to furnish items or
services.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern that the requirements for
putting a prescriber on the preclusion
list are too narrow. The commenter
supported a means of including
physicians or other prescribers on the
preclusion list who have a history of
problematic opioid prescriptions, or at
least to flag such prescriptions if they
would meet the requirements under the
Plan Sponsor Drug Management Plan
and do not meet any exemption.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation and will
take this into consideration in any
future regulatory revisions of the
preclusion list provisions. At this time,
however, we are unable to adopt these
recommendations in this final rule as
such data is not readily accessible to
make such a determination.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that Medicare revocation
reasons § 424.535(a)(6), (9), and (10) be
excluded as reasons for a provider to be
included on the preclusion list, for these
reasons only apply to those that are
enrolled in Medicare.
Response: We agree that the
revocation authorities at § 424.535(a)(6),
(9), and (10) would not be applicable to
prescribers and providers that are not
Medicare enrolled but are evaluated for
inclusion on the list. However, these
revocation authorities will apply to
prescribers and providers that are
Medicare enrolled and are under review
for inclusion on the list. Logically, we
would not be able to evaluate nonMedicare enrolled providers against this
criteria, and do not believe it is
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
necessary to specifically exclude these
revocation authorities from the
preclusion list criteria. To illustrate, the
revocation authority at § 424.535(a)(4) is
based upon the provider indicating as
true information that is in fact false or
misleading on the enrollment
application. The providers who will be
precluded may not have enrolled with
Medicare and therefore would not be
subject to this revocation authority. We
therefore decline to adopt the
commenter’s recommendation in
finalizing the rule.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS develop
prescriber preclusion list criteria that
focuses on beneficiary safety and
mitigates the risks of opioid prescribing.
Response: We believe that by utilizing
Medicare’s current revocation
authorities as criteria to evaluate a
prescriber’s inclusion on the preclusion
list, we are, in fact, safeguarding
beneficiaries against overprescribing of
opioids. The current revocation reasons
at § 424.535 allow CMS to exclude or
remove from the program those
prescribers who may prove to be a
detriment to Medicare. The preclusion
list expands CMS’ authority by allowing
the application of these revocation
authorities to not only Medicareenrolled prescribers and providers but
also to any prescriber or provider that
could potentially provide care to our
beneficiaries, thus further broadening
our ability to keep out problematic
providers. We also reiterate that
Medicare has two revocation authorities
at § 424.535(a)(13) and (14) that
specifically focus on a prescriber’s
prescribing practices. The authority at
(a)(14), for instance, gives Medicare the
ability to revoke if a prescriber shows a
pattern or practice of abusive
prescribing that CMS determines is a
threat to the health and safety of
Medicare beneficiaries. Given this
clarification, we respectfully decline to
adopt the commenter’s
recommendation.
(6) NPI Issues
Comment: Several commenters
expressed support for our proposed
changes to § 423.120(c)(5).
Response: We thank the commenters
for their support.
Comment: A commenter stated that
§ 423.120(c) is among the sections of
this rule that are listed as waived for
PACE organizations. The commenter
asked whether CMS intended to impose
the requirements in proposed
§ 423.120(c)(5) and § 423.120(c)(6) on
PACE organizations. If, the commenter
asked, the requirements under proposed
§ 423.120(c)(5) for an active and valid
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
NPI on all pharmacy claims apply to
PACE organizations, the commenter
requested a waiver for PACE
organizations of the requirement in
proposed § 423.120(c)(5)(ii) for Part D
sponsors to communicate at point-ofsale if an NPI is active and valid. The
commenter stated that such a waiver
would be consistent with CMS’
recognition of differences in how Part D
may be implemented by PACE
organizations and the way PACE
organizations interact with their
contracted pharmacies to obtain Part D
drugs on behalf of their participants.
Response: Section 423.120(c) is
waived for PACE organizations, and no
waiver is necessary. However, to the
extent a PACE organization adjudicates
claims electronically or contracts with a
pharmacy to fill prescriptions on their
behalf and such pharmacy adjudicates
beneficiary claims electronically on
behalf of PACE enrollees, PACE
organizations must comply with the
requirements of § 423.120(c).
Comment: A commenter sought
confirmation that the NPI is intended
for encounter data submitted to CMS via
the Encounter Data System (EDS), and
not the abbreviated format via the Risk
Adjustment Processing System. The
commenter also suggested that the
proposed change to § 422.310(d)(5) be
revised to state as follows: ‘‘(5) For data
described in paragraph (d)(1) of this
section as data equivalent to Medicare
fee-for-service data, which is also
known as MA encounter data submitted
to CMS via the Encounter Data System
(EDS), MA Plans must submit a NPI in
a billing provider field on each MA
encounter data record, per CMS
guidance.’’
Response: The proposed provision at
§ 422.310(d)(5) does refer only to
encounter data. The record layout for
Risk Adjustment Processing System
(RAPS) data has not changed and is not
addressed in this rule-making. Finally,
we decline to accept the commenter’s
suggested revision to the regulation text,
because the name of a system such as
the EDS could change over time, and we
believe it is clear that this provision
applies to MA encounter data. Thus, we
are finalizing paragraph (d)(5) as
proposed.
Comment: With respect to the
requirement for a valid NPI on drug
claims, a commenter stated that the
beneficiary should not be held
responsible for the price of the drug in
the event of an invalid NPI.
Response: We refer the commenter to
§ 423.120(c)(5)(iv), which generally
states that a sponsor may not make
payment to a beneficiary dependent
upon the sponsor’s acquisition of an
PO 00000
Frm 00219
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16657
active and valid prescriber NPI in the
case of a beneficiary request for
reimbursement.
Comment: A commenter noted that
the MACRA legislation, which included
the valid NPI requirement, was signed
into law on April 16, 2015 and became
effective January 1, 2016. Accordingly,
the commenter stated that it, alongside
other major PBMs, has been enforcing
the active NPI requirement at the point
of sale since January 1, 2016. The
commenter thus expressed confusion
about the modifications to (c)(5) and the
request for comments, and sought
clarification from CMS regarding the
intent of this modified guidance.
Response: The modifications to (c)(5)
are to comply with MACRA. In this
regard, CMS previously issued guidance
on June 1, 2015 77 that existing
procedures to comply with the previous
requirement at § 423.120(c)(5)(iii)(B)(2)
which stated that a Part D sponsor must
pay a claim even when the pharmacy
does not correct the NPI or confirm that
it is active and valid will no longer
apply as of January 1, 2016. Thus, the
modifications to (c)(5) are intended to
remove this regulatory language because
it does not comply with MACRA.
Sponsors in compliance with the June 1,
2015 guidance should not have to
change any existing claims procedures
due to these modifications.
Comment: A commenter expressed
support for the proposed amended
requirements for risk adjustment data,
but urged that CMS consider two related
issues prior to final rulemaking. First,
while standard claims transactions
(which represent the vast majority of
claims) include provider NPI data, a
provider that submits a manual, paper
claim may not have an NPI on file with
the plan. Plans may engage in efforts to
obtain an NPI, but responses to these
efforts from an unaffiliated provider is
not always timely. The commenter
recommended that CMS adopt a limited
exception to its proposed NPI
requirement where a provider submits a
paper claim and does not have an NPI
on file with the receiving plan. Second,
the commenter stated that a number of
providers, including rehabilitation
centers and durable medical equipment
(DME) suppliers, are contracted by and
bill plans under a group or ‘‘Type 2’’
NPI. The commenter stated that the
proposed rule was not clear regarding
whether CMS will accept a Type 2 NPI
in satisfaction of the proposed
encounter data standard. For plans that
77 https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/PrescriptionDrug-Coverage/PrescriptionDrugCovGenIn/
Downloads/HPMS-Memo-Prescriber-EnrollmentEnforcement-v06012015.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16658
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
currently accept and use Type 2 NPIs,
capturing individual NPIs would likely
require changes to both credentialing
policies and contracting standards; the
administrative burden of making these
changes would be considerable. The
commenter added that while the use of
exclusively Type 1 NPIs could represent
a very significant burden for some
plans, the commenter did not believe
that use of a Type 2 NPI would provide
any less support for CMS’ program
integrity efforts than that provided by a
Type 1 NPI. The commenter requested
that the final rule provide allowances
for submission of either Type 1 or Type
2 NPIs in risk adjustment encounter
data.
Response: MA organizations and
other submitters of MA encounter data
should follow the national
implementation guides (known by the
shorthand ‘‘TR3 guides’’): Standards for
Electronic Data Interchange Technical
Report Type 3, Health Care Claim:
Institutional (837) and Standards for
Electronic Data Interchange Technical
Report Type 3, Health Care Claim:
Professional (837), including the TR3
guidance for use of Type 1 and Type 2
NPIs. Submitters should also follow
CMS’ existing guidance regarding NPIs
that is specific to encounter data
submissions. For example, CMS
released a December 21, 2017 memo
‘‘Encounter Data Record Submissions—
NPI Submission Guidance—Frequently
Asked Questions (FAQ),’’ released
through CMS’ Health Plan Management
System (HPMS), which discusses
situations under which default NPIs
may be used. As noted in this memo,
CMS expects the number of encounter
data records (EDRs) with default NPIs
for providers who would otherwise have
an NPI (that is, not atypical providers)
to be a very small percentage of an
MAO’s total EDR submissions. CMS is
monitoring the level of default NPI use.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to enforce Section 507 of MACRA as
effectively and efficiently as possible,
taking into account the burdens that
may be imposed on plans and providers,
as well as on beneficiary access to
needed medications. For example, the
commenter cautioned that the proposed
enforcement mechanism could prove
problematic with respect to certain
providers in limited contexts—such as
teaching hospitals with residents and
interns who may use the NPI of their
attending physician. As such, the
commenter encouraged CMS to provide
additional clarity about how the final
policy will be implemented to account
for these and similar situations that may
arise, in order to maintain beneficiary
access.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Response: Section 507 of MACRA
amends section 1860D–4(c) of the Social
Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–104(c))
by requiring that pharmacy claims for
covered Part D drugs include prescriber
NPIs beginning January 1, 2016 that are
determined to be valid under
procedures established by the Secretary
in consultation with appropriate
stakeholders. MACRA does not address
the issue of which NPI a pharmacy must
use on a claim for a prescription written
by a resident—only that is be active and
valid. In addition, the modifications to
(c)(5) are technical to make the
regulatory text consistent with exiting
law and guidance.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to consider how to mitigate potential
access challenges created for patients
when claims with invalid NPIs are
submitted in error.
Response: As already stated, section
507 of MACRA amends Section 1860D–
4(c) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
1395w–104(c)) by requiring that
pharmacy claims for covered Part D
drugs include prescriber NPIs beginning
January 1, 2016 that are determined to
be valid under procedures established
by the Secretary in consultation with
appropriate stakeholders. The
modifications to (c)(5) are technical to
make the regulatory text consistent with
existing law and guidance.
Comment: With the revisions to
§ 423.120(c)(5) and based on section 507
of MACRA, a commenter sought
clarification as to whether the 24-hour
follow-up for the plan sponsor to work
with the pharmacy to identify the
prescriber NPI and resubmit the claim is
no longer applicable. Another
commenter asked whether, in instances
when a pharmacy encounters an issue
with a prescriber NPI and the pharmacy
either cannot or does not correct the
NPI, plans are still required to outreach
to network pharmacies within 24 hours
in an attempt to obtain a valid NPI.
Response: Such outreach is no longer
required. CMS’ previous guidance in
this regard was based upon the prior
requirement—which the modifications
to § 423.120(c)(5) are removing—for
sponsors to pay pharmacy claims with
inactive and invalid NPIs when the
pharmacy either could not or did not
correct the prescriber NPI and then
obtain the active and valid ones
afterward.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to make two modifications to
§ 423.120(c)(5). First, the commenter
suggested changes to new
§ 423.120(c)(5)(ii), which, as proposed,
would require the sponsor at the point
of sale to communicate whether a
submitted NPI is active and valid to
PO 00000
Frm 00220
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
accommodate for long-term care (LTC)
pharmacies where there is no point of
sale. The commenter stated that this
provision must contain a blanket
exception for LTC pharmacies
prohibiting the PDP or PBM from
denying any claim by an LTC pharmacy.
Second, the commenter sought revisions
to new § 423.120(c)(5)(iii)(B), which, as
proposed, would permit a PDP or its
PBM to deny reimbursement to a
pharmacy that dispensed a drug
prescribed by a physician without an
NPI number under certain conditions;
the commenter stated that this provision
must contain a similar blanket
exception prohibiting the denial of LTC
pharmacy claims in all circumstances,
given other regulatory requirements
mandating that the prescription be
filled. The commenter stated that the
aforementioned changes must also be
made to the proposed MA regulations.
By making these changes, the
commenter contended, CMS can ensure
that LTC pharmacies are able to meet
beneficiary needs as well as comply
with other legal requirements
mandating the dispensing of
medications to nursing home residents.
Response: Section 507 of MACRA
requires that for plan year 2016 and
thereafter, claims for covered Part D
drugs must include an active and valid
prescriber NPI. MACRA did not provide
an exemption for pharmacy claims
submitted by long-term care
pharmacies. Therefore, we decline to
create one in the technical change we
are making to 423.120(c)(5) to comply
with MACRA.
(7) Effective Date
Comment: Many commenters
expressed concern about the January 1,
2019 effective date of the preclusion list
requirement. Aside from the need for
CMS to address all of the operational
complexities of the requirement (for
example, regarding file layouts,
frequency of updates, interaction with
other lists, types of payments affected)
and to issue appropriate guidance to
affected stakeholders, commenters
noted several other reasons for the
unworkability of the January 1, 2019
date. First, and most generally,
stakeholders need enough time to adapt
to and implement the new
requirements. Second, plans may need
to make system changes, with several
commenters noting that some code
values specific to prescriber enrollment
will need to be sunsetted and
potentially new values created. Third,
plan sponsors will need sufficient
opportunity and guidance to clearly
understand, test, and use the new file
layout, including how each field is to be
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
interpreted, and how the file may
change over a given time period.
Adhering to a January 1, 2019 date,
some commenters cautioned, would
lead to beneficiary confusion and delays
in getting needed medications. Various
commenters suggested an effective date
of no earlier than January 1, 2020.
Others recommended the following
effective dates: (1) 12 months after the
preclusion list provisions are finalized
or published; (2) at least twelve (12)
months after CMS releases its final
guidance, with all of the specifications,
to have the preclusion list fully
incorporated into its claims
adjudication systems; or (3) a minimum
of 18 months after the publication of
necessary technical guidance and
confirmed file layouts. Another
commenter urged that the deadline for
full incorporation should be a mid-year
date (for example, July 1), as opposed to
January 1. A mid-year deadline would
allow Part D sponsors to focus more
exclusively on this important system
modification, while being able to
adequately prepare for annual readiness
implementation activities at the
beginning of the calendar year. Another
commenter stated that with a January 1,
2019 effective date, a fully functional
production file is not likely to be
provided to plan sponsors in time for
full testing across various scenarios,
such as transition periods and coverage
reviews, by that date. The commenter
asked whether CMS will acknowledge
that flexibility on full implementation
may be necessary.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ concerns and
recommendations. We recognize that
operationalizing these changes across
the Part D and MA programs will
require effort and resources for plans
and for CMS. However, we believe this
approach is similar to how plans
currently utilize the OIG exclusion list
and should be operationalized in the
same manner. We therefore believe that
a significant amount of additional work
will not be necessary. Although, the
enrollment requirement may have been
delayed various times, due to the
decrease in burden under the preclusion
list approach, we do not believe a delay
is necessary and that the January 1, 2019
timeline is sufficient.
Comment: Responding to our
solicitation for comment regarding a
reasonable time period for Part D
sponsors and PBMs to incorporate the
preclusion list into claims adjudication
systems, a commenter suggested a 180day period. This would give Part D
sponsors and PBMs sufficient time to
prepare their systems and operationalize
the changes. The commenter added that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
after the initial incorporation, CMS
should post the preclusion list by the
15th of every month and require Part D
sponsors to utilize the list beginning on
the first day of the following month.
Response: We understand the
commenter’s concerns. As stated in our
previous response, however, we believe
that January 1, 2019 is the appropriate
date. Further, we do not believe making
the list available on the 15th of each
month allows the plan enough time to
properly ingest preclusion data into
their claims adjudication systems.
(8) Provisional Supply
Comment: A number of commenters
opposed the provisional supply
requirement and recommended its
removal from the final rule for several
reasons.
First, they contended that the
preclusion list is akin to the OIG
exclusion list, for which there is no
concomitant supply requirement. They
explained that beneficiaries generally
understand that prescriptions written by
excluded parties will not be covered.
They saw no reason for a provisional
supply requirement for the preclusion
list when there is none for the OIG
exclusion list.
Second, they stated that a problematic
prescriber, especially one prescribing
opioids or other potentially dangerous
drugs, should not be entitled to
payment, nor enable receipt of a
medication for such a long period of
time that may negatively impact a
beneficiary. Indeed, several commenters
specifically noted that the provisional
fill requirement could harm
beneficiaries. A commenter explained
that prescribers on the preclusion list
would likely have already been notified
by CMS of that status, potentially
several times. In this scenario, the
precluded provider is aware of their
status yet will continue to see Medicare
patients and issue prescriptions for
them. This places beneficiaries at risk,
especially if the prescription issued
involves controlled substances/opioids
or other high-risk drugs.
Third, concerns were expressed about
the length of the provisional supply
period, specifically with respect to cost
and overutilization; particular concern
was expressed about the burdens on
plan sponsors of operating and
administering the provisional fill
requirement. A commenter, stating that
the provisional supply requirement is
highly complex, urged CMS to eliminate
it. The commenter contended that if the
preclusion list aims to identify
problematic prescribers who, through
their prescribing activity, pose a risk to
beneficiaries, then CMS can manage
PO 00000
Frm 00221
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16659
patient access to care based on the postdated preclusion effective date that is
applied to the file. The commenter
stated that: (1) This approach could
address CMS’ objective of preventing
problematic prescribers from continuing
to prescribe opioids; (2) supporting a 90day or any other discretionary period
determined by CMS before adding a
prescriber to the preclusion list (postbeneficiary notification) would
eliminate the need to provide
provisional coverage at point of service;
and (3) this would also solve the
complexities that plans face in
programming systems to track
provisional supply and ensuring the
program works in conjunction with
other Medicare requirements, such as
the transition fill program.
Fourth, commenters outlined the
difference between the original
provisional fill policy, which was
designed to minimize potential
disruptions in access to needed drugs
while prescribers were enrolling into
Medicare, and the newly proposed
requirement, which would apply to
demonstrably problematic prescribers.
Noting, again, that provisional fills are
not available for prescriptions written
by OIG excluded prescribers,
commenters stated that there is no
policy justification for having
provisional fills for prescribers who
have engaged in improper behavior.
We note that a commenter
recommended that CMS provide
outreach to the prescriber and the
beneficiary prior to including the
prescriber on the preclusion list;
specifically, once the appeal period
ends and CMS adds the prescriber to the
preclusion list, CMS would then notify
the beneficiary. The prescriber would be
added to the precluded list 90 days after
the beneficiary notification date. This,
the commenter stated, would help
eliminate the complexities of
implementing the provisional supply
process, as the 90-day period would be
built into the effective date; CMS could
add the end-date based on reenrollment
bar criteria. The commenter added that
its recommendation that the provisional
supply requirement be eliminated
would streamline point-of-sale edits and
avoid potential overlaps or conflicts
with other programs, such as transition
fill. The commenter also contended that
this would deal with the immediate
need to address opioid prescribing risks
as well as reduces the likelihood of
beneficiary disruption at point-of-sale.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ concerns and
recommendations. Given the
commenter’s points, we agree that the
preclusion list will be operationalized
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16660
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
in the same manner as the OIG
exclusion list and allowing a
provisional fill for the preclusion list
and not the exclusion list will cause
confusion among beneficiaries. Second,
we share the commenter’s concern
regarding problematic prescribers and
their ability to continue prescribing
controlled substances. Finally, we agree
that the provisional fill requirement is
highly complex and would represent
additional burden for plans to
implement as evidenced by many of the
comments we received.
Based on the large number of
comments we received urging us to
eliminate the provisional fill based on
the concerns mentioned earlier CMS
will not finalize the provisional supply
requirement at § 423.120(c)(6)(v) and
will not finalize the provisional fill as
proposed in the interim final rule
expiring in mid-May. Instead, CMS will
only place a prescriber and their
applicable preclusion period on the
preclusion list after the prescriber has
exhausted the appeals process
(described in more detail below), plus
an additional 90-day period, including a
60-day period for plans to ingest
preclusion data and a 30-day beneficiary
notice period.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether the preclusion list will be on a
per script basis or whether the plan can
preliminarily notify the beneficiary that
all scripts prescribed by a particular
doctor on the preclusion list will be
rejected.
Response: Section 423.120(c)(6)
requires the beneficiary to be notified
within 3 days of adjudication of a claim
written by a prescriber on the
preclusion list. However, because we
are not finalizing the provisional supply
requirement, we are modifying the
language to require the sponsors to send
an advance notice to any beneficiary
who has received a prescription from a
precluded provider as soon as possible
but that the beneficiary must receive
such notice no later than 30 days prior
to the initial publication of the
preclusion list.
Comment: Expressing concern that
the proposed rule places the
responsibility of managing provisional
coverage on the industry, a commenter
requested that CMS consider the
numerous risks associated with the
proposed provisional coverage period
and support an alternate approach that
allows CMS to manage patient access to
care concerns with the use of post-dated
preclusion effective dates. The
commenter cited several risks. First, the
commenter stated that unique
provisional coverage rules based on the
drug class will create beneficiary and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
prescriber confusion, as well as
compromise existing claim adjudication
hierarchical rules. Second, the
commenter noted industry confusion as
to whether a remaining days’ supply
would apply to the 90-day provisional
coverage period, where prescriptions
could require a shortened days’ supply
or the beneficiary could obtain up to
180 days’ supply of a medication. The
commenter cited the following scenario:
(1) A prescriber’s preclusion effective
date is January 1, 2020; (2) the
beneficiary obtains a 90-day supply of
medication on January 1, 2020; (3) a
provisional coverage period of January
1, 2020 through April 1, 2020 is set at
the beneficiary/prescriber level; and (4)
on March 20, 2020, the beneficiary
requests a prescription refill for a 90-day
supply. The commenter asked which of
the following rules would apply: (a) The
90-day supply is covered, for the March
20 claim date of service is within the
provisional coverage period; or (b) a 13day supply is covered because there are
only 13 days remaining (March 20
through April 1) in the provisional
coverage period.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ concerns and
recommendations. As already stated,
however, we are not finalizing our
proposed provisional fill policy.
Comment: A commenter stated that
although provisional fills would likely
reduce such access disruptions for
beneficiaries, potential beneficiary
confusion associated with the
conflicting messages (specifically, the
message that prescriptions from the
precluded provider cannot be filled in
the future, with the exception of this
one time) may only delay the disruption
until the beneficiary seeks to refill the
prescription at issue. At this point, the
commenter stated, the disruption may
be greater to the beneficiary because the
delay in addressing the invalid
prescription at the outset potentially
risks non-adherence to the necessary
medication while seeking a nonexcluded prescriber to issue a substitute
order.
Response: We understand the
commenter’s concerns. However, as
already mentioned, we are not finalizing
our proposed provisional fill policy.
Comment: For claims submitted after
the provisional coverage period, a
commenter asked whether these claims
receive NCPDP Reject Code 569
(Provide Notice: Medicare Prescription
Drug Coverage and Your Rights) or
Reject Code 829 (Pharmacy Must Notify
Beneficiary: Claim Not Covered Due To
Failure To Meet Medicare Part D Active,
Valid Prescriber NPI Requirements).
PO 00000
Frm 00222
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: If payment is denied
because the prescriber or provider is on
the preclusion list, the beneficiary will
not have the right to appeal. Therefore,
it will not be necessary to use the
NCPDP Reject code ‘569.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether the type of fill and prescriber
type need to be included in the PDE.
Response: We will issue any
necessary PDE guidance outside of the
regulatory process.
Comment: A number of commenters
supported our proposed provisional
supply requirement, believing that it
would ensure that beneficiaries
continue to receive needed
prescriptions while they find another
prescriber.
Response: While we appreciate the
commenters’ support, we have decided
not to finalize our proposed provisional
supply requirements for the reasons
stated above. We believe a 60-day
notification period for beneficiaries will
provide ample time for those impacted
individuals to locate a new provider.
Any beneficiary who received services
furnished by a precluded provider
within the past 12 months of the
implementation date of the preclusion
list will be notified that they have 30
days to locate a new provider.
Comment: Supporting the provisional
supply requirement, a commenter
encouraged CMS to ensure that
information on the provisional supply
requirement is provided to beneficiaries
in advance to minimize confusion and
disruption. The commenter added that
CMS should carefully align the policies
it finalizes with respect to the
implementation of CARA in the context
of the proposed prescriber preclusion
list; this should include policies to
ensure that enrollees with medical
needs for pain medication will have
appropriate access to that medication
should a physician or other prescriber
that prescribed pain medications for
that enrollee be placed on the
preclusion list. The commenter also
stated that CMS should ensure that the
provisional supply requirement is
implemented in an administratively
feasible manner, such that it is easily
incorporated into prescription claims
systems.
Response: Given that we are not
finalizing our proposed provisional
supply requirements, we believe that
these comments are moot.
Comment: A commenter stated that in
cases where timely access to needed
opioids is medically appropriate, CMS
should take steps to require Part D
sponsors to provide timely transfer to a
new prescriber when the first prescriber
is on the preclusion list. Such an
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
approach will ensure that patients can
obtain timely access to pain
management while also allowing for an
appropriate assessment for any
substance use disorder and referral to
treatment as needed.
Response: We believe that the 60 day
notification period (as mentioned above)
will provide ample time for a patient to
seek care from another prescriber.
Comment: Several commenters noted
that a provider could appear on both the
Medicare Exclusion Database (MED)
(which contains OIG exclusions) and
the proposed preclusion list. This
scenario, a commenter stated, could
present operational challenges for plan
sponsors, for while provisional fills do
not apply to drugs prescribed by
providers on the MED, they would
apply to prescribers on the preclusion
list. The commenter suggested that CMS
consider not including providers on the
MED on the CMS preclusion list; this
would eliminate duplication and help
ensure that plan sponsors have more
clarity surrounding whether a
provisional fill is required.
Response: We recognize the
commenters’ concerns regarding the
interaction between the MED and the
preclusion list and its relationship to
the provisional fill requirement. As
already mentioned, however, we (1) are
not finalizing our proposed provisional
supply requirements and (2) will
provide plans with guidance on which
list should take precedence, in regard to
beneficiary notification, when a
provider appears on both lists.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that as an alternative to providing
beneficiaries with a 90-day provisional
supply of a drug, CMS could provide
advance notice of a prescriber’s
placement on a preclusion list and make
it effective 30 days after receipt; this
way, Part D sponsors have time to run
a report to identify affected beneficiaries
and provide them with notice that they
may obtain only one (1) additional
prescription fill from the precluded
prescriber.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s suggestion, and note this is
similar to the process we are finalizing
as outlined above.
Comment: A commenter asked
whether CMS will use the claim
processing date (as opposed to the date
of service) to apply the provisional
coverage rule. The commenter cited a
scenario in which a drug is dispensed
to a beneficiary (according to the date of
service) prior to his or her prescriber’s
inclusion on the preclusion list but the
pharmacy processes the claim after the
date of inclusion; the commenter asked
whether the 90-day provisional coverage
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
period would begin on the date of
service or on the date the claim is
processed by the pharmacy. The
commenter recommended that CMS use
the claim processing date to apply the
provisional coverage requirement.
Response: While we appreciate the
commenter’s suggestion, we note that
we are not finalizing our proposed
provisional fill requirement.
Comment: A commenter understood
the provisional coverage policy to
require that once the 90-day period
commences, the beneficiary will be able
to: (1) Fill any and all prescriptions
from the precluded prescriber during
this period; and (2) take multiple fills
during the 90-day provisional coverage
period (for example, one 30-day fill,
then another 30-day fill, and then a 90day fill). The commenter sought
clarification as to whether this is CMS’
intention.
Response: Given that we are not
finalizing our proposed provisional
supply requirements, we believe that
this comment is moot.
Comment: A commenter stated that if
CMS is unable to eliminate the
provisional supply requirement, CMS
should furnish clarification regarding
several issues. First, the commenter
stated that previous technical guidance
provided details around provisional
supply being a lifetime edit;
specifically, for medications prescribed
by a precluded prescriber, this guidance
clarified that beneficiaries who change
pharmacies during a provisional supply
period would still only receive one
provisional supply of medication.
Similarly, for beneficiaries who change
plans within the same contract, if the
plan sponsor or its PBM can determine
via claims history that the beneficiary
has already received a provisional
supply, then the provisional supply
requirement has been satisfied. The
commenter asked CMS to confirm that
these details from previous technical
guidance still apply for provisional
coverage. Second, if a single claim
involves both a provisional supply and
a transition supply, the commenter
asked CMS to specify whether there will
be a combination letter for the
beneficiary notice. The commenter
recommended that the notification
process be kept separate for the two
programs. The provisional supply notice
would be less frequent than a transition
letter, for only the initial dispensing
event would trigger a letter advising the
beneficiary of the issue with the
prescriber. The transition notification
should remain status quo and address
the medication in question and educate
the beneficiary about his/her appeal
rights. Third, the proposed rule states
PO 00000
Frm 00223
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16661
that reasonable efforts must be made by
the plan to the prescriber notifying them
of a beneficiary who was sent a notice
that the prescriber is being precluded.
The commenter asked CMS to clarify
whether this outreach is necessary given
that CMS would have previously
reached out to the prescriber prior to
placement on the preclusion list. The
commenter stated that CMS notes its
intention to allow the normal Part D
rules to apply for safety edits, prior
authorization, quantity limits, etc.,
during the provisional coverage period.
The commenter: (1) Contended that all
appropriate edits for opioids should also
apply during the provisional coverage
period, as these are designed to prevent
serious adverse events; and (2)
recommended that all safety and
utilization management edits remain the
same during the provisional fill period,
regardless of medication type (that is,
opioids versus non-opioids).
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s concerns and
recommendations and reiterate that we
have decided not to finalize our
proposed provisional supply
requirement. Further, we will provide
beneficiaries with a 30 day advance
notice prior to prescriptions being
rejected due to their prescriber being
precluded.
Comment: Several commenters stated
that if the provisional supply
requirement is retained, plan sponsors
will require at least 12 months for its
implementation. A commenter stated
that plan sponsors will, during the 12month period, need (1) CMS to release
the specific provisional fill
requirements, (2) model beneficiary
notice letters, (3) guidance to better
understand how provisional fills work
when a prescriber is on both the
preclusion and OIG lists, and (4)
information on how provisional fills
function in relation to the existing
transitional fill requirements. Another
commenter, noting the time and
resources that will be required to make
necessary updates required to sponsors’
(and their contracted PBMs’) IT systems,
procedures, and operational policies,
urged that the implementation date of
the provisional supply requirement be
delayed to a date determined to be
feasible after consultation with sponsors
and their contracted PBMs. Another
commenter urged that CMS continue
dialogue with industry partners on
implementing the provisional fill
functionality, including the
establishment of an ‘‘active date’’ no
sooner than 8 months after a production
file is made available and the functional
assumptions around the file are
communicated to the industry.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16662
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Response: While we appreciate the
commenters’ concerns and
recommendations, we reiterate that we
are not finalizing our proposed
provisional supply provisions.
Comment: Regarding the provisional
supply requirement, a commenter stated
the following: (1) Placing edits on
opioids contradicts CMS’ proposal that
the definition of a drug is no longer
needed; (2) the provisional supply
provisions as stated lack clarity on the
use of a ‘‘preclusion reason’’ to be able
to identify when a different provisional
coverage period would apply; (3) it is
unclear if the revised provisional
coverage period applies across a
beneficiary’s lifetime (for example,
changing plans, changing pharmacies)
as was outlined in the prescriber
enrollment provisional coverage
technical guidance; (4) claims that meet
both transitional fill and provisional
coverage criteria will result in the
beneficiary receiving two different
notices; and (5) it is unclear how plan
sponsors would coordinate the
provisional coverage period and adhere
to § 423.120(c)(6)(iii), which would state
that a Part D plan sponsor may not
submit a PDE record to CMS unless it
includes on the PDE record the active
and valid individual NPI of the
prescriber of the drug, and the
prescriber is not included on the
preclusion list for the date of service.
Response: We recognize the
commenter’s concerns and reiterate that
we are not finalizing our proposed
provisional supply provisions.
Comment: A commenter expressed
concern regarding the provisional
supply language in § 423.120(c)(6) that
reads, ‘‘. . . and if allowed by
applicable law.’’ The commenter
believed that this implies a requirement
to validate state-by-state prescriptive
authority at the point of sale. The
previous technical guidance, the
commenter stated, made clear that this
was not a point of sale requirement. The
commenter asked that CMS confirm
whether or not this is still true.
Response: Given that we are not
finalizing our proposed provisional
supply requirements, we believe that
this comment is moot.
Comment: A commenter stated that
stand-alone prescription drug plans
(PDPs) and PBMs have no contractual
relationship with network prescribers;
only an MAPD with a contracted
provider network could manage a
requirement to transfer the beneficiary
to a new provider upon preclusion. A
commenter suggested that this could be
managed through the provisional fill
notification to the beneficiary, whereby
the beneficiary is instructed that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
coverage will not continue after the 90day provisional period ends; also,
MAPDs should be instructed to remove
precluded prescribers from their
provider network.
Response: While we appreciate the
commenter’s suggestion, we reiterate
that we are not finalizing our proposed
provisional fill requirement. In addition,
and with respect to the removal of
precluded prescribers from an MAPD’s
network, we decline to make the
commenter’s recommendation as
removing the provider seems redundant
given they are already precluded.
Comment: A commenter stated that
the proposed provisional supply
requirement failed to consider the way
LTC pharmacies actually operate,
particularly legal and regulatory
requirements unique to LTC
pharmacies. Unlike retail pharmacies
that have access to real time
adjudication at the pharmacy counter,
LTC pharmacies often must dispense
first, and adjudicate afterwards. The
commenter stated that while the 90-day
supply of medications permitted under
(current and proposed) § 423.120(c)(6) is
appropriate, the proposed ‘‘three-day
fill’’ exception for retail pharmacy is
insufficient for an LTC pharmacy. The
commenter stated that CMS must
address this issue and prohibit PDPs/
PBMs from denying claims that LTC
pharmacies had to dispense before being
able to verify an NPI number or a
preclusion list listing.
Response: With respect to NPIs,
Section 507 of MACRA requires that for
plan year 2016 and thereafter, claims for
covered Part D drugs must include a
valid prescriber NPI. MACRA did not
provide an exemption for pharmacy
claims submitted by long-term care
pharmacies. Therefore, we decline to
create one in the technical change we
are making to 423.120(c)(5) to comply
with MACRA. With respect to the
preclusion list, under the requirements
we are finalizing, Part D sponsors are
required to provide impacted
beneficiaries with a 60 day advance
notice which would sufficiently alert
LTC facilities that there will be an
upcoming issue with coverage for the
beneficiaries’ prescriptions under Part
D.
(9) Appeals
Comment: Several commenters
contended that the administrative
burden on both providers and payers
could be reduced by allowing providers
to appeal before being included on the
preclusion list. A commenter suggested
that once the initial determination is
made, CMS should immediately send
notice of the initial determination and
PO 00000
Frm 00224
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the reasoning for inclusion. The notice
should include a grace period of a
length that CMS deems sufficient to file
an appeal. During this grace period,
CMS should not place the provider on
the preclusion list. If, the commenter
continued, the provider does not file an
appeal by the end of the grace period,
CMS should then add the provider on
the preclusion list. If the provider does
file an appeal, the provider should not
be included on the preclusion list until
the provider’s appeal is upheld or the
provider can no longer exercise the
appeal options, whether due to lack of
timely filing or because the appeals
opportunity has been exhausted. The
commenter contended that by forgoing
immediate inclusion on the preclusion
list when the initial determination has
been made, CMS will reduce potential
provider burden by limiting the number
of appeals a provider has to file; as an
illustration, the commenter stated that if
the provider was accidentally included
on the preclusion list, the provider
would have sufficient time to correct the
issue without suffering from a loss of
revenue due to preclusion list-related
denials. The commenter added that MA
plans would also benefit from not
having to manually overturn denials
due to the provider’s mistaken inclusion
on the preclusion list; such a manual
process, the commenter stated, only
extends for a longer time the period
between services rendered and
reimbursement for those services.
Another commenter stated that the
approach described by the previous
commenter would minimize beneficiary
confusion and eliminate the need for a
provisional fill requirement. Another
commenter suggested that claims not be
denied until the provider’s appeal is
completed and, if the provider loses
their appeal, the provider then would be
listed on the preclusion list. Another
commenter, noting that our proposal
that the preclusion list would be
updated monthly, asked whether, if a
prescriber appeals its inclusion on the
preclusion list, it will require a month
for the prescriber to be removed from
the list in the event of a successful
appeal.
Response: We appreciate these
comments and generally agree with
them. Concerning appealing one’s
placement on the preclusion list, our
proposal includes the right for providers
or prescribers to appeal their inclusion
on the preclusion list in accordance
with the appeals process at 42 CFR part
498 that we had proposed in the
November 28, 2017 proposed rule.
Prescribers and providers will only be
placed on the list upon exhausting their
first level appeal plus an additional 90-
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
day period. The 90-day period allows
the plans 30-days to intake the
preclusion data and a 60-day beneficiary
notification period (That is, claims will
not begin to be denied until the
expiration of this additional 60-day
beneficiary notification period.).
Subsequent updates to the list will
provide any newly added provider with
a 60-day appeals window but will not
provide a 90-day period as discussed
above, thus after implementation
beneficiaries may not be notified that
they may have received a prescription
or services from a provider that is now
precluded. We note, however, that the
appeals process is intended to permit a
prescriber or provider to challenge CMS’
placement of the prescriber or provider
on the list and not to challenge the
underlying reason for the revocation,
OIG exclusion, or other adverse action
that led to the preclusion list inclusion.
Indeed, the preclusion appeals process
would neither include nor affect appeals
of payment denials or enrollment
revocations, for there are separate
appeals processes for these actions. Any
appeal under this proposed provision
will be limited strictly to the
individual’s inclusion on the preclusion
list. In addition, CMS will send written
notice to the provider of his or her
inclusion on the preclusion list. The
notice would contain the reason for the
inclusion and would inform the
providers of his or her appeal rights.
This is to ensure that the prescriber or
provider is duly notified of the action,
why it was taken, and their ability to
challenge CMS’ determination.
Comment: A commenter asked CMS
to clarify how the appeal process would
work and when reinstatements would
occur. In the case of reinstatements, the
commenter recommends that
reinstatements take place when the next
file is released, rather than mid-term,
and that CMS not allow retroactive
reinstatements.
Response: As already mentioned,
prescribers and providers will be
afforded appeal rights based on the
process at 42 CFR part 498. Concerning
reinstatement, the preclusion list will
include periods for which the prescriber
or provider is unable to receive
Medicare reimbursement or submit
prescriptions reimbursable by the
Medicare program; if a prescriber or
provider is reinstated after further
appeal, the list will be adjusted to
remove the prescriber or provider’s
period of preclusion and the provider
would no longer be subject to the
payment prohibition. The removal
would be applied retroactively.
However, a provider or prescriber
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
would need to resubmit any claims
denied as a result of the preclusion.
Comment: A commenter stated that
CMS should handle any appeals. The
commenter did not believe this
administrative function should be the
responsibility of plan sponsors.
Response: We agree with the
commenter. Appeals from precluded
providers due to placement on the list,
will be handled by CMS.
Comment: A commenter requested
clarification regarding a beneficiary’s
appeal rights for alleged errors in
applying the preclusion list. The
commenter stated that under existing
CMS regulations, the denial of access to
a Part D drug on the basis that the
provider is excluded is not a coverage
determination and does not trigger
appeal or grievance rights. The
commenter contended it therefore
follows that if a beneficiary does not
have access to a Part D drug because the
prescriber is on the preclusion list, it is
not a coverage determination and no
appeal or grievance rights are triggered.
Accordingly, the commenter
recommended that CMS follow
processes applicable in situations
involving an excluded/sanctioned
prescriber and not provide any appeal
rights. The commenter also suggested
that any beneficiary complaint about a
denial due to an individual or entity
included on the preclusion list be
treated via the grievance process, as
there is no beneficiary liability and, as
such, nothing for the beneficiary to
appeal. The commenter supported CMS’
proposal of a separate appeals process
for parties on the preclusion list should
the latter disagree with CMS’ decision to
include them on the list. Another
commenter recommended that in order
to keep the preclusion list and OIG
exclusion list processes aligned, CMS
should not allow beneficiaries to appeal
a prescriber preclusion. The commenter
stated that CMS should either allow or
disallow beneficiary appeals in both
instances for consistency and to prevent
beneficiary confusion; this is because
beneficiaries, according to the
commenter, will not understand the
difference between an exclusion and a
preclusion.
Response: We agree with the
commenters. We believe that the denial
of access to a Part D drug on the basis
that the provider is excluded by the OIG
does not currently grant the beneficiary
appeal rights, and we are finalizing a
similar policy to a prescriber or provider
being on the preclusion list.
Comment: A commenter stated that if
CMS allows beneficiaries to appeal a
preclusion only, CMS should confirm
whether the point of sale appeal notice
PO 00000
Frm 00225
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16663
(NCPDP Reject Code ‘569’) requirement
applies.
Response: If payment is denied
because the prescriber or provider is on
the preclusion list, the beneficiary will
not have the right to appeal. Therefore,
it will not be necessary to use the
NCPDP Reject code ‘569.’
Comment: A commenter asked CMS
to confirm that, prior to adding a
prescriber to the preclusion list, the
appeals timeframe must be exhausted. If
CMS adds the prescriber to the
preclusion list while the appeals
timeframe is still in effect, the
commenter stated that this could cause
beneficiary disruption due to
inappropriate rejects, especially if the
prescriber’s appeal is approved. Another
commenter stated that plans will not
have any authority over the preclusion
list; therefore, they will not be able to
address or resolve the beneficiary’s
appeal. The commenter stated that there
will need to be a process in place to
address beneficiary appeals, concerns,
and questions about why their
prescriber is being added to the
preclusion list; plan sponsors will not
have access to the reason for the
preclusion to answer such questions.
Response: As already mentioned,
providers will be afforded appeal rights
in accordance with the appeal process at
42 CFR part 498. With respect to the
plans’ ability to respond to beneficiary
questions concerning a provider’s
inclusion on the preclusion, CMS will
furnish guidance on this matter outside
of rulemaking.
Comment: A commenter asked CMS
to align the appeals process with the
provisional supply period so that an
initial appeals determination would be
rendered prior to the end of the
provisional supply period. The
commenter believed that this would
help reduce patient care disruption
when clinicians are incorrectly placed
on the preclusion list.
Response: As already stated, we are
not finalizing our provisional supply
proposal and will place a prescriber or
provider on the preclusion list only after
the prescriber or provider has exhausted
their first level of appeal plus an
additional 90-day period. The 90-day
period allows the plans 30-days to
intake the preclusion data and a 60-day
beneficiary notification period.
Subsequent updates to the list will
provide any newly added provider with
a 60-day appeals window but will not
provide a 90-day period as discussed
above, thus after implementation
beneficiaries may not be notified that
they may have received a prescription
or services from a provider that is now
precluded.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16664
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Comment: A commenter stated that
the proposed rule did not clarify what
happens to a clinician who wins his or
her initial redetermination but CMS
challenges the redetermination. The
commenter asked whether a provider is
taken off the preclusion list if they are
initially successful in their appeal but
CMS challenged the decision.
Response: As mentioned previously,
prescribers and providers that are
notified of their meeting the criteria for
placement on the preclusion list will be
afforded the formal appeals process at
42 CFR part 498 that as we proposed in
the November 28, 2017 proposed rule.
Prescribers and providers will only be
placed on the list upon exhausting their
first level appeal.
Comment: A commenter agreed with
CMS’ proposal that individuals who are
on the preclusion list should be
permitted to appeal their inclusion on
the list. However, the commenter asked
CMS to issue additional operational
guidance on the appeals process and, in
particular, to provide additional detail
about (1) the communications process if
a prescriber’s appeal was successful,
and (2) the timeline for removing the
prescriber from the preclusion list.
Another commenter urged that CMS: (1)
Clarify for plan sponsors and prescribers
that CMS will handle any appeal
requests directly rather than through
plans, given that CMS gathered and
acted on the information that placed the
prescriber on the preclusion list; and (2)
implement a process for notifying
prescribers of a date after which
adjudicators will stop their prescription
claim processing.
Response: As mentioned previously,
prescribers and providers that are
notified of their meeting the criteria for
placement on the preclusion list will be
afforded the formal appeals process at
42 CFR part 498 that as we proposed in
the November 28, 2017 proposed rule.
Prescribers and providers will only be
placed on the list upon exhausting their
first level appeal.
(10) Additional Comments
Comment: A commenter stated that in
CMS’ implementation of the preclusion
list, the beneficiary should be held
harmless (unless the beneficiary has
engaged in some manner of fraud).
Response: We believe the contract
provisions required between the MA
plan and a network provider pursuant to
§ 422.504(g)(1)(iii) are binding on
providers; such agreements specify that
QMBs must not be charged cost sharing
when the state is responsible for paying
such amounts under the Medicaid
program. Further, the regulation at
§ 422.504(g) contains broader
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
beneficiary protection requirements for
MA organizations, including a
requirement that the plan must
indemnify the beneficiary from any fees
that are the legal obligation of the MA
organization for services furnished by
providers that do not contract, or that
have not otherwise entered into an
agreement with the MA organization, to
provide services to the organization’s
enrollees
Comment: A commenter stated that if
CMS removes the enrollment
requirement, which the commenter
opposed, CMS should (1) enact
protections so that a beneficiary who
disenrolls from an MA plan can
continue to see a provider who did not
enroll in Medicare and that the provider
can be allowed to submit a claim to
Medicare on behalf of the beneficiary,
and (2) allow some flexibility for MA
coverage of services of providers that are
highly specialized and do not typically
accept Medicare.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation. In regard
to beneficiaries leaving the MA program
and defaulting to traditional Medicare,
we are not aware of this as a significant
issue nor was it a part of our rationale
for the enrollment requirement. We also
believe that the preclusion list approach
will support the need for highly
specialized providers. No longer
needing to enroll, highly specialized
providers can provide services to MA
beneficiaries, while the preclusion list
will prohibit those providers that would
typically be revoked from the program
based on our authorities at § 424.535
from servicing MA beneficiaries.
Comment: A commenter stated that
the distribution of the preclusion list
should include basic hold harmless and
indemnification language in favor of the
MAOs.
Response: Response under
development and will be furnished in
the next round of clearance.
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to expand efforts to coordinate and
increase the sharing of information with
other federal public programs, state
medical boards, and other entities on
potentially problematic prescribing to
help inform the identification of
prescribers who should appear on the
preclusion list.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation and will
consider it as we work to operationalize
the preclusion list requirement.
Commenter: To ensure that MA plans
have appropriate processes in place to
screen providers, suppliers, and
prescribers against the preclusion list, a
commenter recommended including
review as part of CMS’ ongoing audit
PO 00000
Frm 00226
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and monitoring activities, potentially as
part of the Program Audits or the
Industry Wide Timeliness Monitoring.
Alternatively, the commenter stated,
prescription drug events and/or risk
adjustment data might be used as a
means to confirm that plans are not
paying providers and suppliers on the
prelusion list.
Response: We agree with the
commenter. We will work to build such
review processes into the already
existing program audits as we
operationalize this requirement.
Comment: Several commenters asked
CMS to confirm that, with the proposed
removal of the enrollment requirement,
MAOs will retain the right to require
providers and suppliers offering
services to beneficiaries to be enrolled
in Medicare per their contracts.
Response: MAOs can establish
enrollment in Medicare as a contracting
condition.
Comment: A commenter stated that
the proposed rule did not specifically
mention how CMS will implement the
exception for emergency and urgently
needed services furnished by a provider
on the preclusion list. The commenter
suggested that CMS create a Healthcare
Common Procedure Coding System
(HCPCS) modifier for this exception to
allow for timely, automated processing
of claims. The commenter explained
that if a provider on the preclusion list
furnishes a service that meets the
definition under § 422.113 for
emergency or urgently needed services,
the provider should be required to
include the assigned modifier on a
claim; the modifier would alleviate the
need for payers to manually review
every claim in case a rare urgently
needed or emergency service exception
might apply. The commenter stated that
CMS has this same processing
mechanism in place for providers who
have opted-out of Medicare; those
providers must submit claims using
HCPCS modifier GJ to signal that an
urgently needed or emergency exception
applies, and the commenter contended
that CMS should create a separate and
distinct modifier for preclusion list
providers. If, the commenter stated, the
scarcity of HCPCS modifiers warrants
sufficient merit to outweigh the creation
of a new modifier, the commenter
recommended that CMS edit the GJ
modifier so that it is required to be used
by providers on the preclusion list in
addition to Medicare opt-out providers.
Response: We are not requiring that
MAOs reference the preclusion list
when paying non-contract providers
though we believe it would be a best
practice for MAOs to do so. However, if
an MAO determines that a non-contract
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
provider is on the preclusion list and
not eligible for Medicare payment the
MAO should also not pay that provider
consistent with the requirement that
MAOs pay non-contract providers the
same as Original Medicare as required
under the MA regulations at § 422.214.
MAOs are required to ensure that their
contracted providers are properly
credentialed and not on the preclusion
list. When periodically re-validating
credentialed providers the MAO should
also re-verify that their contracted
providers are not on the preclusion list.
Comment: A commenter stated that a
challenge associated with FFS provider
enrollment for MA-only providers is the
CMS policy that would terminate a
provider’s enrollment in FFS Medicare
if at least one claim is not submitted
within a 12-month period. If a provider
has no intention of treating FFS
Medicare beneficiaries, the provider
would have to undertake the
administrative burden of re-enrolling
with FFS Medicare on an annual basis.
The commenter recommended that CMS
address this issue, specifically
suggesting that the CMS–855 enrollment
form be modified to allow a provider to
indicate that he or she only intends to
treat MA beneficiaries, thus eliminating
the need for the provider to reenroll.
Response: In finalizing this rule, we
will no longer be requiring enrollment
in Medicare FFS in order for providers
to participate with MA plans. Even if we
made the commenter’s suggested change
to the CMS–855 forms, we still believe
that this does not accurately address the
large volume of prescribers and
providers that have yet to enroll with
the program. As already mentioned,
there are close to 340,000 active Part D
prescribers who are not enrolled in or
opted-out of Medicare and 120,000 MA
providers that would require outreach
and would need to enroll. We believe
the success rate for enrollment of MA
providers would be similar to that
experienced with the Part D population.
Based on these figures and our concerns
for potential access to care issues, we
again believe that this outweighs the
benefits gained from requiring
enrollment.
Comment: A commenter contended
that the proposed rule did not address
the exemption from credentialing for
ordering and referring dentists through
PECOS, the Part D enrollment portal, or
the paper CMS–855O form. Also, the
commenter asked how the proposed
rule would affect the credentialing of
ordering and referring dentists who refer
oral biopsies for interpretation to a
pathology lab.
Response: The final rule will not
apply to the existing enrollment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
requirement for ordering and referring
providers at 42 CFR 424.507, which has
been enforced since January 6, 2014.
Thus, providers who order or refer
would continue to need to enroll for
certain ordered or referred services to be
reimbursed.
Comment: Several commenters noted
that sections 6405(a) and (b) of the
Affordable Care require physicians and
eligible professionals who (1) order
durable medical equipment, prosthetics,
orthotics, and supplies or (2) certify
home health services must be enrolled
in Medicare or validly opted-out for the
item or service to be covered. These
requirements are currently codified in
§ 424.507, are in effect, and are also
applicable to physicians and eligible
professionals who order imaging and
clinical laboratory services. The
commenters suggested that CMS (1)
replace this current enrollment
requirement with a preclusion list
requirement akin to that described in
this rule, and (2) work to seek legislative
relief from section 6405 of the
Affordable Care Act.
Response: We believe that the subject
matter addressed by the commenter
pertains to a different regulatory
provision (§ 424.507) and is therefore
outside the scope of this rule.
Comment: With respect to the current
version of § 423.120(c)(5)(v), a
commenter stated that the U.S. Drug
Enforcement Administration’s 2010
Rule for Electronically Prescribing
Controlled Substances defines identity
proofing requirements for DEA
Registrants (providers), which includes
in-person identity proofing that involves
checking identity documents such as a
driver’s license and/passport.
Additionally, providers could be
identity-proofed remotely by answering
a series of questions that should be
known only to them, typically based on
information contained in one’s credit
report. This is known as knowledgebased verification (KBV). The
commenter stated that KBV was not an
optimal solution since: (1) Passing the
questions is based on a combination of
accuracy and timing; (2) the credit
reporting agencies do not have data on
100 percent of health care providers;
and (3) there have been cyber-attacks
across healthcare industries,
compromising personally identifiable
data on Americans. Should CMS
continue to use KBV, it should be
augmented with other means as part of
a risk based approach.
Response: We appreciate this
comment but believe it is outside the
scope of this rule.
Comment: A commenter stated that
the Healthcare Information and
PO 00000
Frm 00227
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16665
Management Systems Society (HIMSS)
formed the Identity Management Task
Force that focused on policy and
technical challenges relating to identity,
attribute, and role-based access
management, as it pertained to patient
identity, provider identity and IT asset
identities. The Task Force published: (1)
‘‘Patient Portal Identity Proofing and
Authentication’’ in 2016; and (2)
identity proofing and authentication
recommendations for patients accessing
their health information electronically.
The commenter stated that while the
paper defines best practices for patients,
it leverages existing National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST)
guidance for identity proofing and
authentication, and many of the cases
are applicable to providers; the
commenter recommended that CMS
review them. The commenter also noted
that NIST updated its Digital Identity
Guidelines in July 2017 (NIST Special
Publication 800–63A, ‘‘Digital Identity
Guidelines: Enrollment and Identity
Proofing’’) and that CMS should
consider them as they relate to identity
proofing providers.
Response: We appreciate this
comment but believe it is outside the
scope of this rule.
Comment: Several commenters stated
that some dentists who opted out in
order to comply with the Part D
enrollment requirements did not realize
that they would consequently be unable
to furnish Part C items and services
until after the initial 90-day period for
withdrawing his or her opt-out affidavit
had expired. The commenters urged
CMS to permit its MACs to contact each
dentist who has opted out and allow
him or her to withdraw his or her
affidavit even if the initial 90-day period
has passed.
Response: The November 28, 2017
proposed rule did not propose changes
to current opt-out policy. We note that,
as stated in chapter 15 of the Medicare
Benefit Policy Manual, if a physician or
practitioner who has not previously
opted out changes his or her mind after
the Medicare contractor has approved
the affidavit, the opt-out may be
terminated within 90 days of the
effective date of the affidavit. If the
physician or practitioner has previously
opted out, the physician or practitioner
may cancel his or her opt-out by
submitting a written notice to each
Medicare enrollment contractor to
which he or she would file claims
absent the opt-out, not later than 30
days before the end of the current 2-year
opt-out period, indicating that the
physician or practitioner does not want
to extend the application of the opt-out
affidavit for a subsequent 2-year period.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16666
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Comment: A commenter stated that
prescribing authority is already tied to
a physician having a DEA number and
not an NPI. Since physicians must
already establish a relationship with the
federal government through the DEA in
order to prescribe, the commenter
encouraged CMS to explore
implementation of these policies though
closer coordination with the DEA.
Response: We appreciate this
comment but believe it is outside the
scope of this rule.
Comment: In response to our
solicitation of comments concerning
additional solutions for beneficiaries
who try to fill an opioid prescription
from a provider on the preclusion list,
a commenter stated that requiring a Part
D sponsor to transfer beneficiaries from
one medical provider to another is not
feasible; the commenter explained that
Part D sponsors do not have contracts
with medical providers. The commenter
also stated that any drug-specific carve
out within the program at this time
would add significant complexity in
administering the preclusion list. The
commenter thus made two
recommendations. First, CMS should
not pursue drug-specific solutions but
should allow the flexibility to make
decisions based on the totality of a
prescriber’s activity. Second, to the
extent that CMS will require Part D
sponsors to transfer beneficiaries to new
prescribers, CMS should provide Part D
sponsors with at least a 30-day notice to
effectively assist the beneficiaries in the
transition.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation. We agree
that a notice period is necessary to
effectively transition beneficiaries.
Accordingly, and as mentioned
previously, we are specifying that after
the prescriber or provider has exhausted
their first level appeal, there will be a
90-day period, during which time the
plan can begin working to transition the
beneficiary to a new prescriber or
provider. The 90-day period allows the
plans 30-days to intake the preclusion
data and a 60-day beneficiary
notification period. Subsequent updates
to the list will provide any newly added
provider with a 60-day appeals window
but will not provide a 90-day period as
discussed above, thus after
implementation beneficiaries may not
be notified that they may have received
a prescription or services from a
provider that is now precluded.
Comment: In response to our
solicitation of comments on limits that
should be set with respect to doses for
opioid prescriptions, a commenter
stated that CMS should manage the
opioid epidemic outside of these
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
proposed provisions. The commenter
stated that creating separate policies for
opioid and non-opioid medications: (1)
Is extremely burdensome; and (2)
introduces additional and unnecessary
complexities into a new process when
there are already better clinical
programs in place to manage this crisis.
The commenter encouraged CMS to
issue uniform regulations regarding
provisional fills and to utilize Part D
sponsors’ clinical programs to combat
the opioid epidemic.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s recommendation and note
that we are not finalizing our proposed
provisional supply policy. Further, the
preclusion list approach will apply to
prescribers of prescription drugs,
including opioids.
Comment: In response to our request
for comment regarding whether
additional beneficiary protections are
necessary, a commenter made two
recommendations. First, CMS should
consider having notice requirements to
ensure that all beneficiaries receiving
care from an individual or entity placed
on the preclusion list will be notified
well in advance so that they can seek
care and treatment elsewhere. Second,
an exception should be made for those
in the middle of a course of previously
covered treatment so that their care is
not interrupted.
Response: As mentioned previously,
we have proposed that after the
prescriber or provider has exhausted
their first level appeal, there will be a
90-day period The 90-day period allows
the plans 30-days to intake the
preclusion data and a 60-day beneficiary
notification period, during which time
we believe the plan will have adequate
time to transition the beneficiary to a
new prescriber or provider. Subsequent
updates to the list will provide any
newly added provider with a 60-day
appeals window but will not provide a
90-day period as discussed above, thus
after implementation beneficiaries may
not be notified that they may have
received a prescription or services from
a provider that is now precluded.
Finally, we decline to adopt additional
requirements for beneficiary notice or
exceptions to the preclusion list
consequences in this final rule.
Comment: While supportive of the
preclusion list concept, a commenter
expressed concern that the preclusion
list requirement could (1) unnecessarily
increase complexity in the Part D
program, (2) expose Medicare
beneficiaries to problematic prescribers,
and (3) perpetuate a cycle where there
is insufficient time to implement
complex new requirements that have
substantial operational challenges. To
PO 00000
Frm 00228
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
mitigate some of these issues, the
commenter recommended that CMS
create and manage a single prescriber
preclusion list that is modeled after the
OIG exclusion list so that the two files
can be handled in a similar manner.
Response: We agree with this
recommendation and believe that the
preclusion list concept would align with
the OIG list and the process that
Medicare health and drug plans use to
handle prescribers and providers on that
list. As already mentioned, we are not
finalizing the 90-day provisional supply
period. CMS instead will place a
prescriber or provider on the preclusion
list after the prescriber or provider has
exhausted their first level appeal plus
an additional 90-day period, including a
60-day period for plans to ingest
preclusion data and a 30 day-beneficiary
notice period.
Comment: A commenter suggested
that CMS adopt the following
operational steps before a precluded
provider edit occurs at the point of sale:
(1) CMS conducts analysis and
identifies the specific prescriber; (2)
CMS notifies the prescriber of the
pending precluded status and outlines
the appeal process; (3) once the appeal
period has concluded, CMS notifies the
impacted beneficiaries; and (4) CMS
adds the prescriber to the precluded
provider file with a future effective date
of 90 days after beneficiary notification,
with CMS to add the precluded provider
end-date based on reenrollment bar
criteria. (The commenter contended that
the failure to sufficiently post-date
effective dates may create additional
risks where CMS may need to support
point-of-service override processes due
to timing delays associated with
monthly file updates.) The commenter
believed that these steps would allow
CMS to manage the provisional fill
period and any variances across
preclusion types or beneficiary risk
levels (for example, opioids). Several
other commenters recommended that
CMS adopt this approach.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback and believe our
approach allows ample notification time
for beneficiaries and prescribers or
providers. A prescriber or provider will
only be placed on the preclusion list
upon exhausting their first level appeal.
However, before claims are impacted
there will be a 90-day period. The 90day period allows the plans 30-days to
intake the preclusion data and a 60-day
beneficiary notification period, during
which time the plan can begin working
to transition the beneficiary to a new
prescriber or provider. Subsequent
updates to the list will provide any
newly added provider with a 60-day
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
appeals window but will not provide a
90-day period as discussed above, thus
after implementation beneficiaries may
not be notified that they may have
received a prescription or services from
a provider that is now precluded.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS provide MA
plans with a 30-day advance notice of
the addition of individuals or entities to
the preclusion list in order to (1) align
with provider termination notification
requirements and (2) assist MA plans in
identifying and notifying beneficiaries
of the individual’s or entity’s preclusion
status.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s feedback and, as stated
earlier, agree that a 30-day period is
necessary after the exhaustion of the
provider or prescriber’s first level
appeal for adequate notice to be
provided to MA plans. In addition, we
believe that an additional 60-day period
is appropriate during which notification
will be provided to the beneficiary. We
are therefore finalizing a 90-day period
between the end of the first level appeal
and the placement of the provider or
prescriber on the preclusion list.
However, we will not finalize the
provisional fill requirement.
Subsequent updates to the list will
provide any newly added provider with
a 60-day appeals window but will not
provide a 90-day period as discussed
above, thus after implementation
beneficiaries may not be notified that
they may have received a prescription
or services from a provider that is now
precluded.
(d) Final Provisions
Given the foregoing, we are finalizing
as proposed all of the provisions we
identified in section 10(a) and (b) above
except as follows:
• We are changing § 423.120(c)(6)(iv)
to remove the provisional supply
requirement and to revise the notice
requirement as follows:
++ Paragraph (iv)(A) will state that a
Part D sponsor or its PBM must not
reject a pharmacy claim for a Part D
drug under paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this
section or deny a request for
reimbursement under paragraph
(c)(6)(ii) of this section unless the
sponsor has provided the written notice
to the beneficiary required by paragraph
(c)(6)(iv)(B) of this section.
++ Paragraph (iv)(B)(1) will be
revised to read as follows: ‘‘Subject to
all other Part D rules and plan coverage
requirements, provide an advance
written notice to any beneficiary who
has received a prescription from a
prescriber on the preclusion list as soon
as possible but to ensure that the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
beneficiary receives the notice no later
than 30 days after publication of the
most recent preclusion list.’’
++ We are deleting paragraphs
(iv)(B)(1)(i) and (ii). Paragraph
(iv)(B)(1)(i), which deals with
provisional drug supply, is no longer
needed, while the language in paragraph
(iv)(B)(1)(ii) will be merged into revised
paragraph (iv)(B)(1).
++ In paragraph (iv)(B)(2), we are
changing the reference to
(c)(6)(iv)(B)(1)(ii) to (c)(6)(iv)(B)(1). This
is because, as already mentioned,
paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(B)(1)(ii) is being
deleted and the language therein merged
into paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(B)(1).
• Revise § 422.222(a) to state: ‘‘An
MA organization may not pay, directly
or indirectly, on any basis, for items or
services furnished to a Medicare
enrollee by any individual or entity that
is excluded by the Office of the
Inspector General (OIG) or is included
on the preclusion list, defined in
§ 422.2’’. We note that the language that
excluded emergency and urgently
needed services from the scope of
§ 422.222(a) has been removed.
§ 422.222(a)
• Beneficiaries will not be permitted
to appeal the application of the
preclusion list to a particular prescriber,
individual, or entity.
11. Removal of Quality Improvement
Project for Medicare Advantage
Organizations (§ 422.152)
Section 1852(e) of the Act requires
that Medicare Advantage (MA)
organizations have an ongoing Quality
Improvement (QI) Program for the
purpose of improving the quality of care
provided to enrollees in the
organization’s MA plans. The statute
requires that the MA organization
include a Chronic Care Improvement
Program (CCIP) as part of the overall QI
Program.
Our regulations at § 422.152 outline
the QI Program requirements for MA
organizations, which include the
development and implementation of
both Quality Improvement Projects
(QIPs), at paragraphs (a)(3) and (d), and
a CCIP, at paragraphs (a)(2) and (c). Both
provisions require that the MA
organization’s QIP and CCIP address
areas or populations identified by CMS.
The January 2005 final rule (70 FR
4587) addressed the QI provisions
added to section 1852(e) of the Act by
the Medicare Modernization Act of 2003
(MMA). In that final rule, we specified
in § 422.152 that MA organizations must
have ongoing QI Programs, which
include chronic care programs, but CMS
generally provided MA organizations
PO 00000
Frm 00229
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16667
the flexibility to shape their QI efforts to
the needs of their enrollees.
In the April 2010 final rule (75 FR
19677), CMS indicated concern that MA
organizations were choosing QIPs and
CCIPs that did not address QI areas that
best reflected enrollee needs and that
some MA projects focused more on
improving processes rather than
improving clinical outcomes. Therefore,
we modified the regulation to provide
for CMS to identify focus areas for QIPs
and population areas for CCIPs. MA
organizations retained the flexibility to
identify topics for development of QIPs
and CCIPs based on the needs of their
population, but also had to implement
QIPs and CCIPs as directed by CMS,
which could identify general areas of
focus that supported CMS quality
strategies and initiatives.
During this time, CMS was also
concerned that MA organizations were
employing inconsistent methods in
developing criteria for QIPs and CCIPs.
As a result, CMS also amended the
regulation to require MA organizations
to report progress in a manner identified
by CMS. This allowed CMS to review
results and extrapolate lessons learned
and best practices consistently across
the MA program.
After making these regulation
modifications, CMS issued a number
sub-regulatory QIP and CCIP guidance
documents to ensure that MA
organizations reported and measured
progress in a consistent and meaningful
way. For example, the new Plan-DoStudy-Act QI model required MA
organizations to place some structure
and parameters around their QIPs and
CCIPs, ultimately leading to more
consistency.
Through annual review of QIP and
CCIP reporting submissions, CMS found
its implementation of the QIP and CCIP
requirements had become burdensome
and complex, rather than streamlined
and conformed to MA organizations’
implementation of QIPs and CCIPs. The
complex sub-regulatory guidance led to
a wide range of MA organization
interpretations, resulting in extraneous,
irrelevant, voluminous, and redundant
information being reported to CMS. For
example, many MA organizations
merely re-iterated the CMS reporting
requirements and did not provide
quantitative data or demonstrate that
they were meeting their intended
project goals. Often, the results data
lacked clarity and context and were
difficult to interpret and validate. MA
organizations cited numerous studies
but did not indicate how they would
use the information to improve enrollee
outcomes.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16668
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
We gained little value from the
information reported. As a result, we
scaled down our sub-regulatory
guidance in order to gain more concise
and useful information with which to
evaluate the outcomes and show any
sort of attribution. Over the years, we
have modified the reporting
requirements in an attempt to gain
specific and quantifiable project goals,
clear and concise results data, a
favorable effect on enrollee health
outcomes, and meaningful descriptions
of how the MA organization will
disseminate those results amongst the
industry to promote best practices.
However, we also found that the
scaled down guidance did not
necessarily produce better outcomes in
the review of annual updates.
Continued evaluation through annual
review of plan reported updates of the
QIPs and CCIPs has led CMS to believe
that the mandated QIPs in particular do
not add significant value. Through
annual review of plan-reported updates,
CMS has found that a number of QIPs
implemented are duplicative of
activities MA organizations are already
doing to meet other plan needs and
requirements, such as the CCIP and
internal organizational focus on Part C
Star Rating metrics. For example, we
designated ‘‘Reducing All-Cause
Hospital Readmissions’’ as the 2012 QIP
topic. The QIPs for this topic often
duplicated other CMS and MA
organization care coordination
initiatives aimed to improve transition
of care across health care settings and
reduce hospital readmissions. We found
that many MA plans were already
engaged in activities to reduce hospital
readmissions because they are annually
scored on their performance in this area
(and many other areas) through
Healthcare Effectiveness Data and
Information Set (HEDIS), a set of plan
performance and quality measures. Each
year, MA organizations are required to
report HEDIS data and are evaluated
annually based on these measures. High
performance on these measures also
plays a large role in achieving high Star
Ratings, which has beneficial payment
consequences for MA organizations.
This suggests that CMS direction and
detailed regulation of QIPs is
unnecessary as the Star Ratings program
use of HEDIS measures (and other
measures) incentivizes MA
organizations sufficiently to focus on
desired improvements and outcomes,
perhaps by using different means than
a QIP.
Based on this, we concluded that the
removal of the QIP and the continued
CMS direction of populations for
required CCIPs would allow MA
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
organizations to focus on one project
that supports improving the
management of chronic conditions, a
CMS priority, while reducing the
duplication of other QI initiatives. We
proposed to delete §§ 422.152(a)(3) and
422.152(d), which outline the QIP
requirements. In addition, in order to
ensure any references for other
provisions in this section remain
accurate, we proposed to reserve
paragraphs (a)(3) and (d). The removal
of these requirements will reduce
burden on both MA organizations and
CMS.
We explained in the proposed rule
that even with this proposed removal of
the QIP requirements, the MA
requirements for QI Programs will
remain in place and be robust and
sufficient to ensure that the
requirements of section 1852(e) of the
Act are met. As a part of the QI Program,
each MA organization will still be
required to develop and maintain a
health information system; encourage
providers to participate in CMS and
HHS QI initiatives; implement a
program review process for formal
evaluation of the impact and
effectiveness of the QI Program at least
annually; correct all problems that come
to its attention through internal,
surveillance, complaints, or other
mechanisms; contract with an approved
Medicare Consumer Assessment of
Health Providers and Systems
(CAHPS®) survey vendor to conduct the
Medicare CAHPS® satisfaction survey of
Medicare plan enrollees; measure
performance under the plan using
standard measures required by CMS and
report its performance to CMS; develop,
compile, evaluate, and report certain
measures and other information to CMS,
its enrollees, and the general public; and
develop and implement a CCIP. Further,
CMS emphasizes here that MA
organizations must have QI Programs
that go beyond only performance of
CCIPs that focus on populations
identified by CMS. The CCIP is only one
component of the QI Program, which
has the purpose of improving care and
provides for the collection, analysis, and
reporting of data that permits the
measurement of health outcomes and
other indices of quality under section
1852(e) of the Act.
We believe this proposed change will
allow MA organizations to maintain
existing health improvement initiatives
and take steps to reduce the risk of
redundancies or duplication. The
remaining elements of the QI Program,
including the CCIP, will maintain the
intended purpose of the QI Program:
That plans have the necessary
infrastructure to coordinate care and
PO 00000
Frm 00230
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
promote quality, performance, and
efficiency on an ongoing basis. As
explained in the proposed rule, the
proposed amendments do not eliminate
the CCIP requirements that MA
organizations address populations
identified by CMS and report project
status to CMS as requested. Per the
April 2010 rule (75 FR 19677), we
continue to believe that these other
requirements are necessary to ensure
that MA organizations are developing
projects that positively impact
populations identified by CMS and that
progress is documented and reported in
a way that is consistent with our
requirements.
We solicited comments on our
proposal, including whether additional
revision to § 422.152 is necessary to
eliminate redundancies CMS has
identified in this preamble.
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: Most commenters
expressed strong support for this
proposal to remove the QIP requirement
for MA organizations. A few supportive
commenters suggested that CMS also
remove the CCIP requirement for MA
organizations. Specifically, the
Medicare Payment Advisory
Commission (MedPAC) encouraged
CMS to remove as well the duplicative
CCIP attestation because measures
around prevalent chronic conditions are
already measured in the star rating
program (for example, diabetes,
hypertension).
Response: We appreciate the
significant support for this proposal. We
acknowledge the suggestion to also
remove the CCIP requirement for MA
organizations, and believe MedPAC has
a valid concern that chronic condition
measures are already measured in the
star rating program. However, section
1852(e) of the Act requires that each MA
organization include a CCIP as part of
its required overall QI Program.
Therefore, we will continue to require
that MA organizations attest annually to
having an ongoing CCIP and that the
CCIP comply with the requirements
issued by CMS under § 422.152(a)(2)
and (c).
Comment: Another commenter
expressed appreciation for CMS’s
interim sub-regulatory steps to
streamline QIP and CCIP reporting
requirements and reduce burden on
both MA organizations and CMS (that
is, for reporting associated with 2018
QIPs and CCIPs); the commenter
encouraged CMS to continue to evaluate
whether any additional steps can be
taken for 2018 QIPs and CCIPs to further
streamline reporting and reduce burden.
Similarly, a commenter requested that
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
CMS make a decision on this proposal
so as to limit the resources invested in
developing a new 2018 QIP.
Response: We would like to clarify
that the required attestations for 2018
QIPs and CCIPs were already completed
at the end of December 2017. Therefore,
all organizations should have already
developed their 2018 QIP plan and
implemented it beginning on January 1,
2018. This final rule, making the
proposed changes, will be applicable for
the 2019 MA plan requirements.
Comment: Another commenter
recommended that CMS take into
account the impact on state external
quality review organization (EQRO)
evaluation activities that currently
implement the optional use of MA
organizations’ QIP reports as part of
annual reviews for Medicaid managed
care plans, citing 42 CFR 438.360.
Response: CMS’s removal of the QIP
requirement for MA organizations at
§ 422.152(a)(3) and (d) does not alter the
Medicaid managed care plan
requirements at § 438.360. If review of
an MA organization’s CCIP does not
produce information that meets the
conditions specified in § 438.360(a),
then this information could not be used
to satisfy that regulation. Guidance on
part 438 requirements is outside of the
scope of this rule, but we appreciate the
comment. We will consider how the QIP
removal may impact state EQRO
evaluation activities and may issue
guidance as necessary to state Medicaid
agencies.
Comment: A commenter questioned
whether CMS has intentions to make
Medicare quality initiatives (that is, MA
QI requirements) and Program of AllInclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE)
quality initiatives (that is, Quality
Assessment and Performance
Improvement or QAPI program) more
comparable.
Response: Although there are some
similarities in the required quality
initiatives for MA and PACE, the PACE
QAPI program requirements are outside
the scope of this rule. Due to the unique
nature of the PACE model, we do not
currently intend to align the
requirements between the QIP and the
QAPI program. However, we may
consider doing so in the future.
Comment: A few commenters
opposed this proposal, believing that it
is premature to eliminate the QIPs
without careful evaluation and
consideration of where overlaps occur
and which QIPs lead to the greatest
improvements. Instead of eliminating
the QIPs for MA organizations, they
suggested that CMS, when issuing
mandatory topics for QIPs, take into
account any relevant overlap to ensure
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
QIPs are addressing the most important
areas and taking into account other
related activities.
Response: We disagree with the
suggestion that CMS retain the QIP and
consider any relevant overlap and other
related activities when issuing
mandatory QIP topics instead of
finalizing the removal of the QIP
requirements in § 422.152. Although we
are eliminating the QIP requirement,
MA organizations must still have a CCIP
(section 1852(e) of the Act; 422.152(a)(2)
and (c)). Through the CCIP, MA
organizations must address chronically
ill populations identified by CMS
through a list of chronic conditions.
However, MA organizations are not
required to choose from this list and
may choose other chronic conditions as
appropriate to meet the needs of their
enrollee population. We believe that
this flexibility allows MA organizations
to identify a focus area that does not
overlap or duplicate other related
activities, including star rating metrics.
Alternatively, an MA organization may
choose to design a CCIP that
intentionally relates to other activities.
We do not prohibit correlated quality
activities, and MA organizations may
take advantage of this flexibility.
Comment: Another commenter
expressing opposition for this proposal
stated that the QIP requirements
dovetail with existing Medicaid quality
requirements and integrated programs
have a unique opportunity to pursue
joint Medicare and Medicaid QIPs. They
feared that the lessening of CMS
expectations in this area will result in
less attention on such activities by dual
eligible special needs plans (D–SNPs).
Response: We understand the
commenter’s concerns regarding joint
Medicare and Medicaid quality
initiatives. However, we believe that
MA organizations offering integrated D–
SNPs may still achieve this by
connecting the Medicaid quality project
with the required CCIP for MA. States
may also strengthen quality
requirements through State Medicaid
Agency Contracts.
After consideration of the public
comments we received, we are
finalizing our proposal to remove the
QIP requirements for MA organizations
in § 422.152(a)(3) and (d), as proposed.
We are reserving those paragraphs.
12. Reducing Provider Burden—
Comment Solicitation
In the proposed rule, we solicited
comment on the nature and extent of the
burden faced by providers pursuant to
MA organizations’ requests for medical
records and for ideas to address the
burden. We thank the over 40
PO 00000
Frm 00231
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16669
commenters who responded. We plan to
carefully review the information
received, including ideas for continued
conversations with stakeholders.
C. Implementing Other Changes
1. Reducing the Burden of the Medicare
Part C and Part D Medical Loss Ratio
Requirements (§§ 422.2410, 422.2420,
422.2430, 422.2460, 422.2480, 422.2490,
423.2410, 423.2420, 423.2430, 423.2460,
423.2480, and 423.2490)
a. Overview of Proposed Rule
In the November 28, 2017 proposed
rule (82 FR 56366), we proposed certain
modifications to the medical loss ratio
(MLR) requirements in the Medicare
Part C and Part D programs. Briefly, we
proposed to change the MLR calculation
by including in the MLR numerator, as
QIA, all expenditures for fraud
reduction activities or for Medication
Therapy Management (MTM) programs
that meet the requirements of
§ 423.153(d). As explained in the
proposed rule, we believe that the
proposed inclusion of all fraud
reduction activities in the MLR
numerator as QIA renders extraneous
the provision that provides an
adjustment to incurred claims for
amounts recovered through fraud
recovery efforts, up to the amount of
fraud reduction expenses. We also
proposed to revise the MLR reporting
requirements to significantly reduce the
amount of MLR data that MA
organizations and Part D sponsors
submit to CMS on an annual basis.
Finally, we proposed certain
conforming and technical amendments,
which are described in greater detail in
section II.C.1.e. of this final rule.
b. Background
The proposed rule provided
background on the Part C and Part D
medical loss ratio (MLR) requirements,
including the statutory and regulatory
authority. An MLR is expressed as a
percentage, generally representing the
percentage of revenue used for patient
care rather than for such other items as
administrative expenses or profit. In the
May 23, 2013 Federal Register (78 FR
31284), we published a final rule that
codified the MLR requirements for MA
organizations and Part D sponsors
(including organizations offering cost
plans that provide the Part D benefit) in
the regulations at 42 CFR part 422,
subpart X and part 423, subpart X.
For contract year 2014 and
subsequent contract years, MA
organizations and Part D sponsors are
required to report their MLRs and are
subject to financial and other penalties
for a failure to meet the statutory
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16670
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
requirement that they have an MLR of
at least 85 percent (see §§ 422.2410 and
423.2410). Section 1857(e)(4) of the Act
imposes several levels of sanctions for
failure to meet the 85 percent minimum
MLR requirement, including remittance
of funds to CMS, a prohibition on
enrolling new members, and ultimately
contract termination. The minimum
MLR requirement in section 1857(e)(4)
of the Act, which is incorporated by
reference in section 1860D–12(b)(3)(D)
of the Act, creates incentives for MA
organizations and Part D sponsors to
reduce administrative costs, such as
marketing costs, profits, and other uses
of the funds earned by plan sponsors,
and helps to ensure that taxpayers and
enrolled beneficiaries receive value
from Medicare health and drug plans.
Section 1001(5) of the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act
(Pub. L. 111–148), as amended by
section 10101(f) of the Health Care
Reconciliation Act, also established a
new MLR requirement under section
2718 of the Public Health Service Act
(PHSA) that applies to issuers of
employer group and individual market
private insurance. We refer to the MLR
requirements that apply to issuers of
private insurance as the ‘‘commercial
MLR rules.’’ Regulations implementing
the commercial MLR rules are
published at 45 CFR part 158.
c. Changes to the Calculation of the
Medical Loss Ratio (§§ 422.2420,
422.2430, 423.2420, and 423.2430)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
(1) Fraud Reduction Activities
In the proposed rule, we explained
that our general approach in developing
the Medicare MLR rules has been to
align with the commercial MLR rules in
order to limit the burden on
organizations that participate in both
markets, and to make commercial and
Medicare MLRs as comparable as
possible for comparison and evaluation
purposes, including by Medicare
beneficiaries. However, we also
recognized in the original MLR rule (78
FR 12429) that some areas of the
commercial MLR rules would need to be
revised to fit the unique characteristics
of the MA and Part D programs.
One area where we initially aligned
the commercial and Medicare MLR
rules was the treatment of expenditures
related to fraud reduction efforts, which
we defined to include both fraud
prevention and fraud recovery (78 FR
12433). The Medicare MLR regulations
adopted the same definitions of
activities that improve healthcare
quality (also referred to as quality
improvement activities, or QIA), as had
been adopted in the commercial MLR
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
regulations at 45 CFR 158.150 and
158.151 in order to facilitate uniform
accounting for the costs of these
activities across lines of business (78 FR
12435). Consistent with this policy of
alignment, the Medicare MLR
regulations at §§ 422.2430(b)(8) and
423.2430(b)(8) adopted the commercial
MLR rules’ exclusion of fraud
prevention activities from QIA. The
Medicare MLR regulations
(§§ 422.2420(b)(2)(ix) and
423.2420(b)(2)(viii)) further aligned with
the commercial MLR rules’ treatment of
fraud-related expenditures by allowing
the amount of claim payments
recovered through fraud reduction
efforts, not to exceed the amount of
fraud reduction expenses, to be
included in the MLR numerator as a
positive adjustment to incurred claims.
The initial Medicare MLR proposed
rule, published February 22, 2013 (78
FR 12433), explained that we
considered this approach to be
appropriate because without such an
adjustment, the recovery of paid
fraudulent claims would reduce an MLR
and could create a disincentive to
engage in fraud reduction efforts.
In the November 28, 2017 proposed
rule, we explained that we had
reconsidered our policy regarding the
treatment of fraud reduction expenses in
the Medicare MLR numerator based on
the specific characteristics of the MA
and Part D programs. We noted that
limiting or excluding amounts invested
in fraud reduction undermines the
federal government’s efforts to combat
fraud in the Medicare program; such
action also reduces the potential savings
to the government, taxpayers, and
beneficiaries that robust fraud
prevention efforts in the MA and Part D
programs can provide. We also stated
that fraud prevention activities can
improve patient safety and deter the use
of medically unnecessary services,
which is part of the reason we require
such activities as a condition of
participation in the MA and Part D
programs.
For these reasons, we proposed
certain changes to the treatment of
expenses for fraud reduction activities
in the Medicare MLR calculation. First,
we proposed to revise the MA and Part
D regulations by removing the current
exclusion of fraud prevention activities
from QIA at §§ 422.2430(b)(8) and
423.2430(b)(8). Second, we proposed to
expand the definition of QIA in
§§ 422.2430 and 423.2430 to include all
fraud reduction activities, including
fraud prevention, fraud detection, and
fraud recovery. Third, given the
proposed revisions of the QIA
definitions surrounding the treatment of
PO 00000
Frm 00232
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
fraud reduction activities, we proposed
to no longer include in incurred claims
the amount of claims payments
recovered through fraud reduction
efforts, up to the amount of fraud
reduction expenses, in
§§ 422.2420(b)(2)(ix) and
423.2420(b)(2)(viii).
We noted that MA organizations and
Part D sponsors are required at
§§ 422.503(b)(4)(vi) and
423.504(b)(4)(vi), respectively, to adopt
an effective compliance program which
includes measures that prevent, detect,
and correct fraud. We believe that the
proposed change to include all
expenditures in connection with fraud
reduction activities as QIA-related
expenditures in the MLR numerator best
aligns with this Medicare contracting
requirement. We are concerned that the
current rules could create a disincentive
to invest in fraud reduction activities,
which is only partly mitigated by the
current adjustment to incurred claims
for amounts recovered as a result of
fraud reduction activities, up to the
amount of fraud reduction expenses. We
believe that it is particularly important
that MA organizations and Part D
sponsors invest in fraud reduction
activities as the Medicare trust funds are
used to finance the MA and Part D
programs. We believe that including the
full amount of expenses for fraud
reduction activities as QIA will provide
an additional incentive for MA
organizations and Part D sponsors to
develop innovative and more effective
ways to detect and deter fraud.
We continue to believe that the
minimum MLR requirement in the
Medicare statute is intended to create an
incentive to reduce administrative costs,
marketing, profits, and other such uses
of the funds that plan sponsors receive,
and to ensure that taxpayers and
enrolled beneficiaries receive value
from Medicare health and drug plans.
However, we also believe that MA
organizations’ and Part D sponsors’
fraud reduction activities can
potentially provide significant value to
the government and taxpayers by
reducing trust fund expenditures. When
MA organizations and Part D sponsors
prevent fraud and recover amounts paid
for fraudulent claims, this lowers the
overall cost of providing coverage to MA
and Part D enrollees. Because MA
organizations’ and Part D sponsors’
monthly payments are based in part on
their claims experience in prior years, if
MA organizations and Part D sponsors
pay fewer fraudulent claims, this should
be reflected in their subsequent cost
projections, which will ultimately result
in lower payments to MA organizations
and Part D sponsors out of the Medicare
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
trust funds, and could also result in
lower premiums or additional
supplemental benefits for beneficiaries.
As we explained in the proposed rule,
we believe that the inclusion of
expenditures for fraud reduction
activities in the QIA portion of the MLR
numerator, as proposed, makes it
unnecessary to include in incurred
claims the amount of claim payments
recovered through fraud reduction
efforts, up to the amount of fraud
reduction expenses. We originally
included an adjustment to incurred
claims for claims payments recovered
through fraud reduction efforts based on
the rationale that, because the recovery
of paid fraudulent claims reduces the
amount of incurred claims in the MLR
numerator, if expenditures for fraud
reduction efforts were treated solely as
nonclaims and nonquality improvement
activities, this could create a
disincentive to engage in fraud
reduction activities. The adjustments to
incurred claims under current
§§ 422.2420(b)(2)(ix) and
423.2420(b)(2)(viii) mitigate the
potential disincentive to invest in fraud
reduction activities insofar as MA
organizations’ and Part D sponsors’
recoveries of paid fraudulent claims do
not result in a reduction to incurred
claims. Because this adjustment to
incurred claims is only available to the
extent that an MA organization or Part
D sponsor recovers paid fraudulent
claims, it encourages MA organizations
and Part D sponsors to invest in tracking
down and recouping amounts that have
already been paid as a result of fraud,
rather than in preventing payment of
fraudulent claims. Under our proposal,
claim payments recovered through fraud
reduction efforts will no longer be
included in the MLR numerator as a
limited adjustment to incurred claims.
Instead, all expenditures for fraud
reduction activities will be included in
the MLR numerator as QIA, even if such
expenditures exceed the amount
recovered through fraud reduction
efforts. As a result, MA organizations
and Part D sponsors will no longer have
the same level of incentive to just
pursue recovery of paid fraudulent
claims, and may now be further
incented to invest in fraud prevention.
We believe that effective fraud
reduction strategies will include efforts
to prevent payment of fraudulent
claims, and that the inclusion of all
fraud reduction activities as QIA in the
MLR numerator will strengthen the
incentive to engage in these vital
activities.
In summary, we proposed the
following regulatory revisions:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
• Remove and reserve
§§ 422.2420(b)(2)(ix) and
423.2420(b)(2)(viii).
• In §§ 422.2430 and 423.2430,
redesignate existing paragraphs (a)(1)
and (a)(2) as (a)(2) and (a)(3),
respectively.
• In §§ 422.2430 and 423.2430, add
new paragraph (a)(4) that lists activities
that are automatically included in QIA.
• Redesignate the introductory text of
§§ 422.2430(a) and 423.2430(a) as
paragraphs (a)(1), and revise these
newly designated paragraphs (a)(1) to
specify that, for an activity to be
included in QIA, it must either fall into
one of the categories listed in newly
redesignated (a)(2) and meet all of the
requirements in newly redesignated
(a)(3), or be listed in paragraph (a)(4).
• Remove and reserve
§§ 422.2430(b)(8) and 423.2430(b)(8).
We solicited comment on these
proposed changes, particularly whether
our proposal was based on the best
understanding of the motives and
incentives applicable to MA
organizations and Part D sponsors to
engage in fraud reduction activities. We
also solicited comment on the types of
activities that should be included in, or
excluded from, fraud reduction
activities. In addition, we solicited
comment on alternative approaches to
accounting for fraud reduction activities
in the MLR calculation. In particular,
we were interested in receiving input on
the following:
• Whether fraud reduction activities
should be included in quality
improvement activities as proposed, or
whether we should create a separate
MLR numerator category for fraud
reduction activities; and
• Whether fraud reduction activities
should be subject to any or all of the
exclusions from QIA at §§ 422.2430(b)
and 422.2430(b). Although our proposal
removes the exclusion of fraud
prevention activities from QIA at
§§ 422.2430(b)(8) and 423.2430(b)(8), it
is possible that fraud reduction
activities will be subject to one of the
other exclusions under §§ 422.2430(b)
and 423.2430(b), such as the exclusion
that applies to activities that are
designed primarily to control or contain
costs (§§ 422.2430(b)(1) and
423.2430(b)(1)) or the exclusion of
activities that were paid for with grant
money or other funding separate from
premium revenue (§§ 422.2430(b)(1) and
423.2430(b)(3).)
We received 43 comments pertaining
to the proposed changes to the treatment
of expenses for fraud reduction
activities in the Medicare MLR
calculation. The following is a summary
PO 00000
Frm 00233
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16671
of the comments we received on these
proposals and our responses:
Comment: A majority of the
commenters supported the proposal to
designate all fraud reduction activities
as activities that improve healthcare
quality, or QIA. A number of
commenters noted that fraud prevention
can improve patient safety, deter the use
of medically unnecessary services, and
can lead to higher levels of health care
quality. Several commenters noted that
they agreed with our conclusion that the
MLR regulations’ limited adjustment to
incurred claims for fraud recoveries, up
to the amount of fraud reduction
expenditures, curtailed the incentive to
invest in fraud prevention.
Response: We appreciate the support.
Comment: Several commenters
opposed our proposal to include all
expenditures for fraud reduction
activities in the MLR numerator as
expenditures for QIA. Some
commenters that opposed our proposal
argued that the MLR is supposed to
represent the proportion of revenue that
is spent on medical costs or improving
healthcare quality, whereas amounts
spent on fraud prevention, detection,
and recovery provide little value to
beneficiaries and represent
administrative expenses that are part of
a plan sponsor’s cost of doing business.
As such, the commenters argued the
costs were not appropriate for inclusion
in the numerator. Other commenters
expressed concern that the proposal
would encourage plans to adopt
aggressive practices to reduce fraud,
such as claim audits, that would
ultimately increase provider burden.
Response: We appreciate the concerns
raised by the commenters. We
respectfully disagree with the argument
that fraud reduction expenses do not
provide significant value to
beneficiaries. We believe, and a number
of commenters on the proposed rule
noted, that fraud prevention can
improve health care quality by ensuring
that patients receive care that is
legitimate and appropriate, and that
providers have the appropriate
credentials for the services they
perform. In addition, as explained in the
proposed rule, we believe that fraud
reduction activities can lower the cost of
care and reduce trust fund expenditures
and thereby potentially provide value to
beneficiaries, the government, and
taxpayers.
We acknowledge that the proposed
inclusion of fraud reduction activities in
the MLR numerator could encourage
MA organizations and Part D sponsors
to implement new practices for
combatting fraud and that these may
involve new administrative
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16672
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
requirements for providers. However,
we note that MA organizations and Part
D sponsors would no longer have the
same level of incentive to ‘‘pay and
chase’’ claims in order to account for
fraud reduction expenditures in the
MLR numerator under the proposed
rule; they would instead be further
incented to implement pre-payment
fraud prevention efforts, as they would
now be able to include expenditures
related to these efforts in their MLR
numerator, regardless of whether they
have recovered any claims payments
through fraud reduction efforts. We
believe that any increase in provider
burden as a result of newlyimplemented pre-payment fraud
prevention practices could potentially
be offset by a reduction in the provider’s
burden associated with the need to
contest efforts from health plans to
recover claims already paid, as is
necessary under the current rules for
health plans’ fraud reduction
expenditures to have a positive impact
on their MLR.
Comment: A commenter requested
that we amend the regulations for the
commercial and Medicaid markets to
align with the proposed changes to the
treatment of fraud reduction
expenditures in the Medicare MLR
regulations.
Response: The commercial and
Medicaid MLR regulations are outside
the scope of this final rule but we will
take these comments under advisement.
Comment: We received several
comments that requested that we
expand the proposal to include in QIA
all efforts to reduce fraud, waste, and
abuse.
Response: We did not propose in this
regulation to designate efforts to reduce
waste and abuse as QIA for MLR
purposes. We appreciate the comments
we received on these issues, however,
and will consider whether adding these
activities to the QIA category of the
MLR numerator should be incorporated
into future rulemaking.
Comment: We received one comment
that directly addressed our solicitation
in the proposed rule concerning the
establishment of a new category in the
MLR numerator for fraud reduction
expenses. The commenter argued that
treating fraud reduction expenses
separately might encourage plan
sponsors to pay more attention to fraud
reduction activities and would make it
easier to track, measure, and audit
expenses that were allocated to this
category. Many commenters supported
the inclusion of fraud reduction
activities in the QIA category of the
MLR numerator, without expressing an
opinion on whether we should instead
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
create a new numerator category for
fraud reduction expenses.
Response: We thank the commenter
for responding to our solicitation. We
note that MA organizations and Part D
sponsors are expected to keep track of
any expenses they intend to include in
the MLR numerator, regardless of how
the expenses are categorized in the
underlying analysis and data. Given that
the majority of commenters indicated a
preference for the proposed inclusion of
fraud reduction activities in the QIA
category of the MLR numerator, we have
decided against establishing a separate
numerator category for fraud reduction
expenditures. We believe, as noted
earlier and in the proposed rule, that
fraud reduction is sufficiently related to
and supports QIA to consider it
properly part of that category.
Comment: Several commenters
responded to our solicitation for
feedback on whether fraud reduction
activities should be subject to any or all
of the exclusions at §§ 422.2430(b) and
422.2430(b). Several commenters
recommended that we amend
§§ 422.2430(b)(1) and 423.2430(b)(1),
which exclude from QIA any activities
that are designed primarily to control or
contain costs, to create an exception for
fraud reduction activities. The
commenters contended that fraud
reduction activities could arguably be
described as cost-control activities and
expressed concern that a particular
fraud reduction activity could (or
would) be excluded from QIA due to
concerns or confusion regarding this
section of the regulation, thereby
discouraging investment in such
activities by some health plans that may
be concerned about being out of
compliance if they attempted to
incorporate these expenses as QIA. A
few commenters recommended that
CMS remove the regulatory language at
§§ 422.2430(b)(5) and 423.2430(b)(5)
that excludes from QIA ‘‘costs directly
related to upgrades in health
information technology that are
designed primarily or solely to improve
claims payment capabilities,’’ as this
would exclude investments in health IT
that could be used to reduce the
incidence of fraud, such as claims code
auditing, pre-pay coding, physicianprofiling, and audit/recovery operations.
The commenters noted that this change
to the regulatory language should retain
the exclusion for costs related to claims
adjudication systems.
Response: We agree with the
commenters that maintaining the
current exclusion of cost-control
activities without creating an exception
for fraud reduction activities could
cause confusion regarding which fraud
PO 00000
Frm 00234
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reduction activities could be included
in QIA. As explained earlier, one of the
reasons we proposed to depart from the
commercial MLR rules in our treatment
of fraud reduction efforts is to encourage
MA organizations and Part D sponsors
to pay fewer fraudulent claims, which
we believe will lower the overall cost of
providing coverage to MA and Part D
enrollees and potentially produce
savings for beneficiaries, taxpayers, and
the federal government. We believe that
excluding from QIA fraud reduction
activities that are designed primarily to
control or contain costs would
undermine the incentive to engage in
fraud reduction activities.
We also agree that the current
exclusion of costs directly related to
health IT that are designed primarily or
solely to improve claims payment
capabilities could be construed to
exclude investments in technology
solutions that are designed to enhance
MA organizations’ and Part D sponsors’
ability to reduce the incidence of fraud.
In order to avoid creating uncertainty
about whether investments in health IT
as a means of reducing fraud may be
included in QIA, we believe it is
appropriate that we revise
§§ 422.2430(b)(5) and 423.2430(b)(5) to
specify that the exclusion of costs
directly related to upgrades in health
information technology that are
designed primarily or solely to improve
claims payment capabilities does not
apply to costs that are related to fraud
reduction activities under
§§ 422.2430(a)(4)(ii) and
423.2430(a)(4)(ii).
After consideration of the public
comments received, we are finalizing
the regulatory changes to paragraphs (a)
of §§ 422.2430 and 423.2430 as
proposed, with the following
modifications. We are revising
§§ 422.2430(b)(1) and 423.2430(b)(1),
which exclude from QIA activities that
are designed primarily to control or
contain costs, to provide an exception
for fraud reduction activities. We are
also revising the §§ 422.2430(b)(5) and
423.2430(b)(5) to provide that costs
related to fraud reduction activities
under §§ 422.2430(a)(4)(ii) and
423.2430(a)(4)(ii) are not subject to the
exclusion that applies to costs directly
related to upgrades in health
information technology that are
designed primarily or solely to improve
claims payment capabilities.
(2) Medication Therapy Management
(MTM) (§§ 422.2430 and 423.2430)
In the May 23, 2013 final rule (78 FR
31294), we provided guidance that
Medication Therapy Management
(MTM) activities (defined at
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
§ 423.153(d)) qualify as QIA, provided
they meet the requirements set forth in
§§ 422.2430 and 423.2430. To meet
these requirements, the activity must be
for a purpose identified in paragraph
(a)(1) and: (1) Improve health quality;
(2) increase the likelihood of desired
health outcomes in ways that are
capable of being objectively measured
and of producing verifiable results; (3)
be directed toward individual enrollees,
specific groups of enrollees, or other
populations as long as enrollees do not
incur additional costs for populationbased activities; and (4) be grounded in
evidence-based medicine, widely
accepted best clinical practice, or
criteria issued by recognized
professional medical associations,
accreditation bodies, government
agencies or other nationally recognized
health care quality organizations. In our
prior MLR rulemaking, we did not
attempt to determine whether all MTM
programs that comply with § 423.153(d)
will necessarily meet the QIA
requirements at § 422.2430 (for MA–PD
contracts) and § 423.2430 (for standalone Part D contracts). Subsequent to
publication of the May 23, 2013 final
rule, we received numerous inquiries
seeking clarification whether MTM
programs are QIA. To address those
questions and resolve any ambiguities
or uncertainties, we proposed to
specifically address MTM programs in
the MLR regulations.
We proposed to modify our
regulations at §§ 422.2430 and 423.2430
by adding new paragraph (a)(4)(i),
which specifies that all MTM programs
that comply with § 423.153(d) and are
offered by Part D sponsors (including
MA organizations that offer MA–PD
plans (described in § 422.2420(a)(2)) are
QIA. We believe that the MTM programs
that we require under the Part D
regulations improve quality and care
coordination for Medicare beneficiaries.
We also believe that allowing Part D
sponsors to include compliant MTM
programs as QIA in the calculation of
the Medicare MLR will encourage
sponsors to ensure that MTM is better
utilized, particularly among standalone
PDPs that may currently lack strong
incentives to promote MTM.
Furthermore, we have expressed
concern that Part D sponsors may be
restricting MTM eligibility criteria to
limit the number of qualified enrollees,
and we believe that explicitly including
MTM program expenditures in the MLR
numerator as QIA-related expenditures
could provide an incentive to reduce
any such restrictions. This is
particularly important in providing
individualized disease management in
conjunction with the ongoing opioid
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
crisis evolving within the Medicare
population. We hope that, by removing
any restrictions or uncertainty about
whether compliant MTM programs will
qualify for inclusion in the MLR
numerator as QIA, the proposed changes
will encourage Part D sponsors to
strengthen their MTM programs by
implementing innovative strategies for
this potentially vulnerable population.
We believe that beneficiaries with
higher rates of medication adherence
have better health outcomes, and that
medication adherence can also produce
medical spending offsets, which could
lead to government and taxpayer
savings in the trust fund as well as
beneficiary savings in the form of
reduced premiums. We solicited
comment on these proposed changes.
We received 39 comments pertaining
to our proposal to amend the MLR
regulations to specify that all MTM
programs that comply with § 423.153(d)
are QIA.
Comment: Nearly all of the comments
supported the proposal to explicitly
designate MTM programs that comply
with § 423.153(d) as QIA for MLR
purposes. A number of commenters
noted that MTM programs promote
medication adherence and care
coordination, which contribute to
improved health outcomes and a
reduction in health care costs. Several
commenters argued that eliminating
uncertainty with respect to whether
MTM expenditures will be included in
the MLR numerator will encourage
sponsors to expand access to MTM
programs to include greater numbers of
enrollees who may benefit from
participation.
Response: We appreciate the support.
Comment: A commenter requested
that we clarify that the Center for
Medicare & Medicaid Innovation’s
(CMMI) Part D Enhanced MTM models
are also QIA, thereby incentivizing
participation in these models.
Response: We have waived the MLR
requirements to the extent necessary to
permit all prospective payments for
approved and permissible MTM
services under the Part D Enhanced
MTM model to be treated as QIA for
purposes of MLR reporting. See
‘‘Announcement of Part D Enhanced
Medication Therapy Management
Model Test’’ (September 28, 2015),
available at https://innovation.cms.gov/
Files/x/mtm-announcement.pdf.
Comment: A commenter requested
that we take steps to ensure that any
required MTM programs established by
plan sponsors do not create an undue
administrative burden for prescribing
physicians or medication denials and
delays for patients.
PO 00000
Frm 00235
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16673
Response: We acknowledge the
commenter’s concerns about possible
increases to physician burden or
medication denials and delays for
beneficiaries. However, this final rule
addresses the designation of MTM
programs that meet the requirements of
§ 423.153(d) as QIA for MLR purposes;
we believe that rules and requirements
pertaining to the administration of MTM
programs are outside the scope of this
final rule.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that we only include
MTM programs in QIA if the sponsor
utilizes pharmacists at qualified longterm care pharmacies.
Response: As noted earlier, one of the
reasons we proposed to explicitly
designate MTM programs that comply
with § 423.153(d) as QIA is to encourage
sponsors to expand access to these
programs. We do not believe that it is
necessary to create additional
requirements for MTM programs to
qualify as QIA, beyond the requirements
already present in § 423.153(d).
After consideration of the public
comments received, we are finalizing
without substantive our proposal to
amend §§ 422.2430(a) and 423.2430(a)
to specify that all MTM programs that
comply with § 423.153(d) are QIA.
(3) Additional Technical Changes to
Calculation of the Medical Loss Ratio
(§§ 422.2420 and 423.2420)
We also proposed technical changes
to the MLR provisions at §§ 422.2420
and 423.2420. In § 422.2420(d)(2)(i), we
are replacing the phrase ‘‘in
§ 422.2420(b) or (c)’’ with the phrase ‘‘in
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section’’. In
§ 423.2430, the regulatory text includes
two paragraphs designated as (d)(2)(ii).
We proposed to resolve this error by
amending § 423.2420 as follows:
• Revise paragraph (d)(2)(i) by adding
at the end the text of the first paragraph
designated as (d)(2)(ii).
• Remove the first paragraph
designated as (d)(2)(ii).
We received no comments on the
proposed technical changes and
therefore are finalizing the proposed
changes to §§ 422.2420(d) and
423.2420(d) without modification.
d. Proposed Regulatory Changes to
Medicare MLR Reporting Requirements
(§§ 422.2460 and 423.2460)
We proposed to reduce the MLR
reporting burden by requiring MA
organizations and Part D sponsors to
submit the minimum amount of
information that CMS needs in order to
determine whether an MA or Part D
contract has satisfied the minimum
MLR requirement with respect to a
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16674
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
contract year, and whether the contract
must remit funds to CMS or face
additional sanctions.
As we explained in the November 28,
2017 proposed rule (82 FR 56459), our
general approach when initially
developing the Medicare MLR
regulations was to align the Medicare
MLR requirements with the commercial
MLR requirements to the greatest extent
possible. Consistent with this policy,
when we originally developed the
Medicare MLR reporting format, we
attempted to model it on the tools used
to report commercial MLR data. We
believed at the time that this would
limit the burden on organizations that
participate in both markets. However, it
was not possible to make these forms
and reports identical due to differences
in the types of data collected for
purposes of commercial MLR reporting
versus Medicare MLR reporting. We
explained in the November 2017
proposed rule that we had become
concerned that requiring health
insurance issuers to complete what was
ultimately a substantially different set of
forms for Medicare MLR purposes had
created an unnecessary additional
burden. We noted that our proposal to
reduce the burden of MLR reporting for
the MA and Part D programs aligns with
the directive in the January 30, 2017
Presidential Executive Order on
Reducing Regulation and Controlling
Regulatory Costs to manage the costs
associated with the governmental
imposition of private expenditures
required to comply with Federal
regulations.
Specifically, we proposed that the
Medicare MLR reporting requirements
will be limited to the following data
fields, as shown in Table E1:
• Organization name
• Contract number
• Adjusted MLR (which will be
populated as ‘‘Not Applicable’’ or
‘‘N/A’’ for non-credible contracts as
determined in accordance with
§§ 422.2440(d) and 423.2440(d))
• Remittance amount
TABLE 10—MLR REPORTING FOR FULLY CREDIBLE, PARTIALLY CREDIBLE, AND NON-CREDIBLE CONTRACTS
Organization
Contract No.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
ABC, Inc .....................................................................................................................
XYZ, LLC ...................................................................................................................
MAO1, LLC ................................................................................................................
We noted in the proposed rule that
although we were proposing a
significant reduction in the amount of
MLR data that MA organizations and
Part D sponsors must report to CMS on
an annual basis, we did not propose to
change our authority under § 422.2480
or § 423.2480 to conduct selected audit
reviews of the data reported under
§§ 422.2460 and 423.2460 for purposes
of determining that remittance amounts
under §§ 422.2410(b) and 423.2410(b)
and sanctions under §§ 422.2410(c),
422.2410(d), 423.2410(c), and
423.2410(d) were accurately calculated,
reported, and applied. Moreover, MA
organizations and Part D sponsors will
continue to be required to retain
documentation supporting the MLR data
reported and to make available to CMS,
HHS, the Comptroller General, or their
designees any information needed to
determine whether the data and
amounts submitted with respect to the
Medicare MLR are accurate and valid, in
accordance with §§ 422.504 and
423.505.
We also proposed to make a technical
change to § 422.2460 by incorporating
provisions which parallel the language
of current paragraphs (b) and (c) of
§ 423.2460 for purposes of the reporting
requirements for contract year 2014 and
subsequent contract years. This
proposed technical change does not
establish any new rules or requirements
for MA organizations; it merely updates
regulatory references that were
overlooked in previous rulemaking.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
H1234
S4321
H4321
In summary, we proposed to revise
the regulations at §§ 422.2460 and
423.2460 as follows:
• In § 422.2460, redesignate the
existing regulation text as paragraph (a).
• Revise newly designated
§§ 422.2460(a) and 423.2460(a) by
adding ‘‘from 2014 through 2017’’ after
the phrase ‘‘For each contract year’’ in
the first sentence to limit the more
detailed MLR reporting requirement to
that period, making minor grammatical
changes to clarify the text, and by
adding ‘‘under this part’’ to modify the
phrase ‘‘for each contract’’.
• In § 423.2460, redesignate existing
paragraphs (b) and (c) as paragraphs (c)
and (d), respectively.
• In §§ 422.2460 and 423.2460, add a
new paragraph (b) to require MA
organizations and Part D plan sponsors
with—
++ Fully credible and partially
credible experience to report the
Adjusted MLR for each contract for the
contract year along with the amount of
any owed remittance; and
++ Non-credible experience, to report
that such experience was non-credible.
For each, the proposed text crossreferences the applicable regulations for
the determination of credibility, and for
the general remittance requirement.
• In newly redesignated
§ 423.2460(c), revise the text to refer to
total revenue included in the MLR
calculation rather than reports of that
information.
• Add new paragraphs (c) and (d) to
§ 422.2460 that mirror the text in
PO 00000
Frm 00236
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Adjusted MLR
(%)
90.1
84.8
N/A
Remittance
amount
($)
$0
17,420
N/A
§ 423.2460(c) and (d), as redesignated
and revised.
We received 33 public comments,
some in support and some in opposition
to our proposal to reduce the amount of
MLR data that MA organizations and
Part D sponsors submit to CMS on an
annual basis. We received the following
comments and our response follows:
Comment: Most of the commenters
supported our proposed changes to the
MLR reporting requirements. Several
commenters that supported the proposal
expressed concern that the audit burden
would increase once we started relying
solely on audits to monitor compliance.
Other commenters stated that although
they supported the proposed reduction
in the amount of MLR data they would
be required to submit to us on an annual
basis, they did not expect their MLR
reporting burden to be significantly
reduced since they would still be
required to collect and analyze the same
information in order to calculate the
MLR percentage and remittance amount.
A commenter asked that we issue
guidance on how we will facilitate the
current desk review in light of the
proposed changes.
Response: We appreciate the support.
We do not expect that the proposed
changes to the MLR reporting
requirements would cause MLR audits
to be more burdensome than the MLR
audits that we have conducted in
previous years. We acknowledge that
MA organizations and Part D sponsors
will continue to collect the same
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
information in order to calculate the
MLR percentage and remittance amount.
However, as we explained in section
II.B.9 of the proposed rule (82 FR
56472), in estimating the reduction to
the MLR reporting burden that would
result from the proposed changes to the
reporting requirements, we assumed
that MA organizations and Part D
sponsors would spend eleven fewer
hours per contract performing the
following tasks: (1) Reviewing the MLR
report filing instructions and external
materials referenced therein and to
input all figures and plan-level data in
accordance with the instructions; (2)
drafting narrative descriptions of
methodologies used to allocate
expenses; (3) performing an internal
review of the MLR report form prior to
submission; (4) uploading and
submitting the MLR report and
attestation; and (5) correcting or
providing explanations for any
suspected errors or omissions
discovered by CMS or our contractor
during initial review of the submitted
MLR report. We believe that the
aggregate savings to MA organizations
and Part D sponsors as a result of the
proposed changes meaningfully reduce
the burden of the MLR reporting
requirements. The changes to the MLR
reporting requirements in this final rule
will not affect MLR reporting until MLR
data for contract year 2018 is submitted
in 2019. The desk reviews of MLR data
submitted for contract years 2016 and
2017 will not be affected by the changes
to the reporting requirements.
Comment: Several commenters
objected to the proposal to reduce the
amount of MLR data that MA
organizations and Part D sponsors
submit to CMS on an annual basis.
Several commenters contended that we
cannot conduct meaningful compliance
oversight with the minimal amount of
MLR data that we proposed to collect.
Several commenters noted that it is
important that we continue to have
access to detailed data on spending for
health care services and quality
improvement activities by MA
organizations and Part D sponsors. A
few commenters argued that the lack of
transparency into how an MLR is
calculated will result in more ‘‘gaming’’
of the MLR by MA organizations and
Part D sponsors.
Response: As noted earlier, we did
not propose to change our authority
under §§ 422.2480 or 423.2480 to
conduct selected audit reviews of the
data reported under §§ 422.2460 and
423.2460, which includes the capability
to request detailed data regarding the
QIA expenditures included in the
Medicare MLR, in order to determine
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
that the MLR and remittance amounts
were calculated and reported accurately,
and that sanctions were appropriately
applied. MA organizations and Part D
sponsors will still be required to submit
an attestation regarding the MLR data
submitted, as they currently do. We
believe that we can continue to
effectively oversee MA organizations’
and Part D sponsors’ compliance with
the MLR requirements by relying solely
on audits. In addition, we note that MA
organizations and Part D sponsors are
required to submit and attest to the data
that details their spending on enrollee
health care services as part of their
annual bids.
Comment: A commenter indicated no
objection to the proposed reduction in
the amount of MLR data reported to
CMS by MA organizations and Part D
sponsors, but noted that, in order to
monitor the financial performance of
Medicare-Medicaid Plans, states would
need to maintain their ability to specify
and require detailed reporting of
financial and MLR data through MIPAA
contracting authority, Financial
Alignment Initiatives, and other
coordinated and integrated mechanisms.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s interest in maintaining
access to MLR data for MedicareMedicaid Plans and other integrated
care products. This final rule does not
diminish states’ existing authority to
collect MLR data from such plans under
state law, MIPAA contracting, or
Medicaid managed care regulations, or
terms of three-way contracts for MMPs.
Comment: A commenter
recommended the mandatory retention
period that applies to documents and
records that support MAOs’ and Part D
sponsors’ MLR calculations be
shortened from 10 years to 3 years.
Response: In their contracts with
CMS, MA organizations and Part D
sponsors agree to maintain for 10 years
books, records, documents, and other
records of accounting procedures and
practices that are sufficient for CMS to
conduct various reviews, audits, and
inspections. §§ 422.504(d) and
423.505(d). We are not persuaded that a
shorter record retention period is
appropriate for documents that support
the MLR calculation.
Comment: A commenter requested
that we similarly reduce the amount of
MLR data that is reported by
commercial health insurance plans.
Response: The MLR reporting
requirements for commercial health
insurance plans are outside the scope of
this rule, but we will take these
comments under advisement.
Comment: A few commenters
requested that we continue to develop
PO 00000
Frm 00237
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16675
and make available the reporting
template as a tool to assist in calculating
the MLR.
Response: In section V.C.16 of the
proposed rule (82 FR 56488), we
explained that, if our proposed
reduction in the amount of MLR data
reported to CMS were to be finalized,
we would reduce the amount we
currently pay to contractors for software
development, data management, and
technical support related to MLR
reporting. We intend to discontinue
development of the more detailed MA
and Part D reporting template after we
collect the MLR reports for contract year
2017. We intend to continue to make
available the prior years’ more detailed
MLR reporting templates (used in
contract years 2014 through 2017) on
the CMS website (CMS.gov) as well as
in the Health Plan Management System
(HPMS). Therefore, commenters can
continue to utilize the prior years’ more
detailed MLR reporting templates to
assist with their MLR calculations.
Comment: A commenter requested
that we provide instructions to aid MA
organizations and Part D sponsors in the
preparation of their simplified MLR data
submissions, similar to the instructions
that we provided to instruct MA
organizations and Part D sponsors on
how to complete the more detailed MLR
reporting template.
Response: As explained in the
Supporting Statement accompanying
the PRA listing for CMS Form Number
CMS–10476 (published November 28,
2017), respondents can continue to use
the current instructions to familiarize
themselves with the guidance specific to
the calculation of the MLR, and we
expect that the revised instructions (for
contract year 2018 and thereafter) will
make minimal changes to address the
simplified reporting requirements. We
intend to make the revised MLR Data
Submission Instructions available in
subregulatory guidance for contract year
2018 MLR reporting. For more
information, we refer readers to the
Supporting Statement, which is
available on the CMS website at https://
www.cms.gov/Regulations-andGuidance/Legislation/
PaperworkReductionActof1995/PRAListing-Items/CMS-10476.html.
After consideration of the public
comments received, we are finalizing
the changes to the MLR reporting
requirements in §§ 422.2460 and
423.2460 as proposed.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16676
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
e. Proposed Technical Changes to
Medicare MLR Review and NonCompliance and the Release of MLR
Data (§§ 422.2410, 422.2480, 422.2490,
423.2410, 423.2480, and 423.2490)
We proposed technical changes to the
General Requirements, MLR review and
non-compliance, and Release of MLR
data provisions at §§ 422.2410,
422.2480, 422.2490, 423.2410, 423.2480,
and 423.2490. The proposed technical
changes bring these provisions into
conformity with the more substantive
regulatory text changes being proposed
herein. The proposed technical changes
do not establish any new rules or
requirements for MA organizations or
Part D sponsors. The proposed technical
changes revise references to MLR
reports to conform to our proposal to
scale back Medicare MLR reporting so
that we only require the submission of
a limited number of data points, as
opposed to a full report.
We received no comments on these
aspects of our proposal and therefore are
finalizing the proposed technical
changes to §§ 422.2410, 422.2480,
422.2490, 423.2410, 423.2480, and
423.2490 without modification.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
2. Medicare Advantage Contract
Provisions (§ 422.504)
Under section 1857 of the Act, CMS
enters into a contract with a Medicare
Advantage (MA) organization, through
which the organization agrees to comply
with applicable requirements and
standards. CMS has established and
codified provisions of contracts between
the MA organization and CMS at
§ 422.504. We proposed to correct an
inconsistency in the text that identifies
the contract provisions deemed material
to the performance of an MA contract.
Section 422.504(a) states that
compliance with paragraphs (1) through
((13)) is material to the performance of
the MA contract; in addition,
§ 422.504(a)(16) states that compliance
with paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(15) is
material to the contract. Neither
provision addresses paragraphs (a)(17)
or (a)(18). These inconsistencies could
cause confusion on the part of MA
organizations and complicate CMS
enforcement of the regulations.
We proposed to correct the
inconsistent language by revising the
language in the introductory text in
§ 422.504(a) and deleting paragraph
§ 422.504(a)(16). With this revision, we
proposed to renumber current
paragraphs §§ 422.504(a)(17) and (a)(18).
The proposed revision to the paragraph
(a) introductory text was to provide that
compliance with all contract terms
listed in paragraph (a) is material.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
We received no comments on this
proposal and therefore are finalizing
these changes to § 422.504(a) as
proposed without modification.
3. Late Contract Non-Renewal
Notifications (§§ 422.506, 422.508, and
423.508)
According to section 1857(c)(1) of the
Act, CMS enters into contracts with MA
organizations for a period of 1 year. As
implemented by CMS for this provision,
these contracts automatically renew
absent notification by either CMS or the
MA organization to terminate the
contract at the end of the year. Section
1860D–12(b)(3)(B) of the Act makes this
same process applicable to CMS
contracts with Part D plan sponsors.
CMS has implemented these provisions
in regulations that permit MA
organizations and Part D plan sponsors
to non-renew their contracts, with CMS
approval and consent necessary
depending on the timeframe of the
sponsoring organization’s notice to CMS
that a non-renewal is desired. We
proposed to clarify our operational
policy that any request to terminate a
contract after the first Monday in June
is considered a request for termination
by mutual consent.
Under § 422.506(a)(2)(i) and
§ 423.507(a)(2)(i), contract non-renewals
effective at the end of the one-year
contract term must be submitted to CMS
in writing by the first Monday in June.
There may be instances where CMS
accepts a late non-renewal notice after
the first Monday in June for an MA
contract if the non-renewal is consistent
with the effective and efficient
administration of the contract under
§ 422.506(a)(3). There is no
corresponding regulatory provision
affording CMS such discretion for Part
D contracts (and we did not propose to
add one).
We have seen that many MA
organizations do not understand that
CMS treats non-renewals requested after
the first Monday in June as an
organization’s request for a mutual
termination pursuant to § 422.508 when
determining whether it is in the best
interest of the Medicare program to
permit non-renewals in applying
§ 422.506(a)(3). Organizations that
request a non-renewal of their contract
after the first Monday in June must
receive written confirmation from CMS
of the termination by mutual consent
pursuant to § 422.508(a) (and
§ 423.508(a) if an MA–PD plan) to be
effectively relieved of their obligation to
participate in the MA and, as
applicable, Part D programs during the
upcoming contract year. CMS has
received a number of late non-renewal
PO 00000
Frm 00238
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
requests and has received questions
from MA organizations inquiring why
their request was not treated as a
contract non-renewal, but rather as a
termination by mutual consent.
We proposed to modify
§ 422.506(a)(3) to remove language that
indicates late non-renewals may be
permitted by CMS so that there will
only be one process—mutual
termination under §§ 422.508—that is
applicable if CMS or the organization is
not taking action under § 422.506(b)
(Nonrenewal of contract) or § 422.510
(Termination of contract by CMS). Also,
we proposed to amend §§ 422.508(a)(3)
and 423.508(a) to clarify that
organizations that request to non-renew
a contract after the first Monday in June
are in effect requesting that CMS agree
to mutually terminate their contract.
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: A commenter expressed
support for our clarification that CMS
considers MA organization non-renewal
requests received after the first Monday
in June as a request for mutual
termination covered under § 422.508.
The commenter requested that CMS
clarify any differences in the
notification requirements and other
processes for contracts that non-renew
under § 422.506 and contracts that
mutually terminate under § 422.508.
Response: We appreciate the
commenter’s support for our proposal
clarifying that CMS treats non-renewal
requests received after the first Monday
in June as a request to mutually
terminate the contract. The provisions
under §§ 422.506(a)(2)(ii) and
422.508(a)(1) outline the notification
requirements for contracts that nonrenew and mutually terminate; CMS has
provided guidance on these provisions
in the Medicare Managed Care Manual,
Chapter 11 and annual non-renewal and
contract closeout guidance released in
our Health Plan Management System.
After considering this comment, we
are finalizing our proposal to remove
§ 422.506(a)(3) and to revise
§§ 422.508(a)(3) and 423.508(a) without
amendment.
4. Contract Request for a Hearing
(§§ 422.664(b) and 423.652(b))
Under the authority of section 1857(a)
of the Act, CMS enters into contracts
with MA organizations, which authorize
them to offer MA plans to Medicare
beneficiaries. Similarly, CMS contracts
with Part D plan sponsors according to
section 1860D–12(a) of the Act. CMS
determines that an organization is
qualified to hold an MA contract
through the application process
established at subpart K of 42 CFR part
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
422. CMS evaluates the qualifications of
potential Part D plan sponsors according
to subpart K of 42 CFR part 423. If CMS
denies an application, organizations
have the right to appeal CMS’s decision
under §§ 422.502(c)(3)(iii) and
423.503(c)(3)(iii) using the procedures
in subparts N of 42 CFR parts 422 and
423. We proposed to correct an
inconsistency in the text that identifies
CMS’s deadline for rendering its
determination on appeals of application
denials.
According to §§ 422.660(c) and
423.650(c), CMS must issue a
determination on appealed application
denials by September 1 in order to enter
into an MA contract for coverage
starting January 1 of the following year.
We codified this September 1 deadline
in the April 15, 2010, final rule (45 FR
19699). As stated in the 2009 proposed
rule (74 FR 54650 and 54651), we
proposed to modify §§ 422.660(c) and
423.660(c), which then specified that
the notice of any decision favorable to
a Part C or D applicant must be issued
by July 15 for the contract in question
to be effective on January 1 of the
following year. However, in that
rulemaking, we inadvertently
overlooked other regulatory provisions
that address the date by which a
favorable decision must be made on an
appeal of a CMS determination that an
entity is not qualified for a Part C or Part
D contract. Section 422.660(c) specifies
that a notice of any decision favorable
to the MA organization appealing a
determination that it is not qualified to
enter into a contract with CMS must be
issued by September 1 for the contract
to be effective on January 1. However,
§ 422.664(b)(1) specifies that if a final
decision is not reached by July 15, CMS
will not enter into a contract with the
applicant for the following year.
Similarly, there is an inconsistency in
regulations regarding the date by which
a Part D sponsor must receive a CMS
decision on an appeal. Section
423.650(c) specifies that a notice of any
decision favorable to the MA
organization appealing a determination
that it is not qualified to enter into a
contract with CMS must be issued by
September 1 to be effective on January
1. However, § 423.652(b)(1) specifies
that if a final decision is not reached on
CMS’s determination for an initial
contract by July 15, CMS will not enter
into a contract with the applicant for the
following year. We proposed to modify
§§ 422.664(b)(1) and 423.652(b)(1) to
align with the September 1 date codified
in §§ 422.660(c) and 423.650(c), which
was codified on April 15, 2010.
We received no comments on this
proposal and therefore are finalizing the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
amendments to §§ 422.664(b)(1) and
423.652(b)(1) without modification.
5. Physician Incentive Plans—Update
Stop-Loss Protection Requirements
(§ 422.208)
Pursuant to section 1852(j)(4), MA
organizations that operate physician
incentive plans must meet certain
requirements, which CMS has
implemented in § 422.208. MA
organizations must assure that adequate
and appropriate stop-loss insurance is
provided to all physicians or physician
groups that are at substantial financial
risk under the MA organization’s
physician incentive plan (PIP). The
current stop loss insurance deductible
limits are identified in a table codified
at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii); that regulation was
adopted in 2000, and was based on a
similar rule adopted for section 1876
risk plans pursuant to the similar
physician incentive plan requirements
under section 1876(i)(8). In recent years,
CMS has received a number of requests
to update the stop-loss insurance limits
in § 422.208 associated with physician
incentive plan (PIP) arrangements to
better account for medical costs and
utilization changes that have occurred
since the final rule was published in the
June 29, 2000, Federal Register (65 FR
40325).
We proposed to change the existing
regulation in three substantive ways:
• Update the stop-loss deductible
limits at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii) and codify
the methodology that CMS would use to
update the stop-loss deductible limits in
the future to account for changes in
medical cost and utilization;
• Authorize, at paragraph
§ 422.208(f)(3), MA organizations to use
actuarially equivalent arrangements to
protect against substantial financial loss
under the PIP due to the risks associated
with the large variety of potential risk
arrangements.
• Modify paragraph 422.208(f)(2) to
allow non-risk patient equivalents
(NPEs), such as Medicare Fee-ForService patients (FFS), who obtain some
services from the physician or physician
group to be included when determining
the deductible.
We received comments from 9
stakeholders regarding our proposal to
update the physician incentive plan
(PIP) rule. In this final rule we are
finalizing the stop loss limits
substantially as proposed but with
modifications to adopt definitions and
streamline the regulation text. The heart
of our proposal—to adopt a
methodology that can be applied to
updated claims information in order to
create tables that associate minimum
attachment points for stop-loss coverage
PO 00000
Frm 00239
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16677
based on the panel size of the physician
or physician groups that are at risk of
substantial financial loss—is being
finalized as proposed. Also, as we
discuss below, we are considering
future rulemaking to implement a more
extensive update of the PIP regulation.
Additionally, based on the comments
we received on the proposed rule and
our own review of the proposal, we are
clarifying the methodology we proposed
in determining when physicians and
physician groups are at substantial
financial risk and the resulting stop-loss
insurance requirements. We are
adopting limited changes to the
regulation text (compared to the
proposed regulation text) to clarify these
changes and improve the readability of
the text at § 422.208; we are also
adopting definitions for terms used in
the final rule. This final rule also
includes a correction to a typo in the
Panel Size row 16,100, Net Benefit
Premium column of the Combined StopLoss Insurance Deductible table (Table
PIP–11), which we discovered in our
review for purposes of finalizing the
proposed rule. As proposed, we will
apply the methodology in the final
regulation to provide sub-regulatory
guidance (for example, in the annual
CMS Call Letter) based on changes to
medical costs and health care utilization
patterns; these updates are anticipated
to be in the form of a combined stoploss insurance deductible table and a
separate stop-loss insurance deductible
table. As noted in the proposed rule, we
believe this update to the regulation
governing the stop loss insurance
requirements is needed at this time
given the changes in underlying medical
costs since the tables were originally
established. However, we are also aware
that approaches to risk sharing have
evolved since the physician incentive
regulation was first established. Because
of these health care contracting
developments, we are considering more
extensive changes to the physician
incentive rule in the future. To that end,
CMS will seek further dialogue with
stakeholders on this topic to inform
future rulemaking.
a. Determination of Substantial
Financial Risk and Stop-Loss Insurance
Requirements for Physicians and
Physician Groups
Under the current PIP regulation at
§ 422.208, aggregate stop-loss protection
must cover 90 percent of the costs of
referral services that exceed 25 percent
of potential payments. Per patient stoploss protection must cover 90 percent of
the cost of referral services that exceed
the per-patient deductible limit. The
current stop-loss insurance deductible
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16678
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
limits are identified in a table codified
at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii). The current
regulation contains a chart that
identifies per-patient stop-loss
deductible limits for single combined;
separate institutional; and separate
professional insurance. The current
regulation establishes requirements for
stop-loss attachment points
(deductibles) based on the patient panel
size. There is no requirement for stoploss protection when the physician or
physician group has a panel of risk
patients of more than 25,000; we did not
propose to change this requirement or
the general rule that aggregate stop-loss
protection must cover 90 percent of the
costs of referral services that exceed 25
percent of potential payments. We noted
in the proposed rule our belief that the
general provisions in the current
regulation—for example, the
determination of substantial financial
risk (see § 422.208(d)(2))—do not need
to be updated. We did seek comment
about whether the definitions of
‘‘substantial financial risk’’ and ‘‘risk
threshold’’ contained in the current
regulation should be revisited,
including whether the current
identification of 25 percent of potential
payments codified in paragraph (d)(2)
remains appropriate as the standard in
light of changes in medical cost.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received a question
asking if a bonus based on both quality
and utilization counts towards
substantial financial risk.
Response: The statute mandates
protection for physicians and physician
groups when risk of substantial
financial loss is tied to referrals;
therefore we must include incentives
that are triggered by the level of
referrals. This condition is not changed
if quality is an additional trigger for the
same referral based payment. However,
we do exclude quality-only bonuses
from determinations of substantial
financial risk.
Comment: We received two comments
asking if bonus-only risk arrangements
would be subject to the rule.
Response: Bonus-only arrangements
can tie part of physician compensation
to reductions or limits in services and
referrals. We interpret the statutory
direction to include bonus-only risk
arrangements in determining when a
physician or physician group is at risk
of substantial financial loss. Thus, an
excessive bonus-only risk arrangement
that exceeds the risk threshold and is
payable due to a reduction in physician
referrals for services, would be subject
to the rule. This would be particularly
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
true if the base payment before bonuses
was a relatively low amount.
Comment: Some commenters were
concerned that the physician incentive
rules could apply to payments made to
physicians related to the quality of their
care and patient satisfaction.
Response: The Medicare statute at
section 1852(j)(4) of the Social Security
Act, which established the physician
incentive regulation, requires that
financial incentives related to referrals a
physician makes are subject to the
physician incentive rule. However,
bonus payments or other payments to
physicians for the quality of care
furnished or patient satisfaction that are
not tied to the referrals a physician
makes are not subject to this rule.
Comment: A commenter asked us to
clarify the ‘‘substantial financial risk’’
test when an independent practice
association (IPA), a management
services organization (MSO), or any
other type of intermediary negotiates
with the MAO on behalf of physicians/
physician groups.
Response: The regulation provides
that a physician/physician group is
placed at substantial financial risk when
the physician/physician group may lose
(or fail to receive) 25% or more of
potential payments as a result of use
and cost of referral services. Payments
based on other factors, such as quality
of care furnished, are not considered in
this determination. The substantial
financial risk test is always focused on
the potential payments to physicians/
physician groups. The regulation
provides, at paragraph (b), that it applies
to an MA organization and any of its
subcontracting arrangements that utilize
a physician incentive plan in their
payment arrangements with individual
physicians or physician groups.
If stop-loss protection is required, it is
to be determined at either the
physician/physician group level or the
intermediary level as illustrated in the
following cases.
Case 1: In this case, the physicians/
physician groups have an agreement
with the intermediary for payments
which are not influenced by the
financial outcome of the intermediary.
The intermediary does not share any
additional payments with or reduce
payments to the physician/physician
group based on use and costs of referral
services. Withholds, bonuses,
capitation, or any other similar
arrangements are applied to payments
only at the intermediary level and not
to payments to those who provide
health care services. If the physician/
physician group will earn the same
income regardless of their referral
practices, there is no risk of substantial
PO 00000
Frm 00240
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
financial loss and stop-loss protection is
not required by this regulation.
Case 2: The intermediary shares
additional payments based on use and
costs of referral services with the
contracted physicians/physician groups.
The amount of the additional payment
paid to each physician/physician group
is related to the referral services
associated with that individual
physician/physician group. In this case,
the physicians/physician groups are at
financial risk based on their referral
patterns. The analysis must be
performed at the physician/physician
group level to evaluate whether that risk
is a substantial financial risk of 25% or
more of potential payments for each
physician/physician group.
Case 3: The intermediary shares
additional payments based on use and
costs of referral services with the
contracted physicians/physician groups,
but the amount of additional payments
per physician/physician group are not
related to the referral services of the
individual physician/physician group.
The additional payments are shared
equally by all physicians/physician
groups contracted with the intermediary
based on the financial outcome of the
intermediary. In this case,
determination of substantial financial
risk may be done at the intermediary
level because the risk is evenly shared
among all contracted physicians/
physician groups. That is, the
physicians/physician groups may pool
their membership to determine if they
are at substantial financial risk.
Case 4: The physicians/physician
groups have an ownership stake in the
intermediary. The intermediary shares
additional payments based on use and
costs of referral services with the
contracted physicians/physician groups.
The amount of the additional payment
paid to each physician/physician group
is related to the referral services
associated with that individual
physician/physician group. In this case,
the physicians/physician groups are at
financial risk based on their referral
patterns. The analysis must be
performed at the physician/physician
group level to evaluate whether that risk
is a substantial financial risk of 25% or
more of potential payments for each
physician/physician group.
Case 5: The physicians/physician
groups have an ownership stake in the
intermediary. The intermediary shares
additional payments based on use and
costs of referral services with the
contracted physicians/physician groups,
but the amount of additional payments
per physician/physician group are not
related the referral services of the
individual physician/physician group.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
The additional payments are shared
equally by all physicians/physician
groups contracted with the intermediary
based on the financial outcome of the
intermediary. In this case,
determination of substantial financial
risk may be done at the intermediary
level because the risk is evenly shared
among all contracted physicians/
physician groups. That is, the
physicians/physician groups may pool
their membership to determine if they
are at substantial financial risk.
Comment: A few commenters asked if
MA plans are required to pay for the
stop loss coverage.
Response: MA organizations are
responsible for assuring that the
coverage is in place. The regulation does
not require MA organizations to pay for
this coverage. Payment for the coverage
may be negotiated between the MA
organization and its network providers
that participate in the physician
incentive plan.
Comment: We received one comment
with regard to ensuring that MA plans
have incentive programs that are open
to all providers, including nurse
practitioners, and not just physicians.
Response: This comment is outside
the scope of this regulation.
We are not finalizing any changes to
the definition of substantial financial
risk or risk threshold.
b. Update Deductible Limits and Codify
Methodology
Our proposal to update the stop-loss
deductible limits at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii)
and codify the methodology that CMS
would use to update the stop-loss
deductible limits in the future was the
most significant proposed change. We
explained in the preamble that medical
cost increases and changes in utilization
that have occurred since adoption of the
current rule raised concerns that the
current regulation requires stop-loss
insurance that is more conservative and
more expensive than is necessary. The
statute provides us with the authority to
adopt standards identifying the
adequate and appropriate amount of
stop-loss coverage, taking into account
patient panel size and other factors. In
developing the new attachment points
for the stop-loss protection required
under the statute, we stated our belief
that it is appropriate to furnish more
flexibility for MA organizations and the
physicians and physician groups that
participate in PIPs to select between
single combined stop-loss insurance and
separate stop-loss insurance for
institutional services and professional
services.
We explained in the proposed rule the
analysis we went through to develop
tables that could be used to identify the
specific deductibles for the required
stop-loss protection. To develop the
specific attachment points, we used a
data-driven analysis using Medicare
Part A and B claims data from 340,000
randomly selected beneficiaries. We
believe that this sample size provided a
statistically significant sample for
purposes of the analysis. We assumed a
multi-specialty practice, and estimated
medical group income based on FFS
claims, including payments for all Part
A and B services. We used projections
16679
of net income based on services
provided personally by individual
physicians and directly by physician
groups because that is how we have
determined ‘‘potential payments’’ as
defined in the existing regulation. We
then used the central limit theorem to
calculate the distribution of claim
means for a multi-specialty group of any
given panel size. This distribution was
used to obtain, with 98 percent
confidence, the point at which a multispecialty group of a given panel size
that engaged in a global capitation
arrangement would, through referral
services, lose more than 25 percent of its
potential payments. We set that point—
the threshold for loss of 25 percent of
potential payments—as the single
combined per patient deductible as
illustrated in the Combined Stop-Loss
Insurance Deductible Table (Table PIP–
11), which was included in the
preamble of the proposed rule. We
performed an analysis for multiple
panel sizes, which are also listed on
Table PIP–11. We proposed to describe
the methodology used for calculating
Table PIP–11 in the regulation, at
paragraphs (f)(2)(iii) and (iv), but did
not propose to codify the table itself so
that CMS could update the table in the
future as necessary using the
methodology and updated data. We
proposed that the new rule (including
the published Table PIP–11) would
apply for contract years beginning on or
after January 1, 2019 and until CMS
published an update through the annual
Call Letter or through other subregulatory guidance to MAOs.
TABLE PIP–11—COMBINED STOP-LOSS INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLES
Single
combined
deductible
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Panel size
400 ...................................................................................................................................................................
800 ...................................................................................................................................................................
1,400 ................................................................................................................................................................
2,000 ................................................................................................................................................................
3,300 ................................................................................................................................................................
4,600 ................................................................................................................................................................
5,800 ................................................................................................................................................................
6,900 ................................................................................................................................................................
7,900 ................................................................................................................................................................
10,100 ..............................................................................................................................................................
12,300 ..............................................................................................................................................................
13,500 ..............................................................................................................................................................
14,800 ..............................................................................................................................................................
16,100 ..............................................................................................................................................................
16,800 ..............................................................................................................................................................
17,400–25,000 .................................................................................................................................................
>25,000 ............................................................................................................................................................
We proposed at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii)(A)
that Table 1 be used to determine the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
maximum attachment point/maximum
deductible for per-patient-combined
PO 00000
Frm 00241
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
$5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
100,000
150,000
200,000
300,000
500,000
1,000,000
2,000,000
No Stop Loss
Net benefit
premium
(NBP)
PMPY
$5,922
4,891
4,122
3,514
2,612
1,984
1,539
1,216
977
553
267
159
79
28
12
4
0
stop-loss insurance coverage that must
be provided for 90 percent of the costs
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16680
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
above the deductible or an actuarial
equivalent deductible limit can be
determined. The methodology for
developing the table was described in
proposed § 422.208(f)(2)(iv). For panel
sizes that fall between the table values,
proposed § 422.208(f)(2)(iii)(A) directed
use of linear interpolation to identify
the required deductible. In addition, our
proposed § 422.208(f)(2)(iii)(B) provided
for use of Table 1 when using non-risk
patients equivalents in determining the
panel size.
In addition to the maximum
deductible permitted for per-patient
combined stop-loss protection,
proposed Table 1 included a ‘‘net
benefit premium’’ (NBP) column. We
explained in the proposed rule how the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
NBP would be used to identify the
attachment points for separate stop-loss
insurance for institutional services and
professional services when using the
Separate Stop-Loss Insurance
Deductibles Table (Table PIP–12). We
explained how the NBP column would
not be used when combined insurance
was used to satisfy the stop-loss
protection requirements in § 422.208.
The NBP is computed by dividing the
total amount of stop-loss claims (90
percent of claims above the deductible)
for that panel size by the panel size. We
also explained how Table PIP–12 was
calculated using a methodology similar
to the calculation of Table PIP–11 and
proposed to codify the methodology for
developing Table PIP–12 in proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00242
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 422.208(f)(2)(v) and (vi). Similar to our
approach in Table PIP–11, we used FeeFor-Service Medicare Part A and Part B
claims data to develop Table PIP–12.
We estimated professional potential
payments and institutional potential
payments using the same data set as was
used for populating Table PIP–11. The
central limit theorem was used to obtain
the distribution of claim means, and
deductibles were obtained at the 98
percent confidence level. The
methodology and assumptions for Table
PIP–12 were proposed to be codified in
§ 422.208(f)(2)(vi) as the standards for
developing and updating Table PIP–12
in the future as necessary.
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Institutional Deductibles (in thousands)
Jkt 244001
[Cells contain exact Net Benefit Premiums]
PO 00000
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
100
150
200
300
500
1,00
0
2,000
No
Stop
Loss
5,899
5,022
4,351
3,817
3,021
2,471
2,083
1,804
1,59
8
1,233
987
894
824
778
762
757
752
2
5,705
4,829
4,157
3,624
2,828
2,277
1,890
1,610
1,40
4
1,039
794
700
630
584
569
563
558
Professional
Deductible
3
5,593
4,717
4,045
3,512
2,716
2,165
1,778
1,498
1,29
2
927
682
588
518
472
457
451
446
(in thousands)
5
5,468
4,591
3,920
3,386
2,590
2,040
1,653
1,373
1,16
7
802
556
463
393
347
331
326
321
8
5,375
4,499
3,828
3,294
2,498
1,948
1,560
1,281
1,07
5
710
464
371
301
254
239
234
229
10
5,338
4,462
3,790
3,257
2,461
1,910
1,523
1,243
1,03
7
672
427
333
263
217
202
196
191
12
5,311
4,434
3,763
3,230
2,433
1,883
1,496
1,216
1,01
0
645
400
306
236
190
175
169
164
15
5,281
4,404
3,733
3,199
2,403
1,853
1,466
1,186
980
615
370
276
206
160
144
139
134
20
5,248
4,371
3,700
3,167
2,370
1,820
1,433
1,153
947
582
337
243
173
127
112
106
101
25
5,227
4,350
3,679
3,145
2,349
1,799
1,412
1,132
926
561
316
222
152
106
90
85
80
Frm 00243
1
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
TABLE PIP-12: SEPARATE STOP-LOSS INSURANCE DEDUCTIBLES
16681
ER16AP18.013
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16682
Jkt 244001
Frm 00244
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16APR2
would be identified from the third
column of Table PIP–11, based on the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
We also explained how our proposal
would use Table PIP–12. The NBP
PO 00000
35
5,201
4,324
3,653
3,119
2,323
1,773
1,385
1,106
900
535
289
196
126
80
64
59
54
50
5,181
4,304
3,633
3,099
2,303
1,753
1,366
1,086
880
515
269
176
106
60
44
39
34
75
5,166
4,289
3,618
3,084
2,288
1,738
1,351
1,071
865
500
254
161
91
45
29
24
19
100
5,159
4,283
3,611
3,078
2,282
1,731
1,344
1,064
858
493
248
154
84
38
23
17
12
200
5,151
4,274
3,603
3,070
2,274
1,723
1,336
1,056
850
485
240
146
76
30
15
9
4
No stop
loss
5,147
4,270
3,599
3,066
2,269
1,719
1,332
1,052
846
481
236
142
72
26
11
5
0
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
BILLING CODE 4120–01–C
VerDate Sep<11>2014
ER16AP18.014
--------------------
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
panel size for the applicable physician
or physician group. Our proposal
permitted use of linear interpolation for
panel sizes that did not appear on Table
PIP–11. The cell in Table PIP–12 with
a numerical entry that is greater than or
equal to the NBP would be selected; the
associated combination of professional
and institutional deductible levels for
that NBP would be the maximum
deductibles for the required stop-loss
protection for each of those respective
claims. The coverage identified using
Table PIP–12 this way was proposed as
the required stop-loss protection for
separate per-patient coverage pursuant
to proposed § 422.208(f)(2). We
proposed to codify the use of Table PIP–
12 for deductibles for separate stop-loss
insurance professional services and
institutional services based on the NBP
in paragraph (f)(2)(v).
We solicited specific comments on
the proposed regulation, as follows:
• Whether the methodology for
developing Tables PIP–1 and PIP–2 as
codified in proposed paragraphs
(f)(2)(iv), (vi), and (vii) provided
sufficient detail;
• Whether the proposed regulation
text clearly identified how the tables
should be used; and
• Whether we should finalize a
specific schedule, such as annually or
every 3 years, for updating the tables
using the proposed methodologies, in
order to ensure that the maximum
deductibles are consistent with medical
cost and utilization trends.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received several
comments in favor of CMS updating the
deductible amounts.
Response: We thank the commenters
for the support. We are updating the
deducible amounts and finalizing this
regulation as proposed with
clarifications and changes described in
this final rule.
Comment: Several commenters agreed
with CMS that the stop loss tables
should be regularly updated for cost and
utilization. Some suggested a 2- to 3year cycle.
Response: We concur with this
comment, will monitor cost and
utilization every 2 to 3 years, and will
implement future updates to the stop
loss tables when CMS determines that
changes in medical costs and changes in
patterns of health care utilization justify
an update.
Comment: Some commenters stated
that CMS should consider changes to
the physician incentive plan rule to
better reflect changes in the incentive
arrangements that are currently being
used. These commenters also asked that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
CMS consider a broad update to the rule
and its underlying methodology and
allow for greater stakeholder input.
They also stated that the changes being
proposed further complicate an already
complicated regulation and add
technical jargon.
Response: CMS will seek further
dialogue with stakeholders on this topic
to inform future rulemaking. We are
mindful of the need to minimize
complexity and make our rules as
transparent as possible. However, a
degree of complication cannot be
avoided in our attempt to add the
flexibility needed to handle the many
variations in risk sharing arrangements
between MA plans and physicians. We
replaced the term ‘‘DGCP’’ with the term
‘‘risk patients,’’ which we believe is
clearer.
Comment: A commenter requested
that CMS add the following language to
the regulation at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii)(A)
‘‘Stop-loss protection must cover 90
percent of costs of referral services
above the deductible or an actuarial
equivalent amount of the costs of
referral services that exceed the perpatient deductible limit. The single
combined deductible, for policies that
pay 90 percent of costs of referral
services above the deductible.’’
Response: We agree and have made
this change to the regulation. We are
finalizing paragraph (f)(2)(iii) with this
statement. We are also finalizing the text
to refer more consistently to ‘‘the
required stop-loss protection’’ to be
clear that the protection described in
this statement with the deductibles
identified in the tables is required.
Comment: Several commenters
questioned CMS’ interpretation of the
definition of potential payments to
physicians.
Response: It is not our intention to
change the definition of potential
payments in the current regulation. Per
the regulation, potential payments
means the maximum payments possible
to physicians or physician groups
including payments for services they
furnish directly, and additional
payments based on use and costs of
referral services such as withholds,
bonuses, capitation or any other
compensation to the physician or
physician group. It does not include
payments that ‘‘pass through’’ the
physician or physician group to
compensate other health care providers
for referred services. In the development
of Tables PIP–11 and PIP–12, potential
payments were derived from payments
for Parts A and B services provided
directly by the physician in the sample
claims data. Our interpretation of
potential payments is a reasonable
PO 00000
Frm 00245
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16683
approximation of what portion of the
full global capitation amount can be
expected to be earned by the physician
or physician group including withholds
and bonuses. We use this amount to
trigger substantial financial risk in the
determination of the maximum
deductible in the Tables.
Comment: Commenters requested that
CMS to clarify how it defines ‘‘global
capitation’’.
Response: We are finalizing a
definition for the term ‘‘Global
capitation’’ in § 422.208(a) to avoid
ambiguity. Global capitation means a
specific type of ‘‘capitation’’ that
includes both professional and
institutional services. Services covered
by global capitation may also include
prescription drug benefits and
supplemental benefits as well as basic
benefits (as those terms are defined in
§ 422.100(c)). For purposes of Tables
PIP–11 and PIP–12 global capitation
includes all Parts A and B services
except hospice. If the capitation for a
physician group is different from all
Parts A and B services except hospice,
the group must use an actuarially
equivalent amount of stop loss coverage.
Comment: A commenter asked for
more detail with respect to the
description of the methodology
including a detailed calculation for one
of the cells in the table.
Response: The methodology and
calculation of the panel size for the
Single Combined Deductible of
$100,000 in the Combined Stop-Loss
Insurance Deductible Table (Table PIP–
11) is presented here and the parameters
for the methodology for this table is
finalized in paragraph (f)(2)(iv). Per the
PIP regulation, if the physician
incentive plan places a physician or
physician group at substantial financial
risk for services the physician or
physician group does not furnish itself
the MA organization must assure that
the physician or physician group has
stop loss protection. Substantial
financial risk is defined to be 25 percent
of potential payments.
We used the central limit theorem to
determine the required panel size for
each deductible level in Table PIP–11
and Table PIP–12. Our goal is to
determine the number of individuals
required for each deductible so that
there is a 98 percent probability that
actual referral claims net of deductible
are less than the sum of expected
referral claims net of deductible plus 25
percent of potential payments.
We model the distribution of claim
amounts using the following statistical
formula and the Central Limit Theorem:
Aggregate referral claims for a group of
n individuals
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16684
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
a sample of 340,000 randomly selected
beneficiaries from the Medicare Part A
and B claims data excluding hospice,
m is the population mean for physician paid
referral claims net of the deductible,
s is the standard deviation for physician paid
referral claims net of the deductible
level.
(f)(2)(iv) and (vi). We are also finalizing
definitions for the terms ‘‘global
capitation,’’ ‘‘net benefit premium,’’ and
‘‘non-risk patient equivalents’’ as those
terms are discussed above. Finally, we
are also finalizing changes to the
regulation compared to the proposal to
better organize and clarify the
requirements.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
c. Actuarially Equivalent Arrangements
We stated in the proposed rule that,
over the past several years, MA
organizations have requested that CMS
update the tables as well as provide
additional flexibilities around
protection arrangements. We noted our
belief that providing the flexibility to
MA organizations to use actuarially
equivalent arrangements is appropriate,
as the nature of the PIP negotiated
between the MA organization and
physicians or physician groups might
necessitate other arrangements to
properly and adequately protect
physicians from substantial financial
risk. Examples we provided where
actuarially equivalent modifications
might be necessary included: Global
capitation arrangements that include
some, but not all Part A and B services;
global capitation arrangements that
include supplemental benefits and/or
drug benefits; capitation arrangements
that include only physician services;
stop-loss policies with different
coinsurances; stop-loss policies that use
medical loss ratios (MLRs), which
generally pay specific stop-loss amounts
only to the extent that the overall
aggregate MLR for the physician group
exceeds a certain amount; stop-loss
policies for exclusively primary care
physicians; and risk arrangements on a
quota share basis, which occurs when
less than full capitation risk is
PO 00000
Frm 00246
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
transferred from a plan to a physician or
physician group. We proposed to amend
§ 422.208 to provide, as a new
paragraph (f)(3), that stop-loss
protection would comply with the
requirements so long as it were certified
as actuarially equivalent to the coverage
described in paragraph (2), meaning the
coverage described in the tables
developed using the methodology
codified in paragraph (f)(2). We
proposed that certification of the
actuarially equivalent protection must
be done by an actuary who meets the
qualification standards established by
the American Academy of Actuaries,
follows the standards of the Actuarial
Standards Board, develops the
deductibles of the alternate coverage to
be actuarially equivalent to the coverage
in the tables, and makes the
computations in accordance with
generally accepted actuarial principles
and practices.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: We received many
comments in favor of and two against
allowing actuarial equivalent
arrangements. Supporters welcome the
flexibility for compliance with the PIP
regulation. A commenter was concerned
with added complexity and
administrative burden, the other
commenter pointed out a typographical
error.
Response: CMS is finalizing as
proposed to allow actuarial equivalent
arrangements. Given that the finalized
tables address only multi-specialty
provider groups selecting per-person
stop-loss insurance, allowing actuarial
equivalence is critical to meeting the
requirements of this regulation. The
typographical error referring to stop-loss
protection for non-capitated
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
ER16AP18.023
Therefore, the cell on the combined
table with a deductible of $100,000
corresponds to at least 10,100 patients.
The net premium is then calculated as
90% of the sum of the claims above
$100,000, divided by the number of
patients.
Comment: We received a comment
recommending that CMS consult with
stop loss coverage experts in developing
this regulation. We believe that this
regulation, as finalized, is consistent
with the applicable actuarial principles
and practices.
Response: Over the years, CMS has
had numerous discussions with
qualified actuaries regarding our
method of determining stop-loss
insurance requirements.
After consideration of the comments,
we are finalizing changes to the
regulation text at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii)
through (vi) substantially as proposed.
We are finalizing the five new
definitions; the codification of the
methodology CMS would use to update
the stop-loss deductible limits; and the
requirements for using the tables to
identify the stop-loss protection
required when a multi-specialty
physician practice in a global capitation
arrangement is at risk for substantial
financial loss; and regulation text
reiterating that stop-loss protection must
cover at least 90 percent of the costs of
referral services above the deductible or
an actuarially equivalent amount of the
costs of referral services that exceed the
per-patient deductible limit. We are
finalizing definitions for the terms
‘‘Combined Stop-Loss Insurance
Deductible Table (Table PIP–11)’’ and
the ‘‘Separate Stop-Loss Insurance
Deductible Table (Table PIP–12)’’ to
refer to the tables developed using the
methodologies codified at paragraphs
ER16AP18.019
(nm + n0.25r ¥ nm) / (s√n) = Z0.98 = 2.05
(Note that this is a one-tail test)
ER16AP18.015
For this example, the standard
deviation for an attachment point of
Standardizing and solving for the Z
value we attain the formula
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Where
Xi is the annual referral claim amount net of
deductible paid by the physicians with
mean (m) and variance (s2) for an
individual, calculated on a per capita
basis. Xi is assumed to be independently
and identically distributed for each
individual. Statistics are calculated using
$100,000 is $17,158, r is our estimate of
potential payments which does not vary
relative to the deductible and is
calculated to be $1,400 PMPY, n is the
panel size, and N(n × m, n × s2) denotes
the Normal distribution with mean, n ×
m, and variance, n × s2.
Given the definitions and
assumptions above, we solve for the
following probability:
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
arrangements has been corrected in the
final regulation text. We are finalizing
§ 422.208(f)(3) as proposed to permit
MA organizations to use other stop-loss
protection arrangements so long as the
following conditions are met: The
deductibles for the alternate coverage
are actuarially equivalent to the
coverage described in paragraph (f)(2);
the actuary makes the computations in
accordance with generally accepted
actuarial principles and practices; and
the actuary is certified as meeting these
requirements by actuaries who meet the
qualification standards established by
the American Academy of Actuaries and
follow the practice standards
established by the Actuarial Standards
Board.
After consideration of the comments,
we are finalizing the regulation text in
§ 422.208(f)(3) substantively as
proposed with revisions to correct
grammatical errors and to refer to the
defined tables as appropriate.
d. Non-Risk Patient Equivalents
Included in Panel Size
We stated in the proposed rule that
we believe the number of a physician’s
or physician group’s non-risk patients
should be taken into account when
determining the stop-loss deductible(s)
for risk arrangements. For example, a
group with 50,000 non-risk patients and
5,000 risk patients, needs less protection
than a group with only 3,000 non-risk
patients and 5,000 risk patients. We
proposed, at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii) and (v),
to allow Non-risk patient equivalents
(NPEs), such as Medicare FFS patients
or commercial FFS patients, who obtain
some services from the physician or
physician group to be included in the
panel size when determining the
deductible. Under our proposal, NPEs
are equal to the projected annual
aggregate payments to a physician or
physician group for non-global risk
patients, both Medicare and nonMedicare, divided by an estimate of
what the average capitation per member
per year (PMPY) would be for all nonglobal risk patients. Both the numerator
and denominator are for physician
services that are rendered by the
physician or physician group. We
proposed that the deductible for the
stop-loss insurance that is required
under this regulation will be the lesser
of: (1) The deductible for globally
capitated patients plus $100,000; or (2)
the deductible calculated for globally
capitated patients plus NPEs. The
deductible for these groups will be
separately calculated using the tables
and requirements in our proposed
regulation at paragraphs (f)(2)(iii) and
(v) and treating the two groups (globally
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
capitated patients and globally capitated
patients plus NPEs) separately as the
panel size. We proposed the same
flexibility for combined per-patient
stop-loss insurance and the separate
stop-loss insurances. We are finalizing
this as proposed.
We received the following comments
and our responses follow:
Comment: Several commenters asked
CMS to clarify how non-risk patient
equivalents (NPEs) are calculated and
used.
Response: NPEs are a measure of the
number of non-risk patients, both
Medicare and non-Medicare. To
calculate NPEs, estimate the annual
claims for physician rendered services
for non-risk patients. Then estimate
what a PMPY capitation for physician
rendered services would be if non-risk
patients were capitated for physician
rendered services. The quotient is the
number of NPEs. As noted above, we are
finalizing a definition for the term to
avoid ambiguity.
For example, assume that the
physician claims for non-risk patients is
expected to be roughly $22 million.
Assume that the average capitation for
physician rendered services is $2,000.
The number of NPEs would be $22
million divided by $2,000, which is
11,000 non-risk patient equivalents.
This calculation provides a standard
cost level for non-risk patients
regardless of their utilization.
To use, assume that the physician
medical practice has 7,000 risk patients.
One would first look up the deductible
(or attachment point) for combined
coverage using 7,000 patients. Then,
look up the attachment point using
18,000 = (7,000 + 11,000) patients. The
final attachment point is the lesser of
the attachment point with 18,000
patients, or $100,000 plus the
attachment point with 7,000 patients.
Therefore the NPEs can add a maximum
of $100,000 to the combined attachment
point.
Comment: A commenter asked for
clarification about how CMS, in its stoploss methodology, determines what is a
risk pool and how it affects the number
of risk patients. Another commenter
asked about the pooling level.
Response: It is not our intent to alter
the authority to pool patients provided
in § 422.208(g), which allows a
physician or physician group to pool,
under certain circumstances, the
Medicare and Non-Medicare patients for
whom they accept capitation risk to
determine panel size. Stated differently,
pooling allows at-risk commercial, atrisk Medicare, and at-risk Medicaid
patients to be considered in the
determination of the panel size. With
PO 00000
Frm 00247
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16685
the amendment we are finalizing in
§ 422.208(f)(2), we are authorizing the
use of Non-risk Patient Equivalents
(NPE) so that the panel size includes
non-risk patients served by the
physician or physician group. With
regard to the level of pooling, if there is
an intermediary involved, the pooling
may be accomplished at the physician/
physician group level or the
intermediary level. See the response to
the question regarding how the PIP
regulation is applied when an
intermediary is involved for guidance in
section II.C.5.a of this final rule.
Comment: Some commenters
questioned how MA plans can satisfy
their regulatory obligation given the
situation in which physicians or
physician groups will not share
sufficient patient income information
for the MA plan to determine NPE.
Some suggested other measurements.
Response: CMS will allow MA plan
sponsors to accept attestations regarding
the calculation of NPE from physicians
or physician groups.
Comment: A commenter
recommended that CMS amend the
regulation at (f) by adding a dollar sign
when using the term DGCP + 100,000 so
that it states DGCP + $100,000, and is
therefore clear what unit is being
applied. (See (f)(2)(iii)(B) and
(f)(2)(v)(B).)
Response: We agree and have made
the change to the physician incentive
regulation as proposed in the comment.
We have also removed the reference to
DGCP and replaced it with the phrase
‘‘risk patients’’ for continuity with the
original regulation.
We are finalizing amendments to
§ 422.208 to permit use of the non-risk
patient panel size in identifying the
required stop-loss protection in
paragraph (f)(2)(iii).
6. Changes to the Agent/Broker
Compensation Requirements
(§§ 422.2274 and 423.2274)
Sections 103(b)(1)(B) and 103(b)(2) of
the Medicare Improvements for Patients
and Providers Act (MIPPA) revised
section 1851(j)(2)(D) of the Act to charge
the Secretary with establishing
guidelines to ‘‘ensure that the use of
compensation creates incentives for
agents/brokers to enroll individuals in
the MA plan that is intended to best
meet their health care needs.’’ Section
103(b)(2) of MIPPA revised section
1860D–4(l)(2) of the Act to apply these
same guidelines to Part D sponsors.
CMS implemented these MIPPA-related
changes in a May 23, 2014 final rule (79
FR 29960). The 2014 final rule revised
the provisions previously established in
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16686
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the interim final rule (IFR) adopted on
September 18, 2008 (73 FR 54226).
The IFR had established the previous
compensation structure for agents/
brokers as it applied to the MA and Part
D programs. In particular, the IFR
limited compensation for renewal
enrollments to no greater than 50
percent of the rate paid for the initial
enrollment on a 6-year cycle. This
structure had proven to be complicated
to implement and monitor, as it
required the MA organization or Part D
sponsor to track the compensation paid
for every enrollee’s initial enrollment
and calculate the renewal rate based on
that initial payment. To the extent that
there was confusion about the required
levels of compensation or the timing of
compensation, it seemed that there was
an uneven playing field for MA
organizations and Part D sponsors
operating in the same geographic area.
In addition to the many inquiries from
MA organizations and Part D sponsors
regarding the correct calculation of
agent/broker compensation, CMS found
it necessary to take compliance actions
against MA organizations and Part D
sponsors for failure to comply with the
compensation requirements. CMS’s
audit findings and monitoring efforts
performed after implementation of the
IFR showed that MA organizations and
Part D sponsors were having difficulty
correctly administering the
compensation requirements.
Also, we were concerned that the
structure as it existed before the 2014
revisions created an incentive for
agents/brokers to move enrollees from a
plan of one parent organization to a plan
of another parent organization, even for
like plan-type changes. That
compensation structure resulted in
different payments when a beneficiary
moved from one plan to another like
plan in a different organization. In such
situations, the new parent organization
would pay the agent 50 percent of the
current initial rate of the new parent
organization, not 50 percent of the
initial rate paid by the prior parent
organization. Thus, in cases where the
fair market value (FMV) for
compensation had increased, or the
other parent organization paid a higher
commission, an incentive existed for the
agent to move beneficiaries from one
parent organization to another, rather
than supporting the beneficiary’s
continued enrollment in the prior
parent organization.
In a 2014 proposed rule (79 FR 1918),
we proposed to simplify agent/broker
compensation rules to help ensure that
plan payments were correct and
establish a level playing field that
further limited the incentive for agents/
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
brokers to move enrollees for financial
gain rather than for the beneficiary’s
best interest. In the final rule published
on May 23, 2014, we codified technical
changes to the language established by
the IFR relating to agent/broker
compensation, choosing instead to link
payment rates for renewal enrollments
to current FMV rates rather than the rate
paid for the original (that is, initial)
enrollment. These changes also
effectively removed the 6-year cycle
from the payment structure. We codified
these changes in §§ 422.2274(a), (b), and
(h) for MA organizations and
§§ 423.2274(a), (b), and (h) for Part D
sponsors.
At that time, we should have also
proposed to remove the language at
§§ 422.2274(b)(2)(i), 422.2274(b)(2)(ii),
423.2274(b)(2)(i), and 423.2274(b)(2)(ii),
but we failed to do so. This language is
no longer relevant, as the current
compensation structure is not based on
the initial payment, but having the
language in the regulations has created
confusion with plans and brokers.
We proposed to make a technical
correction to the existing regulatory
language at §§ 422.2274(b) and
423.2274(b). We proposed to remove the
language at §§ 422.2274(b)(2)(i),
422.2274(b)(2)(ii), 423.2274(b)(2)(i), and
423.2274(b)(2)(ii). Additionally, we
proposed to renumber the existing
provisions under §§ 422.2274(b) and
423.2274(b) for clarity.
Although not summarized in the
preamble of the proposed rule, we also
proposed to correct the language in the
newly redesignated § 423.2274(b)(2)(iii).
The current regulation text reads,
‘‘When a beneficiary disenrolls from an
MA plan. . . .’’ Because the reference is
within the Part D regulations (section
423), the regulation should refer to Part
D sponsors. We proposed regulation text
to correct the text so that the reference
to ‘‘an MA plan’’ instead refers to ‘‘a
Part D sponsor.’’ (82 FR 56526)
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: A few commenters
indicated support for the proposed
change citing decreased burden on
plans and requested that we adopt the
change as proposed.
Response: We appreciate the support
for this provision.
Comment: A commenter indicated
support for the provision but also
requested that CMS investigate current
compensation and administrative fees
charged by field marketing
organizations (FMO) for exchanges.
Response: We appreciate the support
for the provision. The request to
investigate the compensation and
administrative fees of exchange FMOs is
PO 00000
Frm 00248
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
outside the scope of this regulation but
we will take it under consideration.
All of the comments we received were
generally supportive, and therefore we
are finalizing the proposal to
redesignate paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) as
(b)(1)(iv); redesignate paragraphs
(b)(2)(iii) as (b)(1)(iii); remove
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii); and
redesignate paragraphs (b)(3) as
paragraphs (b)(2) in §§ 422.2274 and
423.2274, without modification. In
addition, we are finalizing the technical
correction to newly redesignated
paragraph § 423.2274(b)(2)(iii) to replace
the reference to an MA plan with a
reference to a Part D sponsor.
7. Changes to the Agent/Broker
Requirements (§§ 422.2272(e) and
423.2272(e))
Section 1851(h)(7) of the Act directs
CMS to act in collaboration with the
states to address fraudulent or
inappropriate marketing practices. In
particular, section 1851(h)(7)(A)(i) of the
Act requires that MA organizations only
use agents/brokers who have been
licensed under state law to sell MA
plans offered by those organizations.
Section 1860D–4(l)(4) of the Act
references the requirements in section
1851(h)(7) of the Act and applies them
to Part D sponsors. We have codified the
requirement in §§ 422.2272(c) and
423.2272(c).
In the April 15, 2011, final rule (76 FR
21503 and 21504), we codified a
provision in §§ 422.2272(e) and
423.2272(e) that required MA
organizations and Part D sponsors to
terminate any employed agent/broker
who became unlicensed. The provision
also required MA organizations and Part
D sponsors to notify any beneficiaries
enrolled by the unqualified agent/broker
of that agent/broker’s status. Finally, the
provision specified that the MA
organization or Part D sponsor must
comply with any request from the
beneficiary regarding the beneficiary’s
options to confirm enrollment or make
a plan change if the beneficiary requests
such upon notification of the agent/
broker’s status.
As discussed in the proposed rule, we
have become aware since
implementation of the provision in
§§ 422.2272(e) and 423.2272(e) that the
regulation does not allow latitude for
punitive action by the sponsoring
organization in situations when a
license lapses. The MA organization or
Part D sponsor may terminate the agent/
broker and immediately rehire the
individual thereafter if licensure has
been already reinstated or prohibit the
agent/broker from ever selling the MA
organization’s or Part D sponsor’s
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
products again. Discussions with the
industry indicate that these two options
are impractical due to their narrow
limits. We believe agents/brokers play a
significant role in providing guidance to
beneficiaries and are in a unique
position to positively influence
beneficiary choice. However, the statute
directs CMS to require MA
organizations and Part D sponsors to
only use agents/brokers who are
licensed under state law. We do not
intend to change the regulation, at
§§ 422.2272(c) and 423.2272(c), that
requires agent/broker licensure as a
condition of being hired by a plan, and
will continue to review the licensure
status of agents/brokers during those
monitoring activities that focus on MA
organizations’ and Part D sponsors’
marketing activities. CMS believes MA
organizations and Part D sponsors
should determine the level of
disciplinary action to take against
agents/brokers who fail to maintain
their license and have sold MA/Part D
products while unlicensed, so long as
the MA organization or Part D plan
complies with the remaining statutory
and regulatory requirements.
We proposed to delete §§ 422.2272(e)
and 423.2272(e), the provisions that
limit what MA organizations and Part D
sponsors can do upon discovery that a
previously licensed agent/broker has
become unlicensed. Nonetheless, CMS
may pursue compliance actions upon
discovery of MA organizations and Part
D sponsors who allow unlicensed
agents/brokers to continue selling their
products in violation of §§ 422.2272(c)
and 423.2272(c).
Note that deleting paragraph (e) from
§§ 422.2272 and 423.2272 removes
language describing the opportunity
beneficiaries have to select a different
MA or Part D plan when the broker who
enrolled them was unlicensed at the
time the beneficiaries enrolled.
Removing paragraph (e) from
§§ 422.2272 and 423.2272 does not
eliminate the special enrollment period
(SEP) that enrollees receive when it is
later discovered that their agent/broker
was not licensed at the time of the
enrollment as that SEP exists under the
authority of § 422.62(b)(4).
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: We received ten comments
supporting the change as proposed.
Response: We appreciate the support
from industry of this proposed change.
Upon consideration of the comments,
we are finalizing the removal of
paragraphs (e) from §§ 422.2272 and
423.2272 as proposed.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
16687
8. Codification of Certain Medicare
Premium Adjustments as Initial
Determinations (§ 405.924)
After consideration of the public
comments, we are finalizing the change
to § 405.924(a) as proposed.
Current regulations at § 405.924(a) set
forth Social Security Administration
(SSA) actions that constitute initial
determinations under section 1869(a)(1)
of the Act. These actions at § 405.924(a)
include determinations with respect to
entitlement to Medicare hospital (Part
A) or supplementary medical insurance
(Part B); disallowance of an application
for entitlement; a denial of a request for
withdrawal of an application for
Medicare Part A or Part B, or denial of
a request for cancellation of a request for
withdrawal; and a determination as to
whether an individual, previously
determined as entitled to Part A or Part
B, is no longer entitled to these benefits,
including a determination based on
nonpayment of premiums.
In addition to the actions set forth at
§ 405.924(a), SSA, the Office of
Medicare Hearings and Appeals
(OMHA), and the Departmental Appeals
Board (DAB) also treat certain Medicare
premium adjustments as initial
determinations under section 1869(a)(1)
of the Act. These Medicare premium
adjustments include Medicare Part A
and Part B late enrollment and
reenrollment premium increases made
in accordance with sections 1818 and
1839(b) of the Act, §§ 406.32(d),
408.20(e), and 408.22 of this chapter,
and 20 CFR 418.1301. Due to the effect
that these premium adjustments have on
individuals’ entitlement to Medicare
benefits, they constitute initial
determinations under section 1869(a)(1)
of the Act.
Accordingly, we proposed to add a
new paragraph (5) to § 405.924(a) to
clarify that these premium adjustments,
made in accordance with sections 1818
and 1839(b) of the Act, §§ 406.32(d) and
408.22 of this chapter, and 20 CFR
418.1301, constitute initial
determinations under section 1869(a)(1)
of the Act. Because this proposed
change seeks only to codify existing
processes related to premium
adjustments, and not to alter existing
processes or procedures, it applies only
to Part A and Part B late enrollment and
reenrollment penalties.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A few commenters stated
that they believed this proposal would
only minimally impact plans.
Response: We agree that this change
to § 405.924(a) will minimally impact
plans since these premium adjustments
are already considered initial
determinations.
9. Eliminate Use of the Term
‘‘Nonrenewal’’ to Refer to a CMSInitiated Termination (§§ 422.506,
422.510, 423.507 and 423.509)
Section 1857(c)(2) of the Act provides
the bases upon which CMS may make
a decision to terminate a contract with
an MA organization. Under section
1860D 12(b)(3) of the Act, these same
bases are available for a CMS
termination of a Part D sponsor contract,
as section 1860D–12(b)(3) of the Act
incorporates into the Part D program the
Part C bases by reference to section
1857(c)(2). Also, sections 1857(h) and
1860D–12(b)(3)(F) of the Act provide the
procedures CMS must follow in carrying
out MA organization or Part D sponsor
contract terminations.
Although the Act only expressly
refers to terminations, through
rulemaking and subregulatory guidance,
we have created two different processes
relating to severing the contractual
agreement between CMS and an MA
organization or Part D sponsor. In
accordance with sections 1857(h) and
1860D–12(b)(3)(F) of the Act, we have
adopted regulations providing for
distinct bases and procedures for
contract termination versus those for
nonrenewal of contracts. Our
regulations at §§ 422.506 and 422.510
provide for the nonrenewal and
termination, respectively, of CMS
contracts with MA organizations. The
Part D regulations provide for similar
procedures with respect to Part D
sponsor contracts at §§ 423.507 and
423.509.
Each nonrenewal provision is divided
into two parts, one governing
nonrenewals initiated by a sponsoring
organization and another governing
nonrenewals initiated by CMS. Two
features of the nonrenewal provisions
have created multiple meanings for the
term ‘‘nonrenewal’’ in the operation of
the Part C and D programs, contributing,
in some instances, to confusion within
CMS and among contracting
organizations surrounding the use of the
term. The first feature is the difference
between nonrenewals initiated by
sponsoring organizations and those
initiated by CMS with respect to the
need to establish cause for such an
action. The second is the partial overlap
between CMS’ termination authority
and nonrenewal authority. We proposed
to revise our use of terminology such
that that the term ‘‘nonrenewal’’ only
refers to timely elections by contracting
organizations to discontinue their
contracts at the end of a given year. We
PO 00000
Frm 00249
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16688
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
proposed to remove the CMS initiated
nonrenewal authority codified at
paragraph (b) from both §§ 422.506 and
423.507 and modify the existing CMSinitiated termination authority at
§§ 422.510 and 423.509 to reflect this
change.
MA organizations and Part D plan
sponsors may elect to end the automatic
renewal provision in Part C or Part D
contracts and discontinue those
contracts with CMS without cause,
simply by providing notice in the
manner and within the timeframes
stated at § 422.506(a) and § 423.507(a).
Thus, organizations are free to make a
business decision to end their Medicare
contract at the end of a given year and
need not provide CMS with a rationale
for their decision. By contrast, CMS may
not end an MA organization or Part D
plan sponsor’s contract through
nonrenewal without establishing that
the contracting organization’s
performance has met the criteria for at
least one of the stated bases for a CMS
initiated contract nonrenewal in
paragraphs (b) of those sections.
Contracting organizations often
respond to changes in the Medicare
markets or changes in their own
business objectives by making decisions
to end or modify their participation in
the Part C and D programs. Thus, these
organizations exercise their nonrenewal
rights under § 422.506(a) and
§ 423.507(a) much more frequently than
CMS conducts contract nonrenewals
under § 422.506(b) and § 423.507(b). As
a result, within CMS and among
industry stakeholders, the term
‘‘nonrenewal’’ has effectively come to
refer almost exclusively to MA
organization and Part D plan sponsor
initiated contract non renewals.
The termination authority allows us
to provide notice of such an action at
any time and make it effective at least
30 days after providing such notice to
the contracting organization. By
contrast, CMS may issue a nonrenewal
notice of a contract no later than August
1, and the nonrenewal takes effect at the
end of the current contract year. Yet, the
result of both actions taken by CMS is
the discontinuation, for cause (although
the basis of that cause might be
different), of an MA or Part D contract.
The similarities between CMSinitiated nonrenewal and termination
are demonstrated by the extensive but
not complete overlap in bases for CMS
action under both processes. For
example, both authorities incorporate by
reference the bases for CMS initiated
terminations stated in § 422.510 and
§ 423.509. The remaining CMS-initiated
nonrenewal bases (any of the bases that
support the imposition of intermediate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
sanctions or civil money penalties
(§§ 422.506(b)(iii) and
§ 423.507(b)(1)(ii)), low enrollment in an
individual MA plan or PDP
(§§ 422.506(b)(iv) and 423.507(b)(1)(iii)),
or failure to fully implement or make
significant progress on quality
improvement projects (§ 422.506(b)(i)))
were all promulgated in accordance
with our statutory termination authority
at sections 1857(c)(2) and 1860D–
12(b)(3) of the Act. Further, all more
specific examples of an organization’s
substantial failure to carry out the terms
of its MA or Part D contract or its
carrying out the contract in an
inefficient or ineffective manner.
Therefore, we proposed striking these
provisions from the nonrenewal portion
of the regulation and adding them to the
list of bases for CMS-initiated contract
terminations in §§ 422.510 and 423.509.
Finally, there are aspects of the notice
requirements related to the CMSinitiated nonrenewal authority that are
useful in the administration of the Part
C and D programs and which we
proposed preserving in the revised
termination provision. Specifically,
§ 422.506(b)(2)(ii) requires notice to be
provided by mail to a contracting
organization’s enrollees at least 90 days
prior to the effective date of the
nonrenewal, while § 422.510(b)(1)(ii)
requires affected plan enrollees to be
notified within 30 days of the effective
date of the termination. We see a
continuing benefit to the administration
of the Part C and D programs in
retaining the authority to ensure that,
when possible, enrollees can be made
aware of their plan’s discontinuation at
least by October 1 of a given year so that
they can make the necessary plan choice
during the annual election period.
Therefore, we proposed adding
provisions at §§ 422.510(b)(2)(v) and
423.509(b)(2)(v) to require that enrollees
receive notice no later than 90 days
prior to the December 31 effective date
of a contract termination when we make
such determination on or before August
1 of the same year.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: CMS received only a few
comments on this proposal, all
expressing general support. The
commenters expressed particular
appreciation for our proposal to
preserve the requirement that affected
beneficiaries receive notice of a CMSinitiated termination at least 90 days
prior to the December 31 effective date
when CMS makes such a determination
on or before August 1. The commenters
noted that the 90-day notice deadline
enables affected beneficiaries to make a
PO 00000
Frm 00250
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
needed plan election during the annual
coordinated election period.
Response: CMS appreciates the
expressions of support for the proposal.
We note that in the event of a CMSinitiated contract termination, the
contracting organization has
administrative appeal rights that, if
exercised, could prevent affected
beneficiaries from receiving plan
termination notices during the annual
coordinated election period. When CMS
terminates an MA organization or Part D
plan sponsor contract under §§ 422.510
or 423.509, the organization may request
a review of the decision by a hearing
officer under §§ 422.660 and 423.650.
Generally, a request for a hearing
generally postpones the effective date of
the termination (except, for example, in
instances such as financial insolvency
or imminent threats to beneficiary
health and safety), meaning that
beneficiary notices would be delayed
until after the completion of the hearing
process. So, while we intended to
establish beneficiary notification
deadlines that align with the annual
coordinated plan election period, we
recognize that in some instances, the
exercise of administrative appeal rights
by terminated organizations may
prevent that outcome for beneficiaries.
Comment: Some commenters asked
CMS to clarify whether the proposed
change would prohibit MAOs from
expanding or marketing other plans in
the service area in which one of its
plans was terminated or non-renewed.
Response: The proposal would make
no changes to rules that govern an MA
organization’s or Part D plan sponsor’s
ability to offer or market other plans in
the same service area affected by the
CMS-initiated termination. CMS’
decision to terminate an organization’s
MA or Part D contract would have no
impact on the status of any other type
of MA or Part D contract the
organization may operate in the same
service area as the terminated contract.
A CMS-initiated termination may affect
the contacting organization’s ability to
qualify for a new or expanded contract
covering the same service area as the
terminated contract. Under
§§ 422.502(b)(3) and 423.503(b)(3), CMS
may deny applications from
organizations for which CMS has
terminated a contract within the 38
months preceding the contract
qualification application deadline. Our
proposal does nothing to change that
authority. As is currently the case, CMS’
application of this authority depends on
the facts associated with each case,
including the type of contract (for
example, MA coordinated care plan,
MA private fee-for-service) and the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
service areas associated with the
terminated contract and the new
application.
Comment: Some commenters asked
CMS to clarify how the proposed change
would affect the plan information
displayed on Medicare.gov.
Response: CMS proposed eliminating
the category of CMS-initiated
nonrenewals primarily to reduce
confusion among sponsoring
organizations and different CMS staff
concerning the authority under which
CMS or a contracting organization may
end a Medicare contract and the
instructions that apply to each process
(for example, timing of contract
decision, beneficiary notice
requirements). In implementing a
termination or nonrenewal, it is critical
for the party taking the step to end the
contract to be clearly identified so that
the end of the contract can be properly
implemented. Generally, enrollees need
only know when their plan will no
longer be available, not the party
responsible for the decision to
discontinue the plan. Therefore, we do
not expect the proposed regulatory
change to have an impact on how and
what plan information is displayed on
Medicare.gov, since it is a tool designed
for use primarily by beneficiaries.
Nevertheless, CMS will keep this
proposed change in mind when
considering any updates to the
Medicare.gov website.
Based on our consideration of the
comments and the expressions of
support for this primarily technical
change to the regulations governing the
MA and Part D contract termination
processes, we are finalizing the
amendments to §§ 422.506(b),
422.510(a), 422.510(b), 423.507(b),
423.509(a) and 423.509(b) as proposed
with two minor modifications to
§§ 422.510(b) and 423.509(b). In
reviewing the proposed regulation text,
we found that the provisions directing
organizations with contracts terminated
prior to August 1 to issue beneficiary
notices at least 90 days prior to the end
of the current contract year should have
been added to §§ 422.510(b)(1) and
423.509(b)(1), which govern ordinary
terminations, not §§ 422.510(b)(2) and
423.509(b)(2), which govern immediate
contract terminations. Therefore, we
have deleted the references in the
regulation text to §§ 422.510(b)(2)(v) and
423.509(b)(2)(v) and placed the relevant
language at §§ 422.510(b)(1)(iv) and
423.509(b)(1)(v).
We also identified a grammatical error
in the proposed § 422.510(b)(2) and an
inconsistency with the language of
§ 423.509(b)(2)(v) which we are
correcting in the finalized text. As a
result we are making the necessary
grammatical correction in the new
§ 422.510(b)(1)(iv) and making it
consistent with § 423.510(b)(1)(v).
III. Collection of Information
Requirements
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.), we are
required to provide 60-day notice in the
Federal Register and solicit public
comment before a collection of
information requirement is submitted to
the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) for review and approval. In order
to fairly evaluate whether an
information collection should be
approved by OMB, section 3506(c)(2)(A)
of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(PRA) requires that we solicit comment
on the following issues:
• The need for the information
collection and its usefulness in carrying
out the proper functions of our agency.
16689
• The accuracy of our estimate of the
information collection burden.
• The quality, utility, and clarity of
the information to be collected.
• Recommendations to minimize the
information collection burden on the
affected public, including automated
collection techniques.
In the November 28, 2017 (82 FR
56336) proposed rule, we solicited
public comment on each of these issues
for the following sections of the rule
containing information collection
requirements (ICRs). We received
comments and we provide a summary of
the comments and our responses under
the respective ICR section.
A. Wage Data
While we did not receive comments
related to any of the private sector or
individual occupations or wage
estimates, we are revising our wage
estimates for individuals. To derive
average costs for individual
respondents, the proposed rule used the
federal minimum wage of $7.27/hour as
set out under the Fair Labor Standards
Act (29 U.S.C. 206(a)). Based on internal
review, we are now adopting a rate of
$23.86/hour from the U.S. Bureau of
Labor Statistics (BLS).
1. Private Sector Wages
To derive average costs, we used data
from BLS’ May 2016 National
Occupational Employment and Wage
Estimates for all salary estimates (https://
www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes_nat.htm).
In this regard, Table F1 presents the
mean hourly wage, the cost of fringe
benefits and overhead (calculated at 100
percent of salary), and the adjusted
hourly wage.
TABLE 13—NATIONAL OCCUPATIONAL EMPLOYMENT AND WAGE ESTIMATES
Occupation
code
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
BLS occupation title
Business Operations Specialist .......................................................................
Compliance Officers ........................................................................................
Computer and Information Systems Managers ...............................................
Computer Programmer ....................................................................................
Health Diagnostic and Treating Practitioners ..................................................
Insurance Claim and Policy Processing Clerk ................................................
Lawyers ............................................................................................................
Medical and Health Service Manager .............................................................
Medical Secretary ............................................................................................
Office and Administrative Support Workers, All Other ....................................
Physicians and Surgeons ................................................................................
Physicians and Surgeons, all other .................................................................
Software Developers and Programmers .........................................................
Word Processors and Typists ..........................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00251
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Mean hourly
wage
($/hr)
13–1000
13–1041
11–3021
15–1131
29–1199
43–9041
23–1011
11–9111
43–6013
43–9199
29–1060
29–1069
15–1130
43–9022
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
$34.54
33.77
70.07
40.95
40.77
19.61
67.25
52.58
16.85
17.33
101.04
98.83
48.11
19.22
16APR2
Fringe benefits
and overhead
($/hr)
$34.54
33.77
70.07
40.95
40.77
19.61
67.25
52.58
16.85
17.33
101.04
98.83
48.11
19.22
Adjusted
hourly wage
($/hr)
$69.08
67.54
140.14
81.90
81.54
39.22
134.50
105.16
33.70
34.66
202.08
197.66
96.22
38.44
16690
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
As indicated, we are adjusting our
employee hourly wage estimates by a
factor of 100 percent. This is necessarily
a rough adjustment, both because fringe
benefits and overhead costs vary
significantly from employer to
employer, and because methods of
estimating these costs vary widely from
study to study. Nonetheless, there is no
practical alternative and we believe that
doubling the hourly wage to estimate
total cost is a reasonably accurate
estimation method.
2. Wages for Individuals
To derive average costs for
individuals, we used data from the May
2016 National Occupational
Employment and Wage Estimates for
our salary estimate. We believe that the
burden will be addressed under All
Occupations (occupation code 00–0000)
at $23.86/hour since the group of
individual respondents varies widely
from working and nonworking
individuals and by respondent age,
location, years of employment, and
educational attainment, etc.
Unlike our private sector adjustment
to the respondent hourly wage, we are
not adjusting this figure for fringe
benefits and overhead since the
individuals’ activities would occur
outside the scope of their employment.
B. Information Collection Requirements
(ICRs)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
1. ICRs Regarding the Implementation of
the Comprehensive Addiction and
Recovery Act of 2016 (CARA)
Provisions (§ 423.153(f))
Excluding beneficiary appeals, the
following requirements and burden will
be submitted to OMB for approval under
control number 0938–0964 (CMS–
10141). We did not receive any public
comments pertaining to our proposed
burden estimates, therefore we are
finalizing them as proposed.
As discussed in section II.A. of this
rule, § 423.153(f) implements provisions
of section 704 of CARA which allows
Part D plan sponsors to establish a drug
management program that includes
‘‘lock-in’’ as a tool to manage an at-risk
beneficiary’s access to coverage of
frequently abused drugs. The rule
stipulates that Part D plan sponsors are
required to notify at-risk beneficiaries
about their plan’s drug management
program. Part D plan sponsors are
already expected to send a notice to
some beneficiaries when the sponsor
decides to implement a beneficiaryspecific POS claim edit for opioids
(currently approved under OMB control
number 0938–0964 (CMS–10141).
However, the approval only accounts for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
the notice that is currently sent to
beneficiaries who have a POS edit put
in place to monitor opioid access
(which will count as the initial notice
described in the preamble of this final
rule and defined in § 423.153(f)(4)) and
does not capture the second notice that
at-risk beneficiaries will receive
confirming their determination as such
or the alternate second notice that
potentially at-risk beneficiaries will
receive to inform them that they were
not determined to be at risk.
Since 2013, there have been 4,617
POS edits submitted into MARx by plan
sponsors for 3,961 unique beneficiaries
as a result of the drug utilization review
policy. Given that there has not been a
steady increase or decrease in edits, we
are using an average of 923 edits per
year (4,617 POS edits/5 years) to assess
the burden under § 423.153(f). If we
assume that the number of edits or
access to coverage limitations will likely
double due to the addition of pharmacy
and prescriber ‘‘lock-in’’ to OMS by this
rulemaking, to approximately 1,846
such limitations, we then estimate a
total of 3,693 initial and second notices
(1,846 limitations × 2) corresponding to
such edits/limitations. We estimate it
will take an average of 5 minutes (0.083
hours) at $39.22/hour for an insurance
claim and policy processing clerk to
prepare each notice. We estimate an
annual burden of 307 hours (3,693
notices × 0.083 hour) at a cost of
$12,040.54 (307 hours × $39.22/hour) or
$3.26 per notice ($12,040.54/3,693
notices).
Part D plan sponsors are required to
upload these new notice templates into
their internal claims systems. We
estimate that 219 Part D plan sponsors
(31 PDP parent organizations and 188
MA–PD parent organizations, based on
plan year 2017 plan participation) will
be subject to this requirement. We
estimate that it will take on average 5
hours at $81.90/hour for a computer
programmer to upload all of the notices
into their claims systems. This results in
a total one-time burden of 1,095 hours
(5 hours per sponsor × 219 sponsors) at
a cost of $89,680.50 (1,095 hours ×
$81.90/hour) or $409.50 per sponsor
($89,680.50/219 sponsors).
In aggregate, the burden to upload and
prepare the additional second notice is
1,402 hours (307 hours + 1,095 hours)
at a cost of $101,722 ($12,041 +
$89,681).
Revisions to § 423.38(c)(4) will limit
the SEP for dual- or other LIS-eligible
individuals who are identified as a
potential at-risk beneficiary subject to
the requirements of a drug management
program, as outlined in § 423.153(f). As
codified in § 423.38(c)(4), this SEP is
PO 00000
Frm 00252
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
extended to include ‘‘other subsidyeligible individuals’’ so that both full
and partial subsidy individuals are
treated uniformly. As such, the SEP
limitation in this final rule will also be
extended to include both full and partial
subsidy individuals. Once an individual
is identified as a potential at-risk
beneficiary, that individual will not be
permitted to use this election period to
make a change in enrollment until such
identification is terminated in
accordance with § 423.153(f).
Contingent with a Part D sponsor
opting to implement a drug management
program, Part D sponsors will identify,
and submit to CMS, an individual’s
‘‘potential’’ at-risk status and, if
applicable, confirmed at-risk status. The
Part D sponsor will include notification
of the limitation of the duals’ SEP in the
required initial notice to the beneficiary
that he or she has been identified as a
potential at-risk beneficiary.
As explained previously, Part D plan
sponsors are already expected to send a
notice to some beneficiaries when the
sponsor decides to implement a
beneficiary-specific POS claim edit to
monitor opioid access. This notice is
covered under currently approved OMB
control number 0938–0964 (CMS–
10141), and will count as the initial
notice described in the preamble of this
final rule and defined in § 423.153(f)(4)).
This initial notice will include language
to notify an individual of the inability
to use the duals’ SEP. Therefore, the
burden associated with the notification
of the inability to use the duals’ SEP is
currently approved under OMB control
number 0938–0964 (CMS–10141).
This final rule also codifies an
existing provision whereby an
individual can make an election within
3 months of a gain, loss, or change to
Medicaid or LIS eligibility, or
notification of such a change, whichever
is later.
An individual who is determined to
be a potential at-risk or an at-risk
individual will be able to use this SEP
to change plans. Also, if a potential atrisk or at-risk individual is eligible for
another election period (for example,
AEP, OEP, or other SEP), this SEP
limitation will not prohibit the
individual from making an election.
Providing a limitation for dually- and
other LIS-eligible at-risk beneficiaries
after the initial notification will
decrease sponsor burden in processing
disenrollment and enrollment requests
for dual- and LIS-eligible beneficiaries
who wish to change plans as outlined
later in this section.
We estimate that 1,846 beneficiaries
will meet the criteria to be identified as
an at-risk beneficiary and have a
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
limitation implemented. About 76
percent of the 1,846 beneficiaries are
estimated to be LIS (1,403 = 1,846
beneficiaries × 0.76). Approximately 10
percent of LIS-eligible enrollees use the
duals’ SEP to make changes annually
(140 = 1,403 × 0.10). Thus we estimate,
at most, 140 changes per year will no
longer take place because of the duals’
SEP enrollment limitation. There are
currently 219 Part D sponsors. This
amounts to an average of 0.6 changes
per sponsor per year (140 changes/219
sponsors). In 2016, there were more
than 3.5888 million Part D plan
switches, and as such, a difference of
0.6 enrollments or disenrollments per
sponsor will not impact the
administrative processing infrastructure
or human resources needed to process
enrollments and disenrollments.
Therefore, there is no change in burden
for sponsors to implement this
component of the provision.
This final rule also provides that the
review of at-risk determinations made
under the processes at § 423.153(f) be
adjudicated under the existing Part D
benefit appeals process and timeframes
set forth in part 423 subparts M and U.
Consistent with existing rules for
redeterminations, an enrollee who
wishes to dispute an at-risk
determination will have 60 days from
the date of the notice of the
determination to make such request,
16691
must affirmatively request IRE review of
an adverse plan level appeal decision
made under a plan sponsor’s drug
management program, and will have
rights to an expedited redetermination.
The filing of an appeal is an information
collection requirement that is associated
with an administrative action pertaining
to specific individuals or entities (5 CFR
1320.4(a)(2) and (c)). Consequently, the
burden for preparing and filing the
appeal is exempt from the requirements
of the PRA; however, the burden for
appeals is included in the regulatory
impact analysis of this final rule.
In aggregate, these components of this
provision will result in an annual net
cost of $101,722 (see Tables F2 and F3).
TABLE 14—ESTIMATED BURDEN FOR THE CARA PROVISIONS
[In hours]
2019
2020
3-year
average
2021
Preparation and Upload Notices .....................................................................
SEP Limitation * ...............................................................................................
Appeals ** .........................................................................................................
1,402
0
N/A
0
0
N/A
0
0
N/A
467.3
0
N/A
Total ..........................................................................................................
1,402
0
0
467.3
* This rule does not impose any new or revised information collection requirements/burden.
** Exempt from the PRA.
TABLE 15—ESTIMATED BURDEN FOR THE CARA PROVISIONS
[In hours]
2019
2020
3-year
average
2021
Preparation and Upload Notices .....................................................................
SEP Limitation * ...............................................................................................
Appeals ** .........................................................................................................
$101,722
0
N/A
0
0
N/A
0
0
N/A
$33,907.3
0
N/A
Total ..........................................................................................................
101,722
0
0
33,907.3
* This rule does not impose any new or revised information collection requirements/burden.
** Exempt from the PRA.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
2. ICRs Regarding Coordination of
Enrollment and Disenrollment Through
MA Organizations and Effective Dates of
Coverage and Change of Coverage
(§§ 422.66 and 422.68)
Enrollment requirements and burden
are currently approved by OMB under
control number 0938–0753 (CMS–R–
267). Since this rule will not impose any
new or revised requirements/burden
and we did not receive any public
comments pertaining to the burden
discussion that was set out in our
proposed rule, we are not making any
changes under the 0938–0753 control
number. (Note: While CMS–R–267 has
expired, we are proposing to reinstate
the collection through this final rule.)
We acknowledge that the establishment,
through subregulatory guidance, of a
new and simplified positive (that is,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
‘‘opt in’’) election process that would be
available to all MA organizations for
their commercial, Medicaid or other
non-Medicare plan members, may result
in a minimal reduction in burden;
however, this potential reduction is not
quantifiable, and therefore, de minimus.
We note that this enrollment
mechanism is optional and that it
existed prior to this regulation. As
outlined in the proposed rule, we are
codifying an existing process that has
been in place for more than a decade.
In terms of enrollment operations, the
default enrollment process has elements
similar to beneficiary-initiated
enrollments (determining eligibility,
processing the enrollment transaction
and notifying the beneficiary) and, as
such, the overall burden for enrollment
processing is not changing and is
captured in our existing PRA package.
PO 00000
Frm 00253
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
With regard to the default enrollment
notice, we note that there is not a
standardized notice that previously
existed, nor is a new standardized
notice being created; this enrollment
notice serves the same purpose as the
notice required for beneficiary-initiated
enrollments, in that it informs the
beneficiary of the enrollment start date
and of other information necessary to
access plan benefits and services.
As is the case currently for the
seamless conversion enrollment
process, MA organizations choosing to
offer a default enrollment process will
request approval from CMS and, if
approved, implement a process with
notification and processing elements
similar to those carried out for
beneficiary initiated enrollments,
including issuance of a plan-developed
notice to inform individuals of the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16692
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
enrollment and of other important plan
information.
As discussed in section II.A.7. of this
rule, we are finalizing our proposal to
revise §§ 422.66 and 422.68 by:
Codifying the requirements for default
enrollment that are currently set out in
subregulatory guidance,78 revising
current practice to limit the use of this
type of enrollment mechanism, and
clarifying the effective date for ICEP
elections. This will provide an MA
organization the option to enroll its
Medicaid managed care enrollees who
are newly eligible for Medicare into an
integrated D–SNP administered by the
same MA organization that operates the
Medicaid managed care plan. While the
provision restricts its use to individuals
in the organization’s Medicaid managed
care plan that can be enrolled into an
integrated D–SNP, the estimated burden
for an organization that desires to use
default enrollment and obtain CMS
approval will not change. For those MA
organizations that want to use this
enrollment mechanism and request and
obtain CMS approval, the administrative
requirements will remain unchanged
from the current practice.
As indicated in the preamble to this
final rule, we are finalizing the
proposed changes with the following
modifications, none of which we believe
will result in any impact to the
Medicare Trust Funds.
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(i) is revised to
clarify that we will allow default
enrollment into a FIDE–SNP
administered by an MA organization
under the same parent organization as
the organization that operates the
Medicaid managed care plan in which
the individual remains enrolled.
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(i) is revised to
clarify that, for an organization to be
approved for default enrollment, it must
have an overall quality rating, from the
most recently issued ratings, under the
rating system described in §§ 422.160
through 422.166, of at least 3 stars or is
a low enrollment contract or new MA
plan as defined in § 422.252. In
addition, the MA organization must not
be under an enrollment suspension.
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(ii) is revised to
include an approval period not to
exceed 5 years, subject to CMS authority
to rescind or suspend approval if the
plan is non-compliant.
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(iv) is revised to
state that the notice issued by the MA
organization will include information
on the differences in premium, benefits
78 Chapter 2 of the Medicare Managed Care
Manual found at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Eligibility-and-Enrollment/MedicareMang
CareEligEnrol/?redirect=/MedicareMang
CareEligEnrol/.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
and cost sharing between the
individual’s current Medicaid managed
care plan and the dual eligible MA
special needs plan and the process for
accessing care under the MA plan; an
explanation of the individual’s ability to
decline the enrollment, up to and
including the day prior to the
enrollment effective date, and either
enroll in Original Medicare or choose
another MA plan; and a general
description of alternative Medicare
health and drug coverage options
available to an individual in his or her
Initial Coverage Election Period.
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(iv) is revised to
clarify that the mandatory notice is in
addition to the information and
documents required to be provided to
new enrollees under § 422.111.
3. ICRs Regarding Passive Enrollment
Flexibilities To Protect Continuity of
Integrated Care for Dually Eligible
Beneficiaries (§ 422.60(g))
As discussed in section II.A.7. of this
rule, we are finalizing a limited
expansion of passive enrollment
authority under § 422.60(g). More
specifically, the new provisions at
§ 422.60(g) will allow CMS, in
consultation with a state Medicaid
agency, to implement passive
enrollment procedures in situations
where criteria identified in
§ 422.60(g)(1)(iii) and (g)(2) are met. We
are finalizing these provisions as
proposed, with one exception.
Specifically, we are modifying
§ 422.60(g)(4) to require, under new
§ 422.60(g)(4)(i)(B), that plans receiving
passive enrollments under
§ 422.60(g)(1)(iii) send two notices to
enrollees. We also clarify that for
passive enrollments under
§ 422.60(g)(1)(i) and (ii), only one notice
will continue to be required.
Accordingly, we are modifying
§ 422.60(g)(4) to require, under new
paragraph (g)(4)(i)(B), that plans
receiving passive enrollments under
§ 422.60(g)(1)(iii) send two notices to
enrollees. New § 422.60(g)(4)(i)(A) will
retain the original requirement that one
notice be provided to passive enrollee
under § 422.60(g)(1)(iii). However, we
note that we are making no changes to
the criteria for determining plan
eligibility for passive enrollment under
§ 422.60(g)(1)(iii).
In the proposed rule, we estimated
that approximately 1 percent of the 373
active D–SNPs would meet the criteria
and operate in a market where all of the
conditions of passive enrollment are
met and where CMS, in consultation
with a state Medicaid agency,
implements passive enrollment. We
therefore estimated that there would be
PO 00000
Frm 00254
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
only four instances (373 SNPs × 0.01) in
which CMS would conduct passive
enrollment each year. We did not
receive any comments related to the
overall number of respondents or our
claim that the provision is exempt from
the PRA.
Because we are not changing the
eligibility criteria for integrated D–SNPs
that may receive passive enrollments in
this final rule, our estimated number of
affected entities remains four. Since we
estimate fewer than 10 respondents, the
information collection requirements and
burden related to the final provisions
under § 422.60(g) are exempt (5 CFR
1320.3(c)) from the requirements of the
PRA.
4. ICRs Regarding the Part D Tiering
Exceptions (§ 423.578(a) and (c))
While the requirement to send a
written denial notice is subject to the
PRA, the requirement and burden are
currently approved by OMB under
control number 0938–0976 (CMS–
10146). We did not receive any PRArelated public comments and are
finalizing the proposed provisions
without modification. Since this rule
will not impose any new or revised
requirements/burden, we are not
making any changes under the 0938–
0976 control number. As discussed in
section II.A.9 of this rule, we are
finalizing the proposed changes to
§ 423.578(a) and (c) without
modification. The changes establish a
revised framework for treatment of
tiering exception requests based on
whether the requested drug is a brand
name or generic drug or biological
product, and where the same type of
drug alternatives are located on the
plan’s formulary. The changes also
clarify the appropriate cost-sharing
assigned to approved tiering exception
requests when preferred alternative
drugs are on multiple lower-cost tiers.
At the coverage determination level, if
a plan issues a decision that is partially
or fully adverse to the enrollee, it is
already required to send written notice
of that decision. The current
requirement to send written notice of an
adverse coverage determination is not
changed by this rule. We do not expect
that any of the changes will significantly
impact the overall volume or the
approval rate of tiering exceptions
requests, which represent a consistently
low percentage of total request volume.
5. ICRs Regarding Establishing
Limitations for the Part D Special
Enrollment Period for Dual Eligible
Beneficiaries (§ 423.38(c)(4))
Enrollment processing and
notification requirements are codified at
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 423.32(c) and (d) and are not being
revised as part of this rulemaking.
Therefore, no new or additional
information collection requirements are
being imposed. Moreover, the
enrollment processing and notification
requirements and burden are currently
approved by OMB under control
number 0938–0964 (CMS–10141). Since
this rule will not impose any new or
revised requirements/burden, we are not
making any changes under the 0938–
0964 control number. We did not
receive any comments pertaining to the
burden discussion within our proposed
rule.
As discussed in section II.A.10. of this
rule, we are finalizing the proposed
provision with modifications. The
revisions do not affect any of our
currently approved requirements and
burden under OMB control number
0938–0964.
In section II.A.10. of this final rule,
we are revising § 423.38(c) to limit the
SEP for dual- and LIS-eligible
individuals (other than potential at-risk
or at-risk beneficiaries) so that it is only
available onetime-per-calendar-quarter
election during the first nine months of
the year. In addition, we are establishing
new SEPs at § 423.38(c)(9) and (c)(10)
for beneficiaries who have a change in
their dual or LIS-eligible status or have
been assigned into a plan by CMS or a
State, respectively.
In instances where an individual is
not able to utilize the dual SEP because
of this rule’s limitations, we anticipate
that there will be no change in burden.
Under current requirements, if a
beneficiary uses the dual SEP to
disenroll from their plan, the plan will
send a notice to the beneficiary to
acknowledge the voluntary
disenrollment request. If the beneficiary
is subject to the dual SEP limitation, the
plan will send a notice to deny their
voluntary disenrollment request. The
requirement to acknowledge the
beneficiary request and address the
resolution will be the same in both
scenarios, but the content of the notice
will be different. As indicated earlier,
the requirements and burden associated
with the provision of both notices are
currently approved by OMB under
control number 0938–0964 (CMS–
10141).
6. ICRs Regarding Medicare Advantage
and Prescription Drug Plan Quality
Rating System (§§ 422.162, 422.164,
422.166, 422.182, 422.184, and 422.186)
As discussed in section II.A.11. of this
rule, we are finalizing our proposal to
codify the existing measures and
methodology for the Part C and D Star
Ratings program. The provisions will
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
not change any respondent
requirements or burden pertaining to
any of CMS’ Star Ratings-related PRA
packages including: OMB control
number 0938–0732 for CAHPS (CMS–
R–246), OMB control number 0938–
0701 for HOS (CMS–10203), OMB
control number 0938–1028 for HEDIS
(CMS–10219), OMB control number
0938–1054 for Part C Reporting
Requirements (CMS–10261), and OMB
control number 0938–0992 for Part D
Reporting Requirements (CMS–10185).
We received no comments on our
proposed burden discussion and
therefore are finalizing this provision
without modification. Since this rule
will not impose any new or revised
requirements/burden, we are not
making changes under any of the
aforementioned control numbers.
7. ICRs Related to Expedited
Substitutions of Certain Generics and
Other Midyear Formulary Changes
(§§ 423.100, 423.120, and 423.128)
The general notice requirements and
burden are currently approved by OMB
under control number 0938–0964
(CMS–10141). We are finalizing the
proposed provision with a modification
that has no impact on our information
collection requirements or associated
burden estimates (see section II.A.14. of
this rule for details). Since this rule
would not impose any new or revised
requirements/burden, we are not
making any changes under the 0938–
0964 control number.
In section II.A.14. of the proposed
rule, we proposed to expedite certain
generic substitutions and other midyear
formulary changes by, for instance,
permitting Part D sponsors to
immediately substitute newly approved
generic drugs as specified and, for other
formulary changes, to provide 30 rather
than 60 days notice and, as applicable,
provide a month’s supply rather than a
60-day supply. Also, we proposed to
except applicable generic substitutions
from the transition process. We are
finalizing the provisions as proposed,
with the following changes. We are
specifying that Part D sponsors may
substitute during the plan year generics
that have are released after the date that
they initially submit their formulary;
that substituted generics must be offered
on the same or lower cost-sharing tier
rather than at the same or lower costsharing; and that Part D sponsors must
provide, when required, an ‘‘approved’’
month’s supply—that is, the month’s
supply approved in a plan’s bid.
Excepting generic substitutions that
would otherwise require transition fills
from the transition process would lessen
the burden for Part D sponsors because
PO 00000
Frm 00255
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16693
they would no longer need to provide
such fills. Permitting Part D sponsors to
immediately substitute certain generic
drugs or to make other formulary
changes sooner than has been required
would allow Part D sponsors to take
action sooner, but would not increase
nor decrease paperwork burden.
While the proposed provisions would
additionally require general notice that
certain generic substitutions could take
place immediately, this notice would
appear in documents that Part D
sponsors are already providing to their
enrollees, such as formularies and
EOCs. CMS will provide this language
in the model documents it distributes as
part of the yearly revisions to those
documents. The marketing and
beneficiary communications general
notice requirements and burden are
currently approved by OMB under
control number 0938–0964 (CMS–
10141). Similarly, § 423.128(d)(2)(ii)
already requires websites to include
information about drug removals and
changes to cost-sharing. In other words,
the general notice requirement would
not require efforts in addition to routine
updates to beneficiary communications
materials and websites. In theory, if Part
D sponsors that would have been denied
requests to make generic changes could
do so under the proposed provision,
they would have somewhat more of a
burden since the provision does require
notice including direct notice to affected
enrollees. However, our practice has
been to approve all generic substitutions
that would meet the requirements of
this provision—which again means that
the provisions will just permit those
substitutions to take place sooner.
8. ICRs Regarding the Restoration of the
MA Open Enrollment Period (§§ 422.60,
422.62, 422.68, 423.38, and 423.40)
The following requirements and
burden will be submitted to OMB for
approval under control number 0938–
0753 (CMS–R–267). Since we did not
receive any public comments pertaining
to our burden estimates, we are
finalizing them as proposed, with the
exception of our wage and cost
estimates for beneficiaries. (Note: While
CMS–R–267 has expired, we are
proposing to reinstate the collection
through this final rule.)
As discussed in section II.B.1. of this
rule, we are finalizing our proposal to
codify the requirements for open
enrollment and disenrollment
opportunities at §§ 422.60, 422.62,
422.68, 423.38, and 423.40. This action
will eliminate the existing MADP and
establish an MA Open Enrollment
Period (OEP). This new OEP revises a
previous OEP which will allow MA-
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16694
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
enrolled individuals the opportunity to
make a one-time election during the first
3 months of the calendar year to switch
MA plans, or disenroll from an MA plan
and obtain coverage through Original
Medicare. Although no new data will be
collected, the burden associated with
this requirement will be the time and
effort that it takes an MA organization
to process an increased number of
enrollment and disenrollment requests
by individuals using this OEP, which is
first available in 2019.
To estimate the potential increase in
the number of enrollments and
disenrollments from the new OEP, we
considered the percentage of MAenrollees who used the old OEP that
was available from 2007 through 2010.
For 2010, the final year the OEP existed
before the MADP took effect, we found
that approximately 3 percent of
individuals used the OEP. While the
parameters of the old OEP and new OEP
differ slightly, we believe that this
percentage is the best approximation to
determine the burden associated with
this change. In January 2017, there were
approximately 18,600,000 individuals
enrolled in MA plans.79 Using the 3
percent adjustment, we expect that
558,000 individuals (18.6 million MA
beneficiaries × 0.03), will use the OEP
to make an enrollment change.
We estimate it will take a beneficiary
approximately 30 minutes (0.5 hours) at
$23.86/hour to complete an enrollment
request. The burden for all beneficiaries
is estimated at 279,000 hours (558,000
beneficiaries × 0.5 hour) at a cost of
$6,656,940 (279,000 hour × $23.86/
hour) or $11.93 per beneficiary
($6,656,940/558,000 beneficiaries).
There are currently 468 MA
organizations in 2017.80 Not all MA
organizations are required to be open for
enrollment during the OEP. However,
for those that are, we estimate that this
enrollment period will result in
approximately 1,192 enrollments per
organization (558,000 individuals/468
organizations) during the OEP each
year.
We estimate it will take
approximately 5 minutes at $69.08/hour
for a business operations specialist to
determine eligibility and effectuate the
changes for open enrollment. The
burden for all organizations is estimated
at 46,500 hours (558,000 beneficiaries ×
5 min/60) at a cost of $3,212,220 (46,500
hour × $69.08/hour) or $6,864 per
organization ($3,212,220/468 MA
organizations).
79 Medicare Beneficiary Database (MBD),
December 29, 2016. https://www.cms.gov/.
80 Medicare Beneficiary Database (MBD),
December 29, 2016. https://www.cms.gov/.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Once the enrollment change is
completed, we estimate that it will take
1 minute at $69.08/hour for a business
operations specialist to electronically
generate and submit a notice to convey
the enrollment or disenrollment
decision for each of the 558,000
beneficiaries. The total burden to
complete the notices is 9,300 hours
(558,000 notices × 1 min/60) at a cost of
$642,444 (9,300 hour × $69.08/hour) or
$1.15 per notice ($642,444/558,000
notices) or $1,372.74 per organization
($642,444/468 MA organizations).
The burden associated with the
electronic submission of enrollment
information to CMS is estimated at 1
minute at $69.08/hour for a business
operations specialist to submit the
enrollment information to CMS during
the open enrollment period. The total
burden is estimated at 9,300 hours
(558,000 notices × 1 min/60) at a cost of
$642,444 (9,300 hour × $69.08/hour) or
$1.15 per notice ($642,444/558,000
notices) or $1,372.74 per organization
($642,444/468 MA organizations).
Additionally, MA organizations will
have to retain a copy of the notice in the
beneficiary’s records. The burden
associated with this task is estimated at
5 minutes at $34.66/hour for an office
and administrative support worker to
perform record retention for the open
enrollment period. In aggregate we
estimate an annual burden of 46,500
hours (558,000 beneficiaries × 5 min/60)
at a cost of $1,606,110 (46,500 hour ×
$34.66/hour) or $3,431.86 per
organization ($1,606,110/468 MA
organizations).
We estimate a total annual burden for
all MA organizations to be 111,600
hours (46,500 hour + 9,300 hour + 9,300
hour + 46,500 hour) at a cost of
$6,103,218 ($3,212,220 + $642,444 +
$642,444 + $1,606,110). Per
organization, we estimate an annual
burden of 238 hours (111,600 hour/468
MA organizations) at a cost of $13,041
($6,103,218/468 organizations). For
beneficiaries we estimate a total annual
burden of 279,000 hours at a cost of
$6,656,940 and a per beneficiary burden
of 30 minutes at a cost of $11.93.
9. ICRs Regarding the Medicare
Advantage Plan Minimum Enrollment
Waiver (§ 422.514(b))
The requirements and burden
associated with the submission of the
minimum enrollment waiver in the
application are currently approved by
OMB under control number 0938–0935
(CMS–10237). We received no
comments on our proposed provisions
and are finalizing them without change.
Consequently, we are not making any
PO 00000
Frm 00256
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
changes under the 0938–0935 control
number.
Section 422.514(b) provides Medicare
Advantage (MA) organizations,
including provider sponsored
organizations, with the opportunity to
request a waiver of CMS’s minimum
enrollment requirements at § 422.514(a)
during the first 3 years of the contract.
Section 422.514(b) also requires that
MA organizations reapply for the
minimum enrollment waiver in the
second and third years of their contract.
However, since CMS has not received or
approved any waivers outside of the
application process, this rule removes
the requirement for MA organizations to
reapply for the minimum enrollment
waiver during years 2 and 3 of the
contract under § 422.514(b)(2) and (3).
The revision to § 422.514(b)(2) now
clarifies that CMS will only accept a
waiver through the application process
and that we will allow the minimum
enrollment waiver, if approved by CMS,
to remain effective for the first 3 years
of the contract.
10. ICRs Regarding Disclosure
Requirements (§§ 422.111 and 423.128)
CMS will submit the following
requirements and burden to OMB for
approval under control number 0938–
1051 (CMS–10260). We did not receive
any comments pertaining to our
proposed requirements or burden
estimates. With the exception of the
added language in § 422.111(h)(2)(iii),
we are finalizing them as proposed.
a. Timing of Disclosure (§§ 422.111(a)(3)
and 423.128(a)(3))
As discussed in section II.B.4 of this
rule, we are finalizing our proposal to
revise the timing of disclosing the
information required under § 422.111(a)
and (b) and the timing of such
disclosures under § 423.128(a) and (b)
which provide for the disclosure of plan
content information to beneficiaries.
Sections 422.111(a)(3) and 423.128(a)(3)
require that MA plans and Part D
sponsors provide the information in
§§ 422.111(b) and 423.128(b) by the first
day of the annual enrollment period.
This is a change from current practice,
which requires that plans provide the
information 15 days before that period.
Importantly, plans must continue to
distribute the ANOC 15 days prior to the
AEP. In other words, the revised
provision provides the option of either
submitting the EOC with the ANOC or
waiting until the first day of the AEP, or
sooner, for distribution. The provision
simply gives plans that may need some
flexibility the ability to rearrange
schedules and defer a deadline.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Consequently, there is no change in
burden.
b. Method of Disclosure
(§§ 422.111(h)(2) and 423.128(d)(2))
Sections 422.111(h)(2)(i) and
423.128(d)(2)(i) require that plans
maintain a website which contains the
information listed in §§ 422.111(b) and
423.128(b). Section 422.111(h)(2)(ii)
states that the posting of the EOC,
Summary of Benefits, and provider
network information on the plan’s
website ‘‘does not relieve the MA
organization of its responsibility under
§ 422.111(a) to provide hard copies to
enrollees.’’ There is no parallel to
§ 422.111(h)(2)(ii) in § 423.128 for Part D
sponsors. Further, § 423.128(a) requires
the disclosures ‘‘in the manner specified
by CMS.’’
In § 422.111(h)(2)(ii), we had
proposed to modify the sentence stating
that the posting of the EOC, Summary
of Benefits, and provider network
information on the plan’s website does
not relieve the plan of its responsibility
to provide hard copies of these
documents to beneficiaries ‘‘upon
request.’’ In this final rule, we removed
the ‘‘Summary of Benefits’’ from that
sentence and added ‘‘The summary of
benefits. Posting does not relieve the
MA organization of its responsibility
under paragraph (a) of this section to
provide hard copies to enrollees as CMS
directs’’ to § 422.111(h)(2)(iii) excepting
the Summary of Benefits from electronic
delivery of certain required documents.
We also added the phrase ‘‘in the
manner specified by CMS’’ in
§ 422.111(a).
The changes give MA plans the
flexibility to provide the information in
§ 422.111(b) electronically when
specified by CMS as a permissible
delivery option, and better aligns with
the provisions under § 423.128. We
continue to specify hardcopy mailing, as
opposed to electronic delivery, for most
documents that convey the type of
information described in paragraph (b).
CMS intends that provider and
pharmacy directories, and EOC
documents are those for which
electronic posting and delivery of a hard
copy upon request are permissible.
Electronic delivery reduces plan burden
by eliminating printing (paper and
toner) and mailing costs, when
applicable. Additionally, the IT systems
of the plans are already set up to format
and print these documents.
To estimate the cost of printing these
documents, we note that the CMS
Trustee’s report, accessible at https://
www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Dataand-Systems/Statistics-Trends-andReports/ReportsTrustFunds/, lists 47.8
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
million beneficiaries in MA, section
1876 cost,81 and prescription drug
contracts for contract year 2019. At this
time, we have no mechanism for
measuring the number of beneficiaries
who have asked to receive this
document electronically by opting into
a plan’s electronic delivery system.
However, we expect this number to be
not significant.
Based on reports from the
internetSociety.org and Pew Research
Center,82 we estimate that 33 percent of
these beneficiaries who are in MA and
Prescription Drug contracts will prefer
to opt in to receive hard copies instead
of electronic copies. Thus, the savings
comes from the 67 percent of
beneficiaries who are in MA and
Prescription Drug contracts that will not
opt in to having printed copies mailed
to them, namely 32,026,000
beneficiaries (47,800,000 beneficiaries ×
0.67).
The major expenses in printing an
EOC include paper, toner, and mailing
costs. The typical EOC has 150 pages.
Typical wholesale costs of paper are
between $2.50 and $5.00 for a ream of
500 sheets. We assume $2.50 per ream
of 500 sheets. Since each EOC has 150
pages, we are estimating a cost of $0.75
per EOC [$2.50/(150 pages per EOC/500
sheets per ream)]. Thus, we estimate
that the total savings from paper is
$24,019,500 (32,026,000 EOCs × $0.75
per EOC).
Toner costs can range from $50 to
$200 and each toner can last 4,000 to
10,000 pages. We conservatively assume
a cost of $50 for 10,000 pages. Each
toner will print 66.67 EOCs (10,000
pages per toner/150 pages per EOC) at
a cost of $0.005 per page ($50/10,000
pages) or $0.75 per EOC ($0.005 per
page × 150 pages). Thus, we estimate
that the total savings on toner is
$24,019,500 (32,026,000 EOCs × $0.75
per EOC).
Regarding mailing costs, since a ream
of paper with 2,000 8.5 inches by 11
inches pages weighs 20 pounds or 320
ounces it then follows that 1 sheet of
paper weighs 0.16 ounces (320 ounces/
2,000 pages). Therefore, a typical EOC of
150 pages weighs 24 ounces (0.016
ounces/page × 150 pages) or 1.5 pounds.
Since commercial mailing rates are 13.8
cents per pound, the total savings in
81 Per 42 CFR 417.427, cost plans must comply
with § 422.111 and § 423.128.
82 Global internet Report, 2017, internet Society,
https://www.internetsociety.org/globalinternetreport/
2016/?gclid=EAIaIQobChMI-tz1nN_W1QIVgoKz
Ch1EVggBEAAYASAAEgLpj_D_BwE and ‘‘Tech
Adoption Climbs Among Older Adults,’’ Pew
Research Center, https://www.pewinternet.org/2017/
05/17/tech-adoption-climbs-among-older-adults/.
PO 00000
Frm 00257
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16695
mailings is $6,629,382 ($0.138/pounds ×
1.5 pound × 32,026,000 EOCs).
In aggregate, we estimate an annual
savings of $54,668,382 ($24,019,500 +
$24,019,500 + $6,629,382).
11. ICRs Regarding Communication/
Marketing Materials and Activities
(Parts 422 and 423, Subpart V)
CMS will submit the following
requirements and burden to OMB for
approval under control number 0938–
1051 (CMS–10260). As indicated, public
comments were received and are
summarized below along with our
response. We are not making any
changes to the proposed provisions, and
we are finalizing them as proposed.
However, we have made technical
changes to correct errors identified in
the proposed rule’s burden analysis. To
address a mathematical error, we have
updated the total number of materials
submitted from 80,110 to 79,584. We
have also addressed an additional
mathematical error for the material no
longer submitted under the 6000 code
from 1,407 to 1,667. As a result of these
corrections, the total number of
materials that will no longer be
submitted has changed from 39,824 to
39,298, the total number of hours has
changed from 19,912 to 19,649, and the
cost saved has changed from $1,398,372
to $1,357,353. In addition, we removed
the PACE and Medicare-Medicaid Plans
from the chart as they will not be
impacted by this regulation.
As discussed in section II.B.5. of this
rule, we are finalizing our proposal to
narrow the definition of ‘‘marketing
materials’’ under §§ 422.2260 and
423.2260 to only include materials and
activities that aim to influence
enrollment decisions. We believe the
revised definition appropriately
safeguards potential and current MA/
PDP enrollees from inappropriate
steering of beneficiary choice, while not
including materials that pose little risk
to current or potential enrollees and are
not traditionally considered
‘‘marketing.’’ The narrowed definition
reduces the burden to MA organizations
and Part D sponsors by reducing the
number of materials required to be
submitted to us for review.
To estimate the savings, we reviewed
the most recent 12-month period of
marketing material submissions from
the Health Plan Management System,
July 2016 through and including June
2017. Consistent with the figures in our
currently approved information
collection request, we continue to
estimate that it takes a plan 30 minutes
at $69.08/hour for a business operations
specialist to submit the marketing
materials. To complete the savings
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16696
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
analysis, we also must estimate the
number of marketing materials that
would have been submitted to us under
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
the current regulatory marketing
definition.
Marketing materials are coded using
4- or 5- digit numbers, based on
PO 00000
Frm 00258
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
marketing material type. The relevant
codes and counts are summarized in
Table 16.
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Jkt 244001
Frm 00259
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16APR2
Description of Excluded
Material(s)*
1000
1100
Description
Enrollment and related
documents
ANOC/EOC/LIS Rider
16,495
6,794
Enrollment forms
n/a
2000
3000
Disenrollment
Grievances
5,942
1,564
4000
5000
Advertisements
Formulary Drug
Presentations/Scripts/S
urveys
Creditable
Coverage/LEP
43,965
1,429
n/a
n/a
General advertising that
includes benefits
information
n/a
2,836
Enrollment scripts
559
Numb
er of
Exclu
ded
Mater
ials
Number
of
Materials
that will
no longer
be
Submitte
d
Hours
per
Respo
nse
Total
Hour
s
Save
d
Wage
Rate
(Per
Hour)
981
5,162
15,514
1,632
0.5
0.5
7,757
816
$69.08
$69.08
0
0
5,942
1,564
0.5
0.5
2,971
782
$69.08
$69.08
Cost
Saved
(in$)
535,853.5
6
56,369.28
205,236.6
8
54,020.56
32,974
10,991
1,429
0.5
0.5
5,495
.5
714.5
$69.08
$69.08
379,629
49,397.66
1,169
1,667
0.5
The
$69.08
57,578.18
559
0.5
279.5
$69.08
19307.86
0.5
19,64
9
$69.08
$1,357,35
3
n/a
6000
8000
Total 79,584
40,286
39,298
16697
documents (79,584 current¥40,286
excluded) we estimate a savings of
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
By reducing the number of marketing
materials submitted to CMS by 39,298
PO 00000
ER16AP18.016
Marketi
ngCode
Total
Number of
Materials
Submitted
Under
Marketing
Code
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
BILLING CODE 4120–01–C
VerDate Sep<11>2014
TABLE 16: MARKETING MATERIAL SUBMISSION BURDEN ANALYSIS
16698
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
19,649 hours (39,298 materials * 0.5
hours per material) at a cost savings of
$1,357,353 (19,649 hours * 69.08 per
hour). Some key points in the
calculations are as follows:
• There were a total of 79,584
marketing materials submitted to CMS
during the 12-month period sampled.
These materials already exclude PACE
program marketing materials (30000
Code) which are governed by a different
authority and not affected by this final
rule. The 79,584 figure also excludes
codes 15000, 16000, and 17000
Medicare-Medicaid Plan (MMP)
materials. The MMP materials are not
being counted as the decision for review
rests with the states and CMS.
• Section 1851(h) of the Act is clear
that ‘‘applications,’’ which CMS also
refers to as enrollment or election forms,
must be reviewed. Thus the 981
materials submitted under marketing
code 1070, enrollment forms, must be
subtracted from the 79,584.
• Marketing code 1100 includes the
combined ANOC/EOC as well as the
D–SNP standalone ANOC. CMS intends
to split the ANOC and EOC and will
still require the ANOC be submitted as
a marketing material, whereas the EOC
will no longer be considered marketing
and not require submission. To account
for the ANOC submission, CMS
estimates that 5,162 ANOCs will still
require submission.
• We do not expect any disenrollment
or grievance forms (the 2000 and 3000
codes) to be required submissions under
this final rule.
• Marketing code 4000 covers all
advertisements which constitute 55
percent (43,965) of the 79,584 materials.
The majority of these advertisements
deal with benefits and enrollment. We
estimate 25 percent of the 43,965 code
4000 documents (that is, 10,991
documents) will fall outside of the new
regulatory definition of marketing and
no longer require submission. Thus, we
must subtract these 32,974
(43,965¥10,991) from the 79,584.
• Marketing code 5000 covers
formulary drugs. Although, as is
currently the case, formularies will
continue to be submitted to us for
review in capacities outside of
marketing (currently approved under
OMB control number 0938–0763 (CMS–
R–262)). Formularies, however, will no
longer fall under the new regulatory
definition of marketing and hence will
not be submitted separately for review
as marketing materials.
• Marketing code 6000 includes sales
scripts which are predominantly used to
encourage enrollment, and will likely
still fall under the scope of the new
marketing definition. As such, we must
subtract 1,169 documents (code 6013)
from the 79,584 total marketing
materials.
• Marketing code 8000 includes
creditable coverage and late enrollment
penalty (LEP) notices that will fall
outside of the new regulatory definition
of marketing and no longer require
submission. Over the 12-month period
sampled, this represents 559 material
submissions.
We received the following comments.
A summary of the comments and our
response follow:
Comment: A commenter wanted CMS
to include PACE marketing materials in
the marketing chart.
Response: PACE marketing materials
were intentionally omitted because
PACE marketing is not impacted by
changes to subpart V under both parts
422 and 423.
Comment: A commenter requested
that Table 16 (currently Table F4) reflect
the inclusion of materials that will fall
under the purview of CMS review based
on this final regulation.
Response: The intent of the chart is to
provide an estimate of the aggregate
savings that will result from the
regulatory changes to Subpart V, rather
than to provide a comprehensive list of
the materials that will or will not
require submission as a result of this
final rule. As noted in response to
comments in section II.B.5. of this rule,
CMS intends on issuing subregulatory
guidance to provide more detailed
information on material status.
Comment: A commenter requested
that the descriptions in the chart
include all materials that fall under the
general marketing code listed.
Response: In developing the chart,
CMS used the marketing code
descriptions reflected in HPMS. The
description is meant to give the reader
a sense of what materials fall under the
code as opposed to an all-inclusive list.
Listing all material types would not be
practical. Readers can reference the
marketing section of HPMS for a list of
all codes and material types.
12. ICRs Related to Preclusion List
Requirements for Individuals and
Entities in MA, Cost Plans, and PACE
(§ 422.222) and Prescribers in Part D
(§ 423.120(c)(6))
a. Preclusion List Requirements for
Part C (§ 422.222)
The following requirements and
burden will be submitted to OMB for
approval under control number 0938–
0685 (CMS–855A, –855B, and –855I).
We did not receive any comments
pertaining to our proposed
requirements, therefore we are finalizing
them as proposed.
Consistent with the proposed rule (82
FR 56488), we estimate that 120,000 MA
providers and suppliers have yet to
enroll in Medicare via the CMS–855
application. Based on internal CMS
statistics we estimate that 6,000 Part A
providers and certain Part B certified
suppliers would have completed the
CMS–855A application, 24,000 Part B
organizational suppliers would have
completed the CMS–855B application,
and 90,000 physicians and nonphysician practitioners would have
completed the CMS–855I application.
We believe that savings will accrue for
providers and suppliers from the
elimination of our MA/Part C
enrollment requirement under
§ 422.222. Table 17 summarizes the
burden associated with the completion
of each form.
TABLE 17—CMS–855 APPLICATION SAVINGS
[Time and costs]
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Submission type
Number of
respondents
no longer
required to
enroll
Hours for
completion
by office
personnel
Hours for
a physician
to review
and sign
Hours for
an authorized
official to
review and
sign
Hours for
completion *
Time savings
(hours)
Cost savings
($)
CMS–855A ...................
CMS–855B ...................
CMS–855I ....................
6,000
24,000
90,000
5
4
2.5
n/a
n/a
0.5
1
1
n/a
6
5
3
36,000
120,000
270,000
$1,641,960
5,759,040
16,676,100
Total ......................
120,000
11.5
0.5
2
14
426,000
24,077,100
* The per response time estimate is consistent with what is currently approved by OMB.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00260
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
In projecting the savings, we assume
that a medical and health services
manager will serve as the provider’s or
supplier’s ‘‘authorized official’’ and will
sign the CMS–855A or CMS–855B
application on the provider’s or
supplier’s behalf.
Therefore, we project the following
total hour and savings:
• CMS–855A: We estimate a total
reduction in hour burden of 36,000
hours (6,000 applicants × 6 hours). With
the cost of each application processed
by a medical secretary and signed off by
a medical and health services manager
as being $273.66 [($33.70/hour × 5
hours) + ($105.16/hour × 1 hour)], we
estimate a total savings of $1,641,960
(6,000 applications × $273.66).
• CMS–855B: We estimate a total
reduction in hour burden of 120,000
hours (24,000 applicants × 5 hours).
With the cost of each application
processed by a medical secretary and
signed off by a medical and health
services manager as being $239.96
[($33.70/hour × 4 hours) + ($105.16/
hour × 1 hour)], we estimate a total
savings of $5,759,040 (24,000
applications × $239.96).
• CMS–855I: We estimate a total
reduction in hour burden of 270,000
hours (90,000 applicants × 3 hours).
With the cost of each application
processed by a medical secretary and
physician as being $185.29 [($33.70/
hour × 2.5 hours) + ($202.08/hour × 0.5
hours)], we estimate a savings of
$16,676,100 (90,000 applications ×
$185.29).
Given the foregoing, we estimate that
providers and suppliers will experience
a total reduction in hour burden of
426,000 hours (270,000 hours + 120,000
hours + 36,000 hours) and a total cost
savings of $24,077,100 ($16,676,100 +
$5,759,040 + $1,641,960). We expect
these reductions and savings to accrue
in 2019 and not in 2020 or 2021.
Nonetheless, when distributed over the
course of OMB’s 3-year approval period
(2019 to 2021), we expect an annual
savings of 142,000 hours (426,000
hours/3 years) at $8,025,700
($24,077,100/3 years) per year.
b. MA Encounter Data (§ 422.310(d)(5))
The requirements and burden
associated with the collection and
reporting of encounter data is currently
approved by OMB under control
number 0938–1152 (CMS–10340).
Encounter data is a source to determine
providers rendering MA services that
should be on the preclusion list. Since
this rule’s provision is consistent with
existing policy the change will not
impose any new or revised
requirements/burden. Consequently, we
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
are not making any changes under the
0938–1152 control number.
This final rule revises § 422.310 by
adding a new paragraph (d)(5) which
requires that, for the data described in
§ 422.310(d)(1) as data equivalent to
Medicare fee-for-service data (which is
also known as MA encounter data), MA
organizations must submit a National
Provider Identifier in a Billing Provider
field on each MA encounter data record,
per CMS guidance. We do not expect
any additional burden from this
provision, since it is consistent with
existing policy.
c. Preclusion List Requirements for
Part D Sponsors
(1) Enrollment in Medicare Part D
(§ 423.120(c)(6))
The following requirements and
burden will be submitted to OMB for
approval under control number 0938–
1135 (CMS–855O). We did not receive
any comments pertaining to our
proposed requirements, therefore we are
finalizing them as proposed.
As discussed in the proposed rule (82
FR 56474), we believe that savings will
accrue for the prescriber community
from this rule’s elimination of the
requirement under § 423.120(c)(6)) that
prescribers enroll in Medicare in order
to prescribe Part D drugs.
In the proposed rule (82 FR 56474),
we estimated that approximately
420,000 prescribers have yet to enroll in
Medicare via the CMS–855O
application. Based on updated data we
are revising this estimate to
approximately 340,000 un-enrolled
prescribers. However, our data shows
that there are 25,000 providers who
overlap leaving 315,000 unenrolled
prescribers in Part D. We also estimate
that it will take 0.5 hours for a
prescriber to complete a CMS–855O
application.
This is based on the following
assumptions:
• A medical secretary will take 0.42
hours at $33.70/hour to prepare the
application.
• A physician will take 0.08 hours at
$202.08/hour to review and sign the
application.
This will result in a per application
cost of $30.32 [(0.42 hours × $33.70/
hour) + (0.08 hours × $202.08/hour)]
and a total savings of $10,308,800
(315,000 applications × $30.32) and
170,000 hours (315,000 applications ×
0.5 hours). We believe that these savings
will accrue in 2019.
(2) Part D Sponsor Requirements
The following notice preparation and
distribution requirements and burden
PO 00000
Frm 00261
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16699
will be submitted to OMB for approval
under control number 0938–0964
(CMS–10141). We did not receive any
comments pertaining to our proposed
requirements, therefore we are finalizing
them as proposed.
As discussed in sections II.D.10. and
11. of this rule, we are finalizing our
proposal under § 423.120(c)(6) to
require that Part D sponsors provide
written notice to the beneficiary of the
prescriber’s presence on the preclusion
list and take reasonable efforts to
furnish written notice to the prescriber.
The burden associated with these
provisions will be the time and effort
necessary for Part D adjudication
systems to be programmed and for
model notices to be created, generated,
and disseminated. However, we are not
finalizing the provision that required
Part D sponsors cover a provisional
supply of a drug before they reject a
claim based on a prescriber’s inclusion
on the preclusion list.
For 2019, we estimate that it will take
all 30 sponsors and PBMs with Part D
adjudication systems a total of
approximately 93,600 hours for software
developers and programmers to program
their systems to comply with the
requirements of § 423.120(c)(6). In 2020
and 2021, we do not anticipate any
system costs since all changes were
implemented in 2019. The sponsors and
PBMs will need approximately 6 to 12
months to perform system changes and
testing. The total time figures are based
on a 6-month preparation and testing
period. There are roughly 1,040 fulltime working hours in a 6-month
period. Using an estimate of 3 full-time
software developers and programmers at
$96.22/hour results in the
aforementioned 93,600 hour figure (3
workers × 1,040 hours × 30 sponsors/
PBMs) at a cost of $9,006,192 (93,600
hours × $96.22/hour).
Consistent with the May 6, 2015 IFC,
we continue to estimate that 212 parent
organizations will need to create two
template notices to notify beneficiaries
and prescribers that prescriptions will
be rejected due to the prescriber’s
inclusion on the Preclusion List. We
project that it will take each
organization 3 hours at $69.08/hour for
a business operations specialist to create
the two template notices. For 2019, we
estimate a one-time total burden of 636
hours (212 organizations × 3 hours) at a
cost of $43,935 (636 hours × $69.08/
hour) or $207.24 per organization
($43,935/212 organizations). As
mentioned, there will be no burden
associated with 2020 and 2021 since all
changes were implemented in 2019.
We also estimate that it will take an
average of 5 minutes (0.083 hour) at
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16700
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
$39.22/hour for an insurance claim and
policy processing clerk to prepare and
distribute the notices. We estimate that
an average of 800 prescribers will be on
the preclusion list in early 2019 with
roughly 80,000 Part D beneficiaries
affected; that is, 80,000 beneficiaries
will have been receiving prescriptions
written by these prescribers and will
therefore receive the notice referenced
in § 423.120(c)(6). In 2019 we estimate
a total burden of 6,640 hours (80,000
responses × 0.083 hours) at a cost of
$260,421 (6,640 hours × $39.22/hour) or
$1,228.40 per organization ($260,421/
212 organizations).
In 2020 and 2021, we estimate that
roughly 150 prescribers each year will
be added to the preclusion list, though
this will be largely offset by the same
number of prescribers being removed
from the list (for example, based on
reenrollment after the expiration of a
reenrollment bar or decision to remove
them from the preclusion list) with
15,000 affected beneficiaries. In
aggregate, we estimate an annual burden
of 1,245 hours (15,000 beneficiaries ×
0.083 hours) at a cost of $48,829 (1,245
hour × $39.22/hour) or $325.53 per
prescriber ($48,829/150 prescribers).
TABLE 18—ESTIMATED TIME FOR PART D NOTICE PREPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION
[Hours]
2019
2020
2021
3-year
average
Part D Sponsor—System Programming ..........................................................
Part D Sponsor—Template Creation ...............................................................
Part D Sponsor—Letter Preparation and Distribution .....................................
93,600
636
6,640
0
0
1,245
0
0
1,245
31,200
212
3,043
Total ..........................................................................................................
100,876
1,245
1,245
34.455
TABLE 19—ESTIMATED COST FOR PART D NOTICE PREPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION
[Dollars]
2019
2020
2021
3-year
average
Part D Sponsor—System Programming ..........................................................
Part D Sponsor—Template Creation ...............................................................
Part D Sponsor—Notice Preparation and Distribution ....................................
$9,006,192
43,935
260,421
$0
0
48,829
$0
0
48,829
$3,002,064
14,645
119,360
Total ..........................................................................................................
9,310,548
48,829
48,829
3,136,069
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
13. ICRs Regarding the Removal of
Quality Improvement Project for
Medicare Advantage Organizations
(§ 422.152)
CMS will submit the following
requirements and burden to OMB for
approval under control number 0938–
1023 (CMS–10209). We did not receive
any comments pertaining to our
proposed requirements or burden
estimates. Consequently, we are
finalizing them as proposed. (Note:
While CMS–10209 has inadvertently
expired, we are proposing to reinstate
the collection through this final rule.)
As discussed in section II.B.11. of this
rule, we are finalizing our proposal to
remove the Quality Improvement
Project (QIP) requirements (and CMSdirection of QIPs) from the Quality
Improvement (QI) Program
requirements. The driver of the
anticipated savings is the removal of
requirement to attest having a QIP
annually.
To derive our savings, we estimate
that it takes 1 MA organization 15
minutes (0.25 hour) at $67.54/hour for
a compliance officer to submit a QIP
attestation. Currently, there are 750 MA
contracts, and each contract is required
to submit a QIP attestation. Therefore,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
we anticipate that there are 750 QIP
attestations annually.
Using these assumptions, we estimate
that the removal of the QIP provision
will result in a total annual savings of
187.5 hours (750 contracts × 0.25 hour)
at $12,663.75 (187.5 hours × $67.54/
hour) or $16.89 per contact ($12,663.75/
750 contracts).
14. ICRs Regarding Medical Loss Ratio
Reporting Requirements (§§ 422.2460
and 423.2460)
The following requirements and
burden will be submitted to OMB for
approval under control number 0938–
1232 (CMS–10476). We received a
comment pertaining to our proposed
requirements or burden estimates. As
discussed later, we are finalizing them
as proposed. A summary of the public
comment and our response are set out
below.
Under current §§ 422.2460 and
423.2460, for each contract year, MA
organizations and Part D sponsors must
report to CMS the information needed to
verify the MLR and remittance amount,
if any, for each contract, such as:
Incurred claims, total revenue,
expenditures on quality improving
activities, non-claims costs, taxes,
PO 00000
Frm 00262
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
licensing and regulatory fees, and any
remittance owed to CMS under
§ 422.2410 or § 423.2410. As discussed
in section II.C.1. of this final rule, our
amendments to §§ 422.2460 and
423.2460 will reduce the MLR reporting
burden by requiring that MA
organizations and Part D sponsors
report, for each contract year, only the
MLR and the amount of any remittance
owed to us for each contract with
credible or partially credible experience.
For each non-credible contract, MA
organizations and Part D sponsors will
be required to report only that the
contract is non-credible.
Our analysis of the estimated
administrative costs related to the MLR
reporting requirements is based on the
average number of MA and Part D
contracts subject to the reporting
requirements for each contract year. In
the information collection request
currently approved by OMB under
control number 0938–1232 (CMS–
10476), we estimate that 616 MA and
Part D contracts will be subject to the
MLR data submission requirements for
each contract year. Our previous
estimate of 616 was based on the
number of MA and Part D contracts that
we expected would be subject to the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
MLR requirements at the time that we
published the May 23, 2013 final rule
(78 FR 31284). We are revising this
estimate to reflect the average number of
MA and Part D contracts subject to the
MLR data submission requirements for
contract years 2014 to 2018. Based on
this more recent data, we estimate that
587 MA and Part D contracts will be
subject to the MLR data submission
requirements for each contract year. The
total number of MA and Part D contracts
is relatively stable from year to year.
Our estimate for the amount of time
that MA organizations and Part D
sponsors will spend on administrative
tasks related to the amended MLR
reporting requirements is based on the
burden estimates that are currently
approved by OMB under control
number 0938–1232 (CMS–10476), but
updated to reflect the revised number of
contracts discussed earlier and also
updated for more current wage and cost
information. This is consistent with the
approach used in the proposed rule
regarding burden estimates. In the
approved information collection
request, we estimate that, on average,
MA organizations and Part D sponsors
will spend 47 hours per contract on
administrative work related to Medicare
MLR reporting, including: Collecting
data, populating the MLR reporting
forms, conducting a final internal
review, submitting the reports to the
Secretary, and conducting internal
audits. Our currently approved estimate
did not specify (or break out) the
portion of the overall reporting burden
that could be attributed solely to the
tasks of preparing and submitting the
MLR report. In our proposed rule, we
corrected that oversight by estimating
that the burden for preparing and
submitting the MLR report is
approximately 11.5 hours (or 24.4
percent of the estimated 47 total hours
spent on all administrative work related
to the MLR reporting requirements) per
contract.
We arrived at the 11.5-hour estimate
by considering the amount of time it
will take an MA organization or Part D
sponsor to perform each of the following
tasks: (1) Review the MLR report filing
instructions and external materials
referenced therein and to input all
figures and plan-level data in
accordance with the instructions; (2)
draft narrative descriptions of
methodologies used to allocate
expenses; (3) perform an internal review
of the MLR report form prior to
submission; (4) upload and submit the
MLR report and attestation; and (5)
correct or provide explanations for any
suspected errors or omissions
discovered by CMS or our contractor
during initial review of the submitted
MLR report.
16701
We estimate that this rule’s provision
to scale back the MLR reporting
requirements will reduce the amount of
time spent on administrative work by 11
hours, from 47 hours to 36 hours. We
also estimate the average cost per hour
of MLR reporting using wage data for
computer and information systems
managers, as we believe that the tasks
associated with MLR reporting generally
fall within the fields of data processing,
computer programming, information
systems, and systems analysis. Based on
computer and information systems
managers wage data from BLS, we
estimate that MA organizations and Part
D sponsors will incur annual MLR
reporting costs of approximately $5,045
per contract on average under this final
rule as opposed to $6,587 per contract
under the current regulations.
Consequently, the changes will, on
average, reduce the annual
administrative costs by $1,542 per
contract. Across all MA and Part D
contracts, we estimate that this rule’s
amendment will reduce the annual
administrative burden related to MLR
reporting by 6,457 hours along with a
savings of $904,884. Table 20 compares
the estimated administrative burden
related to current MLR reporting
requirements, burden with updated
contract and cost information, and the
burden under this final rule.
TABLE 20—ESTIMATED ADMINISTRATIVE BURDEN RELATED TO MEDICAL LOSS RATIO (MLR) REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Total number
of contracts/
reports
Type of burden
Annual burden under currently approved
collection (OMB control number 0938–
1232) (CMS–10476).
Annual burden (with updated number of
contracts and cost) under current regulation.
Annual burden under this final rule .........
Change in burden under this final rule ...
Estimated
average hours
per report
Estimated
average cost
per hour
Estimated
total hours
Estimated
total cost
Estimated
average
cost per
contract/report
616 .................
47
28,952
$135.58/hr ......
$3,925,312
$6,372
587 .................
47
27,589
$140.14/hr ......
$3,866,322
$6,587
587 .................
No change .....
36
(11)
21,132
(6,457)
$140.14/hr ......
No change .....
2,961,438
(904,884)
5,045
(1,542)
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Notes: The source data has been modified to reflect estimated costs for MA organizations and Part D sponsors. Values may not be exact due
to rounding.
We received the following comment,
and our response follows:
Comment: A commenter expressed
support for the reduction in the MLR
reporting burden, and requested that we
continue to produce and make available
form CMS–10476 as it is useful to assist
submitters with their MLR calculations.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Response: We appreciate the support.
We intend to continue to make available
the prior years’ MLR Report on our
website (CMS.gov) as well as in the
Health Plan Management System
(HPMS). Therefore, the commenter can
continue to utilize the prior years’ more
PO 00000
Frm 00263
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
detailed MLR Reports to assist with
their MLR calculations.
We are finalizing this provision
without modification.
C. Summary of Information Collection
Requirements and Burden
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16702
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 21—ANNUAL RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Total
annual
burden
(hours)
Respondents
Responses
Burden
per
response
0938–0753
468 ....................
558,000 .............
5 min .................
46,500
$69.08/hr ...........
$3,212,220
0938–0753
468 ....................
558,000 .............
1 min .................
9,300
$69.08/hr ...........
642,444
0938–0753
468 ....................
558,000 .............
1 min .................
9,300
$69.08/hr ...........
642,444
0938–0753
468 ....................
558,000 .............
5 min .................
46,500
$34.66/hr ...........
1,606,110
0938–1023
0938–0685
0938–1051
468 ....................
120,000 .............
527 ....................
(750) ..................
(120,000) ...........
(39,298) .............
(15 min) .............
varies .................
(30 min) .............
(188)
(426,000)
(19,649)
$67.54/hr ...........
varies .................
$69.08/hr ...........
(12,664)
(24,077,100)
(1,357,353)
0938–1232
587 ....................
(587) ..................
(11 hr) ................
(6,457)
$140.14/hr .........
(904,884)
0938–1135
0938–0964
0938–0964
340,000 .............
212 ....................
90 ......................
(340,000) ...........
212 ....................
90 ......................
varies .................
3 hr ....................
1040 ..................
(170,000)
636
93,600
varies .................
$69.08/hr ...........
$96.22 ...............
(10,308,800)
43,935
9,006,192
0938–0964
212 ....................
80,000 ...............
0.083 hr .............
6,640
$39.22/hr ...........
260,421
0938–0964
212 ....................
15,000 ...............
0.083 hr .............
1,245
$39.22/hr ...........
48,829
0938–0964
0938–0964
219 ....................
219 ....................
3,693 .................
3,693 .................
0.083 hr .............
5 hr ....................
307
1,095
$39.22/hr ...........
$81.90/hr ...........
12,041
89,681
0938–0753
varies .................
18,600,000 ........
varies .................
558,000 .............
varies .................
30 min ...............
(407,171)
279,000
varies .................
$23.86 ...............
(21,096,484)
6,656,940
0938–1051
18,600,000 ........
n/a .....................
558,000 .............
(32,026,000) ......
30 min ...............
n/a .....................
279,000
n/a
$23.86 ...............
n/a .....................
6,656,940
(24,019,500)
0938–1051
n/a .....................
(32,026,000) ......
n/a .....................
n/a
n/a .....................
(24,019,500)
0938–1051
n/a .....................
(32,026,000) ......
n/a .....................
n/a
n/a .....................
(6,629,382)
Subtotal: Non-Labor Burden .......
n/a .....................
(32,026,000) ......
n/a .....................
n/a
n/a .....................
(54,668,382)
Total .....................................
varies .................
varies .................
varies .................
(128,171)
varies .................
(69,107,926)
Regulatory section(s) in
title 42 of the CFR
OMB control
No.*
422.60, 422.62, 422.68, 423.38, and
423.40 eligibility determination.
422.60, 422.62, 422.68, 423.38, and
423.40 notification.
422.60, 422.62, 422.68, 423.38, and
423.40 report to CMS.
422.60, 422.62, 422.68, 423.38, and
423.40 record keeping.
422.152 QIP .......................................
422.222 enrollment ** .........................
422.2260 and 423.2260 marketing
materials.
422.2460 and 423.2460 MLR reporting.
423.120(c)(6 enrollment) ** ................
423.120(c)(6) create model notices ...
423.120(c)(6) Prepare and test system changes.
423.120(c)(6) 2019 prepare and distribute the notices.
423.120(c)(6) 2020 and 2021 prepare
and distribute the notices.
423.153(f) notice preparation .............
423.153(f) notice upload ....................
Subtotal: Private Sector Burden
422.62, 423.38, and 423.40 complete
enrollment.
Subtotal: Burden on Beneficaries
422.111(a)(3) and (h)(2)(ii) and
423.128(a)(3) EOC paper.
422.111(a)(3) and (h)(2)(ii) and
423.128(a)(3) EOC toner.
422.111(a)(3) and (h)(2)(ii) and
423.128(a)(3) EOC mailing.
Labor cost
of reporting
Total cost
($)
* OMB control numbers and corresponding CMS ID numbers: 0938–0753 (CMS–R–267), 0938–1023 (CMS–10209), 0938–0685 (CMS–855A, –855B, and –855I),
0938–1051 (CMS–10260), 0938–1232 (CMS–10476), 0938–1135 (CMS–855O, and 0938–0964 (CMS–10141).
** The requirements and burden were set out in the NPRM text, but the figures were inadvertently excluded from the burden summary table.
This table reflects the following changes from the proposed rule:
• The marketing provision (section II.B.5. of this rule) has changes due to numerical errors and more accurate estimates as documented in the marketing provision.
• The minimum wage was changed from $7.25 an hour to $23.86 an hour. This is explained earlier in the opening section.
• Two rows were deleted from the Table 21 for the CARA provision (section II.B.14. of this rule) since they are properly addressed in the section IV. of this rule
(Regulatory Impact Analysis) and do not belong in the this section (Collection of Information).
• One row was added to the preclusion provision (section III.B.12. of this rule) to reflect an omitted row on the burden to programmers to implement changes. The
totals and subtotals were updated accordingly.
• Added enrollment figures under §§ 422.222 and 423.120(c)(6).
B. Overall Impact
A. Statement of Need
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis
We examined the impact of this final
rule as required by Executive Order
12866 on Regulatory Planning and
Review (September 30, 1993), Executive
Order 13563 on Improving Regulation
and Regulatory Review (January 18,
2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act
(RFA) (September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96–
354), Section 1102(b) of the Social
Security Act, Section 202 of the
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
(March 22, 1995; Pub. L. 104–4),
Executive Order 13132 on Federalism
(August 4, 1999), the Congressional
Review Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2)), and
Executive Order 13771 on Reducing
Regulation and Controlling Regulatory
Costs (January 30, 2017).
This final rule approaches to improve
the quality, accessibility and
affordability of the Medicare Part C and
Part D programs and to improve the
CMS customer experience. While
satisfaction with these programs remain
high, these proposals are responsive to
input we received from stakeholders
while administering the program, as
well as through a Request for
Information process earlier this year.
Additionally, this regulation includes a
number of provisions that will help
address the opioid epidemic and
mitigate the impact of increasing drug
prices in the Part D program.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00264
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
(RFA), as amended, requires agencies to
analyze options for regulatory relief of
small businesses, if a rule has a
significant impact on a substantial
number of small entities. For purposes
of the RFA, small entities include small
businesses, nonprofit organizations, and
small governmental jurisdictions.
This final rule affects Medicare
Advantage plans and Part D sponsors
(NAICS category 524114 with a
minimum threshold for small business
size of $38.5 million (https://
www.sba.gov/content/small-businesssize-standards). This final rule
additionally effects hospitals (NAICS
subsector 622), and a variety of provider
categories including physicians,
specialists, and laboratories (subsector
621).
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
To clarify the flow of payments
between these entities and the Federal
government, note that Medicare
Advantage Organizations (MAO) submit
proposed plan designs, called bids, in
June 2018 for operation in contract year
2019. These bids project payments to
hospitals, providers and staff as well as
the cost of administration and profits.
These bids in turn determine the
payments of the Medicare Trust Fund to
the MAOs who reimburse providers and
other stakeholders for their services.
Consequently, our analysis will focus on
MAOs.
There are various types of health
plans including, HMOs (Part D sponsors
and MA plans), Demonstrations, Cost
Plans, Prescription Drug Plans (PDP)
and PACE plans. 42% of all Medicare
health plan organizations are not-forprofit and 32% of all Part D sponsors
and MA plans are not for profit (These
figures were determined by examining
records from the most recent year for
which we have complete data, 2016).
There are a variety of ways to assess
whether MAOs meet the $38.5 million
threshold for small businesses. The
assessment can be done by examining
net worth, net income, cash flow from
operations and projected claims as
indicated in their bids. Using projected
monetary requirements and projected
enrollment for 2018 from submitted
bids, 32 percent of the MAOs fell below
the $38.5 million threshold for small
businesses. Additionally, an analysis of
2016 data, the most recent year for
which we have actual data on MAO net
worth, also shows that 32 percent of all
MAO falls below the minimum
threshold for small businesses.
If a final rule has a substantial impact
on a substantial number of small
entities, the final rule must discuss
steps taken, including alternatives, to
minimize burden on small entities.
While a significant number (more than
5 percent) of not-for-profit organizations
and small businesses are affected by this
final rule, the impact is not significant.
To assess impact we use the data in
Table G10 of this section which shows
that the raw (not discounted) net effect
of this final rule over five years is 1.5
billion dollars. Comparing this number
to the total monetary amounts projected
to be needed just for 2019, based on
plan submitted bids, we find that the
impact of this rule is significantly below
the 3 percent–5 percent threshold for
significant impact. Had we compared
the 2019 impact of the final rule to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
projected 2019 monetary need, the
impact would be still less.
In considering the requirements of the
RFA certain other aspects of this rule
have bearing. The impact of this rule is
positive, that is, the rule has a net
savings and in fact almost all provisions
reduce burden.
We also note that economic burden,
when it exists, is not a significant
problem for MAOs (whether small or
big) since the MAOs pass all burden on
to the Trust Fund through the bid and
therefore a further alternative to relieve
burden is not needed.
Consequently, the Secretary has
determined that this final rule will not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities
and the requirements of the RFA have
been met.
In addition, section 1102(b) of the Act
requires us to prepare a regulatory
analysis for any final rule under Title
XVIII, Title XIX, or Part B of the Act that
may have significant impact on the
operations of a substantial number of
small rural hospitals. We are not
preparing an analysis for section 1102(b)
of the Act because the Secretary certifies
that this final rule will not have a
significant impact on the operations of
a substantial number of small rural
hospitals.
Section 202 of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA)
also requires that agencies assess
anticipated costs and benefits before
issuing any rule whose mandates
require spending in any 1 year of $100
million in 1995 dollars, updated
annually for inflation. In 2017, that
threshold is approximately $148
million. This final rule is not
anticipated to have an effect on State,
local, or tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or on the private sector of
$148 million or more.
Executive Order 13132 establishes
certain requirements that an agency
must meet when it promulgates a final
rule that imposes substantial direct
requirement costs on state and local
governments, preempts state law, or
otherwise has federalism implications.
Since this final rule does not impose
any substantial costs on state or local
governments, the requirements of
Executive Order 13132 are not
applicable.
If regulations impose administrative
costs on MA Plans and Part D Sponsors,
such as the time needed to read and
interpret this final rule, we should
PO 00000
Frm 00265
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16703
estimate the cost associated with
regulatory review. There are currently
468 MA plans and Part D Sponsors.
We assume each plan will have one
designated staff member who will read
the entire rule.
Using the wage information from the
BLS for medical and health service
managers (Code 11–9111), we estimate
that the cost of reviewing this rule is
$105.16 per hour, including overhead
and fringe benefits (https://www.bls.gov/
oes/2016/may/naics4_621100.htm).
Assuming an average reading speed, we
estimate that it will take approximately
15.6 hours for each person to review
this final rule. For each MA plan that
reviews the rule, the estimated cost is
therefore, $1,640 (15.6 hours × $105.16).
Therefore, we estimate that the total cost
of reviewing this regulation is $767,520
($1,640 × 468 reviewers).
In accordance with the provisions of
Executive Order 12866, this rule was
reviewed by the Office of Management
and Budget.
C. Anticipated Effects
1. Comprehensive Addiction and
Recovery Act of 2016 (CARA)
Provisions
Section 423.153(f) will implement
provisions of section 704 of CARA,
which allows Part D plan sponsors to
establish a drug management program
that includes ‘‘lock-in’’ as a tool to
manage an at-risk beneficiary’s access to
coverage of frequently abused drugs.
Under CARA, potentially at-risk
beneficiaries are to be identified under
guidelines developed by CMS with
stakeholder input. Also, the Secretary
must ensure that the population of atrisk beneficiaries can be effectively
managed by Part D plans. CMS
considered a variety of options as to
how to define the clinical guidelines. In
the NPRM for this rule, we provided the
estimated population of potential at-risk
beneficiaries under different guidelines
that take into account that the
beneficiaries may be overutilizing
opioids, coupled with use of multiple
prescribers and/or pharmacies to obtain
them, based on retrospective review,
which makes the population
appropriate to consider for ‘‘lock-in’’
and a description of the various options.
We note that the measurement year for
the estimates included in the NPRM was
2015. We note that the measurement
year for the revised estimates included
in Table G22 is 2017.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16704
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 22—GUIDELINES TO IDENTIFY AT-RISK BENEFICIARIES
Option
Average MME
2 .....................
3 .....................
4 .....................
5 .....................
>=90
>=90
>=90
>=90
>=90
>=90
>=90
>=90
>=90
>=90
.......................
.......................
.......................
.......................
.......................
.......................
.......................
.......................
.......................
.......................
Average MME
6 .....................
Any MME level .......
4+
6+
4+
5+
3+
5+
3+
4+
3+
3+
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
4+
1+
4+
1+
3+
1+
3+
1+
3+
1+
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
Number of opioid prescribers
OR opioid dispensing pharmacies
7+ ...................
7+ ...................
Estimated number of potentially
at-risk Part D beneficiaries
Estimated number of potentially
at-risk Part D beneficiaries
Original estimates
(2015)
1 .....................
Number of opioid prescribers
AND opioid dispensing pharmacies
Revised estimates
(2017) *
33,053 ..........................................
Minimum Criteria ..........................
52,998 ..........................................
11,753.
22,569.
103,832 ........................................
44,332 Minimum Criteria.
152,652 ........................................
72,246.
319,133 ........................................
152,438.
Estimated number of potentially
at-risk Part D beneficiaries
Estimated number of potentially
at-risk Part D beneficiaries
47,427 (add’l above Option 1)
Supplemental Criteria.
22,841 (add’l above Option 3)
Supplemental Criteria.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
* Revised estimates use more recent 2017 PDE data (as of January 6, 2018), updated cancer exclusion specifications, and latest opioid drug
list and CDC MME conversion factors. Also, buprenorphine products included in prescriber and pharmacy counts.
Under Option 1, CMS proposed to
integrate the CARA lock-in provisions
with our current Part D Opioid
Overutilization Policy/Overutilization
Monitoring System (OMS). We proposed
to initially define frequently abused
drugs as all and only opioids for the
treatment of pain. The guidelines to
identify at-risk beneficiaries will be the
current Part D OMS criteria finalized for
2018 after stakeholder input. Plans that
adopt a drug management program will
have to engage in case management of
the opioid use of all enrollees who meet
these criteria, which will be reported
through OMS and plans must provide a
response for each case. The integration
of CARA lock-in provisions with our
current policy will allow plans to use
pharmacy/prescriber lock in as an
additional tool to address the opioid
overutilization of identified at-risk
beneficiaries.
In the proposed rule, we estimated
that the CARA provisions would result
in a net savings of $10 million (the
estimated savings of $13 million
[rounded up from $12.6 million] less the
total estimated costs of $2,836,651 =
$10,163,349) in 2019. However, as noted
in the preamble, we are finalizing
modifications to our proposed policy on
implementation of drug management.
These modifications will have
implications on the projected savings
for the CARA provisions. First, we are
expanding the definition of frequently
abused drugs to include opioids and
benzodiazepines for purposes of Part D
drug management programs beginning
2019. Second, with respect to clinical
guidelines, we are finalizing the criteria
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
we proposed in Option 3 above as a
‘‘floor’’ that Part D plan sponsors must
adopt, consistent with the current
policy as well as allowing sponsors to
continue to report additional
beneficiaries to OMS—and will adopt
the following supplemental criteria,
which will serve as a ‘‘ceiling’’: Use of
opioids (regardless of average daily
MME) during the most recent 6 months
with 7 or more opioid prescribers OR 7
or more opioid dispensing pharmacies.
These ceiling criteria were included in
the additional criteria options that we
set forth in the chart above in the
proposed rule; specifically, in Row 2 of
option 6. We are finalizing as the
clinical guidelines floor and ceiling
criteria that include a program size of
approximately 67,000 beneficiaries—
44,000 of whom Part D sponsors with
drug management programs must
review and 23,000 of whom such
sponsors may review.
Therefore, we estimate that the
finalized CARA provisions, in 2019,
will result in a net cost of $2,836,652 to
industry (plan sponsors) with a benefit
of reduction in opioid prescriptions
which will reduce Trust Fund spending
by $19 million dollars. The following
are details on each of these estimates.
There are an additional ∼23,000 atrisk beneficiaries that we estimate
would be added to the drug
management programs as a result of the
ceiling criteria. We assume, based on
past experience with OMS, that about
61 percent of at-risk beneficiaries may
reduce prescriptions for frequently
abused drugs and will no longer meet
the clinical criteria. This means that
PO 00000
Frm 00266
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
prescriber and pharmacy lock-in will
impact the remaining 39 percent of atrisk beneficiaries. CMS anticipates
between 10 and 30 percent reduction in
prescriptions for frequently abused
drugs will be possible through drug
management programs and picked the
average, 20 percent. Therefore, in the
proposed rule, we stated that we believe
there could be a 20 percent reduction in
the prescriptions for frequently abused
drugs for at-risk beneficiaries. Similar to
the ∼44,000 at-risk beneficiaries
identified by the floor criteria, we
assumed that 39 percent of the
additional 23,000 will reduce their
opioid usage by 20 percent under the
program.
We used a proxy to identify costs for
these additional 23,000 at-risk
beneficiaries, which is to pull the
beneficiaries with opioid scripts with 7
or more pharmacies in the most recent
6 months who weren’t part of the 44,000
under the floor criteria. However, we got
only about 20,000 count. Since we
couldn’t pull those with 7 or more
prescribers easily, we assumed the
remaining 3,000 were those with 7 or
more prescribers. For those 20,000, their
opioid cost was only $31 million and
their benzodiazepines cost was $1
million. Similar to the other 44,000, we
assumed that 39 percent of the 20,000
will reduce their opioid usage by 20
percent under the program. For those 39
percent, the opioid cost for the
additional at-risk beneficiaries that
would be identified by the ceiling
criteria was only $10 million and their
benzodiazepine cost was less than $0.4
million. In fact, the 39 percent of those
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
44,000 at-risk beneficiaries identified by
the floor criteria only incurred $1
million of benzodiazepine costs. As a
result, because the benzodiazepine
spending among at-risk beneficiaries
was so small and the potential savings
from this program should be much
smaller than that for opioids, CMS did
not include the potential savings for
benzodiazepines to this savings
estimate.
Because we used a proxy to identify
costs for the additional 23,000 at-risk
beneficiaries and the opioid spend was
not that significant, we assumed the cost
distribution is similar to those 20,000.
Since CMS scored the opioid savings for
$2 million on the 20,000, we scaled it
up by 23,000/20,000 to get $2.3 million
savings in opioid for the ceiling criteria.
16705
Therefore, the combined projected
dollar savings to the Medicare Trust
Fund for opioids for at-risk beneficiaries
identified by both the ceiling criteria
($2.3 million) and floor criteria ($16.3
million) is about $19 million (rounded
up from $18.6 million) in 2019. Since
the $19 million is an effect of the rule,
it is classified as a benefit.
TABLE 23—ESTIMATED BENEFITS TO THE TRUST FUND OF THE CARA PROVISION FOR CALENDAR YEARS 2019 THROUGH
2023
Calendar year ($ in millions)
Regulation
section(s)
Provision
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Total
CYs 2019–
2023
($ in millions)
Federal Government (Medicare) Impacts
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Implementation of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 (CARA) Provisions.
Part D plan sponsors will also be
required to send at-risk beneficiaries
multiple notices to notify them of about
their plan’s drug management program.
Part D plan sponsors are already
expected to send a notice to some
beneficiaries when the Part D plan
sponsors decides to implement a
beneficiary-specific POS claim edit for
opioids. Therefore, we anticipate
limited additional burden for Part D
plan sponsors to send certain at-risk
beneficiaries an additional notice to
indicate their lock-in status.
Since 2013, there have been 4,617
POS edits submitted into MARx by plan
sponsors for 3,961 unique beneficiaries
as a result of the drug utilization review
policy. That results in approximately
923 edits annually. If we assume that
the number of edits or access to
coverage limitations will double due to
the addition of pharmacy and prescriber
‘‘lock-in’’ to OMS, to approximately
1,846 such limitations, we estimate
3,692 initial and second notices
(number of limitations (1,846)
multiplied by the number of notices (2))
total corresponding to such edits/
limitations. For purposes of this
estimate, we assume that all
beneficiaries who receive initial notices
will be placed on an access limitation.
We estimate it will take an average of 5
minutes (0.083 hours) at $39.22/hour for
an insurance claim and policy
processing clerk to prepare each notice.
The burden of 307 hours (3,692 notices
× 0.083 hour) at a cost of $12,040.54
(307 hour × $39.22/hr) in 2019 was
estimated in section III of this rule.
Part D plan sponsors are required to
upload these new notice templates into
their internal claims systems. We
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Various ...........
19
19
estimate that 219 Part D plan sponsors
(31 PDP parent organizations and 188
MA–PD parent organizations) will be
subject to this requirement. We estimate
that it will take on average 5 hours at
$81.90/hour for a computer programmer
to upload the notices into their claims
systems. This will result in a total
burden of 1,095 hours (5 hours × 219
sponsors) at a cost of $89,680.50 (1,095
hour × $81.90/hr). In aggregate, the
burden to prepare and upload these
additional notices was estimated as
1,402 hours (307 hours + 1,095 hours)
at a cost of $101,722 ($12,041 + $89,681)
in 2019 in section III of this final rule.
Part D plan sponsors may also
renegotiate the contracts with network
pharmacies and network prescribers in
the case of MA–PDs. For Part D plan
sponsors that contract with pharmacies
only, we estimate it will take 10 hours
at $134.50/hour for lawyers to conduct
the PDP contract negotiations with
network pharmacies. Considering 31
sponsors we estimate a total burden of
310 hours at a cost of $41,695 (310 hour
× $134.50/hour). For MA–PDs who also
contract with prescribers, we estimate
that the annual burden for negotiating a
contract with network providers who
can prescribe controlled substances to
be 3,760 hours (188 MA–PDs × 20 hours
per sponsor) at a cost of $505,720 (3,760
hour × $134.50/hour). The total
estimated burden associated with the
contract negotiations from both PDP and
MA–PD sources in 2019 was estimated
as 4,070 hours (310 hours + 3,760 hours)
at a cost of $547,415 ($41,695 +
$505,720).
We estimate that, in order to
implement pharmacy or prescriber lockin, Part D plan sponsors will have to
PO 00000
Frm 00267
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
19
20
20
$97
program edits into their pharmacy
claims systems so that once they restrict
an at-risk beneficiaries’ access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs
through applying pharmacy or
prescriber lock-in, claims at a nonselected pharmacies or associated with
prescriptions for frequently abused
drugs from non-selected prescribers will
be rejected. We believe that most Part D
plan sponsors with Medicaid or private
lines of business will have existing lockin programs in those lines of business to
pull efficiencies from. We estimate it
will take a total number of 26,280 labor
hours across all 219 Part D plan
sponsors (31 PDP parent organizations
and 188 MA–PD parent organizations) at
a wage of $81.90 an hour for computer
programmers to program these edits into
their existing systems. Thus, the total
cost to program these edits is 26,280
hours × $81.90 = $2,152,332.
The right of an enrollee to appeal an
at-risk determination will also have an
associated cost. As explained, we
estimate a total hourly burden of 178
hours at an annual estimated cost of
$35,183 in 2019. As previously
discussed, we estimate that 1,846
beneficiaries will meet the criteria for
being identified as an at-risk
beneficiary. Based on validated program
data for 2015, 24 percent of all adverse
coverage determinations were appealed
to level 1. Given the nature of drug
management programs, the extensive
level of case management conducted by
plans prior to making the at-risk
determination, and the opportunity for
an at-risk beneficiary to submit
preferences to the plan prior to lock-in
implementation, we believe it is
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16706
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
reasonable to assume that this rate of
appeal will be reduced by at least 50
percent for at-risk determinations made
under a drug management program.
Therefore, this estimate is based on an
assumption that about 12 percent of the
beneficiaries estimated to be subject to
an at-risk determination (1,846) will
appeal the determination. Hence, we
estimate that there will be 222 level 1
appeals (1,846 × 12 percent). We
estimate it takes 48 minutes (0.8 hours)
to process a level 1 appeal. There is a
statutory requirement that a physician
with appropriate expertise make the
determination for an appeal of an
adverse initial determination based on
medical necessity. Thus, we estimate an
hourly burden of 178 hours (222 appeals
× 0.8) at a cost of $197.66 per hour for
physicians to perform these appeals.
Thus the total cost in 2019 is estimated
as $35,183 = 178 hours × $197.66.
In aggregate, this provision will result,
in 2019, in a net cost of $2,836,652
($101,722 + $547,415 + $2,152,332 +
$35,183). Additionally, an effect of the
regulatory lock-in is a benefit of reduced
opioid scripts resulting in a reduction of
$19 million in payments by the Trust
Fund.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A commenter agreed with
CMS’s estimate that the proposed
Medicare lock-in program could prevent
or reduce the human toll of opioid
abuse and overuse and generate a
savings in 2019 of $13 million to the
Trust Fund because of reduced scripts,
and that our estimate of savings are
consistent with recent research that
found that lock-in programs have
reduced spending on opioid
prescriptions and decreased the number
of prescriptions and pharmacies used by
at-risk individuals in state Medicaid
programs.
Response: We thank the commenter
for their agreement. We do note that
modifications to the CARA provisions
have been finalized, which has changed
the regulatory impact. We now
anticipate a projected savings of $17
million in 2019.
2. Reducing the Burden of the
Compliance Program Training
Requirements (§§ 422.503 and 423.504)
The final provision will amend the
regulation so that first-tier, downstream
and related entities (FDR) no longer are
required to take the CMS compliance
training, which lasts 1 hour, and so that
MA organizations and Part D sponsors
no longer have a requirement to ensure
that FDRs have compliance training.
However, it is still the sponsoring
organization’s responsibility to manage
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
relationships with its FDRs and ensure
compliance with all applicable laws,
rules and regulations. Furthermore, we
will continue to hold sponsoring
organizations accountable for the
failures of its FDRs to comply with
Medicare program requirements.
We believe that by deleting this
provision we will reduce burden for
sponsoring organizations and their
FDRs. We estimate that the burden
reduction will be roughly 1 hour for
each FDR employee who will be
required to complete the CMS training
on an annual basis, under the current
regulation at §§ 422.503(b)(4)(vi)(C) and
423.504(b)(4)(vi)(C).
We do not know how many
employees were required to take the
CMS training, nor do we know the exact
numbers of FDRs that were subject to
the requirement. Sponsoring
organizations have discretion in not
only which of their contracted
organizations meet the definition of an
FDR, but also discretion in which
employees of that FDR are subject to the
training. But we know from public
comments that PBMs, hospitals,
pharmacies, labs, physician practice
groups and even some billing offices
were routinely subjected to the training.
Unfortunately, the Medicare Learning
Network (MLN) Matters® website is not
able to track the number of people that
took CMS’ training, so we cannot use
that as a data source.
CMS has reviewed the Organization
for Economic Co-operation and
Development’s (OECD) 2015 statistics
which show a total of 20,076,000 people
employed in the health and social
services fields in the United States,
although certainly not all of them were
subject to CMS’ training requirement
(See https://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx?
DataSetCode=HEALTH_STAT).
Hospitals are one sector of the health
industry that has been particularly vocal
about the burden the current training
requirement has placed on them and
their staff. If we use hospitals as an
example to estimate potential burden
reduction, the OECD website states that
there are 5,627 hospitals in the United
States, employing 6,210,602 people.
That is an average of 1,103 people per
hospital. There are approximately 4,800
hospitals registered with Original
Medicare. If we assume that each one of
those hospitals holds at least one
contract with a MA health plan and all
of their employees were subjected to the
training (4,800 × 1,103 × 1 hour) that is
5,294,400 hours of burden that will be
eliminated by this proposal. If we add
pharmacists, pharmacy technicians,
billing offices, physician practice
groups, we will expect further burden
PO 00000
Frm 00268
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reduction. OECD has data for a few
more sectors of the industry, including
295,620 pharmacists, 3,626,060 nurses
and 820,251 physicians in the United
States. Many of the physicians and
nurses are likely represented in the 6
million employed by hospitals.
Unfortunately we don’t have data
sources for all sectors of the industry.
However, using hospital staff as a
starting point and OECD’s total figure of
20 million working in the health and
social service fields, we estimate the
burden reduction is likely 6 to 8 million
hours each year. Again, we have no way
to determine exactly how many FDRs
there are or exactly how many staff will
be expected to take the training under
the current regulation, but we hope this
example demonstrates the reduction in
burden this proposal will mean for the
industry.
We requested comment in order to
develop a more complete monetization
of cost savings. However, we received
no comments on this burden estimate in
the proposed rule.
We did receive numerous comments
on the corresponding regulatory
proposal, with overwhelming support
for finalizing the provision as proposed.
Most commenters who expressed their
support for the proposal commented on
the tremendous burden the current CMS
compliance training requirements
imposed, and agreed with CMS that the
proposal would greatly reduce burden
on FDRs and sponsoring organizations.
Therefore we are finalizing this
provision as proposed without a
quantitative estimate of impact.
3. Meaningful Differences in Medicare
Advantage Bid Submissions and Bid
Review (§§ 422.254 and 422.256)
For CY 2018 bids, 2,743 non-D–SNP
non-employer plans (that is, HMO,
HMO–POS, Local PPO, PFFS, and
RPPO) used in house and/or consulting
actuaries to address the meaningful
difference requirement based on CY
2018 bid information. The most recent
Bureau of Labor Statistics report states
that actuaries made an average of $54.87
an hour in 2016, and we estimate that
2 hours per plan are required to fully
address the meaningful difference
requirement. The estimated hours are
based on assumptions developed in
consultation with our Office of the
Actuary. We additionally allow 100
percent for benefits and overhead costs
of actuaries, resulting in an hourly wage
of $54.87 × 2 = $109.74. Therefore, we
estimate a savings of 2 hours per plan
× 2,743 plans = 5,486 hours reduction in
hourly burden with a savings in cost of
5,486 hours × $109.74 = $602,033.64,
rounded down to $0.6 million to be
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
saved annually under this proposal. The
$0.6 million reflects a savings to
industry from reduced use of actuarial
resources.
The number of plan bids received by
CMS may increase because of a variety
of factors that are not related to the
elimination of the meaningful difference
requirement, such as payments, bidding
and service area strategies, serving
unique populations, and in response to
other program constraints or
flexibilities. Business decisions made by
MA organizations or potential MA
program new entrants that are not
related to the elimination of the
meaningful difference requirement are
not included in this impact analysis. As
noted in the preamble discussion,
several commenters expressed concerns
about the ability of Medicare
beneficiaries to make the nuanced
comparisons among various plan types
and benefit packages, limited resources
to assist beneficiaries with complicated
decisions, and older people and people
with disabilities not using technology to
the same extent as non-Medicare
beneficiary populations in making plan
comparisons (for example, MPF). CMS
expects that eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement will improve
plan choice for beneficiaries by driving
provider network and benefit package
innovation and affordable health care
coverage. Several commenters, as
discussed in the preamble, noted that
eliminating the current meaningful
difference requirement that established
arbitrary differences between plans will
allow MA organizations to put the
beneficiary at the center of benefit
design as MA organizations will not be
pressured to make benefit changes to
comply with an arbitrary requirement
that may ultimately result in higher
premiums and/or cost sharing for
beneficiaries. This will result in MA
organizations being able to offer a
portfolio of plan options with clear
differences between benefits, providers,
and premiums that are more easily
understood by beneficiaries. CMS
expects that eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement will improve the
plan options available for beneficiaries,
but does not believe the number of
similar plan options offered by the same
MA organization in each county will
necessarily increase significantly or
create more confusion in beneficiary
decision-making related specifically to
the number of plan options. As it is
unknown how many organizations will
choose to add plan options as a result
of this provision, we are unable to
estimate the impact to beneficiaries
should this lead to more competition.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
CMS expects increased competition will
lead to potentially lower premiums and/
or cost-sharing for Medicare
beneficiaries. CMS does not anticipate
beneficiaries will need additional time
to compare differences between plans
related to the elimination of the
meaningful difference requirement. This
particular change is expected to help
MA organizations differentiate plan
offerings more effectively so that
beneficiaries can make decisions more
efficiently. We believe that the tools and
information CMS provides for
beneficiaries to make decisions (for
example. Medicare Plan Finder,
Medicare and You Handbook, 1–800–
MEDICARE), in addition to our
enforcement of communication and
marketing requirements, aim to mitigate
any potential choice overload.
CMS does not believe this change will
have a significant impact on health care
providers. The number of plans offered
by organizations in each county are not
expected to increase significantly as a
result of this change and health care
provider contracts with MA
organizations typically include all of the
organization’s plans. In addition, CMS
does not expect a significant increase in
time spent on bid review as a result of
eliminating meaningful difference
requirement nor does CMS expect this
change will increase provider burden.
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: A few commenters
supported this proposal and referenced
the potential savings in a positive
manner.
Response: We thank the commenters
for their support.
Comment: Some commenters had
concern that eliminating the meaningful
difference requirement would result in
a large number of plan options and
believe this potential outcome may
challenge or complicate beneficiary
decision-making; these commenters
questioned if elimination of the
requirement provides enough benefits to
outweigh the risks. A commenter did
not support this proposal but noted that
the estimated savings from eliminating
the meaningful difference requirement
was significant. This commenter stated
concern that this proposal would result
in beneficiary choice anxiety from the
potential increase in plan options.
Another commenter did not find the
estimated savings significant enough to
warrant finalizing this proposal.
Response: The intention of this
proposal is to improve competition,
innovation, available benefit offerings,
and provide beneficiaries with
affordable plans that are tailored for
their unique health care needs and
PO 00000
Frm 00269
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16707
financial situation. The primary
motivation for our proposal is the
improvement of plan innovation for a
growing MA beneficiary population;
reduction of resources and plan
expenses was not a major factor in this
particular proposal. The number of plan
bids may increase because of a variety
of factors that are not related the
elimination of the meaningful difference
requirement, such as new MA entrants,
payments, bidding and service area
strategies, serving unique populations,
and in response to other program
constraints or flexibilities. MA
organizations are expected to continue
designing PBPs that, within a service
area, are different from one another with
respect to key benefit design
characteristics. MA organizations also
consider beneficiary choice anxiety
when developing their own portfolio of
plan offerings, so that sales and broker
personnel and marketing materials can
highlight key differences between their
plan offerings and support informed
choice. CMS will continue to provide
beneficiaries with tools, such as MPF, to
evaluate plan options and assist in
choosing the best option. Beneficiaries
may continue to limit their choices
based on characteristics, such as plan
type, Part D coverage, differences in
provider network, Part B and plan
premiums, and unique populations
served (for example, special needs
plans). As stated in Meaningful
Differences in Medicare Advantage Bid
Submissions and Bid Review
(§§ 422.254 and 422.256), we are going
to use our existing authority at
§ 422.2268, and CMS will monitor to
ensure organizations are not engaging in
activities that are discriminatory or
potentially misleading or confusing to
Medicare beneficiaries. CMS will
communicate and work with
organizations that appear to offer a large
number of similar plans in the same
county and discuss any concerns. For
example, from a beneficiary’s
perspective, CMS would expect plans
within the same contract, plan type and
county be distinguishable by
beneficiaries using such factors as the
inclusion or exclusion of Part D
coverage, provider network, plan
premium, Part B premium buy-down,
estimated out-of-pocket costs, and
benefit design. CMS intends to issue
guidance through the annual Call Letter
process and HPMS memoranda to help
organizations avoid potential
beneficiary confusion; we expect a
minimal number of contacts with MA
organizations regarding these concerns.
We received less than 10 comments
on this proposal that specifically
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16708
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
referenced the estimated savings of
eliminating the meaningful difference
requirement and the only concern noted
about the estimated savings was that it
was not significant. Therefore, we are
finalizing this provision without
modification.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
4. Physician Incentive Plans—Update
Stop-Loss Protection Requirements
(§ 422.208)
As we discussed in the proposed rule,
some physician contracts with MA
organizations provide that the MA
organization pay the physician a
capitated amount to assume financial
responsibility for services (for example,
hospital costs) that they do not
personally render. CMS refers to
capitations to physicians that include
services the physicians do not render as
‘‘global capitation.’’ When physicians
are globally capitated to the extent that
they can lose more than 25 percent of
their income, they are required to be
covered by stop-loss insurance. With
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
this final rule we are replacing the
current insurance schedule in the
regulation with updated stop-loss
insurance requirements that will allow
insurance with higher deductibles. This
updated schedule will result in a
significant reduction to the cost of
obtaining stop-loss insurance. The
higher deductibles are consistent with
the increase in medical costs due to
inflation.
To determine the cost of different
stop-loss insurance policies, we used
claim distributions from original
Medicare enrollees. Then, we assumed
an average loading for administrative
and profit of 20 percent. Using these
assumptions, we estimate that plans and
physicians would save an average of
$100 per globally capitated member per
year in total costs. The derivation of this
$100 figure is described below.
Under the current regulation at
§ 422.208(f)(2)(iii), stop-loss insurance
for the provider (at the MA
organization’s expense) is needed only
PO 00000
Frm 00270
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
if the number of members in the
physician’s group at global risk under
the MA plan is less than 25,000. The
average number of members in the
under-25,000 group estimated under the
current regulation is 6,000 members.
Ideally, to obtain an average, we should
weight the panel sizes in the chart at
§ 422.208(f)(2)(iii) by the number of
physician practices and the number of
capitated patients per practice per plan.
However, this information is not
available. Therefore, we used the
median of the panel sizes listed in the
chart at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii), which is
about 8,000. Since the per member per
year (PMPY) stop-loss premiums are
greater for a smaller number of patients,
we lowered this 8,000 to 6,000 to reflect
the fact that the distribution of capitated
patients is skewed to the left. We use
this rough estimate of 6,000 for its
estimates.
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Jkt 244001
30,000
40,000
50,00( 60,000
70,000
100,000 150,000
200,000
300,000
500,000
1,000,000
2,000,000 No Stop
Loss
2,000
3,300
4,600
5,800
6,900
7,900
10,100
12,300
13,500
14,800
16,100
16,800
17,400 to
25,000
Above
25,000
3,514
2,612
1,984
1,539
1,216
977
553
267
159
79
28
12
4
0
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
BILLING CODE 4120–01–C
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
10,00( 15,00( 20,000
400
800
1400
5,922
4,891
4,122
Frm 00271
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16709
to the nearest 1,000. To find the
premium for a stop-loss insurance with
a deductible of $37,000, we use Table
24, which reflects current insurance
rates, that is, what would be charged
Number
Of
Risk
Patients
Net
Benefit
Premiumm
PMPY
5,000
L-ombined
Institutional
And
Professional
combined attachment point
(deductible). The $37,000 is obtained by
using linear interpolation on the chart at
§ 422.208(f)(2)(iii), replacing panel sizes
with midpoints of ranges and rounding
PO 00000
For these 6,000 members, the current
regulation at § 422.208(f)(2)(iii) (the
chart) shows the physician needs stoploss insurance for $37,000 in a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
ER16AP18.017
TABLE 24: COMBINED ATTACHMENT POINTS
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16710
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
today. By using linear interpolations on
the columns with $30,000 and $40,000
and rounding to the nearest $1,000, we
see that the PMPY premium for
insurance with $37,000 combined
attachment points is $2,000 PMPY. This
$2,000 premium reflects the baseline
charge today for a combined deductible
of $37,000.
Next, we compute the premium under
the finalized rule. We still assume an
average of 6,000 capitated members.
However, the finalized rule allows
higher deductibles corresponding to
medical inflation. The new deductibles
may be found in Table 26. By using
linear interpolation on the columns
headed with 50,000 and 60,000
combined attachment points and
rounding, we see that a deductible
(combined attachment point) of $57,000
corresponds to 6,000 capitated members
and a premium of $1,500 PMPY.
The difference in premium between
using (i) § 422.208(f)(iii) to calculate
deductibles (combined attachment
point) and (ii) using Table 26 to
calculate deductibles results in a
savings of $2,000¥$1,500 = $500
PMPY. We assume that the average
loading for profit and administrative
costs is roughly 20 percent. So our
PMPY savings is 20 percent × 500 =
$100 PMPY.
The $500 PMPY savings is not true
savings since the plans and physicians
are simply trading claims for premiums
to the insurance company. Since the net
impact is $0, the $500 is not listed as
either a savings or transfer. However,
the reduced $100 PMPY for profit and
admin reflects a reduction in
reinsurance service resources and hence
is classified as a savings. However, not
all of the $100 PMPY results in
reductions in dollars spent by the Trust
Fund. The details are as follows.
In 2007, we estimated that 7 percent
of enrollees were receiving services
under capitated arrangements. Although
we do not have more current data, based
on CMS observation of managed care
industry trends, we believe that the
percentage is now higher, and we
assume that 11 percent of enrollees are
now paid under global capitation. There
are currently 18.6 million MA
beneficiaries. We estimate that about
18.6 million × 11 percent = 2,046,000
MA members are paid under some
degree of global capitation. Accordingly,
using our revised stop loss insurance
requirement in this final rule, we
estimate the total aggregate projected
annual savings, reflecting a reduction in
reinsurance services will be roughly
$100 PMPY × 2,046,000 million
beneficiaries paid under global
capitation = $204.6 million.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
The $204.6 million savings is
removed from the plan bid, but not the
CMS benchmark. If the benchmark
exceeds the bid, Medicare pays the MA
organization the bid (capitation rate and
risk adjustment) plus a percentage of the
difference between the benchmark and
the bid, called the rebate. The rebate is
based on quality ratings and allows
Medicare to share in the savings to the
plans; our experience with rebates
shows that the average rebate is on the
order of 2⁄3. We therefore assumed that
of the $204.6 million in annual savings,
the Medicare Trust fund will reduce
payments by 35 percent × $204.6
million = $71,610,000; the remaining 65
percent × $204.6 million = $132,990,000
will be returned to the plans as rebates.
These rebates will fund extra benefits or
possibly reduce cost sharing for plan
members.
The figures for 2019 were updated for
2020 to 2023 using enrollment and
inflation factors found in the CMS
trustees report, accessible at: https://
www.cms.gov/reportstrustfunds.
We received no comments on our
impact analysis. However, we did
receive comments on the methodology
CMS is using to calculate stop loss
insurance requirements. We respond to
those comments in the preamble and the
section for the Physician Incentive Plan
regulation update to 42 CFR 422.208.
We are finalizing the update to the
physician incentive regulation stop-loss
table as proposed.
5. Changes to the Agent/Broker
Requirements (§§ 422.2272(e) and
423.2272(e))
We proposed to delete the limitation
placed on MA organizations and Part D
sponsors as to how they can respond to
an agent/broker who has become
unlicensed. We proposed to delete a
requirement that the MA plan or Part D
plan terminate an unlicensed agent or
broker and contact beneficiaries to
notify them if they had been enrolled by
the unlicensed agent or broker. We
already require MA organizations and
Part D sponsors to use only licensed
agents/brokers. We have established the
requirement to have a licensed agent or
broker in a 2008 final rule (73 FR
54219). That burden assessment is not
changing due to the proposal to remove
paragraph (e) from these sections. The
impact analysis for the specific
provision at paragraph (e) of
§§ 422.2272 and 423.2272 was
established in rule-making in April 2011
(76 FR 21534). As for the impact of
review and compliance activities that
remain to plans after removing the
narrow scope of compliance actions
available to MA organizations and Part
PO 00000
Frm 00272
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
D sponsors, we do not believe this
change will have a significant increase
in burden or financial impact. Removing
this requirement allows state
Department of Insurance (DOI)
requirements to take precedence in this
situation. While some MA organizations
and Part D sponsors may choose to
make operational changes to ensure
compliance, these changes are not based
on this rule, but are required to meet
existing requirements.
We received no comments on this
proposal and therefore are finalizing
this provision without modification.
6. Coordination of Enrollment and
Disenrollment Through MA
Organizations and Effective Dates of
Coverage and Change of Coverage
We proposed to revise our regulations
at § 422.66 to permit default enrollment
of Medicaid managed care plan
members into an MA special needs plan
for dual eligible beneficiaries. Upon a
Medicaid managed care plan member
becoming eligible for Medicare,
qualification for enrollment into the MA
special needs plan for dual eligibles is
contingent on the following:
• State support for the default
enrollment process, and
• The organization’s ability to
identify such individuals and issue
written notification of the enrollment a
minimum of 60 days in advance of their
Medicare eligibility.
Our proposal represented the partial
codification of existing policy on
seamless conversion enrollment that has
been specified in subregulatory
guidance since 2006, but with
additional parameters and limits. Under
the new requirements, seamless
conversion default enrollments can only
occur from the organization’s Medicaid
managed care plan into an integrated D–
SNP with facilitation from the state (in
the form of a contract term and
provision of data). This will result in the
discontinuation of the use of the current
seamless conversion enrollment
mechanism by some of the approved
MA organizations. However, as this
enrollment mechanism is voluntary and
not required for participation in the MA
program, we do not believe the changes
will have any impact to the Medicare
Trust Funds.
We did not receive comments on the
burden estimates associated with this
proposal. We did receive comments on
the substantive proposal, which we
address in this final rule. As indicated
in the preamble to this final rule, we are
finalizing the proposed changes with
the following modifications, none of
which we believe will result in any
impact to the Medicare Trust Funds.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(i) is revised to
clarify that we will allow default
enrollment into a FIDE–SNP
administered by an MA organization
under the same parent organization as
the organization that operates the
Medicaid managed care plan in which
the individual remains enrolled.
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(i) is revised to
clarify that, for an organization to be
approved for default enrollment, it must
have an overall quality rating, from the
most recently issued ratings, under the
rating system described in §§ 422.160
through 422.166, of at least 3 stars or is
a low enrollment contract or new MA
plan as defined in § 422.252. In
addition, the MA organization must not
be under an enrollment suspension.
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(ii) is revised to
include an approval period not to
exceed 5 years, subject to CMS authority
to rescind or suspend approval if the
plan is non-compliant.
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(iv) is revised to
state that the notice issued by the MA
organization will include information
on the differences in premium, benefits
and cost sharing between the
individual’s current Medicaid managed
care plan and the dual eligible MA
special needs plan and the process for
accessing care under the MA plan; an
explanation of the individual’s ability to
decline the enrollment, up to and
including the day prior to the
enrollment effective date, and either
enroll in Original Medicare or choose
another MA plan; and a general
description of alternative Medicare
health and drug coverage options
available to an individual in his or her
Initial Coverage Election Period.
• Section 422.66(c)(2)(iv) is revised to
clarify that the mandatory notice is in
addition to the information and
documents required to be provided to
new enrollees under § 422.111.
7. Restoration of the MA Open
Enrollment Period (§§ 422.60, 422.62,
422.68, 423.38 & 423.40)
We expect that increasing the amount
of time that MA-enrolled individuals are
given to switch plans will result in
slightly more beneficiaries selecting
plans that receive Quality-Bonus
Payments (QBP). This assessment
reflects our observation that
beneficiaries tend to choose plans with
higher quality ratings when given the
opportunity. The projected costs to the
Government by extending the open
enrollment period for the first 3 months
of the calendar year are $9 million for
CY 2019, $10 million in 2020, $10
million in 2021, $11 million in 2022,
and $12 million in 2023.
In estimating the additional costs for
the projection window 2019–2023, we
assumed that approximately 24,600 MAenrolled individuals would switch
health plans from one without a QBP to
one with a QBP during the extended
open enrollment period. The 24,600
enrollee assumption was determined by
using a combination of published
research and by observing historical
enrollment information. Published
research 1 shows that 10 percent of MA
enrollees voluntarily switch MA plans
and that MA enrollees who voluntarily
switch plans change to plans with
slightly higher star ratings than their
original plan, with a modest
improvement of 0.11 stars, on average.
The Office of the Actuary confirmed
these findings by analyzing CMS
enrollment data and provided further
detail. We estimate that of the 10
percent of MA plan enrollees who
switch plans, 15 percent move to a
higher rated plan. Of those who go to a
higher rated plan, we estimate 40
percent move from a non-QBP plan to
a QBP plan. We also estimate that one-
16711
fifth of these enrollees will take
advantage of the new open enrollment
period.
We applied these assumptions to the
estimated MA enrollment for 2019,
20,512,000, which can be obtained from
the CMS Trustee’s Report available at
https://www.cms.gov/reportstrustfunds/.
We figured that 24,600 (20,512,000 × 10
percent × 15 percent × 40 percent × 20
percent) people are expected to enroll in
the open enrollment period.
The $9 million in additional costs for
2019 was calculated by multiplying the
24,600 impacted enrollment by the
expected 2019 bonus amount ($637.20).
The Office of the Actuary experiences
an average rebate percentage of 66
percent and an 86 percent backing out
of the projected Part B premium. Hence,
the net costs to the trust funds is
estimated as $9 million = 24,600
enrollees × $637.20 (Bonus payment) ×
66 percent (rebate percentage) × 86
percent (Reduction in Part B premium),
rounding to $9 million.
Then, we applied trends from the
Trustees Report to the 2019 estimate in
order to project the costs for years 2020
to 2023. The data from the Medicare
Payments to Private Health Plans, by
Trust Fund (Table IV.C.2. of the 2017
Medicare Trustees Report) was used as
the basis for the trends. The trend
estimates are presented in the Table 25
that demonstrates the calculations and
displays the cost estimates for each year
2019–2023. These costs are classified as
transfers since there is no increase in
resources. The costs reflect switching
from health plans without bonuses to
health plans with bonuses. Thus the
healthcare services to the enrollees that
switch remain the same (no increase in
resources) albeit at a higher cost.
TABLE 25—CALCULATION OF INCREASED DOLLAR SPENDING BY THE MEDICARE TRUST FUNDS FOR THE EXTENDED OPEN
ENROLLMENT PERIOD
2019
base
year
(million)
Year
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
.........................................................
.........................................................
.........................................................
.........................................................
.........................................................
9
9
9
9
9
To the impact on the Trust Fund,
must be added the impact on Part C
plans and Part D sponsors from
enrollment. This impact was estimated
in the Collection of Information section
as $6.1 million ($3.2 million for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Trend
factor
2020
Trend
factor
2021
Trend
factor
2022
Trend
factor
2023
........................
1.078
1.078
1.078
1.078
........................
........................
1.084
1.084
1.084
........................
........................
........................
1.089
1.089
........................
........................
........................
........................
1.086
determining eligibility + $0.64 million
for notification of enrollees + $0.64
million for submission of enrollment
information to CMS + $1.6 million for
storage of enrollment forms).
Determination of eligibility, notification
PO 00000
Frm 00273
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Net costs
(rounded
to nearest
million)
9
10
10
11
12
of enrollees, and submission to CMS use
added resources and therefore are
classified as a cost to the plan. However,
the cost of storage is classified as a
transfer since the costs of storage of
enrollment by the plan elected during
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16712
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
the open enrollment period are offset by
the savings of cost of storage of
enrollment by the former plan from
which enrollment is taking place. Thus,
$1.6 million of the $6.1 million is a
transfer between plans and sponsors
while the remaining $6.1¥$1.6 = $4.5
million is an actual cost.
Hence, the total cost of this open
enrollment provision for 2019 is $4.5
million with a transfer of $10.6 million
($9 million to the Trust fund + $1.6
million in enrollment actions).
We received no comments on the
reduction in burden estimates
associated with this proposal. We
received comments on the substantive
proposal, which we address in this final
rule. As indicated in the preamble to
this final rule, we are finalizing this
provision as proposed.
8. Lengthening Adjudication
Timeframes for Part D Payment
Redeterminations and IRE
Reconsiderations
We believe the changes will result in
a reduction of burden to Part D plan
sponsors since they will have additional
time to adjudicate requests for payment.
We also expect a reduction in burden
for the independent review entity (IRE)
since the additional time for Part D plan
sponsors to process these requests will
result in fewer untimely payment
redeterminations that must be autoforwarded to the IRE. Based on recent
program data, about 2,000 retrospective
payment redetermination cases are autoforwarded to the Part D IRE each plan
year. We estimate that about 75 percent
of the payment redetermination cases
that are currently auto-forwarded to the
Part D IRE due to the plan not being able
to meet the adjudication timeframe will
not be auto-forwarded under the 14 day
timeframe; the longer timeframe will
afford Part D plan sponsors an
additional 7 days to process a payment
request, including obtaining necessary
supporting documentation, and to notify
the enrollee of its decision. As a result,
overall plan sponsor burden will be
reduced by not having to auto-forward
about 1,500 payment redetermination
cases to the Part D IRE in a given plan
year and the Part D IRE’s workload will
be reduced by the same number of
cases.
We estimate that it takes Part D plan
sponsors an average of 15 minutes (0.25
hours) to assemble and forward a case
file to the IRE, for an estimated savings
of 375 hours (1500 cases × 0.25 hours).
Using an adjusted hourly wage of $34.66
based on the Bureau of Labor Statistics
May 2016 website for occupation code
43–9199, ‘‘All other office and
administrative support workers,’’ (based
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
on a mean hourly salary of $17.33,
which when multiplied by a factor of
two to include overhead, and fringe
benefits, resulting in $34.66 an hour) the
total estimated savings to plans is
$12,998 (375 hours × $34.66). Since the
changes involve requests for payment
where the enrollee has already received
the drug, we do not believe the changes
will impose undue burden on enrollees.
We did not receive comments on the
reduction in burden estimates
associated with this proposal. We did
receive comments on the substantive
proposal, which we address in this final
rule. As indicated in the preamble to
this final rule, we are finalizing this
provision as proposed.
9. Elimination of Medicare Advantage
Plan Notice for Cases Sent to the IRE
The changes at § 422.590(f) will result
in a slight reduction of burden to Part
C plans by no longer requiring a Notice
of Appeal Status for each case file
forwarded to the IRE. The estimated
savings of this change is based on
reduced plan administration costs.
Using the number of partially and fully
adverse cases, we estimate Part C plans
forwarded 47,108 cases to the IRE in
2015. We estimate it will take 5 minutes
(0.083 hours) to complete this notice.
We used an adjusted hourly wage of
$34.66 based on the Bureau of Labor
Statistics May 2016 website for
occupation code 43–9199, ‘‘All other
office and administrative support
workers,’’ which gives a mean hourly
salary of $17.33, which when multiplied
by a factor of two to include overhead,
and fringe benefits, result in $34.66 an
hour. Thus, the reduction in
administrative time spent will be 0.083
hours × 47,108 cases = 3,910 hours with
a consequent savings of 3,910 hours ×
$34.66 per hour = $135,520. This is a
savings to industry since it reduces the
computer and staff resources needed to
produce and send out notices.
We do not believe the change will
adversely impact health plan enrollees.
The notice requirement we are
eliminating is duplicative and enrollees
will be notified by the IRE that their
case was received by the IRE for review.
We did not receive comments on the
burden estimates outlined in the
proposed rule, therefore we are
finalizing this provision as proposed.
10. Revisions to Parts 422 and 423,
Subpart V, Communication/Marketing
Materials and Activities
CMS proposed to narrow the
definition of ‘‘marketing materials’’
under §§ 422.2260 and 423.2260 to only
include materials and activities that aim
to influence enrollment decisions. CMS
PO 00000
Frm 00274
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
believes the proposed definitions
appropriately safeguard potential and
current MA/PDP enrollees from
inappropriate steering of beneficiary
choice, while not including materials
that pose little risk to current or
potential enrollees and are not
traditionally considered ‘‘marketing.’’
The proposed change will add text to
§§ 422.2260 and 423.2260 and provide a
narrower definition than is currently
provided for ‘‘marketing materials.’’
Consequently, this definition decreases
the number of marketing materials that
must be reviewed by CMS before use.
Additionally, the proposal will more
specifically outline the materials that
are and are not considered marketing
materials.
We believe the net effects of the
proposed changes will reduce the
burden to MA organizations and Part D
Sponsors by reducing the number of
materials required to be submitted to
CMS for review.
In section IV.F. of this final rule, we
estimated the reduced burden to
industry at $1.4 million. There is also a
reduced burden to the federal
government since CMS staff are no
longer obligated to review these
materials. Although all marketing
materials are submitted for potential
review by the MA plans to CMS, not all
materials are reviewed, since some MA
plans, because of a history of
compliance, have a ‘‘file and use’’ status
which exempts their materials from
routine reviews. We estimate that only
10 percent of submitted marketing
materials are reviewed by CMS staff.
Consequently, the savings to the federal
government is 10 percent × $1.4 million
= $0.14 million.
We received no comments on our
proposal and therefore we are finalizing
this provision without modification.
11. Medicare Advantage and Part D
Prescription Drug Plan Quality Rating
System
There has been a recent trend in the
number of enrollees that have moved
from lower Star Ratings contracts that
do not receive a Quality Bonus Payment
(QBP) to higher rated contracts that do
receive a QBP as part of contract
consolidations. The proposal is to
modify the methodology of the Star
Ratings assigned to consolidating
contracts and to codify that
methodology. The methodology and
measures are generally from recent
practice and policies finalized under the
section 1853(b) of the Act Rate
Announcement. With regard to
consolidations, the Star Ratings
assigned will be based on the
enrollment weighted average of the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16713
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
measure scores of the surviving and
consumed contract(s) so that the ratings
reflect the performance of all contracts
(surviving and consumed) involved in
the consolidation. We believe that the
proposal will dissuade many plans from
consolidating contracts since it will be
possible for some plans to lose QBPs
under certain scenarios. If less contracts
consolidate to higher Star Ratings, less
QBPs will be paid to plans and this will
result in Trust Fund transfers. Plans
receiving smaller or no bonuses may
reduce benefits, thus transferring the
costs of benefits to the beneficiary, but
we do not believe this will be
widespread since plans would lose
enrollees if they excessively curtailed
benefits.
In order to estimate the savings
amounts for the projection window
2019–2023, we first observed the
number of enrollees that have been
impacted by contract consolidations for
the prior 3 contract years (2016 through
2018) using a combination of bid and
CMS enrollment/crosswalk data. The
number of enrollees observed are those
that have moved from a non-QBP
contract to a QBP contract and were
found to be approximately 830,000 in
2016, 530,000 in 2017, and 160,000 in
2018. We assumed that the number of
enrollees moving from a non-QBP
contract to a QBP contract will be
200,000 starting in 2019 and increasing
by 3 percent per year throughout the
projection period. The 200,000 starting
figure was chosen by observing the
decreasing trend in the historical data as
well as placing the greatest weight on
the most recent data point. The 3
percent growth rate is approximately the
projected growth in the MA eligible
population during the 2019–2023
period.
Similarly, we calculated the net per
member per month (PMPM) dollar
impact of the QBP for those enrollees in
contracts that consolidated to be $44.73
in 2018. Again, the PMPM impact was
projected for the 2019–2023 period
using the projected annual trend of 5
percent per year which is similar to the
projected growth rate for MA
expenditures and can be found in the
2017 Trustees Report. We also made an
assumption that even under the Star
Rating methodology changes, there will
still be 50 percent of the projected
impacted enrollees that will consolidate
or individually move from a non-QBP
contract to a QBP contract when
advantageous to the health plan
(lessening the overall savings impact).
Combining the assumptions previously
described, as well as accounting for the
average rebate percentage of 66 percent
and backing out the projected Part B
premium, the net savings to the trust
funds were calculated to be $32 million
for 2019, $35 million in 2020, $37
million in 2021, $40 million in 2022,
and $44 million in 2023. The
calculations for the five annual
estimates are presented in Table 26.
These savings are classified as transfers
because there is no reduction of
resources. The savings result from
enrollee transfers between health plans
with and without QBP. Thus the
healthcare services remain the same (no
reduction), albeit at a cheaper price.
TABLE 26—CALCULATIONS OF NET SAVINGS PER YEAR TO THE MEDICARE TRUST FUND FOR STAR RATINGS
Enrollment
(3% annual trend)
Year
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
.................
× 1.03 .....
× 1.03 2 ...
× 1.03 3 ...
× 1.03 4 ...
PMPM cost
(5% annual trend)
44.73
44.73
44.73
44.73
44.73
×
×
×
×
×
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A commenter urged CMS
to provide additional detail underlying
its estimate in the regulatory impact
analysis of the proposed rule.
Response: CMS compared the Star
Ratings for those plans that were crosswalked from one contract to a different
contract. The enrollment estimate of
160,000 in 2018 was calculated by
estimating the number of enrollees that
were cross-walked from a non-Quality
Bonus Payment plan in 2017 to a
Quality Bonus Payment plan in 2018.
An updated estimate would be
significantly higher if CMS were to have
compared the enrollment from the nonQuality Bonus Payment plans in the
2018 star ratings before cross-walks to
the enrollment from Quality Bonus
Payment plans in the 2018 star ratings
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Number
months
per year
1.05 .........
1.05 2 ......
1.05 3 .......
1.05 4 .......
1.05 5 .......
Percent not
consolidating
(%)
12
12
12
12
12
50
50
50
50
50
after cross-walks. Since the preliminary
Star Ratings are published in the fall of
the prior year, the plans are given time
to complete the cross-walk procedures
before the Medicare Advantage bids are
submitted in the spring of the following
year.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
For the reasons set forth in the
proposed rule and our responses to the
related comments summarized earlier,
we are finalizing the provisions as
proposed at §§ 422.162(b)(3) and
423.182(b)(3) without modification.
12. Any Willing Pharmacy Standard
Terms and Conditions and Better Define
Pharmacy Types
a. Anticipated Effects
In considering the cost implications of
this proposal, we received varied
PO 00000
Frm 00275
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Average
rebate
percentage
(%)
66
66
66
66
66
Backing
out of
Part B
premium
(%)
Net savings
(in $millions)
86
86
86
86
86
32
35
37
40
44
perspectives from stakeholders, as
discussed in the following sentences.
Part D plan sponsors, PBMs, and
manufacturers contend limited
dispensing networks with accreditation
requirements generate cost savings and
add value. Specialty pharmacies
contend the added value avoids
additional costs. Independent
community pharmacies, and
beneficiaries contend broader
competition and transparency will
generate savings.
Because this provision clarifies
existing any willing pharmacy
requirements, consistent with CMS
estimates, we do not anticipate
additional government or beneficiary
cost impacts from this provision.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16714
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 27—ESTIMATED AGGREGATE COSTS AND SAVINGS TO THE HEALTH CARE SECTOR FOR THE ANY WILLING
PHARMACY PROVISION FOR CALENDAR YEARS 2019 THROUGH 2023
Regulation
section(s)
Provision
Calendar year ($ in millions)
2019
2020
2021
2022
Total CYs
2019–2023
($ in millions)
2023
Federal Government (Medicare) Impacts
Any Willing Pharmacy Standard Terms and Conditions and
Better Define Pharmacy Types.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
b. Benefits
Final clarification of Any Willing
Pharmacy rules, and clarification of the
definition of retail pharmacy will
account for recent changes in the
pharmacy practice landscape and
ensure that existing statutorily-required
Any Willing Pharmacy provisions are
extended to innovative pharmacy
business and care delivery models.
Rural areas are predominantly served
by independent community pharmacies.
The National Community Pharmacist’s
Association (NCPA) estimates that
‘‘independent pharmacies represent 52
percent of all rural retail pharmacies
and there are over 1800 independent
community pharmacies operating as the
only retail pharmacy within their rural
communities.’’ 83 84 Additionally, these
pharmacies are increasingly interested
to diversify their business models to
dispense specialty drugs. Consequently,
we believe this proposal may support
small businesses in rural areas and may
help maintain beneficiary access to
specialty drugs from community
pharmacies.
We received the following comments
and our response follows:
Comment: A commenter suggested
that by eliminating preferred pharmacy
networks, the proposed any willing
pharmacy policy would cost the
government in excess of $175 million
for even a moderate decrease in the
number of preferred pharmacies. This
same commenter, along with others,
urged us to clarify that we are not
rolling back Part D plan sponsors’
ability to create and maintain preferred
pharmacy networks.
Response: We thank the commenters,
however, their concern was predicated
on the idea that we proposed to
eliminate Part D plan sponsors’ ability
to create and maintain preferred
pharmacy networks. As we explicitly
83 National Community Pharmacist’s Association
letter to CMS Administrator, Seema Verma, June 7,
2017. Available at https://www.ncpa.co/pdf/ncpamedicaid-recommend-cms-june-2017.pdf.
84 National Community Pharmacist’s Association
comment letter to CMS–4159–P, March 2014.
Available at https://www.ncpa.co/pdf/NCPAComments-to-CMS-Proposed-Rule-2015FINAL3.7.14.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Various ...........
0
stated and elaborated elsewhere in this
final rule, this policy in no way changes
existing policy regarding Part D plan
sponsors’ ability to create and maintain
preferred pharmacy networks.
We are finalizing as proposed our
timing of contracting requirements at
§ 423.505. We are finalizing, as
modified, our definition of retail
pharmacy at § 423.100, having removed
the mention of retail cost sharing. We
are not finalizing our proposed
definition of mail order pharmacy.
13. Eliminating the Requirement To
Provide PDP Enhanced Alternative (EA)
to EA Plan Offerings With Meaningful
Differences (§ 423.265)
The revision of 423.265 eliminates the
requirement for two enhanced benefit
plans offered by a PDP organization in
a service area to be ‘‘substantially
different’’. When finalized this will
result in increased plan flexibilities and
a potential increase in beneficiary plan
choice. We expect this provision to
reduce plan burden and could provide
a very modest savings to plans sponsors
of approximately $60,000. The savings
represent an estimate of the time not
spent by certifying actuaries to ensure
that a meaningful difference threshold is
met between two PDP EA offerings.
Based on the preliminary CY 2018
landscape, if all PDP organizations that
submitted an EA benefit design had also
submitted the maximum of two EA
plans, the result will be approximately
275 EA to EA plan pairings that will be
required actuary time spent in
evaluation of the meaningful difference
requirement. We further estimate that it
will take an actuary 2 hours to write a
meaningful difference requirement.
Based on the Bureau of Labor Statistics
(BLS) latest wage estimates, https://
www.bls.gov/oes/current/
oes152011.htm, the mean hourly wage
for actuaries, occupation code 15–2011
is $54.87 which when multiplied by 2
to allow 100 percent for overhead and
fringe benefits is $109.74 an hour. Thus
our total estimated burden is 275 EAs ×
2 Hours per EA = 550 hours at a cost
of 550 × $109.74 = $60,357. While there
is potential savings for PDP plan
PO 00000
Frm 00276
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
0
0
0
0
0
sponsors under this proposal, these
savings could be offset for organizations
who make the business decision to
prepare and submit additional bids if
this proposal is finalized. If the EA to
EA threshold was the sole barrier to a
PDP sponsor offering a second EA plan,
(that is, the sponsor currently only
offers one enhanced plan), based on the
CY2018 PDP landscape, we could
anticipate a modest increase of
approximately 125 additional enhanced
plans (15 percent increase). As it is
unknown how many organizations will
choose to add a second EA plan as a
result of this provision, we are unable
to estimate the impact to beneficiaries
should this lead to more competition.
Presumably, increased competition
could lead to potentially lower
premiums and/or cost-sharing for
Medicare beneficiaries.
We did not receive comments,
specific to the regulatory impact
analysis, on this proposal.
14. List Requirements for Prescribers in
Part D and Individuals and Entities in
MA, Cost Plans, and PACE
The costs and savings, as reflected in
the total net savings, associated with our
preclusion list provisions will be those
identified in the collection of
information section of this final rule:
Specifically, (1) the system costs
associated with the Part D preclusion
list; (2) costs associated with the
preparation and sending of written
notices to affected Part D prescribers
and beneficiaries; and (3) the savings
that will accrue from individuals and
entities no longer required to enroll in
or opt-out of Medicare to prescribe Part
D drugs or furnish Part C services and
items. The savings and cost by year are
summarized in Table 28. As explained
in the Collection of Information section
of this final rule, the savings and cost of
this analysis reflect increased and
reduced use of resources respectively:
Providers and suppliers save $10.3 and
$24.1 million from the removal of the
requirement to enroll in Medicare as a
prerequisite to furnishing health care
items and services to Medicare
Advantage enrollees; this reduces
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16715
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
resources needed for such enrollment.
Part D sponsors or their PBMs spend
$9.3 million in additional resources to
program edits into plan systems as well
as produce and send required
notifications to enrollees. The net
savings, is $25.1 million as shown.
TABLE 28—SAVINGS AND COST TO INDUSTRY AND PROVIDERS ARISING FROM THE PRECLUSION PROVISION
Item/year
2019
Part D Cost ..........................................................................
Part D Savings .....................................................................
Part C Savings .....................................................................
Net Savings ..........................................................................
Costs associated with an alternative
approach are found in the Alternatives
Considered portion of this section.
We will be responsible for the
development and monitoring of the
preclusion list using our own resources.
We do not anticipate a change in the
number of individuals or entities billing
for service, for we will only be denying
payment to those parties that meet the
conditions of the preclusion list. Costs
associated with an alternative approach
are found in the Alternatives
Considered section of this rule.
We welcomed public comment on
these estimates, for we believed that
stakeholder feedback could assist us in
developing more concrete projections.
We received no comments on this
proposal and therefore are finalizing
this provision without modification.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
15. Removal of Quality Improvement
Project for Medicare Advantage
Organizations (§ 422.152)
This provision will result in a total
savings of $19,305 to the federal
government. The driver of the savings is
the removal of burden for federal
employees to review Quality
Improvement Project (QIP) attestations.
MA organizations are required to
annually attest that they have an
ongoing QIP in progress, and the
government reviews these attestation
submissions. To estimate amounts, we
considered how many QIP attestations
are performed annually.
We estimated that—
• This review requires one person
reviewing for 0.25 hours for a single QIP
attestation. We assumed a GS grade 13,
step 5, with a mean wage of $51.48,
which with an allowance of 100 percent
for overhead and fringe benefits
becomes $102.96. This is based on the
2017 publicly available wages found on
the Office of Personnel Management
website at https://www.opm.gov/policydata-oversight/pay-leave/salarieswages/2017/general-schedule/.
• We calculated the savings to the
federal government by multiplying the
number of anticipated QIP attestation
submissions (750) times the number of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
2020
¥$9,310,548
10,308,800
24,077,100
25,075,352
2021
2022
2023
¥48,829
........................
........................
¥48,829
¥48,829
........................
........................
¥48,829
¥48,829
........................
........................
¥48,829
¥48,829
........................
........................
¥48,829
CMS staff it takes to complete a
review—(1) times the adjusted wage for
that staff ($102.96) (750 × 1 × $102.96
× 0.25 hour), which equals $19,305.
Thus, the total savings of this
provision are $31,968, of which
$12,663.75 are savings to the industry,
as indicated in section III of this final
rule, and $19,305 are savings to the
federal government.
We received no comments on the RIA
for this proposal, and therefore, we are
finalizing the RIA without modification.
16. Reducing the Burden of the Medical
Loss Ratio Reporting Requirements
Our proposal to significantly reduce
the amount of MLR data submitted to
CMS would eliminate the need for CMS
to continue to pay a contractor
approximately $390,000 a year to
perform initial analyses or desk reviews
of the detailed MLR reports submitted
by MA organizations and Part D
sponsors. These initial analyses or desk
reviews are done by our contractors in
order to identify omissions and
suspected inaccuracies and to
communicate their findings to MA
organizations and Part D sponsors in
order to resolve potential compliance
issues.
In addition, because we will be
receiving only the minimum amount of
data from MAOs and Part D sponsors,
we expect that we will reduce the
amount we pay to contractors for
software development, data
management, and technical support
related to MLR reporting. We currently
pay a contractor $300,000 each year for
these services. Although we expect that
MAOs and Part D sponsors will
continue to use the HPMS or a similar
system to submit and attest to their
simplified MLR submissions, we will no
longer need to maintain and update
MLR reporting software with validation
features, to receive certain data extract
files, or to provide support for desk
review functionality. We estimate that,
by eliminating these services, we will
reduce our payments to contractors by
approximately $100,000 a year.
PO 00000
Frm 00277
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
In total, we estimate that the changes
to the MLR reporting requirements will
save the government $490,000 a year. As
noted in the Collection of Information
section of this final rule, the changes to
the MLR reporting requirement will
save MA organizations and Part D
sponsors $904,884 a year. Thus, the
total annual savings of this proposal are
$1,446,417: $490,000 to the government
and $904,884 to MA organizations and
Part D sponsors.
We do not anticipate that our
proposal to modify the regulations at
§§ 422.2430 and 423.2430 to specify that
Medication Therapy Management
(MTM) programs that comply with
§ 423.153(d) are quality improvement
activities (QIA) will significantly reduce
stakeholder burden. As explained in
section II.C.1.b.(2). of this final rule, we
stated in the May 23, 2013 final rule (78
FR 31294) that MTM activities qualify
as QIA, provided they meet the
requirements set forth in §§ 422.2430
and 423.2430. We expect that most if
not all MTM programs that comply with
§ 423.153(d) will already satisfy the QIA
requirements set forth in current
§§ 422.2430 and 423.2430. Therefore,
we do not anticipate that the proposal
to explicitly include MTM programs in
QIA will have a significant impact on
burden.
We received no comments on our
regulatory impact analysis and are
finalizing this provision.
17. Expedited Substitutions of Certain
Generics and Other Midyear Formulary
Changes (§§ 423.100, 423.120, and
423.128)
The provisions will specifically
permit Part D sponsors that meet our
requirements to remove brand name
drugs (or change their cost-sharing
status) when replacing them with (or
adding) generics released after their
initial formulary submission date
without providing advance notice or
submitting formulary change requests.
We would also permit Part D sponsors
to make such changes at any time of the
year rather than waiting for them to take
effect two months after the start of the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16716
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
plan year. A related proposal would
except from our transition policy
applicable generic substitutions and
additions with cost-sharing changes.
Lastly, we proposed to decrease the
days of enrollee notice and refill
required in cases in which (aside from
generic substitutions and drugs deemed
unsafe or removed from the market)
drug removal or changes in cost-sharing
will affect enrollees.
The FDA has noted that generics are
typically sold at substantial discounts
from the branded price. (‘‘Generic
Drugs: Questions and Answers,’’ see
FDA website, https://www.fda.gov/
drugs/resourcesforyou/consumers/
questionsanswers/ucm100100.htm,
accessed June 22, 2017.) However, we
do not believe that significant savings
will necessarily result from these
provisions, because historically Part D
sponsors have been able to anticipate
the generic launches well and migrate
the brand scripts to generics smoothly
once the generic drugs become
available. The proposal could provide
some administrative relief for Part D
sponsors, although the savings won’t be
very significant.
In addition regardless of any first year
effect, we do not believe there could be
any significant effect for subsequent
years. Our proposed changes will permit
immediate specified generic
substitutions throughout the plan year
or a 30 rather than a 60 day notice
period for certain substitutions. Part D
sponsors submit for review each year an
entirely new formulary and presumably
estimates this proposal will provide a
modest savings of $10 million in 2019,
with savings increasing by
approximately $1 million each year
through 2028. These savings are
classified as transfers since there is no
reduction in services; drugs are still
being sold, albeit at a cheaper price
because of the use of biosimilar
biological products.
CMS anticipates some natural shift
from reference biological products to
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products, but biosimilar
biological products’ price differential
and market share are lower than that
observed for small molecule generic
drugs. Currently, Zarxio® data provide
the only meaningful comparison
available to date, as very limited data
exist on the other nine approved (as of
March 7, 2018) biosimilar biological
products. The market dynamic between
Neupogen® and Zarxio® has behaved
consistent with CMS’ anticipation and
CMS expects other biosimilar biological
products to follow the similar pattern.
Based on 2017 year-to-date data on the
per script price difference between
Neupogen® and Zarxio®, CMS estimated
biosimilar biological products to be 16
percent less expensive than their
reference biological product. CMS
estimates this proposal will result in a
minor shift of an additional 5 percent of
prescriptions to biosimilar biological
products by LIS enrollees under this
proposal. Consequently, savings are not
estimated to be significant at this time.
the timing of substitutions will overlap
across plan years a minimal amount of
times. We received no comments on our
regulatory impact analysis and are
finalizing this provision with
modifications discussed in II.A.14.
18. Similar Treatment of Biosimilar and
Interchangeable Biological Products and
Generic Drugs for Purposes of LIS Cost
Sharing
a. Savings
Codification of lower cost sharing for
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products for LIS enrollees
will reduce marketplace confusion
about what level of cost-sharing Part D
enrollees should be charged for
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products. By establishing cost
sharing at the lower level for LIS
enrollees, this provision will also
improve LIS enrollee incentives to use
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products instead of reference
biological products. As discussed in the
proposed rule, this will reduce costs for
Part D enrollees and generate savings for
the Part D program.
In addition, we believe that reducing
confusion in the marketplace
surrounding this issue will improve
enrollee protections while also
improving enrollee incentives to choose
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products over reference
biological products. Improved
incentives to choose lower-cost
alternatives will reduce costs to Part D
enrollees and the Part D program. CMS
TABLE 29—ESTIMATED SAVINGS TO THE MEDICARE TRUST FUND FOR CALENDAR YEARS 2019 THROUGH 2023 FOR SIMILAR TREATMENT OF BIOSIMILAR AND INTERCHANGEABLE BIOLOGICAL PRODUCTS AND GENERIC DRUGS FOR PURPOSES OF LIS COST SHARING
Regulation
section(s)
Provision
Calendar year ($ in millions)
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Total CYs
2019–2023
($ in millions)
Federal Government (Medicare) Impacts
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Similar Treatment of Biosimilar and Interchangeable Biological Products and Generic Drugs for Purposes of LIS Cost
Sharing.
b. Benefits of Similar Treatment of
Biosimilar and Interchangeable
Biological Products and Generic Drugs
for Purposes of LIS Cost Sharing
Final codification of lower cost
sharing for biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products for
LIS enrollees will reduce marketplace
confusion about what level of costsharing LIS enrollees should be charged
for biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products. By establishing cost
sharing at the lower level, this provision
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
§ 423.4 ...........
10
will also improve Part D enrollee
incentives to use biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products
instead of reference biological products.
As discussed previously, this will
reduce costs to Part D enrollees and
generate savings for the Part D program.
We received the following comments,
and our response follows:
Comment: A couple of commenters
noted that our proposed change
generates administrative burden for Part
PO 00000
Frm 00278
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
11
12
13
14
D plan sponsors due to programming
changes.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ perspective, however we
believe that the benefit to LIS Part D
enrollees outweigh the concerns
regarding Part D plan sponsor’s
administrative burden. Given the low
number of biosimilar biological
products on the market, it is not
apparent to us that this would require
significant administrative burden on
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
60
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Part D plans to identify such products
and implement this change.
We are finalizing our proposal as
modified, amending
§ 423.782(a)(2)(iii)(A) and
§ 423.782(b)(3) instead of § 423.4.
19. Changes to the Days’ Supply
Required by the Part D Transition
Process (§ 423.120)
We do not believe that finalizing this
section would impose any new burden
on any stakeholder. Since Part D
sponsors and their PBMs already have
prescription drug pharmacy claims
systems programmed to provide
transition supplies to plan enrollees in
the LTC and outpatient settings, they
will only have to make a technical
change to these systems that consists of
changing the required number of days’
supply to the approved month’s supply
in their plan benefit package. In
addition, Part D sponsors and their
PBMs would have to cease treating these
enrollees in the LTC setting separately
from enrollees in the outpatient setting
for purposes of transition.
We also do not believe this provision
would impose any new burden on LTC
facilities and the pharmacies that serve
them. We believe this regulation will
eliminate the additional time that LTC
facilities and pharmacies have to
transition Part D patients—time we now
believe they do not need to effectuate
the transition.
In the context of requesting that we
not reduce the transition supply from 90
days to a month, commenters generally
indicated that preparing for transitions
created an administrative burden. We
acknowledge and appreciate the efforts
undertaken to smooth transitions, but
do not believe our provision in and of
itself would create any new burden.
While they would have a smaller time
frame in which to take actions, LTC
facilities and pharmacies would need to
make the same outreach calls to health
care providers as has previously been
the case—albeit within a shorter period
of time. And while we are
recommending that LTC pharmacies try
to anticipate and plan for somewhat
predicable events such yearly changes
to benchmark status necessitating
beneficiary moves, it is not
inconceivable that to the extent
required, these entities might undertake
contingency planning that could
ultimately lessen the administrative
burdens over the long run.
We believe this provision would
produce cost-savings to the Medicare
Part D program because it requires fewer
drugs to be dispensed under transition,
particularly in the LTC setting.
However, we are unable to estimate the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
cost-savings, because it largely depends
upon which and how many drugs are
dispensed as transition drugs to Part D
beneficiaries in the LTC setting in the
future. Also, we are unable to determine
which PDEs involve transition supplies
in LTC in order to provide an estimate
of future savings based on past
experience with transition supplies in
LTC in the Part D program.
D. Alternatives Considered
1. Any Willing Pharmacy Standard
Terms and Conditions and Better Define
Pharmacy Types
The critical policy decision was how
to strike the right balance to clarify
confusion in the marketplace, afford
Part D plan sponsor flexibility, and
incorporate recent innovations in
pharmacy business and care delivery
models without prematurely and
inappropriately interfering with highly
volatile market forces.
2. Similar Treatment of Biosimilar and
Interchangeable Biological Products and
Generic Drugs for Purposes of LIS Cost
Sharing
The critical policy question was how
to provide lower cost sharing for
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products for LIS enrollees.
Classifying biosimilar and
interchangeable biological products as
generic drugs only for cost-sharing
purposes for LIS enrollees risked
confusion in the marketplace which
could lead to inappropriate utilization
of biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products and in turn,
increased costs to the Part D program.
Adding biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products to regulatory costsharing provisions for LIS enrollees can
appropriately resolve marketplace
confusion while also improving Part D
enrollee incentives to choose lower cost
alternatives.
3. Preclusion List
We considered a preclusion list that
will include providers and suppliers
who are prescribing Part D drugs and
who are providing services to Medicare
beneficiaries who are receiving their
Medicare benefit from a MA plan. The
savings and cost estimates associated
with that alternative are based on the
following: Encounter data and
Prescription drug event (PDE) which
identifies providers who furnish Part C
services and items and prescribe Part D
drugs to Medicare beneficiaries. Given
the frequency with which MA
organizations and Part D sponsors
typically submit data to CMS, we
estimate a delay of approximately 1
PO 00000
Frm 00279
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16717
month in obtaining this data. Delays in
the availability of this data and the
screening and evaluation of the
providers and prescribers will result in
delays in the identification and
inclusion of providers or prescribers on
the preclusion list, which will occur
after the service, item or drug was
provided to the Medicare beneficiary.
We estimate that it will cost the Trust
Fund approximately $42.8 million if we
do not proactively screen providers and
prescribers and delay screening until
after the PDE and encounter data is
available. We estimate an additional 1.4
million providers or prescribers will not
be screened if we only rely on PDE and
encounter data. The current Medicare
provider population consists of
approximately 2 million providers and
historically we have revoked 0.4 percent
of its existing Medicare enrolled
providers. However this percentage
could be higher or lower for the
population of prescribers solely enrolled
for prescribing. There are approximately
460,000 part C and D unenrolled
providers and prescribers, 120,000 of
which are billing Part C. Using the
percentage of historical revocations, we
estimate approximately 1,840 new
revocations. Based on the approximate
1-month delay in the availability of the
PDE and encounter data, 3 months for
screening, and an additional 3 months
to evaluate the offenses, we anticipate
approximately a 7-month delay in the
provider or prescriber’s inclusion on the
preclusion list following the service,
item, or drug being provided to the
beneficiary if we do not perform
proactive screening. The 7-month
timeframe is dependent on whether the
PDE and encounter data is timely. Using
a cost avoidance of $3,324 per month
average per provider and applying it to
the estimated 1,840 new revocations, a
delay in screening will cost the Trust
Fund approximately $42.8 million
(3,324 × 7 × 1,840). The $3,324 estimate
is based on Medicare fee-for-service
revocation data and may be higher or
lower depending on whether the
provider is an individual or
organization and their provider type.
E. Accounting Statement
As required by OMB Circular A–4
(available at https://obamawhitehouse.
archives.gov/omb/circulars_a004_a-4/),
in Table 30 we have prepared an
accounting statement showing the
savings and transfers associated with
the provisions of this final rule for CYs
2019 through 2023. Table 30 is based on
Table 31 which lists savings, costs, and
transfers by provision.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16718
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 30—ACCOUNTING STATEMENT: CLASSIFICATIONS OF ESTIMATED SAVINGS, COSTS, AND TRANSFERS FROM
CALENDAR YEARS 2019 TO 2023
[$in millions]
Savings
Discount rate
Whom to whom
Period covered
7%
3%
Net Annualized Monetized Savings ................
295.23
296.29
CYs 2019–2023 ....
Annualized Monetized Savings .......................
302.53
303.59
CYs 2019–2023 ....
Annualized Monetized Cost ............................
(7.30)
(7.30)
CYs 2019–2023 ....
Transfers .........................................................
37.17
37.41
CYs 2019–2023 ....
MA Organizations and Part D Sponsors, Industry, Govt.
MA Organizations and Part D Sponsors, Industry, Govt.
MA Organizations and Part D Sponsors, Industry, Govt.
Federal Government, MA plans and Part D
Sponsors, Providers and Re-insurers.
Note: Monetized figures in 2018 dollars. Positive numbers indicate aggregate level annualized savings at the giving percentage. Transfers are
a separate line item. Table 30 is based on Table 31. Minor (cent) errors are due to rounding.
The following Table 31 summarizes
savings, costs, and transfers by
provision and formed a basis for the
accounting table.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
PO 00000
Frm 00280
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
BILLING CODE 4120–01–C
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
F. Conclusion
This final rule has a net savings of
between $280 to $335 million for each
of the next 5 years. The savings are
equivalent to a level annualized amount
of about $295 million per year for both
7 percent and 3 percent interest rates.
These net savings are to Part D sponsors,
Part C plans, pharma, providers,
industry, as well as the federal
government. Transfers between the
federal government, Part C plans, Part D
sponsors, re-insurers, and providers are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
between $30 and $45 million and are
equivalent to a monetized level amount
of about $37 million per year at the 3percent and 7-percent levels. Both
industry and the federal government
save from program efficiencies and
reduced work.
As a result of benefits, savings, and
transfers of this final rule, the Medicare
Trust Fund, in 2019, will reduce in
aggregate its cost for paying for plan
benefits by $123.6 million dollars ($19
million from the CARA provision +
$71.6 million from the physician
incentive plans provision + $10 million
PO 00000
Frm 00281
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16719
from the provision to treat biosimilar
and interchangeable biological products
as generic drugs for purposes of LIS cost
sharing + $32 million from the star
ratings provision ¥9 million from the
open enrollment provision). This
reduction in Medicare Trust Fund costs
will gradually increase; in 2028, the
Trust Fund is expected to reduce costs
by $241.7 million dollars. These savings
to the Medicare Trust Fund are
actuarially equivalent to a level amount
of about $170 million per year in 2018
dollars ($171.69 million discounted at
the 3% level, and $167.75 million per
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
ER16AP18.018
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16720
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
year discounted at the 7% level). These
savings do not include the MLR
provision savings of $490,000 savings a
year due to not paying a contractor nor
the marketing material provision
savings of $140,000 a year due to
reduced time spent by Federal
employees reviewing marketing
materials.
Additionally, this final rule is
beneficial to beneficiaries. The impact
of this final rule on beneficiaries is
complicated with some provisions
beneficial, one provision burdensome,
and the rest neutral. Although
quantitative formulations of the impacts
can sometimes be provided, because of
the variability of many factors, in many
cases, impact can only be measured
qualitatively.
The following provisions are
beneficial for beneficiaries for the
reasons indicated:
• CARA: Enrollees will—(1) have
fewer enrollment forms to fill out
(because they are locked in); (2) there
will be fewer enrollee opioid addictions;
(3) the illnesses arising from opioid
addiction will be reduced; we estimate
that the Trust Fund, in 2019, will spend
$19 million less because of reduced
opioid prescriptions; enrollees are
therefore saving coinsurance on these
payments;
• Passive enrollment flexibilities:
Enrollees are relieved of the burden of
filling out enrollment forms; plans are
relieved of the burden of verifying
eligibility and storage of these forms.
There is a cost to enrollees of the ability
to actively choose a new plan; this cost
is minimized by the special election
period afforded to enrollees and
described in the two passive enrollment
notifications. Additionally, if enrollees
remain in the plan they are passively
enrolled into, they will continue
receiving services from an integrated D–
SNP similar to the plan they previously
chose.
• Disclosure: Plans have the option to
deliver required documents using
alternate methods including electronic
delivery. Enrollees of these plans may
receive disclosure documents
electronically and have enhanced
electronic search capabilities available;
furthermore, enrollees have greater
access to their documents at any
location with a browser. Plans that opt
to use alternative methods of delivery
(including electronic delivery) must
provide the documents in hard copy
upon request.
• Expedited generic substitutions and
midyear formulary changes: Part D
sponsors have the option to provide
enrollees with access to generics sooner
than currently permitted. While we will
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
require Part D sponsors to provide all
enrollees with general advance notice
that immediate generic substitutions can
take place, under this revision Part D
sponsors no longer have to provide
advance notice of the generic
substitution to enrollees who are
currently taking the brand name drug.
This means that enrollees who would
might have so chosen may not have the
chance to consult with their prescribers
before they receive the generic drug. We
believe these consequences are
mitigated by the fact that beneficiaries
have general familiarity with generic
drug substitutions as part of the larger
pharmacy market and that additionally
they may still avail themselves of the
strong Medicare beneficiary protections,
including the exceptions process.
• Preclusion: The removal of the Part
D and Medicare Advantage enrollment
requirements for prescribers and
providers as a prerequisite for
prescribing drugs and furnishing health
care items and services will result in
greater ease for enrollees in obtaining
needed drugs and health care items and
services;
• PDP EA to EA meaningful
difference: Enrollees may experience
lower Part D supplemental premiums if
enrolled in an EA plan, as sponsors will
not be pressured to make benefit
changes to comply with a requirement
that ultimately results in higher
supplemental premiums for
beneficiaries. We believe that the tools
CMS provides for beneficiaries to make
decisions (for example. Medicare Plan
Finder, Medicare and You Handbook,
1–800–MEDICARE), in addition to our
enforcement of communication and
marketing requirements, aim to mitigate
any potential choice overload should
this provision result in additional PDP
plan offerings;
• Similar Treatment of Biosimilar
and Interchangeable Biological Products
as Generic Drugs: This provision will
reduce confusion in the marketplace
surrounding this issue, will improve
enrollee protections while also
improving enrollee incentives to choose
biosimilar and interchangeable
biological products over reference
biological products. Improved
incentives to choose lower-cost
alternatives will reduce costs to Part D
enrollees. Note, the co-insurance
portion of the estimated reductions in
dollars spent by the Trust Fund, $10
million in 2019, reflects quantitative
estimates of savings to Part D plan
sponsors and reduced costs of enrollees;
• Part C Meaningful Difference: As
discussed earlier in this section, CMS
expects the elimination of the Part C
meaningful difference evaluation, in
PO 00000
Frm 00282
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
conjunction with the expansion of
benefit flexibilities, will allow
organizations to provide benefit
offerings that satisfy the unique needs of
beneficiaries, increase enrollee
satisfaction, reduce overall plan
expenditures, and result in more
affordable plans. Beneficiaries will
continue to compare plans as they have
in the past, that is, limit their choices
based on characteristics, such as plan
type, Part D coverage, differences in
provider network, Part B and plan
premiums, unique populations served,
and benefits. CMS and MA
organizations will continue to provide
beneficiaries with tools, such as MPF
and communication materials, to
evaluate plan options and assist in
choosing the best plan option. In
addition, the elimination of the
meaningful difference provision is not
necessarily encouraging ‘‘new’’ plans,
but rather allowing plans to use existing
capabilities and expanded flexibilities
discussed in the proposed rule to
improve innovation within existing and
new plans. It is unknown how many
organizations will choose to add plan
options, decrease premiums and/or cost
sharing and by what degree. CMS
expects that increased competition will
provide value to beneficiaries through
more innovative health plans that meet
their needs, and affordability through
benefits and premiums. These factors
are difficult to accurately measure
quantitatively and as such, we consider
the benefits qualitative. CMS also
believes that the tools and information
CMS provides for beneficiaries to make
decisions (for example, Medicare Plan
Finder, Medicare and You Handbook,
1–800–MEDICARE), in addition to our
enforcement of communication and
marketing requirements, aim to mitigate
any potential choice overload.
Only one provision, OEP, is
burdensome to beneficiaries. Enrollees
will have the burden of filling out
enrollment forms and plans will have
the burden of verifying eligibility,
sending notifications to enrollees and
CMS, and storing enrollment forms.
This burden has been assessed
quantitatively in the Collection of
Information section as costing $6.1
million to plans and $6.7 million to
beneficiaries.
The remaining provisions are neutral
because either the provision codified or
clarified existing practice (coordination
of enrollment/disenrollment, any
willing pharmacy), the provision had no
new or revised information
requirements (limitations on SEP for
Part D duals, Part D tiering, changes to
transition supply), the provision did not
change practice and therefore had no
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
impact (minimum enrollment waiver),
the provision removed duplicative
efforts (removal of quality improvement
projects, lengthening adjudication
timeframes), or the provisions reduced
burden on other stakeholders without
impacting enrollees (removal of quality
improvement projects reduced the
burden on CMS review staff, marketing
materials reduced the burden on CMS
review staff, elimination of notices for
IRE reduced plan burden, Medical Loss
Ratio reduced plan burden, compliance
training reduction affected staff training,
physician incentive plans reduced costs
of insurance for MA organizations,
agent-broker gives plans more flexibility
in dealing with unlicensed brokers).
G. Reducing Regulation and Controlling
Regulatory Costs
This rule, as finalized, will be an
Executive Order (E.O.) 13771 regulatory
action. Details on the estimated costs
and cost savings can be found in the
preceding analysis. Executive Order
13771 requires that the costs associated
with significant new regulations ‘‘shall,
to the extent permitted by law, be offset
by the elimination of existing costs
associated with at least two prior
regulations.’’ We believe that this final
rule is a significant regulatory action as
defined by Executive Order 12866. This
final rule is considered an E.O. 13771
deregulatory action. We estimate that
this rule generates annualized cost
savings of $365.55 discounted relative
to year 2016 at 7 percent over a
perpetual time horizon.
List of Subjects
42 CFR Part 405
Administrative practice and
procedure, Health facilities, Health
professions, Kidney diseases, Medical
devices, Medicare, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Rural
areas, X-rays.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
42 CFR Part 417
Administrative practice and
procedure, Grant programs—health,
Health care, Health insurance, Health
maintenance organizations (HMO), Loan
programs—health, Medicare, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
42 CFR Part 422
Administrative practice and
procedure, Health facilities, Health
maintenance organizations (HMO),
Medicare, Penalties, Privacy, and
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
42 CFR Part 460
Aged, Health care, Health records,
Medicaid, Medicare, and Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
42 CFR Part 498
Administrative practice and
procedure, Health facilities, Health
professions, Medicare, and Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, the Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services amends 42 CFR
chapter IV as set forth below:
PART 405—FEDERAL HEALTH
INSURANCE FOR THE AGED AND
DISABLED
1. The authority citation for part 405
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 205(a), 1102, 1861,
1862(a), 1869, 1871, 1874, 1881, and 1886(k)
of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 405(a),
1302, 1395x, 1395y(a), 1395ff, 1395hh,
1395kk, 1395rr and 1395ww(k)), and sec. 353
of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
263a).
2. Section 405.924 is amended by
adding paragraph (a)(5) to read as
follows:
■
§ 405.924 Actions that are initial
determinations.
(a) * * *
(5) An adjustment of premium for
hospital or supplementary medical
insurance as outlined in §§ 406.32(d),
408.20(e), and 408.22 of this chapter,
and 20 CFR 418.1301.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 417—HEALTH MAINTENANCE
ORGANIZATIONS, COMPETITIVE
MEDICAL PLANS, AND HEALTH CARE
PREPAYMENT PLANS
3. The authority citation for part 417
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and
1395hh), secs. 1301, 1306, and 1310 of the
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300e,
300e–5, and 300e–9), and 31 U.S.C. 9701.
4. Section 417.430 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(1) to read as
follows:
■
§ 417.430
42 CFR Part 423
Administrative practice and
procedure, Emergency medical services,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Health facilities, Health maintenance
organizations (HMO), Health
professionals, Incorporation by
reference, Medicare, Penalties, Privacy,
and Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Application procedures.
(a) * * *
(1) The application form must comply
with CMS instructions regarding
PO 00000
Frm 00283
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16721
content and format and be approved by
CMS as described in § 422.2262 of this
chapter. The application must be
completed by an HMO or CMP eligible
(or soon to become eligible) individual
and include authorization for disclosure
between HHS and its designees and the
HMO or CMP.
*
*
*
*
*
5. Section 417.472 is amended by
adding paragraph (k) to read as follows:
■
§ 417.472
Basic contract requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(k) All cost contracts under section
1876 of the Act must agree to be rated
under the quality rating system
specified at subpart D of part 422, and
for cost plans that provide the Part D
prescription benefit, under the quality
rating system specified at part 423
subpart D, of this chapter. Cost contacts
are not required to submit data on or be
rated on specific measures determined
by CMS to be inapplicable to their
contract or for which data are not
available, including hospital
readmission and call center measures.
6. Section 417.478 is amended by
revising paragraph (e) to read as follows:
■
§ 417.478 Requirements of other laws and
regulations.
*
*
*
*
*
(e)(1) The prohibitions, procedures
and requirements relating to payment to
individuals and entities on the
preclusion list, defined in § 422.2 of this
chapter, apply to HMOs and CMPs that
contract with CMS under section 1876
of the Act.
(2) In applying the provisions of
§§ 422.2, 422.222, and 422.224 of this
chapter under paragraph (e)(1) of this
section, references to part 422 of this
chapter must be read as references to
this part, and references to MA
organizations as references to HMOs
and CMPs.
7. Section 417.484 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(3) to read as
follows:
■
§ 417.484 Requirement applicable to
related entities.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) That payments must not be made
to individuals and entities included on
the preclusion list, defined in § 422.2 of
this chapter.
PART 422—MEDICARE ADVANTAGE
PROGRAM
8. The authority citation for part 422
continues to read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16722
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and
1395hh).
9. Section 422.2 is amended by adding
the definition of ‘‘Preclusion list’’ in
alphabetical order to read as follows:
■
§ 422.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
Preclusion list means a CMScompiled list of individuals and entities
that—
(1) Meet all of the following
requirements:
(i) The individual or entity is
currently revoked from Medicare under
§ 424.535.
(ii) The individual or entity is
currently under a reenrollment bar
under § 424.535(c).
(iii) CMS determines that the
underlying conduct that led to the
revocation is detrimental to the best
interests of the Medicare program. In
making this determination under this
paragraph (1)(iii), CMS considers the
following factors:
(A) The seriousness of the conduct
underlying the individual’s or entity’s
revocation.
(B) The degree to which the
individual’s or entity’s conduct could
affect the integrity of the Medicare
program.
(C) Any other evidence that CMS
deems relevant to its determination; or
(2) Meet both of the following
requirements:
(i) The individual or entity has
engaged in behavior for which CMS
could have revoked the individual or
entity to the extent applicable had they
been enrolled in Medicare.
(ii) CMS determines that the
underlying conduct that would have led
to the revocation is detrimental to the
best interests of the Medicare program.
In making this determination under this
paragraph (2)(ii), CMS considers the
following factors:
(A) The seriousness of the conduct
involved.
(B) The degree to which the
individual’s or entity’s conduct could
affect the integrity of the Medicare
program; and
(C) Any other evidence that CMS
deems relevant to its determination.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 10. Section 422.54 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and
(d)(4)(ii) to read as follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
§ 422.54 Continuation of enrollment for MA
local plans.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Obtain CMS’s approval of the
continuation area, the communication
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
materials that describe the option, and
the MA organization’s assurances of
access to services.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(4) * * *
(ii) Organizations that require
enrollees to give advance notice of
intent to use the continuation of
enrollment option, must stipulate the
notification process in the
communication materials.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 11. Section 422.60 is amended—
■ a. In paragraph (a)(2) by removing the
reference ‘‘§ 422.62(a)(3), (a)(4), and
(a)(5) if’’ and adding in its place the
reference ‘‘§ 422.62(a)(3) and (4) if’’; and
■ b. Revising paragraph (g).
The revision reads as follows:
§ 422.60
Election process.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Passive enrollment by CMS—(1)
Circumstances in which CMS may
implement passive enrollment. CMS
may implement passive enrollment
procedures in any of the following
situations:
(i) Immediate terminations as
provided in § 422.510(b)(2)(i)(B).
(ii) CMS determines that remaining
enrolled in a plan poses potential harm
to the members.
(iii) CMS determines, after consulting
with the State Medicaid agency that
contracts with the dual eligible special
needs plan that is described in
paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section and
meets the requirements of paragraph
(g)(2) of this section, that the passive
enrollment will promote integrated care
and continuity of care for a full-benefit
dual eligible beneficiary (as defined in
§ 423.772 of this chapter and entitled to
Medicare Part A and enrolled in Part B
under title XVIII) who is currently
enrolled in an integrated dual eligible
special needs plan.
(2) MA plans that may receive passive
enrollments. CMS may implement
passive enrollment described in
paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section only
into MA–PD plans that meet all the
following requirements:
(i) Operate as a fully integrated dual
eligible special needs plan as defined in
§ 422.2, or a specialized MA plan for
special needs individuals that meets a
high standard of integration, as
described in § 422.102(e).
(ii) Have substantially similar
provider and facility networks and
Medicare- and Medicaid-covered
benefits as the plan (or plans) from
which the beneficiaries are passively
enrolled.
(iii) Have an overall quality rating
from the most recently issued ratings,
PO 00000
Frm 00284
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
under the rating system described in
§§ 422.160 through 422.166, of at least
3 stars or is a low enrollment contract
or new MA plan as defined in § 422.252.
(iv) Not have any prohibition on new
enrollment imposed by CMS.
(v) Have limits on premiums and costsharing appropriate to full-benefit dual
eligible beneficiaries.
(vi) Have the operational capacity to
passively enroll beneficiaries and agree
to receive the enrollments.
(3) Passive enrollment procedures.
Individuals will be considered to have
elected the plan selected by CMS unless
they—
(i) Decline the plan selected by CMS,
in a form and manner determined by
CMS, or
(ii) Request enrollment in another
plan.
(4) Beneficiary notification. The MA
organization that receives the passive
enrollment must provide to the enrollee:
(i) In the case of a passive enrollment
described in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii)
of this section, a notice that describes
the costs and benefits of the plan and
the process for accessing care under the
plan and clearly explains the
beneficiary’s ability to decline the
enrollment or choose another plan. This
notice must be provided to all potential
passively-enrolled enrollees, in a form
and manner determined by CMS, prior
to the enrollment effective date (or as
soon as possible after the effective date
if prior notice is not practical).
(ii) In the case of a passive enrollment
described in paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this
section, two notices that describe the
costs and benefits of the plan and the
process for accessing care under the
plan and clearly explain the
beneficiary’s ability to decline the
enrollment or choose another plan.
(A) The first notice described in
paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section must
be provided, in a form and manner
determined by CMS, no fewer than 60
calendar days prior to the enrollment
effective date.
(B) The second notice described in
paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section must
be provided, in a form and manner
determined by CMS, no fewer than 30
days prior to the enrollment effective
date.
(5) Special election period. In the case
of a passive enrollment described in this
paragraph, individuals will be provided
with a special enrollment period
described in at § 423.38(c)(10) of this
chapter.
■ 12. Section § 422.62 is amended by—
■ a. Revising paragraphs (a)(3) through
(5);
■ b. Removing paragraphs (a)(6) and (7);
and
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
■
c. Revising paragraph (b)(3)(ii).
The revisions read as follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 422.62
plan.
Election of coverage under an MA
(a) * * *
(3) Open enrollment period for
individuals enrolled in MA—(i) For
2019 and subsequent years. Except as
provided in paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (iii)
and (a)(4) of this section, an individual
who is enrolled in an MA plan may
make an election once during the first
3 months of the year to enroll in another
MA plan or disenroll to obtain Original
Medicare. An individual who chooses to
exercise this election may also make a
coordinating election to enroll in or
disenroll from Part D, as specified in
§ 423.38(e) of this chapter.
(ii) Newly eligible MA individual. For
2019 and subsequent years, a newly MA
eligible individual who is enrolled in a
MA plan may change his or her election
once during the period that begins the
month the individual is entitled to both
Part A and Part B and ends on the last
day of the third month of the
entitlement. An individual who chooses
to exercise this election may also make
a coordinating election to enroll in or
disenroll from Part D, as specified in
§ 423.38(e) of this chapter.
(iii) Single election limitation. The
limitation to one election or change in
paragraphs (a)(3)(i) and (ii) of this
section does not apply to elections or
changes made during the annual
coordinated election period specified in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or
during a special election period
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(4) Open enrollment period for
institutionalized individuals. After
2005, an individual who is eligible to
elect an MA plan and who is
institutionalized, as defined in § 422.2,
is not limited (except as provided for in
paragraph (d) of this section for MA
MSA plans) in the number of elections
or changes he or she may make. Subject
to the MA plan being open to enrollees
as provided under § 422.60(a)(2), an MA
eligible institutionalized individual may
at any time elect an MA plan or change
his or her election from an MA plan to
Original Medicare, to a different MA
plan, or from Original Medicare to an
MA plan.
(5) Annual 45-day period for
disenrollment from MA plans to
Original Medicare. Through 2018, at any
time from January 1 through February
14, an individual who is enrolled in an
MA plan may elect Original Medicare
once during this 45-day period. An
individual who chooses to exercise this
election may also make a coordinating
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
election to enroll in a PDP as specified
in § 423.38(d) of this chapter.
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) The organization (or its agent,
representative, or plan provider)
materially misrepresented the plan’s
provisions in communications as
outlined in subpart V of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 13. Section 422.66 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c) and (d)(1) and
(5) to read as follows:
§ 422.66 Coordination of enrollment and
disenrollment through MA organizations.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Election by default: Initial
coverage election period—(1) Basic rule.
Subject to paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, an individual who fails to make
an election during the initial coverage
election period is deemed to have
elected original Medicare.
(2) Default enrollment into MA dual
eligible special needs plan—(i)
Conditions for default enrollment.
During an individual’s initial coverage
election period, an individual may be
deemed to have elected a MA special
needs plan for individuals entitled to
medical assistance under a State plan
under Title XIX (including a fully
integrated dual eligible special needs
plan as defined in § 422.2) offered by
the organization provided all the
following conditions are met:
(A) At the time of the deemed
election, the individual remains
enrolled in an affiliated Medicaid
managed care plan. For purposes of this
section, an affiliated Medicaid managed
care plan is one that is offered by the
MA organization that offers the dual
eligible MA special needs plan or is
offered by an entity that shares a parent
organization with such MA
organization;
(B) The state has approved the use of
the default enrollment process in the
contract described in § 422.107 and
provides the information that is
necessary for the MA organization to
identify individuals who are in their
initial coverage election period;
(C) The MA organization offering the
MA special needs plan has issued the
notice described in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)
of this section to the individual;
(D) Prior to the effective date
described in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this
section, the individual does not decline
the default enrollment and does not
elect to receive coverage other than
through the MA organization;
(E) CMS has approved the MA
organization to use default enrollment
under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section;
PO 00000
Frm 00285
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16723
(F) The MA organization has a
minimum overall quality rating from the
most recently issued ratings, under the
rating system described in §§ 422.160
through 422.166, of at least 3 stars or is
a low enrollment contract or new MA
plan as defined in § 422.252; and
(G) The MA organization does not
have any prohibition on new enrollment
imposed by CMS.
(ii) CMS approval of default
enrollment. An MA organization must
obtain approval from CMS before
implementing any default enrollment as
described in this section. CMS approval
will be for a period not to exceed five
years, although CMS may suspend or
rescind approval prior to the expiration
of this period if CMS determines the
MA organization is not in compliance
with the requirements of this section.
(iii) Effective date of default
enrollment. Default enrollment in the
dual eligible MA special needs plan is
effective the month in which the
individual is first entitled to both Part
A and Part B.
(iv) Notice requirement for default
enrollments. In addition to the
information described in § 422.111 and
no fewer than 60 calendar days prior to
the enrollment effective date described
in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section,
the MA organization must provide to
each individual who qualifies for
deemed enrollment under paragraph
(c)(2) of this section a notice that
includes the following:
(A) Information on the differences in
premium, benefits and cost sharing
between the individual’s current
Medicaid managed care plan and the
dual eligible MA special needs plan and
the process for accessing care under the
MA plan;
(B) The individual’s ability to decline
the enrollment, up to and including the
day prior to the enrollment effective
date, and either enroll in Original
Medicare or choose another MA plan;
and
(C) A general description of
alternative Medicare health and drug
coverage options available to an
individual in his or her Initial Coverage
Election Period.
(d) * * *
(1) Basic rule. An MA plan offered by
an MA organization must accept any
individual (regardless of whether the
individual has end-stage renal disease)
who requests enrollment during his or
her Initial Coverage Election Period
while enrolled in a health plan offered
by the MA organization during the
month immediately preceding the MA
plan enrollment effective date, and who
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16724
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
meets the eligibility requirements at
§ 422.50.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) Election. An individual who
requests seamless continuation of
coverage as described in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section may complete a
simplified election, in a form and
manner approved by CMS that meets
the requirements in § 422.60(c)(1).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 14. Section 422.68 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (c), and (f) to
read as follows:
§ 422.68 Effective dates of coverage and
change of coverage.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Initial coverage election period. An
election made during an initial coverage
election period as described in
§ 422.62(a)(1) is effective as follows:
(1) If made prior to the month of
entitlement to both Part A and Part B,
it is effective as of the first day of the
month of entitlement to both Part A and
Part B.
(2) If made during or after the month
of entitlement to both Part A and Part
B, it is effective the first day of the
calendar month following the month in
which the election is made.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Open enrollment periods. For an
election, or change in election, made
during an open enrollment period, as
described in § 422.62(a)(3) through (5),
coverage is effective as of the first day
of the first calendar month following the
month in which the election is made.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Annual 45-day period for
disenrollment from MA plans to
Original Medicare. Through 2018, an
election made from January 1 through
February 14 to disenroll from an MA
plan to Original Medicare, as described
in § 422.62(a)(5), is effective the first day
of the first month following the month
in which the election is made.
■ 15. Section 422.100 is amended—
■ a. In paragraph (f)(2), by removing the
phrase ‘‘to services. and’’ and adding in
its place the phrase ‘‘to services.’’; and
■ b. By revising paragraphs (f)(4), (f)(5)
introductory text, (f)(5)(ii), and (f)(6).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 422.100
General requirements.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(4) Except as provided in paragraph
(f)(5) of this section, MA local plans (as
defined in § 422.2) must have an out-ofpocket maximum for Medicare Parts A
and B services that is no greater than the
annual limit set by CMS using Medicare
Fee-for-Service data. Beginning no
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
earlier than January 1, 2020, CMS will
set the annual limit to strike a balance
between limiting maximum beneficiary
out of pocket costs and potential
changes in premium, benefits, and cost
sharing, with the goal of ensuring
beneficiary access to affordable and
sustainable benefit packages.
(5) With respect to a local PPO plan,
the limit specified under paragraph
(f)(4) of this section applies only to use
of network providers. Such local PPO
plans must include a total catastrophic
limit on beneficiary out-of-pocket
expenditures for both in-network and
out-of-network Parts A and B services
that is—
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) Not greater than the annual limit
set by CMS using Medicare Fee-forService data to establish appropriate
beneficiary out-of-pocket expenditures.
Beginning no earlier than January 1,
2020, CMS will set the annual limit to
strike a balance between limiting
maximum beneficiary out of pocket
costs and potential changes in premium,
benefits, and cost sharing, with the goal
of ensuring beneficiary access to
affordable and sustainable benefit
packages.
(6) Cost sharing for Medicare Part A
and B services specified by CMS does
not exceed levels annually determined
by CMS to be discriminatory for such
services. CMS may use Medicare Feefor-Service data to evaluate the
possibility of discrimination and to
establish non-discriminatory out-ofpocket limits; beginning no earlier than
January 1, 2020, CMS may also use MA
encounter data to inform patient
utilization scenarios used to help
identify MA plan cost sharing standards
and thresholds that are not
discriminatory.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 16. Section 422.101 is amended by
revising paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) to
read as follows:
maximum beneficiary out of pocket
costs and potential changes in premium,
benefits, and cost sharing, with the goal
of ensuring beneficiary access to
affordable and sustainable benefit
packages.
(3) Total catastrophic limit. MA
regional plans are required to establish
a total catastrophic limit on beneficiary
out-of-pocket expenditures for innetwork and out-of-network benefits
under the Medicare Fee-for-Service
program (Part A and Part B benefits).
(i) This total out-of-pocket
catastrophic limit, which would apply
to both in-network and out-of-network
benefits under Medicare Fee-for-Service,
may be higher than the in-network
catastrophic limit in paragraph (d)(2) of
this section, but may not increase the
limit described in paragraph (d)(2) of
this section and may be no greater than
the annual limit set by CMS using
Medicare Fee-for-Service data.
(ii) CMS sets the annual limit to strike
a balance between limiting maximum
beneficiary out of pocket costs and
potential changes in premium, benefits,
and cost sharing, with the goal of
ensuring beneficiary access to affordable
and sustainable benefit packages.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 17. Section 422.102 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
§ 422.101
benefits.
(a) Detailed description. An MA
organization must disclose the
information specified in paragraph (b) of
this section in the manner specified by
CMS—
*
*
*
*
*
(3) At the time of enrollment and at
least annually thereafter, by the first day
of the annual coordinated election
period.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) Copies of its evidence of coverage
and information (names, addresses,
phone numbers, and specialty) on the
network of contracted providers. Posting
Requirements relating to basic
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) Catastrophic limit. MA regional
plans are required to establish a
catastrophic limit on beneficiary out-ofpocket expenditures for in-network
benefits under the Medicare Fee-forService program (Part A and Part B
benefits) that is no greater than the
annual limit set by CMS using Medicare
Fee-for-Service data to establish
appropriate out-of-pocket limits.
Beginning no earlier than January 1,
2020, CMS will set the annual limit to
strike a balance between limiting
PO 00000
Frm 00286
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 422.102
Supplemental benefits.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Supplemental benefits packaging.
MA organizations may offer enrollees a
group of services as one optional
supplemental benefit, offer services
individually, or offer a combination of
groups and individual services.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 18. Section 422.111 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) introductory
text, (a)(3), and (h)(2)(ii) and adding
paragraph (h)(2)(iii) to read as follows:
§ 422.111
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
Disclosure requirements.
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
does not relieve the MA organization of
its responsibility under paragraph (a) of
this section to provide hard copies to
enrollees upon request.
(iii) Posting does not relieve the MA
organization of its responsibility under
paragraph (a) of this section to provide
hard copies of the Summary of Benefits
to enrollees when CMS determines hard
copy delivery of the Summary of
Benefits is in the best interest of the
beneficiary.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 422.152
[Amended]
19. Section 422.152 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraphs
(a)(3) and (d).
■ 20. Sections 422.160, 422.162,
422.164 and 422.166 are added to
Subpart D to read as follows:
■
Subpart D—Quality Improvement
*
*
*
*
*
Sec.
422.160 Basis and scope of the Medicare
Advantage Quality Rating System.
422.162 Medicare Advantage Quality Rating
System.
422.164 Adding, updating, and removing
measures.
422.166 Calculation of Star Ratings.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 422.160 Basis and scope of the Medicare
Advantage Quality Rating System.
(a) Basis. This subpart is based on
sections 1851(d), 1852(e), 1853(o) and
1854(b)(3)(iii), (v), and (vi) of the Act
and the general authority under section
1856(b) of the Act requiring the
establishment of standards consistent
with and to carry out Part C.
(b) Purpose. Ratings calculated and
assigned under this subpart will be used
by CMS for the following purposes:
(1) To provide comparative
information on plan quality and
performance to beneficiaries for their
use in making knowledgeable
enrollment and coverage decisions in
the Medicare program.
(2) To provide quality ratings on a 5star rating system to be used in
determining quality bonus payment
(QBP) status and in determining rebate
retention allowances.
(3) To provide a means to evaluate
and oversee overall and specific
compliance with certain regulatory and
contract requirements by MA plans,
where appropriate and possible to use
data of the type described in
§ 422.162(c).
(c) Applicability. Except for
§ 422.162(b)(3), the regulations in this
subpart will be applicable beginning
with the 2019 measurement period and
the associated 2021 Star Ratings that are
released prior to the annual coordinated
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
election period for the 2021 contract
year and used to assign QBP ratings for
the 2022 payment year.
§ 422.162 Medicare Advantage Quality
Rating System.
(a) Definitions. In this subpart the
following terms have the meanings:
CAHPS refers to a comprehensive and
evolving family of surveys that ask
consumers and patients to evaluate the
interpersonal aspects of health care.
CAHPS surveys probe those aspects of
care for which consumers and patients
are the best or only source of
information, as well as those that
consumers and patients have identified
as being important. CAHPS initially
stood for the Consumer Assessment of
Health Plans Study, but as the products
have evolved beyond health plans the
acronym now stands for Consumer
Assessment of Healthcare Providers and
Systems.
Case-mix adjustment means an
adjustment to the measure score made
prior to the score being converted into
a Star Rating to take into account certain
enrollee characteristics that are not
under the control of the plan. For
example age, education, chronic
medical conditions, and functional
health status that may be related to the
enrollee’s survey responses.
Categorical Adjustment Index (CAI)
means the factor that is added to or
subtracted from an overall or summary
Star Rating (or both) to adjust for the
average within-contract (or within-plan
as applicable) disparity in performance
associated with the percentages of
beneficiaries who are dually eligible for
Medicare and enrolled in Medicaid,
beneficiaries who receive a Low Income
Subsidy, or have disability status in that
contract (or plan as applicable).
Clustering refers to a variety of
techniques used to partition data into
distinct groups such that the
observations within a group are as
similar as possible to each other, and as
dissimilar as possible to observations in
any other group. Clustering of the
measure-specific scores means that gaps
that exist within the distribution of the
scores are identified to create groups
(clusters) that are then used to identify
the four cut points resulting in the
creation of five levels (one for each Star
Rating), such that the scores in the same
Star Rating level are as similar as
possible and the scores in different Star
Rating levels are as different as possible.
Technically, the variance in measure
scores is separated into within-cluster
and between-cluster sum of squares
components. The clusters reflect the
groupings of numeric value scores that
minimize the variance of scores within
PO 00000
Frm 00287
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16725
the clusters. The Star Ratings levels are
assigned to the clusters that minimize
the within-cluster sum of squares. The
cut points for star assignments are
derived from the range of measure
scores per cluster, and the star levels
associated with each cluster are
determined by ordering the means of the
clusters.
Consolidation means when an MA
organization that has at least two
contracts for health and/or drug services
of the same plan type under the same
parent organization in a year combines
multiple contracts into a single contract
for the start of the subsequent contract
year.
Consumed contract means a contract
that will no longer exist after a contract
year’s end as a result of a consolidation.
Display page means the CMS website
on which certain measures and scores
are publicly available for informational
purposes; the measures that are
presented on the display page are not
used in assigning Part C and D Star
Ratings.
Domain rating means the rating that
groups measures together by dimensions
of care.
Dual-eligible (DE) means a beneficiary
who is enrolled in both Medicare and
Medicaid.
HEDIS is the Healthcare Effectiveness
Data and Information Set which is a
widely used set of performance
measures in the managed care industry,
developed and maintained by the
National Committee for Quality
Assurance (NCQA). HEDIS data include
clinical measures assessing the
effectiveness of care, access/availability
measures, and service use measures.
Highest rating means the overall
rating for MA–PDs, the Part C summary
rating for MA-only contracts, and the
Part D summary rating for PDPs.
Highly-rated contract means a
contract that has 4 or more stars for its
highest rating when calculated without
the improvement measures and with all
applicable adjustments (CAI and the
reward factor).
HOS means the Medicare Health
Outcomes Survey which is the first
patient reported outcomes measure that
was used in Medicare managed care.
The goal of the Medicare HOS program
is to gather valid, reliable, and clinically
meaningful health status data in the
Medicare Advantage (MA) program for
use in quality improvement activities,
pay for performance, program oversight,
public reporting, and improving health.
All managed care organizations with
MA contracts must participate.
Low income subsidy (LIS) means the
subsidy that a beneficiary receives to
help pay for prescription drug coverage
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16726
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(see § 423.34 of this chapter for
definition of a low-income subsidy
eligible individual).
Measurement period means the
period for which data are collected for
a measure or the performance period
that a measures covers.
Measure score means the numeric
value of the measure or an assigned
‘missing data’ message.
Measure star means the measure’s
numeric value is converted to a Star
Rating. It is displayed to the nearest
whole star, using a 1–5 star scale.
Overall rating means a global rating
that summarizes the quality and
performance for the types of services
offered across all unique Part C and Part
D measures.
Part C summary rating means a global
rating that summarizes the health plan
quality and performance on Part C
measures.
Part D summary rating means a global
rating that summarizes prescription
drug plan quality and performance on
Part D measures.
Plan benefit package (PBP) means a
set of benefits for a defined MA or PDP
service area. The PBP is submitted by
Part D plan sponsors and MA
organizations to CMS for benefit
analysis, bidding, marketing, and
beneficiary communication purposes.
Reliability means a measure of the
fraction of the variation among the
observed measure values that is due to
real differences in quality (‘‘signal’’)
rather than random variation (‘‘noise’’);
it is reflected on a scale from 0 (all
differences in plan performance
measure scores are due to measurement
error) to 1 (the difference in plan
performance scores is attributable to real
differences in performance).
Reward factor means a rating-specific
factor added to the contract’s summary
or overall ratings (or both) if a contract
has both high and stable relative
performance.
Statistical significance assesses how
likely differences observed in
performance are due to random chance
alone under the assumption that plans
are actually performing the same.
Surviving contract means the contact
that will still exist under a
consolidation, and all of the
beneficiaries enrolled in the consumed
contract(s) are moved to the surviving
contracts.
Traditional rounding rules mean that
the last digit in a value will be rounded.
If rounding to a whole number, look at
the digit in the first decimal place. If the
digit in the first decimal place is 0, 1,
2, 3, or 4, then the value should be
rounded down by deleting the digit in
the first decimal place. If the digit in the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
first decimal place is 5 or greater, then
the value should be rounded up by 1
and the digit in the first decimal place
deleted.
(b) Contract ratings—(1) General.
CMS calculates an overall Star Rating,
Part C summary rating, and Part D
summary rating for each MA–PD
contract, and a Part C summary rating
for each MA-only contract using the 5star rating system described in this
subpart. Measures are assigned stars at
the contract level and weighted in
accordance with § 422.166(a). Domain
ratings are the unweighted mean of the
individual measure ratings under the
topic area in accordance with
§ 422.166(b). Summary ratings are the
weighted mean of the individual
measure ratings for Part C or Part D in
accordance with § 422.166(c), with both
the reward factor and CAI applied as
applicable, as described in § 422.166(f).
Overall Star Ratings are calculated by
using the weighted mean of the
individual measure ratings in
accordance with § 422.166(d) with both
the reward factor and CAI applied as
applicable, as described in § 422.166(f).
(2) Plan benefit packages. All plan
benefit packages (PBPs) offered under
an MA contract have the same overall
and/or summary Star Ratings as the
contract under which the PBP is offered
by the MA organization. Data from all
the PBPs offered under a contract are
used to calculate the measure and
domain ratings for the contract except
for Special Needs Plan (SNP)-specific
measures collected at the PBP level; a
contract level score for such measures is
calculated using an enrollmentweighted mean of the PBP scores and
enrollment reported as part of the
measure specification in each PBP.
(3) Contract consolidations. (i) In the
case of contract consolidations
involving two or more contracts for
health or drug services of the same plan
type under the same parent
organization, CMS assigns Star Ratings
for the first and second years following
the consolidation based on the
enrollment-weighted mean of the
measure scores of the surviving and
consumed contract(s) as provided in
paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section.
Paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section is
applied to subsequent years that are not
addressed in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this
section for assigning the QBP rating.
(ii) For the first year after a
consolidation, CMS will determine the
QBP status of a contract using the
enrollment-weighted means (using
traditional rounding rules) of what
would have been the QBP Ratings of the
surviving and consumed contracts based
on the contract enrollment in November
PO 00000
Frm 00288
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of the year the preliminary QBP ratings
were released in the Health Plan
Management System (HPMS).
(iii) In subsequent years following the
first year after the consolidation, CMS
will determine QBP status based on the
consolidated entity’s Star Ratings
displayed on Medicare Plan Finder.
(iv) The Star Ratings posted on
Medicare Plan Finder for contracts that
consolidate are as follows:
(A) For the first year after
consolidation, CMS will use enrollmentweighted measure scores using the July
enrollment of the measurement period
of the consumed and surviving contracts
for all measures, except the surveybased and call center measures. The
survey-based measures would use
enrollment of the surviving and
consumed contracts at the time the
sample is pulled for the rating year. The
call center measures would use average
enrollment during the study period.
(B) For the second year after
consolidation, CMS will use the
enrollment-weighted measure scores
using the July enrollment of the
measurement year of the consumed and
surviving contracts for all measures
except those from the following data
sources: HEDIS, CAHPS, and HOS.
HEDIS and HOS measure data will be
scored as reported. CMS will ensure that
the CAHPS survey sample will include
enrollees in the sample frame from both
the surviving and consumed contracts.
(v) This provision governing the Star
Ratings of surviving contracts is
applicable to contract consolidations
that are approved on or after January 1,
2019.
(c) Data sources. (1) CMS bases Part
C Star Ratings on the type of data
specified in section 1852(e) of the Act
and on CMS administrative data. Part C
Star Ratings measures reflect structure,
process, and outcome indices of quality.
This includes information of the
following types: Clinical data,
beneficiary experiences, changes in
physical and mental health, benefit
administration information and CMS
administrative data. Data underlying
Star Ratings measures may include
survey data, data separately collected
and used in oversight of MA plans’
compliance with MA requirements, data
submitted by plans, and CMS
administrative data.
(2) MA organizations are required to
collect, analyze, and report data that
permit measurement of health outcomes
and other indices of quality. MA
organizations must provide unbiased,
accurate, and complete quality data
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section to CMS on a timely basis as
requested by CMS.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 422.164 Adding, updating, and removing
measures.
(a) General. CMS adds, updates, and
removes measures used to calculate the
Star Ratings as provided in this section.
CMS lists the measures used for a
particular Star Rating each year in the
Technical Notes or similar guidance
document with publication of the Star
Ratings.
(b) Review of data quality. CMS
reviews the quality of the data on which
performance, scoring and rating of a
measure is based before using the data
to score and rate performance or in
calculating a Star Rating. This includes
review of variation in scores among MA
organizations and Part D plan sponsors,
and the accuracy, reliability, and
validity of measures and performance
data before making a final determination
about inclusion of measures in each
year’s Star Ratings.
(c) Adding measures. (1) CMS will
continue to review measures that are
nationally endorsed and in alignment
with the private sector, such as
measures developed by National
Committee for Quality Assurance
(NCQA) and the Pharmacy Quality
Alliance (PQA), or endorsed by the
National Quality Forum for adoption
and use in the Part C and Part D Quality
Ratings System. CMS may develop its
own measures as well when appropriate
to measure and reflect performance
specific to the Medicare program.
(2) In advance of the measurement
period, CMS will announce potential
new measures and solicit feedback
through the process described for
changes in and adoption of payment
and risk adjustment policies in section
1853(b) of the Act and then
subsequently will propose and finalize
new measures through rulemaking.
(3) New measures added to the Part C
Star Ratings program will be on the
display page on www.cms.gov for a
minimum of 2 years prior to becoming
a Star Ratings measure.
(4) A measure will remain on the
display page for longer than 2 years if
CMS finds reliability or validity issues
with the measure specification.
(d) Updating measures—(1) Nonsubstantive updates. For measures that
are already used for Star Ratings, CMS
will update measures so long as the
changes in a measure are not
substantive. CMS will announce nonsubstantive updates to measures that
occur (or are announced by the measure
steward) during or in advance of the
measurement period through the
process described for changes in and
adoption of payment and risk
adjustment policies in section 1853(b) of
the Act. Non-substantive measure
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
specification updates include those
that—
(i) Narrow the denominator or
population covered by the measure;
(ii) Do not meaningfully impact the
numerator or denominator of the
measure;
(iii) Update the clinical codes with no
change in the target population or the
intent of the measure;
(iv) Provide additional clarifications:
(A) Adding additional tests that
would meet the numerator
requirements;
(B) Clarifying documentation
requirements;
(C) Adding additional instructions to
identify services or procedures; or
(v) Add alternative data sources.
(2) Substantive updates. For measures
that are already used for Star Ratings, in
the case of measure specification
updates that are substantive updates not
subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this
section, CMS will propose and finalize
these measures through rulemaking
similar to the process for adding new
measures. CMS will initially solicit
feedback on whether to make
substantive measure updates through
the process described for changes in and
adoption of payment and risk
adjustment policies in section 1853(b) of
the Act. Once the update has been made
to the measure specification by the
measure steward, CMS may continue
collection of performance data for the
legacy measure and include it in Star
Ratings until the updated measure has
been on display for 2 years. CMS will
place the updated measure on the
display page for at least 2 years prior to
using the updated measure to calculate
and assign Star Ratings as specified in
paragraph (c) of this section.
(e) Removing measures. (1) CMS will
remove a measure from the Star Ratings
program as follows:
(i) When the clinical guidelines
associated with the specifications of the
measure change such that the
specifications are no longer believed to
align with positive health outcomes; or
(ii) A measure shows low statistical
reliability.
(2) CMS will announce in advance of
the measurement period the removal of
a measure based upon its application of
this paragraph (e) through the process
described for changes in and adoption
of payment and risk adjustment policies
in section 1853(b) of the Act in advance
of the measurement period.
(f) Improvement measure. CMS will
calculate improvement measure scores
based on a comparison of the measure
scores for the current year to the
immediately preceding year as provided
in this paragraph (f); the improvement
PO 00000
Frm 00289
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16727
measure score would be calculated for
Parts C and D separately by taking a
weighted sum of net improvement
divided by the weighted sum of the
number of eligible measures.
(1) Identifying eligible measures.
Annually, the subset of measures to be
included in the Part C and Part D
improvement measures will be
announced through the process
described for changes in and adoption
of payment and risk adjustment policies
in section 1853(b) of the Act. CMS
identifies measures to be used in the
improvement measures if the measures
meet all of the following:
(i) CMS will include only measures
available for the current and previous
year in the improvement measures and
that have numeric value scores in both
the current and prior year.
(ii) CMS will exclude any measure for
which there was a substantive
specification change from the previous
year.
(iii) CMS will exclude any measures
that are already focused on
improvement in MA organization
performance from year to year.
(iv) The Part C improvement measure
will include only Part C measure scores;
the Part D improvement measure will
include only Part D measure scores.
(2) Determining eligible contracts.
CMS will calculate an improvement
score only for contracts that have
numeric measure scores for both years
in at least half of the measures
identified for use applying the standards
in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (iv) of this
section.
(3) Special rules for calculation of the
improvement score. For any measure
used for the improvement measure for
which a contract received 5 stars in each
of the years examined, but for which the
measure score demonstrates a
statistically significant decline based on
the results of the significance testing (at
a level of significance of 0.05) on the
change score, the measure will be
categorized as having no significant
change and included in the count of
measures used to determine eligibility
for the measure (that is, for the
denominator of the improvement
measure score).
(4) Calculation of the improvement
score. The improvement measure will
be calculated as follows:
(i) The improvement change score
(the difference in the measure scores in
the 2-year period) will be determined
for each measure that has been
designated an improvement measure
and for which a contract has a numeric
score for each of the 2 years examined.
(ii) Each contract’s improvement
change score per measure will be
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16728
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
categorized as a significant change or
not a significant change by employing a
two-tailed t-test with a level of
significance of 0.05.
(iii) The net improvement per
measure category (outcome, access,
patient experience, process) would be
calculated by finding the difference
between the weighted number of
significantly improved measures and
significantly declined measures, using
the measure weights associated with
each measure category.
(iv) The improvement measure score
will then be determined by calculating
the weighted sum of the net
improvement per measure category
divided by the weighted sum of the
number of eligible measures.
(v) The improvement measure scores
will be converted to measure-level Star
Ratings by determining the cut points
using hierarchical clustering algorithms
in accordance with § 422.166(a)(2)(i)
through (iii).
(vi) The Part D improvement measure
cut points for MA–PDs and PDPs will be
determined using separate clustering
algorithms in accordance with
§§ 422.166(a)(2)(iii) and
423.186(a)(2)(iii) of this chapter.
(g) Data integrity. (1) CMS will reduce
a contract’s measure rating when CMS
determines that a contract’s measure
data are inaccurate, incomplete, or
biased; such determinations may be
based on a number of reasons, including
mishandling of data, inappropriate
processing, or implementation of
incorrect practices that have an impact
on the accuracy, impartiality, or
completeness of the data used for one or
more specific measure(s).
(i) CMS will reduce HEDIS measures
to 1 star when audited data are
submitted to NCQA with a designation
of ‘‘biased rate’’ or BR based on an
auditor’s review of the data or a
designation of ‘‘nonreport’’ or NR.
(ii) CMS will reduce measures based
on data that an MA organization must
submit to CMS under § 422.516 to 1 star
when a contract did not score at least 95
percent on data validation for the
applicable reporting section or was not
compliant with CMS data validation
standards/substandards for data directly
used to calculate the associated
measure.
(iii) For the appeals measures, CMS
will use statistical criteria to estimate
the percentage of missing data for each
contract (using data from multiple
sources such as a timeliness monitoring
study or audit information) to scale the
star reductions to determine whether
the data at the independent review
entity (IRE) are complete. CMS will use
scaled reductions for the Star Ratings for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
the applicable appeals measures to
account for the degree to which the IRE
data are missing.
(A) The data submitted for the
Timeliness Monitoring Project (TMP) or
audit that aligns with the Star Ratings
year measurement period is used to
determine the scaled reduction.
(B) The determination of the Part C
appeals measure IRE data reduction is
done independently of the Part D
appeals measure IRE data reduction.
(C) The reductions range from a onestar reduction to a four-star reduction;
the most severe reduction for the degree
of missing IRE data is a four-star
reduction.
(D) The thresholds used for
determining the reduction and the
associated appeals measure reduction
are as follows:
(1) 20 percent, 1 star reduction.
(2) 40 percent, 2 star reduction.
(3) 60 percent, 3 star reduction.
(4) 80 percent, 4 star reduction.
(E) If a contract receives a reduction
due to missing Part C IRE data, the
reduction is applied to both of the
contract’s Part C appeals measures.
(F) If a contract receives a reduction
due to missing Part D IRE data, the
reduction is applied to both of the
contract’s Part D appeals measures.
(G) The scaled reduction is applied
after the calculation for the appeals
measure-level Star Ratings. If the
application of the scaled reduction
results in a measure-level star rating less
than 1 star, the contract will be assigned
1 star for the appeals measure.
(H) The Part C Calculated Error is
determined using the quotient of
number of cases not forwarded to the
IRE and the total number of cases that
should have been forwarded to the IRE.
(The number of cases that should have
been forwarded to the IRE is the sum of
the number of cases in the IRE during
the data collection or data sample
period and the number of cases not
forwarded to the IRE during the same
period.)
(I) The Part D Calculated Error is
determined by the quotient of the
number of untimely cases not autoforwarded to the IRE and the total
number of untimely cases.
(J) The projected number of cases not
forwarded to the IRE in a 3-month
period is calculated by multiplying the
number of cases found not to be
forwarded to the IRE based on the TMP
or audit data by a constant determined
by the data collection or data sample
time period. The value of the constant
will be 1.0 for contracts that submitted
3 months of data; 1.5 for contracts that
submitted 2 months of data; and 3.0 for
PO 00000
Frm 00290
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
contracts that submitted 1 month of
data.
(K) Contracts are subject to a possible
reduction due to lack of IRE data
completeness if both of the following
conditions are met:
(1) The calculated error rate is 20
percent or more.
(2) The projected number of cases not
forwarded to the IRE is at least 10 in a
3-month period.
(L) A confidence interval estimate for
the true error rate for the contract is
calculated using a Score Interval
(Wilson Score Interval) at a confidence
level of 95 percent and an associated z
of 1.959964 for a contract that is subject
to a possible reduction.
(M) A contract’s lower bound is
compared to the thresholds of the scaled
reductions to determine the IRE data
completeness reduction.
(N) The reduction is identified by the
highest threshold that a contract’s lower
bound exceeds.
(2) CMS will reduce a measure rating
to 1 star for additional concerns that
data inaccuracy, incompleteness, or bias
have an impact on measure scores and
are not specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i)
through (iii) of this section, including a
contract’s failure to adhere to HEDIS,
HOS, or CAHPS reporting requirements.
§ 422.166
Calculation of Star Ratings.
(a) Measure Star Ratings—(1) Cut
points. CMS will determine cut points
for the assignment of a Star Rating for
each numeric measure score by
applying either a clustering or a relative
distribution and significance testing
methodology. For the Part D measures,
CMS will determine MA–PD and PDP
cut points separately.
(2) Clustering algorithm for all
measures except CAHPS measures. (i)
The method minimizes differences
within star categories and maximizes
differences across star categories using
the hierarchical clustering method.
(ii) In cases where multiple clusters
have the same measure score value
range, those clusters would be
combined, leading to fewer than 5
clusters.
(iii) The clustering algorithm for the
improvement measure scores is done in
two steps to determine the cut points for
the measure-level Star Ratings.
Clustering is conducted separately for
improvement measure scores greater
than or equal to zero and those with
improvement measure scores less than
zero.
(A) Improvement scores of zero or
greater would be assigned at least 3 stars
for the improvement Star Rating.
(B) Improvement scores less than zero
would be assigned either 1 or 2 stars for
the improvement Star Rating.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(3) Relative distribution and
significance testing for CAHPS
measures. The method combines
evaluating the relative percentile
distribution with significance testing
and accounts for the reliability of scores
produced from survey data; no measure
Star Rating is produced if the reliability
of a CAHPS measure is less than 0.60.
Low reliability scores are defined as
those with at least 11 respondents,
reliability greater than or equal to 0.60
but less than 0.75, and also in the lowest
12 percent of contracts ordered by
reliability. The following rules apply:
(i) A contract is assigned 1 star if both
of the criteria in paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A)
and (B) of this section are met plus at
least one of the criteria in paragraphs
(a)(3)(i)(C) or (D) of this section is met:
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is lower than the 15th percentile; and
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is statistically significantly lower than
the national average CAHPS measure
score;
(C) The reliability is not low; or
(D) Its average CAHPS measure score
is more than one standard error below
the 15th percentile.
(ii) A contract is assigned 2 stars if it
does not meet the 1-star criteria and
meets at least one of these three criteria:
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is lower than the 30th percentile and the
measure does not have low reliability;
or
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is lower than the 15th percentile and the
measure has low reliability; or
(C) Its average CAHPS measure score
is statistically significantly lower than
the national average CAHPS measure
score and below the 60th percentile.
(iii) A contract is assigned 3 stars if it
meets at least one of these three criteria:
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 30th percentile and
lower than the 60th percentile, and it is
not statistically significantly different
from the national average CAHPS
measure score; or
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 15th percentile and
lower than the 30th percentile, the
reliability is low, and the score is not
statistically significantly lower than the
national average CAHPS measure score;
or
(C) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 60th percentile and
lower than the 80th percentile, the
reliability is low, and the score is not
statistically significantly higher than the
national average CAHPS measure score.
(iv) A contract is assigned 4 stars if it
does not meet the 5-star criteria and
meets at least one of these three criteria:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 60th percentile and
the measure does not have low
reliability; or
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 80th percentile and
the measure has low reliability; or
(C) Its average CAHPS measure score
is statistically significantly higher than
the national average CAHPS measure
score and above the 30th percentile.
(v) A contract is assigned 5 stars if
both of the following criteria in
paragraphs (a)(3)(v)(A) and (B) of this
section are met plus at least one of the
criteria in paragraphs (a)(3)(v)(C) or (D)
of this section is met:
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 80th percentile; and
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is statistically significantly higher than
the national average CAHPS measure
score;
(C) The reliability is not low; or
(D) Its average CAHPS measure score
is more than one standard error above
the 80th percentile.
(4) 5-Star Scale. Measure scores are
converted to a 5-star scale ranging from
1 (worst rating) to 5 (best rating), with
whole star increments for the cut points.
(b) Domain Star Ratings. (1)(i) CMS
groups measures by domains solely for
purposes of public reporting the data on
Medicare Plan Finder. They are not
used in the calculation of the summary
or overall ratings. Domains are used to
group measures by dimensions of care
that together represent a unique and
important aspect of quality and
performance.
(ii) The 5 domains for the MA Star
Ratings are: Staying Healthy:
Screenings, Tests and Vaccines;
Managing Chronic (Long Term)
Conditions; Member Experience with
Health Plan; Member Complaints and
Changes in the Health Plan’s
Performance; and Health Plan Customer
Service. The 4 domains for the Part D
Star Ratings are: Drug Plan Customer
Service; Member Complaints and
Changes in the Drug Plan’s Performance;
Member Experience with the Drug Plan;
and Drug Safety and Accuracy of Drug
Pricing.
(2) CMS calculates the domain ratings
as the unweighted mean of the Star
Ratings of the included measures.
(i) A contract must have scores for at
least 50 percent of the measures
required to be reported for that contract
type for that domain to have a domain
rating calculated.
(ii) The domain ratings are on a 1- to
5-star scale ranging from 1 (worst rating)
to 5 (best rating) in whole star
increments using traditional rounding
rules.
PO 00000
Frm 00291
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16729
(c) Part C summary ratings. (1) CMS
will calculate the Part C summary
ratings using the weighted mean of the
measure-level Star Ratings for Part C,
weighted in accordance with paragraph
(e) of this section with an adjustment to
reward consistently high performance
and the application of the CAI under
paragraph (f) of this section.
(2)(i) A contract must have scores for
at least 50 percent of the measures
required to be reported for the contract
type to have the summary rating
calculated.
(ii) The Part C improvement measure
is not included in the count of the
minimum number of rated measures.
(3) The summary ratings are on a 1to 5-star scale ranging from 1 (worst
rating) to 5 (best rating) in half-star
increments using traditional rounding
rules.
(d) Overall MA–PD rating. (1) The
overall rating for a MA–PD contract will
be calculated using a weighted mean of
the Part C and Part D measure-level Star
Ratings, weighted in accordance with
paragraph (e) of this section and with an
adjustment to reward consistently high
performance and the application of the
CAI, under paragraph (f) of this section.
(2)(i) An MA–PD must have both Part
C and Part D summary ratings and
scores for at least 50 percent of the
measures required to be reported for the
contract type to have the overall rating
calculated.
(ii) The Part C and D improvement
measures are not included in the count
of measures needed for the overall
rating.
(iii) Any measures that share the same
data and are included in both the Part
C and Part D summary ratings will be
included only once in the calculation
for the overall rating.
(iv) The overall rating is on a 1- to 5star scale ranging from 1 (worst rating)
to 5 (best rating) in half-increments
using traditional rounding rules.
(v) Low enrollment contracts (as
defined in § 422.252) and new MA plans
(as defined in § 422.252) do not receive
an overall and/or summary rating. They
are treated as qualifying plans for the
purposes of QBPs as described in
§ 422.258(d)(7) and as announced
through the process described for
changes in and adoption of payment
and risk adjustment policies in section
1853(b) of the Act.
(e) Measure weights—(1) General
rules. Subject to paragraphs (e)(2) and
(3) of this section, CMS will assign
weights to measures based on their
categorization as follows.
(i) Improvement measures receive the
highest weight of 5.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16730
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Outcome and Intermediate
outcome measures receive a weight of 3.
(iii) Patient experience and complaint
measures receive a weight of 2.
(iv) Access measures receive a weight
of 2.
(v) Process measures receive a weight
of 1.
(2) Rules for new measures. New
measures to the Star Ratings program
will receive a weight of 1 for their first
year in the Star Ratings program. In
subsequent years, the measure will be
assigned the weight associated with its
category.
(3) Special rule for Puerto Rico.
Contracts that have service areas that are
wholly located in Puerto Rico will
receive a weight of zero for the Part D
adherence measures for the summary
and overall rating calculations and will
have a weight of 3 for the adherence
measures for the improvement measure
calculations.
(f) Completing the Part C summary
and overall rating calculations. CMS
will adjust the summary and overall
rating calculations to take into account
the reward factor (if applicable) and the
categorical adjustment index (CAI) as
provided in this paragraph (f).
(1) Reward factor. This rating-specific
factor is added to both the summary and
overall ratings of contracts that qualify
for the reward factor based on both high
and stable relative performance for the
rating level.
(i) The contract’s performance will be
assessed using its weighted mean and
its ranking relative to all rated contracts
in the rating level (overall for MA–PDs;
Part C summary for MA–PDs and MAonly; and Part D summary for MA–PDs
and PDPs) for the same Star Ratings
year. The contract’s stability of
performance will be assessed using the
weighted variance and its ranking
relative to all rated contracts in the
rating type (overall for MA–PDs; Part C
summary for MA–PDs and MA-only;
and Part D summary for MA–PDs and
PDPs). The weighted mean and
weighted variance are compared
separately for MA–PD and standalone
Part D contracts (PDPs). The measure
weights are specified in paragraph (e) of
this section. Since highly-rated
contracts may have the improvement
measure(s) excluded in the
determination of their final highest
rating, each contract’s weighted
variance and weighted mean are
calculated both with and without the
improvement measures. For an MA–
PD’s Part C and D summary ratings, its
ranking is relative to all other contracts’
weighted variance and weighted mean
for the rating type (Part C summary, Part
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
D summary) with the improvement
measure.
(ii) Relative performance of the
weighted variance (or weighted variance
ranking) will be categorized as being
high (at or above 70th percentile),
medium (between the 30th and 69th
percentile) or low (below the 30th
percentile). Relative performance of the
weighted mean (or weighted mean
ranking) will be categorized as being
high (at or above the 85th percentile),
relatively high (between the 65th and
84th percentiles), or other (below the
65th percentile).
(iii) The combination of the relative
variance and relative mean is used to
determine the value of the reward factor
to be added to the contract’s summary
and overall ratings as follows:
(A) A contract with low variance and
a high mean will have a reward factor
equal to 0.4.
(B) A contract with medium variance
and a high mean will have a reward
factor equal to 0.3.
(C) A contract with low variance and
a relatively high mean will have a
reward factor equal to 0.2.
(D) A contract with medium variance
and a relatively high mean will have a
reward factor equal to 0.1.
(E) A contract with all other
combinations of variance and relative
mean will have a reward factor equal to
0.0.
(iv) The reward factor is determined
and applied before application of the
CAI adjustment under paragraph (f)(2)
of this section; the reward factor is
based on unadjusted scores.
(2) Categorical Adjustment Index.
CMS applies the categorical adjustment
index (CAI) as provided in this
paragraph (f)(2) to adjust for the average
within-contract disparity in
performance associated with the
percentages of beneficiaries who receive
a low income subsidy or are dual
eligible (LIS/DE) or have disability
status. The factor is calculated as the
mean difference in the adjusted and
unadjusted ratings (overall, Part C, Part
D for MA–PDs, Part D for PDPs) of the
contracts that lie within each final
adjustment category for each rating type.
(i) The CAI is added to or subtracted
from the contract’s overall and summary
ratings and is applied after the reward
factor adjustment (if applicable).
(A) The adjustment factor is
monotonic (that is, as the proportion of
LIS/DE and disabled increases in a
contract, the adjustment factor increases
in at least one of the dimensions) and
varies by a contract’s categorization into
a final adjustment category that is
determined by a contract’s proportion of
LIS/DE and disabled beneficiaries.
PO 00000
Frm 00292
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(B) To determine a contract’s final
adjustment category, contract
enrollment is determined using
enrollment data for the month of
December for the measurement period
of the Star Ratings year. The count of
beneficiaries for a contract is restricted
to beneficiaries that are alive for part or
all of the month of December of the
applicable measurement year. A
beneficiary is categorized as LIS/DE if
the beneficiary was designated as full or
partially dually eligible or receiving a
LIS at any time during the applicable
measurement period. Disability status is
determined using the variable original
reason for entitlement (OREC) for
Medicare using the information from the
Social Security Administration and
Railroad Retirement Board record
systems.
(C) MA–PD contracts may be adjusted
up to three times with the CAI; one for
the overall Star Rating and one for each
of the summary ratings (Part C and Part
D).
(D) An MA-only contract may be
adjusted only once for the CAI for the
Part C summary rating.
(E) The CAI values are rounded and
displayed with 6 decimal places.
(ii) In determining the CAI values, a
measure will be excluded from
adjustment if the measure meets any of
the following:
(A) The measure is already case-mix
adjusted for socioeconomic status.
(B) The focus of the measurement is
not a beneficiary-level issue but rather
a plan or provider-level issue.
(C) The measure is scheduled to be
retired or revised.
(D) The measure is applicable only to
SNPs.
(iii) The Star Ratings measures that
remain after the exclusion criteria,
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, have
been applied will be adjusted for the
determination of the CAI. CMS will
announce the measures identified for
adjustment in the calculations of the
CAI under this paragraph (f)(2) through
the process described for changes in and
adoption of payment and risk
adjustment policies in section 1853(b) of
the Act.
(iv) The adjusted measures scores for
the selected measures are determined
using the results from regression models
of beneficiary-level measure scores that
adjust for the average within-contract
difference in measure scores for MA or
PDP contracts.
(A) A logistic regression model with
contract fixed effects and beneficiary
level indicators of LIS/DE and disability
status is used for the adjustment.
(B) The adjusted measure scores are
converted to a measure-level Star Rating
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
using the measure thresholds for the
Star Ratings year that corresponds to the
measurement period of the data
employed for the CAI determination.
(v) The rating-specific CAI values will
be determined using the mean
differences between the adjusted and
unadjusted Star Ratings (overall, Part C
summary, Part D summary for MA–PDs
and Part D summary for PDPs) in each
final adjustment category.
(A) For the annual development of the
CAI, the distribution of the percentages
for LIS/DE and disabled using the
enrollment data that parallels the
previous Star Ratings year’s data would
be examined to determine the number of
equal-sized initial groups for each
attribute (LIS/DE and disabled).
(B) The initial categories are created
using all groups formed by the initial
LIS/DE and disabled groups.
(C) The mean difference between the
adjusted and unadjusted summary or
overall ratings per initial category
would be calculated and examined. The
initial categories would then be
collapsed to form the final adjustment
categories. The collapsing of the initial
categories to form the final adjustment
categories would be done to enforce
monotonicity in at least one dimension
(LIS/DE or disabled).
(D) The mean difference within each
final adjustment category by rating-type
(overall, Part C, Part D for MA–PD, and
Part D for PDPs) would be the CAI
values for the next Star Ratings year.
(vi) CMS develops the model for the
modified contract-level LIS/DE
percentage for Puerto Rico using the
following sources of information:
(A) The most recent data available at
the time of the development of the
model of both 1-year American
Community Survey (ACS) estimates for
the percentage of people living below
the Federal Poverty Level (FPL) and the
ACS 5-year estimates for the percentage
of people living below 150 percent of
the FPL. The data to develop the model
will be limited to the 10 states, drawn
from the 50 states plus the District of
Columbia with the highest proportion of
people living below the FPL, as
identified by the 1-year ACS estimates.
(B) The Medicare enrollment data
from the same measurement period as
the Star Ratings’ year. The Medicare
enrollment data would be aggregated
from MA contracts that had at least 90
percent of their enrolled beneficiaries
with mailing addresses in the 10 highest
poverty states.
(vii) A linear regression model is
developed to estimate the percentage of
LIS/DE for a contacts that solely serve
the population of beneficiaries in Puerto
Rico.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
(A) The maximum value for the
modified LIS/DE indicator value per
contract would be capped at 100
percent.
(B) All estimated modified LIS/DE
values for Puerto Rico would be
rounded to 6 decimal places when
expressed as a percentage.
(C) The model’s coefficient and
intercept are updated annually and
published in the Technical Notes.
(g) Applying the improvement
measure scores. (1) CMS runs the
calculations twice for the highest level
rating for each contract-type (overall
rating for MA–PD contracts and Part C
summary rating for MA-only contracts),
with all applicable adjustments (CAI
and the reward factor), once including
the improvement measure(s) and once
without including the improvement
measure(s). In deciding whether to
include the improvement measures in a
contract’s final highest rating, CMS
applies the following rules:
(i) If the highest rating for each
contract-type is 4 stars or more without
the use of the improvement measure(s)
and with all applicable adjustments
(CAI and the reward factor), a
comparison of the highest rating with
and without the improvement
measure(s) is done. The higher rating is
used for the rating.
(ii) If the highest rating is less than 4
stars without the use of the
improvement measure(s) and with all
applicable adjustments (CAI and the
reward factor), the rating will be
calculated with the improvement
measure(s).
(2) The Part C summary rating for
MA–PDs will include the Part C
improvement measure and the Part D
summary rating for MA–PDs will
include the Part D improvement
measure.
(h) Posting and display of ratings. For
all ratings at the measure, domain,
summary and overall level, posting and
display of the ratings is based on there
being sufficient data to calculate and
assign ratings. If a contract does not
have sufficient data to calculate a rating,
the posting and display would be the
flag ‘‘Not enough data available.’’ If the
measurement period is prior to one year
past the contract’s effective date, the
posting and display would be the flag
‘‘Plan too new to be measured’’.
(1) Medicare Plan Finder Performance
icons. Icons are displayed on Medicare
Plan Finder to note performance as
provided in this paragraph (h)(1):
(i) High-performing icon. The high
performing icon is assigned to an MAonly contract for achieving a 5-star Part
C summary rating and an MA–PD
contract for a 5-star overall rating.
PO 00000
Frm 00293
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16731
(ii) Low-performing icon. (A) A
contract receives a low performing icon
as a result of its performance on the Part
C or Part D summary ratings. The low
performing icon is calculated by
evaluating the Part C and Part D
summary ratings for the current year
and the past 2 years. If the contract had
any combination of Part C or Part D
summary ratings of 2.5 or lower in all
3 years of data, it is marked with a low
performing icon. A contract must have
a rating in either Part C or Part D for all
3 years to be considered for this icon.
(B) CMS may disable the Medicare
Plan Finder online enrollment function
(in Medicare Plan Finder) for Medicare
health and prescription drug plans with
the low performing icon; beneficiaries
will be directed to contact the plan
directly to enroll in the low-performing
plan.
(2) Plan preview of the Star Ratings.
CMS will have plan preview periods
before each Star Ratings release during
which MA organizations can preview
their Star Ratings data in HPMS prior to
display on the Medicare Plan Finder.
■ 21. Section 422.204 is amended by
removing paragraph (b)(5) and adding
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 422.204 Provider selection and
credentialing.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) An MA organization must follow
a documented process that ensures
compliance with the preclusion list
provisions in § 422.222.
■ 22. Amend § 422.206 by revising
paragraph (b)(2)(i) to read as follows:
§ 422.206 Interference with health care
professionals’ advice to enrollees
prohibited.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) To CMS, with its application for a
Medicare contract, within 10 days of
submitting its bid proposal or, for policy
changes, in accordance with all
applicable requirements under subpart
V of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 23. Section 422.208 is amended:
■ a. In paragraph (a) by adding the
definitions of ‘‘Combined Stop-Loss
Insurance Deductible Table (Table PIP–
11)’’, ‘‘Global capitation’’, ‘‘Net benefit
premium’’, ‘‘Non-Risk Patient
Equivalents (NPE)’’, and ‘‘Separate StopLoss Insurance Deductible Table (Table
PIP–2)’’ in alphabetical order;
■ b. By revising paragraph (f)(2)(iii); and
■ c. By adding paragraphs (f)(2)(iv)
through (vi) and (f)(3).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16732
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 422.208 Physician incentive plans:
requirements and limitations.
(a) * * *
Combined Stop-Loss Insurance
Deductible Table (Table PIP–11) means
the table described and developed using
the methodology in paragraph (f)(2)(iv)
of this section.
Global capitation means a specific
type of ‘‘capitation’’ that includes both
professional and institutional services.
Services covered by global capitation
may also include prescription drug
benefits and supplemental benefits as
well as basic benefits (as those terms are
defined in § 422.100(c)). For purposes of
Tables PIP–11 and PIP–12 global
capitation includes all Parts A and B
services except hospice.
Net benefit premium means the total
amount of stop-loss claims (90 percent
of claims above the deductible) for that
panel size divided by the panel size. It
is determined for each panel size and
shown in Table PIP–11, described in
paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section. It is
then used in Table PIP–12, described in
paragraph (f)(2)(vi) of this section, to
identify all separate institutional and
separate professional deductible
combinations that meet the stop-loss
requirements for multi-specialty
physician groups participating in PIPs.
Non-Risk Patient Equivalents (NPE)
means the estimate of annual claims for
physician rendered services for non-risk
patients served by the physician or
physician group divided by what the
PMPY capitation for physician rendered
services would be if the beneficiary
were part of the risk arrangement. Both
Medicare and non-Medicare patients are
included in this calculation.
*
*
*
*
*
Separate Stop-Loss Insurance
Deductible Table (Table PIP–2) means
the table described and developed using
the methodology in paragraph (f)(2)(vi)
of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(2) * * *
(iii)(A) Stop-loss protection must
cover at least 90 percent of costs of
referral services above the deductible or
an actuarial equivalent amount of the
costs of referral services that exceed the
per-patient deductible limit. The single
combined deductible for the required
stop-loss protection for the various
panel sizes for contract years beginning
on or after January 1, 2019 is
determined using the Combined StopLoss Insurance Deductible Table (Table
PIP–11). For panel sizes not shown on
Table PIP–11 and for values not shown
on Table PIP–12, linear interpolation
(between the table values) may be used
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
to identify the maximum deductible(s)
for the required stop-loss coverage.
Tables PIP–11 and PIP–12 apply to only
multi-specialty physician groups in
global capitation arrangements with perpatient stop-loss insurance. For all other
physician incentive plan arrangements,
the MA organization must assure that
the physician or physician group
entering into the physician incentive
plan arrangement is covered by
actuarially equivalent stop-loss
protection that meets the requirements
of this regulation.
(B) Using Table PIP–11, the
deductible is identified for the panel
size that is the number of risk patients
plus non-risk patient equivalents. Nonrisk patient equivalents may add a
maximum of $100,000 to the deductible.
The deductible for the stop-loss
insurance required to be provided for
the physician or physician group is then
based on the lesser of:
(1) The deductible for the risk patient
panel size plus $100,000; and
(2) The deductible for the panel size
that is the total of the number of risk
patients plus non-risk patient
equivalents.
(iv) Table 1 is developed and updated
by CMS using the methodology in this
paragraph. CMS publishes Table PIP–11
in guidance (such as an attachment to
the Rate Announcement issued under
section 1853(b) of the Act) in advance
of the bid due date for the upcoming
year if CMS determines that an update
would be prudent for that year.
(A) The stop-loss tables are calculated
using claims data for a statistically valid
sample of beneficiaries enrolled in Feefor-Service Medicare Parts A and B from
the most available recent year. The
sample includes only claims for
beneficiaries eligible for both Part A and
Part B for whom Medicare is the
primary insurer and excludes hospice
claims. The estimate of medical group
income is derived from payments for all
Part A and Part B services (excluding
hospice) in the sampled claims data (to
emulate a multi-specialty practice). The
central limit theorem is used to obtain
the distribution of claim means for a
multi-specialty group of any given panel
size. The distribution of claim means is
used to obtain, with 98 percent
confidence, the point at which a multispecialty group of a given panel size
would, through referral services, lose no
more than 25 percent of potential
payments. This point is the deductible
in Table PIP–11 for the given panel size.
(B) The ‘net benefit premium’ (NBP)
column in Table PIP–11 is not used for
computation of combined insurance but
is used to determine the separate
deductibles for professional services
PO 00000
Frm 00294
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and institutional services in the
Separate Stop-Loss Insurance
Deductible Table (Table PIP–12).
(C) The NBP is computed by dividing
the total amount of stop loss claims (90
percent of claims above the deductible)
for that panel size by the panel size.
(v)(A) Insurance using separate
deductibles for professional and
institutional claims is permissible so
long as the separate deductibles for
institutional services and professional
services are determined using Table 2 as
described in paragraph (f)(2)(vi)(B) of
this section. Table PIP–2 is developed
and updated by CMS using the
methodology in paragraph (f)(2)(vi).
CMS publishes Table PIP–2 in guidance
(such as an attachment to the Rate
Announcement issued under section
1853(b) of the Act) in advance of the bid
due date for the upcoming year if CMS
determines that an update would be
prudent for that year.
(B) The maximum deductibles for
each category of services (institutional
and professional claims) are identified
by using the net benefit premium (NBP)
determined in Table PIP–11 as the
starting point in Table PIP–12. Any
combination of institutional and
professional attachment points for
which the NBP in Table PIP–12 is
greater than the NBP determined in
Table PIP–11 is permissible.
Interpolation may be used to find the
NBP values in Table PIP–12 that are
closest to the NBP identified in Table
PIP–11.
(vi) Table PIP–12 is developed using
a methodology similar to that for Table
PIP–11.
(A) Claims data are obtained as
described in paragraph (f)(2)(iv)(A).
(B) Professional and institutional
claims are defined and categorized
based on industry standards and based
on payments for Part A and Part B
services.
(C) The central limit theorem is used
to obtain the distribution of claim
means and deductibles are obtained at
the 98 percent confidence level.
(3) Special insurance. If there is a
different type of stop-loss policy
obtained by the physician group, it must
be actuarially equivalent to the coverage
shown in Tables PIP–11 and PIP–12.
Actuarially equivalent deductibles are
acceptable if the insurance is actuarially
certified by an attesting actuary who
fulfills all of the following requirements:
(i) Develops the deductibles to be
actuarially equivalent to those coverages
in the Tables.
(ii) Makes the computations in
accordance with generally accepted
actuarial principles and practices.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) Meets the qualification standards
established by the American Academy
of Actuaries and follow the practice
standards established by the Actuarial
Standards Board.
*
*
*
*
*
24. Section 422.222 is revised to read
as follows:
■
§ 422.222
Preclusion list.
(a)(1) An MA organization must not
make payment for a health care item or
service furnished by an individual or
entity that is included on the preclusion
list, defined in § 422.2.
(2) CMS sends written notice to the
individual or entity via letter of their
inclusion on the preclusion list. The
notice must contain the reason for the
inclusion and inform the individual or
entity of their appeal rights. An
individual or entity may appeal their
inclusion on the preclusion list, defined
in § 422.2, in accordance with 42 CFR
part 498.
(b) An MA organization that does not
comply with paragraph (a) of this
section may be subject to sanctions
under § 422.750 and termination under
§ 422.510.
25. Section 422.224 is revised to read
as follows:
■
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 422.224 Payment to individuals and
entities excluded by the OIG or included on
the preclusion list.
(a) An MA organization may not pay,
directly or indirectly, on any basis, for
items or services furnished to a
Medicare enrollee by any individual or
entity that is excluded by the Office of
the Inspector General (OIG) or is
included on the preclusion list, defined
in § 422.2.
(b) If an MA organization receives a
request for payment by, or on behalf of,
an individual or entity that is excluded
by the OIG or an individual or entity
that is included on the preclusion list,
defined in § 422.2, the MA organization
must notify the enrollee and the
excluded individual or entity or the
individual or entity included on the
preclusion list in writing, as directed by
contract or other direction provided by
CMS, that payments will not be made.
Payment may not be made to, or on
behalf of, an individual or entity that is
excluded by the OIG or is included on
the preclusion list.
§ 422.254
26. Section 422.254 is amended by
removing paragraph (a)(4) and
redesignating paragraph (a)(5) as
paragraph (a)(4).
■
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
[Amended]
27. Section 422.256 is amended by
removing paragraph (b)(4).
■
§ 422.258
[Amended]
28. Section 422.258 is amended in
paragraph (d)(7) introductory text by
removing the phrase ‘‘section 1852(e) of
the Act)’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘section 1852(e) of the Act)
specified in subpart D of this part 422’’.
■ 29. Section 422.260 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) and revising the
definition of ‘‘Quality bonus payment
(QBP) determination methodology’’ in
paragraph (b) to read as follows:
■
§ 422.260 Appeals of quality bonus
payment determinations
(a) Scope. The provisions of this
section pertain to the administrative
review process to appeal quality bonus
payment status determinations based on
section 1853(o) of the Act. Such
determinations are made based on the
overall rating for MA–PDs and Part C
summary rating for MA-only contracts
for the contract assigned under subpart
D of this part.
(b) * * *
Quality bonus payment (QBP)
determination methodology means the
quality ratings system specified in
subpart D of this part 422 for assigning
quality ratings to provide comparative
information about MA plans and
evaluating whether MA organizations
qualify for a QBP. (Low enrollment
contracts and new MA plans are defined
in § 422.252.)
*
*
*
*
*
■ 30. Section 422.310 is amended by
adding paragraph (d)(5) to read as
follows:
§ 422.310
Risk adjustment data.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(5) For data described in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section as data equivalent
to Medicare fee-for-service data, which
is also known as MA encounter data,
MA organizations must submit a NPI in
a billing provider field on each MA
encounter data record, per CMS
guidance.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 31. Section 422.501 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c)(1)(iv) and (2) to
read as follows:
§ 422.501
Application requirements.
*
[Amended]
VerDate Sep<11>2014
§ 422.256
Jkt 244001
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) Documentation that payment for
health care services or items is not being
and will not be made to individuals and
PO 00000
Frm 00295
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16733
entities included on the preclusion list,
defined in § 422.2.
(2) The authorized individual must
thoroughly describe how the entity and
MA plan meet, or will meet, all the
requirements described in this part,
including providing documentation that
payment for health care services or
items is not being and will not be made
to individuals and entities included on
the preclusion list, defined in § 422.2.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 422.502
[Amended]
32. Section 422.502 is amended in
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) by removing
the phrase ‘‘14 months’’ and adding in
its place ‘‘12 months’’ each time it
appears.
■ 33. Section 422.503 is amended—
■ a. In paragraph (b)(4)(ii), by removing
the phrase ‘‘financial and marketing
activities’’ and adding in its place
‘‘financial and communication
activities’’; and
■ b. Revising paragraph (b)(4)(vi)(C).
The revision reads as follows:
■
§ 422.503
General provisions.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) * * *
(vi) * * *
(C)(1) Each MA organization must
establish and implement effective
training and education for its
compliance officer and organization
employees, the MA organization’s chief
executive and other senior
administrators, managers and governing
body members.
(2) Such training and education must
occur at a minimum annually and must
be made a part of the orientation for a
new employee and new appointment to
a chief executive, manager, or governing
body member.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 34. Section 422.504 is amended by—
■ a. Revising paragraphs (a)
introductory text and (a)(6).
■ b. Removing paragraph (a)(16).
■ c. Redesignating paragraphs (a)(17)
and (18) as paragraphs (a)(16) and (17),
respectively.
■ d. Revising newly redesignated
paragraph (a)(17).
■ e. Revising paragraph (i)(2)(v).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 422.504
Contract provisions.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Agreement to comply with
regulations and instructions. The MA
organization agrees to comply with all
the applicable requirements and
conditions set forth in this part and in
general instructions. Compliance with
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16734
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the terms of this paragraph (a) is
material to the performance of the MA
contract. The MA organization agrees—
*
*
*
*
*
(6) To comply with all applicable
provider and supplier requirements in
subpart E of this part, including
provider certification requirements,
anti-discrimination requirements,
provider participation and consultation
requirements, the prohibition on
interference with provider advice, limits
on provider indemnification, rules
governing payments to providers, limits
on physician incentive plans, and the
preclusion list requirements in
§§ 422.222 and 422.224.
*
*
*
*
*
(17) To maintain a Part C summary
plan rating score of at least 3 stars under
the 5-star rating system specified in
subpart D of this part. A Part C summary
plan rating is calculated as provided in
§ 422.166.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) * * *
(2) * * *
(v) They will ensure that payments
are not made to individuals and entities
included on the preclusion list, defined
in § 422.2.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 422.506
[Amended]
35. Section 422.506 is amended—
a. By removing paragraph (a)(3);
b. By redesignating paragraphs (a)(4)
and (5) as paragraphs (a)(3) and (4);
■ c. In newly redesignated paragraph
(a)(4) introductory text by removing the
reference ‘‘paragraph (a)(4)’’ and adding
in its place the reference ‘‘paragraph
(a)(3)’’.
■ d. By removing and reserving
paragraph (b).
■ 36. Section 422.508 is amended by
adding paragraph (a)(3) to read as
follows:
■
■
■
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 422.508 Modification or termination of
contract by mutual consent.
(a) * * *
(3) If the organization submits a
request to end the term of its contract
after the deadline provided in
§ 422.506(a)(2)(i), the contract may be
terminated by mutual consent in
accordance with paragraphs (a) through
(d) of this section. CMS may mutually
consent to the contract termination if
the contract termination does not
negatively affect the administration of
the Medicare program.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 37. Section 422.510 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(4)(viii) and (xiii)
and adding paragraphs (a)(4)(xiv) and
(xv) and (b)(1)(iv) to read as follows:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
§ 422.510
Termination of contract by CMS.
(a) * * *
(4) * * *
(viii) Substantially fails to comply
with the requirements in subpart V of
this part.
*
*
*
*
*
(xiii) Fails to meet the preclusion list
requirements in accordance with
§ 422.222 and 422.224.
(xiv) The MA organization has
committed any of the acts in
§ 422.752(a) that support the imposition
of intermediate sanctions or civil money
penalties under subpart O of this part.
(xv) Following the issuance of a
notice to the MA organization no later
than August 1, CMS must terminate,
effective December 31 of the same year,
an individual MA plan if that plan does
not have a sufficient number of
enrollees to establish that it is a viable
independent plan option.
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) In the event that CMS issues a
termination notice to an MA
organization on or before August 1 with
an effective date of the following
December 31, the MA organization must
issue notification to its Medicare
enrollees at least 90 days prior to the
effective date of the termination.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 38. Section 422.514 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 422.514 Minimum enrollment
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Minimum enrollment waiver. For a
contract applicant that does not meet
the applicable requirement of paragraph
(a) of this section at application for an
MA contract, CMS may waive the
minimum enrollment requirement for
the first 3 years of the contract. To
receive a waiver, a contract applicant
must demonstrate to CMS’s satisfaction
that it is capable of administering and
managing an MA contract and is able to
manage the level of risk required under
the contract during the first 3 years of
the contract. Factors that CMS takes into
consideration in making this evaluation
include the extent to which—
(1) The contract applicant
management and providers have
previous experience in managing and
providing health care services under a
risk-based payment arrangement to at
least as many individuals as the
applicable minimum enrollment for the
entity as described in paragraph (a) of
this section; or
(2) The contract applicant has the
financial ability to bear financial risk
under an MA contract. In determining
PO 00000
Frm 00296
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
whether an organization is capable of
bearing risk, CMS considers factors such
as the organization’s management
experience as described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section and stop-loss
insurance that is adequate and
acceptable to CMS; and
(3) The contract applicant is able to
establish a marketing and enrollment
process that allows it to meet the
applicable enrollment requirement
specified in paragraph (a) of this section
before completion of the third contract
year.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 422.590
[Amended]
39. Section 422.590 is amended by
removing paragraph (f) and
redesignating paragraphs (g) and (h) as
paragraphs (f) and (g), respectively.
■
§ 422.664
[Amended]
40. Section 422.664 is amended in
paragraph (b)(1) by removing the phrase
‘‘July 15’’ and adding in its place
‘‘September 1’’.
■ 41. Section 422.750 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(3) to read as
follows:
■
§ 422.750 Types of intermediate sanctions
and civil money penalties.
(a) * * *
(3) Suspension of communication
activities to Medicare beneficiaries by
an MA organization, as defined by CMS.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 42. Section 422.752 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(11) and (13) and
(b) to read as follows:
§ 422.752 Basis for imposing intermediate
sanctions and civil money penalties.
(a) * * *
(11) Fails to comply with
communication restrictions described in
subpart V of this part or applicable
implementing guidance.
*
*
*
*
*
(13) Fails to comply with §§ 422.222
and 422.224, that requires the MA
organization not to make payment to
excluded individuals and entities, nor
to individuals and entities on the
preclusion list, defined in § 422.2.
(b) Suspension of enrollment and
communications. If CMS makes a
determination that could lead to a
contract termination under § 422.510(a),
CMS may impose the intermediate
sanctions at § 422.750(a)(1) and (3).
*
*
*
*
*
Subpart V—Medicare Advantage
Communication Requirements
43. The subpart heading for Subpart V
is revised to read as set forth above.
■
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
44. Section 422.2260 is revised to read
as follows:
■
§ 422.2260
§ 422.2264
■
Definitions.
As used in this subpart—
Communications means activities and
use of materials to provide information
to current and prospective enrollees.
Communication materials means all
information provided to current and
prospective enrollees. Marketing
materials are a subset of communication
material.
Marketing means activities and use of
materials that meet the following:
(1) Conducted by the MA organization
or downstream entities.
(2) Intended to draw a beneficiary’s
attention to a MA plan or plans.
(3) Intended to influence a
beneficiary’s decision-making process
when selecting an MA plan for
enrollment or deciding to stay enrolled
in a plan (that is, retention-based
marketing).
Marketing materials include, but are
not limited to the following:
(1) Materials such as brochures;
posters; advertisements in media such
as newspapers, magazines, television,
radio, billboards, or the internet; and
social media content.
(2) Materials used by marketing
representatives such as scripts or
outlines for telemarketing or other
presentations.
(3) Presentation materials such as
slides and charts.
Materials that do not include the
following are not considered marketing
materials:—
(1) Information about the plan’s
benefit structure or cost sharing;
(2) Information about measuring or
ranking standards (for example, star
ratings);
(3) Mention benefits or cost sharing,
but do not meet the definition of
marketing in this section;
(4) Unless otherwise specified by
CMS based on their use or purpose,
materials that are required under
§ 422.111; or
(5) Any materials specifically
designated by CMS as not meeting the
definition of the proposed marketing
definition based on their use or purpose.
■ 45. Section 422.2262 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 422.2262 Review and distribution of
marketing materials.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Enrollee communication
materials. Enrollee communication
materials may be reviewed by CMS and
CMS may determine, upon review of
such materials, that the materials must
be modified, or may no longer be used.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
46. Section 422.2264 is revised to read
as follows:
Guidelines for CMS review.
In reviewing marketing material or
election forms under § 422.2262, CMS
determines that the materials—
(a) Provide, in a format (and, where
appropriate, print size), and using
standard terminology that may be
specified by CMS, the following
information to Medicare beneficiaries
interested in enrolling:
(1) Adequate written description of
rules (including any limitations on the
providers from whom services can be
obtained), procedures, basic benefits
and services, and fees and other charges.
(2) Adequate written description of
any supplemental benefits and services.
(b) Notify the general public of its
enrollment period in an appropriate
manner, through appropriate media,
throughout its service area and if
applicable, continuation areas.
(c) Include in written materials notice
that the MA organization is authorized
by law to refuse to renew its contract
with CMS, that CMS also may refuse to
renew the contract, and that termination
or non-renewal may result in
termination of the beneficiary’s
enrollment in the plan.
(d) Ensure that materials are not
materially inaccurate or misleading or
otherwise make material
misrepresentations.
■ 47. Section 422.2268 is amended by—
■ a. Revising the section heading;
■ b. Removing the introductory text;
and
■ c. Revising paragraphs (a) and (b).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 422.2268 Standards for MA organization
communications and marketing.
(a) In conducting communication
activities, MA organizations may not do
any of the following:
(1) Provide information that is
inaccurate or misleading.
(2) Engage in activities that could
mislead or confuse Medicare
beneficiaries, or misrepresent the MA
organization.
(3) Claim the MA organization is
recommended or endorsed by CMS or
Medicare or that CMS or Medicare
recommends that the beneficiary enroll
in the MA plan. It may explain that the
organization is approved for
participation in Medicare.
(4) Employ MA plan names that
suggest that a plan is not available to all
Medicare beneficiaries. This prohibition
does not apply to MA plan names in
effect on July 31, 2000.
(5) Display the names and/or logos of
co-branded network providers on the
PO 00000
Frm 00297
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16735
organization’s member identification
card, unless the provider names, and/or
logos are related to the member
selection of specific provider
organizations (for example, physicians,
hospitals).
(6) Use a plan name that does not
include the plan type. The plan type
should be included at the end of the
plan name.
(7) For markets with a significant nonEnglish speaking population, provide
vital materials unless in the language of
these individuals. Specifically, MA
organizations must translate materials
into any non-English language that is
the primary language of at least 5
percent of the individuals in a plan
benefit package (PBP) service area.
(b) In marketing, MA organizations
may not do any of the following:
(1) Provide cash or other monetary
rebates as an inducement for enrollment
or otherwise.
(2) Offer gifts to potential enrollees,
unless the gifts are of nominal (as
defined in the CMS Marketing
Guidelines) value, are offered to all
potential enrollees without regard to
whether or not the beneficiary enrolls,
and are not in the form of cash or other
monetary rebates.
(3) Market non-health care related
products to prospective enrollees during
any MA or Part D sales activity or
presentation. This is considered crossselling and is prohibited.
(4) Market any health care related
product during a marketing
appointment beyond the scope agreed
upon by the beneficiary, and
documented by the plan, prior to the
appointment.
(5) Market additional health related
lines of plan business not identified
prior to an individual appointment
without a separate scope of appointment
identifying the additional lines of
business to be discussed.
(6) Distribute marketing materials for
which, before expiration of the 45-day
period, the MA organization receives
from CMS written notice of disapproval
because it is inaccurate or misleading,
or misrepresents the MA organization,
its marketing representatives, or CMS.
(7) Conduct sales presentations or
distribute and accept MA plan
enrollment forms in provider offices or
other areas where health care is
delivered to individuals, except in the
case where such activities are
conducted in common areas in health
care settings.
(8) Conduct sales presentations or
distribute and accept plan applications
at educational events.
(9) Display the names and/or logos of
provider co-branding partners on
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16736
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
marketing materials, unless the
materials clearly indicate that other
providers are available in the network.
(10) Knowingly target or send
unsolicited marketing materials to any
MA enrollee during the Open
Enrollment Period.
(11) Engage in any other marketing
activity prohibited by CMS in its
marketing guidance.
(12) Engage in any discriminatory
activity such as attempting to recruit
Medicare beneficiaries from higher
income areas without making
comparable efforts to enroll Medicare
beneficiaries from lower income areas.
(13) Solicit door-to-door for Medicare
beneficiaries or through other
unsolicited means of direct contact,
including calling a beneficiary without
the beneficiary initiating the contact.
(14) Use providers or provider groups
to distribute printed information
comparing the benefits of different
health plans unless the providers,
provider groups, or pharmacies accept
and display materials from all health
plans with which the providers,
provider groups, or pharmacies contract.
The use of publicly available
comparison information is permitted if
approved by CMS in accordance with
the Medicare marketing guidance.
(15) Provide meals to potential
enrollees, which is prohibited,
regardless of value.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 422.2272
[Amended]
48. Section § 422.2272 is amended by
removing paragraph (e).
■
§ 422.2274
[Amended]
49. Section 422.2274 is amended by—
a. Redesignating paragraph (b)(1)(iii)
as paragraph (b)(1)(iv).
■ b. Redesignating paragraph (b)(2)(iii)
as paragraph (b)(1)(iii).
■ c. Removing paragraph (b)(2);
■ d. Redesignating paragraph (b)(3) as
paragraph (b)(2); and
■ e. In newly redesignated paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) by removing the reference
‘‘paragraph (b)(3)(iii)’’ and adding in its
place the reference ‘‘paragraph
(b)(2)(iii)’’.
■
■
§ 422.2410
[Amended]
50. Section 422.2410 is amended in
paragraph (a) by removing the phrase
‘‘an MLR’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘the information required under
§ 422.2460’’.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
■
§ 422.2420
[Amended]
51. Section 422.2420 is amended—
a. By removing and reserving
paragraph (b)(2)(ix); and
■
■
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
b. In paragraph (d)(2)(i), removing the
phrase ‘‘in § 422.2420(b) or (c)’’ and
adding in its place the phrase ‘‘in
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section’’.
■ 52. Section 422.2430 is amended—
■ a. By redesignating paragraph (a)
introductory text and paragraphs (a)(1)
and (2) as paragraphs (a)(1), (2), and (3),
respectively;
■ b. By adding a new paragraph (a)
subject heading and revising newly
redesignated paragraph (a)(1);
■ c. By adding paragraph (a)(4);
■ d. In paragraph (b)(1), by removing the
word ‘‘costs’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘costs other than those that are
related to fraud reduction’’;
■ e. In paragraph (b)(5), by adding the
phrase ‘‘(and that are not related to
fraud reduction activities under
paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section)’’ after
‘‘capabilities’’; and
■ f. By removing and reserving
paragraph (b)(8).
The revision and addition read as
follows:
■
§ 422.2430 Activities that improve health
care quality.
(a) Activity requirements. (1)
Activities conducted by an MA
organization to improve quality must
either—
(i) Fall into one of the categories in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section and meet
all of the requirements in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section; or
(ii) Be listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(4)(i) For an MA contract that
includes MA–PD plans (described in
§ 422.2420(a)(2)), Medication Therapy
Management Programs meeting the
requirements of § 423.153(d) of this
chapter.
(ii) Fraud reduction activities,
including fraud prevention, fraud
detection, and fraud recovery.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 53. Section 422.2460 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 422.2460
Reporting requirements.
(a) For each contract year, from 2014
through 2017, each MA organization
must submit to CMS, in a timeframe and
manner specified by CMS, a report that
includes but is not limited to the data
needed by the MA organization to
calculate and verify the MLR and
remittance amount, if any, for each
contract, under this part, such as
incurred claims, total revenue,
expenditures on quality improving
activities, non-claims costs, taxes,
licensing and regulatory fees, and any
remittance owed to CMS under
§ 422.2410.
PO 00000
Frm 00298
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) For contract year 2018 and for
each subsequent contract year, each MA
organization must submit to CMS, in a
timeframe and manner specified by
CMS, the following information:
(1) Fully credible and partially
credible contracts. For each contract
under this part that has fully credible or
partially credible experience, as
determined in accordance with
§ 422.2440(d), the MA organization
must report to CMS the MLR for the
contract and the amount of any
remittance owed to CMS under
§ 422.2410.
(2) Non-credible contracts. For each
contract under this part that has noncredible experience, as determined in
accordance with § 422.2440(d), the MA
organization must report to CMS that
the contract is non-credible.
(c) Total revenue included as part of
the MLR calculation must be net of all
projected reconciliations.
(d) The MLR is reported once, and is
not reopened as a result of any payment
reconciliation processes.
§ 422.2480
[Amended]
54. Section 422.2480 is amended—
a. In the introductory text, by
removing the phrase ‘‘reviews of reports
submitted’’ and adding in its place
‘‘review of data submitted’’; and
■ b. In paragraph (d) introductory text
by removing the phrase ‘‘Reports
submitted’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘Data submitted’’.
■
■
§ 422.2490
[Amended]
55. Section 422.2490 is amended in
paragraph (a) by removing the phrase
‘‘information contained in reports
submitted’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘information submitted’’.
■
PART 423—VOLUNTARY MEDICARE
PRESCRIPTION DRUG BENEFIT
56. The authority citation for part 423
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102, 1106, 1860D–1
through 1860D–42, and 1871 of the Social
Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302, 1306, 1395w–
101 through 1395w–152, and 1395hh).
58. Section 423.32 is amended by:
a. Revising paragraph (b) introductory
text; and
■ b. Redesignating paragraphs (b)(i) and
(ii) as (b)(1) and (2).
The revision reads as follows:
■
■
§ 423.32
Enrollment process.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Enrollment form or CMS-approved
enrollment mechanism. The enrollment
form or CMS-approved enrollment
mechanism must comply with CMS
instructions regarding content and
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
format and must have been approved by
CMS as described in § 423.2262.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 59. Section 423.38 is amended by—
■ a. Revising paragraphs (c)
introductory text, (c)(4), and (c)(8)(i)(C);
■ b. Adding paragraphs (c)(9) and (10);
■ c. Revising paragraph (d); and
■ d. Adding paragraph (e).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 423.38
Enrollment periods.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Special enrollment periods. A Part
D eligible individual may enroll in a
PDP or disenroll from a PDP and enroll
in another PDP or MA–PD plan (as
provided at § 422.62(b) of this chapter),
as applicable, under any of the
following circumstances:
*
*
*
*
*
(4)(i) Except as provided in paragraph
(ii), the individual is a full-subsidy
eligible individual or other subsidyeligible individual as defined in
§ 423.772, who is making an allowable
onetime-per-calendar-quarter election
between January through September.
(ii) An individual described in
paragraph (i) is not eligible for this
special enrollment period if he or she
has been notified that he or she has been
identified as a ‘‘potential at-risk
beneficiary’’ or ‘‘at-risk beneficiary’’ as
defined in § 423.100 and such
identification has not been terminated
in accordance with § 423.153(f)).
*
*
*
*
*
(8) * * *
(i) * * *
(C) The PDP (or its agent,
representative, or plan provider)
materially misrepresented the plan’s
provisions in communications as
outlined in subpart V of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
(9) The individual is making an
election within 3 months after a gain,
loss, or change to Medicaid or LIS
eligibility, or notification of such a
change, whichever is later.
(10) The individual is making an
election within 3 months after
notification of a CMS or State-initiated
enrollment action or that enrollment
action’s effective date, whichever is
later.
(d) Enrollment period to coordinate
with MA annual 45-day disenrollment
period. Through 2018, an individual
enrolled in an MA plan who elects
Original Medicare from January 1
through February 14, as described in
§ 422.62(a)(5) of this chapter, may also
elect a PDP during this time.
(e) Enrollment period to coordinate
with MA open enrollment period. For
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
2019 and subsequent years, an
individual who makes an election as
described in § 422.62(a)(3) of this
chapter, may make an election to enroll
in or disenroll from Part D coverage. An
individual who elects Original Medicare
during the MA open enrollment period
may elect to enroll in a PDP during this
time.
■ 60. Section 423.40 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) and adding
paragraph (e) to read as follows:
§ 423.40
Effective dates.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) PDP enrollment period to
coordinate with the MA annual
disenrollment period. Through 2018, an
enrollment made from January 1
through February 14 by an individual
who has disenrolled from an MA plan
as described in § 422.62(a)(5) of this
chapter will be effective the first day of
the month following the month in
which the enrollment in the PDP is
made.
(e) PDP enrollment period to
coordinate with the MA open
enrollment period. For 2019 and
subsequent years, an enrollment made
by an individual who elects Original
Medicare during the MA open
enrollment period as described in
§ 422.62(a)(3) of this chapter, will be
effective the first day of the month
following the month in which the
election is made.
■ 61. Section § 423.100 is amended—
■ a. By revising the definition of
‘‘Affected enrollee’’;
■ b. By adding in alphabetical order
definitions for ‘‘At risk beneficiary’’,
‘‘Clinical guidelines’’, ‘‘Exempted
beneficiary’’, and ‘‘Frequently abused
drug’’;
■ c. By removing the definition of
‘‘Other authorized prescriber’’;
■ d. By adding in alphabetical order
definitions for ‘‘Potential at-risk
beneficiary’’, ‘‘Preclusion list’’, and
‘‘Program size’’; and
■ e. By revising the definition of ‘‘Retail
pharmacy’’.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 423.100
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Affected enrollee means a Part D
enrollee who is currently taking a
covered Part D drug that is either being
removed from a Part D plan’s formulary,
or whose preferred or tiered cost-sharing
status is changing and such drug
removal or cost-sharing change affects
the Part D enrollee’s access to the drug
during the current plan year.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00299
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16737
At-risk beneficiary means a Part D
eligible individual—
(1) Who is—
(i) Identified using clinical guidelines
(as defined in this section);
(ii) Not an exempted beneficiary; and
(iii) Determined to be at-risk for
misuse or abuse of such frequently
abused drugs by a Part D plan sponsor
under its drug management program in
accordance with the requirements of
§ 423.153(f); or
(2) With respect to whom a Part D
plan sponsor receives a notice upon the
beneficiary’s enrollment in such
sponsor’s plan that the beneficiary was
identified as an at-risk beneficiary (as
defined in the paragraph (1) of this
definition) under the prescription drug
plan in which the beneficiary was most
recently enrolled and such
identification had not been terminated
upon disenrollment.
*
*
*
*
*
Clinical guidelines, for the purposes
of a drug management program under
§ 423.153(f), are criteria—
(1) To identify potential at-risk
beneficiaries who may be determined to
be at-risk beneficiaries under such
programs; and
(2) That are developed in accordance
with the standards in § 423.153(f)(16)
and, beginning with contract year 2020,
will be published in guidance annually.
*
*
*
*
*
Exempted beneficiary means with
respect to a drug management program,
an enrollee who—
(1) Has elected to receive hospice care
or is receiving palliative or end-of-life
care;
(2) Is a resident of a long-term care
facility, of a facility described in section
1905(d) of the Act, or of another facility
for which frequently abused drugs are
dispensed for residents through a
contract with a single pharmacy; or
(3) Is being treated for active cancerrelated pain.
Frequently abused drug means a
controlled substance under the Federal
Controlled Substances Act that the
Secretary determines is frequently
abused or diverted, taking into account
all of the following factors:
(1) The drug’s schedule designation
by the Drug Enforcement
Administration.
(2) Government or professional
guidelines that address that a drug is
frequently abused or misused.
(3) An analysis of Medicare or other
drug utilization or scientific data.
*
*
*
*
*
Potential at-risk beneficiary means a
Part D eligible individual—
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16738
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(1) Who is identified using clinical
guidelines (as defined in this section);
or
(2) With respect to whom a Part D
plan sponsor receives a notice upon the
beneficiary’s enrollment in such
sponsor’s plan that the beneficiary was
identified as a potential at-risk
beneficiary (as defined in paragraph (1)
of this definition) under the prescription
drug plan in which the beneficiary was
most recently enrolled and such
identification had not been terminated
upon disenrollment.
Preclusion list means a CMS compiled
list of prescribers who—
(1) Meet all of the following
requirements:
(i) The prescriber is currently revoked
from the Medicare program under
§ 424.535 of this chapter.
(ii) The prescriber is currently under
a reenrollment bar under § 424.535(c) of
this chapter.
(iii) CMS determines that the
underlying conduct that led to the
revocation is detrimental to the best
interests of the Medicare program. In
making this determination under this
paragraph (1)(iii), CMS considers the
following factors:
(A) The seriousness of the conduct
underlying the prescriber’s revocation;
(B) The degree to which the
prescriber’s conduct could affect the
integrity of the Part D program; and
(C) Any other evidence that CMS
deems relevant to its determination; or
(2) Meet both of the following
requirements:
(i) The prescriber has engaged in
behavior for which CMS could have
revoked the prescriber to the extent
applicable if he or she had been
enrolled in Medicare.
(ii) CMS determines that the
underlying conduct that would have led
to the revocation is detrimental to the
best interests of the Medicare program.
In making this determination under this
paragraph, CMS considers all of the
following factors:
(A) The seriousness of the conduct
involved.
(B) The degree to which the
prescriber’s conduct could affect the
integrity of the Part D program.
(C) Any other evidence that CMS
deems relevant to its determination.
*
*
*
*
*
Program size means the estimated
population of potential at-risk
beneficiaries in drug management
programs (described in § 423.153(f))
operated by Part D plan sponsors that
the Secretary determines can be
effectively managed by such sponsors as
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
part of the process to develop clinical
guidelines.
*
*
*
*
*
Retail pharmacy means any licensed
pharmacy that is open to dispense
prescription drugs to the walk-in
general public from which Part D
enrollees could purchase a covered Part
D drug without being required to receive
medical services from a provider or
institution affiliated with that
pharmacy.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 62. Section 423.120 is amended by—
■ a. Redesignating paragraph (b)(3)(i)
introductory text and paragraphs
(b)(3)(i)(A) through (D) as paragraphs
(b)(3)(i)(A) introductory text and
(b)(3)(i)(A)(1) through (4);
■ b. Adding a new paragraph
(b)(3)(i)(B);
■ c. Revising paragraph (b)(3)(iii);
■ d. In paragraph (b)(5)(i) introductory
text, by removing the figure ‘‘60’’ and
adding in its place the figure ‘‘30’’ and
by adding the phrase ‘‘(for purposes of
this paragraph (b)(5) these entities are
referred to as ‘‘CMS and other specified
entities’’) after the word ‘‘pharmacists’’;
■ e. In paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A), by
removing the phrase ‘‘60 days’’ and
adding in its place the phrase ‘‘30
days’’;
■ f. In paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B), by
removing the phrase ‘‘60 day supply’’
and adding in its place the phrase ‘‘an
approved month’s supply’’;
■ g. In paragraph (b)(5)(iii), by removing
the phrase ‘‘, CMS, State Pharmaceutical
Assistance Programs (as defined in
§ 423.454), entities providing other
prescription drug coverage (as described
in § 423.464(f)(1)), authorized
prescribers, network pharmacies, and
pharmacists’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘and CMS and other specified
entities’’;
■ h. Adding paragraph (b)(5)(iv);
■ i. In paragraph (b)(6), by removing the
phrase ‘‘under paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of
this section’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘under paragraphs (b)(5)(iii) and
(iv) of this section’’; and
■ j. Revising paragraphs (c)(5) and (6).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
§ 423.120
Access to covered Part D drugs.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(i) * * *
(B) Not apply in cases in which a Part
D sponsor substitutes a generic drug for
a brand name drug as permitted under
paragraph (b)(5)(iv) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) Ensure the provision of a
temporary fill when an enrollee requests
PO 00000
Frm 00300
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a fill of a non-formulary drug during the
time period specified in paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section (including Part
D drugs that are on a plan’s formulary
but require prior authorization or step
therapy under a plan’s utilization
management rules) by providing a onetime, temporary supply of at least an
approved month’s supply of medication,
unless the prescription is written by a
prescriber for less than an approved
month’s supply and requires the Part D
sponsor to allow multiple fills to
provide up to a total of an approved
month’s supply of medication.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) * * *
(iv) A Part D sponsor may
immediately remove a brand name drug
(as defined in § 423.4) from its Part D
formulary or change the brand name
drug’s preferred or tiered cost-sharing
without meeting the deadlines and refill
requirements of paragraph (b)(5)(i) of
this section provided that the Part D
sponsor does all of the following:
(A) At the same time that it removes
such brand name drug or changes its
preferred or tiered cost-sharing, it adds
a therapeutically equivalent (as defined
in § 423.100) generic drug (as defined in
§ 423.4) to its formulary on the same or
lower cost-sharing tier and with the
same or less restrictive utilization
management criteria.
(B) The Part D sponsor previously
could not have included such
therapeutically equivalent generic drug
on its formulary when it submitted its
initial formulary for CMS approval
consistent with paragraph (b)(2) of this
section because such generic drug was
not yet available on the market.
(C) Before making any permitted
generic substitutions, the Part D sponsor
provides general notice to all current
and prospective enrollees in its
formulary and other applicable
beneficiary communication materials
advising them that—
(1) Such changes may be made at any
time when a new generic is added in
place of a brand name drug, and there
may be no advance direct notice to the
affected enrollees;
(2) If such a substitution should
occur, affected enrollees will receive
direct notice including information on
the specific drugs involved and steps
they may take to request coverage
determinations and exceptions under
§§ 423.566 and 423.578; and
(D) Before making any permitted
generic substitutions, the Part D sponsor
provides advance general notice to CMS
and other specified entities.
(E) The Part D sponsor provides
notice of any such formulary changes to
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
affected enrollees and CMS and other
specified entities consistent with the
requirements of paragraphs (b)(5)(i) (as
applicable) and (ii) of this section. This
would include direct notice to the
affected enrollees.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(5)(i) A Part D plan sponsor must
reject, or must require its pharmacy
benefit manager (PBM) to reject, a
pharmacy claim for a Part D drug unless
the claim contains the active and valid
National Provider Identifier (NPI) of the
prescriber who prescribed the drug.
(ii) The sponsor must communicate at
point-of sale whether or not a submitted
NPI is active and valid in accordance
with this paragraph (c)(5)(ii).
(A) If the sponsor communicates that
the NPI is not active and valid, the
sponsor must permit the pharmacy to—
(1) Confirm that the NPI is active and
valid; or
(2) Correct the NPI.
(B) If the pharmacy confirms that the
NPI is active and valid or corrects the
NPI, the sponsor must pay the claim if
it is otherwise payable.
(iii) A Part D sponsor must not later
recoup payment from a network
pharmacy for a claim that does not
contain an active and valid individual
prescriber NPI on the basis that it does
not contain one, unless the sponsor—
(A) Has complied with paragraph
(c)(5)(ii) of this section;
(B) Has verified that a submitted NPI
was not in fact active and valid; and
(C) The agreement between the parties
explicitly permits such recoupment.
(iv) With respect to requests for
reimbursement submitted by Medicare
beneficiaries, a Part D sponsor may not
make payment to a beneficiary
dependent upon the sponsor’s
acquisition of an active and valid
individual prescriber NPI, unless there
is an indication of fraud. If the sponsor
is unable to retrospectively acquire an
active and valid individual prescriber
NPI, the sponsor may not seek recovery
of any payment to the beneficiary solely
on that basis.
(6)(i) Except as provided in paragraph
(c)(6)(iv) of this section, a Part D
sponsor must reject, or must require its
PBM to reject, a pharmacy claim for a
Part D drug if the individual who
prescribed the drug is included on the
preclusion list, defined in § 423.100.
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph
(c)(6)(iv) of this section, a Part D
sponsor must deny, or must require its
PBM to deny, a request for
reimbursement from a Medicare
beneficiary if the request pertains to a
Part D drug that was prescribed by an
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
individual who is identified by name in
the request and who is included on the
preclusion list, defined in § 423.100.
(iii) A Part D plan sponsor may not
submit a prescription drug event (PDE)
record to CMS unless it includes on the
PDE record the active and valid
individual NPI of the prescriber of the
drug, and the prescriber is not included
on the preclusion list, defined in
§ 423.100, for the date of service.
(iv)(A) A Part D sponsor or its PBM
must not reject a pharmacy claim for a
Part D drug under paragraph (c)(6)(i) of
this section or deny a request for
reimbursement under paragraph
(c)(6)(ii) of this section unless the
sponsor has provided the written notice
to the beneficiary required by paragraph
(c)(6)(iv)(B) of this section.
(B) Upon receipt of a pharmacy claim
or beneficiary request for
reimbursement for a Part D drug that a
Part D sponsor would otherwise be
required to reject or deny in accordance
with paragraph (c)(6)(i) or (ii) of this
section, a Part D sponsor or its PBM
must do the following:
(1) Subject to all other Part D rules
and plan coverage requirements,
provide an advance written notice to
any beneficiary who has received a
prescription from a prescriber on the
preclusion list as soon as possible but to
ensure that the beneficiary receives the
notice no later than 30 days after
publication of the most recent
preclusion list.
(2) Ensure that reasonable efforts are
made to notify the prescriber of a
beneficiary who was sent a notice under
paragraph (c)(6)(iv)(B)(1) of this section.
(v)(A) CMS sends written notice to the
prescriber via letter of his or her
inclusion on the preclusion list. The
notice must contain the reason for the
inclusion on the preclusion list and
inform the prescriber of his or her
appeal rights.
(B) A prescriber may appeal his or her
inclusion on the preclusion list under
this section in accordance with 42 CFR
part 498.
(vi) CMS has the discretion not to
include a particular individual on (or if
warranted, remove the individual from)
the preclusion list should it determine
that exceptional circumstances exist
regarding beneficiary access to
prescriptions. In making a
determination as to whether such
circumstances exist, CMS takes into
account—
(A) The degree to which beneficiary
access to Part D drugs would be
impaired; and
(B) Any other evidence that CMS
deems relevant to its determination.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00301
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16739
63. Section 423.128 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(3) and (d)(2)(iii)
to read as follows:
■
§ 423.128 Dissemination of Part D plan
information.
(a) * * *
(3) At the time of enrollment and at
least annually thereafter, by the first day
of the annual coordinated election
period.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) * * *
(iii) Provides current and prospective
Part D enrollees with notice that is
timely under § 423.120(b)(5) regarding
any removal or change in the preferred
or tiered cost-sharing status of a Part D
drug on its Part D plan’s formulary.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 64. Section 423.153 is amended by
adding a sentence at the end of
paragraph (a) and adding paragraph (f)
to read as follows:
§ 423.153 Drug utilization management,
quality assurance, and medication therapy
management programs (MTMPs).
(a) * * * A Part D plan sponsor may
establish a drug management program
for at-risk beneficiaries enrolled in their
prescription drug benefit plans to
address overutilization of frequently
abused drugs, as described in paragraph
(f) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Drug management programs. A
drug management program must meet
all the following requirements:
(1) Written policies and procedures. A
sponsor must document its drug
management program in written policies
and procedures that are approved by the
applicable P&T committee and reviewed
and updated as appropriate. These
policies and procedures must address
all aspects of the sponsor’s drug
management program, including but not
limited to the following:
(i) The appropriate credentials of the
clinical staff conducting case
management required under paragraph
(f)(2) of this section, including that the
staff must have a current and
unrestricted license to practice within
the scope of his or her profession in a
State, Territory, Commonwealth of the
United Stated (that is, Puerto Rico), or
the District of Columbia.
(ii) The necessary and appropriate
contents of files for case management
required under paragraph (f)(2) of this
section, which must include
documentation of the substance of
prescriber and beneficiary contacts.
(iii) Monitoring reports and
notifications about incoming enrollees
who meet the definition of an at-risk
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16740
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
beneficiary or a potential at-risk
beneficiary in § 423.100 and responding
to requests from other sponsors for
information about at-risk beneficiaries
and potential at-risk beneficiaries who
recently disenrolled from the sponsor’s
prescription drug benefit plan.
(2) Case management/clinical
contact/prescriber verification—(i)
General rule. The sponsor’s clinical staff
must conduct case management for each
potential at-risk beneficiary for the
purpose of engaging in clinical contact
with the prescribers of frequently
abused drugs and verifying whether a
potential at-risk beneficiary is an at-risk
beneficiary. Except as provided in
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, the
sponsor must do all of the following:
(A) Send written information to the
beneficiary’s prescribers that the
beneficiary met the clinical guidelines
and is a potential at risk beneficiary.
(B) Elicit information from the
prescribers about any factors in the
beneficiary’s treatment that are relevant
to a determination that the beneficiary
is an at-risk beneficiary, including
whether prescribed medications are
appropriate for the beneficiary’s medical
conditions or the beneficiary is an
exempted beneficiary.
(C) In cases where prescribers have
not responded to the inquiry described
in paragraph (f)(2)(i)(B) of this section,
make reasonable attempts to
communicate with the prescribers
telephonically and/or by another
effective communication method
designed to elicit a response from the
prescribers within a reasonable period
after sending the written information.
(ii) Exception for identification by
prior plan. If a beneficiary was
identified as a potential at-risk or an atrisk beneficiary by his or her most
recent prior plan and such identification
has not been terminated in accordance
with paragraph (f)(14) of this section,
the sponsor meets the requirements in
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, so long
as the sponsor obtains case management
information from the previous sponsor
and such information is still clinically
adequate and up to date.
(3) Limitation on access to coverage
for frequently abused drugs. Subject to
the requirements of paragraph (f)(4) of
this section, a Part D plan sponsor may
do any or all of the following:
(i) Implement a point-of-sale claim
edit for frequently abused drugs that is
specific to an at-risk beneficiary.
(ii) In accordance with paragraphs
(f)(10) and (11) of this section, limit an
at-risk beneficiary’s access to coverage
for frequently abused drugs to those that
are—
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
(A) Prescribed for the beneficiary by
one or more prescribers;
(B) Dispensed to the beneficiary by
one or more network pharmacies; or
(C) Both.
(iii)(A) If the sponsor implements an
edit as specified in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of
this section, the sponsor must not cover
frequently abused drugs for the
beneficiary in excess of the edit, unless
the edit is terminated or revised based
on a subsequent determination,
including a successful appeal.
(B) If the sponsor limits the at-risk
beneficiary’s access to coverage as
specified in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this
section, the sponsor must cover
frequently abused drugs for the
beneficiary only when they are obtained
from the selected pharmacy(ies) or
prescriber(s) or both, as applicable—
(1) In accordance with all other
coverage requirements of the
beneficiary’s prescription drug benefit
plan, unless the limit is terminated or
revised based on a subsequent
determination, including a successful
appeal; and
(2) Except as necessary to provide
reasonable access in accordance with
paragraph (f)(12) of this section.
(4) Requirements for limiting access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs. (i)
A sponsor may not limit the access of
an at-risk beneficiary to coverage for
frequently abused drugs under
paragraph (f)(3) of this section, unless
the sponsor has done all of the
following:
(A) Conducted case management as
required by paragraph (f)(2) of this
section and updated it, if necessary.
(B) Except in the case of a pharmacy
limitation imposed pursuant to
paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(B) of this section,
obtained the agreement of at least one
prescriber of frequently abused drugs for
the beneficiary that the specific
limitation is appropriate.
(C) Provided the notices to the
beneficiary in compliance with
paragraphs (f)(5) and (6) of this section.
(ii)(A) Except as provided in
paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section
regarding a prescriber limitation, if the
sponsor has complied with the
requirement of paragraph (f)(2)(i)(C) of
this section about attempts to reach
prescribers, and the prescribers were not
responsive after 3 attempts by the
sponsor to contact them within 10
business days, then the sponsor has met
the requirement of paragraph (f)(4)(i)(B)
of this section for eliciting information
from the prescribers.
(B) The sponsor may not implement a
prescriber limitation pursuant to
paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) of this section if
no prescriber was responsive.
PO 00000
Frm 00302
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(5) Initial notice to a beneficiary. (i)
After conducting the case management
required by paragraph (f)(2) of this
section, a Part D sponsor that intends to
limit the access of a potential at-risk
beneficiary, or subject to the exception
in paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section, of
an at-risk beneficiary (as defined in
subparagraph (2) of the definition in
§ 423.100), to coverage for frequently
abused drugs under paragraph (f)(3) of
this section must provide an initial
written notice to the beneficiary.
(ii) The notice must do all of the
following:
(A) Use language approved by the
Secretary.
(B) Be in a readable and
understandable form.
(C) Provide all of the following
information:
(1) An explanation that the
beneficiary’s current or immediately
prior Part D plan sponsor has identified
the beneficiary as a potential at-risk
beneficiary.
(2) A description, of all State and
Federal public health resources that are
designed to address prescription drug
abuse to which the beneficiary has
access, including mental health and
other counseling services and
information on how to access such
services, including any such services
covered by the plan under its Medicare
benefits, supplemental benefits, or
Medicaid benefits (if the plan integrates
coverage of Medicare and Medicaid
benefits).
(3) An explanation of the beneficiary’s
right to a redetermination if the sponsor
issues a determination that the
beneficiary is an at-risk beneficiary and
the standard and expedited
redetermination processes described at
§ 423.582 and § 423.584.
(4) A request that the beneficiary
submit to the sponsor within 30 days of
the date of this initial notice any
information that the beneficiary believes
is relevant to the sponsor’s
determination, including which
prescribers and pharmacies the
beneficiary would prefer the sponsor to
select if the sponsor implements a
limitation under paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of
this section.
(5) An explanation of the meaning
and consequences of being identified as
an at-risk beneficiary, including the
following:
(i) An explanation of the sponsor’s
drug management program, the specific
limitation the sponsor intends to place
on the beneficiary’s access to coverage
for frequently abused drugs under the
program.
(ii) The timeframe for the sponsor’s
decision.
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) If applicable, any limitation on
the availability of the special enrollment
period described in § 423.38.
(6) Clear instructions that explain
how the beneficiary can contact the
sponsor, including how the beneficiary
may submit information to the sponsor
in response to the request described in
paragraph (f)(5)(ii)(C)(4) of this section.
(7) Contact information for other
organizations that can provide the
beneficiary with assistance regarding
the sponsor’s drug management
program.
(8) Other content that CMS
determines is necessary for the
beneficiary to understand the
information required in this notice.
(iii) The Part D plan sponsor must
make reasonable efforts to provide the
beneficiary’s prescriber(s) of frequently
abused drugs with a copy of the notice
required under paragraph (f)(5)(i) of this
section.
(iv) If the Part D plan sponsor
subsequently intends to make a change
to the terms of an ongoing limitation(s)
established under paragraph (f)(3) of
this section, including the intention to
impose an additional limitation on the
at-risk beneficiary, the sponsor must
comply with the requirements of
paragraph (f)(3) of this section, as well
as all applicable requirements for
beneficiary notices described in
paragraphs (f)(5) through (8) of this
section.
(6) Second notice. (i) Upon making a
determination that a beneficiary is an atrisk beneficiary and to limit the
beneficiary’s access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs under
paragraph (f)(3) of this section, a Part D
sponsor must provide a second written
notice to the beneficiary.
(ii) The second notice must do all of
the following:
(A) Use language approved by the
Secretary.
(B) Be in a readable and
understandable form.
(C) Provide all of the following
information:
(1) An explanation that the
beneficiary’s current or immediately
prior Part D plan sponsor has identified
the beneficiary as an at-risk beneficiary.
(2) An explanation that the
beneficiary is subject to the
requirements of the sponsor’s drug
management program, including—
(i) The limitation the sponsor is
placing on the beneficiary’s access to
coverage for frequently abused drugs
and the effective and end date of the
limitation; and
(ii) If applicable, any limitation on the
availability of the special enrollment
period described in § 423.38.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
(3) The prescriber(s) or pharmacy(ies)
or both, if and as applicable, from which
the beneficiary must obtain frequently
abused drugs in order for them to be
covered by the sponsor.
(4) An explanation of the beneficiary’s
right to a redetermination under
§ 423.580, including—
(i) A description of both the standard
and expedited redetermination
processes; and
(ii) The beneficiary’s right to, and
conditions for, obtaining an expedited
redetermination.
(5) An explanation that the
beneficiary may submit to the sponsor,
if the beneficiary has not already done
so, the prescriber(s) and pharmacy(ies),
as applicable, from which the
beneficiary would prefer to obtain
frequently abused drugs.
(6) Clear instructions that explain
how the beneficiary may contact the
sponsor, including how the beneficiary
may submit information to the sponsor
in response to the request described in
paragraph (f)(6)(ii)(C)(5) of this section.
(7) Other content that CMS
determines is necessary for the
beneficiary to understand the
information required in this notice.
(iii) The Part D plan sponsor must
make reasonable efforts to provide the
beneficiary’s prescriber(s) of frequently
abused drugs with a copy of the notice
required by paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this
section.
(7) Alternate second notice. (i) If, after
providing an initial notice to a potential
at-risk beneficiary under paragraph (f)(4)
of this section, a Part D sponsor
determines that the potential at-risk
beneficiary is not an at-risk beneficiary,
the sponsor must provide an alternate
second written notice to the beneficiary.
(ii) The alternate second notice must
do all of the following:
(A) Use language approved by the
Secretary.
(B) Be in a readable and
understandable form.
(C) Provide all of the following
information:
(1) The sponsor has determined that
the beneficiary is not an at-risk
beneficiary.
(2) The sponsor will not limit the
beneficiary’s access to coverage for
frequently abused drugs.
(3) If applicable, the SEP limitation no
longer applies.
(4) Clear instructions that explain
how the beneficiary may contact the
sponsor.
(5) Other content that CMS
determines is necessary for the
beneficiary to understand the
information required in this notice.
(iii) The Part D sponsor must make
reasonable efforts to provide the
PO 00000
Frm 00303
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16741
beneficiary’s prescriber(s) of frequently
abused drugs with a copy of the notice
required in accordance with paragraph
(f)(7)(i) of this section.
(8) Notices: Timing and exceptions. (i)
Subject to paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this
section, a Part D sponsor must provide
the second notice described in
paragraph (f)(6) of this section or the
alternate second notice described in
paragraph (f)(7) of this section, as
applicable, on a date that is not less
than 30 days and not more than the
earlier of the date the sponsor makes the
relevant determination or 60 days after
the date of the initial notice described
in paragraph (f)(5) of this section.
(ii) A gaining plan sponsor may forgo
providing the initial notice and may
immediately provide a second notice
described in paragraph (f)(6) of this
section to an at-risk beneficiary as
defined in subparagraph (2) of the
definition in § 423.100), if the sponsor is
implementing either of the following:
(A) A beneficiary-specific point-ofsale claim edit as described in
paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section, if the
edit is the same as the one that was
implemented in the immediately prior
plan.
(B) A limitation on access to coverage
as described in paragraph (f)(3(ii) of this
section, if such limitation would require
the beneficiary to obtain frequently
abused drugs from the same location of
pharmacy and/or the same prescriber, as
applicable, that was selected under the
immediately prior plan under paragraph
(f)(9) of this section.
(9) Beneficiary preferences. Except as
described in paragraph (f)(10) of this
section, if a beneficiary submits
preferences for prescribers or
pharmacies or both from which the
beneficiary prefers to obtain frequently
abused drugs, the sponsor must do the
following:
(i) Review such preferences.
(ii) If the beneficiary is—
(A) Enrolled in a stand-alone
prescription drug benefit plan and
specifies a prescriber(s) or network
pharmacy(ies) or both, select or change
the selection of prescriber(s) or network
pharmacy(ies) or both for the
beneficiary based on beneficiary’s
preference(s).
(B) Enrolled in a Medicare Advantage
prescription drug benefit plan and
specifies a network prescriber(s) or
network pharmacy(ies) or both, select or
change the selection of prescriber(s) or
pharmacy(ies) or both for the
beneficiary based on the beneficiary’s
preference(s).
(iii) The sponsor must inform the
beneficiary of the selection or change
in—
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16742
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(A) The second notice; or
(B) If the second notice is not feasible
due to the timing of the beneficiary’s
submission, in a subsequent written
notice, issued no later than 14 days after
receipt of the submission.
(10) Exception to beneficiary
preferences. (i) If the Part D sponsor
determines that the selection or change
of a prescriber or pharmacy under
paragraph (f)(9) of this section would
contribute to prescription drug abuse or
drug diversion by the at-risk beneficiary,
the sponsor may change the selection
without regard to the beneficiary’s
preferences if there is strong evidence of
inappropriate action by the prescriber,
pharmacy, or beneficiary.
(ii) If the sponsor changes the
selection, the sponsor must provide the
beneficiary with—
(A) At least 30 days advance written
notice of the change; and
(B) A rationale for the change.
(11) Reasonable access. In making the
selections under paragraph (f)(12) of this
section, a Part D plan sponsor must
ensure that the beneficiary continues to
have reasonable access to frequently
abused drugs, taking into account all
relevant factors, including but not
limited to—
(i) Geographic location;
(ii) Beneficiary preference;
(iii) The beneficiary’s predominant
usage of a prescriber or pharmacy or
both;
(iv) The impact on cost-sharing;
(v) Reasonable travel time;
(vi) Whether the beneficiary has
multiple residences;
(vii) Natural disasters and similar
situations; and
(viii) The provision of emergency
services.
(12) Selection of prescribers and
pharmacies. (i) A Part D plan sponsor
must select, as applicable—
(A) One, or, if the sponsor reasonably
determines it necessary to provide the
beneficiary with reasonable access,
more than one, network prescriber who
is authorized to prescribe frequently
abused drugs for the beneficiary, unless
the plan is a stand-alone PDP, or the
selection of an out-of-network provider
is necessary; and
(B) One, or, if the sponsor reasonably
determines it necessary to provide the
beneficiary with reasonable access,
more than one, network pharmacy that
may dispense such drugs to such
beneficiary, unless the selection of an
out-of-network pharmacy is necessary.
(ii)(A) For purposes of this paragraph
(f)(12) of this section, in the case of a
pharmacy that has multiple locations
that share real-time electronic data, all
such locations of the pharmacy must
collectively be treated as one pharmacy.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
(B) For purposes of this paragraph
(f)(12) of this section, in the case of a
group practice, all prescribers of the
group practice must be treated as one
prescriber.
(13) Confirmation of selections(s). (i)
Before selecting a prescriber or
pharmacy under this paragraph, a Part
D plan sponsor must notify the
prescriber or pharmacy, as applicable,
that the beneficiary has been identified
for inclusion in the drug management
program for at-risk beneficiaries and
that the prescriber or pharmacy or both
is(are) being selected as the beneficiary’s
designated prescriber or pharmacy or
both for frequently abused drugs. For
prescribers, this notification occurs
during case management as described in
paragraph (f)(2) or when the prescriber
provides agreement pursuant to
paragraph (f)(4)(i)(B) of this section.
(ii) The sponsor must receive
confirmation from the prescriber(s) or
pharmacy(ies) or both, as applicable,
that the selection is accepted before
conveying this information to the at-risk
beneficiary, unless the pharmacy has
agreed in advance in a network
agreement with the sponsor to accept all
such selections and the agreement
specifies how the pharmacy will be
notified by the sponsor of its selection.
(14) Termination of identification as
an at-risk beneficiary. The identification
of an at-risk beneficiary as such must
terminate as of the earlier of the
following:
(i) The date the beneficiary
demonstrates through a subsequent
determination, including but not limited
to, a successful appeal, that the
beneficiary is no longer likely, in the
absence of the limitation under this
paragraph, to be an at-risk beneficiary;
or
(ii)(A) The end of a one year period
calculated from the effective date of the
limitation, as specified in the notice
provided under paragraph (f)(6) of this
section, unless the limitation was
extended pursuant to paragraph
(f)(14)(ii)(B) of this section.
(B) The end of a two year period
calculated from the effective date of the
limitation, as specified in a notice
provided under paragraph (f)(6) of this
section, subject to the following
requirements:
(1) The plan sponsor determines at
the end of the one year period that there
is a clinical basis to extend the
limitation;
(2) Except in the case of a pharmacy
limitation imposed pursuant to
paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, the
plan sponsor has obtained the
agreement of a prescriber of frequently
PO 00000
Frm 00304
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
abused drugs for the beneficiary that the
limitation should be extended.
(3) The plan sponsor has provided
another notice to the beneficiary in
compliance with paragraph (f)(6) of this
section.
(4) If the prescribers were not
responsive after 3 attempts by the
sponsor to contact them within 10
business days, then the sponsor has met
the requirement of paragraph
(f)(14)((ii)(B)(2) of this section.
(5) The sponsor may not extend a
prescriber limitation implemented
pursuant to paragraph (f)(3)(ii)(A) of this
section if no prescriber was responsive.
(15) Data disclosure. (i) CMS
identifies potential at-risk beneficiaries
to the sponsor of the prescription drug
plan in which the beneficiary is
enrolled.
(ii) A Part D sponsor that operates a
drug management program must
disclose any data and information to
CMS and other Part D sponsors that
CMS deems necessary to oversee Part D
drug management programs at a time,
and in a form and manner specified by
CMS. The data and information
disclosures must do all of the following:
(A) Provide information to CMS
within 30 days of receiving a report
about a potential at-risk beneficiary
from CMS.
(B) Provide information to CMS about
any potential at-risk beneficiary that
meets paragraph (1) of the definition in
§ 423.100 that a sponsor identifies
within 30 days from the date of the most
recent CMS report identifying potential
at-risk beneficiaries;
(C) Provide information to CMS about
any potential at-risk beneficiary that
meets paragraph (2) of the definition in
§ 423.100 that a sponsor identifies
within 30 days from the date of the most
recent CMS report identifying potential
at-risk beneficiaries.
(D) Provide information to CMS as
soon as possible but no later than 7 days
of the date of the initial notice or second
notice that the sponsor provided to a
beneficiary, or as soon as possible but
no later than 7 days of a termination
date, as applicable, about a beneficiaryspecific opioid claim edit or a limitation
on access to coverage for frequently
abused drugs.
(E) Transfer case management
information upon request of a gaining
sponsor as soon as possible but not later
than 2 weeks from the gaining sponsor’s
request when—
(1) An at-risk beneficiary or potential
at-risk beneficiary disenrolls from the
sponsor’s plan and enrolls in another
prescription drug plan offered by the
gaining sponsor; and
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(2) The edit or limitation that the
sponsor had implemented for the
beneficiary had not terminated before
disenrollment.
(16) Clinical guidelines. Potential atrisk beneficiaries and at-risk
beneficiaries are identified by CMS or a
Part D sponsor using clinical guidelines
that —
(i) Are developed with stakeholder
consultation;
(ii) Are based on the acquisition of
frequently abused drugs from multiple
prescribers, multiple pharmacies, the
level of frequently abused drugs used, or
any combination of this factors;
(iii) Are derived from expert opinion
and an analysis of Medicare data; and
(iv) Include a program size estimate.
■ 65. Section 423.160 is amended by—
■ a. Revising paragraph (b)(1)(iv);
■ b. Adding paragraph (b)(1)(v);
■ c. Adding paragraph (b)(2)(iv);
■ d. Revising paragraph (b)(4); and
■ e. Adding paragraph (c)(1)(vii).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 423.160 Standards for electronic
prescribing.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) From March 1, 2015 until October
31, 2019, the standards specified in
paragraphs (b)(2)(iii), (b)(3), (b)(4)(i),
(b)(5)(iii), and (b)(6).
(v) On or after January 1, 2020, the
standards specified in paragraphs
(b)(2)(iv) and (b)(3), (b)(4)(ii), (b)(5)(iii),
and (b)(6) of this section.
(2) * * *
(iv) The National Council for
Prescription Drug Programs SCRIPT
standard, Implementation Guide
Version 2017071 approved July 28, 2017
(incorporated by reference in paragraph
(c)(1)(vii) of this section), to provide for
the communication of a prescription or
related prescription-related information
between prescribers and dispensers for
the following:
(A) GetMessage.
(B) Status.
(C) Error.
(D) NewRxRequest.
(E) NewRx.
(F) RxChangeRequest.
(G) RxChangeResponse.
(H) RxRenewal Request.
(I) Resupply.
(J) RxRenewalResponse.
(K) Verify.
(L) CancelRx.
(M) CancelRxResponse.
(N) RxFill.
(O) DrugAdministration.
(P) NewRxRequest.
(Q) NewRxResponseDenied.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
(R) RxTransferRequest.
(S) RxTransferResponse.
(T) RxTransferConfirm.
(U) RxFillIndicatorChange.
(V) Recertification.
(W) REMSIinitiationRequest.
(X) REMSIinitiationResponse.
(Y) REMSRequest.
(Z) REMSResponse.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) Medication history. Medication
history to provide for the
communication of Medicare Part D
medication history information among
Medicare Part D sponsors, prescribers
and dispensers:
(i) Until January 1, 2020, Either the
National Council for Prescription Drug
Programs Prescriber/Pharmacist
Interface SCRIPT Standard,
Implementation Guide Version 8,
Release 1 (Version 8.1), October 2005
(incorporated by reference in paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section, or the National
Council for Prescription Drug Programs
SCRIPT Standard, Implementation
Guide Version 10.6, approved
November 12, 2008 (incorporated by
reference in paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this
section.
(ii) On or after January 1, 2020, the
National Council for Prescription Drug
Programs SCRIPT Standard,
Implementation Guide Version 2017071,
approved July 28, 2017 (incorporated by
reference in paragraph (c)(1)(vii) of this
section).
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(vii) National Council for Prescription
Drug Programs SCRIPT Standard,
Implementation Guide Version 2017071,
approved July 28, 2017.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 66. Sections 423.180, 423.182,
423.184 and 423.186 are added to
subpart D to read as follows:
Subpart D—Cost Control and Quality
Improvement Requirements
*
*
*
*
*
Sec
423.180 Basis and scope of the Part D
Prescription Drug Plan Quality Rating
System.
423.182 Part D Prescription Drug Plan
Quality Rating System.
423.184 Adding, updating, and removing
measures.
423.186 Calculation of Star Ratings.
§ 423.180 Basis and scope of the Part D
Prescription Drug Plan Quality Rating
System.
(a) Basis. This subpart is based on
sections 1851(d), 1852(e), 1853(o) and
1854(b)(3)(iii), (v), and (vi) of the Act
and the general authority under section
PO 00000
Frm 00305
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16743
1856(b) of the Act requiring the
establishment of standards consistent
with and to carry out Part D.
(b) Purpose. Ratings calculated and
assigned under this subpart will be used
by CMS for the following purposes:
(1) To provide comparative
information on plan quality and
performance to beneficiaries for their
use in making knowledgeable
enrollment and coverage decisions in
the Medicare program.
(2) To provide quality ratings on a 5star rating system.
(3) To provide a means to evaluate
and oversee overall and specific
compliance with certain regulatory and
contract requirements by Part D plans,
where appropriate and possible to use
data of the type described in
§ 423.182(c).
(c) Applicability. Except for
§ 423.182(b)(3), the regulations in this
subpart will be applicable beginning
with the 2019 measurement period and
the associated 2021 Star Ratings that are
released prior to the annual coordinated
election period for the 2021 contract
year.
§ 423.182 Part D Prescription Drug Plan
Quality Rating System.
(a) Definitions. In this subpart the
following terms have the meanings:
CAHPS refers to a comprehensive and
evolving family of surveys that ask
consumers and patients to evaluate the
interpersonal aspects of health care.
CAHPS surveys probe those aspects of
care for which consumers and patients
are the best or only source of
information, as well as those that
consumers and patients have identified
as being important. CAHPS initially
stood for the Consumer Assessment of
Health Plans Study, but as the products
have evolved beyond health plans the
acronym now stands for Consumer
Assessment of Healthcare Providers and
Systems.
Case-mix adjustment means an
adjustment to the measure score made
prior to the score being converted into
a Star Rating to take into account certain
enrollee characteristics that are not
under the control of the plan. For
example age, education, chronic
medical conditions, and functional
health status that may be related to the
enrollee’s survey responses.
Categorical Adjustment Index (CAI)
means the factor that is added to or
subtracted from an overall or summary
Star Rating (or both) to adjust for the
average within-contract (or within-plan
as applicable) disparity in performance
associated with the percentages of
beneficiaries who are dually eligible for
Medicare and enrolled in Medicaid,
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16744
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
beneficiaries who receive a Low Income
Subsidy, or have disability status in that
contract (or plan as applicable).
Clustering refers to a variety of
techniques used to partition data into
distinct groups such that the
observations within a group are as
similar as possible to each other, and as
dissimilar as possible to observations in
any other group. Clustering of the
measure-specific scores means that gaps
that exist within the distribution of the
scores are identified to create groups
(clusters) that are then used to identify
the four cut points resulting in the
creation of five levels (one for each Star
Rating), such that the scores in the same
Star Rating level are as similar as
possible and the scores in different Star
Rating levels are as different as possible.
Technically, the variance in measure
scores is separated into within-cluster
and between-cluster sum of squares
components. The clusters reflect the
groupings of numeric value scores that
minimize the variance of scores within
the clusters. The Star Ratings levels are
assigned to the clusters that minimize
the within-cluster sum of squares. The
cut points for star assignments are
derived from the range of measure
scores per cluster, and the star levels
associated with each cluster are
determined by ordering the means of the
clusters.
Consolidation means when an MA
organization that has at least two
contracts for health and/or drug services
of the same plan type under the same
parent organization in a year combines
multiple contracts into a single contract
for the start of the subsequent contract
year.
Consumed contract means a contract
that will no longer exist after a contract
year’s end as a result of a consolidation.
Display page means the CMS website
on which certain measures and scores
are publicly available for informational
purposes; the measures that are
presented on the display page are not
used in assigning Part C and D Star
Ratings.
Domain rating means the rating that
groups measures together by dimensions
of care.
Dual-eligible (DE) means a beneficiary
who is enrolled in both Medicare and
Medicaid.
Highest rating means the overall
rating for MA–PDs, the Part C summary
rating for MA-only contracts, and the
Part D summary rating for PDPs.
Highly-rated contract means a
contract that has 4 or more stars for its
highest rating when calculated without
the improvement measures and with all
applicable adjustments (CAI and the
reward factor).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Low-income subsidy (LIS) means the
subsidy that a beneficiary receives to
help pay for prescription drug coverage
(see § 423.34 for definition of a lowincome subsidy eligible individual).
Measurement period means the
period for which data are collected for
a measure or the performance period
that a measures covers.
Measure score means the numeric
value of the measure or an assigned
‘missing data’ message.
Measure star means the measure’s
numeric value is converted to a Star
Rating. It is displayed to the nearest
whole star, using a 1–5 star scale.
Overall rating means a global rating
that summarizes the quality and
performance for the types of services
offered across all unique Part C and Part
D measures.
Part C summary rating means a global
rating that summarizes the health plan
quality and performance on Part C
measures.
Part D summary rating means a global
rating that summarizes prescription
drug plan quality and performance on
Part D measures.
Plan benefit package (PBP) means a
set of benefits for a defined MA or PDP
service area. The PBP is submitted by
Part D plan sponsors and MA
organizations to CMS for benefit
analysis, bidding, marketing, and
beneficiary communication purposes.
Reliability means a measure of the
fraction of the variation among the
observed measure values that is due to
real differences in quality (‘‘signal’’)
rather than random variation (‘‘noise’’);
it is reflected on a scale from 0 (all
differences in plan performance
measure scores are due to measurement
error) to 1 (the difference in plan
performance scores is attributable to real
differences in performance).
Reward factor means a rating-specific
factor added to the contract’s summary
or overall ratings (or both) if a contract
has both high and stable relative
performance.
Statistical significance assesses how
likely differences observed in
performance are due to random chance
alone under the assumption that plans
are actually performing the same.
Surviving contract means the contact
that will still exist under a
consolidation, and all of the
beneficiaries enrolled in the consumed
contract(s) are moved to the surviving
contracts.
Traditional rounding rules mean that
the last digit in a value will be rounded.
If rounding to a whole number, look at
the digit in the first decimal place. If the
digit in the first decimal place is 0, 1,
2, 3 or 4, then the value should be
PO 00000
Frm 00306
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rounded down by deleting the digit in
the first decimal place. If the digit in the
first decimal place is 5 or greater, then
the value should be rounded up by 1
and the digit in the first decimal place
deleted.
(b) Contract ratings—(1) General.
CMS calculates an overall Star Rating,
Part C summary rating, and Part D
summary rating for each MA–PD
contract and a Part D summary rating for
each PDP contract using the 5-star rating
system described in this subpart. For
PDP contracts, the Part D summary
rating is the highest rating. Measures are
assigned stars at the contract level and
weighted in accordance with
§ 423.186(a). Domain ratings are the
unweighted mean of the individual
measure ratings under the topic area in
accordance with § 423.186(b). Summary
ratings are the weighted mean of the
individual measure ratings for Part C or
Part D in accordance with § 423.186(c),
with both the reward factor and CAI
applied as applicable, as described in
§ 423.186(f). Overall Star Ratings are
calculated by using the weighted mean
of the individual measure ratings in
accordance with § 423.186(d) with both
the reward factor and CAI applied as
applicable, as described in § 423.186(f).
(2) Plan benefit packages. All plan
benefit packages (PBPs) offered under
an MA contract or PDP plan sponsor
have the same overall and/or summary
Star Ratings as the contract under which
the PBP is offered by the MA
organization or PDP plan sponsor. Data
from all the PBPs offered under a
contract are used to calculate the
measure and domain ratings for the
contract.
(3) Contract consolidations. (i) In the
case of contract consolidations
involving two or more contracts for
health and/or drug services of the same
plan type under the same parent
organization, CMS assigns Star Ratings
for the first and second years following
the consolidation based on the
enrollment-weighted mean of the
measure scores of the surviving and
consumed contract(s) as provided in
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) The Star Ratings posted on
Medicare Plan Finder for contracts that
consolidate are as follows:
(A) For the first year after
consolidation, CMS will use enrollmentweighted measure scores using the July
enrollment of the measurement period
of the consumed and surviving contracts
for all measures, except the surveybased and call center measures. The
survey-based measures would use
enrollment of the surviving and
consumed contracts at the time the
sample is pulled for the rating year. The
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
call center measures would use average
enrollment during the study period.
(B) For the second year after
consolidation, CMS will use the
enrollment-weighted measure scores
using the July enrollment of the
measurement year of the consumed and
surviving contracts for all measures
except those from CAHPS. CMS will
ensure that the CAHPS survey sample
will include enrollees in the sample
frame from both the surviving and
consumed contracts.
(iii) This provision governing the Star
Ratings of surviving contracts is
applicable to contract consolidations
that are approved on or after January 1,
2019.
(c) Data sources. (1) Part D Star
Ratings measures reflect structure,
process, and outcome indices of quality.
This includes information of the
following types: Beneficiary
experiences, benefit administration
information, clinical data, and CMS
administrative data. Data underlying
Star Ratings measures may include
survey data, data separately collected
and used in oversight of Part D plans’
compliance with contract requirements,
data submitted by plans, and CMS
administrative data.
(2) Part D sponsors are required to
collect, analyze, and report data that
permit measurements of health
outcomes and other indices of quality.
Part D sponsors must provide unbiased,
accurate, and complete quality data
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section to CMS on a timely basis as
requested by CMS.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 423.184 Adding, updating, and removing
measures.
(a) General. CMS adds, updates, and
removes measures used to calculate the
Star Ratings as provided in this section.
CMS lists the measures used for a
particular Star Rating each year in the
Technical Notes or similar guidance
document with publication of the Star
Ratings.
(b) Review of data quality. CMS
reviews the quality of the data on which
performance, scoring and rating of a
measure is based before using the data
to score and rate performance or in
calculating a Star Rating. This includes
review of variation in scores among MA
organizations and Part D plan sponsors,
and the accuracy, reliability, and
validity of measures and performance
data before making a final determination
about inclusion of measures in each
year’s Star Ratings.
(c) Adding measures. (1) CMS will
continue to review measures that are
nationally endorsed and in alignment
with the private sector, such as
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
measures developed by National
Committee for Quality Assurance
(NCQA) and the Pharmacy Quality
Alliance (PQA) or endorsed by the
National Quality Forum for adoption
and use in the Part D Quality Ratings
System. CMS may develop its own
measures as well when appropriate to
measure and reflect performance
specific to the Medicare program.
(2) In advance of the measurement
period, CMS will announce potential
new measures and solicit feedback
through the process described for
changes in and adoption of payment
and risk adjustment policies in section
1853(b) of the Act and then
subsequently will propose and finalize
new measures through rulemaking.
(3) New measures added to the Part D
Star Ratings program will be on the
display page on www.cms.gov for a
minimum of 2 years prior to becoming
a Star Ratings measure.
(4) A measure will remain on the
display page for longer than 2 years if
CMS finds reliability or validity issues
with the measure specification.
(d) Updating measures—(1) Nonsubstantive updates. For measures that
are already used for Star Ratings, CMS
will update measures so long as the
changes in a measure are not
substantive. CMS will announce nonsubstantive updates to measures that
occur (or are announced by the measure
steward) during or in advance of the
measurement period through the
process described for changes in and
adoption of payment and risk
adjustment policies in section 1853(b) of
the Act. Non-substantive measure
specification updates include those
that—
(i) Narrow the denominator or
population covered by the measure;
(ii) Do not meaningfully impact the
numerator or denominator of the
measure;
(iii) Update the clinical codes with no
change in the target population or the
intent of the measure;
(iv) Provide additional clarifications:
(A) Adding additional qualifiers that
would meet the numerator
requirements;
(B) Clarifying documentation
requirements;
(C) Adding additional instructions; or
(v) Add alternative data sources.
(2) Substantive updates. For measures
that are already used for Star Ratings, in
the case of measure specification
updates that are substantive updates not
subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this
section, CMS will propose and finalize
these measures through rulemaking
similar to the process for adding new
measures. CMS will initially solicit
PO 00000
Frm 00307
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16745
feedback on whether to make
substantive measure updates through
the process described for changes in and
adoption of payment and risk
adjustment policies in section 1853(b) of
the Act. Once the update has been made
to the measure specification by the
measure steward, CMS may continue
collection of the performance data for
the legacy measure and include it in
Star Ratings until the updated measure
has been on display for 2 years. CMS
will place the updated measure on the
display page for at least 2 years prior to
using the updated measure to calculate
and assign Star Ratings as specified in
paragraph (c) of this section.
(e) Removing measures. (1) CMS will
remove a measure from the Star Ratings
program as follows:
(i) When the clinical guidelines
associated with the specifications of the
measure change such that the
specifications are no longer believed to
align with positive health outcomes, or
(ii) A measure shows low statistical
reliability.
(2) CMS will announce in advance of
the measurement period the removal of
a measure based upon its application of
this paragraph (e) through the process
described for changes in and adoption
of payment and risk adjustment policies
in section 1853(b) of the Act in advance
of the measurement period.
(f) Improvement measure. CMS will
calculate improvement measure scores
based on a comparison of the measure
scores for the current year to the
immediately preceding year as provided
in this paragraph (f); the improvement
measure score would be calculated for
Parts C and D separately by taking a
weighted sum of net improvement
divided by the weighted sum of the
number of eligible measures.
(1) Identifying eligible measures.
Annually, the subset of measures to be
included in the Part D improvement
measure will be announced through the
process described for changes in and
adoption of payment and risk
adjustment policies in section 1853(b) of
the Act. CMS identifies measures to be
used in the improvement measure if the
measures meet all the following:
(i) CMS will include only measures
available for the current and previous
year in the improvement measures and
that have numeric value scores in both
the current and prior year.
(ii) CMS will exclude any measure for
which there was a substantive
specification change from the previous
year.
(iii) The Part D improvement measure
will include only Part D measure scores.
(2) Determining eligible contracts.
CMS will calculate an improvement
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16746
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
score only for contracts that have
numeric measure scores for both years
in at least half of the measures
identified for use applying the standards
in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (iii) of
this section.
(3) Special rules for calculation of the
improvement score. For any measure
used for the improvement measure for
which a contract received 5 stars in each
of the years examined, but for which the
measure score demonstrates a
statistically significant decline based on
the results of the significance testing (at
a level of significance of 0.05) on the
change score, the measure will be
categorized as having no significant
change and included in the count of
measures used to determine eligibility
for the measure (that is, for the
denominator of the improvement
measure score).
(4) Calculation of the improvement
score. The improvement measure will
be calculated as follows:
(i) The improvement change score
(the difference in the measure scores in
the 2-year period) will be determined
for each measure that has been
designated an improvement measure
and for which a contract has a numeric
score for each of the 2 years examined.
(ii) Each contract’s improvement
change score per measure will be
categorized as a significant change or
not a significant change by employing a
two-tailed t-test with a level of
significance of 0.05.
(iii) The net improvement per
measure category (outcome, access,
patient experience, process) would be
calculated by finding the difference
between the weighted number of
significantly improved measures and
significantly declined measures, using
the measure weights associated with
each measure category.
(iv) The improvement measure score
will then be determined by calculating
the weighted sum of the net
improvement per measure category
divided by the weighted sum of the
number of eligible measures.
(v) The improvement measure scores
will be converted to measure-level Star
Ratings by determining the cut points
using hierarchical clustering algorithms
in accordance with § 423.186(a)(2)(i)
through (iii).
(vi) The Part D improvement measure
cut points for MA–PDs and PDPs will be
determined using separate clustering
algorithms in accordance with
§§ 422.166(a)(2)(iii) and
423.186(a)(2)(iii).
(g) Data integrity. (1) CMS will reduce
a contract’s measure rating when CMS
determines that a contract’s measure
data are inaccurate, incomplete, or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
biased; such determinations may be
based on a number of reasons, including
mishandling of data, inappropriate
processing, or implementation of
incorrect practices that have an impact
on the accuracy, impartiality, or
completeness of the data used for one or
more specific measure(s).
(i) CMS will reduce measures based
on data that a Part D organization must
submit to CMS under § 423.514 to 1 star
when a contract did not score at least 95
percent on data validation for the
applicable reporting section or was not
compliant with CMS data validation
standards/sub-standards for data
directly used to calculate the associated
measure.
(ii) For the appeals measures, CMS
will use statistical criteria to estimate
the percentage of missing data for each
contract (using data from multiple
sources such as a timeliness monitoring
study or audit information) to scale the
star reductions to determine whether
the data at the independent review
entity (IRE) are complete. CMS will use
scaled reductions for the Star Ratings for
the applicable appeals measures to
account for the degree to which the IRE
data are missing.
(A) The data submitted for the
timeliness monitoring project (TMP) or
audit that aligns with the Star Ratings
year measurement period is used to
determine the scaled reduction.
(B) The determination of the Part C
appeals measure IRE data reduction is
done independently of the Part D
appeals measure IRE data reduction.
(C) The reductions range from a onestar reduction to a four-star reduction;
the most severe reduction for the degree
of missing IRE data is a four-star
reduction.
(D) The thresholds used for
determining the reduction and the
associated appeals measure reduction
are as follows:
(1) 20 percent, 1 star reduction.
(2) 40 percent, 2 star reduction.
(3) 60 percent, 3 star reduction.
(4) 80 percent, 4 star reduction.
(E) If a contract receives a reduction
due to missing Part D IRE data, the
reduction is applied to both of the
contract’s Part D appeals measures.
(F) The scaled reduction is applied
after the calculation for the appeals
measure-level Star Ratings. If the
application of the scaled reduction
results in a measure-level star rating less
than 1 star, the contract will be assigned
1 star for the appeals measure.
(G) The Part D Calculated Error is
determined by the quotient of the
number of untimely cases not autoforwarded to the IRE and the total
number of untimely cases.
PO 00000
Frm 00308
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(H) The projected number of cases not
forwarded to the IRE in a 3-month
period is calculated by multiplying the
number of cases found not to be
forwarded to the IRE based on the TMP
or audit data by a constant determined
by the data collection or data sample
time period. The value of the constant
will be 1.0 for contracts that submitted
3 months of data; 1.5 for contracts that
submitted 2 months of data; and 3.0 for
contracts that submitted 1 month of
data.
(I) Contracts are subject to a possible
reduction due to lack of IRE data
completeness if both of the following
conditions are met:
(1) The calculated error rate is 20
percent or more; and
(2) The projected number of cases not
forwarded to the IRE is at least 10 in a
3-month period.
(J) A confidence interval estimate for
the true error rate for the contract is
calculated using a Score Interval
(Wilson Score Interval) at a confidence
level of 95 percent and an associated z
of 1.959964 for a contract that is subject
to a possible reduction.
(K) A contract’s lower bound is
compared to the thresholds of the scaled
reductions to determine the IRE data
completeness reduction.
(L) The reduction is identified by the
highest threshold that a contract’s lower
bound exceeds.
(2) CMS will reduce a measure rating
to 1 star for additional concerns that
data inaccuracy, incompleteness, or bias
have an impact on measure scores and
are not specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i)
and (ii) of this section, including a
contract’s failure to adhere to CAHPS
reporting requirements.
§ 423.186
Calculation of Star Ratings.
(a) Measure Star Ratings—(1) Cut
points. CMS will determine cut points
for the assignment of a Star Rating for
each numeric measure score by
applying either a clustering or a relative
distribution and significance testing
methodology. For the Part D measures,
CMS will determine MA–PD and PDP
cut points separately.
(2) Clustering algorithm for all
measures except CAHPS measures.
(i) The method minimizes differences
within star categories and maximizes
differences across star categories using
the hierarchical clustering method.
(ii) In cases where multiple clusters
have the same measure score value
range, those clusters would be
combined, leading to fewer than 5
clusters.
(iii) The clustering algorithm for the
improvement measure scores is done in
two steps to determine the cut points for
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the measure-level Star Ratings.
Clustering is conducted separately for
improvement measure scores greater
than or equal to zero and those with
improvement measure scores less than
zero.
(A) Improvement scores of zero or
greater would be assigned at least 3 stars
for the improvement Star Rating.
(B) Improvement scores less than zero
would be assigned either 1 or 2 stars for
the improvement Star Rating.
(3) Relative distribution and
significance testing for CAHPS
measures. The method combines
evaluating the relative percentile
distribution with significance testing
and accounts for the reliability of scores
produced from survey data; no measure
Star Rating is produced if the reliability
of a CAHPS measure is less than 0.60.
Low reliability scores are defined as
those with at least 11 respondents,
reliability greater than or equal to 0.60
but less than 0.75, and also in the lowest
12 percent of contracts ordered by
reliability. The following rules apply:
(i) A contract is assigned 1 star if both
of the criteria in paragraphs (a)(3)(i)(A)
and (B) of this section are met plus at
least one of the criteria in paragraphs
(a)(3)(i)(C) or (D) of this section is met:
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is lower than the 15th percentile; and
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is statistically significantly lower than
the national average CAHPS measure
score;
(C) The reliability is not low; or
(D) Its average CAHPS measure score
is more than one standard error below
the 15th percentile.
(ii) A contract is assigned 2 stars if it
does not meet the 1-star criteria and
meets at least one of these three criteria:
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is lower than the 30th percentile and the
measure does not have low reliability;
or
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is lower than the 15th percentile and the
measure has low reliability; or
(C) Its average CAHPS measure score
is statistically significantly lower than
the national average CAHPS measure
score and below the 60th percentile.
(iii) A contract is assigned 3 stars if it
meets at least one of these three criteria:
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 30th percentile and
lower than the 60th percentile, and it is
not statistically significantly different
from the national average CAHPS
measure score; or
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 15th percentile and
lower than the 30th percentile, the
reliability is low, and the score is not
statistically significantly lower than the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
national average CAHPS measure score;
or
(C) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 60th percentile and
lower than the 80th percentile, the
reliability is low, and the score is not
statistically significantly higher than the
national average CAHPS measure score.
(iv) A contract is assigned 4 stars if it
does not meet the 5-star criteria and
meets at least one of these three criteria:
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 60th percentile and
the measure does not have low
reliability; or
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 80th percentile and
the measure has low reliability; or
(C) Its average CAHPS measure score
is statistically significantly higher than
the national average CAHPS measure
score and above the 30th percentile.
(v) A contract is assigned 5 stars if
both of the following criteria in
paragraphs (a)(3)(v)(A) and (B) of this
section are met plus at least one of the
criteria in paragraphs (a)(3)(v)(C) or (D)
of this section is met:
(A) Its average CAHPS measure score
is at or above the 80th percentile; and
(B) Its average CAHPS measure score
is statistically significantly higher than
the national average CAHPS measure
score;
(C) The reliability is not low; or
(D) Its average CAHPS measure score
is more than one standard error above
the 80th percentile.
(4) 5-Star Scale. Measure scores are
converted to a 5-star scale ranging from
1 (worst rating) to 5 (best rating), with
whole star increments for the cut points.
(b) Domain Star Ratings. (1)(i) CMS
groups measures by domains solely for
purposes of public reporting the data on
Medicare Plan Finder. They are not
used in the calculation of the summary
or overall ratings. Domains are used to
group measures by dimensions of care
that together represent a unique and
important aspect of quality and
performance.
(ii) The 4 domains for the Part D Star
Ratings are: Drug Plan Customer
Service; Member Complaints and
Changes in the Drug Plan’s Performance;
Member Experience with the Drug Plan;
and Drug Safety and Accuracy of Drug
Pricing.
(2) CMS calculates the domain ratings
as the unweighted mean of the Star
Ratings of the included measures.
(i) A contract must have scores for at
least 50 percent of the measures
required to be reported for that contract
type for that domain to have a domain
rating calculated.
(ii) The domain ratings are on a 1 to
5 star scale ranging from 1 (worst rating)
PO 00000
Frm 00309
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16747
to 5 (best rating) in whole star
increments using traditional rounding
rules.
(c) Part D summary ratings. (1) CMS
will calculate the Part D summary
ratings using the weighted mean of the
measure-level Star Ratings for Part D,
weighted in accordance with paragraph
(e) with an adjustment to reward
consistently high performance described
and the application of the CAI, under
paragraph (f) of this section.
(2)(i) A contract must have scores for
at least 50 percent of the measures
required to be reported for the contract
type to have a summary rating
calculated.
(ii) The Part D improvement measure
is not included in the count of the
minimum number of rated measures.
(3) The summary ratings are on a 1 to
5 star scale ranging from 1 (worst rating)
to 5 (best rating) in half-star increments
using traditional rounding rules.
(d) Overall MA–PD rating. (1) The
overall rating for a MA–PD contract will
be calculated using a weighted mean of
the Part C and Part D measure-level Star
Ratings, weighted in accordance with
paragraph (e) of this section and with an
adjustment to reward consistently high
performance described and the
application of the CAI, under paragraph
(f) of this section.
(2)(i) An MA–PD must have both Part
C and Part D summary ratings and
scores for at least 50 percent of the
measures required to be reported for the
contract type to have the overall rating
calculated.
(ii) The Part C and D improvement
measures are not included in the count
of measures needed for the overall
rating.
(iii) Any measures that share the same
data and are included in both the Part
C and Part D summary ratings will be
included only once in the calculation
for the overall rating.
(iv) The overall rating is on a 1 to 5
star scale ranging from 1 (worst rating)
to 5 (best rating) in half-increments
using traditional rounding rules.
(e) Measure weights—(1) General
rules. Subject to paragraphs (e)(2) and
(3) of this section, CMS will assign
weights to measures based on their
categorization as follows.
(i) Improvement measures receive the
highest weight of 5.
(ii) Outcome and Intermediate
outcome measures receive a weight of 3.
(iii) Patient experience and complaint
measures receive a weight of 2.
(iv) Access measures receive a weight
of 2.
(v) Process measures receive a weight
of 1.
(2) Rules for new measures. New
measures to the Star Ratings program
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
16748
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
will receive a weight of 1 for their first
year in the Star Ratings program. In
subsequent years, the measure will be
assigned the weight associated with its
category.
(3) Special rule for Puerto Rico.
Contracts that have service areas that are
wholly located in Puerto Rico will
receive a weight of zero for the Part D
adherence measures for the summary
and overall rating calculations and will
have a weight of 3 for the adherence
measures for the improvement measure
calculations.
(f) Completing the Part D summary
and overall rating calculations. CMS
will adjust the summary and overall
rating calculations to take into account
the reward factor (if applicable) and the
categorical adjustment index (CAI) as
provided in this paragraph (f).
(1) Reward factor. This rating-specific
factor is added to both the summary and
overall ratings of contracts that qualify
for the reward factor based on both high
and stable relative performance for the
rating level.
(i) The contract’s performance will be
assessed using its weighted mean and
its ranking relative to all rated contracts
in the rating level (overall for MA–PDs
and Part D summary for MA–PDs and
PDPs) for the same Star Ratings year.
The contract’s stability of performance
will be assessed using the weighted
variance and its ranking relative to all
rated contracts in the rating type
(overall for MA–PDs and Part D
summary for MA–PDs and PDPs). The
weighted mean and weighted variance
are compared separately for MA–PD and
standalone Part D contracts (PDPs). The
measure weights are specified in
paragraph (e) of this section. Since
highly-rated contracts may have the
improvement measure(s) excluded in
the determination of their final highest
rating, each contract’s weighted
variance and weighted mean will be
calculated both with and without the
improvement measures. For an MA–
PD’s Part C and D summary ratings, its
ranking is relative to all other contracts’
weighted variance and weighted mean
for the rating type (Part C summary, Part
D summary) with the improvement
measure.
(ii) Relative performance of the
weighted variance (or weighted variance
ranking) will be categorized as being
high (at or above 70th percentile),
medium (between the 30th and 69th
percentile) or low (below the 30th
percentile). Relative performance of the
weighted mean (or weighted mean
ranking) will be categorized as being
high (at or above the 85th percentile),
relatively high (between the 65th and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
84th percentiles), or other (below the
65th percentile).
(iii) The combination of the relative
variance and relative mean is used to
determine the reward factor to be added
to the contract’s summary and overall
ratings as follows:
(A) A contract with low variance and
a high mean will have a reward factor
equal to 0.4.
(B) A contract with medium variance
and a high mean will have a reward
factor equal to 0.3.
(C) A contract with low variance and
a relatively high mean will have a
reward factor equal to 0.2.
(D) A contract with medium variance
and a relatively high mean will have a
reward factor equal to 0.1.
(E) A contract with all other
combinations of variance and relative
mean will have a reward factor equal to
0.0.
(iv) The reward factor is determined
and applied before application of the
CAI adjustment under paragraph (f)(2)
of this section; the reward factor is
based on unadjusted scores.
(2) Categorical adjustment index.
CMS applies the categorical adjustment
index (CAI) as provided in this
paragraph(f)(2) to adjust for the average
within-contract disparity in
performance associated with the
percentages of beneficiaries who receive
a low income subsidy or are dual
eligible (LIS/DE) or have disability
status. The factor is calculated as the
mean difference in the adjusted and
unadjusted ratings (overall, Part D for
MA–PDs, Part D for PDPs) of the
contracts that lie within each final
adjustment category for each rating type.
(i) The CAI is added to or subtracted
from the contract’s overall and summary
ratings and is applied after the reward
factor adjustment (if applicable).
(A) The adjustment factor is
monotonic (that is, as the proportion of
LIS/DE and disabled increases in a
contract, the adjustment factor increases
in at least one of the dimensions) and
varies by a contract’s categorization into
a final adjustment category that is
determined by a contract’s proportion of
LIS/DE and disabled beneficiaries.
(B) To determine a contract’s final
adjustment category, contract
enrollment is determined using
enrollment data for the month of
December for the measurement period
of the Star Ratings year. The count of
beneficiaries for a contract is restricted
to beneficiaries that are alive for part or
all of the month of December of the
applicable measurement year. A
beneficiary is categorized as LIS/DE if
the beneficiary was designated as full or
partially dually eligible or receiving a
PO 00000
Frm 00310
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
LIS at any time during the applicable
measurement period. Disability status is
determined using the variable original
reason for entitlement (OREC) for
Medicare using the information from the
Social Security Administration and
Railroad Retirement Board record
systems.
(C) A MA–PD contract may be
adjusted up to three times with the CAI:
One for the overall Star Rating and one
for each of the summary ratings (Part C
and Part D).
(D) A PDP contract may be adjusted
only once for the CAI for the Part D
summary rating.
(E) The CAI values are rounded and
displayed with 6 decimal places.
(ii) In determining the CAI values, a
measure will be excluded from
adjustment if the measure meets any of
the following:
(A) The measure is already case-mix
adjusted for socioeconomic status.
(B) The focus of the measurement is
not a beneficiary-level issue but rather
a plan or provider-level issue.
(C) The measure is scheduled to be
retired or revised.
(D) The measure is applicable only to
SNPs.
(iii) The Star Ratings measures that
remain after the exclusion criteria,
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, have
been applied will be adjusted for the
determination of the CAI. CMS will
announce the measures identified for
adjustment in the calculations of the
CAI under this paragraph (f)(2) through
the process described for changes in and
adoption of payment and risk
adjustment policies in section 1853(b) of
the Act.
(iv) The adjusted measures scores for
the selected measures are determined
using the results from regression models
of beneficiary level measure scores that
adjust for the average within-contract
difference in measure scores for MA or
PDP contracts.
(A) A logistic regression model with
contract fixed effects and beneficiary
level indicators of LIS/DE and disability
status is used for the adjustment.
(B) The adjusted measure scores are
converted to a measure-level Star Rating
using the measure thresholds for the
Star Ratings year that corresponds to the
measurement period of the data
employed for the CAI determination.
(v) The rating-specific CAI values will
be determined using the mean
differences between the adjusted and
unadjusted Star Ratings (overall, Part D
summary for MA–PDs and Part D
summary for PDPs) in each final
adjustment category.
(A) For the annual development of the
CAI, the distribution of the percentages
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
for LIS/DE and disabled (using the
enrollment data that parallels the
previous Star Ratings year’s data) would
be examined to determine the number of
equal-sized initial groups for each
attribute (LIS/DE and disabled).
(B) The initial categories are created
using all groups formed by the initial
LIS/DE and disabled groups.
(C) The mean difference between the
adjusted and unadjusted summary or
overall ratings per initial category
would be calculated and examined. The
initial categories would then be
collapsed to form the final adjustment
categories. The collapsing of the initial
categories to form the final adjustment
categories would be done to enforce
monotonicity in at least one dimension
(LIS/DE or disabled).
(D) The mean difference within each
final adjustment category by rating-type
(overall, Part D for MA–PD, and Part D
for PDPs) would be the CAI values for
the next Star Ratings year.
(vi) CMS develops the model for the
modified contract-level LIS/DE
percentage for Puerto Rico using the
following sources of information:
(A) The most recent data available at
the time of the development of the
model of both 1-year American
Community Survey (ACS) estimates for
the percentage of people living below
the Federal Poverty Level (FPL) and the
ACS 5-year estimates for the percentage
of people living below 150 percent of
the FPL. The data to develop the model
will be limited to the 10 states, drawn
from the 50 states plus the District of
Columbia with the highest proportion of
people living below the FPL, as
identified by the 1-year ACS estimates.
(B) The Medicare enrollment data
from the same measurement period as
the Star Rating’s year. The Medicare
enrollment data would be aggregated
from MA contracts that had at least 90
percent of their enrolled beneficiaries
with mailing addresses in the 10 highest
poverty states.
(vii) A linear regression model is
developed to estimate the percentage of
LIS/DE for a contacts that solely serve
the population of beneficiaries in Puerto
Rico.
(A) The maximum value for the
modified LIS/DE indicator value per
contract would be capped at 100
percent.
(B) All estimated modified LIS/DE
values for Puerto Rico would be
rounded to 6 decimal places when
expressed as a percentage.
(C) The model’s coefficient and
intercept are updated annually and
published in the Technical Notes.
(g) Applying the improvement
measure scores. (1) CMS runs the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
calculations twice for the highest rating
for each contract-type (overall rating for
MA–PD contracts and Part D summary
rating for PDPs), with all applicable
adjustments (CAI and the reward factor),
once including the improvement
measure(s) and once without including
the improvement measure(s). In
deciding whether to include the
improvement measures in a contract’s
highest rating, CMS applies the
following rules:
(i) If the highest rating for each
contract-type is 4 stars or more without
the use of the improvement measure(s)
and with all applicable adjustments
(CAI and the reward factor), a
comparison of the highest rating with
and without the improvement
measure(s) is done. The higher rating is
used for the rating.
(ii) If the highest rating is less than 4
stars without the use of the
improvement measure(s) and with all
applicable adjustments (CAI and the
reward factor), the rating will be
calculated with the improvement
measure(s).
(2) The Part D summary rating for
MA–PDs will include the Part D
improvement measure.
(h) Posting and display of ratings. For
all ratings at the measure, domain,
summary and overall level, posting and
display of the ratings is based on there
being sufficient data to calculate and
assign ratings. If a contract does not
have sufficient data to calculate a rating,
the posting and display would be the
flag ‘‘Not enough data available.’’ If the
measurement period is prior to one year
past the contract’s effective date, the
posting and display would be the flag
‘‘Plan too new to be measured’’.
(1) Medicare Plan Finder performance
icons. Icons are displayed on Medicare
Plan Finder to note performance as
provided in this paragraph (h)(1):
(i) High-performing icon. The high
performing icon is assigned to a Part D
plan sponsor for achieving a 5-star Part
D summary rating and an MA–PD
contract for a 5-star overall rating.
(ii) Low-performing icon. (A) A
contract receives a low performing icon
as a result of its performance on the Part
C or Part D summary ratings. The low
performing icon is calculated by
evaluating the Part C and Part D
summary ratings for the current year
and the past 2 years. If the contract had
any combination of Part C or Part D
summary ratings of 2.5 or lower in all
3 years of data, it is marked with a low
performing icon. A contract must have
a rating in either Part C or Part D for all
3 years to be considered for this icon.
(B) CMS may disable the Medicare
Plan Finder online enrollment function
PO 00000
Frm 00311
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16749
(in Medicare Plan Finder) for Medicare
health and prescription drug plans with
the low performing icon; beneficiaries
will be directed to contact the plan
directly to enroll in the low-performing
plan.
(2) Plan preview of the Star Ratings.
CMS will have plan preview periods
before each Star Ratings release during
which Part D plan sponsors can preview
their Star Ratings data in HPMS prior to
display on the Medicare Plan Finder.
■ 67. Section 423.265 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as
follows.
§ 423.265 Submission of bids and related
information.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) Substantial differences between
bids—(i) General rule. Except as
provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this
section, potential Part D sponsors’ bid
submissions must reflect differences in
benefit packages or plan costs that CMS
determines to represent substantial
differences relative to a sponsor’s other
bid submissions. In order to be
considered ‘‘substantially different,’’
each bid must be significantly different
from the sponsor’s other bids with
respect to beneficiary out-of-pocket
costs or formulary structures.
(ii) Exception. A potential Part D
sponsor’s enhanced bid submission
does not have to reflect the substantial
differences as required in paragraph
(b)(2)(i) of this section relative to any of
its other enhanced bid submissions.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 68. Section 423.272 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(3)(ii) to read as
follows:
§ 423.272 Review and negotiation of bid
and approval of plans submitted by
potential Part D sponsors.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) Transition period for PDP
sponsors with new acquisitions. After a
2-year transition period, as determined
by CMS, CMS approves a bid offered by
a PDP sponsor (or by a parent
organization to that PDP sponsor) that
recently purchased (or otherwise
acquired or merged with) another Part D
sponsor if it finds that the benefit
package or plan costs represented by
that bid are substantially different from
benefit packages or plan costs
represented by another bid submitted by
the same Part D sponsor (or parent
organization to that Part D sponsor), as
provided under § 423.265(b)(2).
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16750
§ 423.503
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
[Amended]
69. Section 423.503 is amended in
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) by removing
the phrase ‘‘14 months’’ and adding in
its place ‘‘12 months’’ each time it
appears.
■ 70. Section 423.504 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(4)(ii) and
(b)(4)(vi)(C) to read as follows.
■
§ 423.504
General provisions.
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) * * *
(ii) Personnel and systems sufficient
for the Part D plan sponsor to organize,
implement, control, and evaluate
financial and communication activities,
the furnishing of prescription drug
services, the quality assurance, medical
therapy management, and drug and or
utilization management programs, and
the administrative and management
aspects of the organization.
*
*
*
*
*
(vi) * * *
(C)(1) Each Part D plan sponsor must
establish and implement effective
training and education for its
compliance officer and organization
employees, the Part D sponsor’s chief
executive and other senior
administrators, managers and governing
body members.
(2) Such training and education must
occur at a minimum annually and must
be made a part of the orientation for a
new employee, and new appointment to
a chief executive, manager, or governing
body member.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 71. Section 423.505 is amended—
■ a. By revising paragraph (b)(18);
■ b. In paragraph (b)(25), by removing
the word ‘‘marketing’’ and adding in its
place the word ‘‘communication’’; and
■ c. By revising paragraph (b)(26).
The revisions read as follows:
Contract provisions.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(18) To agree to have a standard
contract with reasonable and relevant
terms and conditions of participation
whereby any willing pharmacy may
access the standard contract and
participate as a network pharmacy
including all of the following:
(i) Making standard contracts
available upon request from interested
pharmacies no later than September 15
of each year for contracts effective
January 1 of the following year.
(ii) Providing a copy of a standard
contract to a requesting pharmacy
within 7 business days after receiving
such a request from the pharmacy.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
§ 423.507
[Amended]
72. Section 423.507 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraph (b).
■ 73. Section 423.508 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
■
*
§ 423.505
(26) Maintain a Part D summary plan
rating score of at least 3 stars under the
5-star rating system specified in subpart
186 of this part 423. A Part D summary
plan rating is calculated as provided in
§ 423.186.
*
*
*
*
*
Jkt 244001
§ 423.508 Modification or termination of
contract by mutual consent.
(a) General rule. A contract may be
modified or terminated at any time by
written mutual consent. If the PDP
sponsor submits a request to end the
term of its contract after the deadline
provided in § 423.507(a)(2)(i), the
contract may be terminated by mutual
consent in accordance with paragraphs
(b) through (f) of this section. CMS may
mutually consent to the contract
termination if the contract termination
does not negatively affect the
administration of the Medicare Part D
program.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 74. Section 423.509 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(4)(v)(A) and
adding paragraphs (a)(4)(xiii) and (xiv)
and (b)(1)(v) to read as follows:
§ 423.509
Termination of contract by CMS.
(a) * * *
(4) * * *
(v) * * *
(A) Requirements in subpart V of this
part.
*
*
*
*
*
(xiii) The Part D plan sponsor has
committed any of the acts in § 423.752
that support the imposition of
intermediate sanctions or civil money
penalties under § 423.750.
(xiv) Following the issuance of a
notice to the sponsor no later than
August 1, CMS must terminate, effective
December 31 of the same year, an
individual PDP if that plan does not
have a sufficient number of enrollees to
establish that it is a viable independent
plan option.
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(v) In the event that CMS issues a
termination notice to a Part D plan
sponsor on or before August 1 with an
effective date of the following December
31, the Part D plan sponsor must issue
notification to its Medicare enrollees at
least 90 days prior to the effective date
of the termination.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00312
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75. Section 423.558 is amended by
adding paragraph (a)(4) to read as
follows:
■
§ 423.558
Scope.
(a) * * *
(4) Review of at-risk determinations
made under a drug management
program in accordance with
§ 423.153(f).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 76. Section 423.560 is amended by—
■ a. Revising the definition of ‘‘Appeal’’;
■ b. Adding the definition of ‘‘At-risk
determination’’ in alphabetical order;
■ c. Revising the definitions of
‘‘Grievance’’, ‘‘Reconsideration’’, and
‘‘Redetermination’’; and
■ d. Adding the definition of ‘‘Specialty
tier’’ in alphabetical order.
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 423.560
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Appeal means any of the procedures
that deal with the review of adverse
coverage determinations made by the
Part D plan sponsor on the benefits
under a Part D plan the enrollee believes
he or she is entitled to receive,
including delay in providing or
approving the drug coverage (when a
delay would adversely affect the health
of the enrollee), or on any amounts the
enrollee must pay for the drug coverage,
as defined in § 423.566(b). Appeal also
includes the review of at-risk
determinations made under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f). These procedures
include redeterminations by the Part D
plan sponsor, reconsiderations by the
independent review entity, ALJ
hearings, reviews by the Medicare
Appeals Council (Council), and judicial
reviews.
At-risk determination means a
decision made under a plan sponsor’s
drug management program in
accordance with § 423.153(f) that
involves the identification of an
individual as an at-risk beneficiary for
prescription drug abuse; a limitation, or
the continuation of a limitation, on an
at-risk beneficiary’s access to coverage
for frequently abused drugs (that is, a
beneficiary specific point-of-sale edit or
the selection of a prescriber and/or
pharmacy and implementation of lockin, or); and information sharing for
subsequent plan enrollments.
*
*
*
*
*
Grievance means any complaint or
dispute, other than one that involves a
coverage determination or at-risk
determination, expressing
dissatisfaction with any aspect of the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
operations, activities, or behavior of a
Part D plan sponsor, regardless of
whether remedial action is requested.
*
*
*
*
*
Reconsideration means a review of an
adverse coverage determination or atrisk determination by an independent
review entity (IRE), the evidence and
findings upon which it was based, and
any other evidence the enrollee submits
or the IRE obtains.
Redetermination means a review of an
adverse coverage determination or atrisk determination by a Part D plan
sponsor, the evidence and findings
upon which it is based, and any other
evidence the enrollee submits or the
Part D plan sponsor obtains.
Specialty tier means a formulary costsharing tier dedicated to very high cost
Part D drugs and biological products
that exceed a cost threshold established
by the Secretary.
■ 77. Section 423.562 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(1)(ii), adding
paragraph (a)(1)(v), and revising
paragraph (b)(4) to read as follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 423.562
General provisions.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) Use a single, uniform exceptions
and appeals process which includes
procedures for accepting oral and
written requests for coverage
determinations and redeterminations
that are in accordance with
§ 423.128(b)(7) and (d)(1)(iv).
*
*
*
*
*
(v) If the Part D plan sponsor has
established a drug management program
under § 423.153(f), appeal procedures
that meet the requirements of this
subpart for issues that involve at-risk
determinations.). Determinations made
in accordance with the processes at
§ 423.153(f) are collectively referred to
as an at-risk determination, defined at
§ 423.560, made under a drug
management program.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) If dissatisfied with any part of a
coverage determination or an at-risk
determination under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f), all of the following
appeal rights:
(i) The right to a redetermination of
the adverse coverage determination or
at-risk determination by the Part D plan
sponsor, as specified in § 423.580.
(ii) The right to request an expedited
redetermination, as provided under
§ 423.584.
(iii) If, as a result of the
redetermination, a Part D plan sponsor
affirms, in whole or in part, its adverse
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
coverage determination or at-risk
determination, the right to a
reconsideration or expedited
reconsideration by an independent
review entity (IRE) contracted by CMS,
as specified in § 423.600.
(iv) If the IRE affirms the plan’s
adverse coverage determination or atrisk determination, in whole or in part,
the right to an ALJ hearing if the amount
in controversy meets the requirements
in § 423.1970.
(v) If the ALJ or attorney adjudicator
affirms the IRE’s adverse coverage
determination or at-risk determination,
in whole or in part, the right to request
Council review of the ALJ’s or attorney
adjudicator’s decision, as specified in
§ 423.1974.
(vi) If the Council affirms the ALJ’s or
attorney adjudicator’s adverse coverage
determination or at-risk determination,
in whole or in part, the right to judicial
review of the decision if the amount in
controversy meets the requirements in
§ 423.1976.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 78. Section 423.564 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 423.564
Grievance procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Distinguished from appeals.
Grievance procedures are separate and
distinct from appeal procedures, which
address coverage determinations as
defined in § 423.566(b) and at-risk
determinations made under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f). Upon receiving a
complaint, a Part D plan sponsor must
promptly determine and inform the
enrollee whether the complaint is
subject to its grievance procedures or its
appeal procedures.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 79. Section 423.578 is amended by—
■ a. Revising paragraphs (a)
introductory text, (a)(1), (2), (4)
introductory text, (5) and (6);
■ b. Removing paragraph (a)(7); and
■ c. Revising paragraph (c)(3).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 423.578
Exceptions process.
(a) Requests for exceptions to a plan’s
tiered cost-sharing structure. Each Part
D plan sponsor that provides
prescription drug benefits for Part D
drugs and manages this benefit through
the use of a tiered formulary must
establish and maintain reasonable and
complete exceptions procedures subject
to CMS’ approval for this type of
coverage determination. The Part D plan
sponsor grants an exception whenever it
determines that the requested nonpreferred drug for treatment of the
PO 00000
Frm 00313
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16751
enrollee’s condition is medically
necessary, consistent with the
physician’s or other prescriber’s
statement under paragraph (a)(4) of this
section.
(1) The tiering exceptions procedures
must address situations where a
formulary’s tiering structure changes
during the year and an enrollee is using
a drug affected by the change.
(2) Part D plan sponsors must
establish criteria that provide for a
tiering exception, consistent with
paragraphs (a)(3) through (6) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) A prescribing physician or other
prescriber must provide an oral or
written supporting statement that the
preferred drug(s) for the treatment of the
enrollee’s condition—
*
*
*
*
*
(5) If the physician or other prescriber
provides an oral supporting statement,
the Part D plan sponsor may require the
physician or other prescriber to
subsequently provide a written
supporting statement. The Part D plan
sponsor may require the prescribing
physician or other prescriber to provide
additional supporting medical
documentation as part of the written
follow-up.
(6) Limitations on tiering exceptions:
A Part D plan sponsor is permitted to
design its tiering exceptions procedures
such that an exception is not approvable
in the following circumstances:
(i) To cover a brand name drug, as
defined in § 423.4, at a preferred costsharing level that applies only to
alternative drugs that are—
(A) Generic drugs, for which an
application is approved under section
505(j) of the Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act; or
(B) Authorized generic drugs as
defined in section 505(t)(3) of the
Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.
(ii) To cover a biological product
licensed under section 351 of the Public
Health Service Act at a preferred costsharing level that does not contain any
alternative drug(s) that are biological
products.
(iii) If a Part D plan sponsor maintains
a specialty tier, as defined in § 423.560,
the sponsor may design its exception
process so that Part D drugs and
biological products on the specialty tier
are not eligible for a tiering exception.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) When a tiering exceptions request
is approved. Whenever an exceptions
request made under paragraph (a) of this
section is approved—
(i) The Part D plan sponsor may not
require the enrollee to request approval
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16752
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
for a refill, or a new prescription to
continue using the Part D prescription
drug after the refills for the initial
prescription are exhausted, as long as—
(A) The enrollee’s prescribing
physician or other prescriber continues
to prescribe the drug;
(B) The drug continues to be
considered safe for treating the
enrollee’s disease or medical condition;
and
(C) The enrollment period has not
expired. If an enrollee renews his or her
membership after the plan year, the plan
may choose to continue coverage into
the subsequent plan year.
(ii) The Part D plan sponsor must
provide coverage for the approved
prescription drug at the cost-sharing
level that applies to preferred
alternative drugs. If the plan’s formulary
contains alternative drugs on multiple
tiers, cost-sharing must be assigned at
the lowest applicable tier, under the
requirements in paragraph (a) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 80. Section 423.580 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 423.580
Right to a redetermination.
An enrollee who has received a
coverage determination (including one
that is reopened and revised as
described in § 423.1978) or an at-risk
determination under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f) may request that it be
redetermined under the procedures
described in § 423.582, which address
requests for a standard redetermination.
The prescribing physician or other
prescriber (acting on behalf of an
enrollee), upon providing notice to the
enrollee, may request a standard
redetermination under the procedures
described in § 423.582. An enrollee or
an enrollee’s prescribing physician or
other prescriber (acting on behalf of an
enrollee) may request an expedited
redetermination as specified in
§ 423.584.
■ 81. Section 423.582 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (b) to read
as follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 423.582 Request for a standard
redetermination.
(a) Method and place for filing a
request. An enrollee or an enrollee’s
prescribing physician or other
prescriber (acting on behalf of the
enrollee) must ask for a redetermination
by making a written request with the
Part D plan sponsor that made the
coverage determination or the at-risk
determination under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f). The Part D plan
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
sponsor may adopt a policy for
accepting oral requests.
(b) Timeframe for filing a request.
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of
this section, a request for a
redetermination must be filed within 60
calendar days from the date of the
notice of the coverage determination or
the at-risk determination under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 82. Section 423.584 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 423.584 Expediting certain
redeterminations.
(a) Who may request an expedited
redetermination. An enrollee or an
enrollee’s prescribing physician or other
prescriber may request that a Part D
plan sponsor expedite a redetermination
that involves the issues specified in
§ 423.566(b) or an at-risk determination
made under a drug management
program in accordance with
§ 423.153(f). (This does not include
requests for payment of drugs already
furnished.)
*
*
*
*
*
■ 83. Section 423.590 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (b)(1) and (2),
the paragraph (f) subject heading, and
paragraphs (f)(1) and (g)(3)(i) to read as
follows:
§ 423.590 Timeframes and responsibility
for making redeterminations.
(a) Standard redetermination—
request for covered drug benefits or
review of an at-risk determination. (1) If
the Part D plan sponsor makes a
redetermination that is completely
favorable to the enrollee, the Part D plan
sponsor must notify the enrollee in
writing of its redetermination (and
effectuate it in accordance with
§ 423.636(a)(1) or (3) as expeditiously as
the enrollee’s health condition requires,
but no later than 7 calendar days from
the date it receives the request for a
standard redetermination.
(2) If the Part D plan sponsor makes
a redetermination that affirms, in whole
or in part, its adverse coverage
determination or at-risk determination,
it must notify the enrollee in writing of
its redetermination as expeditiously as
the enrollee’s health condition requires,
but no later than 7 calendar days from
the date it receives the request for a
standard redetermination.
(b) * * *
(1) If the Part D plan sponsor makes
a redetermination that is completely
favorable to the enrollee, the Part D plan
sponsor must issue its redetermination
(and effectuate it in accordance with
PO 00000
Frm 00314
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 423.636(a)(2)) no later than 14
calendar days from the date it receives
the request for redetermination.
(2) If the Part D plan sponsor affirms,
in whole or in part, its adverse coverage
determination, it must notify the
enrollee in writing of its
redetermination no later than 14
calendar days from the date it receives
the request for redetermination.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Who must conduct the review of an
adverse coverage determination or atrisk determination. (1) A person or
persons who were not involved in
making the coverage determination or
an at-risk determination under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f) must conduct the
redetermination.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(3) * * *
(i) For adverse drug coverage
redeterminations, or redeterminations
related to a drug management program
in accordance with § 423.153(f),
describe both the standard and
expedited reconsideration processes,
including the enrollee’s right to, and
conditions for, obtaining an expedited
reconsideration and the rest of the
appeals process;
*
*
*
*
*
■ 84. Section 423.602 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 423.602 Notice of reconsideration
determination by the independent review
entity.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) If the reconsideration
determination is adverse (that is, does
not completely reverse the adverse
coverage determination or
redetermination by the Part D plan
sponsor), inform the enrollee of his or
her right to an ALJ hearing if the amount
in controversy meets the threshold
requirement under § 423.1970;
*
*
*
*
*
■ 85. Section 423.636 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(2) and adding
paragraphs (a)(3) and (b)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 423.636 How a Part D plan sponsor must
effectuate standard redeterminations,
reconsiderations, or decisions.
(a) * * *
(2) Requests for payment. If, on
redetermination of a request for
payment, the Part D plan sponsor
reverses its coverage determination, the
Part D plan sponsor must authorize
payment for the benefit within 14
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
calendar days from the date it receives
the request for redetermination, and
make payment no later than 30 calendar
days after the date the plan sponsor
receives the request for redetermination.
(3) Review of an at-risk determination.
If, on redetermination of an at-risk
determination made under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f), the Part D plan
sponsor reverses its at-risk
determination, the Part D plan sponsor
must implement the change to the atrisk determination as expeditiously as
the enrollee’s health condition requires,
but no later than 7 calendar days from
the date it receives the request for
redetermination.
(b) * * *
(3) Review of an at-risk determination.
If, on appeal of an at-risk determination
made under a drug management
program in accordance with
§ 423.153(f), the determination by the
Part D plan sponsor is reversed in whole
or in part by the independent review
entity, or at a higher level of appeal, the
Part D plan sponsor must implement the
change to the at-risk determination
within 72 hours from the date it receives
notice reversing the determination. The
Part D plan sponsor must inform the
independent review entity that the Part
D plan sponsor has effectuated the
decision.
■ 86. Section 423.638 is revised to read
as follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 423.638 How a Part D plan sponsor must
effectuate expedited redeterminations or
reconsiderations.
(a) Reversals by the Part D plan
sponsor—(1) Requests for benefits. If, on
an expedited redetermination of a
request for benefits, the Part D plan
sponsor reverses its coverage
determination, the Part D plan sponsor
must authorize or provide the benefit
under dispute as expeditiously as the
enrollee’s health condition requires, but
no later than 72 hours after the date the
Part D plan sponsor receives the request
for redetermination.
(2) Review of an at-risk determination.
If, on an expedited redetermination of
an at-risk determination made under a
drug management program in
accordance with § 423.153(f), the Part D
plan sponsor reverses its at-risk
determination, the Part D plan sponsor
must implement the change to the atrisk determination as expeditiously as
the enrollee’s health condition requires,
but no later than 72 hours after the date
the Part D plan sponsor receives the
request for redetermination.
(b) Reversals other than by the Part D
plan sponsor—(1) Requests for benefits.
If the expedited determination or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
expedited redetermination for benefits
by the Part D plan sponsor is reversed
in whole or in part by the independent
review entity, or at a higher level of
appeal, the Part D plan sponsor must
authorize or provide the benefit under
dispute as expeditiously as the
enrollee’s health condition requires but
no later than 24 hours from the date it
receives notice reversing the
determination. The Part D plan sponsor
must inform the independent review
entity that the Part D plan sponsor has
effectuated the decision.
(2) Review of an at-risk determination.
If the expedited redetermination of an
at-risk determination made under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f) by the Part D plan
sponsor is reversed in whole or in part
by the independent review entity, or at
a higher level of appeal, the Part D plan
sponsor must implement the change to
the at-risk determination as
expeditiously as the enrollee’s health
condition requires but no later than 24
hours from the date it receives notice
reversing the determination. The Part D
plan sponsor must inform the
independent review entity that the Part
D plan sponsor has effectuated the
decision.
§ 423.652
[Amended]
87. Section 423.652 is amended in
paragraph (b)(1) by removing the phrase
‘‘July 15’’ and adding in its place
‘‘September 1’’.
■ 88. Section 423.750 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(3) to read as
follows:
■
§ 423.750 Types of intermediate sanctions
and civil money penalties.
(a) * * *
(3) Suspension of communication
activities to Medicare beneficiaries by a
Part D plan sponsor, as defined by CMS.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 89. Section 423.752 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(9) and (b) to read
as follows:
§ 423.752 Basis for imposing intermediate
sanctions and civil money penalties.
(a) * * *
(9) Fails to comply with
communication restrictions described in
subpart V of this part or applicable
implementing guidance.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Suspension of enrollment and
communications. If CMS makes a
determination that could lead to a
contract termination under § 423.509(a),
CMS may impose the intermediate
sanctions at § 423.750(a)(1) and (3).
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00315
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16753
90. Section § 423.756 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(3)(ii) introductory
text to read as follows:
■
§ 423.756 Procedures for imposing
intermediate sanctions and civil money
penalties.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) In instances where intermediate
sanctions have been imposed, CMS may
require a Part D plan sponsor to market
or to accept enrollments or both for a
limited period of time in order to assist
CMS in making a determination as to
whether the deficiencies that are the
bases for the intermediate sanctions
have been corrected and are not likely
to recur.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 91. Section 423.782 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(2)(iii)(A) and
(b)(3) to read as follows:
§ 423.782
Cost-sharing subsidy.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(iii) * * *
(A) A copayment amount of not more
than $1 for a generic drug, biological
product for which an application under
section 351(k) of the Public Health
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 262(k)) is
approved, or preferred drugs that are
multiple source (as defined under
section 1927(k)(7)(A)(i) of the Act) or $3
for any other drug in 2006, or for years
after 2006 the amounts specified in this
paragraph (a)(2)(iii)(A) for the
percentage increase in the Consumer
Price Index, rounded to the nearest
multiple of 5 cents or 10 cents,
respectively; or
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3) For covered Part D drugs above the
out-of-pocket limit (under
§ 423.104(d)(5)(iii)) in 2006, copayments
not to exceed $2 for a generic drug,
biological product for which an
application under section 351(k) of the
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
262(k)) is approved, or preferred drugs
that are multiple source drugs (as
defined under section 1927(k)(7)(A)(i) of
the Act) and $5 for any other drug. For
years beginning in 2007, the amounts
specified in this paragraph (b)(3) for the
previous years increased by the annual
percentage increase in average per
capita aggregate expenditures for
covered Part D drugs, rounded to the
nearest multiple of 5 cents.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 92. Section 423.1970 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16754
§ 423.1970
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Right to an ALJ hearing.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Calculating the amount in
controversy in specific circumstances.
(1) If the basis for the appeal is the
refusal by the Part D plan sponsor to
provide drug benefits, CMS uses the
projected value of those benefits to
compute the amount remaining in
controversy. The projected value of a
Part D drug or drugs must include any
costs the enrollee could incur based on
the number of refills prescribed for the
drug(s) in dispute during the plan year.
(2) If the basis for the appeal is an atrisk determination made under a drug
management program in accordance
with § 423.153(f), CMS uses the
projected value of the drugs subject to
the drug management program to
compute the amount remaining in
controversy. The projected value of the
drugs subject to the drug management
program shall include the value of any
refills prescribed for the drug(s) in
dispute during the plan year.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 423.2018
[Amended]
93. Section 423.2018 is amended—
a. In paragraph (a)(1), by removing the
phrase ‘‘appealed coverage
determination was made’’ and adding in
its place the phrase ‘‘appealed coverage
determination or at-risk determination
was made’’; and
■ b. In paragraph (a)(2), by removing the
phrase ‘‘after the coverage
determination to be considered’’ and
adding in its place the phrase ‘‘after the
coverage determination or at-risk
determination to be considered’’.
■
■
§ 423.2020
[Amended]
94. Section 423.2020 is amended in
paragraph (c)(1) by removing the phrase
‘‘the coverage determination, and’’ and
adding in its place the phrase ‘‘the
coverage determination or at-risk
determination, and’’.
[Amended]
95. Section 423.2022 is amended by—
a. Removing the first appearance of
the paragraph (b) subject heading and
paragraph (b)(1) introductory text; and
■ b. In paragraph (b)(1)(i) by removing
the phrase ‘‘the coverage determination,
redetermination,’’ and adding in its
place the phrase ‘‘the coverage
determination or at-risk determination,
redetermination,’’.
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
■
■
§ 423.2032
[Amended]
96. Section 423.2032 is amended in
paragraph (a) by removing the phrase
‘‘the coverage determination,
redetermination,’’ and adding in its
■
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
§ 423.2036
[Amended]
97. Section 423.2036 is amended in
paragraph (e) by removing the phrase ‘‘a
coverage determination’’ and adding in
its place the phrase ‘‘a coverage
determination or at-risk determination’’.
■
§ 423.2038
[Amended]
98. Section 423.2038 is amended in
paragraph (c) by removing the phrase
‘‘may be made, and’’ and adding in its
place the phrase ‘‘may be made, or an
enrollee’s at-risk determination should
be reversed, and’’.
■
§ 423.2046
[Amended]
[Amended]
100. Section 423.2056 is amended—
a. In paragraph (a)(1) by removing the
phrase ‘‘appealed coverage
determination’’ and adding in its place
the phrase ‘‘appealed coverage
determination or at-risk determination’’,
and
■ b. In paragraph (e) by removing the
phrase ‘‘the coverage determination to
be considered in the appeal’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘the coverage determination
or at-risk determination to be
considered in the appeal’’.
■
■
§ 423.2062
[Amended]
101. Section 423.2062 is amended in
paragraph (b) by removing the phrase
‘‘coverage determination being
considered and does not have
precedential effect’’ and adding in its
place the phrase ‘‘coverage
determination or at-risk determination
being considered and does not have
precedential effect’’.
Jkt 244001
§ 423.2122
[Amended]
102. Section 423.2122 is amended—
a. In paragraph (a)(1) by removing the
phrase ‘‘the coverage determination.’’
and adding in its place the phrase ‘‘the
coverage determination or at-risk
determination’’;
■ b. In paragraph (a)(3) by removing the
phrase ‘‘a coverage determination is
made’’ and adding in its place ‘‘a
coverage determination or at-risk
determination is made’’ and by
removing the phrase ‘‘after the coverage
determination considered’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘after the coverage
■
■
PO 00000
Frm 00316
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 423.2126
[Amended]
103. Section 423.2126 is amended in
paragraph (b) by removing the phrase
‘‘coverage determination to be
considered in the appeal’’ and adding in
its place the phrase ‘‘coverage
determination or at-risk determination
to be considered in the appeal’’.
Subpart V—Part D Communication
Requirements
104. The subpart V heading is revised
to read as set forth above.
■ 105. Section 423.2260 is revised to
read as follows:
■
§ 423.2260
99. Section 423.2046 is amended in
paragraph (a)(1)(iii) by removing the
phrase ‘‘the coverage determination’’
and adding in its place the phrase ‘‘the
coverage determination or at-risk
determination’’.
■
§ 423.2056
determination or at-risk determination
considered’’.
■
■
■
§ 423.2022
place the phrase ‘‘the coverage
determination or at-risk determination,
redetermination,’’.
Definitions.
As used in this subpart—
Communications means activities and
use of materials to provide information
to current and prospective enrollees.
Communication materials means all
information provided to current and
prospective enrollees. Marketing
materials are a subset of communication
materials.
Marketing means activities and use of
materials that meet the following:
(1) Conducted by the Part D sponsor
or downstream entities.
(2) Intended to draw a beneficiary’s
attention to a Part D plan or plans.
(3) Intended to influence a
beneficiary’s decision-making process
when selecting a Part D plan for
enrollment or deciding to stay enrolled
in a plan (that is, retention-based
marketing).
Marketing materials—(1) Include, but
are not limited to following:
(i) Materials such as brochures;
posters; advertisements in media such
as newspapers, magazines, television,
radio, billboards, or the internet; and
social media content.
(ii) Materials used by marketing
representatives such as scripts or
outlines for telemarketing or other
presentations.
(iii) Presentation materials such as
slides and charts.
(2) Materials that do not include the
following are not considered marketing
materials:—
(i) Information about the plan’s
benefit structure or cost sharing;
(ii) Information about measuring or
ranking standards (for example, star
ratings);
(iii) Mention benefits or cost sharing,
but do not meet the definition of
marketing in this section
(iv) Unless otherwise specified by
CMS based on their use or purpose,
materials that are required under
§ 423.128; or
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(v) Any materials specifically
designated by CMS as not meeting the
definition of the proposed marketing
definition based on their use or purpose.
■ 106. Section 423.2262 is amended by
revising paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
§ 423.2262 Review and distribution of
marketing materials.
(d) Enrollee communication
materials. Enrollee communication
materials may be reviewed by CMS and
CMS may determine, upon review of
such materials, that the materials must
be modified, or may no longer be used.
■ 107. Section 423.2264 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 423.2264
Guidelines for CMS review.
In reviewing marketing material or
election forms under § 423.2262, CMS
determines that the materials—
(a) Provide to Medicare beneficiaries
interested in enrolling, adequate written
description of rules (including any
limitations on the providers from whom
services can be obtained), procedures,
basic benefits and services, and fees and
other charges in a format (and, where
appropriate, print size) and using
standard terminology that may be
specified by CMS.
(b) Notify the general public of its
enrollment period in an appropriate
manner, through appropriate media,
throughout its service area.
(c) Include in written materials notice
that the Part D sponsor is authorized by
law to refuse to renew its contract with
CMS, that CMS also may refuse to
renew the contract, and that termination
or non-renewal may result in
termination of the beneficiary’s
enrollment in the Part D plan. In
addition, the Part D plan may reduce its
service area and no longer be offered in
the area where a beneficiary resides.
(d) Ensure that materials are not
materially inaccurate or misleading or
otherwise make material
misrepresentations.
■ 108. Section 423.2268 is revised to
read as follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 423.2268 Standards for Part D Sponsor
communications and marketing.
(a) In conducting communication
activities, Part D sponsors may not do
any of the following:
(1) Provide information that is
inaccurate or misleading.
(2) Engage in activities that could
mislead or confuse Medicare
beneficiaries, or misrepresent the Part D
sponsor.
(3) Claim the Part D sponsor is
recommended or endorsed by CMS or
Medicare or that CMS or Medicare
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
recommends that the beneficiary enroll
in the Part D plan. It may explain that
the organization is approved for
participation in Medicare.
(4) Employ Part D plan names that
suggest that a plan is not available to all
Medicare beneficiaries.
(5) Display the names and/or logos of
co-branded network providers or
pharmacies on the sponsor’s member
identification card, unless the names,
and/or logos are related to the member
selection of specific provider
organizations (for example, physicians,
hospitals).
(6) Use a plan name that does not
include the plan type. The plan type
should be included at the end of the
plan name.
(7) For markets with a significant nonEnglish speaking population, provide
vital materials, unless in the language of
these individuals. Specifically, Part D
sponsors must translate materials into
any non-English language that is the
primary language of at least 5 percent of
the individuals in a plan benefit
package (PBP) service area.
(b) In marketing, Part D sponsors may
not do any of the following:
(1) Provide cash or other monetary
rebates as an inducement for enrollment
or otherwise.
(2) Offer gifts to potential enrollees,
unless the gifts are of nominal (as
defined in the CMS Marketing
Guidelines) value, are offered to all
potential enrollees without regard to
whether or not the beneficiary enrolls,
and are not in the form of cash or other
monetary rebates.
(3) Market non-health care/nonprescription drug plan related products
to prospective enrollees during any Part
D sales activity or presentation. This is
considered cross-selling and is
prohibited.
(4) Market any health care related
product during a marketing
appointment beyond the scope agreed
upon by the beneficiary, and
documented by the plan, prior to the
appointment.
(5) Market additional health related
lines of plan business not identified
prior to an individual appointment
without a separate scope of appointment
identifying the additional lines of
business to be discussed.
(6) Distribute marketing materials for
which, before expiration of the 45-day
period, the Part D sponsor receives from
CMS written notice of disapproval
because it is inaccurate or misleading,
or misrepresents the Part D sponsor, its
marketing representatives, or CMS.
(7) Conduct sales presentations or
distribute and accept Part D plan
enrollment forms in provider offices or
PO 00000
Frm 00317
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16755
other areas where health care is
delivered to individuals, except in the
case where such activities are
conducted in common areas in health
care settings.
(8) Conduct sales presentations or
distribute and accept plan applications
at educational events.
(9) Display the names and/or logos of
provider co-branding partners on
marketing materials, unless the
materials clearly indicate that other
providers are available in the network.
(10) Knowingly target or send
unsolicited marketing materials to any
Part D enrollee, whose prior year
enrollment was in an MA plan, during
the Open Enrollment Period.
(11) Engage in any other marketing
activity prohibited by CMS in its
marketing guidance.
(12) Engage in any discriminatory
activity such as attempting to recruit
Medicare beneficiaries from higher
income areas without making
comparable efforts to enroll Medicare
beneficiaries from lower income areas.
(13) Solicit door-to-door for Medicare
beneficiaries or through other
unsolicited means of direct contact,
including calling a beneficiary without
the beneficiary initiating the contact.
(14) Use providers or provider groups
to distribute printed information
comparing the benefits of different
health plans unless the providers,
provider groups, or pharmacies accept
and display materials from all health
plans with which the providers,
provider groups, or pharmacies contract.
The use of publicly available
comparison information is permitted if
approved by CMS in accordance with
the Medicare marketing guidance.
(15) Provide meals to potential
enrollees, which is prohibited,
regardless of value.
§ 423.2272
[Amended]
109. Section 423.2272 is amended by
removing paragraph (e).
■
§ 423.2274
[Amended]
110. Section 423.2274 is amended—
a. By redesignating paragraph
(b)(1)(iii) as paragraph (b)(1)(iv);
■ b. By redesignating paragraph
(b)(2)(iii) as paragraph (b)(1)(iii);
■ c. By removing paragraph (b)(2);
■ d. By redesignating paragraphs (b)(3)
and (4) as paragraphs (b)(2) and (3);
■ e. In newly redesignated paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) by removing the reference
‘‘paragraph (b)(3)(iii)’’ and adding in its
place the reference :paragraph
(b)(2)(iii)’’; and
■ f. In newly redesignated paragraph
(b)(2)(iii), by removing the phrase ‘‘from
an MA plan,’’ and adding the phrase
‘‘from a Part D sponsor,’’ in its place.
■
■
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
16756
§ 423.2410
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
[Amended]
111. Section 423.2410 is amended in
paragraph (a) by removing the phrase
‘‘an MLR’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘the information required under
§ 423.2460’’.
(ii) Fraud reduction activities,
including fraud prevention, fraud
detection, and fraud recovery.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 114. Section 423.2460 is revised to
read as follows:
§ 423.2420
§ 423.2460
■
[Amended]
112. Section 423.2420 is amended—
a. By removing and reserving
paragraph (b)(2)(viii);
■ b. By revising paragraph (d)(2)(i); and
■ c. By removing the first paragraph
designated as (d)(2)(ii).
The revision reads as follows:
■
■
§ 423.2420
ratio.
Calculation of medical loss
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2)
(i) Allocation to each category must be
based on a generally accepted
accounting method that is expected to
yield the most accurate results. Specific
identification of an expense with an
activity that is represented by one of the
categories in paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section will generally be the most
accurate method.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 113. Section 423.2430 is amended—
■ a. By redesignating paragraphs (a)
introductory text and paragraphs (a)(1)
and (2) as paragraphs (a)(1), (2), and (3),
respectively;
■ b. By republishing the paragraph (a)
subject heading and revising newly
redesignated paragraph (a)(1);
■ c. By adding paragraph (a)(4);
■ d. In paragraph (b)(1), by removing the
word ‘‘costs’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘costs other than those that are
related to fraud reduction’’;
■ e. In paragraph (b)(5), by adding the
phrase ‘‘(and that are not related to
fraud reduction activities under
paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section)’’ after
‘‘capabilities’’; and
■ f. By removing and reserving
paragraph (b)(8).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
§ 423.2430 Activities that improve health
care quality.
(a) Activity requirements. (1)
Activities conducted by a Part D
sponsor to improve quality must
either—
(i) Fall into one of the categories in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section and meet
all of the requirements in paragraph
(a)(3) of this section; or
(ii) Be listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(4)(i) Medication Therapy
Management Programs meeting the
requirements of § 423.153(d).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
Reporting requirements.
(a) For each contract year, from 2014
through 2017, each Part D sponsor must
submit to CMS, in a timeframe and
manner specified by CMS, a report that
includes but is not limited to the data
needed by the Part D sponsor to
calculate and verify the MLR and
remittance amount, if any, for each
contract, under this part, such as
incurred claims, total revenue,
expenditures on quality improving
activities, non-claims costs, taxes,
licensing and regulatory fees, and any
remittance owed to CMS under
§ 423.2410.
(b) For contract year 2018 and for
each subsequent contract year, each Part
D sponsor must submit to CMS, in a
timeframe and manner specified by
CMS, the following information:
(1) Fully credible and partially
credible contracts. For each contract
under this part that has fully credible or
partially credible experience, as
determined in accordance with
§ 423.2440(d), the Part D sponsor must
report to CMS the MLR for the contract
and the amount of any remittance owed
to CMS under § 423.2410.
(2) Non-credible contracts. For each
contract under this part that has noncredible experience, as determined in
accordance with § 423.2440(d), the Part
D sponsor must report to CMS that the
contract is non-credible.
(c) Total revenue included as part of
the MLR calculation must be net of all
projected reconciliations.
(d) The MLR is reported once, and is
not reopened as a result of any payment
reconciliation processes.
§ 423.2480
[Amended]
115. Section 423.2480 is amended—
a. In the introductory text, by
removing the phrase ‘‘reviews of reports
submitted’’ and adding in its place
‘‘review of data submitted’’; and
■ b. In paragraph (d) introductory text,
by removing the phrase ‘‘Reports
submitted under’’ and adding in its
place the phrase ‘‘Data submitted
under’’.
■
■
§ 423.2490
[Amended]
116. Section 423.2490 is amended in
paragraph (a) by removing the phrase
‘‘information contained in reports
submitted’’ and adding in its place the
phrase ‘‘information submitted’’.
■
PO 00000
Frm 00318
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
PART 460—PROGRAMS OF ALLINCLUSIVE CARE FOR THE ELDERLY
(PACE)
117. The authority citation for part
460 continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102, 1871, 1894(f), and
1934(f) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
1302, 1395, 1395eee(f), and 1396u–4(f)).
118. Section 460.40 is amended by
revising paragraph (j) to read as follows:
■
§ 460.40 Violations for which CMS may
impose sanctions.
*
*
*
*
*
(j) Makes payment to any individual
or entity that is included on the
preclusion list, defined in § 422.2 of this
chapter.
■ 119. Section 460.50 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(1)(ii) to read as
follows:
§ 460.50 Termination of PACE program
agreement.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) The PACE organization failed to
comply substantially with conditions
for a PACE program or PACE
organization under this part, or with
terms of its PACE program agreement,
including making payment to an
individual or entity that is included on
the preclusion list, defined in § 422.2 of
this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 460.68
[Amended]
120. Section 460.68 is amended by
removing paragraph (a)(4).
■
§ 460.70
[Amended]
121. Section 460.70 is amended by
removing paragraph (b)(1)(iv).
■
§ 460.71
[Amended]
122. Section 460.71 is amended by
removing paragraph (b)(7).
■ 123. Section 460.86 is revised to read
as follows:
■
§ 460.86 Payment to individuals and
entities excluded by the OIG or included on
the preclusion list.
(a) A PACE organization may not pay,
directly or indirectly, on any basis, for
items or services (other than emergency
or urgently needed services as defined
in § 460.100) furnished to a Medicare
enrollee by any individual or entity that
is excluded by the OIG or is included on
the preclusion list, defined in § 422.2 of
this chapter.
(b) If a PACE organization receives a
request for payment by, or on behalf of,
an individual or entity that is excluded
by the OIG or is included on the
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
preclusion list, defined in § 422.2 of this
chapter, the PACE organization must
notify the enrollee and the excluded
individual or entity or the individual or
entity that is included on the preclusion
list in writing, as directed by contract or
other direction provided by CMS, that
payments will not be made. Payment
may not be made to, or on behalf of, an
individual or entity that is excluded by
the OIG or is included on the preclusion
list.
■
PART 498—APPEALS PROCEDURES
FOR DETERMINATIONS THAT AFFECT
PARTICIPATION IN THE MEDICARE
PROGRAM AND FOR
DETERMINATIONS THAT AFFECT THE
PARTICIPATION OF ICFs/IID AND
CERTAIN NFs IN THE MEDICAID
PROGRAM
■
124. The authority citation for part
498 continues to read as follows:
■
daltland on DSKBBV9HB2PROD with RULES2
Authority: Secs. 1102, 1128I and 1871 of
the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302,
1320a–7j, and 1395hh).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:39 Apr 13, 2018
Jkt 244001
125. Section 498.3 is amended by
adding paragraph (b)(20) to read as
follows:
§ 498.3
Scope and applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(20) An individual or entity is to be
included on the preclusion list as
defined in § 422.2 or § 423.100 of this
chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
126. Section 498.5 is amended by
adding paragraph (n) to read as follows:
§ 498.5
Appeal rights.
*
*
*
*
*
(n) Appeal rights of individuals and
entities on preclusion list. (1) Any
individual or entity that is dissatisfied
with an initial determination or revised
initial determination that they are to be
included on the preclusion list (as
defined in § 422.2 or § 423.100 of this
chapter) may request a reconsideration
in accordance with § 498.22(a).
PO 00000
Frm 00319
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
16757
(2) If CMS or the individual or entity
under paragraph (n)(1) of this section is
dissatisfied with a reconsidered
determination under paragraph (n)(1) of
this section, or a revised reconsidered
determination under § 498.30, CMS or
the individual or entity is entitled to a
hearing before an ALJ.
(3) If CMS or the individual or entity
under paragraph (n)(2) of this section is
dissatisfied with a hearing decision as
described in paragraph (n)(2) of this
section, CMS or the individual or entity
may request Board review and the
individual or entity has a right to seek
judicial review of the Board’s decision.
Dated: March 29, 2018.
Seema Verma,
Administrator, Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services.
Dated: April 2, 2018.
Alex M. Azar II,
Secretary, Department of Health and Human
Services.
[FR Doc. 2018–07179 Filed 4–6–18; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
E:\FR\FM\16APR2.SGM
16APR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 73 (Monday, April 16, 2018)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 16440-16757]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2018-07179]
[[Page 16439]]
Vol. 83
Monday,
No. 73
April 16, 2018
Part II
Department of Health and Human Services
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
42 CFR Parts 405, 417, 422, et al.
Medicare Program; Contract Year 2019 Policy and Technical Changes to
the Medicare Advantage, Medicare Cost Plan, Medicare Fee-for-Service,
the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit Programs, and the PACE Program;
Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 73 / Monday, April 16, 2018 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 16440]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
42 CFR Parts 405, 417, 422, 423, 460, and 498
[CMS-4182-F]
RIN 0938-AT08
Medicare Program; Contract Year 2019 Policy and Technical Changes
to the Medicare Advantage, Medicare Cost Plan, Medicare Fee-for-
Service, the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit Programs, and the PACE
Program
AGENCY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This final rule will revise the Medicare Advantage (MA)
program (Part C) regulations and Prescription Drug Benefit program
(Part D) regulations to implement certain provisions of the
Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act (CARA) to further reduce the
number of beneficiaries who may potentially misuse or overdose on
opioids while still having access to important treatment options;
implement certain provisions of the 21st Century Cures Act; support
innovative approaches to improve program quality, accessibility, and
affordability; offer beneficiaries more choices and better care;
improve the CMS customer experience and maintain high beneficiary
satisfaction; address program integrity policies related to payments
based on prescriber, provider and supplier status in MA, Medicare cost
plan, Medicare Part D and the PACE programs; provide an update to the
official Medicare Part D electronic prescribing standards; and clarify
program requirements and certain technical changes regarding treatment
of Medicare Part A and Part B appeal rights related to premiums
adjustments.
DATES:
Effective Date: This rule is effective June 15, 2018.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in
the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of June
15, 2018.
Applicability Dates: The applicability date of the provisions of
this rule is January 1, 2019 except for the provisions in Sec. Sec.
422.100(f)(4) and (5) and 422.101(d) (discussed in section II.A.4. of
this final rule (Maximum Out-of-Pocket Limit for Medicare Parts A and B
Services)) and Sec. 422.100(f)(6) (discussed in section II.A.5. of
this final rule (Cost Sharing Limits for Medicare Parts A and B
Services)). Those provisions are applicable for contract year 2020
(January 1, 2020). E-Prescribing and the Part D Prescription Drug
Program; Updating Part D E Prescribing Standards discussed in section
II.D.8. of this final rule is applicable January 1, 2020 conditioned on
The Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information
Technology (ONC) adopting the same standard for use in its Electronic
Health Record Certification Program by that date.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Theresa Wachter, (410) 786-1157, Part C Issues.
Marie Manteuffel, (410) 786-3447, Part D Issues.
Kristy Nishimoto, (206) 615-2367, Beneficiary Enrollment and
Appeals Issues.
Raghav Aggarwal, (410) 786-0097, Part C and D Payment Issues.
Vernisha Robinson-Savoy, (443) 826-9925, Compliance Program
Training Issues.
Frank Whelan, (410) 786-1302, Preclusion List Issues.
Shelly Winston, (410) 786-3694, Part D E-Prescribing Program.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Executive Summary and Background
A. Executive Summary
1. Purpose
The primary purpose of this final rule is to make revisions to the
Medicare Advantage (MA) program (Part C) and Prescription Drug Benefit
Program (Part D) regulations based on our continued experience in the
administration of the Part C and Part D programs and to implement
certain provisions of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act and
the 21st Century Cures Act. The changes are necessary to--
Support Innovative Approaches to Improving Quality,
Accessibility, and Affordability;
Improve the CMS Customer Experience; and
Implement Other Changes.
In addition, this final rule makes technical changes related to
treatment of Part A and Part B premium adjustments and updates the
NCPDP SCRIPT standard used for Part D electronic prescribing. While the
Part C and Part D programs have high satisfaction among enrollees, we
continually evaluate program policies and regulations to remain
responsive to current trends and newer technologies, and provide
increased flexibility to serve patients. Specifically, this regulation
meets the Administration's priorities to reduce burden and provide the
regulatory framework to develop MA and Part D products that better meet
the individual patient's health care needs. These changes being
finalized will empower MA and Part D plans to meet the needs of
enrollees at the local level, and should result in more enrollee choice
and more affordable options. Additionally, this regulation includes a
number of provisions that will help address the opioid epidemic and
mitigate the impact of increasing drug prices in the Part D program.
2. Summary of the Major Provisions
a. Implementation of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of
2016 (CARA) Provisions
In line with the agency's response to the President's call to end
the scourge of the opioid epidemic, this final rule implements
statutory provisions of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of
2016 (CARA), which amended the Social Security Act and was enacted into
law on July 22, 2016. CARA includes new authority for Medicare Part D
plans to establish drug management programs effective on or after
January 1, 2019. Through this final rule, CMS has established a
framework under which Part D plan sponsors may establish a drug
management program for beneficiaries at risk for prescription drug
abuse or misuse, or ``at-risk beneficiaries.'' Specifically, under drug
management programs, Part D plans will engage in case management of
potential at-risk beneficiaries, through contact with their
prescribers, when such beneficiary is found to be taking a specific
dosage of opioids and/or obtaining them from multiple prescribers and
multiple pharmacies who may not know about each other. Sponsors may
then limit at-risk beneficiaries' access to coverage of controlled
substances that CMS determines are ``frequently abused drugs'' to a
selected prescriber(s) and/or network pharmacy(ies) after case
management with the prescribers for the safety of the enrollee. CMS
also limits the use of the special enrollment period (SEP) for dually-
or other low income subsidy (LIS)-eligible beneficiaries by those LIS-
eligible beneficiaries who are identified as at-risk or potentially at-
risk for prescription drug abuse under such a drug management program.
Finally, these provisions will codify the current Part D Opioid Drug
Utilization Review (DUR) Policy and Overutilization Monitoring System
(OMS) by integrating this current policy with drug management program
provisions.
[[Page 16441]]
Through the adoption of this policy, from 2011 through 2017, there was
a 76 percent decrease (almost 22,500 beneficiaries) in the number of
Part D beneficiaries identified as potential very high risk opioid
overutilizers. Thus, drug management programs will expand upon an
existing, innovative, successful approach to reduce opioid
overutilization in the Part D program by improving quality of care
through coordination while maintaining access to necessary pain
medications, and will be an important next step in addressing the
opioid epidemic and safeguarding the health and safety of our nation's
seniors.
b. Revisions to Timing and Method of Disclosure Requirements
Consistent with agency efforts supporting innovative approaches to
improve quality, accessibility, and affordability and reduce burden, we
are finalizing changes to align the MA and Part D regulations in
authorizing CMS to set the manner of delivery for mandatory disclosures
in both the MA and Part D programs. CMS will use this authority to
allow MA plans to meet the disclosure and delivery requirements for
certain documents by relying on notice of electronic posting and
provision of the documents in hard copy when requested, when previously
the documents, such as the Evidence of Coverage (EOC), had to be
provided in hard copy. Additionally, we are changing the timeframe for
delivery of the MA and Part D EOC to the first day of the Annual
Election Period (AEP), rather than 15 days prior to that date. Allowing
Part C and Part D plans to provide the EOC electronically will
alleviate plan burden related to printing and mailing and reduce the
number of paper documents that enrollees receive from plans. Changing
the date by which plans must provide the EOC to enrollees will allow
plans more time to finalize the formatting and ensure the accuracy of
the information in the EOC. Changing the date will also separate the
mailing and receipt of the EOC from the Annual Notice of Change (ANOC),
which describes the important changes in a patient's plan from one year
to the next. The ANOC must be delivered 15 days prior to the AEP and
will be received by enrollees ahead of the EOC, thus allowing enrollees
to focus on materials that drive decision-making during the AEP. We see
this final change as an overall reduction of burden that our
regulations have on plans and enrollees. In aggregate, we estimate a
savings (to plans for not producing and mailing hardcopy EOCs) of
approximately $54.7 million each year, 2019 through 2023.
c. Preclusion List Requirements for Prescribers in Part D and
Individuals and Entities in MA, Cost Plans, and PACE
This final rule will rescind current regulatory provisions that
require prescribers of Part D drugs and providers of MA services and
items to enroll in Medicare in order for the Part D drug or MA service
or item to be covered. As a replacement, a Part D plan sponsor will be
required to reject, or require its pharmacy benefit manager to reject,
a pharmacy claim for a Part D drug if the individual who prescribed the
drug is included on the ``preclusion list.'' Similarly, an MA service
or item will not be covered if the provider that furnished the service
or item is on the preclusion list. The preclusion list will consist of
certain individuals and entities that are currently revoked from the
Medicare program under 42 CFR 424.535 and are under an active
reenrollment bar, or have engaged in behavior for which CMS could have
revoked the individual or entity to the extent applicable if they had
been enrolled in Medicare, and CMS determines that the underlying
conduct that led, or would have led, to the revocation is detrimental
to the best interests of the Medicare program. We believe that this
change from an enrollment requirement to a preclusion list requirement
will reduce the burden on Part D prescribers and MA providers without
compromising our program integrity efforts.
3. Summary of Costs, Savings and Benefits of the Major Provisions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision Savings and benefits Costs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Implementation of the The purpose of this The creation of lock
Comprehensive Addiction and provision is to in-status is a
Recovery Act of 2016. create a lock-in burden to plans.
status for certain The cost to
at-risk industry is
beneficiaries. In estimated at about
addition to the $2.8 million per
benefits of year. This $2.8
preventing opioid million cost arises
and benzodiazepine from (i) the
dependency in uploading and
beneficiaries, we preparing of
estimate, in 2019, additional notices
a reduction of $19 to enrollees
million in Trust ($101,721), (ii)
Fund expenditures the re-negotiation
because of reduced of contracts
opioid scripts. between Part D
This $19 million sponsors and
reduction modestly pharmacies
increases to a $20 ($547,415), (iii)
million reduction the programming of
in 2023. edits about lock-
ins into the
systems of Part D
sponsors
($2,152,332), and
(iv) the right of
enrollees to appeal
a status of lock-in
($35,183).
Revisions to Timing and We estimate 67% of ....................
Method of Disclosure the current 47.8
Requirements. million
beneficiaries will
prefer use of the
internet versus
hard copies. This
will result in a
savings to the
industry of $54.7
million each year,
2019 through 2023.
This is due to a
reduction in
printing and
mailing costs.
Preclusion List Requirements For 2019, this For 2019, this
for Prescribers in Part D provision saves provision costs
and Individuals and providers $34.4 Part D sponsors or
Entities in MA, Cost Plans, million. For 2020 their PBMs $9.3
and PACE. and future years, million. For 2020
there are no and future years,
savings. The $34.4 costs are
million in savings negligible (below
to providers arises $50,000). The $9.3
because of removal million cost arises
of the requirement because of
of MA providers and programming and
suppliers and Part staff resources
D prescribers to needed to produce
enroll in Medicare and send required
as a prerequisite notifications to
for furnishing enrollees and
health care items prescribers.
and services. Part
C providers and
suppliers save
$24.1 million in
reduced costs while
Part D providers
save $10.3 million
in reduced costs.
[[Page 16442]]
Physician Incentive Plans-- For 2019, this ....................
Update Stop-Loss Protection provision reduces
Requirements. required
reinsurance
resources by $204.6
million. The $204.6
million savings
increases yearly
because of expected
enrollment
increases and
medical inflation;
the savings is
$281.8 million in
2023. The savings
arise because we
are replacing the
current insurance
schedule in the
regulation with
updated stop-loss
insurance
requirements that
will allow
insurance with
higher deductibles.
This updated
schedule will
result in a
significant
reduction to the
cost of obtaining
stop-loss
insurance. The
higher deductibles
are consistent with
the increase in
medical costs due
to inflation.
Through transfers,
the 2019 $204.6
million savings
results in $71.6
savings to the
Medicare Trust Fund
and $133 million
savings (in the
form of rebates) to
Medicare Advantage
(MA) organizations.
It is likely that
some of the savings
to MA organizations
will result in
increased health
care benefits to MA
enrollees.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Background
In the proposed rule titled ``Medicare Program; Contract Year 2019
Policy and Technical Changes to the Medicare Advantage, Medicare Cost
Plan, Medicare Fee-for-Service, the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit
Programs, and the PACE Program'' which appeared in the November 28,
2017 Federal Register (82 FR 56336), we proposed to revise the Medicare
Advantage program (Part C) regulations and Prescription Drug Benefit
program (Part D) regulations to implement certain provisions of the
Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act (CARA) and the 21st Century
Cures Act; improve program quality, accessibility, and affordability;
improve the CMS customer experience; address program integrity policies
related to payments based on prescriber, provider and supplier status
in Medicare Advantage, Medicare cost plan, Medicare Part D and the PACE
programs; provide a proposed update to the official Medicare Part D
electronic prescribing standards; clarify program requirements; and
make certain technical changes regarding treatment of Medicare Part A
and Part B appeal rights related to premium adjustments.
We received approximately 1,669 timely pieces of correspondence
containing multiple comments on the CY 2019 proposed rule. While we are
finalizing several of the provisions from the proposed rule, there are
a number of provisions from the proposed rule that we intend to address
later and a few that we do not intend to finalize. We also note that
some of the public comments were outside of the scope of the proposed
rule. These out-of-scope public comments are not addressed in this
final rule. Summaries of the public comments that are within the scope
of the proposed rule and our responses to those public comments are set
forth in the various sections of this final rule under the appropriate
heading. However, we note that in this final rule we are not addressing
comments received with respect to the provisions of the proposed rule
that we are not finalizing at this time. Rather, we will address them
at a later time, in a subsequent rulemaking document, as appropriate.
II. Provisions of the Proposed Rule and Analysis of and Responses to
Public Comments
A. Supporting Innovative Approaches to Improving Quality,
Accessibility, and Affordability
1. Implementation of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of
2016 (CARA) Provisions
a. Medicare Part D Drug Management Programs
The Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 (CARA),
enacted into law on July 22, 2016, amended the Social Security Act and
includes new authority for the establishment of drug management
programs in Medicare Part D, effective on or after January 1, 2019. In
accordance with section 704(g)(3) of CARA and revised section 1860D-
4(c) of the Act, CMS must establish through notice and comment
rulemaking a framework under which Part D plan sponsors may establish a
drug management program for beneficiaries at-risk for prescription drug
abuse, or ``at-risk beneficiaries.'' Under such a Part D drug
management program, sponsors may limit at-risk beneficiaries' access to
coverage of controlled substances that CMS determines are ``frequently
abused drugs'' to a selected prescriber(s) and/or pharmacy(ies). While
such programs, commonly referred to as ``lock-in programs,'' have been
a feature of many state Medicaid programs for some time, prior to the
enactment of CARA, there was no statutory authority to allow Part D
plan sponsors to require beneficiaries to obtain controlled substances
from a certain pharmacy or prescriber in the Medicare Part D program.
Thus, although drug management programs are voluntary, this rule
codifies a framework that will place requirements upon such programs
when established by Part D sponsors.
This final rule implements the CARA Part D drug management program
provisions by integrating them with the current Part D Opioid Drug
Utilization Review (DUR) Policy and Overutilization Monitoring System
(OMS) (``current policy'').\1\ This integration will mean that Part D
plan sponsors implementing a drug management program could limit an at-
risk beneficiary's access to coverage of frequently abused drugs
beginning 2019 through a beneficiary-specific point-of-sale (POS) claim
edit and/or by requiring the beneficiary to obtain frequently abused
drugs from a selected
[[Page 16443]]
pharmacy(ies) and/or prescriber(s) after case management and notice to
the beneficiary. To do so, the beneficiary will have to meet clinical
guidelines that factor in that the beneficiary is taking opioids over a
sustained time period and that the beneficiary is obtaining them from
multiple prescribers and/or multiple pharmacies. This final rule also
implements a limitation on the use of the special enrollment period
(SEP) for low income subsidy (LIS)-eligible beneficiaries who are
identified as potential at-risk beneficiaries or at-risk beneficiaries.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ In using the term ``current policy'', we refer to the aspect
of our current Part D opioid overutilization policy that is based on
retrospective DUR and case management. Please refer to the CMS
website, ``Improving Drug Utilization Review Controls in Part D'' at
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Prescription-Drug-Coverage/PrescriptionDrugCovContra/RxUtilization.html which contains CMS
communications regarding the current policy.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We received the following general comments and our responses
follow:
Comment: Commenters were overall supportive of our proposal. Some
commenters found it to be a conservative and uniform approach to
implementing the CARA drug management program provisions. Other
commenters included specific suggestions for improvements with their
overall supportive or neutral comments.
Response: We thank the commenters for their comments. We summarize
and respond to specific recommendations later in this preamble.
Comment: We received a request that we confirm that nothing in the
final rule impacts PACE organizations' waivers of Part D requirements
in Sec. 423.153. This commenter also asked that existing waivers of
Sec. 423.153 be extended to include Sec. 423.153(f) unless such a
waiver is not needed due to the voluntary nature of drug management
programs.
Response: PACE organizations are not excluded from OMS reporting
under the current policy. Additionally, because of the voluntary nature
of the provisions under Sec. 423.153(f), a waiver is not necessary for
PACE organizations. However, to the extent that PACE organizations
commence drug utilization management activities covered under Sec.
423.153(f), PACE organizations must comply with the requirements of
423.153(f).
Comment: We received comments that expressed concern about the time
needed for Part D plan sponsors to make the necessary systems changes
to implement compliant drug management programs.
Response: Section 704(g)(1) of CARA states that the amendments made
by this section shall apply to prescription drug plans (and MA-PD
plans) for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2019. However,
given the current national opioid epidemic, we expect that Part D
sponsors will diligently implement fully-functional drug management
programs in 2019. Moreover, as the new requirements for drug management
programs build from and are integrated with existing policy, we expect
sponsors will be able to implement them expeditiously.
Comment: We received one suggestion that CMS pilot different
approaches for implementing the CARA drug management program
provisions, specifically the ``lock-in'' provisions, as we did before
implementing our current policy.
Response: Because the CARA drug management provisions will be
integrated with our current policy, albeit with some modifications to
that policy, we are not persuaded that an additional pilot is necessary
since plan sponsors already have experience with addressing potential
opioid overutilization.
Comment: A commenter requested that CMS acknowledge the work it
will take for Standard Development Organizations (SDOs) to implement
the finalized CARA provisions. In particular, the commenter noted that
development of any codes and messaging associated with the new CARA-
related requirements will take time to implement.
Response: We understand that any modifications to existing
standards to accurately achieve the desired functionalities to further
the electronic exchange of information between healthcare stakeholders
about the final CARA provisions may require time. We rely on SDOs to
coordinate these efforts, and CMS is committed to working with the SDOs
during this process, if needed.
Comment: A commenter requested clarification on how to handle
concurrent DUR edits, such as formulary-level cumulative opioid MME
safety edits, and the drug management program. Specifically, the
comment sought clarification on whether the drug management program
beneficiary-specific POS claim edits or lock-in limitations would take
precedence over an approved exception to a cumulative opioid MME safety
edit.
Response: A plan sponsor may implement formulary-level coverage
rules for opioids (that is, prior authorization, quantity limits or
step therapy) or safety edits, and implement a drug management program.
The formulary and coverage rules would apply to all enrollees (unless
they obtain an exception), and the drug management program would apply
to potential at-risk and at-risk beneficiaries. A Part D sponsor's
concurrent and retrospective DUR programs should be closely
coordinated. In certain circumstances, it may be appropriate for a
sponsor to make an at-risk determination through the drug management
program for a beneficiary who received an approved exception to a
cumulative opioid MME safety edit, and as part of the at-risk
determination, may determine that continuing the approved exception is
no longer appropriate.
For example, a plan implemented a hard formulary-level cumulative
MME opioid edit at 200 MME with 2 or more opioid prescribers. A
beneficiary received their opioids from 2 prescribers and has a
cumulative MME that exceeds 200 MME. They trigger the edit and request
a coverage determination. The prescriber attests to medical necessity
and the exception request is approved. At a later time, the beneficiary
seeks opioids from 3 additional prescribers, and meets the CARA/OMS
criteria. Through case management, the prescriber verifies the
beneficiary is at-risk and agrees to prescriber lock-in due to care
coordination issues.
b. Integration of CARA and the Current Part D Opioid DUR Policy and OMS
Our proposal was to integrate the CARA Part D drug management
program provisions with our current policy and codify them both.
Specifically, under this regulatory framework, we proposed that Part D
plan sponsors may voluntarily adopt drug management programs through
which they address potential overutilization of frequently abused drugs
identified retrospectively through the application of clinical
guidelines/OMS criteria that identify potential at-risk beneficiaries
and conduct case management which incorporates clinical contact and
prescriber verification that a beneficiary is an at-risk beneficiary.
If deemed necessary, a sponsor could limit at-risk beneficiaries'
access to coverage for such drugs through pharmacy lock-in, prescriber
lock-in, and/or a beneficiary-specific point-of-sale (POS) claim edit.
Finally, sponsors would report to CMS the status and results of their
case management through OMS and any beneficiary coverage limitations
they have implemented through MARx, CMS' system for payment and
enrollment transactions. Thus, although drug management programs are
voluntary, our proposal was to codify a framework that will place
requirements upon such programs when established by Part D sponsors.
We stated that we foresee that all plan sponsors will implement
such drug management programs based on our experience that all plan
sponsors are complying with the current policy; the fact that our
proposal largely incorporates the CARA drug management provisions into
existing
[[Page 16444]]
CMS and sponsor operations; and especially, in light of the national
opioid epidemic and the declaration that the opioid crisis is a
nationwide Public Health Emergency.
Comment: Commenters expressed strong support for integrating the
drug management program provisions of CARA with the current policy.
Commenters expressed that our proposal is reasonable, thoughtful,
thorough, practical, and comprehensive; that it builds on a successful
existing Medicare Part D program; that it will involve a common set of
procedures and help ensure a streamlined and efficient process rather
than creating a separate one that would require additional oversight
and add administrative burden. We did not receive comments that opposed
integrating the drug management program provisions of CARA with the
current policy.
Response: We thank the commenters for their supportive comments and
are finalizing this integration approach to our proposal.
(1) Requirements for Part D Drug Management Programs (Sec. Sec.
423.100 and 423.153)
We proposed the following definitions in establishing requirements
for Part D drug management programs.
(i) Definitions (Sec. 423.100)
(A) Definition of ``Potential At-Risk Beneficiary'' and ``At-Risk
Beneficiary'' (Sec. 423.100)
Section 1860D-4(c)(5)(C) of the Act contains a definition for ``at-
risk beneficiary'' that we proposed to codify at Sec. 423.100. In
addition, although the section 1860D-4(c)(5) of the Act does not
explicitly define a ``potential at-risk beneficiary,'' it refers to a
beneficiary who is potentially at-risk in several subsections.
Accordingly, we proposed to define these two terms at Sec. 423.100
as follows: Potential at-risk beneficiary means a Part D eligible
individual--(1) Who is identified using clinical guidelines (as defined
in Sec. 423.100); or (2) With respect to whom a Part D plan sponsor
receives a notice upon the beneficiary's enrollment in such sponsor's
plan that the beneficiary was identified as a potential at-risk
beneficiary (as defined in paragraph (1) of this definition) under the
prescription drug plan in which the beneficiary was most recently
enrolled, such identification had not been terminated upon
disenrollment, and the new plan has adopted the identification.
At-risk beneficiary means a Part D eligible individual--(1) who
is--(i) Identified using clinical guidelines (as defined in Sec.
423.100); (ii) Not an exempted beneficiary; and (iii) Determined to be
at-risk for misuse or abuse of such frequently abused drugs under a
Part D plan sponsor's drug management program in accordance with the
requirements of Sec. 423.153(f); or (2) With respect to whom a Part D
plan sponsor receives a notice upon the beneficiary's enrollment in
such sponsor's plan that the beneficiary was identified as an at-risk
beneficiary (as defined in paragraph (1) of this definition) under the
prescription drug plan in which the beneficiary was most recently
enrolled, such identification had not been terminated upon
disenrollment, and the new plan has adopted the identification. We
noted that we included the phrase, ``and the new plan has adopted the
identification'' to both definitions for cases where a beneficiary has
been identified as a potential at-risk or at-risk beneficiary by the
immediately prior plan to indicate that the beneficiary's status in the
subsequent plan is not automatic.
We received the following comments and our response follows:
Comment: A commenter did not believe that a definition for a
``potential at-risk beneficiary'' was needed, nor the additional
prescriber verification the commenter associated with the definition.
Response: We disagree. Although as we noted above, section 1860D-
4(c)(5) of the Act does not explicitly define a ``potential at-risk
beneficiary,'' it refers to a beneficiary who is potentially at-risk in
section 1860D-4(c)(5)(B)(ii), which addresses initial notices; in
1860D-4(c)(5)(H)(i) which addresses data disclosures; and in section
1860D-4(c)(5)(I) which addresses the sharing of information for
subsequent plan enrollments. Therefore, we proposed to define a
potential at-risk beneficiary in Sec. 423.100, as the CARA drug
management program provisions clearly contemplate this status for a
beneficiary.
With respect to additional prescriber verification of a potential
at-risk beneficiary, we believe this comment is based on a
misunderstanding of our proposal, as we did not propose that a
beneficiary's status as a potential at-risk beneficiary must be
verified. Rather, we proposed and are finalizing a requirement, as we
discuss later in this preamble, that a prescriber must verify that a
beneficiary is at-risk, which serves as his or her professional opinion
that a Part D plan sponsor takes into account during case management.
Comment: We received a question whether an individual who is
subject to lock-in under his or her Medicaid program and then becomes
dually-eligible constitutes a potential or at-risk beneficiary under
our proposed definitions.
Response: Such a beneficiary would not automatically be considered
to be a potential at-risk or an at-risk beneficiary under a Part D
sponsor's drug management program. Rather, whether such a beneficiary
is a potential at-risk or at-risk beneficiary would depend upon whether
he or she meets the clinical guidelines and is determined to be an at-
risk beneficiary under the process set forth in this rule. An automatic
determination based on a beneficiary's inclusion and status in a
Medicaid drug management program would not be appropriate because each
Medicaid drug management program has its own criteria and requirements
for reviewing and addressing recipients who may be at-risk for
prescription drug abuse or misuse and its own interventions. We also
note that Medicaid programs are not required to comply with section
1860D-4(c)(5) as Part D drug management programs are.
To the extent a Part D sponsor is aware or discovers based on
reliable information that a beneficiary who meets the clinical
guidelines was locked-in under a Medicaid drug management program, that
sponsor may consider that information in deciding whether to determine
that a beneficiary is an at-risk beneficiary under the requirements of
this final rule. Also, any beneficiary entering the Part D program will
be immediately subject to their plan's formulary-level controls to
address opioid overutilization before they may be identified as
potentially at-risk, so any opioid overutilization by the beneficiary
in his or her new Part D plan may be addressed by these controls.
Comment: We received a comment requesting clarification with regard
to a person who is locked-in under an employer plan and then becomes
eligible for a Part D EGWP, if the EGWP can continue the lock-in in the
Part D plan or at least consider the prior lock-in as part of a new
determination.
Response: Beginning with plan year 2019, Part D sponsors, including
sponsors of EGWPs, may adopt drug management programs that meet the
requirements we are finalizing in this rule. Under a Part D
prescription drug management program, sponsors may implement a
prescriber and/or pharmacy lock-in or beneficiary-specific POS claim
edit for frequently abused drugs with respect to an at-risk
beneficiary. Similar to a Medicaid beneficiary who becomes newly
eligible for Medicare and enrolls in Part D, a person who is locked-in
under a
[[Page 16445]]
commercial plan does not automatically meet the definition of an at-
risk beneficiary we are finalizing in Sec. 423.100. Rather, such a
person first must be determined to be an at-risk beneficiary in
accordance with the requirements we are finalizing at Sec. 423.153(f).
In other words, in order for a beneficiary to be eligible to be
immediately locked-in to a prescriber or pharmacy in a Part D plan in
which they are newly enrolled, the plan from which they most recently
disenrolled must be a Part D plan in which he or she was determined to
be an at-risk beneficiary under that plan's drug management program.
When a new enrollee comes from a non-Part D plan in which the
beneficiary was subject to lock-in, however, the sponsor can consider
the prior lock-in if it learns or knows of it based upon reliable
information which is legally available to the sponsor in conjunction
with the information it gathers from the case management process, the
beneficiary, and the sponsor's other relevant internal sources and
data.
Comment: A commenter asked if a Part D sponsor may consider opioid
utilization information from external sources during case management,
such as a state prescription drug monitoring program (PDMP) in making
the determination if a beneficiary is at-risk.
Response: As noted above with respect to beneficiaries who were
locked-in under an employer or Medicaid plan before enrolling in
Medicare Part D, we encourage sponsors to use all reliable sources
legally available to them to obtain an accurate account of a potential
at-risk or at-risk beneficiary's utilization of frequently abused
drugs.
After considering the comments, we are finalizing the definition of
potential at-risk beneficiary and at-risk beneficiary with minor
modifications for clarity. First, we are removing the phrase ``and the
new plan adopted the identification'' from paragraph (2) of both
definitions. As we noted above, the purpose of this language was to
indicate that the beneficiary's at-risk status in the subsequent plan
is not automatic, which we meant for purposes of the limitation on the
special enrollment period (SEP) for LIS beneficiaries with an at-risk
status. However, as we discuss later in this preamble, this limitation
will be triggered or continued by Part D sponsors sending the initial
and second notices to such beneficiaries, as applicable, so we no
longer believe this phrase is necessary in these definitions.
Second, we also are making a minor clarifying change in the
definition of at-risk beneficiary to explicitly acknowledge that it is
the Part D sponsor that determines which beneficiaries are at-risk
beneficiaries under its drug management program.
The definition of potential at-risk beneficiary will read: A Part D
eligible individual--(1) Who is identified using clinical guidelines
(as defined in Sec. 423.100); or (2) With respect to whom a Part D
plan sponsor receives a notice upon the beneficiary's enrollment in
such sponsor's plan that the beneficiary was identified as a potential
at-risk beneficiary (as defined in paragraph (1) of this definition)
under the prescription drug plan in which the beneficiary was most
recently enrolled and such identification had not been terminated upon
disenrollment. The definition of at-risk beneficiary will read: At-risk
beneficiary means a Part D eligible individual--(1) Who is--(i)
Identified using clinical guidelines (as defined in Sec. 423.100);
(ii) Not an exempted beneficiary; and (iii) Determined to be at-risk
for misuse or abuse of such frequently abused drugs by a Part D plan
sponsor under its drug management program in accordance with the
requirements of Sec. 423.153(f); or (2) With respect to whom a Part D
plan sponsor receives a notice upon the beneficiary's enrollment in
such sponsor's plan that the beneficiary was identified as an at-risk
beneficiary (as defined in the paragraph (1) of this definition) under
the prescription drug plan in which the beneficiary was most recently
enrolled and such identification had not been terminated upon
disenrollment.
(B) Definition of ``Frequently Abused Drug'', ``Clinical Guidelines'',
``Program Size'', and ``Exempted Beneficiary'' (Sec. 423.100)
Because we use these terms in the proposed definitions of
``potential at-risk beneficiary'' and ``at-risk beneficiary,'' we
proposed to define ``frequently abused drug'', ``clinical guidelines'',
``program size'', and ``exempted beneficiary'' at Sec. 423.100 as
follows:
Frequently Abused Drug
Section 1860D-4(c)(5)(G) of the Act defines ``frequently abused
drug'' as a drug that is a controlled substance that the Secretary
determines to be frequently abused or diverted. Consistent with the
statutory definition, we proposed to define ``Frequently abused drug''
at Sec. 423.100 to mean a controlled substance under the Federal
Controlled Substances Act that the Secretary determines is frequently
abused or diverted, taking into account the following factors: (1) The
drug's schedule designation by the Drug Enforcement Administration; (2)
Government or professional guidelines that address that a drug is
frequently abused or misused; and (3) An analysis of Medicare or other
drug utilization or scientific data. This definition is intended to
provide enough specificity for stakeholders to know how the Secretary
will determine a frequently abused drug, while preserving flexibility
to update which drugs CMS considers to be frequently abused drugs based
on relevant factors, such as actions by the Drug Enforcement
Administration and/or trends observed in Medicare or scientific data.
Since we did not receive any specific comments to change this
definition, we are finalizing it as proposed.
Comment: A commenter requested that CMS include the criteria,
resources, and the evidence basis upon which it will rely to determine
that a drug is a frequently abused drug for purposes of a drug
management program.
Response: The definition of frequently abused drug that we are
finalizing indicates that criteria, resources, and evidence basis will
be the DEA schedule designation, government, and professional drug
guidelines, and analyses of drug utilization or scientific data.
We did not receive any further comment on the definition of
``frequently abused drug'' and are therefore finalizing it as proposed.
Consistent with current policy, we proposed that opioids are
frequently abused drugs, except buprenorphine for medication-assisted
treatment (MAT) and injectables. As we stated in the preamble to the
proposed rule, we plan to publish and update a list of frequently
abused drugs for purposes of Part D drug management programs.
Comment: All commenters agreed that the Secretary should determine
that opioids are frequently abused drugs, many referencing the national
opioid overuse epidemic.
Response: We appreciate that stakeholders are focused on the opioid
public health emergency.
Comment: Some of these commenters agreed with our proposal to
determine only opioids, except buprenorphine for medication-assisted
treatment (MAT) and injectables, as frequently abused drugs, at least
in the initial implementation of Part D drug management programs, in
order to allow CMS and stakeholders to focus on opioid overuse and gain
experience with the use of lock-in as a tool to address overutilization
in the Part D program, before potentially determining other controlled
substances as
[[Page 16446]]
frequently abused drugs. These commenters urged CMS to wait until drug
management programs were established, and testing and monitoring
indicate that the program can be administered in a manner that does not
limit beneficiary access to needed medications before expanding the
programs further. Some of these commenters were concerned that an at-
risk beneficiary would have to obtain all frequently abused drugs from
one pharmacy or one prescriber and that this could disrupt patient care
if the pharmacy did not carry all frequently abused drugs.
However, some commenters urged us to determine that all controlled
substances are frequently abused drugs. These commenters were
particularly focused on a determination as to benzodiazepines, and to a
lesser extent, muscle relaxants. Due to this focus, these commenters
referred to the CDC Guideline that specifically recommends that
clinicians avoid prescribing opioid pain medication and benzodiazepines
concurrently whenever possible due to increased risk for overdose. They
also referred to CMS work in this area: (1) The fact that CMS added a
concurrent benzodiazepine-opioid flag to OMS in October 2016 in
response to the CDC Guideline and after our own research on the use of
benzodiazepines among Medicare beneficiaries \2\ to alert Part D
sponsors that concurrent use may be an issue that should be addressed
during case management; \3\ and (2) the fact that we have stated that a
sponsor may implement a beneficiary-specific claim edit at POS for non-
opioid medications under the current policy.\4\ They further referred
to a statistic from the National Institute on Drug Abuse that 30
percent of overdoses involving opioids also involve benzodiazepines.\5\
Finally, these commenters pointed out that the FDA has found that the
growing combined use of opioid medicines with benzodiazepines or other
drugs that depress the central nervous system has resulted in serious
side effects, including slowed or difficult breathing and deaths. These
commenters further noted that in an effort to decrease the use of
opioids and benzodiazepines, and opioids and other such depressants,
the FDA added Boxed Warnings--its strongest warnings--to the drug
labeling of prescription opioid pain and cough medicines, and
benzodiazepines.\6\ Given these developments, these commenters stressed
the importance of Part D plan sponsors being able to use the tools that
will be available to them under drug management programs to address the
dangers of concurrent opioid and benzodiazepine use.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Prescription-Drug-Coverage/PrescriptionDrugCovContra/Downloads/Concurrent-Use-of-Opioids-and-Benzodiazepines-in-a-Medicare-Part-D-Population-CY-2015.pdf.
\3\ Please refer to the memo, ``Medicare Part D Overutilization
Monitoring System (OMS) Update: Addition of the Concurrent Opioid-
Benzodiazepine Use Flag'' dated October 21, 2016.
\4\ Supplemental Guidance Related to Improving Drug Utilization
Review Controls in Part D'' September 6, 2012.
\5\ https://www.drugabuse.gov/drugs-abuse/opioids/benzodiazepines-opioids.
\6\ https://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/ucm518473.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Response: In light of these comments, we are persuaded that it is
appropriate that drug management programs are able to address
concurrent opioid and benzodiazepine use. Such a determination is
consistent with the definition of frequently abused drugs that we are
finalizing. First, the Secretary determines benzodiazepines are
frequently abused or diverted, taking into account that they are
controlled substances under the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) and
that prescription benzodiazepines are on Schedule IV, where the DEA
places substances that have a potential for abuse. In addition, the
Secretary takes into account that the FDA has issued a warning about
the risks associated with using opioids and benzodiazepines
concurrently. Further, the CDC included in its evidence-based opioid
prescribing guideline a caution to co-prescribe opioids and
benzodiazepines. Finally, CMS' own statistics reveal that 51 percent of
Part D beneficiaries that will be identified as potentially at-risk
under the 2019 clinical guidelines we are finalizing are using opioids
and benzodiazepines concurrently compared to 24 percent across all Part
D opioid users. This statistic is indicative that concurrent use is
even more of a danger among potential at-risk beneficiaries than
Medicare Part D beneficiaries generally. Therefore, the Secretary
determines that benzodiazepines are a frequently abused drug for
purposes of Part D drug management programs beginning in 2019. However,
the clinical guidelines will still only consider a beneficiary's opioid
use, as we explain just below.
Comment: A commenter agreed with our statement in the proposed rule
that there is difficulty in establishing overuse guidelines for non-
opioid substances. The commenter stated that this underscores the need
for a robust evidence base to support determining that additional types
of drugs are frequently abused drugs.
Response: We agree with the commenter's concern, and for this
reason we are not modifying the clinical guidelines for 2019 to include
benzodiazepine use, even though benzodiazepines will be considered a
frequently abused drug for 2019. This means that a beneficiary who is
determined to be at-risk based on clinical guidelines that look at the
beneficiary's opioid use could have a coverage limitation applied under
a drug management program to both opioids and benzodiazepines to manage
current and future concurrent use. For example, a sponsor could require
an at-risk beneficiary to obtain both opioids and benzodiazepines from
one selected pharmacy.
We believe that this is appropriate based on the robust evidence
that concurrent benzodiazepine use with opioids results in an even
higher risk of an adverse health event than use of opioids alone. We
will expect to rarely see a sponsor apply a limitation only to an at-
risk beneficiary's access to coverage for benzodiazepines, since to do
so, the beneficiary would have to have met the clinical guidelines
which look at opioid use that is potentially risky. However, we
acknowledge that prescriber agreement during case management could
rarely lead to such an outcome. For example, no opioid prescriber
agrees to a beneficiary-specific POS claim edit for opioids, but
rather, all but one states they will no longer prescriber opioids to
coordinate the beneficiary's use. However, the benzodiazepine
prescriber agrees to such an edit for benzodiazepines. We discuss
prescriber agreement in more detail later in this preamble.
Given that we are finalizing two categories of drugs as frequently
abused drugs for 2019, depending upon what a plan sponsor learns during
case management, we reiterate that the sponsor may have to permit a
beneficiary to obtain frequently abused drugs from more than one
pharmacy and/or more than one prescriber in order to provide reasonable
access, if the sponsor applies lock-in as a coverage limitation, which
we discuss later in this preamble.
Comment: A few commenters suggested that Part D sponsors be able to
expand their drug management programs to include additional frequently
abused drugs based on their experience with their enrollees. One
suggested that a sponsor be required to submit such an expansion to CMS
for approval.
Response: We disagree with this comment. Section 1860D-4(c)(5)(G)
of the Act defines ``frequently abused
[[Page 16447]]
drug'' as a drug that is a controlled substance that the Secretary
determines to be frequently abused or diverted. Consistent with this
statutory provision, we believe it is appropriate that the
determination of frequently abused drugs not be plan-specific, but
rather be consistent across Part D plans, as this will permit better
oversight and promote consistency across all Part D drug management
programs.
We proposed that future determinations of frequently abused drugs
by the Secretary primarily be included in the annual Medicare Parts C&D
Call Letter or in similar guidance, if necessary, to address midyear
entries to the drug market or evolving government or professional
guidelines or relevant data analysis, which will be subject to public
comment. We proposed that this approach would be consistent with our
approach under the current policy and necessary for Part D drug
management programs to be responsive to changing public health issues
over time.
Comment: We received comments supportive of our proposal to apply
the standards we are establishing in rulemaking to future
determinations of frequently abused drugs through the annual Medicare
Parts C&D Call Letter, or in similar guidance. We did not receive any
comments that opposed this proposed approach.
Response: We appreciate the comments.
Comment: A commenter asked us to confirm that we would use the same
process to determine that a drug is no longer a frequently abused drug.
Response: We will apply the same regulatory standards and use the
same process that we use to determine that a drug is a frequently
abused drug when determining that a drug no longer is a frequently
abused drug for purposes of Part D drug management programs.
Comment: A few commenters urged CMS to exclude abuse-deterrent (AD)
opioids from this definition of ``frequently abused drug'' as there is
no evidentiary data to support the thesis that AD opioids are
frequently abused and existing observation data supports their
exclusion from this broad standard.
Response: The FDA requires a boxed warning on opioid abuse-
deterrent formulations (ADFs), because even with these formulations
there is still potential for addiction, abuse, misuse, and diversion.
The FDA has also noted \7\ that ``abuse-deterrent technologies have not
yet proven successful at deterring the most common form of abuse--
swallowing a number of intact capsules or tablets to achieve a feeling
of euphoria. Moreover, the fact that a product has abuse-deterrent
properties does not mean that there is no risk of abuse. It means,
rather, that the risk of abuse is lower than it would be without such
properties.'' Also, ADFs do not prevent patients who may be using
opioids for therapeutic reasons from taking higher doses than
prescribed or diverting the opioid. For these reasons, we disagree that
abuse-deterrent formulations should be excluded from the determination
of frequently abused drugs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ ``Abuse-Deterrent Opioids--Evaluation and Labeling Guidance
for Industry'', U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Food
and Drug Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research
(CDER), Clinical Medical, April 2015.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comment: A few commenters asked CMS to clarify whether methadone, a
Part D drug when indicated for pain, would be included in the
definition of a frequently abused drug under the drug management
program. Other commenters agreed with excluding buprenorphine for MAT
from the definition of frequently abused drug as not to limit patient
access to treatment and noted that removing buprenorphine as a
frequently abused drug is consistent with the CDC's approach to exclude
buprenorphine from the determination of a person's daily opioid MME.
Response: Yes, methadone for pain is included in the definition of
a frequently abused drug for purposes of Part D drug management
programs, consistent with current policy/OMS. Although buprenorphine is
recognized by the DEA as a drug of abuse, we thank the commenters that
agreed with excluding buprenorphine for MAT from the definition of
frequently abused drug so that access to MAT, such as buprenorphine, is
not impacted. However, the commenters' reference to the CDC's exclusion
of buprenorphine from the determination of a person's daily opioid MME
made us believe that commenters may be conflating the definition of a
frequently abused drug with the clinical guidelines and associated
opioid dosage thresholds. Therefore, we realize that we need to be more
specific about what opioid use, opioid prescribers, and opioid
dispensing pharmacies means in the clinical guidelines, which we also
discuss later.
Since the publication of the proposed rule, the CDC removed the
conversion factors for all formulations of buprenorphine, for pain and
for MAT, from the most recent CDC MME conversion factor file (https://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/data-files/CDC_Oral_Morphine_Milligram_Equivalents_Sept_2017.xlsx). Therefore, CMS
cannot determine the MME. As such, buprenorphine products are not used
to determine the beneficiary's average daily MME. However, we will
still use prescription opioids, including all formulations of
buprenorphine for pain and MAT, to determine opioid prescribers and
opioid dispensing pharmacies in the clinical guidelines.
Clinical Guidelines & Program Size
Section 1860D-4(c)(5)(C)(i)(I) of the Act requires at-risk
beneficiaries to be identified using clinical guidelines that indicate
misuse or abuse of frequently abused drugs and that are developed by
the Secretary in consultation with stakeholders. We proposed to include
a definition of ``clinical guidelines'' that cross references standards
that we proposed at Sec. 423.153(f) for how the guidelines will be
established and updated. Specifically, we proposed to define clinical
guidelines for purposes of a Part D drug management program in Sec.
423.100 as criteria to identify potential at-risk beneficiaries who may
be determined to be at-risk beneficiaries under such programs, and that
are developed in accordance with the standards in Sec. 423.153(f)(16)
and beginning with contract year 2020, will be published in guidance
annually.
We also proposed to add Sec. 423.153(f)(16) to state that
potential at-risk beneficiaries and at-risk beneficiaries are
identified by CMS or a Part D sponsor using clinical guidelines that:
(1) Are developed with stakeholder consultation; (2) Are based on the
acquisition of frequently abused drugs from multiple prescribers,
multiple pharmacies, the level of frequently abused drugs, or any
combination of these factors; (3) Are derived from expert opinion and
an analysis of Medicare data; and (4) Include a program size estimate.
This proposed approach to developing and updating the clinical
guidelines is intended to provide enough specificity for stakeholders
to know how CMS will determine the guidelines by identifying the
standards we will apply in determining them.
This proposed approach also indicated that the program size will be
determined as part of the process to develop the clinical guidelines--a
process into which stakeholders will provide input. Section 1860D-
4(c)(5)(C)(iii) of the Act states that the Secretary shall establish
policies, including the guidelines and exemptions, to ensure that the
population of enrollees in drug management programs could be
effectively managed by plans. We proposed to define ``program size'' in
[[Page 16448]]
Sec. 423.100 to mean the estimated population of potential at-risk
beneficiaries in drug management programs (described in Sec.
423.153(f)) operated by Part D plan sponsors that the Secretary
determines, as part of the process to develop clinical guidelines, can
be effectively managed by such sponsors.
Comment: We did not receive any specific comments about the
definition we proposed for clinical guidelines in Sec. 423.100, nor
the standards we proposed in Sec. 423.153(f)(16).
Response: We are therefore finalizing the definition and standards
as proposed, with one modification adding language so that the
guidelines will be published in guidance annually beginning with
contract year 2020 guidance, since we are publishing the 2019 clinical
guidelines in this final rule.
Comment: We received comments supportive of our proposal to apply
the standards we are establishing in rulemaking for clinical guidelines
in Sec. 423.153(f)(16) to develop future OMS criteria through the
annual Medicare Parts C&D Call Letter process beginning with plan year
2020.
We did not receive comments that specifically opposed this proposed
approach.
Response: We appreciate these comments.
Because Part D drug management programs will be integrated with the
current policy/OMS beginning in 2019, there will be no separate OMS
criteria in 2019 and beyond. For plan year 2019, we proposed the
clinical guidelines to be the OMS criteria established for plan year
2018. The clinical guidelines for use in drug management programs we
proposed for 2019 are: Use of opioids with an average daily MME greater
than or equal to 90 mg for any duration during the most recent 6 months
and either: 4 or more opioid prescribers and 4 or more opioid
dispensing pharmacies OR 6 or more opioid prescribers, regardless of
the number of opioid dispensing pharmacies.
We estimated that these criteria would identify approximately
33,053 potential at-risk beneficiaries in the Part D program based on
2015 data, whom we believe are at the highest risk of death or overdose
due to their opioid use. Also, under our proposal, we stated that Part
D plan sponsors will not be able to vary the criteri